LINKBELT

MATERIALS HANDLING
AND PROCESSING
.

EQUIPMENT
CATALOG

1000

L INK BELT COMPANY

Copyright 1958 by Unk-hlt Company

t--t--t-----+-4--

- --

S Al!; - /- L -

/-.e

lntroduction, page 2
Industries served, page 1O

.Bu.l k

handling, page 34

\.

catalog

1000

AND

unloading, page 38

hQIJloge mochines 41, cor shokers 50, cor dumpers 52, power
unlooding scoops 60, boxear unlooders 62, hydroulic truck dumper 68,
receiving hoppers 70, goles ond volves 73

feeding, page 84

EQUIPMENT

opron feeders 117, belt feeders 96, reciprocoting feeders 98,

vibrotory feed~rs 100, grovimetric weigh feeders 106, mechonicol
vibroting feeders 108, bar flight feeders 11 O, screw feeders 11 2,
rotory table feeders 116, rolory plow feeders 119,
rotory vone feeders 122

conveying and elevating, page 1 23

belt conveyors 127, oscilloting conveyors 236, opron conveyors 248 ,
screw conveyors 259, flight conveyors 294, wide choin drog
conveyors 301, SidekorKorrier 302, circular corrier 304,
weigh lorries 306, bucket elevotors 307, skip hoisls 352,
Bulk-Flo 357, Rotorlift 371 , grovity-dischorge
conveyor-elevotors 373, Peck corrier 376

M.ARCONA Ml~lNO Co.

r: n: t~ .b:I V M:U

1963
PLANT MAINT. SUPT.

Processing equipment, page 386

icing equipment 389, dryers ond coolers 396, vibroting screens 405,
revolving screens 421, seporotors, clossifiers ond woshers 423,
troveling water screens 429, water, sewoge, ond industrial
woste treotment 437, cool preporotion equipment 453,
cool crushers 462, foundry equipment 470

Parts and package handling, page 476

e ngineering 483, ploin choin conveyors 484,
pusher choin conveyors 487, corrier choin conveyors 489,
crossbor choin cooveyors 491, slot conveyors 492, palle! type ond
cor type conveyor( '494, Aot belt conveyors 497, orm ond troy
elevotors 500, peris feeders 506, trolley conveyors 508,
power ond free conveyors 539, Trukveyors 546

Technical infor.mation, page 562

Subsidiary companis, page 582
lndex, page 587

"""""

Meterais handling ond processing equipment is on

-- --

integral port of most modern industrial operotions.

For more thon 80 yeors Link-Belt has served industry

by developing, designing ond monufocturing this

type of mechonized equipment. Todoy, more thon ever
before, Link-Belt meterais handling ond processing
equipment is the key to effective cost reduction

ond on od toword profitoble operotion.

l....

- --'

------ ------.-

......

"

on

.-1

- -

nn .

>- -

..

11~~

..
'

rr

11

.. ...

(J \ 1

1 1

~1

1 1

~ 1 1 11 1 11 1

+-+-

tfn.mc'.-:.M

1
1

1
1

1
1

-!

'!:::

1 1
1
1

1 rl

1 1

'

L __ J

~~/~ l~Y~~

modern
are
The tool1
of mate rlal1 handllne
ore !he vorious types of
co nveyors, elevators,
f ee ders, ond ou xillory
e quipmenl used to tronsport, unloa d, loa d, store
ond recla im malerlals.
link-Bel! build s a comple te
line of this equlpmenl. This
auure s you of !he corred
se lection for your speciflc
a pplication.

Materials handling equipment is of vital importonce

in the economical ond efficient performance of all modern
industrial operotions where materials are handl ed and rehandled from their source, through monufacturing and processing. In many cases, materials handling equipment is the
only possible means of moving materiols becouse of their
characteristics or for other reasons such as location, safety
and capacity requirements. In fact, in many plants the predominant operotion is the handling of materials from their
raw sta te until they become flnished products.
Materials handling equipment, whether o si ngle unit or a
complex system, con link various processes together and
synchronize them in a monner not possible b y any other
means. Under certain conditions moterials handling units
themselves ore often adapted to process materials.
Processing equipment includes such items as Link-Belt
screens, d ryers, coolers, mixers, crushers and other related
machines.
The successful applicotion of moteriols handling and processing equipment requires a thorough basic knowledge of
the capabilities and economies provided by eoch unit as o
single machine or in combinotion to form a system. Knowledge of the industry ond of the process involved in eoch
opplication is of vitol importonce.

The toob of 111race H ln9 a re !he varlous unils such as screens,

dryers, coolers, a nd mixen lo lra nsfo rm ro w ar semi-Anishe d
malerials lnlo usable pro ducts and for adding value lo origina l
materials.
Typk al of Industrial applica lions o f p rocessing equip menl ore
water, sewoge ond lndustrial wa ste treotment, cool pre paration

and foundries.

2 LINK - BELT

handling and processing

modern indusrial
Link-Belt's extensive experience in materials handling and
processing covers a span of more than 80 years. The
knowledge gained over this long period is available to you.

Link-Be lt Cat a log 1000 presents the entire

line of Link-Belt materials handling and processing equipment. Essential information including
application, selection, engineering, speciflcations
is presented for this equipment.

Whether a single unit

- or a complete sy st e m

The equipment shown in this catalog is presented in three major categories:

No job is too small for Link-Be lt. lnquiries for a small

bulk handling equipment for unload-

installation or a single unit receive the sorne close attention

and careful consideration as inquiries for a complete system.
Broad experience in many industries assures the correct
selection for each application. Link-Belt is also equipped to
develop specially constructed units for special applications
beyond the range of catalogued units.

ing, loading, feeding, conveying, and elevating all types of bulk materials which can
be handled mechanically. For conven ient
reference, this equipment is again divided
into three groups: unloading, feeding, convey ing and elevating.

No job is too large for Link-Belt. Link-Belt will design,

furnish and install complete systems of materials handling
and processing equipment to meet speciflc requirements.
Long experience in this fleld has resulted in extensive knowhow in the arrangement of equipment for the most effective
and efficient operations . . . and is your assurance of an
installation providing the greatest possible economies in
flrst cost and operating cost. Link-Belt will assume singlecontract responsibilities for such jobs.

parts and package handling equlpment for handling work-in-process-indi-

Complete 1y1tem1

link-8elt designs, furnishes ond lnstolls complete molerlols handling systems, lncorpo
roling processing equipment, under single controct responsibilities, generolly where

vidual parts, subassem bl ies and complete

assemblies-os well os steel coils, poper
rolls, boxes, coses, etc.

processlng equlpme nt including screens,

crushers, dryers, coolers and mixers, for
processing a wide variety of materiols.

a Link-Bel sales office IS ready

Link-Belt Company
Albany 6, New York
21 Colvin Avenue
Atlanta 1O, Georgia
1116 Murphy Avenue, S.W.,
P.O. Box 10514, Station A
Baltimore 18, Maryland
2315 St. Paul Street
Birmingham 9 , Alabama
321 Oxmoor Road
Boston 15, Massachusetts
136 Brookline Avenue
Buffalo 23, New York
956 Kenmore Avenue
Charlotte 2, North Carolina
1 12 S. Tryon Stre et
Chicago 9 , lllinois
301 W . Pershing Road
Cincinnati 2, Ohio
138 E. Court Street
Cleveland 20, Ohio
3592 Lee Road
Dallas 26, Texas
500 Good- Latimer Expressway

Louisville 8 , Kentucky
23 5 E. Bu rnett Streel
Milwaukee 3, Wisconsin
808 N. Third St reet
Minneapolis 5, Minnesota
200 Lynd cle Avenue, N.
Moline, lllinois
161 4 Y2 Fifth Avenue
New Orleans 16, Louisiana
2025 Canal Stree t
New York 36, New York
530 Fifth Avenue
Philadelphia 40, Pennsylvania
20 45 W . Hunting Pa rk Avenue
Pittsburgh 13, Pennsylvania
5020 Centre Avenue
Portland 10, Oregon
3030 N. W. Ind ustrial Street
St. Louis 1, Missouri
317 N. Eleventh Street
Salt Lake City 1, Utah
l 08 S. Fourth W. Street

Denver 2 , Colorado
Schloss & Shubarl, 1626 Wazee Street

San Francisco 24, California

400 Paul Avenue

Detroit 4 , Michigan
5938 Linsdale Avenue

Seattle 4 , Wash ington

3405 Sixth Avenue S.

Duluth 2, Minnesota
30 l W . First Street

Shreveport, Louisiana
3 109 Alexander Street

Grand Rapids 7, Michigan

1330 Bu rton Street, S.E.
Houston 1, Texas
3203 S. Wayside, P.O. Box 2563
Huntington 1, We st Virginia
1009 Fifth Avenue, P.O. Box 51 O
lndianapolis 6 , Indiana
220 S. Belmont Avenue
Ja cksonville 2, Florida
1 37 E. Forsyth Street

Spokane 10, Washington

N. 1303 W ashington Street
Summit, New Jersey
293 Morris Avenue
Wash ington 1, D.C.
7 40 Eleventh Street, N.W.
Wilmington 1, Delaware
805 Orange Street

Kansas City 8 , Missouri

2630 Holmes Street

Export division

Los Angeles 22, California

P.O. Box 22056 (1200 Sycamore St.,
Montebello)

New York 7 , New York

233 Broadway
Cable address Linkbelt New York

4 L I N K- B ELT

rve you Wherever you are

Link-Belt Limited
Hal ifa x, Nova Scotia
Austen Brothers Limited, 11 8 Holl is Street
Hamilton, Ontario
605 Ja mes Street N.
Montreal 15, Quebec
945 Be aumont Avenue
Scarboro (Toronto 13) Ontario
1960 Eglinton Avenue E.,
P.O. Box 173, Station H
Cable Address Linkb elt Toronto
Swastika, Ontario
8 Boisvert Street
Sydney, Nova Scotia
Austen Brothers Limited, 361 G eorge
Street.
Vancouver 12, British Columbia
255 0 Boundory Rood
Winnipeg 10, Manitoba
1 315 Portoge Avenue

Maleo Industries Limited

Ma rrickville, N.S.W. Australia
Rich St., P.O. Box 41
Cable Address Molcoind Ma rrickville

Link-Belt Speeder Corporation

Cedar Rapids, lowa
1201 Sixth Street S.W.
Cable Address Linkspeedr Ced er Rapid s
Refer to poge 582

Syntron Company
Homer City, Pennsylvania
Re fer to poge 584

Link-Belt Africa Limited

Detroit Power Screwdriver

Company

Springs, Transvaal, Union of South

A frica
P.O. Box 287, lndustry Rood, New Ero
Cable Address Linkbe lt Springs

Detroit 16, Michigan

280 1 W. Fort Streel
Re fer to p age 586

Link-Belt Company Pty. Limited

Marrickville (Sydney) N.S.W., Australia
Rich Street, P.O. Box 41
Cable Address Linkb e lt Morrickville

Link-Belt (S.A.) Pty. Limlted

EXECUTIVE OFFICES
Chicago 1, lllinois
Prud entiol Plazo

Adela ide, S.A ., Australia

43 69 Sturt Street

LINK BELT 5

Link-Bel
manufacturing

planl's

.-..
SEA TTLE

SAN FRANCISCO

AUSTRALIA MA RRI CKVILLE

(SYONEY)

Widespread operations . .. strategically located

in key industrial oreas to better serve you .
These plants-staffed to provide competent enginee ring services
and equipp ed with mod ern manufacturing facilities - a re wellprepared to meet the specific requirements of the oreas they se rve.
They a re your assurance of the finest quality material s ha nd ling,
processing and power transmiss ion equ ipment built for t ho roughly
dependable performance .

6 LIN K - B ELT

PHILADELPHIA
OLNEY FOUNDRY

.....__

HOMER CITY SYNTRON COMPANY

BLAIRSVILLE
SYNTRON COMPANY

CEOAR RAPIOS
LINK-BELT SPEEDER

INDIANAPOLIS

EWART

SOUTH AFRICA

LINK - BELT 7

Llnk-Belf reearch laclllles

Materlals handling equlpme nt a n d t e ch nlques

spe clflcally e nglne ered fo r y o ur p roduct
To assist in the proper application of Unk-Belt conveying, elevating,
and feeding equipment, pilot or full- scale tests may be conducted
to study the characteristics of customer's materials and operating
conditions. Photos-Laboratory al Chicago Pershing Road plant.

Physlcal research
and testlng facilities
The malerials and manufocturing processes
used in link-Belt equipment are under constan!
check by Link-Belt physical research and testing facilities. Pholo-Laborotory al lndianapolis Ewart plant.

8 LINK B E LT

-a servlce o lnclusry

Link-Be lt lobo roto ries ore devoted to progress in the ort

of mechonized ha ndling ond processing of moterio ls.
These fac ilities ore constontl y used to do two things:
develop ond test new equipment for the purpose of
handling ond processing moteriols.
improve the estoblished methods for mecha nized
handling ond processing of moteriols.
The performance of equipment is evoluoted under the
operoting conditions imposed by the chorocteristics of
the moteriols hondled, ond oll other factors involved in

opplying the equipment for dependoble, relioble performance. Facilities ovoiloble olso include supplemenlo ry
onol yticol instrumentotion for complete onol ysis of processing operotions.
lt is occosionolly odvisoble to conduct tests using your
particular material to solve speciflc handling or processing problems. Consult your neorest Link-Belt District Soles
Office for the feosibility of such tests. Under certoin
conditions leosed equipment is ovoiloble for conducting
tests on your property. The results of these tests oid in
the final selection of the correct equipment for your speciflc opplicotion.

Proce11ln9 tests on smoll, pllot slze

or full-scale equlpment
Unk-lelt materials handling and processing laboratories indude facilities for both small batch,
ond continuous run processing tests. Equipment
ranges from small bench size units to actual commercial companents lhat can be arranged to
simulate actual fleld condltians. Unk-lelt, wilh its
many years of experience in thls type of test worlc,
is well qualifled to anolyze completely your materials handling and processing problems. Photos
-laboratory at Chlcago Pershlng Road plant.

LINK BELT 9

metal mlnlng-ferrous and no n-fe rrous.

metal producers- fe rrous and nonferrous.

con1tructlon materlal1 including such industries as cement, lime, gyp

sum, sand and grave!, stone, clay, glass, brick, ceramics.

chemlcal1 including such industries as phormaceuticol, fertilizers, paint

and varnish, soaps, oils and fats.

Link-Bel
and

water, 1ewage and lndu1trlal wa1te treatment

food including such industries as dairies and creameries, grain, flour,

cereal, meat packers, sugar milis, breweries, canning plants, bakery and
confedionery, ice and cold storage.

10 LINK-BELT

automotfve and tran1portatlon including such industries o s a uto

mobile, rallrood, truck, aircraft, thips.

foundries-ferrous and nonferrous.

coal preparation

pulp and paper

power planta

processing equipmen
s erves all lnclusry
This section contains a selection af photographs of
link-Belt equipment in only a few of the many
industries served. The combination of illustrations
shawn in each industry graup, and throughaut this
boak, demonstrates the wide range af link-Belt
equipment available and same of the many applications of this equipment.
Far each application illustrated there are many
more in daily operation ali over the world. Yaur
nearest Link-Belt District Sales Office can give you
full information about these and other Link-Belt
equipment applicatians in your industry and in
your geographlcal orea.
general manufacturlng

LINK - BELT 11

Me11111 eteel epre11 teetlere al secondary crvsher

11alion assvre vnlform flow al primary crvsher product
from svrge bln to 1calplng K reen1 below. Phato 361 1S

C....ete pwt ayate where lron ore Is 11nloade d from roilroad cors, crvshed and
slodr p~ed al the rote of 6000 tono per hour. loler, lt is reclolmed and loaded inla ocean
veueh, olso al 6000 tons per hour. As prime contractor, linklelt designed, furnished ond
""talled thl1 complete moterlals handling system. Photo 36082

400-ft.

1250 H.P. drive

for primory belt

Cor dumper ond

primory cNsher
(67 90-ton cors
dumped per hr. l

77 5-ft. belt
conveyor

910-ft. belt
conveyor

12 LINK BELT

Tronsfer from
2 recloim
conveyors
in tunnel

Short belt t ransfer conveyors

wilh rubber impocl supporling
idlers ond belts especiolly designed to wilhslond impoct ond
obrasion, reduce weor on moin

belt by dischorging shorp, obro

sive ore ot a speed neor to that

of moin belt. Photo 361 35

lelt co nveyor system serving crusher house, screening

lower, troveling slocker ond looding pockel offord s the
mosl efficienl, flexible, economicol meons of tronsporting
ore lhrough processing, slock-piling, recloiming ond looding
operolions. Pholo 37276

minlng
In metal mining, moteriols handling is often the greotest single
tem of operoting cost-including the stripping ond disposol
of overburden, tronsportotion from mine to processing plonts,
introplont handling between such operotions os crushing,
grinding, screening, concentroting, pelletizing, sintering, stockpiling, recloiming ond flnolly conveying refuse or toilings to
spoil oreas. Copocities ore sometimes enormous ond the
problems procticolly cover the entire bulk handling fleld, including port facilities for shipment from foreign operotions.
To serve the metols mining industries-both ferrous ond
nonferrous-link-Belt manufactures o complete line of moteriols handling equipment ond mony reloted processing units.
link-Belt will ossist in designing complete systems, or will
design, furnish ond instoll plonts where materials handling
equipment is of primory importance.

for handling bouxite sinter from

coolers lo ilo. The lololly enclosed, dul-lighl conveyors
ore oloo pring mounled ond dynomicolly bolonced.
Pholo 35768

Rotary table feeder delivers

iron ore concentrate from over

heod storoge silos lo either of

two belt conveyors. This type of
feeder is effective in withdrowing
- - - -- '

from bin oullets moteriols lhol

hove o tendency to pock ond
orch over. Pholo 35460

Reclalm belt conveyor ond troveling reciprocoling feeder

locoled in tunnel beneolh ore lockpile. Addilionol feeders
in tunne l, when p osilioned under ony of severol oir operote d
gole, permil simultoneous blending of severol grades of
ore on lhe bell. Pholo 37277

LINK - BELT 13

Tltanlum amelter inlegrated

with extensive facilities far unloading, storing, redoiming ond con
cenlrating ore.
Photo 393 17

Motor propelled apron feed

er in tunnel under slorage building reclaims bauxite ore and feeds
to bell conveyar for d elivery lo
subsequent processing operations.
Photo 3551 2

Belt conve yor, 19 00 feet long

with tro veling tripper and p ivote d boom slacking-out conveyor hand i es iro n o re, sin ter, p e ll ets
on d li mestone a l s t ee l m ili.
Pho to 35755

14 LINK - B E LT

producers
Materials handling equipment is essential for
ecanomical operation of the rapidly expanding metal producing industries-steel, aluminum,
copper, and all other metal producing plants.
Raw and processed ore, fuel and flux meterais
for blast furnaces and smelting operations, must
be unloaded from can, barges or vessels-and
often must be stockpiled, reclaimed, screened,
blended, mixed and weighed.
As the metal praducts proceed through various operations, they must be handled and rehandled in numerous forms, such as ingots, billets,
slabs, coils, rods-and flnally, scrap. All equipment for such service must be designed for
safety, economy and dependability for aroundthe-clock operation.
Link-Belt affers broad experience and a wide
rang e of e quipment for handling materials in
all phases of the metal producing industries and
is equipped to design, furnish and install complete systems for many of the required operations.

Heavy billet transfer conveyor between shear run-out table and furnace
table in steel mili. Photo 27246

Slde dlscharge downtllter transfers hot strip coil from

double-strand roller cho in coil conveyor to troughed gravity
rolis. Photo 35647
Stralghtllne collector conveys and elevates mili scale from concentrator, reclaiming 97 per cent of scale from hot strip mili. Photo 34299

LINK BELT 15

Thls entlre cool preparatlon plant was d e slgn e d and bullt by

Llnk-Be lt to produce metallurgicol coal from 350 tons per hour of runof-mine. This plant uses the duol bed air-pulsated wosh box method of
coal cleaning. One man controls the operation of the complete plont from
a centrol control station. Photo 38432

coal
preparalon
link-Belt is keeping pace with the coal mining
industry's needs for better products to meet
more critica! ,m arkets. Coal preparation
methods and equipment are adapted to
coal obtained from every type of mining
operation, including full seam and continuous mining.
link-Belt builds complete coal preparation
plants and numerous types of equipment to
meet every requirement for conveying,
crushing, blending, cleaning, screening, heat
drying, fines recovery and water clariflcation. Equipment is also available for other
coal handling operations, such as loading and
unloading railroad cars, trucks and barges,
and for the disposal of refuse.
Broad experience in all phases of coal
preparation and handling is applied by
link-Belt to every step of design, manufacture
and installation-assuring a single responsib ility for a complete plant as well as a
dependable source for components.

Be lt conveyor delivers 1 200 tons of coal per hour in one uninterrupted

stream from slope bottom to preporation plant, covering a horizontol
distance of 3167 feet and a vertical d istance af 862 feet. Phota 344 1 2

16 LINK- B EL T

Cencentrlc-actfon vlbratln9 1creen1 seporollng wood chips in pulp ond poper plonl.
Chips ore fed lo screens In conlrolled flow by rotory vone feeders from bins obove.
Pholo 35994.

pulp ancl paper

From the unloading and handling of logs at the woodyard, through the
various processing operations to the flnol paper product, link-Belt
materials handling equipment assures dependable and economical
operations. link-Belt feeders, conveyors, stackers, elevators, screens
and related equipment perform important functions in the handling
and processing of pulpwood logs, wood chips, hog fuel, straw, pulp,
chemicals and other materials, as well as for handling flnished paper
rolls and other flbre products. Link-Belt serves the requirements of this
important industry through the stages of creative applicotion, design,
rrranufacture, ond complete erection.

Saddle top palle t conveyor carrying

2000pa und ralls of newsprinl up incline for
lransfer lo storage. Also, troy elevators ore
often used for handling paper rolls fram one
Aoo r lo anothe r. Pho to 35100

Double a r m travellng stacker receives 80 cords p e r hour o f soft woo d log s from reve rsible b e l! conveyor a nd d e livers to eithe r o ne o f two continuous stock p iles. Pho to 37621

LIN K- B E LT 17

foundries

Se p-Aerator removes shot ond porticles from recloimed shakeout sond received from buckel elevalor, c e rotes and mixes the
sand, and discharges lo b ell conveyor for d islribution lo ind ivid ual
moldin9 sla lions. Pholo 38519

Foundry modernization thru mechanization is the key to more profitable foundry operation.
Mechanization is the means-for increased production by providing
greater capacity in the same building space-for an improved product
through better control of quality-for lower costs through the use of
continuous flow equipment-for a cleaner, safer and more orderly
place in which to work.
From the unloading of sand, coke and other materials to the handling
of the flnished product including sand preporotion ond reconditioning,
mold ond castings handling, Link-Belt with its years of experience in
this fleld has contributed substantiolly to foundry modernizotion. LinkBelt builds complete sand handling ond p rocessing systems, individual
conveyors and processing equipment and complete mold and costings
handling systems.
In oddition, the Link- Belt outomatic shell molding system comprises a
complete compact and economicol system for high volume production
of top quality, intricate precision castings on which mochining costs ore
greatly reduced ... often eliminoted entirely.
link-Belt's vost engineering experience bocked by loboratory ond
fleld testing facilities, plus operoting experience gained in its own
malleable iron, grey iron and steel foundries, plus the design and
manufacture of oll components and erection of the entire installation,
is your assurance of o foundry designed to produce castings ot a profit.

Roto -Louv r e d ry er reduces moislure contenl of

foundry sand, for relurn lo system by Link-B elt
bucket elevalor and belt conveyor. Photo 33800

Tru- Tr ac car-type mold conve yor carries molds olong pouring line
and is synchronized wilh moving operalor's platform lo facilila le continuous p ouring. Photo 36598

He avy duty foundry shakeout seporales sand from caslings by

mechanical vibralory motion. Grizzly bars pratect screening surface
fram damage by caslings. Pho lo 32948

Osclllatlng conveyor hondles aulomotive costings from shot-blast cleaning process

to machining aperalians. Photo 34779

shell moldlng 1y1te m

Four-statlon she ll moldln9 machlne at rl9ht and ahell doaln9 machlne at left ossure
high-volume production of precislon castings, requiring little o r no machining. Photo 36932

Tralley convayor with suspended troys p aues through

automotic operation where shelf mold Is baclced -up
witt. sond by Syntron vibrotory feed er. Photo 38613

LINK BELT 19

consrucion
maerials

link-Belt, with its brood line of meterais handling ond processing e quipment, is o dependoble source for producers of moteriols for the construction industry, such os cement, lime, gypsum, oggregotes, lumber ond
doy products. Equipment is ovoiloble for the d iverse handling requirements of this industry ond for mony problems of sizing, clossifying, woshing,
groding, mixing, storing ond recloiming.
Brood experience in engineering ond instolling this equipment is ossuronce of relioble ond economicol operotion under severe operoting
conditions.

.. i

....

A complete constructlon 099re 9ates plant, engineered, built and erected by linkBelt, far handling concrete oggregales through oll phases
of production. Rugged construction, Rexible in operotion such systems give continuous, economicol ond efficient performance. Photo 26145

20 L 1 N K - B E L T

~l

'

V lbr atlng 1creen1 in londem, sizing limeslone.

Material is screened in lwo sizes ond the oversize is recrushed ond recirculot ed. Rugged
Link-Bell screens operote dependobly under
lhese severe conditions. Photo 30473

Apron conve yor carrying limeslone on incline

lo bucket elevolor far tronsfer lo crusher. While
reloining ils bosic design, this versotile ty pe of
conveyor has mony voriations far adopting to
the handling o f proclicolly ony bulk material,
hot or cold. Photo 37174

Revolvlng 1tacker and sectlonal belt con

Buck et eleva t ors carry slone lo sloroge bins in

this stone plont. Avoiloble in wide voriely of
styles, Link-Belt bucket elevators ore engineered
and buill for continuous, efficienl operalion
while requiring little mointenonce. Photo 34661

Belt conveyor feeding troveling lripp e r ond

wing conveyor far stockpiling oggregales ol
job site. Tronsfer o f material lo preparolion
building is perfarmed by redaim belt canveyors
in recovery tunnels located beneath center line
o f storage piles. Photo 31654

Llnk-Belt Spee d er crane1 leam up lo sel

v e yor slockpiling ond redaiming o vo riety of

sizes of sond o nd grovel. Pre-engineered, shop
a 55embled standard components p ermil eose of
erection in the fleld. Pholo 36665

bridge girders on turnpike construction. link-Bell

Speeder sho vels, cranes, hoes ond draglines
play on active role in logging, mining, quarrying
and construclion. Phalo A86-56

L 1 N K - BE L T 21

chemicals
The chemicol induslry requires moleriols handling ond processing equipmenl lo hondle o wide ronge of moleriols with
vostly differenl characleristics.
In oddition lo the more common considerolions such as
material size, specifk grovily, obrosiveness, moisture conlenl, etc., it is often necessory lo hondle material with
chorocteristics thol ore unusuol in other industries. These
include materiols thol ore highly corrosive, frogile, explosive,
very sticky ond those lhot g ive off poisonous dust or fumes.
Broad experience in this fleld enables Link-Bell to odapt
its wide range of equipment to the handling ond processing
of these hord-to-hondle moleriols for such operotions os
feeding, conveying, cooling, drying, mixing, proportioning,
screening ond sloring. Often such equipment is combined
into complete systems, providing dependoble, continuous
ond precisely controlled flow for better quolity control and
improved economy.

Vibrat ing scre en sizing phosp hote rock in chemicol fertilizer

pion!. Pho to 30814

Complete f e rtlllz e r plant d esigned

and built by Link-Be lt. This plo nt
manufactures high-onolysis gronulo ted
fertilizer by !he continuous ommoniolor
process, using such Link-Bel! e quipment
as d ryer gronulotor, ommoniator, cla ssi

fying screens, bucket elevotors, b el!

conveyors and numerous other items.

Photo 38150

Two RotoLouvre dryers processing ammonium nitrate prills in fertilizer plant, completely engineered and equipped by Link-Belt.
Photo 38243

Bulk-Flo elevator delivers mineral mix fram two mixers to storage

bins in solvent exlraction plant. Gentle handling prevents degradation
of moteriol. Photo 27496

Two Monotube dryers used by pharmaceulical manufacturer to

recover solvenls in pracessing operatian. lnclined screw canveyors feed
the solvent soturated materia ls into the dryers. Photo 33880

Paddle mixe r and Rotor-Llft comprise a simple and effective processing system for mixing, heating, and conveying chemicals. Stainless
steel conslruction prevents contamination of materials handled,
Photo 28141

lelt conveyor 1y1tem dislributes brlne sal! to 2400-ton storage

tanks al electro-chemical plant. Photo 34046

L 1 N K - B E L T 23

power
From lorge central steam generoting stotions lo smoll heoting plonts,
Link-Belt cool handling e quipment is widely known for its efficienl ond
dependoble operotion. Whether cool is received by roil, water or road
corweyonces, handling systems ore required to unlood, feed, crush,
somple, weigh, store, recloim ond distribute, enroute to the furnaces.
For large or small tonnage requirements, Link- Belt designs, manufactures
ond installs systems to suit the individual requirements with full
considerotion given to the size of plant, location, transportation
facilities, ond speciol conditions

in arder to obtain the highest

efficiency and greatest economy.

450 tons p e r hour coal handling system designed and built by Link-Bel!
is an impartanl peri af this pawe r slalian. This system includes track happer,
feeder, slacking-aut canveyar, reclaim happer, feeder, crushe r, magnetic
separalar, vi braling screen, b elt canveyors and motor-propelled tripper.
Photo 36564

Coal handling equlpment for power

h ouse serving manufocturing planl, feeds
and elevates caal la silo slorage and
d islributes to boilers. Photo 34 143

Apron feeder hondles cool in reguloted continuous flow from trock hopper
to crusher in this power house cool handling syslem. Photo 31445

Se lf-propelle d b elt trlpper with ovtomotic reversing mechonism

dischorges cool into line of storoge bvnkers et lorge power pion!.
Photo 35268

Two trove llng woter screens provide cleon condenser cooling water
for public utility power stotion. Refuse is retoined ond elevoted by screen
troys, dischorged by spra ys ond sluiced owoy for disposol. Photo 31455

Peck carrier instolled in 1 927 continues to hondle coo l efficiently

et high copocity in power plont. Peck corriers convey horizontolly
ond elevote, ond material con be dischorged al one or more
selected points along horizontal rvn. Pholo 34073

Rotary rallroad cor dumpe r unloods cool al the rote of 15 or more cors
per hour in ovtomoticolly controlled ond foolproof cycles. Photo 3271 5

Two lnclined belt conveyors deliver cool from tronsfer hovse

to twin belt trippers operoling in gollery over bvnkers in o lo rge
power pion!. Photo 3881 O

L 1 N K B E L T 25

Sewqe tre9'111ellf plent 1enrln9 1-.e -nldpallty includ es b ar K re ens, gril collectors o nd sludg e colleclo rs with copocily of 1 36,000,000 gollons
per doy. Equlpmenl has b een d e slg ned , monufocture d ond instolled by link-Belt, far plonls hoving o flow of 200 million g o llons per do y. Photo 3 7 368

Clrcvllne cellectera anti Str...htllne alew lnlaera lnslolled In rectangular

settling fonks p rovld e unifor111 dlslrlbutlon a nd remaval af slud ge ond prevent
floc break... p in water flltra llon planl. Thb arro ng ement p ermils economicol lank
con1lruclion with e ffkienl slud ge removol. l'holo 37536

26 L 1 N K B E L T

Two of elght flaah mlxora in lnflu ent chonne ls leading to flocculo tion
to nk1 al water treotmenl p lont far
ropid ond thorough mixing of chemicols wilh wa ter. Photo 37679

Horlzontal alow mix e r ot

woter softening ond flltrolion
p lant a ssure gentle mixing and
build-up of maximum size floc.
Photo 3205.ol

wa'ler, sewage
and indus'lrial
In hundreds of cities, lorge ond smoll, Link-Belt sonitory engineering
equipment is providing efficient, long-life water puriAcation and
sewage treatment service. And in industrial plonts, Link-Belt waste
treotment equipment removes solids from waste water, often recovering voluable by-products ... in oll cases, streom pollution is
abated.
With more thon 35 yeors of experience in the speciolized
techniques of water, sewage ond industrial waste treotment, LinkBelt offers a complete modern line of screens, grit collectors,
primary ond final sludge collectors, thickeners, mixers, chemical
feeders, sludge bed conveyors ond numerous other equipment to
perform the functions required for eoch specific installotion, oll designed ond built to the highest standords for moximum efficiency
and long life.
Solids con be large, smoll or even colloidol in size and regardless
of the volume of water or quantity of solids, Link-Belt con furnish
the equipment designed to fit the speciAc application requirements.
Plants hove been constructed for flows os small os 50 gallons per
minute to os lorge as 200 million gollons per doy.

Trltor screen re cloims grit, buttons, pieces of me tal

ond othe r inorgonic moteriol from ind ustrial pion! woste.
Trito r screens ore the only mechonicol me ons for removing
screenings ond grit in one unit. Photo 36562

Two travelin g water screens re mo ve Aooting debris

from effluent woter ot sewoge tre otme nt pion!. Photo 34397

Bucke t e levator and scre w conve yor dlstrlbuting syst e m elevote s ond conve ys lime, o lum, ond sulphote to
e ight slo ro g e lonks al water flltro tion pion!. Pho to 37845

Se wage d ispos al p la nt serving small communlty consisls of primory settling to nks,

o e rotion to nks ond fln o l settling tonks to provide sludge removol without disturbing settling
process. Pho to 3 8662

Disc screen ot paper mili. Screen cloth sep a ro tes flne

re fuse from water Aow ond e le vo tes it obove wo te r leve! for
d ischorge by spray wate r into refuse tro ug h. Pho to 3 7 172

food

Dock-mounted cor leer ond soltlng mochlne feed ing ice ond sclt inlc
bunkers el refrigerclcr ccrs. Fcst cnd d e p endcble cperction cssures minimum
lrcin delcys. Photo 38394

The wide scope of the food and food processing

industries encompasses one of the largesl collec
tive industry groups where link-Belt malerials
handling and processing equipment is used. The
diversifled line of link-Belt equipmenl applicable
to this industry is unmalched.
This equipment serves numerous functions lo help
provide the enormous quanlities of food required
throughout the world. Represenlative of lhe vasl
phases of this industry are dairy, meal pocking,
sugar, canning, bottling ond the innumerable
products grown on the farm os well a s many b y
products. Sanitation is one of the bosic requisites
of this entire induslry ond link-Belt speciolizes in
research and development for improved meterais
and methods to meel these exacling requiremenls.

ICor-Flo boxcor unloader emplies grcin by unique rocking motion of cor.

Economiccl high ccpccity unlocding beneflts terminal grcin elevctors, mailing
plcnls cnd soy becn oil extrccting plants. Controls ore grouped in one unil
for onemcn operction. Photo 377 49

28 L 1 N K - B E L T

Roto-Lauv r e granulator processing sugor. Bucket elevatar, bin cnd

screw feeder system delivers wet sugcr lo grcnulctor. Photo 30549

Llquld vlbratl ng screen, with cover remove d , in a corn milling planl, used

Twln scre w fe e dera and screw conve yors hondle flour from sloro ge bins

for seporaling ond dewolering operolions. All peris of screen in conlocl wilh
processed material ore sloinless slee l. Photo 34008

through vorious processing operolions in o lorge bakery. Drop

lroughs faci lilole quick and eosy cleoning. Phola 35258

bollom

Powe r and fr e e conve yor delivers d ressed hogs lo culling lo ble

Re clalm belt conveyor used to

flat-top

in mear pocking planl. Carriers aulomolicolly d e tach from trolleys to

d eposit ho g s on table. Photo 314 12

tronsfer grain in tunne l und e r ro w of

storoge silos. Photo 33727

hondling jors of slralned corrots from woshing lo lobeling

mochine. Photo 35852

chaln

conve yor

L 1 N K - B E L T 29

Conveyor syst e ms such os thls help to mak e mass production of automoblles possible . H yd roul i ~ lifl tobl~1 automo ticolly tronsfer
bod ies to ony one of Ave roller flig ht selectivity conveyors. O p e ro tions ore complete ly ~ontrolled from Qverheod eontrol stotion. Photo 37 407

Trolley conveyor corries outomobile fromes through p oint spray b ooth

ond d rying oven to this sub-ossembly line alter which tronsfer is mode
to flnol ossembly line flot top conveyor. Photo 374 20

30 L 1 N K - B E L T

Slat conveyor with speciol Axtures handling possenger cor

front seot cushion ossem blies. Photo 374 18

Link-Belt serves the automotive and transportation industries in many ways.

Materials handling equip-

ment ond systems ore indispensa ble to the highly mechanized production of aircraft, automobiles, trucks
and other vehicles - for the dependable, precisely timed, orderly ftow of materials, components and subassemblies through various manufacturing and assembly operations. Also, Link-Belt serves these industries
in many other oreas, including coal handling equipment for their power plants and, for their foundries,
complete systems for handling and preparotion of sond and the handling of castings.
For the tronsportotion industry's exponding needs for ral, truck and port terminals, Link-Belt builds a
brood line of equipment for unlooding, looding, storing and warehousing bulk materials, as well as for
the widely diversified mixed corgoes of boxes, bales, cartons and packages-even icing equipment for
preservation of perishoble commodities. Such equipment and systems provide dependable, economical
operation, often with initial savings in terminal buildings and dock structures.

ln-t he-floor Truk v e yor sys t e m in trucking termino!, tronsfers inbound

freight far local d e livery. This system permits disengogement of trucks et
ony point, speeding up ond simplifying loodlng and unlooding a peratlans.
Phato 3 8877

Ice cruaher 1lln9er receives Ice cokes fram dock canveyo r, crushes ond
top-Ices perlshable cammod itles In re frlgerotar cors, Thls type of equipment is also use d far lclng trucks and shlps. Photo 3,j723

e lf-unloading vessels for bulk cargos p rovide the means for high ca pocity unloa ding in ports where o ther types o f unlooding e quipment are not available. Stone, coal, pe lle ts
nd sized ore ore withdrawn by two parallel bel! conveyars under cargo holds, o bucket elevatar in bow, and a pivate d boom e quippe d with bel! conveyor to sto ckpile. Photo 35847

Slat canveyor assembly line on floor transp a rls

automotic coffee mokers through final stoges of
ossembly and inspection offering full control o f
quolity and p rad uclian. Trolley canveyors above,
fitte d with slings, gently cradle highly polished
p ercolotor bodies in overhead storog e, ossuring

constant, sleady fl ow of mate rial to final assembly

orea. Photo 3547 5

general
manufacuring
General manufacturing methods today are based on the
steady, automatic handling of materials, peris and assemblies on a mass production basis. Conveyors, such as trolley,
slat-assembly, flat belt and others are the arteries of this
mechanization. link-Bel! can develop and furnish conveying
equipment for almos! every purpose in the manufacture of
consumer goods or industrial products, for bulk materials,
parts and packages or flnished articles.

Trolley conveyor carrying refrigerator units

charged with high pressure air, through inspection
tank to detect leaks. Tralley type test and run-in
conveyors permit o p eration and inspectian of companents and Anished articles while in transit.
Photo 38707

Channel t op ap r an co nveyor carries castings to trolley

conveyor loading mechanism where they are automatically sorted by pairs and loaded on the trolley conveyor.
Photo 38011

Heavy duty oscillating conve yors receive forg-

ings from rotory tole box dumpers obove. Metal

construction with few moving parts assures longer

life, minimum operoting ond maintenonce expense.

Photo 37999

Flex mount oscillati ng conveyors, operoting in po irs in

eoch of five porollel trenches, carry off chips brought by
choin

conveyors

from

severa! hundre d

outomatic screw

mochines. Swivel-mounted chutes, in floo r pioles, odjust to

deposit chips in either of two lines o f conveyors depending
on the type of material being recloimed. Photos 39575 ond
39576

Apron conveyor with drain screens in pans, brings

bross chips ond turnings from mochining oreo to
scrop metal bale r in process of reclo mation. Specifico lly designed to carry sharp, highly obrosive ond
hot materiols link-Be l! opron conveyors will hondle
scrop costings, hect treated p e ris, chips, slampings
and many other ma teriols. Pho to 27964

ln-the-ftoor Trukveyor tronsports b lades for bulldozer-

graders through cleaning, painting and drying operations.

Trukveyors provide operoting oreas, free of o bstructians ond
work con be performed on material while being conveyed .
Photo 37791

L 1 N K - B E L T 33

bulk handling

BULK
MATERIALS
HANDLING
Bulk materials handling equipment performs a vitally important funclion in most industries, where it is necessary to
handle and rehondle bulk moteriols from the time they ore
e,.;lrocted from !he eorth until they ore flnally processed in
usable form. Often, !he cosl of repeoted handling is a very
high proportion of !he total cosl of the end product. For this
reason, many modern plonts are designed oround their
malerials handling systems.
Link-Belt has designed, furnished, instolled ond placed in
operation mony complete plants in which the materials
handling ond processin g equipment is of primory importonce.
This method of handling o project assures the owner of one
reliable source for engineering , equipment and fleld erect ion - os well as a single responsibility for performance of
the plont.
link-Belt manufactures o wide range of equipment to
meet the bulk handling needs of proctically oll industries.
Sorne of the more importan! and common types of equipment and components are illustrated in this book. In addition,
link-Belt designs and builds olher types ond models needed
to meet unusuol operating conditions. Sorne of the industries,
ond the functions performed in them b y Link-Belt equipment,
ore described on the pages that follow.

34 L 1 N K - B E L T

contents
general

34

unloadlng
Haulage machines
Ca r shakers
Car dumpers
Power unloading scoops
Bo,.;car unloaders
Hydraulic truck dumper
Receiving hoppers
Gales ond valves

38
41
50
52
60
62
68
70
73

f eedlng
Apron feeders
Bel! feeders
Reciprocating feeders
Vibratory feeders
Gravimetric weigh feeders
Mechonical vibrating feeders
Ba r Aight feeders
Screw feed ers
Rotary table feeders
Rotary plow feeders
Rotary vane feeders

84
87
96
98
100
106
108
110
112
116
119
122

convey lng and elevatlng

123
Bel! conveyors
127
O scillating conveyars
236
Apron conveyors
248
259
Screw conveyors
294
Flight conveyors
301
Wide choin drag conveyors
Sidekar-Ko rrier
302
304
Circular carrier
Weigh larries
306
Bucket elevarors
307
352
Skip hoists
357
Bulk-Flo
37 1
Rotor-Lift
Gravity-discharge conveyor-elevators 373
Peck carrier
376

bulk handling

In mlnlng , meterais handling is the predominant operation.

Stripping and the disposal of overburden from open pit mines is
the flrst consideration prior to handling the minerals themselves.
Subsequently, the ore or coal must be transported to the processing
plant, after which it must be handled repeatedly during such
operations as crushing, grinding, screening, washing, concentrating,
drying, pelletizing and sintering. The flow sheets of these plants
also indicate such material handling operations as unloading, feeding, conveying, elevating, storing in bins, stockpiling and reclaiming,
mixing, blending, picking, sorting, sampling, weighing, batching or
loading into cars, trucks or ships. Link-Belt manufactures and can
furnish equipment to perform these functions economically and d ependably under the severe operating conditions which usually
prevail.
In th e stone, aggregate, and construction Industries,

;-i:<i~OA

r.IJ::::=:;-- -......;;t.;;;
IJN;;,:
Vl:::'<:::,;
lll',..,',,,
"'- '-' - - - - - "
r-: lOl'<\IE~'
TRA.V(L

G"'-~x~;~tllo.

..

T~SfL[S

'~SCR([N
HClJS(
~
1.:
ANO STOA.\GC BINS

"J

UCVAT~

J61

CON\IEYOR 6

.. rt

""' 'm
~.-:!'..__
fig

SS28

In thls st eel m ill the limit::itions of on existing row moteriols sloroge

yord were overcome by o conve ying system thot tronsports ore ot 6000
tons per hour, os well os sinte r, p ellets, stone ond cool more thon o mile
to o new storoge oreo. Loter, lhe system is reversed to re turn the recloimed moteriols to blost furno ce ore a . The principal units are e le vated
ta ovoid inte rfe re nce with surface tro nsp ortation. A typicol e xomple a f
using the type o f bulk ha ndling equipme nt to best flt the conditions.

many of the same functions are performed as in mining, and similar e quipment is available but is d esi gn ed for the particular
material to be handled. Aggregates must be washed, sized,
screened and stored. On large dams and reclamation projects,
aggregates or flll material often may be transported over
considerable distances with conveyors more economically than by
any other means.
Steel plant raw materials, such as ore, sinter, pellets,
stone, coal, and coke, must b e unloaded from cars, barges or
vessels, and then stockpiled, reclaimed, and often they are screened,
blended, mixed, weighed, batched and otherwise handl ed . An
extremely high degree of dependability is necessary to meet
around-the-clock operating schedules. Some of the most extensive
installa tions in the steel industry hove been furnished and installed
by Link-Belt.

O verburde n is tra nsported

more thon o mile by 36' wide
b elt conveyor ot lhe rote o f
1140 tons per hour and is dislributed to spoil pile by o 1 00foot ro dius troveling belt conveyor stocker. Such systems o re
copo ble of handling tremendo us
volume, operoted oro und-the clock, ot low co st. Photo 3 2 594

Coal and refu se al this mine ore dumped on hillside ot left and conveyed al 750 tons per hour to preporotion plont where the cool is crushed, blended, woshe d, dried, sorte d ond looded into cors. The refuse
is conve yed lo spill oreo o t upper righl. This complete pion! wos designed, furnished ond instolled by
Link-Belt. Photo 33033

Sto ne an d aggregate p lants must move o

great amount of bulk materiols from qua rry to
crushing, screening, looding out bins ond storage.
At this plant more !han 3800 feel of Link-Belt
conve yors ore used in producing many sizes of
stone ond oggre gote to exact speciflcolions o nd to
se rve stockpile of over 110,000 tons copocity.
Photo 37824

L 1 N K - B E L T 35

bulk handling

Power plants, from lorge public utility stotions

to smoll heoting plonts, require cool handling systems to unlood, feed, crush, somple, weigh ond
store cool en route to the furnoces. Dependobility,
economy, ond often high copocities ore primory
requirements. Mony outstonding power plonts in
the United Stotes ore Link-Belt equipped.

In the pulp and paper industry, conveyors ond other equ ipment ore ovoiloble for
handling the pulpwood logs from pond, flume or
yord to the plont, os well os for sorting ond feeding them to chipper or grinder. Other types feed,
screen ond convey the chips ond pulp.
Bulk terminals, docks and other transfer
stations for cool, ore, bouxite, groin ond other

This modern powe r plant, hondles 4 00 tons of cool per hour. Cool is d ischorged
from roilrood cors into !rock hoppers ond the n corried to transfer house, to ond from
outdoor storage p iles, ond up to bunkers over boilers by a network of belt conveyors
to ta ling 1100 feet in length. Photo 38807

bulk moteriols, ore b ecoming more importont to

our economy. Here, high copocities ond dependobility ore required to ossure mnimum looding
ond unlooding time, ond low operoting costs ore
necessory to ossure o p rofob le operotion.

In plants where bulk materials are processed, handling equipment is ovoiloble for performing such functions os feeding, conveying, elevoting, distributing to bins or mochines, weighing,
blending, botching, proportioning, f111ing contoiners
or bulk looding. Copocities moy vory from the
smoll but exocting requirements of phormoceuticol
plonts to those of huge chemicol plonts-ond operoting conditions from the spotless environment of
bokeries to the severe service of foundries. Often
bulk handling system s ore highly outomotic, with
meons ovoiloble for recording performance doto.
Requirements for cleonliness ond heolth ond sofety
of personnel moy olso influence the design ond
type of equipment used in plonts of this kind.

At thls water flltratlo n plant, lime, alum and sulphate a re

carried by bucket elevators and screw conve yors far cantrolled,
uniform distribution to storoge tonks on roof o f chemicol house.
Cleon, efficie nt o p erotion a l lo w casi is o ssured with such
sy stems. Photo 37845

36 L 1 N K - B E L T

Thls paper and board m ili produces 100,000 tons of kroft p a p er annually, and is
equipped with many d ifferent lypes o f b ul k handling equip menl for handling pulpwood
logs from storage, chips, ba rk, chemicals and pul p. Pho lo 34951

At thls grain terminal, grain is unloaded from boxcars, dislributed to sto rage silos ond
b uildings, then reclaimed and loaded into ship s al a ropid rete. Pholo 37 57 4

bulk handling

Selecting the

Selectlon guide for bulk handling equlpment

charaderistic

Type of
equipment

for the material

Po ge
o

.,

e:
;

The ta ble a t the right w ill serve as a

g u ide for tenta tive selection of typ es o f
e qu ip ment t o perform th e functions shown
and und e r the conditions broadly o utl ined
therein. lt illustr ates the no rmal applicatio n o f e ach t y pe, b ut d o e s not cover
spe cia l or unusual appl ications. The table
list s the location o f mo r e sp eciflc selection
and e ng ine ering data for e ach t y pe of
e quip ment.

UNLOADING
Haulage machines . . . . .
Car shakers.
........... .
C ar d um p e~ ..........
..
Pawer unloading scoop s ....
Boxea r unloaders. ...
.. .
Hydraulic truck d um pers . . . .
Receiving hoppers ..........
Gales ond valves ....... . .
FEEDING
Apron feeders.............
Belt f eed ers .
...........
Recipro coting f eeders ...
Vibroto ry feed ers ....
G ravimetric weight f eed ers .
M echonicol vibrating f eed ers
Bar flight feeders . . ... .....
Screw f eed ers .............
Rotary table f eed ers... .....
Rotary plow feeders ........
Rota ry vane f eeders . .. ...
CONVEYING AND ELEVA TIN G
Belt conveyors .. ......... . .
O scillating conveyors .. . .....
Apron conveyors .........
Screw conveyo rs ..........
Flight conveyors...... ...
W ide choin drog conveyors .
Sid ekar-Karrier ........ ....
Circular carrier ...........
W eigh larries ............
Bucket eleva tors . .... . ...
Skip hoists .............
Bulk-Flo ....... . ...... ..
Rotor lifts ....... ...... ..
Gravity-dischar ge conv.-elev.
Peck carrier .. .. _.

--

Flowobility

Size

(generolly suitoble far

the purpose indicoted)

to be handled
The characte ristics and b ehavior of the
m ateria l t o b e handl e d is a n extremely
imp ort a nt consid e ration in the d esign o f
all bul k handling systems. The success of
an ind ividual component o r of a com plete
syste m d e p e nd s largely upo n its suitability
for the materi al it must handle . Link- Belt
maintains an extensiv e material s handling
l abo ratory for testing and o b se rving the
b e h av ior o f materia Is as they a re handled
b y va rious t y p es of equip ment, and for
stud ying th e unusual bulk handling probl ems of industry. A lso, information is conta in e d on pag e 56 3 wh ich bro adly covers
th e cha racte ristics, b e havior a nd classiflca tion o f a wi d e variety o f bul k materi als.

Poth
of travel

Material

proper equipment

:;

e:
~

C>

c.
E

.,

..2

O>

!1.,

. >~

u..

Abrosiveness

;,

..oo

O>

i::

" zo

..o

T
o

>-

>-

""

g
E:
o - ~ "".,
1: ., o e:
o
u
:.o
g -;.:"" -e., Eo
N

J:

>

E.

""e:.,

:.o

> u u

38
41
xl x
50 X X X X X X X X X
52 X X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
60 X X
X
X
X
62 X X
X
X
X
X
X
68 X X X X X
70 X X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
73 X X
X
-- - - - - - - - - - - - 84
X
X
X
X
X
87
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
96 X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
98 X X X
100 X X X X X X X X X X
106 X X X X X X X X X X
X
108 X X
X
X
X
X
X
11 0 X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
112 X X
X
X
X
X
11 6 X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
119 X X
X
X
122 -X X
X
X
X
X
X
- - - - 123
127 X X X X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
236 X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
248 X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
259 X X
X
X
X
X
294 X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
30 1 X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
302 X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
304 X X
X
X
X
X
X
306 X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
307 X X
X
X
X
352 X X X X X X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
357 X X
X
X
X
X
X
37 1 X
X
X
X
X
X
X
373 X
X
X
x :
X
X
X
X
376 X
X
X
X

:1x

xi

Thls Llnk- lelt Materlals

Handling Laboratory is

equipped to test various

bulk moteriols far feeding,
conveying, elevating, d rying ,
coolin g, sizing, weighi n g,

woshing ond numerous other

operotions. Photo 380 48.

L 1 N K - B E L T 37

bulk handling
unloadi ng equipment

unloading equ1pmen
for bulk maerials
Unloading common carriers or other means of transportation is an important operation in most plants
which consume or process bulk materials. Such materials may be received in trucks, trailers, ships,
boats, barges, and various types of cars such as
mine ca rs, hopper bottoms, gondolas, and boxcars.
Requirements may vary from one or two cars per
week to sixty or more cars per hour.
Operation of unloading equipment may vary
from seasonal or intermittent use at sorne mines,
grain elevators, and small plants, to the severe
" do y in, doy out" service at steel mills and large
steam generating stations. Docks, piers, terminal s
and other bulk transfer stations require a high
degree of dependability and usually high capacities
for maximum economy.
Selection of the most effective and economical
unloading equipment depends upon th e type of
carrier to be unloaded, the characteristics and condition of the material, the unloading rote, annual
tonnage, the means of moving cars or barges to
and from unloader, and, in the case of large ships,
the cost of demurrage.
Unloading of free flowing materials seldom requires considerations o ther than those of capacity
and appropriate ty pe of equipment. Sluggish or
sticky materials often require a car shaker for quick,
clean discharge of hopper cars, or a rotary dumper
for higher capacities. Frozen coal or ore may require
thawing to free it from car sides, after which the
discharge of moderate capacities of frozen lumps
may usually be accelerated by a car shaker. Higher
capacities of frozen material can best be unloaded
with a rotary car dumper.
The average unloading rote, in cars per hour, includes both the unloading cycle and the time required
to move cars to and from the unloading operation.
The most effective use of unloading equipment often
requires haulage machines or car spotters to reduce
the d elays of such movements. Also, feeding and
conveying equipment is more economical when the
hopper, into which the car is unloaded, is large
enough to contain sufficient material to continuously
feed the system while cars are shifted to and from
the unloading operation.
Various types of bucket elevator unloaders are
available for unloading ships of grain, barges of
coal and other free flowing materials at capacities
up to 2000 or more tons per hour.
Various standard types of unloading equipment
are described on the following pages. Link-Belt has
built many other types and sizes for unusual conditions and Link-Belt engineers are available for
a ssisting in the selection of such equipment.

38 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
unl oadlng equlpment

Haulage m achin es (page 41) are

of two types; capstan and drum. They
are used for moving railroad cars and
mine cars or performing other industrial
pulling jobs. Capstan car spotters are
compact, sturdy machines which pull
b y means of a rape snubbed around
the vertical capstan. Drum t y pe pullers

Fig. 3900

are generally used for heavier service

Car spotter

and larger installations. Both can be

arranged with a variety of cable systems for intermittent or continuous operation to suit the track layout and the
handling of cars at the site.

Fig .

.,

~ 187

Mine car d ump er

Rai lroad car du m per

Car dumpers (page 52) provide the most rapid and positive method of
emptying all ty pes of open top cars, by turning the enti re car upside down.

Fig. 4190

Car shake rs (page 50) are an effective

means of

emptying

hopper

bottom railroad cars when the material

fails to run out of the open hopper
doors by gravity clone. The machine is
set on the car after it has been spotted
over the track hopper. A motor drives
two eccentrically weighted flywheels.
Rota tion of these flywheels produces a
vibration which is transmitted to the car.
A short period of operation assists in
dislodging material.

They are of two forms, one for ra ilroad cars and one for mine cars.
The railroad car dumpers are so designed that when rotation is started, the
transfer table supporting the rails moves laterally until the side of the car rests
against a timbered side frame of the cradle. Simultaneously with this movement,
overhead clamps descend to the top of the car to hold it securely. The cradle
rotates until automatically stopped at the inverted position. Operation is then
reversed. Rotary car dumpers have been built for dumping more than 60 cars
per hour.
Mine car dumpers may b e furnished to dump single cars, coupled or uncoupled, or several cars in a train. Cars are automatically held in place.
Dumpers may be designed to rotate through an angle sufficient for dumping
and then return, or through a complete revolution. The frame includes a shield
to direct and ease the fall of material. Completely controlled by one man,
these dumpers are fast, smooth running, durable and foolproof.
Side-tilting type dumpers are also ava ilable for dumping refuse. This dumper
is semi-automatic in operation and lifts the car vertically, then tilts it to one side
to unload the contents.

Powe r unloading scoops (page 60) are used for unloading grain and other
granular materials from boxcars and trucks into hoppers, and for other
similar operations. They enable one man to perform tasks which would require
the efforts of several men by manual methods. The operator draws the scoop
back over the material a suitable distance, and then allows slack in the rape.
This starts the winding mechanism, which pulls the scoop forward to push the
Fig . 4184

material to the discharge point while the opera tor holds the scoop upright by
its handles.

L 1 N K - B E L T 39

bulk handling
unloadlng equipment

Boxear unloaders (poge 62)

Kor-Flo boxear unlooder, including spotting to unlooding, will handle
up to 5 cars per hour of grain, chemicals, or other free-flowing bulk
materials. Th e cor is moved on the self-contained unloader platform,
ond is clamped hydraulically. The inner d oor of car is opened
hydraulicolly.
One rail is instolled high er than the other to give o side tilt to the
car. A drive unit creotes a unique rocking motion which conveys the
materi al simultoneously from both ends toward the center of the car
causing contents to flow smooth ly and continuously to a receiving
hopper below.
One man controls the unlooding operation. Shallow pit and low
overheod el ea ronce requirements keep instollotion costs ot o mnimum.
Kar-Fl o bo xear unloader

Tilting type boxear unlooder is o machine for dumping grains and

other free-flowing bulk materiols from railrood boxcars by tilting
the cars both loterally and longitudinolly. The unloader has o moin
cradle ond clomps which hold and automatically center the car. The
car supporting plotform mounted on the cradle is first tipped sidewise about l 5 degrees, while the inner door is forced inward. The
car is then tilted endwise about 40 degrees in both directions, with
a baffle plate inserted on the final tip to deflect the last remoining
material.
lnstallotions are efficient and economical for extensive operations
that involve up to 6 to l O cars per hour.

F;g. 4186

Til ting type boxear unl oader

-== -::Z::::::::

Receiving hoppers (poge 70) of plates and structural

steel ore used for receiving material from cors, trucks, etc.
and conducting it to feeders, crushers or conveyors. They
are usuolly provided with gratings to protect workmen and
machinery .

40 L 1 N K - B E L T

Hydraulic truck dumpe r (poge 68) simplifles the unlooding of

cotton seed, soybeons, grain, wood chips, potosh, coke, sugar cane
and beets, corn and similar materials thot are t ransported b y trailer
truck. Fast acting hydraulic cylinders lift 40 tons to o 40 degree angle
in one minute-only 40 seconds required to lower it . Pl atforms will
accommodote tractor and trailer assembl ies up to 54 feet overall
length.

Gates (page 73) are normally used on the bottoms of

hoppers, either singly or in a series, to feed material s onto
conveyors for further processing.
Numerous styles of gales are available. Mony of these
are general purpose goles suitable for handling coal, sand,
grave!, crushed rock, stone, ore and similar materials. They
are built in o w id e range of sizes to meet ali normal
requirements.

bulk handling
haulage machines

machines
For many years Link-Belt has designed and manufactured haulage machines and systems
for handling a wide range of mobile loads. While commonly used for moving railroad
cars, there are numerous other industrial applications where haulage machines are being
successfully used for pulling heavy trucks into and out of shops, warping vessels through
drawbridges and along docks, for mooring service on canal barges, for pulling cars of
castings into and out of furnaces, and for moving cars into and out of core ovens and
dry kilns. They are used in foundries for pulling flasks over roll tables, dragging heavy
materials along the ground and wherever rope pulls up to the maximum capacity of
the machines can be used advantageously.
These machines are economical to operate, as power is consumed only when the y are
in actual operation. Their use has resulted in marked savings due to elimination of switching cha rges and delays in moving or spotting
railroad cars.
Link-Belt haulage machines are of two typescar spotters which pull loods by meons of o rope
wrapp ed around a vertical capstan, and drumtype pullers which exert pulling action through
a rope wound upon a horizontal drum.

On e o f 8 Llnk-8elt No, 50 car spotters on pier

moves roilrood cars far ship loading ond unlooding
operolions. Photo 25182

Reversible endless cable haulage system in sleel mili

yord moves roilrood cors over dislonce o f 11 00 fee l.
Pholos 23559 ond 23563.

LINKBELT 41

bulk handling
haulage mach ines

Haulage machines

Barges are shlfte d into looding position quickly ond elficiently by drum-ty p e

Controlle d move me nt of coal barge into position under unloodi ng

pullers o n pier a l coal lransfer dock. Photos 30299 ond 2947 2

elevotor is provided by d rum-type puller on p ier al lorge coke

preporation p ion!. Photo 39 160

WIRE ROPE

l ayout shows two single-drum mochines used far pulling borges

in either direction. Borge is held in position when stopped by
ele ctric brokes o n molors. Two odditionol smoller single-drum
machines ore used os snubbers.

fig. 6225

This layout ltustroles borge in position unde r e levotor far unlooding. Haul lines pull
borge in either direction ond snub lines ho ld barge ogoinst d ock fo ce.

42 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
haulage machines

Car spotters
Link-Belt car spotters are made in two sizes and three types. A
sturdy, compact gray iron housing completely encloses and protects
the splash-lubricated gears and ball bearings. A capsta n made of
hard iron, for use with manila or marline covere d wire rope, is proportione d to obtain maximum traction and pulling power. The
capstan face is machine flnished to prolong life of rope. The worm
and helical gears are precision cut to exacting speciflcations. The
steel capstan shaft runs in bronze sleeve bearings. A ratchet and
pawl can be furnished and installed within the capstan when the
spotter is required to hold cars on an incline.
Accessories such as haulage ropes, car pulling hooks, sheaves and
snatch blocks can be furnished.

No. SO and No. 1 00

stationary car spotters
The No. 50 ond No. 100 stationary car
spotte rs ore equipped with 5 ond l O horsepower motors resp ectively. The molors a re
tota lly e nclosed nonve ntilated hoist type which
form on integ ral peri of the machines. The
No. 50 cor spotter will pull on average of 3
load ed railrood cors, and the No. 100 cor
spotter on average of 6 loaded roilroad cars,
depending upon track cond itions, curvature
ond grade.

No. SS and No. 110

stationary car spotters
The No. 55 and No. 11 O stationary car spotters are a lso equippe d with 5 and 1O horsepower motors. The motors, however, are of
the conventional foot typ e connected to the
car spotte r by means of Link-Belt fle xible
coupling s ond are mounte d on motor brocke ts
supporled directly from the car spotte r housing.

No. 60 and No. 120 portable car spotters

The No. 60 and No. 120 car spotters a re of the portoble type. They ore equipped with 5
ond l O horsepower motors which form en inte gral port of the machines. These motors o re
provide d with built-in starters. The spotters o re mounted on steel frome corriages and
balonced so that the units moy be e osily rolled to d esired locotions. Corriages include guide
rope d e flector s, attachme nts for onchoring ond pulling handles.

L 1 N K - B E L T 43

bulk handling
haulage machi nes

Drum-type pullers with plain drums

36250

Drum-ty pe p ullers with p loin drums o re mode in four sizes with

e ighlee n sp eed combinotions.
These pull e rs consist of heovy welded steel, d eep -Aong ed d rums
with bronze sleeve be o rings ond ore mounted on oversize s1otionory
steel shofts. The drum shofts o re supported by rigid welded steel
from e s, omply broced ond stiffened to hold the ports in occurote
olignme nt.
The drive consists of on e nclosed Link- Be lt Mo togeo r connected to
the drum through o gua rded Link-Belt precision steel roller choin drive.

A lever o peroted ja w clutch o n the output shoft o f the e nclosed gear

drive disconne cts the power when poying out the rope. A retording
broke p revents spinning ond over-trovel of the drum.
Pull ers can olso be furnished with Geormotor drives, when preferred b y p urcho ser.
Accessories such as houloge rapes, cor pulling hooks, sheoves ond
snotch blocks can b e furnished.

Drum-type pullers with grooved drums

13563

Drum-type pullers with grooved drums ore used for conditions beyond
the ronge of cor sp otters ond drum-ty pe p ullers with ploin drums.
A drum-type p uller with groaved drum in combinotian with sheoves
con b e odapted to o wide voriety of o rrongeme nts for moving roilrood cors ond for ather industrial usoge. Motion af the vehicle in
either direction is o ccom plished b y onchoring b oth e nd s of the rope
ta the drum so thot ene end is wound onto the drum o s the other
unwinds. This type of p uller is olso used for moving borg es. The rope
copocity of the d rum is the limiting factor in !he length of movement
of the ve hicle being pulled.
A drum-type puller with o poir of g roove d drums is used when

44 L 1 N K - B E L T

on endless cable is used. This drum-type puller is olsa known os o

double drum troction type or e ndless cable houloge mochine. With
this orrongement the length af movement of the vehicle is independ ent
of the size of the drums used. Bosicolly these units consist of o heavy
steel base on which ore maunted two porollel horizontal shofts with
o grooved drum on eoch. G eoring connects one or bath shofts to
the driving motar. Brokes ond control camponents ore included when
required by !he conditions of the instollotion.
Accessories such os houlog e rapes, cor pulling hooks, she oves ond
snatch blocks con be furnished.

bulk handling
haulage machi nes

Typical layouts
Car spotter layouts
This layout shows a car spotter arrangeme nt indicating how
cars are moved over long or short hauls. Cars can be
moved in the opposite direction by reversing the snatch
block arrangement.

This car spotte r layout requires a longer rope than th e

preceding arrangement, but permits moving the car with a
single p ull. Cars can be moved in the opposite di rection b y
direct p ull from the car spo tter.

-lt:::~~~~~-------~~lt-1 - --++t
l l+++-l-

ROPE::;;::r---

+-m------- --~-----~-=-~-:~

SPOTTER

SNATCH BLOCK
ANO ANCHOR

Fig. 3972

In this layout, a guide roller or _deflector is used to guide

the rope while pulling the car on a curve. O n straight
portian of !rack, the pull is direct from the car spotter.

Fig. 3973

SPOTTER~

ANCHOR IS NECESSARYSNATCH BLOCK MAY BE

TRANSFERRED FROM ENO

ENCLOSURE

When th e ca r spotter is located some distance from the

!rack, a system of snatch blocks may b e used, as indicated,
to move the car in eithe r direction.

TOENO~

\~~~TCH

BLOCK
~O ANCHOR

fSNATCH BLOCK
~()ANO ANCHOR

:=:=:=-.~R~PE-=- ,e, ---

~~---..

Drum-type puller layouts

~~-----~ji ,.
-

- - -
' DOCK FACE
WIRE ROPE/ r -- - - - - - - - -

.::, . . ~-~. . .

----- - - =

71EJ\ OlLL

l .9'RE:"VERSIBLE

- - - - - - - -

HAULAGt;;;c~ES

Fig. 353 4A

In this layout, two drum-type machines are used for pulling barges in either directio n. Whe n stopped,
the e lectric b rakes on molors hold the barg e in position. The motor on the unwinding drum appli e s
suffici e nt counter-torque to keep the trailing rope taut. Whe re conditions permit, such machines
may be located near e nds of barge travel to keep dock cleor of the cables.

...-=-..-- ~ .

- _JI

...:.::=_- -

l couNTERWEIGHTED----"7- TAKEUP
WIRE ROPE -

coocK FACE
-

1L , _

'"G'

'

--1>---

~
~-- #'"

-- - ----"?

GREVERSIBLE

- -

-- - -=-.-:--.-:.-:::aL=,.
~ --------c0u~TERWEIGHTE~
TAKEUP

HAULAGE MACHINE
Fig. 353 49

This layout illustrates application of a d ouble-drum traction or e ndless ca ble machine for pulling
barges in either direction. Counte rweighte d takeup on light sid e of rope seats while the counte rwe ighted takeup on the sla ck side ke e ps the trailing rope tout.

L 1 N K - B E L T 45

bulk handling
haulage machines

Typical layouts
Drum-type puller layouts
r1""'l yALTERNATE
LOCATION OF MACHINE
IF CLEARANCE BETWEEN TRACKS
tt-j~

IS INSUFFICIENT

Fig.
3536A

This layout shows lhe drum-lype haulage machines serving o ne or

two !rocks. Cars can be pulled in either direclion on either track.

The drum is generally provided with o clutch for disengagement

with drive, since rope is p ulled out manuolly.

Fig.

3535A

In lhis layout, o reversible drum-type haulage mochine is used for

serving one or two !rocks. Cors con be pulled in either direclion on
eilher trock. Through o clutch arrangemenl either drum is connected

to the drive while the other becomes on idle r. When id ling, the drums
conlacl drog devices lo preven! spinning. This machine con also be
used to service three or more trocks.

Fig.
35 358

This layout shows a reversible drum-lype hauloge mochine for

serving o ne lo lhree !rocks. Cors con be pulled in eilher direction

T:EUP ON EACH ROPE

r
~ ro~ Jc1=1
~

WEIGHT

- ---=- - -

=CAR

====;ilH-

---

L..

u u

.J

uu

SECTION AA

'1

- - - -

+..,.,...;.:..:......--4...u...,.:...u...J..:.
1------------------t,...,,.-"~-'_---1- 1
w
.J

;._

l l ~ ~ I ' [h~ ~ ~
.

'""'''-~

. COUNTERWEIGHTED

rsris'-== ~

Al

on ony !rock. The rope is d ead- e nded al opposite ends of grooved

drums so lhal one winds a s the other unwinds.

CAR

- - - --

J] ~

- -

llf-~-_r. .,. .~o..i.+-++-+++H+-H-....H+-'-c+--r-t+, ,

~ :'i ::~::~~- -- --- ---J~C [::,::l:fl'Jlfffl~~l: l

t1------- --c.=:::.:------ ---------------- --------- - ---- --------------------------------;::
n ~~ -tri-10 w-L... ,~~1-: ~= ~~== ~Gtfii:-SYSTEM
T0-- -,~~ :-n-F...:L~t
1
L"uLifu'tr.t-tr.c-::H.lt-~
' 7'.l~7 1~== = ===1fJi:!-u+.
---- 0
!.. .l.- - --r:;J1

CAN BE ARRANGED

- SERVE ADDITIONAL TRACKS-

~----------------- ------- ------- ------ --- - ------------ ------------ ---- --- -- ---- ------

In this layout, a double-drum lra ction or endless cable reversible

haulag e machine is shown for serving multiple !rocks. Cars can b e
pulled in eilher direclion on ony !rock. Two counlerweighted takeups

46 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig.
35368

are shown; one required for eoch direction of lravel lo remove lhe
slock in the lrailing rope. Ro p e travel is nol limited by machine,
making it economice) for installations requiring exlremely long lrovel.

bulk handling
haulage machines

Selection
Calculation of rope pull for railroad cars

no less thon dimension P from the puller, os shown in Fig. 5333. For
puller Nos. 1O15, 1520, 1822 ond 2024, P equols 24, 31, 35 ond
38 feet respectively.

To determine the rope pull required to move o roilrood cor using

either o cor spotter or drum-type puller with ploin drum, it is necessory
to consider the following foctors:
Weight of cor ond conlenls
Curvoture of !rock
Trock grade
Trock ond roodbed condition
Temperoture of surrounding otmosphere
Cors, other thon roilrood cors, will require speciol considerotion.
Consult Link Belt.

Fig.

5333

Table 2 Factor C for pulling railroad cars

Factor C
Temperature
of
surrounding otmosphere,
Track ond roadbed candition
degrees Fahrenheil
Below O 1 O to 20 1 20 to 45 1 Abave 45
Even trock, firm bollos!
1
6
3
1
1.5 1
o9
Uneven trock, soft bollos!
21
15
12
1

Weight of car and contents

The weight of cor ond contenls is the gross weight in tons.

Track curvature
Trock curvoture is expressed in terms of rodius in feet, degrees of
curvoture or by chordol fac tor A. The degree of curvoture is the
included ongle in d e grees fo r o 100-foot chord ocross the center line
of !he !rock. Factor A is !he chordol distonce for o 50-foot chord on
the inside roil. To obtoin !he chordol fa ctor, stretch o 50-foot line
ocross !he curve ond meosure A os in Fig . 3704.

Rope pull for pulling railroad cars

The sto rting rope pull is fo und b y the following formulo:
P = W (B+ C)
Where

P = storting ro pe pull in pounds

W = weight of cor ond contents, in tons
B = factor from Table 1
C = factor from Table 2

Examples of rope pull calculations

Problem 1
A roilrood cor ond its contents weighing 42.5 tons is to be moved
olong o curved leve! !rock where A equols 9 '!4 ". The operoting temperoture is never lower !han 45 F al ony time. The !rock is uneven ond
has o soft bollost. Colculote the storting rope pull.

50 FEET--- - -

Fig.

3704

Track grade
Trock grade is expressed in degrees of ongle to the horizontal or in
per cent of rise.
100 X rise
grade in per cent
length

Solution
In Table 1, Factor B = 45 ond in Table 2, Factor C - 9.
storting rope p ull = 42.5 (45 + 9) = 2295 pounds
Refer to !he selection tables on the following poge. A No. 50, 55 or 60
cor spotter is sotisfoctory.

...
,,~----....,LENGTH IN FEET- - - - - 1

:::t

Probl em 2
Four roilrood cors ond their contenls weighing 220 tons ore to be
moved olong o curved !rock al obout 35 FPM where A equols 6 Y2".
Trock rises 3 feel in eoch 100 feet. The operoting temperoture will
foil below O F. The !rock is e ven ond has o firm bollos!. Colculote the
storting rope pull.

-. 1~

Fog. 3703

Track and roadbed condition

and atmospheric temperature

Soluti on

Co ndition of !rock ond roodbed ond temperoture of surrounding

otmosphere ore importan! considerotions. These foctors for use in the
colculotion of rope pull ore given in Table 2.

3 X 100
grade = ---)() = 3%
In Tab le 1, Factor B = 100 ond in Table 2, Factor C = 6.
storting rope p ull = 220 ( 100 + 6) = 23,320 pounds
Refer to the selection tables on !he following poge. A No. 2024-20
drum-type puller, which operotes ot 36 FPM, is sotisfoctory.

Fleet angle
To ossisl in winding the rope on the drum in loyers, !he Aeet ongle
should not exceed 1 Y2 d egrees. Where required, locote guide sheoves

Table 1 Factor B for pulling railroad ca rs

Factor B

Track curv ature

Rodius of
curva ture,

feet

Degree
of
curvature

Chordal
factor
A,

Trock grade, degrees and minutes

1 0 -35 1

1-9

1-44

1146
573
383

5
10
15

3 Y2
6 Y2
9'!4

287
231
193
166
143

20
25
30
35
40

13
16 Y2
20
23 Y2
27

2-18

2-52

3-27

4-1

4-35

5-9

5-43

Trock grade, per cent of rise

inches

30
35

50

40
45

60
65

50

55

70
75
80
85

70
90
75
95
100
60
80
65
85
105
70
110
90
Degree ol curvature is the included angle in degrees for a 100-foot
chord across center fine of track.

55

90
95
100
105

110
115
120
125

130
135
140
145

150
155
160
165

7
170
175
180
185

11 0
115
120
125
130

130
135
140
145
150

150
155
160
165
170

170
175
180
185
190

190
195
200
205
210

10

190
195
200
205

210
215
220
225

230
235
240
245

210
215
220
225
230

230
235
240
245
250

250
255
260
265
270

6 See Fig. 3704.

Per cent of rise equals 100 times the rise divided by the iength.

L 1 N K - B E L T 47

bulk handling
haulage machin e s

Selection
Ca r spotte r s
Maximum ro p e pull,
pounds

Storting

Ra pe
Cor
spotter
number

Runni ng
1

Moto r
horse-

Average
rape
speed,
FPM

power

Outside

inches
1

5,000

2,500

45

Ma r line
cov ered

3,4

Ve

l Va
l3,4

Manila

10,000

100
1 10
120

5,000

45

"'

Marline
covered

10

1Ye

--

* Boldfoce tyce indicotes cor spotters normolly corried in

stoc~ with 220 440

volt, 3 phase, 60 cycle mators. Mators with other curren! characteristics
can be furnished. Electrical contrals and wiring, haulage rape ond other
occessories ore not included.
TENV, hoist-type mators, ro ted al 55 C fer 15 minutes.

13,500
18,500

.41
.60

13,000
21 ,400

.42
.62

22,500
26,500
31 ,000

.74
.88
1.08

26,400
37,600

1.1 o

1Yi

"'

Weight
p er foot,
pounds

l \4

Manila

50
55
60

Breoking
strength,
pound s

d io meter,

Type

.81

Manila rape is generally used where its sfrengt h is adequote. 11 consists of

three strands of fiber, speciolly selected fer pliobility and sfre ngth.
O Morline covered wire rape is stranger lhan manila rape of the sorne diometer. lt consis ts of ftve 19-wire strands o f plow steel rope, morline covered.

Drum-ty pe p ulle r s w ith p lai n drums

M oximum rope pull, p ounds

Running

Storting

Average
rope c;peedl

Drum.
type
puller
numb er

FPM

First
loyer

Fourth
lo yer

First
layer

7,000
7 ,000
7,600
7,600

5,500
5,500
6,000
6,000

3,500
3,500
3,800
3,800

2,750
2,750
3,000
3,000

10 15-2
10 15 -3
1015-5
10 15-7 Y2

14,000
14,000
15,200
15,200

11 ,000
11,000
11,800
11,800

7,000
7 ,000
7,600
7 ,600

5,500
5,500
5,900
5,900

20,000
18,000
21,000

16,000
16,000
14,000
17,000
15,400

10,000
10,000
9,000
10,500
9,700

26,800
26,800
24,400
24,400
24,400

17,000
17,000
15,500
15,500
15,500

-20,000
-

First
loyer

20
31
47
70

1520-5
1520-7Y2
1520- 10
1520-15

20
30
37
55

26
38
48
71

8,000
8,000
7,000
8,500
7,700

1822 -5
1822-7Y2
1822- 10
1822-1 s
182 2-20

14
21
31
40
58

17
26
40
49
73

10
15
20

13,400
13,400
12,200
12,200
12,200

2024 - 10
2024 -1 5
2024-20
2024-25
2024-30

16
25
36
45
54

21
31
46
56
69

10
15
20
25
30

--

with 220 440 volt, 3 pha se, 60 cycle moto rs. M o t a rs with other curren!
chara cferisti cs can b e fu rnished. Electrical co ntro ls ond wiring, haulage rape
and a ther accessa ries can be furnished.
TENV, hoist-type motors, rated at 55 C fer 15 minutes.

48 L 1 N K - B E L T

2
3
5

Tot al rope
length in

four loyers,
fe et

360

Type

Wire

Outside
dio me ter,

inches

Breoking
strength,
p o unds

Weight
per foot,
p ound s

Yi

18,700

.40

41,400

.90

Ve

56,000

1.23

72,800

1.60

7Yi
- - -5

7Y2
10
15

500

Wir e

* Boldfoce ty pe i ndicotes pullers with Motogears narmolly carried in stock

Fourth
loyer

16
24
37
56

- - -

~40~1
34,000
34,000
31,000
31,000
31 ,000

Fourth
loyer

Ro pe

Moto r
horsepower

7Yi

530

Wire

570

Wire

Wire rape is generally used fer drum-type pullers because of its smaller
diameter in relation fa i ts strenglh, thereby increasing rape capacity af
drum. 11 consists of six 19-wire strands of plow steel rape wilh hemp cen ter
and must be provided wi th a thimble spl ice end to suit the drum connectio n.

bulk handling
haulage machlne5

Car spotters
C MAXIMUM-'1

f19. JU7

'' 6 314

No . 50 and No. 100 stationary car spotters

No. 55 and No . 11 O stationa ry car spotters

Car Weigh t,
sp otter p ounds
number
6
50
55
60
100
110
120

f l9. 3702

600
690
1050
1500
1650
2000

Al

D
1

J
1

INCHES

7
7
7
12
12
12

25Y. 18 v. 6 5A6 9 13A6 1 v.

25 v. 29 l/1 6 A. 91 % 1 v.
36 lll 76 62 y. 13% 39:Y..
14 y. 1 V1
33 l/1 26 o/1 9
33 l/1 38 % 9
14 v. 1 V1
44 3/a 84 :y.. 67 3/1 173/a 48

8
8

5 l/4
5 y.

1 y.
1 v.

2
2

... ...

- - -. .-. -...-

8 :Y.. 12 lll 2 l/2 1 ll2

8 :y.. 12 l/2 2 v. 1 v.

..

.. .

. ..

Hove dimensians ce rtified fa r i nstollotian purpases.

6 With 50 ar 60 cycle matars.

No . 60 and No. 120 portable car spotte rs

Drum-type pullers w it h pla in drums

Drum- type
puller number

f09 6)1)

Dru m-type puller with plain d rum

and Motogear drive
6

Drumlype
puller number

A 1

D
1

G
1

1015-2
1015-3
1015-5
1015-7 Y2
1520-5
1520-7 lll
1520-10
1520-15
1822-5
1822-7 lll
1822- 10
1822-15
1822-20
2024-10
2024-15
2024-20
2024-25
2024-30

paunds
6

INCHES

895
895
910
980
1735
1790
1810
1845
2770
2820
2895
2895
3000
4135
4135
4160
4250
4285

20 v.
20 v.
22 v.
23 o/1
22 v.
23 v.
26%
27 v.
23 v.
24 :y..
28
29:Y..
31 3/a
31 V1
33 v.
35 v.
36 v.
35 v.

Hove dimensians certi fi ed far instollotian pu rpases.

With 50 ar 60 cycle mata rs.

R
1

Weight,

INCHES

10 15
1520
1822
2024

10
15
18
20

15
20
22
24

16 15A6
2 1 v.
24
26 V1

16 l/2
21 v.
26 V2
29

31 o/1
42 v.
51 V1
58 3A.

32 5A6
39 v.
50 V1
53%

1311A&
16 3/a
20 3/a
21 o/1

40 y.
47 v.
58 v.
63 :y..

15 y. 15 V1
22 l/1 20 y.
27
22 v.
29 V1 23 v.

12 V1
15 3/a
17
18

:y..
%
1
1 v.

2
2 V1
2 v.
2 v.

8 :y..
19 l/2
24
11 3/a
3 1 Y. 14 314
34
16

10 %
12%
16 ll2
18

1 l/2
1 ll2
1 v.
1 'la

l/2
3 3/a
5 v.
2 3/1

Hove dimensia ns certified fa r instollotian purpases.

L 1 N K - B E l T 49

bulk handling
car shakers

car shakers

Car s hak er in position for unloading carlaad a f coa!. Pholo 3901 3

The Link-Belt car shaker is an ideal medium for effectively

and economically unloading hopper bottom railroad cars.
lt produces a series of heavy, hammer-like blows on the
top of the car sides, which loasen the contained material
and accelerate its Aow through the hopper opening, resulting in broom-clean unloading.
This machine supplements our varied line of car dump ers
and unloaders and offers an economical car empt ying
device for installations requiring moderate or small capacities. lt is ideal for use at central power stations and
industrial boiler houses, where the quantity of coal used
does not require a rotary car dumper. lt is also suitable
for unloading sand, coke, ore, cinders and other materials
transported in hopper bottom cars.
Link-Belt car shakers can be appl ied to single or multiple
track and single or double hopper installations.

Drive sld e af car shaker showing rugged ru bber-cushioned pival lype

mo tor suppo rl. Photo 3901 5

50 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
car shakers

Operation
The vibrator is located toward one
end of the welded, stress-relieved
frame and consists of two eccentrically
weighted flywheels keyed to each end
of a concentric shaH rotating in selfaligning roller bearings. Power for
operati ng the unit is supplied by an
electric motor driving through a multi ple V-belt drive. Extreme vibration and
impact shock is prevented from reach ing the motor by means of a pivoted,
rubber-mounted motor platform.

~ ---

~ BOTTOM

-----

OF SUPPORTING BEAM

----------i
i

TW IN CABLE HOIST

'11!1

1
1

To unload , the cars are moved into

place over conventional track hoppers
in the usual manner by car hauls, car
spotters, switch engines or other
means . After the car gales hove been
opened, the car shaker is lowered into
place on the center portian of the car
and the motor started. Operation of
the machine cau ses the vibrator end
of the frame to rise and fall and impart heavy blows to
the car equal in number to the revo lutions of the vibrator shaft. The mo tor end pivots on the car top and acts
as a guide to ho ld the shaker in place.
The action of the car shaker also causes lengthwise
motion of the car, resulting in a conveyi ng action on the
hopper bottom. Upon co mpleti o n of unloading, the
shaker is raised out of the way, the car doors closed, and
another car moved in to position. Ca rs need not be un couple d wh ile the shaker is in operation, permitting
movement of cars through the unloading zone as a com plete train . The shaker eliminates the destructive o r dan gerous use of picks, augers, sledges or air hammers . W ith
the vibrator shaft revolving ata comparatively moderate
rote of speed , a much lower o peratin g sound level is obtained than with other machines operating at higher frequencies. Objectionable noise i s correspondingly less,
and damage to the cars is no more than that encountered
in normal operation over roed bed .

Capacity
The rote of car un loading will vary with the natu re of
the material in the car, the design of the car, car switch ing and stori ng facilities and the rote at which materi a ls
can be co nveyed from the track hopper. Normally, a one
to three minute operation of the shoker w ill completely
empty the car. Sticky or frozen materials may require
additional time. Extremely frozen cars should be partially
thawed .

Hoists
Where conditions permit, single-hook five- ton capacity
stationary or power-propelled, motor operated hoists
may be used for lowerin g the shaker into position . For
ground levef control, twin - hook hoists a re preferred, as
this type machine will lower the shaker onto the car
without guidance. l t is recommended that hoi sts be
equipped with lower limit or slack line switches t o
prevent operation of the shaker un ti l it is properly p laced
on the car. Yard cranes and similar hoisting equipmen t
can be used to handle car shakers.

2"

'l

.L---'-'-1_~-6-1:~_-~,-,_ ~~
Fig. 6158

LINK - BELT 51

bulk handling
car dumpers

car dumpers
Link-Belt car dumpers rapidl y and economically unload all
types of open-top cars carrying bulk materials. Th ey are used at
power houses, mines, b y -product plants, steel milis, rail- to-water
transfer docks, cement mi li s, smelters, concentrators, aluminum
plants and sugar reflneries, for unloading such materials as coal,
coke, rock, ore, sugar beets and sugar cene.
Four types of car dumpers are available, each designed to
unload a car by rotating, tilting, or over-turning and dumping the
contents into a receiving hopper, in one operation. These four
types are:
Rotary railroad car dumpers.
Rotary mine car dumpers for single cars or multiple cars
coupled in a train.
Side tilting and transfer refuse car dumpers.
Side discharge railroad car dumpers.
All types embody Link-Belt's valuable background of experience
in the application of unloading equipment and the handling of
bulk materials.

Rotary railroad car dumpers

Rotory rollrood cor dumper

handling cool

al 500 lons p e r hour, as parl af a comp lete car-to b a rg e syslem. Pholo 2 56 1 9 A

Rotory roilrood cor dumper will unlood 160 or

more cors ln- one eight-hour doy a nd will ha nd le

any o p en type ca r. Opero t ion is simple, oulomalic,

and foolproof. Photo 293 1 5

- '.
52 L 1 N K - B E L T

bul l< handling

car dum pers

Rotary railroad car dumpers

Photo 28624

The Link - Belt rotary railroad car dumper is designed to rapidly un load open
top railroad cars, primarily coal cars. Th is is accomplished by overturn ing the
car, securely held in a rotating cradle, and completely dumping its contents
in one operation.
The full cycle of turning the car practically upside down and returning i t to
a normal position requires 90 seconds for the standard dumper, however drives
can be furnished for cycles as low as

40 seconds, when required. Switch ing

time, dependent on local facilities for handling the cars onto and a way from
the dumper, must be added to the turning cycle, to determine the total number
of ca rs that can be handled.

Dumping operation
After th e car has been placed on the dumper tra ck, the turning cycle is started
by the operator, located in a cab adjacent to the dumper, where he has a
clear view of ali operations.
As rotation begins, the transfer table moves sidewise within the cradle , until
the ca r side rests against the timbered side frame of the cradle. Simultaneously
the overhead self-adjusting clamps descend upon the t0p of the car, and hold
it securely to the !rack rail s during the turning cycle. Rotation continues until
!he car is overturned and stopped automatically by a limit switch.
To return the empty car, the operator reverses !he cycle. As the car nears
its normal upright position, the clamp s are automatically released and lifted.
The transfer table then moves sidewise until the rails are again in line with
those outside the dumper, and !he empty car is ready to be removed.

L 1 N K - B E L T 53

bulk handling
car dum p ers

Rotary railroad car dumpers

, "
- - - - - -58-0-0VERALL
RAILS- - - - - - + <
l'
...,_ _ _ _ _ 54.'..Q' RING CENTERS-----+<1

BASE OF RAIL

/'

'~

13~3-13!..3'
- -- ----58'...6' 1NSIDE OF PIT
s.

.'t ~'~

vO::

':~ ~ ~~'r

;.._...

TO SUIT
SYSTEM

CONVEYO~

'

,.\:< 1: ~J.~.,"rr\"fY_..:
1

Fig. 6159

Two-clamp rotary railroad car dumper for 58-foot long ca r

Constructio n
The entire enclosing ond car supporting cradle of the two -clamp dumper revolves
on four rollers, two under each end ring of the cradle. These supporting rollers
are made of high carbon forged steel wit h double flanges and machined contact ing surfaces and are mounted on a struct ural frame to insure accurate align ment at all times. Four-clamp dumpers are available for 90 to 120-ton cars when
contents are frozen, and they are equipped with four pairs of equalizing rollers,
two pairs under each end ring.
The Link-Belt dumper cradle, which receives the car to be dumped, consists of
two distinctly separate parts; one, an outer structure made up of two structural
steel roller rings, rigidly connected and braced; and the other, a transfer table
or platen, supported within the outer structure, on transverse rollers, and provided
with track rails upon which the car rests.
The two-clamp dumper handles cars 29 feet to 58 feet long over coup lers;
6 feet, 4 inches to 12 feet, 7 inches high; 9 to 11 feet wide; and with capacities
up lo 90 tons.
One 40 -ho rsepower motor furnishes the power required for complete operation
of the two-clamp dumper operating on a 90 -second turning cycle. Where faster
cycles are required, the dumper speed can be increased by using a larger motor.

Automatic and safety features

Every operation, except placing and removing cars, and operating the controls,
is automatic and foolproof. The dumper can be stopped by t he operator, at any
time and in any position, where it is securely held in place by an auto mat ic
electric bra ke.
There are no electrical connections or complica ted interlocks on the dumper
cradle. The dumper track rails are always held in correct alignment with the outside rails, after com pletion of the cycle, allowing cars to be moved safely on or
off the dumper.

54 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
car dumpe rs

Rotary mine car dumpers

Link-Belt rotary mine car dumpers are available for mine
cars of all kinds. Operating in a manner simi lar to the
Link - Belt rotary railroad car dumper, they rotate and
overturn the cars to discharge the contents . They are
power driven and can be designed to handle single car s
uncoupled, or single or multiple cars coupled in a !rain,
depending on capacity requirements .
Normally these dumpers are bu ilt for full 360 degree
rotation, but designs are available for rotating the cars
to an angle sufficien t for dumping and then returning to
an upright position.
A rotatable structural steel frame equipped with !rock s
and means for holdi ng the cars on the !rocks, receives
Handling single ca rs, this rotory mine cor dumper ploys on important
part in phosphote mining. Photo 30024

the cars either singly or in groups. Th is frame incorporales a dumping shield to ease the drop of ma teria l and
i s supp orted by high carbon stee l end rings carried on
rollers.
Mine ca r dumpers are b uil t with two t ypes of drives,
positive and traction . Each type i s capable of completing
several dumping cycles per minute.
One operat o r can handle the entire dumping opera tion , incl uding the pa ssag e of cars into and out of the
dumper .
Safety features are i ncorporated to insure trouble- free
operation and affo rd protecti on t o the operator and
the equipment.

Dumping two cars wlthout uncoupling, this rotary mine cor dumpe r
hondles run-o f-mine coal swiftly and efficiently. Pha to 1 5609

Unloadlng 2 800 tons p er hour of run - of-mln e coal, these twin ro ta ry mine dumpe rs eoch handle ten co rs a t o time. Pho to 27 654

L 1 N K - B E L T 55

bulk handling
car dumpers

Rotary mine car dumpers

Positive drive rotary mine car dumper

The 360-degree revolving operotion is occomplished by o n electric
motor driven enclosed geor drive which delivers power to o ring
sprocket through o roll er choin drive. Regordless of the type of cor,
shockless, gentle handling ond fost, outomotic operotion ore ossured.
This dumper offers moximum positive control of the dumping operotion.
A geor drive type is olso ovoiloble.

Tractlon drlve rotary mine car dumpe r

The 360-degree revolving operotion is occomplished by direct surfoce
contoct of power driven friction trunnions contocting the two
dumper end ring s. The dumper is outomoticolly storted, ond speed
moy b e controlled to focilitote gentle handling.

56 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
car dumpers

Mine car hauls

A mine car haul is essentially a pusher chain conveyor consisting of one or two strands of chain with pushers spaced at
intervals to engage the mine cars, either sing ly or coupled
together in trains, and propel them along the track as desired.
They are chiefly used for feeding cars to rotary, or other
types of dumpers. Their use assures rapid, uniform dumping
and continuous movement of loaded and empty cars with a
minimum of attention.
In the design of mine car hauls and in the selection of the
materials used in every part, special consideration is given to
the shock loads imposed by frequent starting and stopping
and to adverse conditions that usually surround this type of
equipment. Embodied in every Link-Belt car haul are the following features that give long, reliable service.

Chain wilh gravity tilling pushers for car hauls, showing lhe sturdy canstruction
of links, rollers ond attachments. Photo 39306

Fe atures
Sturdy crane ond hoist molors designed for heovy duty cycles
with frequent storts ond stops.
Adequote control equipment.
Oversia:e brokes.
Enclosed Link-Be lt porollel shoft geor drives with extra lorge input
ond output shofts for torsion loods.
Heovy geored couplings on both input ond output shofts.
Cut steel spur geors between drive shoft ond counter-shoft.
Pinion mounted between beo rings to ovoid overhung load on output shoft of geor drive.
Heovy duty rigid pillow blocks with mochined gibs to relieve cap
bolts of side thrust.
Speciol heovy duty casi steel tokeups equipped with Cordwell
Westinghouse spring draft geor to obsorb shock.
Cost steel piole center choin sprocket wheels securely keyed to
shofts. High grade heot-treoted choins ond pushers ond olloy steel
heot-treoted pins.
Salid steel corrying rollers support choins ot pushers ond ot intermediote points to preve n! weor from drogging choin links. Extra
heovy choin guides to withstond shock loods, with reploceoble
weor bors both top ond bottom. Substontiol steel supports, flrmly
onchored to foundotions, ossuring proper olignment.
Adequote occess provided for lubricotion, inspection ond repoirs.

Typical !rack for car haul chain, showing heavy steel angle guides and high
carbon sleel wear bars. Figure 6185

Weighing of mine cars

Accurote weighing of mine cors while coupled together is occomplished by properly spoced cor stops in conjunction with o cor houl.
One poir of stops obove the scole registers the oncoming cor os it is
odvonced by the cor houl ond o second poir below the scole holds
the cors thot hove possed, thus relieving the cor o n the scole of ony
externo! forces thot might offect its weight. The co r stops hove
heovy coil springs to obsorb the shock of the moving cors ond speciolly designed hydroulic cylinders to control the rebound. Cor stops
ore outomoticolly opened when the dumping cycle is completed, ond
closed by o trigger mechonism operoted by the entering cor. With
this orrongement, one man controls ond weighs cors, removes, checks
ond operotes the dumping mechonism.

Other uses
Although cor houls o re used moinly in the m1ning industry, they o re
olso useful wherever relioble ond economicol handling of cors is
required.

MINE CAR HAUL

Elevalion of a typical mine car haul installotion, shawing localion of sprockets, takeups and both runs of lhe choin. Figure 3821

L 1 N K - B E L T 57

bulk handling
car dumpers

Ref use car dumpers

Two general types of Link-Belt refuse car dumpers are
available for discharging cars of mine refuse. These are
the side tilting dumper for hillside use and the transfer
dumper for transferring refuse to larger cars orto hoppers.

Side tilting dumper

Where local conditions are suitable, such as in hilly and
mountainous country, it is customary to dispose of mine
refuse by dumping it over a hillside . The side tilting
dumper is especially adapted to this service as it is portable and requires no expensive pit or trestle.
The main structural frame of this machine forms on
arch over the track, which permits cars to be run under
it onto the dumping cradle. The cradle is attached to an
endless chain which runs in guides mounted in the orched
Side tilting dumper

Photo 20756A

frame. Power for operating the chain t o raise the cradle

is provided by a motor and enclosed gear drive.
The cradle with car is tilted to one side for dumping
and then returned to its normal position.

Transfer dumper
The transfer dumper is a semiautomatic unit which lifts
the car vertically and then tilts to dump the contents into
a stationary chute or hopper for delivery to side dumping
l arries.
Loaded cars are elevated and tilted by means of a
counterweighted, roller- guided cradle connected to an
overhead motor-operated

drum

hoist through

suitably

reeved cables. Limit switches and other inbuilt safety

features assure semiautomatic, safe and trouble-free
Side tilting dumper

Photo 181 07

op eration.

\
\

Tran sfer dumper

58 L 1 N K - B E L T

Photo 28653

Transfe r dumper

Photo 28652

bulk handling
car dumpers

Side discharge car dumpers

....:.-

Simple ope rotlon and constructlon of side d ischorge cor dumper minimize
lobor ond mointenonce required to deliver cone to carrier. Photo 8256

Link -Belt side discharge car dumpers are used principally

for unloading cars containing sugar cane and similar
materials . Cars for this service are specially built and
are provided with top hinged sides which permit the
entire side to act as a door and to swing out from the
bottom to discharge the load.
These dumpers consist of a pivoted structural steel
platform, suitable in size for the cars being unloaded ,
and an actuating hydrau lic cylinder. Pla tform pivots are
located slightly to one side of the t rack center so that
lhe weight of the platform and car act to mainta in stability until the power is applied. Chains are used to
anchor the car to lhe platform during lhe dumping cycle.
Dlscharging cane to maln carrie r for delivery to mill, this side dischorge cor dumper assures uniform unloading procedure. Photo 27280

Deliv erlng s u gar cane to feeder carrler , lhese side dischorge car
dumpers simplify and speed up unlooding operalions. Photos 26419 ond 26322

L 1 N K - B E L T 59

bulk handling
power unloading scoops

power

unloading
scoops

U n l o ading grain fro m b oxear is o one- mon oper-

alion with o power unloading scaap. Phalo 29593

Originally designed for the unloading of grain from boxca rs, the Link-Belt power unloading scoop is now used for
many other bulk materia l unloading operations. With
this mechanism, pebble lime, phosphates, soda ash,
alum, bulk cement, sand, sa lt, cottonseed, and similar
materials, are unloaded successfully and economically
from boxcars and certa in forms of motor truck bodies.
The power unloading scoop will handle almost any gran-

ular material that can be scooped up, providing the proper

design scoop is used, and its size and shape are such that
it will no! overload !he operating mecha nism.
In operation, the operator draws th e scoop into the boxear or lruck and stops ba ck of the material to be moved.
Slack in !he rope serves to engage the w i ndin g mechanism,
wind up the rope , and pull the loaded scoop to the discharge point.

Fig. 4901

Fi g. 4900

Boxear unlooding

60 L 1 N K - B E L T

Tru ck unloading

bulk handling
powe r unloadlng scoops

f
The power unlooding scoop mechonism is of ~ubstontiol ond
durable construction. The gray iron frome is deep ond heovy.
The winding drum is lorge ond of welded steel. Other peris of
the mechonism subjecl to shock or unusuol weor ore of steel.
Accessories, such os scoops ond sheoves, hove been designed
with omple strength ond for eose of handling.

-<- - 3~4: ~ -

1f..1 ~sf->-< 20;

Ceili ng
s h e ave

Drum

weight

~
r

-1;1!"

..,

10 ~

3,''

;."--

10~'

l" MAX.
sic
1

l
l

lever
w e ight

__ _ _ _ _ y

1;'

- .,.

Fig. 3743

2- 1,

Single machine

Scoop
cable

Power
unlooding

scoop
number

Weight,

Copocity,
cubic feet

Moteriols hondled

pounds

*
54 0

RPM

2000

Groins, cottonseed, linseed, etc.

89-3-1

Orum
shaft

per hour

horse

Style of scoop

power

65

- -- - - -

750 to 1000

55

chemicols,
sond, cement, etc.

Weghing 50 lo 100
pounds per cubic foot

600 to 750

50

-- --- - - -

include 25-foot weigh t cord, lever weight, drum weight ond ceiling sheove.
Woll or loor sheoves, sno tch blocks, scoop cables, scoop choins ond scoops
con be furnshed. Double mochines, consistng of two single mochines mounted
on o common shoft, con be furnished.

Scoop ca bles

Weghing 25 lo 50
pounds per cubic foot

Hove dimensons certified far nstolloton purposes.

19752

Motor

Alum, lime,
soda ash,

* Single, righ t hond mochines normolly corried in stock. Machines regulorly

sheave

Flal steel scoop 0

36' wide x 30' hqh

y, da. 6 x 19 wlre ro pe
wi th % dia. hemp coverng

Curved steel scoop 6

28 1'.i" wide x 18' hgh

y, dio. 8 x 19 wire rape

Copoctes depend on the conditons a l operotion, human element, etc.

Hgh pull-out-torque motors ore recommend ed.
0 Aluminum scoops con be furnished.
6 Specol scoops con be furnished l ar handling sulphur ar o the r lumpy moteriols.

Accessories

20065

Snatch block

20063
Swivel floor shea ve
20064

Curved steel scoop

Swivel w a ll sheave
Flat steel scoop

16704C

Scoop chain

167046

Scoop hook

LI NK - B E LT 61

bulk handling
boxear unloaders

boxear
unloaders
Link- Belt builds two types of boxear unloaders. Both are for
high capacity unloading at te rminal grain elev at0rs, large
processing plants and other insta llations which require unloading of from 1 O to 70 ca rs per 8 hour do y.
The Link- Belt Kar-Flo b oxear unloader discharges bulk
meterais from boxcars b y a unique rocking action which
conveys the material simultaneously from both ends of the
car and discharg es it through the center door opening. Th is
unloader is for applications requiring unloading rotes up to

5 cars per hour.

The Link- Be lt tilting ty pe boxea r unload er d ischa rg es bul k
materials from boxcars w ith a comb ined end and side tiltin g,
alt ernately from each end of the car, to discharge the con
tents b y gravity th rough the center door opening. This
unloader is for applications wh ich require unloading rotes of
approximately 1O ca rs per hour.
Track layouts, spotting faciliti es and receiving equipment
must be considered when determining unloading rote s.

Tlltlng type box ear unloade r in maximum end tilt pasilion a l

lorge groin processing plonl. Cor is lhen tilted in opposile d irection
to complete unlooding operolion. Photo 33479

Ka r-flo boxcor unlooder discharging groin inlo rece1vong hopper o l terminal

gro in elevator. Cor is completely unlooded by unique rocking oclion. Phalo 377 49

62 L 1 N K B E L T

bulk handling
boxear unloaders

Kar-Flo boxear unloader

The Link-Belt Kar- Flo boxear unloader represents a complete departure from conven
tional unloading methods. lt uses a gentle,
rocking action that sla shes costs of unloading
grain, chemicals and other free-flowing bulk
material s.
Most signif1cant saving is in installationmadc exceedingly simple b y the shallow p it
and low overhead clearance requirements.
Further economies result from low power and
minimum maintenance. In addition, Kar- Flo
induces smooth material discharge that reduces d ust and degradation . . . improves
working conditions.

37748

one- man control

.. .. ..

....-,-----.,....-,-----.lc::=:J

....

(1/\

unloads 4 or more cars per hour

FAST- Unlooding time for corn, borley or rice is 5 to 7 minutes. Hydroulic clomps speed centering of cors on plotform.

SIMPLE OPERATION- Convenient control center facilitotes

unlooding. No deftectors or boffles need be inserted into cor

J___~l._.1_

-a

:zs:

z:s:

n atura l frequency spring actlon

LOW MAINTENANCE-Rubber bushed orticuloting joints in

rocker o rm o ssemblies reduce weor, need no lubricotion.

no machlne ry in car, gentle move m e nt of car

SAFE-No cables, scoops, etc. on operotor's plotform or in

cor. Clomps provid e sure hold on cor during unlooding.
shallow pit, low ove rh e ad cle arance

LOW INITIAL COST-lnstollotion expense is moderote.

Spring oction ond hydroulic system keep power needs low.

L 1 N K - B E L T 63

bulk handling
boxear unloade rs

Kar-Flo boxear unloader

PLATFORM functions a s a see-saw-ends

alternately rise and dip app roxima tely four
inches. O ne rail is sel higher than the other,
g iving car a slight side tilt. Rocking motion
moves material from both ends toward doo r
ot center, and tilted position o f car assists d ischarge into hopper.

Box ear clampe d in posit ion on Kor-Flo plotform. Groin is being unloaded
into hopper. Photo 38285

Hy d r a u lic graln doo r o p ener in p o sitio n

to remove grain door. All movements are con-

lrolle d from operatar's position. Pho to 38289

Graln d o or, held abo ve fl o w o f graln , is
outo matically deposited on floor when g ra in
door apener is retracted. Door remains clear fa r
easy acceu a l all times. Photo 38291

64 L 1 N K - B E L T

A boxear moved onto the platform is automatically cente red

and flrmly clamped b y hy draulicall y operated car clamps,
securely locking the car to the p latform, preventing endwise
movement. Car door on the unloading side is opened, inner
door removed, car platform locks are released and the
drive is started by a pushbutton a t the control center.
Rotation of counterwe ights in drive assembly produces an
oscillating action of 140 strokes per minute which the rocker
arms convert into a controlled-path rocking motion. Spring
assemblies amplify this movement to approxim ately 4
inches at each end of the p latform.
This rocking motion produces an actual conveying action,
moving material in the car from both ends simultaneously
towa rd the center of the ca r. One rail is installed hi gher
than the other to give a side t ilt to the car, causing contents
to flow smoothly and continuously through the door to the
r eceiving hopper below.
To obtain maximum unloading rote, sorne manual assistance may be requi red at the end of the unloading cycle for
clean-up a round the door.

bulk handling
boxear unloaders

Kar-Flo boxear unloader

Rocker arm and sprlng a ssemblles support the car platform and control
racking motion which moves material from ends of car to center door opening.
Rocker orms are rugged H section weldments mounted on steel encased rubber
bushings clamped in gib-capped pillow blocks. Alloy steel springs ore d esigned
for long life. Photo 377 53

Drlv e a ssembly consisls of two 140-RPM counterweighled shafts revolving in opposite directions to produce the reciprocating force. Orive shafls are mounted
in self-a ligning roller bearing pillow blocks. The ma in
drive unit, pawered by a 40 horsepower motor, is fully
guarded to preven! injury to personnel. Photo 37752

Car clamps rise from p i! and slide forward lo automatically center and clamp
any standard 40 o r 50-foot boxear on platform. Clamping of the car automatically releases hydraulic platform locks. Retracting car clamps automatically operate hydraulic platform locks and interlock prevents operation of drive
when platform is locked . The car platform is constructed of reinforced 36" WF
beams. Total weight of the Kar-Flo is 150,000 pounds. Photo 38286

Op e rator's pane l for Kar- Flo and hydraulic door opener is orranged for
simple one-man control. Hydraulic car
clamps and platform locks are controlled
by pushbuttons. Motor controls hove magnetic starters with overload relays and
automatic interlocks. The panel is com
plete with indicator lights for all controls.
Photo 38294

Hydraullc control unlt, mounted on a 4 by 8-fool

welded steel base, contains two low pressure pumps
operated by a 2 5 horsepower motor for moving
car clamps and two high pressure pumps operated
by a 1 5 horsepower motor to produce squeeze
pressure to hold cor in position. Photo 37755

Plt dlmenslons
------ - -- --- - -- - --------~

!
1
1
j

1-1

i i
1
----/~
-~
1\_______
!
- f r-~
~+--(-T\
.

.'

Shallow p lt of simple design keeps installalion costs to a minimum; depth of only 7 feet, 3 inches
results in economical installation in difficult locations.

Fig. 5879

L 1 N K - B E L T 65

bulk handling
boxear unloaders

Tilting type boxear unloader

28625

The Link-Belt tilting type boxear unloader is designed for installations requiring the maximum
unloading capacity. The actual unloading cycle is 4 '12 minutes.
In addition to an automatic door opener, a power or hand operated deflector, which is
inserted into the door opening prior to the final tilt to effect b room clean unloading, can b e
supplied. The complete operation is performed from a one-man control stat ion and eliminates the need for personne l t o enter the car at any t ime.
Four d ouble flanged steel trunnion rollers provide maximum stabi lit y and support for the
main t il1ing cradle and maintain permanent alignment. The entire machine is of welded
construction.

Operatlon
The looded co r is spotted on the plotform of the unlooder with the
outer door of the cor open on the dumping side. The end clomps of
the unlooder ore brought simultoneously into contoct with the cor
couplers ond cenler the cor on the moin crodle. This operotion outomoticolly disengoges the two end locks on the side toword which
the cor tilts sidewise.
The door opener is then brought into contoct with lhe inner door,
ond the cor t ilted sidewise 15 d egrees. The moin crodle is next
tilted endwise to o moximum ongle of 40 degrees to the horizontal, to
dischorge the material from one end of the cor, ond then to 40
degrees in the opposite direction to dischorge the material from the
opposite end. The baffle piole is then inserted in o diagonal position

66 L 1 N K B E L T

through the door opening, ond the crodle is tilted 40 degrees to the
horizontal in the direction of the flrst endwise posit ion, dischorging the
remoinder of the material from the cor.
After the cor has been emptied of its load, the supporting plotform
with the empty cor is ogoin returned to normal horizontal position.
The door o pener ond end clomps ore withdrown which outomoticolly
locks the sup porling plotform. The empty cor is then reod y to be
moved off the plotform.
The t ime required for the complete cycle of operotion is 4 Y1
minutes, exclusive of the time required for spotting of cor, ond sweeping, where necessory. Und er favorable opero ting conditions, on
average of ten cors per hour con be unlood ed.

bulk handling
box ear unloaders

Tilting type boxear unloader

3~

CLEARANCE
END LOJ
1
UNDER N EAR RAIL
LOAD 60,000 LBS.

ON~ALL

_J

ALTERNATE
ARRANGEMENT
BELT AT RIGHT
ANGLES TO TRACK
M1nimum p i! depth A is 20' 0 for conveyor porollel to trock ond 21 ' 6' for conveyor al right ongles to !rock.
Pit width B is 1B' o for conveyor porollel to trock ond 21 ' o for conveyor al right ongles to trock.

Fig. 3420

Link-Bel! 6 0 -foot tilting type boxea r unloader

Maln cradle
A moin slruclurol sleel crodle supported by curved steel roils on four
double flonged sleel rollers permits lhe nadie lo tilt endwise oboul 40
degrees in either direclion. This tilt is occomplished by meons of cables
secured to both ends of the crodle ond driven by o 30 horsepower
motor for lhe shorl mochine, ond o 40 horsepower motor for lhe long
mochine, lhrough enclosed reduction geors lo winding drums. An
eleclricolly operoted broke holds lhe crodle when slopped al ony
poinl in ils movemenl.

Car support ing platform

The slruclurol sleel supporling plotform is pivoted on lhe moin crodle
ond con be tilled sidewise 15 degrees by spur geors ond on enclosed geor drive, driven by o 1 1O horsepower motor. An eleclricolly
operoled broke on the motor holds the plotform tilted in ony desired
posilion whenever the motor is slopped.

End clamps
End clomps (acote ond hold lhe cor cenlrolly on lhe unlooder. These
clomps operole on lrocks in lhe supporling plotform ond ore driven by
sleel screws lhrough cut geors from o 15 horsepower motor. The
clamp~ ore roised simultoneously from recesses between cor roils al
eoch end of lhe supporling plotform lo engoge lhe couplers on lhe
cor, cenler the cor occurotely on lhe unlooder ond secure it ogoinst
movement in either direction during lhe unlooding operolion.

End posts and end locks

Stotlonory end posts ore provided under the ends of lhe supporting

plotform opposile lhe dumping side; ond two end locks, operoted by
the end clamp corrioges, ore provided on the dumping side lo carry
lhe weight of a looded cor or locomotive os it posses over the unlooder. Since the end locks ore operoted by the end clamp corriages,
they ore o(woys in place when o car or locomotive is run onlo the
unlooder. This featu re provides aulomotic protection from accidental
tilting.

Door opener
Boxcors ore fltted with plonk or poper doors noiled lo lhe inside of the
cor door posts to preven! spillage from lhe cors during looding ond in
lronsil. These doors ore removed by forcing lhem inwordly ogoinsl
lhe pressure of lhe material in lhe cor. The Link-Belt door opener,
mounted on lhe unlooder crodle, is placed ogoinst the door ond locked
in place while lhe cor is in normal posilion. The door is held slotionary
by the opener o nd, os the cor is tilted sidewise, the door is forced inward, allowing lhe contenls to Aow out.
Spikes in lhe door opener hold lhe door above lhe Aow until ali
material has been discharged. When lhe cor is righted, lhe door
opener is withdrown allowing lhe plonk or paper doors to foll lo lhe
cor Aoor.

Baffle plate
In lhe Anal lilt, lhe material moy move so ropidly thol some may byposs lhe door ond Aow lo lhe lower end of lhe cor. To preven! this, o
baffle plote is provided for manual or power inserlion in o diagonal
posilion lo deAecl the material through the door opening, thereby
completing lhe unlooding operalion.

L 1 N K - B E L T 67

bulk handling
h y d r a ullc truck d ump e r

hydraulic
'lruck dumper
The hydroulic truck dumper greotly simplifles the unlooding of cottonseed, soy beons, gro in, woodchips,
potosh, coke, sugor beets, corn ond similor moteriols
fro m trucks.
lt consists of o structurolly reinforced plotform with
two hydroulic telescop ing cylinders thot p ivot ot their
base ond ot connections on either side of the plot
form. The plotform has o lifting copocity of 80,000
pounds ond con be roised to o 4 0 -degree ongle in
60 seconds ond lowered in 4 0 seconds under smooth,
positive, hydroulic control b y one operotor. Ample
reserve power mokes ropid unlooding of trucks up
to 54-foot overoll length o simple, sofe, one-mon
operotion.
Hydroulic truck dumpers ore ovoiloble in grade
level ond pit types, with or without ~rovisions for
scole mounting.
Link-Belt will furnish equipment for handling material
from the truck dumper to the plont, ond will design,
manufacture ond erect complete insto llotions, Jorg e
or smoll.

Unlo a d ing graln to silo st ora ge o t gra in e le v ator, this hydroulic truck du mper unloods o 45-foot truck quickly ond sofely.
Photo 38504

Rema te con t r o ls and power unlt, opera ted by o ne ma n ,

simplify o p erotion of this hydroulic truck dumper shown delivering
g roin into hopper. Photo 36790A

68 L 1 N K - B E L T

Unloadlng cane a t a sugar mlll, this hydroulic truck dumper provides reliobility
during seosonol horvest. Photo 38852

bulk handling
hydr aulic truck dumper

Features

35337

35334

Fast-acting hydroulic cylinders lift 40

Reliable performance is ossured by

tons to 40-degree ongle in one minute.

two 20 HP motors direct-connected lo hydroulic pump s, with either motor copoble

of lifting plotform ond fully lood e d truck.

Heavily reinforced truck plotform

prevents twisting ar torsionol bending if

truck is not in center of plotform.
Stabllity is provided by wide seporotion of pivot points ond low center of
grovity.

35347

Complete safety is ossure d b y extro-

heovy hydroulicolly controlled stops thot

contoct reo r wheels of truck.

for one-mon operotion of hydroulic volves

ond pump motors.

Smooth operation is provided by

two four-sleeve hydroulic telescoping cylind ers thot pivot ot base ond ot o pivoted
connection on both sides of the plotform.

Large capaclty to occommodote trac-

V a rlous types ore o voiloble, such os

tor ond troiler ossemblies up to 54 feet

overo ll length.

grade le vel, pit or scole type, with plotform

lengths of 50 or 60 feet.

Remote control equipment supplied

\
.

UNLOADING PIT

'_---11'. 5~
/

...

f ig. 5402

s*l

9'-tti

'

16!

- - -- -11-4

G rade level type hydra ulic truck d umper with unl oading pit

L 1 N K - B E L T 69

bulk handling
recelvlng hoppers

hoppers
rece1v1ng

Link-Belt receiving hoppers are used for receiving bulk materials from trucks or cars, and for
providing sufficient surge to permit continuous
operation o f a conveyi ng system from the
hopper.
Bar gratings are furnished to suit material
delivered to hopper. Track beams support the
grating ond ra il s on installa tions where material is delivered to receiving hopper in hopper
bottom railroad cars. For truck delivery or
when material is reclaimed from storage by
bulldozers , dragscrapers ar cranes, the grating and its supports are designed to suit indi vi dual conditions .
Special designs differing in pit depth , bottom slopes or other indivi dual requirements
can be supplied when adaptation of hoppers
presented here is not practical.

Transferrlng pit sand and gravel from olf-the-roo d houler to o p ron

feeder which feed s b ell conveyor. Photo 35567

"' .

Olscharglng coal
Pholo 28426

lnto

track hopper al munici pal powe r plan!.

70 L 1 N K - B E L T

Dellvering coal lnto bollerhouse recelvlng hopper. Coal is transferred lo slorage bin by buckel elevator. Photo 36232

bulk handling
r ecelvln g h oppers

Track hoppers
The track hoppers shown meet the requirements of practically all installations. The four diagrams illustrate
suitable arrangements for small, medium, and large unloading hoppers and show the relationship between the
door open ings of commonly encountered hopper-bottom
cars and properly proportioned track hoppers.
For high capacity unloading, select a hopper long
enough to receive material from ali gales of a car simultaneously, plus enough end clearance for the inaccuracies
of spotting. Also, for most effective over-all unloading
performance, the hopper should contain sufficient surge
volume so the conveying system will be fed continuously
while the cars are being shifted. Such additionol capacity
con best be obtained by lowering the hopper rather than
increasing its length beyond that required for the car
door openings.
Double hopper orrongements provide the means for
reducing pit depths, particulorly when handling materials
requiring steep bottom slopes.
T he square hoppers are so designed thot they may be
installed with the long axis of the rectangular bottom
opening located in either direction with respect to the
track. Through the medium of adapler collars, these
hoppers can be utilized with the various kinds of commonly employed feeders, which may be installed porallel
oral right angles to the track. Suitable gales can be inserted between hopper and adapter collar.
Hopper sides have a minimum slope of 50 degrees
from the horizontal anda minimum valley angle of about
42 degrees. Since the steel portion of the hopper is completely below the beams, track b eam closure plates
are eliminated and consequent aggravoting leakoge is
avoided.

AAR STD.50 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HM

Fig. 3457
Trock hopper 10 feet wide by 6 feet long for unlooding 50-ton cor
from one car door at a time.

AAR STD. 50 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HM

Syntron ele ctric or fluid power bin vibrators at

times may be employed to advanlctge with these hoppers.
In many inslances their use will aid in attaining an even
flow when material variations or uncontrollable choracteristics are the cause of stoppages.

Fig. 3460
Single 14-foot squore trock hopper receiving material from both doors
of o 50-ton cor. Dotted lines indicote lowered position of hopper far
increosed surge copocity.

Bar gratings are fobricated with angle end closures

which stiffen the bars and provide a simple grating support flush with the top of the track hopper pit. The most
common grating openings are listed, but others can be
provided to suit practically any requirement .

AAR STO. 70 TON HOPPER CAR CLASS HT

Fig. 3459
Double 14-foot squore trock hoppers for rece1v1ng material from oll
doors of o 70-ton cor. Dotted li nes indicote lowered posi tion of hoppers
for increose d surge capocity.

Fig. 3458
Lorge concrete hopper. incorporoting o 12. foot squore steel hoppe r,
for receiving material from oll doors of a 70-ton cor.

LINK - BELT 71

bulk handling
receiving hoppers

Hoppers, beams and gratings

Track b eam

rrc:. H HHHH~
Re ctangular !rack hopper under single ra il

Typica l arrange ment o f bar grating

~
1

,I

3"

~~'---3...l'.r
k3~o'>l
INSIDE

Rectangular !rack hopper under double rail

De ta il of !rack beam pocket

l..40-J

..
"

INSIDE

.,...

Fig. 3958

Square track hopper unde r double rail

De tail of hopper s upport

Hopper
Si ze,

fe et
Width Length
7
5
10
6
12
12
14
14

Capacity,
W eight,
cubic
pounds
feet

62
139
395
6 10

ll

Groting

Beams

Valle y
a ngle

Tota l
weight,
pounds

Size
0

t;,.

Reodion,

pounds
0

llea ring
pi a te

. .. .
. . ..
8 3,4
9 'A6

72 LINK - B E LT

Square
openings,

inches
INCHES

6
6
12
12

48 4 3 24 '
5 4 46 31 '
66 4251 '
72 41 49'

1 O"WF4 9
1 o wF@49
14 "Wf@.68
14 "W F@78

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

Cap:icity of hopper without vertical sides, level full to base of roil.
o Weight based on y. thick steel plate sides.
Consult Link -Belt regording vertica l sides higher than those listed.

A.

inches

INCHES

540 ....
10 3 0 ....
181 0 53
28 20 6 7 Y.

si ze,

lb.
lb.
lb.
lb .

41 0 43,000
4 6 0 48,200
9 75 66,000
1300 72,300

1l x l
l l xl
llx l
13x 1

Y.x l O
Y. xlO
l4x 12
Vzxl2

10 1 2
72
10 1 2
84
1 4 16 Vi 144
1 4 l 6 V2 16 8

2 , 4 or 6
82
94
2 , 4 or 6
156 6, 8 , 1Oor1 2
180 6, 8 1 1 O o r 1 2

O Reaction ot one end of a single beom. Beom sizes ore bosed on Coope r's

E 60 loading with 253 impact. Beam specificotions a re subject to roi lroad approvol.
~ Weight of eoch beam with two bearing plotes.

bulk handling
gates and valves

ga'les and valves

A b atte ry af d uplex gat es d ischarging sand from hoppers to

molds on molding machines. Photo 24564

A motor-ope rated h e avy duty unde rcut gate a l coa l preparation

plan! conlrolling the d ischorge of refuse from bin to trucks. Pholo 33474

A Syntro n Iris valve contro lling flow of sugar

into o scole mounted pan. Pholo 5200235

A rack and p ln lon gate under a truck dump hopper controlling

flaw of coal inlo an L-palh Bulk-Flo al sleom pion!. Photo 33383

Gales are normally use d on the bottoms or sides of bins, tanks or hoppers, either sing ly or in a
series, to control flow of materials o nto conveyors for further processing ; directl y to machines for
bagging, weighing, etc.; or into trucks or railroad cars for shipment to other points.
Numerous types of gales are ava ilable. Many of these are general purpose gales suitable
for handling coal, sa nd, grave l, crushe d rock, stone, ore and similar meterais. They are buil t
in a wide range of sizes to meet all normal requirements.
The types listed are those which hove been d eveloped through years of experience in the
materials handling fleld.

L 1 N K B E L T 73

bulk handling
gates and valves

Types
Bin gates, Types AS and A
Bin gates are designed for attachment to bottoms of bins or hoppers.
They ore suitable for handling sized coal, grave!, crushed rock, stone, ore
and other similar materials. Type AS gates are mode of plate steel with
welded construction throughout. Ty pe A gates o re made of gray iron.

Under cut gates, Types C and D

Undercut gates a re general purpose gray iron gates suitable for
handling coal, gravel, crushed rock, stone, ore and similar materials.
Type C gates are designed for ottachment to bottoms of bins or
hoppe rs. Ty pe D gates are used on openings in vertical sides of bins
or hoppers.

31337

Bin gate, Ty p e AS

Duple x gates, Types BS and B

Typ e BS welded steel and Type B gray iron duplex gates are general
purpose gates suitable for handling sand, gravel, crushed rock, stone,
ore, coal ond other similar materials.
The linkage system of Type BS and the segmenta! geor operating
mechanism of Type B result in quick-opening, smooth-octing gales,
a utomatically closed by gravity when the pull rod is released. The two
gate plates, moving in unison, provide complete opening with a mnimum
movement of the pull rod. This is advantageous in bulk moterials handling
operations such as bogging, weighing, foundry bench or mochine molding
operations and other similar opplicotions.

Bin g ate, Ty pe A

31 335

Unde rcut gate, Ty pe C

Rack and p in lon gate

The single ond dcuble rock ond pinion gotes ore of the sorne general
design. These gates ore of welded steel construction throughout. They
are frequently used ben eoth cool b unkers or trock hoppers in lorge
industrial plants ar power generoting stotions. Due to their construction,
these gotes ore olso suitoble for handling sond, grovel, crushed rock,
stone, ore ond similor moteriols.
On the double rock ond pinion gote s, the steel s!ide plote is corried on
ball beoring rollers to ossure smooth, e osy operotion under !oad.
When the gote is closed, fine material seols the slide plote to prevent dribble.

31336

Undercut gate, Type O

31339

Enclose d ra ck a n d p in io n g a te
These goles ore dust-tight ond totolly e nclosed, with welded steel
construction throughout. They ore frequently used beneoth cool bunkers
or track hoppers in lorge industrial plonls, power generoting stations or
wherever dusty materiols ore being hcndled. These gotes, while primorily intended for free flowing or dusty meterais, con olso be used for
sond, grovel, crushed rock, stone, flne ore ond other similor meterais.
The steel slide plote is corried on boll beoring rollers to assure smooth,
eosy operotion under leed. When the gote is closed, flne material seals
thc si id e . plote to prevent dribble. An occess plote is provided at the
reor of the gote housing to cid in the removo l of material which might
occumulate. Reclaimed material moy be returned to the system through
on opening provided inside the gote ot the lower end of the inclined
housing plote.

Duplex gate, Type BS

10798

Duplex gate, Type B

Enclosed rock and pinion gate

74 L 1 N K - B EL T

Rack and pinion gale

bulk handling
gate s a n d valves

Types
Vertical slid e gate
Vertical slide goles ore mode of gray iron ond hove o lip chute casi
integral with the gote housing. These goles ore suitoble for handling
cool, grovel, crushed rock, stone, and similor nonpulverized moteriols.
They ore designed for instollotion on vertical sides of wooden, steel,
or concrete bins.
632 1

Vertical slide gate

Tun nel g a te w ith fixed chute

Tu nnel gat e
Welded steel tunnel goles with either flxed or hinged chutes, ore for
instollotion either singly or in series beneoth bins ond hoppers or in
recloim tunnels. They ore recommended for handling cool, sond, grovel,
crushed rock, stone, ore ond similor moteriols.
A hinged looding chute, pivoted on the gote shaft, ond orronged for
minimum belt cleoronce in lowered position, ossures gentle looding of
material onto the belt. When not in use, this looding chute is roised out
of the woy. Material flow is controlled by the segmento! gote operoting
within the stotionory portian of the unit. Arronged to close outomoticolly,
the gote moy be locked open in ony one of o number of positions.
Gotes with either flxed or hinged chutes embody the overcut closing
feoture.
Heavy duty undercut gafe
The heovy duty toggle operoted undercut goles ore suitoble for handling such moteriols os cool, mine refuse, rock ond ore. They con be
furnished with either 35 or 45 degree slope bottom piole to suit individual
instollo tions.
These goles ore ruggedly built with oll steel welded construction.
They ore quick octing ond ore eosily operoted by choin wheel or hond
wheel ond designed for locking the gafe plote in closed or open position.
The lorge throot opening ossures moximum tonnoge ond possoge of
lorge lumps.

31342

Motor operated he avy dut y und e rcut gate

Heavy duty undercut gate

31341

Motor operated heavy duty und e rcut gate

Syntron iris flow control valve

The motor operoted heovy duty undercut goles are self-contoined, ond
suitoble for run-of-mine cool, mine refuse, rock ond ore. A generous throot
opening is provided to ossure moximum tonnoge ond possoge of lorg e
lumps. A hinged plote or curtoin weights provide relief for ony lorge
lumps thot moy become lodged on the gafe os it doses.
The operoting mechonism consists of o Motogeor drive with o motor
mounted broke, on enclosed roller choin drive from the Motogeor to
the countershoft, ond o toggle mechonism connecting the countershoft
to the gote. The cronk of the toggle is mounted between the countershoft
be orings to ossure o mnimum of deflection. Com operoted limit switches
control the movement of the gote plote ot the extreme positions, but the
gafe piafe moy be stopped al ony position when opening or closing
ond held ot thot point by the motor broke. A reversing motor control
con be supplied.

Syntron Iris flow control valve

Syntron iris flow control volves provide positive flow control ond shut-off
of free-flowing bulk moteriols such os corbon dust, gelotine, dried food
powders, crystolline ond powdered chemicols, cement, sond, pigments,
plostics, ceromic o nd refroctory moteriols, etc. in blending, weighing,
bogging ond other operotions, or in controlling eddy-free oir for heoting,
ventiloting or drying.
The principal feoture of this volve is its flexible diophrogm which
forms o concentric operture-ond which moy be voried (similor to the
iris diophrogm of o camero) to form inflnitely variable openings from
fully closed to wide open, merely by moving the lever through o 180
o re. The volve moy be held at ony desired open position ogoinst the
heod load of the material or low oir pressure.
The flexible diophrogm presents o resilient surfoce which rolls the
material with it in closing. There ore no metal ports in which the material
con lodge ond jom, thus ollowing opening or closing ot ony critico!
point in o process.
Usual construction consists of on oluminum housing or frome, ond o
brass, rototing control ring. They ore olso ovoiloble in oll-stoinless steel
construction.
While nylon is the fobri<i regulorly used for the flexib le diophrogm,
other fobrics such os conductive rubber-cooted nylon, orlan ond foir pre ne con be furnished.
A dischorge chute, of the sorne diometer as the volve, moy be attoched.

LI NK - BELT 75

bulk handling
gates and valves

Types
Rotary cutoff valve
The rotary cutoff volve provid es an easily operoted and q uick-acting
mea ns of cutting off or rele a sing the Aow of finely pulverized free Aowing
prod ucts such os cernen!, hy drated lime, pulverized coal, etc., lo or from
conveyors, bins, botchers or oth er processing equipment.
The rotory cutoff valve is fully enclosed ond dust-tighl. The housing is
o f gray iron, split vertically for ease of instollotion and fo r removal of
rotor. The gray iron rotor turns freely through on ore of 90 degrees, from
a fully closed to a fully opened position and return. Housing ond rotor
are accurotely machine fini shed to provide close rotor cl e orance and
dust-tight joints.
W e ld ed steel rotory cutoff valves of special sizes ond for speciol
purposes can be supplied.

Rotary cutoff valve

Universal swlng gates and one-way swlng gates

Swing gales with spout heods o re made of gray iron. While d esigned
primorily for feeding coal from overhead storage bins into stoker
hoppers, they are olso used successfully in wholesale and retail cool
yord s. In oddition to handling coal, these gales o re suitoble for g ravel,
crushed rock, sto ne, ore and other similar materials.
The universal gate swings in ri g id hangers, while the hopp e r top of
the movable stoker-spout exlension is suspended by o joint which permits
leading the discharge e nd to deflnite radial distances from the ve rtical
center line .
The one-way gate is used for one-direction swing stoker spouls. lt is
generally used where the bottom of the spout is flored to cover the
stoker hopper.

Segmenta! sand gates, Types A and B

41 77

The Ty pe A segmenta! sand goles are fo r use on vertical si des of bins or

hopp ers. Spring pressure holds the self-adjusting gate segme nt against
curve d guides on the frame , assuring a light fil with e a se of operotion.
The loading spout is hinged separotely to the gate frame and moy be
roised ond lowered e o sily by meons o f counterweights.
The Ty pe B gales are similar in o p eration to the Type A but ore intended for use o n bottoms of bins or hoppers. The hinged spout is usually
unnecessary but can be furnished .

Un ivers al swing gate

Segmenta! gravel gates

When handling grovel or slone, the sid e mounting segmenta! grovel
gale> hove proven very satisfactory. A special rinsing spout, shown suspended from the main spout, can b e furnis hed. The upper end of the
hing ed loading spout is perforated on the bottom and a water spra y can
b e placed over the spout to rinse the material as it flows down the spout.
To preve n! the dirty water from remixing with the clean material, the
rinsing or deflector spout is suspended beneath the perforated portian
of the moin spout. Whe n the gote is not in use the main spout may be
raised agoinst the bin for clearo nce, allowing the d efl ector sp out to fo ld
back against it.

7716

One-way s wing gate

Segmenta! sand gafe,

Type A

17 158
10742

Segmenta! gravel gate

76 L 1 N K - B E L T

Se gme nta! sand gate,

Type B

bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions
Bln gates, Type AS W elded steel

'rf0~~~:

Opening,
~u
A

1 e

Short
Body

long
Body

1 o 1 F 1 H 1
K 1 ~ l1 ~ z
----'---'----'--.:..-,,.,.,,,..,.:,::--...:.....;B:...:o..:;
d,_y-"Bo
' -'d'-'y.:..-_
INCHES

12
12
16
16

12
16
16
20

105
125
155
175

112
133
164
185

17
17
21
21

17
21
21
25

18
20

18
20

190
235

200
246

23
25

23
25

5
5

4 1'.t
4 1'.t

4 'h
4 1'.t
6 1'.t

5 'h

5'h

61'.t

6 1'.t

5
5

13
13
17
17

18
20
24
28

3
3
3
3

6
6

181'.t
201'.t

30
36

3
3

6
7

'h
'h
'h
'h

y,
y,

Hove dimensions certified for i nstollotion purposes.

ALTERNATE
LOCATION OF
LE VER

Bln gates, Type A G ray iron

8
10
12
12

8
10
12
12

l
1
1
1

13
14
16
20

13
14
16
16

1
1
1
1

p 22077

12
20

12
16

6
6

Fig. 386 4

Bin gate, Type AS

Opening,
inches

RADIUS-~
y
9\
-@-

'
STYLE 6 BODY

Fig. 3862

STYLE 1 BOOY

Fig. 3861

LEVER N0.2

LU
LEVER NO. 3

Bin gate, Type A

8
10
12
12

13
14
16
20

13
14
16
16

12
20

12
16

6
o

13
16
18
19

13
16
18
19

3
61'.t

18
20
22
22

18
20
22
26

p 24205 0
p 20681 0

200
260
260
330

p 25307 6
p 29264 00

225
330

19
22

19
26

11123.,.
P27153

e 25007.,.

...

5
6

...

5
4 y,

3
6

IN CHES

...
.. .

p 22084 ...
p 21041

e 11123.,.

5 Y.

p 27 153 .

p 22 077

...
...
...

e 25007 ...
p 24205 0
p 20681 0

...

p 25307 6 5
p 29264 00 5%

7
4
5'l'1
5 'l'1

9y,
9 y,

11'/1
12 5116

... .

'h
'h
'h

15%

y.

11

'h

4
4

12%
13\4
15 \4
15 Y

5 'l'a
4

12,-1,
15 y,

5 'h
5

9y.

....
131'.t
131'.t
15Y
131'.t

y,
%
y,

:v.
%

lO:V.
13
15:V.
16

10:V.
13
15:V.
16

16
18
19 1'.t
22Y,

16
18
191'.t
191'.t

16
22 3A

16
19 1'.t

y,

:v.

:v.
y,

:v.
%
%

:v.
y,

Fig. 3863

Undercut gates, Type C

fn;~~:9 1 Pottern 1 Weight, 1 e
number

pounds

-'-- -'---

INCH ES

235
225
270
350

16
18
20
20

20
18
22
22

13\.'.t
8
161'.t
14

131'.t
7

p 29265

950
870

261'.t
26

27 \4
30 1'.t

36 \4
26:V.

14
12
16
16

p
p
p
p

20
20 .

24
24

e 26290

- - ' - - - - ' --

12356
32192
13229
13340

10
12
14
14

10
12
14
14

14
12
16
16

- ' - --

-'--

151'.t

12'Yo
8
141'.t
13

5'h
5 'h

14
15

21 'h
231'.t

1O'h
71-1.

7'h

6
21'.t

9%
9 'l'1
9%

9 'h
25 1'.t
21 Ya

X
IN CHES

20 . 24
20 1 24

Undercut gate, Type C

3
61'.t
...
3

...
...
...

Opening ,
inches

Fig. 3866

. ..
...
5 y.
5

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

Gote has one-piece gray iron gote plote ond sides.
Gray i ron gote piole is bolted to gray iron sides.
Steel gote plote is bolted to gray iron sides.
Rodius S=62Ya" .
Rodius S = 36Ya".

A 1 B

115
140
175
225

Pottern
number

_ A_l_ B_
8
10
12
12

p 22084 ...
p 21041 ...

17

...
...
...

.. .
...
...

9:V.

9%
12
10%
1O'h

...

. ..

3%
7

24 1'.t
22

5 y.
7

5 \4
7

7'h
9'h

.. .
7 'h
9'h

6'h
7'h
8 'h

9%

... .

5 \4
7

3Y,
1 l:V.

.. .
...
.. .
...
5 'h

...

6 1'.t

7'h

7'h

y,
y,

av,

171'.t

y,

3%
ll:V.

143A
11

:v.

Hove dimensions cer tifi ed lor instollotion purposes.

Operating lever included.
Con be furnished from 20" minimum to 42" moximum. Fo r eoch i nch increose,
odd 6 pounds to listed w eight.

LINK-BELT 77

bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions
Undercut g a t es, Type D

o~~h~~
1

I e j o 1 e j

jG1

j J j

p
p
p
p

19 079
9234
6803
2843 0

K 1 L

M 1 N 1 P

INCH ES

1
210
200
500
640

11 Y1
16 Y, 125
20
21
12
24 % 30 21
30 29 Y2 26

13 . . . . .. ... 22
9 y, l 9 y.
18
9 Y112 1!.
17 Y1
4 y, 4 y. 4 y, 4 y. 28 20 Y1 l 8','1
6 6 6 6 27 y, 20V. 20%

7 Y1 11
12 10
11 Y1 20
15 26

j z

y,I

1
%
3 0 'I
3 y.I y,
3 y, y,

Hove dimensions cer ti fied far insta llotion purposes.

11
11
Gate with steel gate plate con b e fu rnished from 24 minimum to 42" moximum. Fo r each 6 or less
increose, add 25 pounds to listed wei ght.
Gote with steel gote piol e con be furnished from 24" minimum to 42" moximum. Far eoch 6" or less
increase, add 48 pounds to listed w eigh t.
Pivo t is bel o w reference point.

BOLTSZ

Fig. 3865

number

14
10
24 .
24 6

13
14
24
30

~c:'~~~:

Pcttern

L'>

Unde rcut g a te, Type D

0

STYLE 1

STYLE 2

STYLE 5

STYLE 7
fig. 3869

Styles of gate bodies

Fig. 3868

Du p lex gate, Type B

Duple x g a t e s, Ty pe B
Opening,
inches
A

styl e

number

Weigt-it,
pounds

1
1
2
2

PC 17818
CP 27744
p 27343 0
e 178190

145
180
170
150

17Y, 17Y,
17Y2 17Y,
17 Y2 17 y,
l 7Y, l 7Y,

1ov.
1o v.
1ov.
l ov.

8
8
8
8

16
16
16
16

16
16
16
16

1
2
2
2

PC
PC
PC
PC

215
220
220
220

23
23
23
23

23
23
23
23

l2 Y2
12Y,
l 2Y,
12Y,

12
12
12
12

16
18
18
18

. ..
18
18
18

5
1
1
2

e 18113
PC 19597
p 4 1078.4
e 27029 0

215
340
330
345

25
25
25

. . 21 >;.
25
25
25

18
18
20
24

....

5
7
1
1

CP 33950
e 28378 0
p 41079 .
e 28 658 .

320
345
4 30
690

25
27
30

24
26
26

24
26

1
1
5

P41076
e 15906 .
PC 24059

680
710
640

....

17825
178260
261980
248980

..
.. . .
. ...
.

8
8
8
8

.. 12

. . 12
. .. 12
... . 12

. .. . . ..
14 y, 7 Y, 7 y,
15y, 8
8
9y,
16Yo 9

. .. .... ....
. .. .... . ...
... .
. . . .... . ...
. .. . ... ....
. .. . ... ...

T 1

y1 1

z
Y1
Y1
Yo
y,

INCHES

9
9
9
9
11
11
11
11

4 y,
1OY,
4 y,
4 y,
5

5
5
5

6 1'1 14 y,
61'1 14 y.
6 1'0 14 y.
6 1'0 14!!.

20%
20%
20 %
20 '!.

Y1
15 '/ 15 %
y, .... 15>;. 15 >;.
y, 24 15'!. 15%
Yo 48 15 y, 15y,

8 1'1 16 !!.
8 1'0 16Y.
8 1'1 16 y,
81'1 16!!.

24!!.
24Y.
2 4 y,
2 4 Y,

Yo
Yo
Yo
Yo

21
21
21
21

%
y,

Yo . . .. 19~
Yo .. .. 23 23
Y1 . . .. 23 23
v. 44 23 23

....
48
60
72

21
21
21
21

y,

3 y, 8 1'1
7 3/16 9 Y,
7 3/16 10
7t\6 9Y,

16'!.
17 y,
17'!.
17 y,

24'!.
23 Y.
24 !!.
23 y.

9 Y,
9 Y,
12y,
14

17y,
17y,
19 y,
42

23 y, Yo .... 2 1 y,
23y, Yo 72 22 23
28'!. '!. . .. . 24 24
40 Yo 1 .... 27 Y, 27 Y,

15
14
14

23
42
42

41 % % . . .. 27Y, 27Y, \ y
40 Y1 1
. ... 29'1 29'!. %
.
3/.4
40 Yo y,
29Y2

9 y, 9
9y, .. .. .... 20 Y, 12
30 20Y 9
9 y, 10 ... . .. .. 17 Yo 8
32 17Y, 9 y, 10
. . . . 31 Yo 17~ . .. . . .. . 2Y, . .. 30 45 17 Yo 8

30
32

R
1

2Y,
45 45 13
4"A.
7Y, 7 y, .... .... 13
7'/\
8
8 .... .... 14 % 7 70
9y, .. .. .... 16Yo 10
9

Hove dimensions cer ti fied far instollation purposes.

Addilional patterns are avoilable with variable N and W dimensions
in case those listed d o not sui t the requirements.

78 L 1 N K - B E L T

. ..
... .
. . .. .... . . ..

. .. ....

2 y, . . . 45 45 11
12 y,
. ..
14 y, 7Y, 7% 7y, 7'1
.. .. 13
15Y, 7 y, 7'!. 7y, 7'!. .... .... 14%
14 y, 7y, 7y, 7Y, 7y, .
.... 13

. .. 23Y1 14 y,

24
27
30

:~Rt~S

J
1

INCHES

12
12
12
12

18
20
24

G
1

12
12
12
12

Pottern

Body

y,
%
%
%
y,
%
y,

.4 Can be fu rnished wi th either steel or gray iron gote p ioles.

Gate with steel gate pioles.

bulk handling
gafes a n d valves

Dimensions
Duplex gates, Type BS Weld ed sleel

oi~~~!~g. :o:i~;:l-c-------''-E---'1-F.INCHES
, .,.l,.,. .G,.,. . .l_H_l_____.__K_-'--z,

j ~
<:3.,

k1a

'"--<

11
-.(~
'
~__}'

.J : -- o,,J
!>

OR TO SUIT-L- 20 OR TO su1r-J

Fig. 3867

Duplex gate, Type BS

12
12
12
12

12
14
16
18

115
122
129
136

17
17
17
17

17
19
21
23

14
14
14
14

14
16
18
20

135
141
147
153

19
19
19
19

19
21
23
25

16
16
16
18
20

16
20
24
18
20

165
180
195
220
240

22
22
22
25 :Y1
25

22
26
30
25:Y1
25

5
5
5

5
5
5
5

5 y,
5 Yo
51t
So/o

5
5%

5%
5%
5.Ya

5 Y,

5%
6\4
6 Ya

6 V.

6 lla
7 Y2 7 y,

s y,
6Y,

7V.

7 y,
5 y,

6 y,

6 Y,
7 :y,
6 l11
7 Y..

6 Y2
6 V2

7 /a
6 l11

7 y,
5Y,

5Y,

8%
8 'A.
8;,,
1 8 A.

y,
y,
y,
y,

l OY.i
l OY,
1OY,
1OY,

8'A
8'A.
8'A
8%

y,
y,
Y2

12 Ya

10'A6
103A.
103,\o
l 2 1',\,
13/,

y,
y,
y,
y,

10
10
10
10

6\4
6 l11 6y,

6Y.i
6 Y,
6Y,
5 Ya

5
5%
6 V.

12 Y1
12\la
14'/a
15Y2

y,

y,

Hove dimensians certified far installarian purpases.

Single rack and plnlon gates

fn~~~~g,

12
14
16
18

12
14
16
18

131
146
163
180

19V.
21
23V.
25V.

5:Ya 14 Y,
16Y,
7,:Y1 10 v.
8:Y1 2o y,

15'!.
17'!.
19\4
21 y,

v. 6:Ya

19y,
21 y,
23y,
25V.

20\4
22\4
24'!.
26V.

lOY,
11 Ya
12y,
13Y1

17
18
19
20

12
12
16
18

20Y1
23 Ya
26Y,
29Y,

Hove dimensians certified or installatian purpases.

4 Extended shaft can be fu rnished.
Outside diameter af hand wheel ar piten diameter a f rag wheel.
o lncludes hand wheel.

'

Double r ack and plnlon gates

Opening,
inches
A

24
30
36
36
48

Single rack and piion gate

Weight,
pounds

24
30
36
48
36

324
414
5 10
645
675

1
30Y.i
36Y,
42 Y,
53
41

5Y,
5Y,
5 Y,
4 V.
4 V.

25'!.
31

v.

37'!.
37'!.
49'!.

...u ~ 1 w

Jt

INCHES

'

6 SPACE::;

26:Y. 29Ya 15 \4
32V. 35Ya 18\4
39:y, 41 Ya 21 \4
49 y, 41 Ya 26\4
37 y, 53Ya 21 \4

26
29
35
41
35

24
24
30
36
36

48

4,L -

66
66
84

inches

A 1 B

Weight,I
pounds

e /

12
18
18
24

12
12
18
24

260
310
360
580

17
23
23
29

17
17
23
29

30
36

30
36

770
1000

35
41

35
41

1 H

3 y,
4Y,
4Y,

,.

J4

Fog 3873

Double rack and pini on gafe

Hove dimensions cer tified for instollo tion purposes.

4 Extended shaft can be furnisheo.
Outside diameter a f hand wheel a r piten diometer a f rag w heel.
O lncludes hand wheel.

Enclosed rack and p lnlon gates

'
Opening,

6"
SPACES

,..

57

_J

1p 1R

INCHES

T
1

3Y,

3 y,
3Y,
4 Y,
3 y,

15
21
21
27

15
15
21
27

20
26
26
32

20
20
26
32

3
4
4
3

3
3
4
3

4 y,
3 y,

4 y,

3 Y,

33
39

33
39

38
44

38
44

4
3

4 18
3 J 19

13
14
14
17

10
10
13
16

...u

~ J w

15
15
18
24

12
18
18
24

27
36
36
49

19127
22 30

24
30

58
67

Hove d imensions certified fer instollotion purposes.

Gales 18 inches wide and narrawer hove single rocks an center line af gole; oll
athers hove d a uble ro cks and pinia ns.
Extended shaft can be fu rnished.
Outside diameter a f hand wheel ar pitch diamete r a f rag wheel.
lncludes hand wheel.

Enclosed rock and pinion gote

L 1 N K - B E L T 79

bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions
Vertical sllde gates

(COREO
HOLES

O p e ning ,
inches

C a te
p ott ern

numb er

Chute
pa tter n

W e ight, ,
p ounds

number

O 1 E

1 G

INCHES

10
16
16
16

p 18304 p 18297
16
17 CP 20081 CP 21707
17 CP 20081 CP 22067
17 CP 20081 CP 25881

200
140
155
170

26
22 Y,
22Y,
22 Y,

22
24
24
24

18
18
18
18

26
27
27
27

14 y, 10
4
10 127
21
5
3 \1. 10 25:Y.
21
8 Y, 5Y, a:v. 28
21
1OY, 6 :Y. 7 V1 29 \/.

16
16
16
18

20 CP 23993 CP 21707
20 CP 23993 CP 22067
20 CP 23993 CP 25881
p 19197 p 19198
16

150
160
180
250

22Y,
22Y,
22Y,
26

24
24
24
30

18
18
18
18

27
27
27
34

5
21
21
8Y,
1OY,
21
22 Y, 10

3Y. 10 25>;.
5Y, 8>;. 28
6 >;. 7 V1 29 \/.
4
10 27

f ;g. 3859

H ove d imensiens ce r tified fe r installatien p urpeses.

Vertical slide gate

T
..

~-:-==-,.-.=-..;::::;,.=-~

\j

\. )

....)

,)

f ;g. 3860

Fig. 3853

Tunnel gate, fi xed chute

Tunnel gate, hinged chute

Tunnel gates fi xed chute

Tunnel gates hing e d chute

Conveyor
w id th,
inches

24
30
36
42
48

405
440
470

505
535

16
20
24
28
32

7
6

5
7
6

12
15
18
21
24

22
26
30
34
38

19
22
25
28
31

24
30
36
42
48

Hove dimensiens certified fer instollo tien

purpeses.

Wei g ht,I A
po unds

1 G

IN CHES

425
460
49 5
530

565

16
20
24
28
32

7
6

5
7
6

17
21
25
29
33

22
26
30
34
38

19
22
25
28
31

Hove dimensiens certified fer installatien

p urpeses.

Heavy duty undercut gates 35-degree bollom pla tes

;~:h~~g, ;~~~:
A

1o

18 1 181
24
24
30
30

K 1 L

N 1 P

1o

1 R

1~I v

INCHES

320 124 Y, 124 Y, l 2 % 3 y, 15 l111 24 , 8 \/, ,23 :Yol 10 \/119 \l, ,20 118114 ll11 %
41 5 30Y, 30Y, 5 % 3 Y, 115 l11 24
8 \1 23 :Yo 14 \/o 9 Y. 23 24 14:Yo Y,
580 36 Y, 36Y, 2 :Y1 3 y, 15l11 24
BY. 23 % 17>;. 9 Y. 26 30 18 Y. '/1

Hove dimensiens certified for installation purpeses.

& Extended shaft can be furnished.

Outside diameter el hand whee l er pitch diometer el chain wheel.

O l ncludes chain wheel.

RIGHT HAND
ASSEMBLY

Heavy duty undercut gates 45-d e gree bollom plales

O p e ning,
inchei

18 l 24
1
24
30
30

Fig 3870

Heovy duty undercut gate

80 L 1 N K - B E L T

320
2 :Y1\ 3Y,
8 l 2
18 l 17
15 Y. I :Y
y,1
415 l24
30 Y,
Y, \ 24
30 Y,
Y, l 5
5 Y, \ 17
17 \ 24
26 \ 5Y,
5Y, \ 26
26 Y.
\/. \ 1\I
14 \11
23 1 24
580
36 Y, 36Y, 5
8 Y, 17 29 5 y, 26 \/. 17>;. 8 26 30 21 y, Y1

Hove dimensi ens certified fe r installotien purpeses.

Extended shaft con be furnished .
Outside diometer el hond wheel er pitch diameter el choin wheel.
o lncludes choin whee l.

&

bulk handling
g a tes and v a lves

Dimensions

Mot o r oper a ted heavy d uty un d e rcut gate s

RIGHT HANO
ASSEMBLY

36 1 361 3800 1 5 4 1 43
48 48 4850 66 55

28v.
341~

l 33
26 v, l 43 v. 9 1. 138 1 1 1v. 22 .<, l 35 v. l 13 .<,
50
10
41 13
29
37 Y. 14.<,
1

Hove dimensions ce rt ified for instollotion purposes.

3 HP 1800 RPM motor used with 36" x 36" gote.
5 HP 1800 RPM motor used with 48" x 48" gote.
Motors ond controls con be furnished to suit requirements.

4' N

Fig. 6120

Motor op e rated hea vy duty undercut gate

THROUGH HOLESH

Syntron Iris valves

Valve

number

1 _....!,..
A 1
__

FV- 4-A
FV- 6-A
FV- 8-A
FV- 10 -A
FV-12-A

5~

6'!.

8.<,
10.<,
12V.
15'.4

8.<,
9 y.

l '.4
1 3/o
l 'lo
l 'lo
1

!.,__

4
6
8
10
12

6
9 Yo
11 y,
13li'>
16

_:__ _..!.IN
-=
CH
' "'E
"S
'" ' - - - ' - - - . . . . l . . - -

10~

11

v.

'.4-20
'.4 -20
'.4- 20
l/o- 16
l/o- 16

2%
3 .<,
4 .<,

5V.

v.

6 V.

60
60
60

''h2
''112

45
45

~
~

Hove dimensions certified fer i nsta llotion pu rp oses.

CONTROL
LEVER

FLEXIBLE SINGLE
SLEE VE

F1g. 6121

Syntron iris v alve

Rotary cutoff valves

Nomino!
size,

Valve
number

lnches

6
9
12
14

6
9
12
14

Fig. 3742

Rotary cutoff valve

IN CHES

65

348 - 20- A
348- 21 - A
348-2 2 - A
348- 23 - A

Nominol
si:z.e,
inches

Weight,
pounds

4'"6
6'" 6
8
9'" 6

120
290
350

:f l!~ ~
l

8
11
14
16

IN CHES

''""''
'lo
'lo

""'

2'1-16
4
5Y,
3~

3~

~.

~.

3~

'"'

6 ~.
8~

3
4
5'.4

11 y,
12"'6

'lo

7
10
13
15

1 ~
1 ~

2Y,
2Y,

Hove dimensions certified fe r instal lation purpo ses.

Automatic ond remole controls can be lurnished.
Boldfoce type indicotes volve s normally corried in stock. O peroting lever is i ncluded.
Top and bottom lang es match those of r egular discharge spouts o f sc rew conveyor
troughs o f sorne size.

LINK-BELT 81

bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions

BOLTS E

~-o ~

ff:tm
UH U

Fig. 3 875

O ne way s w i ng g a te

STYLE 1

STYLE 2

STYLE 3

STYLE 8

Fig. 3877

St y le s of gate b odies
-

- '-

STOKER ~

HOPPER -----..,

Fig. 3876

Univers al s wing gate

Swi ng gates
Opening.
___
in_
ch_e__

1 ~~y1! 1

~~~~:;

W eigh!, pounds

E 1 F 1G

D
1

Univ~rsal 1 One. woy - - - - --'----'--=---

swmg

sw1ng

..

1
2
2
3
3
3
8

PC 11 6 17
PC20995
PC25329
( 19933
P30855
PC 17190
C 19095

400
420
420
420
410
420
360

370
390
390
390
370
390
330

18
18
18
18
18
18
18

15 %
15 %
15%
15%
15%
1 5 3!.
15

14
14
14

14
14
14

1
3
3

( 19064
(26651
C26042

6 10
6 40
64 0

550
580
580

21
21
21

17
17
17

:y.

16
16
16
16
16
16

16
16
16
16
16
16

1
2
2
2
2
3

PC 12219
PC21650
(26435
(2 1675
P3901 4
C23445

720
770
770
770
800
770

600
650
650
650
690
650

23
23
25
25
23

21
21
21
21
21
2.3 21

Yo
Yo
Yo
Yo

12
12
12
12
12
12
12

12
12
12
12
12
12

y,
y,
Yo

y,
y,
y,
%

%
%

14
14
14

1 V

1 W

- - - - ' - - - --IN
_C_H_E_S - - -- - - - - - - ' - - - - - - - - - ',- D
- E_G_R-EE-S

'h
''a
''a
''a
''a
''a
'h

'I
:y,
:y,

7y. 21 'h 714 17% lOYa 28'h

18
7y. 2 1 y, 714 17% 1o ;. 28 'h 35 y, 18
1 v. 21 'h

18

13 V1
13 Y1
13 Va
l 3 '1a
13 '1a
l 3 '1a
13 Ya

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

17'h
17'h
17'h
17'h
l 7Y,
17'h
17Y,

5'l'a 17% 1OY, 28Y2

9 Vo 32Y,
9 '1a 32Y,
9 y, 32'h

9y, 2o v. lO Ya 35 %
22 % 29y, 13V1-15Ya- 17 V1 18 18
9y, 2o v. 10;, 35:y, 40% 22 % 29'h 13'1a-1 5 Ya-17 Ya 18 18
9y, 2o v. 1oy, 35:y, 27 22 % 29 'h 13 11i -15 V1- 17\la 18 18

4 4 Y2 % 10

y,
'la

4 4 y,

10

32 'h
32 y,
32Y,
32'h
32Y2
32 y,

11
11
11
11
11
11

18

29 Y2
29V2
29 'h
29'h
29 'h
29 'h
29'h

5''t 21 'h

4 4 'h % 10
4 4 'h % 10

:v..

714 17'1. 1OYo 28 'h 6 6

7 y, 21 'h 714 17'!. 1o;. 28 'h 33 y, 18

7 y. 2 1 y, 714 17:y, 1OYo 28 y, 36 18
7y, 21 y, 714 17:Y. 1OYt 28 Y2 55''1 18

4 4 y, % 10
4 4 'h '!. 10

Hove dimensio ns certified for installotion pu rposes.

Spout heod ond o pero ting lever included.
Coil choin o nd steel sp o ut extensio n not included but con be furnished .

82 L 1 N K - B E L T

11
11
11
11
11
11

20 V2 11 v. 35%
22 % 38
20 'h 11 y. 35% 24:Y.. 22:V.. 38
20Y, 11 14 35 3, 37 31, 22 % 38
20 Y, 11 y, 3531, 46Y. 22 % 38
22:V.. 38
20 'h 11 y, 35 :V.. 30 22% 38

2o v, 11 y, 35 3, 72

13 1/a 15 Ya-17 Ya
13Ya-15Ya- 17 Ya
13 Va- 15 \la -1 7Y1
13 Ye- 15 Va -17 \la
13 Y1- 15 1/1-17 Y1
13 Ya- 15Va-17Ya

18 18
18 18
18
18
18
18

118
18
18
18

bulk handling
gates and valves

Dimensions

Segmenta! sand gafes, Type A

Opening,

Weighl

inches
A

18
24
/

'

~;r

1
1

pounds

18
18

600
690

D
1
1
FEET ANO INCHES

2-0 l/a
2-6%

2-2
2-8

1- 4
1-1 o

Hove dimensions c ertified for instollotion purp oses.

H inged chute, sheove ond counte rweights included.
W ire ro pe with clips con be furnished .

Segmenta! sand gate, Type A

ea ch,

Fig. 3879

Segmenta! sand gafes, Type B

Opening,
inches

18
24

17%
17 %

Weight
ea ch,
pounds

400
460

2 -2

2-8

E
1

1
1
FEET ANO INCHES

1- 4
1-1 o

l-8 '.4
2-2 1.4

v.

5 V2

Hove dimensions ce rtified for instollo tion purposes.

Hinged chute, sheoves, w ire rope o nd counte rw e ig hts as shown fa r
Type A con be lurnished .

Segmenta! sand gate, Type B

Segmenta! gravel gafes

Opening,
inches
A

16
18
20
24

18
18
18
18

Weight
ea ch,
pounds

540
560
1 575
615

1
INCHES

16 1.4
181.4
201.4
24 1.4

21 v.
23 v.
25 v.
29 Va

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purpo ses.

Hinged chute, sheave o nd counterweights included.
Wire ro pe with clips con be furnished.

Se gmental gravel gate

Fig. 3880

L 1 N K - B E L T 83

bulk handling
feed lng equl pment

feeding equipmenl'
for bulk mal'erials
A uniformly controlled feed is necessory for !he most elfective
performance of most bulk conveying systems ond for mony
processing operotions. Yorious types of feeders ore mode for
obtoining o uniform feed, either mechonicolly, electricolly or
b y weight.
With most mechonicol feeders, control is occomplished by
reguloting !he volumetric flow of material by meons of odjusting !he size of the feed opening ond !he speed of !he feeder.
Flow from vibrotory feeders is o lso controlled volumetricolly
by size of the feed opening ond the speed ond intensity of
vibrotions. Syntron Weigh-Flow grovimetric feeders provide
extremely occurote, continuous Aow by weight.
When flow must be conlrolled ot vorying rotes, mechonicol
feeders moy be equipped with variable speed drives. Or, in
sorne coses, manual odjustment of o gote ot feed opening
moy be sotisfoctory. Voriotion in Aow from electronic vibrotory
f eeders moy be controlled electricolly.
Selection of !he most suitoble type of feeder depends upon
the required copocity, os well os the size, Aowobility, moisture
content ond other chorocteristics of the material. Sorne feeders
which provide o uniform Aow when handling free-Aowing
moteriols, moy creote o pulsoting flow of moist or sluggish
moteriols.
Vorious standard types of feeders ore described ond selection informotion is given on the following poges. In oddition,
speciol designs ore ovoiloble such o s reciprocoting gote
feeders, push bar feeders, ond modifkotions of standard
types moy be mode for unusuol conditions. Consult Link-Bel!
for f urther informotion.

84 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
f eedlng equlpment

Apron f eede rs (page 87) are used

for convey ing heavy, lumpy, or abrasive materia Is and for severe conditions
of service. Materials are carried on
overlapping pans, mounted on heavy
chains operating on rails or rollers.

Syntron gravimetrc welgh

feeders (p age 106) accurately feed
bulk materials by weight at a constant rate in continuous flow processes.
They consist of a vibratory feeder
delivering to a constant speed belt
conveyor mounted on a scale. The
scale is electrically interlocked to control the feeding action of the vibratory feeder, thereby maintaining a
preset constant weight on the belt .
Small units for weigh feeding chemical reagents, up to large units for
weigh feeding high capacities of ore,
coal, limestone, and similar b ulk materials are available.

Belt feeders (page 96) consist of

short belts operating over idler rolls.
Selected for smoothness of operation
and uniformity of discharge, they handie virtually all materials except those
which are too hot or contain exceptionally large lumps.

Reciprocating feeders (page 98)

consist of reciprocally driven plates or
pans operating under a head of material, and imparting a pu lsating forward flow to the product. They are
adapted to handling non- sticky materials and large lumps.

Mechanical vibrating feeders

Syntron vibratory f e eders (page

100) are electromagnetically driven
with variable control of material flowfrom a precisely cont rolled dribble to
tons per hour. They will handle most
bulk materia ls-hot or cold-damp
or dry-from fine powders to large
lumps.

J~-----r--~---J

(page 108) are low cost, pan type

units, usually operated on a slight
decline. Vibratory action is by unba lanced counterweights driven from
electric motors. They are economical
units for applications that do not require frequent changes in capacity.
They are a lso suitable as transfer
chutes where limited height may 'Prevent gravity flow of materials. '"

L 1 N K - B E L T 85

bulk handling
feedlng equlpment

Bar fllght feeders (po ge l l O) ore

simple ond economicol ond consist of
bors or Aights o ttoched to t wo stronds
of choin which sli de along the Aot
b ottoms of troughs. They ore used for
fine ond moderotely lumpy moteriols
which ore free Aowing ond nonobrosive
ond where heod room is limited .

Screw feede rs (poge 112) ore short .;;;;=:;.~;.

screw conveyors, used for virtuolly oll
moteriols except those which contoin
lorge lumps, or which tend to pock.
They ore adoptable to specific purposes b y the use of reduced diometers,
topered screws ond other voriotions.

Fi g . 4193

Rotary plow feeders (poge 119)

consist of troveling corrioges hoving
one or more bloded rotors for p lowing
bu lk moteriols from o continuous shelf
to collecting conve yors. They ar e generolly used in tunnels und er stock piles,
but ore suitoble for long storoge bins.
Ro tory p low feeders ore the most
e ffective type of feeder for moteriols
thot would hove o tendency to pock
ond orch over conventional gote openings. Also, by withdrowing material
from o continuous slotted opening under
the ful! length of the pile, they recloim
o higher percentoge of the stored
material thon could be obtoined
through spoced openings.

'I. -

Rotary tabl e feeders (poge l 16)

ore most useful for handling moteriols
which ore sluggish or tend to interlock
or mot ond thereb y orch over restricted openings. They ore usuolly
mounted under the bottom of bins and
hoppers ond ore especioll y designed
to prevent bridging or orching of ma terial. The convey ing medium is o horizontal table rototed under on adjustoble collar. Material Aows from under
the collar ond is removed from the
table by o plow.

86 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig. 4198

Rotary vane feeders (poge 122)

ore used for controlling the Aow of fine,
free-Aowing dusty moteriols, ond moteriols such o s boggosse ond wood
chips where boffling to p revent bockdroft of gases o r sporks is needed.
They consist of radial vones rototing
in a clase fitting housing designed to
mount directly in a chute or spout.

bulk handling
apron feeders

apron feeders

Typ e D mongonese sleel opron feeder 60" wide receives iron ore from crusher obove ond feed s it lo two sco lping screens.

Typ e C inclined opron feeder. gote ond hopper ore port

of this economicol link-Bell coal handling syslem inslolled in o
modern power plont. Photo 29317

Photo 36115

An opron feeder consists essentiolly of on endless opron of overlopping pons, operoting over head and foot terminols ond suitoble
intermediote supports. The opron is the conveying medium ond consists of the pons ottoched to two or more stronds of choin. Pon sides
of vorious styles moy be ottoched to prevent spilloge. Stotionory
skirt plotes, or the sides of properly constructed hoppers ond
bins, serve to confine the materia l ond provide the necessory depth
of bed for desired copocity, or to occommodote lorge lumps.
Apron feeders con be used to hondle procticolly ony loase bulk
material such os ores, sond , grave!, stone, cool, cullet, foundry ond
industria l refuse . They ore recommended for hand ling moteriols
contoining lorge, heovy or shorp lumps, for instollotions whe re they
must withstond the impoct of heovy moterio ls folling sorne distonce,
ond for receiving ond feeding hot moteriols thot would domoge
other types of feeders.
link-Belt opron feeders embody design ond construction feotures
thot hove been proven over mony yeors of operotion. Link-Belt is
olso prepored to design ond build speciol opron feeders to suit
unusuol opplicotions.

Type C opron feeder in this power plont has horizontal loading seclion. The cool lrovels from o trock hopper anta lhe opron
feeder ond then to o storoge recloiming hopper. Photo 28543

Ty p e D heovy duty mongonese sleel opron feed e rs in steel

mili feed ing iron ore from hoppers to conveyors on floor belo w. Photo 37481

L 1 N K - B E L T 87

bulk handling
apron feed e r s

Types

Typ e A apron feed e r

Type B apron feed e r

Ty pe A apron feed e rs
These feeders ore suitoble for handling both light ond heovy moleriols
where mol\imum lump size is limited ond impoct ond service ore nol
severe. They ore well suited to tronsferring heovy mo teriols such os
slone ond ore from bins ar hoppers which olwoys retoin o bed of
material lo obsorb the impoct of material being looded into the bin.
With coo l o nd other lighter moteriols such protection of the opron is
not necessory. Since relotively shorl pitch choins ond opron p ons ore
used, this type is copo ble of delivering o more uniform feed thon
other o pron feeders with longer pitch choins.
Type A o pron f eeders, incorporoting o self-contoined steel frome ,
ore sturdy ond simple to instoll. Two stronds of 4" p itch steel bushed
roller choin carry the overlopping double-beoded steel opron pons.
Greot strength is obtoined by ottoching the pons to, o nd supporting
them on the top of, both sidebors of eoch strond of choin, preventing
twisting of the choin ond undue weor on choin joints. Choin rollers
ride on !rocks we lde d to the steel frome of the corrying run. Skirt
pioles ore normolly required to confine the material. Pon sides ore
recommended to preven! el\cessive spilloge when fine moteriols ore
hondled.

Type C a p ron feeder

Type B apron f eeders

These feeders ore designed for heovier service thon Type A opron
feeders. They con hondle lorger lump sizes ond withstond substontiolly
more impoct. They ore compoct ond economicol, requiring minimum
heod room.
Double-beoded sleel opron pons ore mounted on two stronds of
6" p itch steel bushed roller choin. The outstonding feoture of this
design is thot on the corrying run the choin rides on lorge diometer,
wide foce rollers mounted in the frome. These stotionory rollers serve
in place of !rocks to carry the weight of the beoded opron. Choins
o nd supporting rollers ore locoted under the pons, reducing the unsupported spon ond providing increosed resistonce to bending.

Type O opron fee d er

Type C apron fe e d e r s

Type D apro n fee ders

These feeders ore designed for medium duty but ore more flellible
os to length ond opplicotion !han the self-contoined Types A ond B.
They ore odopted to instollotion in combined horizontal ond inclined
poths. The lighter moteriols, such os cool, moy be hondled under
moderote service, ond heovier, obrosive moleriols, such os rock, mcy
be hondled under limited service conditions where speeds ore relotively low.
The e nds of the single-beoded steel opron pons ore foste ned
through ottochments to the inside sidebors of two stronds of 9 " pitch
steel bushed roller choin. Pons ore incline d in the direction of trovel,
forming volleys which, on inclined runs, restroin material from sliding.
The structurol slee l frome includes T-roils for supporting the choin
rollers on the corrying run ond ongles for the return run. The cho in has
hordened sleel pins ond bushings ond chrome iron flonged rollers.
lnside choin side bors ore wider thon normal ond elltend obove the
opron pons to form pon sides which, in conjunction with skirt pioles,
preven! el\cessive spilloge.

These heovy duty feeders ore el\tremely rugged ond ore built to
withstond the most severe conditions of service, impoct ond obrosion.
They o re designed for handling such moteriols os ore ond rock contoining o high percentoge of lo rge lumps.
The conveying medium consists of substontiol, overlopping cast
mongonese steel opro n pons mounted on two or three stronds of
heovy cost choin. Overlopping integrolly cost mongonese steel opron
pons ond choin con olso be furnished. Choins ore strotegicolly locoted
to support the load p roperly ond minimize pon deflection. On the
corrying run the choin is supported by independently mounted corrying rollers. The return run is unsupported on short feeders, but on
medium ond long feeders supporting rollers ore provided which
operote on lugs projecting from the pon ends. Pons ore heovily
ribbed for strength, with o smooth flot top to preven! lumpy material
from fouling overlopping edges.

88 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
apr on feeders

Arrangements

"""'""'-"'--''-'-'---'-'-'--"-'-'-'-'....._~~"-'-"--'-'"-"'--'-'-"'---~"""""-><
. ~y,.

P. SS

Fig. 4582 CHU.TE lnclined ap roo feeder with horizontal looding section
under o trock ho p per for fe eding moteriol to o crusher
which d ischorges it to o bucket elevotor.

.J
,-i

::1

' . . ..."'

~:::::~
. EVATOR ~

... .. ..

...

..

-~~.,.: -,,...~: ~~ ~ ~ .\~ ~

Horizontal opron feeder insto lled under o trock hoppe r

lo provide uniform feed of moleriol to on odjocent
bucke t elevolor.
SECTION AA
lnclined opron feeder orronged lo leed material from o !rock hopper to o belt
conve yor whose poth is al righl ongles to thot of the feeder.

Selection
Examples of apron feeder selectlon

Problem 2

Problem 1

Select a Type D horizontal opron feed er lo mee! !he following conditions:

Material . ... ... ... . . . . iron ore
W eight .... . .. .. .. . ... 150 pounds per cubic foot
Copocity . ......... . .. . 1000 tons per hour
Moximum lump size . ..... 18", less thon 103 of total volume
Shaft centers ... ....... . 12' -11 "
Service . .............. . 1 O hours per doy

Select a Type B inclined apron feeder to meet the following conditions:

Material .. .. . ... .. .. . . dolomite
W e ight . . . . ... .. .. . . . . 100 pounds p er cubic foot
Copocity .. ... . ... . .. . . 440 tons p er hour
Moximum lump size . .. . . . 12", 103 of total volume
Shoft centers .. . ........ 8' - 1" olong incline
Incline ........ . . . . . ... 1' -6" lift
Service . .. . .... . . .. ... 8 hours p er doy
Solutlon

minimum height of skirt pioles= 1 '12 x lump size = 1 '12 x 12 = 18 11

Refer to table for Type B feeders. A feed er with 42 " wide apron is
required for !he lump size. This feeder with 18 " high skirt piafes
operoting al 20 FPM will hondle 225 TPH of material weighing 100
pound s per cubic foot.
440 X 20
speed of feeder for copocity of 440 TPH =
= 39.1 FPM
225
ho rsepower al he od shoft, bosed on 20 FPM fe e d e r speed
= 2.15 + (3.5 x .12) + (1.5 x .26) = 2.96 HP

Solution
minimum height of skirt plotes = 1 '12 x lump size = 1 '12 x 18" = 27"

Re fer to table for Ty pe D feeders. A 9" pitch feeder with 48 11 wide

opron is required for the lump size. This feed er with 30" high skirt
pioles operoting ot 20 FPM will hondle 426 TPH of material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot.
for material weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot, copo city of feeder
426 X 150
lOO
= 639 TPH
speed of feeder for copacity of 1000 TPH

horsepower ot head shoft, bosed o n 20 FPM feeder speed and 150

pounds per cubic foot material =

Refer to table of lerminols. Terminal No. 2 with 3 UA.'' diometer heod

shoft is sotisfoctory for 2. 96 HP
horsepower al heod shoft, bosed on 39. 1 FPM feeder speed

speed of he od shoft for 39.1 FPM

2.96 X 39. 1
= 5.80 HP
20
5.7 X 39. 1
= 11.2 RPM
20

W ith the horsepower ond sp eed ot !he he od shoft known, refer to

Cotolog 1 050 to make !he drive seleclion.

1000 X 20
= 31 .3 FPM
639

3.89 + (5.5 X . 16) 150

OO
= 7.15 HP
1

Refer to table of te rminols for 9 " pitch feeders. Terminal No. 3 with
5UA4 diomeler heod shoft is solisfoctory for 7 .15 HP.
horsepower ot he od shoft, ba sed on 31.3 FPM feeder spee d
7.15x31.3
= 11.2 HP
20
4.4 X 31.3
speed of he od shoft for 31.3 FPM =
= 6. 9 RPM
20
W ith the horse power ond sp eed al the heod shoft known, refe1 to
Catolog 1050 to moke the drive seleclion.

L 1 N K - B E L T 89

bulk handling
apr on f eed ers

Type A apron feeders 4- inch pitch

L HEADSHAFT

"~-~~--~~~~1

\-

JI
JI
JJ

T.,. ~------- =-=- -= - =-..

,

17,_ t<-2

5L'

l~

ASSEMBLY 2

11 IDISCHL E :
A+I , 1 DPENING , SPACES

4 _____ _

f/ \: ,.

1
ASSEMBLY 1

. . . -'

-;

--6~>-4 }~

5 ~BOLTS

SPACES

VIEW XX

! PANS
1
3 FOR ( PANS

2~ FOR

2' SIOES
OPTIONAL

L6

Gd" - !'soLTS
TAKEUP
4~0, MINIMUM CENTERS
,_,_.__ _ _ _ _9!o"MAXIMUM CENTERS- VARIABLE BY 12'1NCREMENTS

b- A+4~!--~

DISCHARGE CHU TE

A~
-

- 7!

1'

1,

1,

SECTION AA

f;g. 5669

Moximum lump size,

inches

Copocily .A.

Addi tionol

Apron

width

Weight of moteriol,

A,

p ounds p er cu bic foot

inches

50

18
24
30

6
8
8

36
42
48

8
8
8

Cubic feet
per hour

Unsized ! Sized

Tons

Minimum

p er hour

sha ft centers

12

18

3
4
4

6
6
6

3
3
3

1140 1
1620 2400
2100 3 100

4
4
4

6
6
6

3
3
3

2570
3040
3520

3800
4500
1 5200

24

12

18

24

4090

120
155

204

5020
595 0
6880

128
152
176

190
225
260

251
296
1 344

12

18

24

12

18 1 24

Terminal N o . 1
1 horsepower

inche s

l.52
l.96
2.20

1.80 .08
2.24 .09
2.52 . 10

.1 5
. 16
.18

l.64
2.08
2.36

. 11
. 12
.14

18
24
30

4%
4%
4%

13 Y4 17 V4
16 Y4 20 %
19 Y4 23 3/4

5
2 7/61 %x /i6
2 % 5/o X 5/i6
27/, %x5/io

5 Y2
5 Y2

16 3/4
19 %

21 %
24 %

2 15/6
2 15/6

:Y., x 3la
% x 3/a

36
42
4B

4%
4 v.
4%

22 Y4 26 %
25 v. 29 %
28 y. 32 %

5/o X 5/io
2 7/io 1 'lex'li
211i,
211i, 'le x'/

5 Y2 22%
5 Y2 25 %
5 Y2 28 %

2 7 3/.
30 %
33 v.

2"1i
2 "1i
21 s1i,

% x 3la
%xVa
v. x 3la

6 Y4 23%
6 Y4 26 3/.
6 v. 29 3/.

. .

Hove dimensions certified for insrollotion purposes.

Head and foot shafts hove bobbitted bearing blocks and tokeups.
.6. Bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM, handling material weighin g 100 pounds
per cubic foot and wilh skirt plates loaded 75; of theoreticol moximum
cross section Capocity o nd horsepower dirt"ctly proportionol to feeder
speed ond weigh t o f moteriol. Moximum speed 40 FPM.

6 Feeders may be furni shed with or withoul skirJ plates.

90 L 1 N K - B E L T

18 1 24

..

..

..

. .

.14
. 18

.24

7.5
7.5
7. 5

.1 6 . 22 .30
.18 .26 .36
.22 .3 0 .40

7 .5
7.5
7.5

Moximum

Terminal N o. 3
3.2 horsepower
\ Keyseat

.08
.10
.13 . 12

2 horsepower

...

12

.05 . .
. . . .06 .08
l.42 .07 . 10

Terminal N o. 2

1Ke ys eo t

speed,

RPM

.60 1 .92
.84
l.18 1.30

Heod shoft selection ond dimensions, inches

Apron
width
A,

Skirt height B, inches0

57
81
105

....

per foot

Heod
sho ft

Lif t,
per foot

centers,

Skirt height B, inches 0

11 00 lo 125

Unsizedl Sized

Horsepowe r al heod shofl .6.

v.

20 v4

1
1

f
1

Additional
we ight al
weight per
minimum
foot of
cen ters,
shoft centers,
pounds
pounds
1Keyseo t

311i,

'fax 7/,

1670
191 0
2153

29 % 3 7/,
32 v. 3 7/io
35 %\3 7/io

'fax 7/,
'fa x 71
'"ax11i,

2338
2520
2705

..

26 3/4

200
225
250
275
300
325

''' For horizontal feeders 45 , for inclined feeders 63 , 18 maximum incline

for feeders .
Based on feed"r speed of 20 FPM and directly proporJ1onal to other
speeds.
0 Maximum size lumps for unsized mate rial not to exceed 10% of to ta l
volume and at least 75,::, o f l o ta! to be less than one-holf moximum lump
size. Aprons with 2" high pan sides recommended fo r fine material.
0 Recommended minimum he1ght of skrrts, 1!/2 times moximum lump size.

bulk handling
apron feeders

Type B apron feeders 6-inch pitch

HEAD SHAFT

1: - : 1
ASSEMBLY 2

I ~ -1

ASSEMBLY 1

VIEW XX

z'SIOES
OPTIONAL

11 ~'

11t*
TAKEUP 4~7*MINIMUM
--><----9~t*MAXIMUM

CENTERS
CENTERS - -VARIABLE BY 18' INCREMENTS

>'<-13!

Fig . 5670

Moximum lump size,

in ches

Capacity

Apron
width
A,

Cubic feet
per hour

Weight o f mate rial,

pounds per cubic foot

inches

SO

8
12
16

42
48

16
16

Minimum
sha ft centers

Tons
p e r hour

8
10
10

5
5

1 12
81
2400
1620
..
2100 3100 4090 105
2570 3800 5020 128

8
8

12
12

6
6

3040 4500 5950 152 225 297 2.01

3520 5200 6880 176 260 344 2.26

Unsizedl Sized

4
5

12

18

24

18 1 24
120 . . .

152
190

Additional
cen ters,
per foot

204
251

12

.87
1.22
1.57

18

24

inches

1Keyseal

24
30
36

6 y.
6 y.
6 y.

19
22
25

25
28
31

3 A6
3 7A6
3 7A6

rax
rax A6
%x 7A6

42
48

6 y.
6 y.

28
31

34
37

3 7A6
3 7A6

%x 7A6
%x 7A6

7
/16
7

. . . . . ..
7
22 Y2
7
25 Y2
7
7

28 Y2
31 Y2

Maximum

. ....

1X Y2
1X Y2

...
...

. ...
7 Y2 26

35
38

1X Y2

7 Y2
7 Y2

Hove dimension s certiied for instollotion purposes.

Head and faot shafts hove babbitted bearing blocks ond tokeups.
A Ba sed on feeder speed of 20 FPM, handling moteriol weighing 100 pounds
per cubic fo o t and w ith skir t plotes lo oded 75'7~ of theoretical moximum
cro ss section. Copocity ond horsepower directly propor tionol to feeder
speed and weight o f material. Maximum speed 40 FPM.
t;, Feeders may be lurnished with or without skirt pia fe s.

Termina l N o. 3
4.2 horsepower

lx Y2

24

5 .7
5.7

... ..
29
3 151'16
32
3 15116

3' %
3 151'16

2.15 2.33 .09 .12 .16 .18 .26 .36

2.44 2.61 .10 .1 4 .18 .22 .30 .40

18

5.7
5.7
5.7

[ Keyseal

. . . . .06 .08 1 .. . . 10 .14 . ..

1.49 .07 .10 .13 .12 .18 .24
1.88 .08 . 11 . 15 . 16 .22 .30

.97
1.36
1.70

Terminal N o . 2
3 . 1 horsepower

Terminal No. 1
1.8 horsepower

1 12 1 18 : 24 1 12

Head sho f t selection ond dimensions, inches

Apron
width
A,

Hea d
shaft
speed,
RPM

Lif t,
per foot

Skirt height 8, inches0

Skirt height 8, inches0

1 100 to 125

Unsized 1 Sized

24
30
36

Horsepower al hea d shaft A

1
.

.. .

29
32

F
.. . .
... .

w
. ..

33

...
4 7116

36
39

4 7116
4 71'16

weigh t at

minimum
shoft centers,
pounds
I Keyseal

Additiona l
weight per
foo t o f
ce nters,

pounds

1X%

3088
3460
3753

335
370
400

1X Y2
1X Y2

4055
4353

435
470

. . . ..
. ....

~ For horizonta l feede rs 45 , fo r incli ned fe ed ers 63, 18 ma xi mum incline

for feeders.
Based on feede r speed a l 20 FPM o nd d irect ly proportional to o ther
speeds.
O Maximum si ze lumps fo r unsized mo te riaJ not to exceed 10% of the
to ta l volume and a l least 75% o f to tal I:> be less t han o ne-half maximum
lump size. Aprons with 2" high p an sides recommended for fi ne mate ria l.
0 Recommended minimum height o f ski rts. 1Yz times maximum lump size.

L 1 N K - B E L T 91

bulk handling
apr o n feed e r s

Type C apron feeders 9-inch pitch

ASSEMBLY 2

VIEW XX
ASSEMBLY 1

16f~- r'-'i=c:t=o~tt?~==4;:.....=,.,,,.~~~~==fu=~==t'M!i:'T'-i--~

MAXIMUM SPACING INTERMEDIATE BENTS S!O'

3~J
-18 >'<--MAXIMUM SPACING SUPPORTING BENTS 10-0 '---~ 18"
> M - - - - - - --5'2' MINIMUM CENTERS------_...,
VARIABLE BY 9 1NCREMENTS

1 '<-

A- 1
APRON WIDTH

'

.. A+13
-<-

1
._

- 11
2

,.. 1

l z~r+

SECTION AA

Fig . .1671

Capacity &
Apron
wid th
A,
inches

Harsepawer al head shaft

Mo ximum
lump size,

Cubic feet

Tons

Minimum

inches

per hour

per hour

shoft cen ters

o
Unsized

Size d

18
24
30

6
8
12

36
42
48

16
16
16

8
10
12

12

18 1 24

1200 .... ....

17602480 . .. .
2240 3200 4240

30

12 10 1 24 1 30

. . . . 30
. . . . 44
. . . . 56

.. .

12

RPM

18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18 1 24 1 30

.30 . . .. . . .. . .020 .... . . . . ... .036 . ... . ... . . . .

. . . .40 .4 8 . ... .. . . .022 .034 .. . ... .052 .07 4 . ... .. . .
. . . .58 .65 .72 . ... .026 .038 .052 .... .064 .094 . 130 . ...

4.5
4.5
4.5

.080 .11 6 .15 4 . ...

2720 4000 5200 .... 68 100 130 . . . .76 .82 .89 . ... .030 .042 .056 .
3200 4640 6160 7600 80 11 6 154 190 .97 1.04 l. 11 1.21 .032 .046 .062 .080 .094 .136 . 180 .220
3680 5360 7040 8800 92 134 176 220 1.08 1.16 1.24 1.34 .034 .050 .066 .086 .1 08 .156 .204 .256

4.5
4.5
4.5

...

62 . . .
80 106

Mo,;mom rddm~o;

Head shaft selection and d imensions in inches

Apron
width
A,
inches

Heod
shaft
spe'>d,

lift,
per foot

Skirt height 8, inches 0

Skirt height 8, inches 0

Additionol centers,
per foot

weight al
minimum
sha f t
centers,
pounds

weight
p er
foot of
centers,
pounds

8 3 3/ 63/
83 y, 63/
8 3 3/ 6 y,

2670
2975
3382

265
295
330

30 " 37 ,. .,,. , ,, 18 24 8 3 3/ 6 y,
4 V232Y. 37 :Y..2 1516 3!.x3/ 5 132:Y..38 V. 3 'A&'l'ax'A. 6 33Y.4031 fi6 l x V2 18 24 10 3 6 v.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 V2 35 V. 40 :Y..2 1%:Y..xY1 5 35 Y. 41 V23 71161'l'ax 7;1,636 Y.433 1 %lxV. 18 24 10 3 v. 6 v.

3585
4173
4330

355
425
450

ol

Termina 1 No. 3
2.5 horsepower E

Terminal No. 2
1.6 horsepower

Terminal No. 1
1.0 horsepower

1W1Keyseat

ol

W1 Keyseot

ol

E
1

lw

Keyseat

Terminal No. 4
3.9 horsepower

E 1F1

Ski rt
height

36
42
48

3 ,, ,.

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

Heod shalts hove either Series 2-1500 bobbitted or Series 400 roller bearin g
pillaw blocks.
Foot shafts hove either Series DS-02800 bobbitted or Series DS 3-400A roller
bearing takeups.

.6 Bosed on feeder speed o f 20 FPM, handling material weighing 50 pounds

per c ubic foo t and with skir l plates loaded 75% of theorerical moximum
cross section. Capacity and harsepower directly proportional to feeder
speed and weight of material. Maximum speed 50 FPM.

92 L 1 N K - B E L T

...,. ,

1 2 24.
ond ond
I Keyseot
18" 30"

3 V2 19 :Y.,124 V22 1A. Yax 5;1, 4 V2 20 Y. 25 3!. 2 15A-l :Y..x3/ ..... 1 .... 1 ........ 1 1 ...... 18
3 V2 22 Y 27 Y2 2 7A. Y.x% 4 V2 23 Y. 28 :Y.. 2 15A. :Y..x 3/ 5 23 :Y.. 29 V2 3 7Ad'ax 7,-i, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
3 V2 25 :Y.. 30 V.2 1A. Y.x% 4 V2 26 Y. 31 :Y..12 " A-j:Y..x3/ 5 2631.32 V. 3 ~, 'l'ax 7,-i6 6 27 Y. 3431 % l x V2 18 24

'h , ,, , , " , , " , ..,.. , . . " , ,.,, 35" ,,..

18
24
30

,, ,,, ......
,..
l'I".......

v.

Based on feeder speed of 20 FPM ond dorectly proportional to o ther speeds.

O Moximum size lumps for unsized material not to exceed 103 o f totol
volume and o t leost 753 of total to be less than one-hal f maximum lump
size. Aprons with 2" high pan sides recommended far fi ne material.

0 Recommended minimum height of skirts, 1Y, times moximum lump size .

0 For horizontal feeders 45, far inclined feeders 70, 25 maximum incline
for feeders.
6 Feeders can be furnished with o r without skirt pioles.

bulk handling
apron feeders

Type D apron feeders Manga ne se steel

Selection table 9-inch and 12-inch pitch
Capacily4

Moximum

Harsepawer al head shafl far 9 " pitch fee der 4

Mnimum shaft

fump size,

Apran
widlh
A,

inches

Cubic feel per haur

center s 7 '-6",

Tons per haur

variable in 18"
incr ements

inches

Pitch, inches
9

36
42
48
60
72

15
17
19
20

. .. ..

12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 1 2 1 18 1 24 1 30
2500 3760 5000 . . . . . 125 188 250 . . .
. . . . 4440 5920 7400 . .. 222 296 370
. . . . 5 120 6820 8520 . .. 256 341 426
. . . . 6460 8600 10800 . .. 323 430 540
.... 7800 10380 13080 . . . 390 519 654

36
42
48
60
72

Mnimum sha ft centers,

8 ' -0" variable in 1 2 11 increments

Skirt heighl B, inches

12 1 18 1 24 1 30 1 12 1 18
1.55 1.69 1.92 . ... .06 .08
. ... 2.37 2.59 2.8 1 . . . . .09
.. . . 3.44 3.66 3.89 . . .. .10
. .. . 6.12 6.41 6.71 . .. . .11

. ...

Ha r sep ower al head shafl far

Apron
widlh
A,
inches

H ead
shafl
speed,

Lift per faal

RPM

Skirt heighl 8, inches 0

12
15
17
19
24
30

Ad d iliana 1 centers
per faal

... . ... .
12"

. ... . ..

24
.11
.12
.13
.15

. . .. ..

..

12 1 18
. . . . .15 .22
.15 .... .26
.16 .... .30
.19 .... .38

30

.. ..

24 1 30
.30 .. ..
.35 .45
.40 .50
.50 .6 4

H ead
sha f l
spee d ,

Lif l per faol

RPM

Skirl heighl B, inches

12
1.64

18
1.81
2.50
3.59
6.28
7.38

... .
.. ..

. .. .
. . ..

24
2.08
2.77
3.86
6.64
7.68

30

...

12
.06

3.04
4.13
7.00
7.98

.. .
. ..
...
. ..

18
.08
.09
.1 0
.11
.13

24
.1 1
. 12
.13
. 15
.17

4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4

. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ' . . . . .

p itch feeder 4

Addilional cenlers
per faol

30

. ..

12
. 15

18
.22
.26
.30
.38
.45

...

.15
.16
.19
.21

. ..
. ..
...

24
.30
.35
.40
.50
.60

30

3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3

...

.45
.50
.64
.76

Termlnals 9-inch pitch

Terminal number

Apron
width
A,
inches

Horsepower a l headshafl

36
42
48
60

10

1
1

1
1

11

Terminals 12-inch pitch

Apron
widlh
A,
inches

36
42
48
60
72

Te rminal number

Horsep awer al headshafl

10

12

13

J
5

H ove dimensi ens certified fer instollatien purpeses.

Head and feet shafts are previded with Series 2-1500 bobbitted pillew
blocks.
4 Based on feeder spe ed el 20 FPM, handling material weighing 100 pounds
pe r cubic fee t ond w ith skirt plotes looded 753 el theereticol moximum
cross section. Capocity ond hersepower directly propertionol to feeder
speed ond weight of moteriol. Maximum speed for 9" pitch fe eders, 50 FPM;
fer 12" pitch feeders, 40 FPM.

14
1

'I

11

11

Bosed en feeder speed e l 20 FPM and d irec t ly propo rtionol to other speeds.

of total
0 Moximum size lumps fer unsized material not to exceed 103
volume ond o t least 753 of to tal to be less thon one-holf moximum lump
size. Aprons wi th 2" high pon sides recommended for fine material.
0

Recommended mnimum height of skirts, 1Y, times moximum lump size.

L 1 N K - B E L T 93

bulk handling
apron feeders

Type D apron feeders Manganese steel

ASSEMBLY 2

(BOLTS
ASSEMBLY 1

Fig 587?

9-inch pitch
Terminal N a. 1
Apran
width
A,
inches

oj

1W

Terminal N a. 2

1 Keysea 1

ol

Terminal N o. 3

1W1 Key sea D

Terminal N o. 4

1 Keysea

ol

f
1

1W 1Keyseal

INCHES

36
42
48
60

6
6
6
6

30% 36
33% 39
36% 42
42% 48

y, 6 1 Y2 4 "/ 1 Y.xYe
y, 67 y, 4 1 S;6 1 Y. x o/a
Y2 73 y, 4 15/ 1 Y.x o/a
Y2 85 y, 4 "/ l Y.x o/a

6
6
6
6

31 % 37
34 3/4 40
37% 43
4 3 :y. 49

y, 63 y, 5'/ l Y.x o/a

y, 69 y, 5'/ 1 Y.x o/a
y, 75 y, 5 1 Y.x o/a
Y2 87 Y2 5 7/ l Y.x o/a

'I

6
6
6
6

31 3/4 37
3 4 % 40
37% 43
43 % 49

y, 63 y, 5"/ 1 Y2x :Y.

y, 69 y, 51 S;6 1 Y2x :Y.
y, 75 y, 5 "/ 1 Y2x :Y.
Y2 87 y, 5"/ 1 Y2x :Y.

8
8
8
8

32% 40
35% 43
38% 46
44 % 52

y, 65 y, 6
y, 71 y, 6
y, 77 y, 6
Y2 89 y, 6

y, 1 Y,xo/.i
y, 1 Y,x :Y.
Y2 1 Y2x :Y.
y, l Y2x%

N
Apron
width
A,
inches

L
12

24

18

Addi tional
weig ht per
minimum
faot af
centers,
shaft centers,
pounds
paund s

Maximum

Skirt height 8, i nches

23
23
23
23

17 Y2
17 y,
17 Y2
17 y,

17 y,
17 y,
17 y,
17 Y2

17 %
17%
17 %
17%

11
11
11
11

30

weighl ot

INCHES

36
42
48
60

4
4
4
4 y,

26

.. .
...
..

32
32
32
32

38
38
38
38

.. .
44
44
44

9
9
9
9

o/a
o/1
o/a
o/a

26
26
26
26

Hove dimensions certifled for instollarion purposes.

D. Feeders con be furnished with or without skirt plates.

For horizontal feeders 45, for inclined feeders 55, 10 moximum incline for
feeders.

94 L 1 N K - B E L T

10,500
12,085
13,050
15,4 70

800
860
940
1 130

bulk handling
apro n feeders

Type D apron feeders Mongonese steel

1 2 -inch pitch
Apran
width
A,
inches

Terminal Na. 5

F
1

Terminal Na. 7

Terminal Na. 6

Keyseat

K
1

Keyseal

Keyseat

INCHES

36
42
48
60
72

6
6
6
6
6

131 %
34 %
37%
143 ~.
49 %

37 V2 63 V2
40 V2 69 V2
43 'l:i 75 'l:i
49 'l:i 87 '/:i
55 V2 99 V2

5 " 11
5 15116
5"11
5' %
5'%

1 V2x%
1 V2x %
1 V2x%
1 V2x %
1 V2x%

8
8
8
8
8

32 %
35 %
38%
44 %

40
43
46
52
50 % 58

6 v.
6 V2
6 v.
6%
6 V2

V2
V2
V2

65 V2
71 'l:i
77 V2
y, 89 y,
V2 101 v.

1 V2x %
1 V2x%
1 V.x 314
1 V2x%
1 V2x 314

8
8
8
8
8

32 %
35%
38 %
44%

40
43
46
52
50% 58

65
71
V2 77
V2 89
V2 101
V2

v.

V2
V2
V2
V2
V2

7
7
7
7
7

1 V2x%
1 V2x%
1 'l:ix 314
1 V2x%
1 V2x 314

N
Apron
width
A,

Skirt height B
L

26
26
26
26
26

19 V2
19 %
19 V2
19 V2
19 V2

19 V2
19 v.
19 'l:i
19 V2
19 V2

18 %
18 314
18 %
18 %
18 %

7%
7 V2
7 V2
7 V2
7 V2

30

24

18

inches

Moximum
Additianol
weight al
weighl per
foot of
minimum
centers,
shoft centers,
pounds
p ound s

INCHES

36
42
48
60
72

v.

4
4 Ye
4 v.
4 \:/1
5 Va

35%
35 V2
35 V2
35 v.
35 V2

41
41
41
41
41

V2
V2
V2
V2
'l:i

47
47
47
47
47

v.
V2
V2
V2
V2

12 %
12 %
12 %
12 %
12 \'

31
31
31
31
31

12,645
14,115
15,150
17,925
21 ,850

870
930
10 20
1250
1620

Hove dimensions certified lo r installotion purposes

Special apron feeders

WI DTH -

TRAVEL ----+

- - -

Fig. 4587
He o vy duly fe eder desig n , odopted to long shaft cenlers. Sleel pans with cushioning timbers , adapled la h andling large jagged lumps. are
mounted on pressure-lubrica ted cenler-roller lype chain s. T-ro ils support the chain rallers and lhe central wearing shaes ol lhe loading zone.

TRAVEL---+

~J

Fig. 4588

PITCH

ii

Fee der designe d far inclined inslallotians. Shope of pons forms a series of ledges wh ich offer resistance to sliding of materia l downword when
conve yor is operoted on a slope. T- rails weld ed lo the p on b o ttoms odd stiffness and resist impoct by sliding on the intermediote supporls a l
th e looding p aint.

TRAVEL---+

yr- Q

1E

WIDTH

~ 1

1 1

''

Fig. 4589

Heovy d u ly feeder designed ar horizontal installations where long loading openings are required. Apron cansisls of heavy flal pons, reinfo rced by cro ss angles, mounted on Closs SS sleel bushed raller choin. T-rails suppart the chain rallers ond lhe pons a t the looding zone.

TRAVEL--+

,,,,

u
Fig. 4590

Feeder designed far severe service, su ch as whe re rock is dropped o considerable distonce. %" lo 1 Y2 " thick pons are moun ted directly
on sidebars ar extra heavy Clos SS bar link chain. Chains ride an stalianary rollers. lnlermediote pon supports slide on T-rail al the looding point.

L 1N K - B

L T 95

bulk handling
b e lt f eed e n

bell' feeders

f eed ing cle ane d and slzed caa l from crusher

to inclined b elt conveyor. Photo 28098

Mlxlng o f raw caal from ten blending bins is corefully controlled

by ten belt feeders orronged in poirs ond feeding to o collecting
bel! conveyor. Photo 3 2770

Fee dlng coal in o modern power pion! requires o belt feeder designed to meel speciflc conditions.
This instollotion includes a standard feeder modif1ed with troughed impoct idlers. Photo 31 284

Belt feeders are similar in construction to belt conveyors and

consist of endless belts operating over supporting idlers between head and foot pulley terminals.
Conveyor belts with a heavy rubber cover on the carrying
side are used to carry the material. Closely spaced flat belt
idlers provide the necessary support for the belt and material.
Skirt plates extend the full length of the feeder to confine the
material and provide necessary depth for desired capacity
or lump size.
Self-contained, sturdy steel frames sup port and align th e
head and foot shafts, intermediate idlers, and the continuous
skirt plates. Adjustable rubber strips along the lower edge of
the skirt plates reduce belt clearance and possible leakage.
96 L 1 N K - B E L T

Adjustable regulating gates are normall y furnished with the

skirt plates. Belt wipers can be furnished to meet specific
conditions.
Belt feeders feed uniformly at ali times and will handle
practically any bulk material which is not too Jorge, too hot
o r will not adhere unduly to the belt. They can be used under
bins, track hoppers and other types of containers.
For lump sizes and capacities larger than listed, belt feeders
can be furnished to meet specific requirements. For such conditions, feed chutes are designed to avoid severe impact and
prevent damage to the belt by lumps jamming as they emerge
from the chute.

bulk handling
b e lt feeders

Example of belt feeder selection

.
feeder speed for 165 TPH capac1ty

Problem

J33

33.3 FPM

+ (5 X .0 15) + (2 X .065)]

90 = .96 HP

50
Refer to the tab le below. Note that Terminal 2 with 21 SJi6"
diameter head shaft is satisfoctory for .96 HP
horsepower at headshaft based on 33.3 FPM feeder speed

Solution
Refer to the table below. Note that a 30" wide belt is satisfactory for the lump size, and operating at 20 FPM will handle
55 TP H of 50 pound p er cubic foot material.
feeder capacity for 90-pound per cubic foot material

.96

33.3
20

headshaft sp eed for 33.3 FPM

l.6 HP

4 7 33 3
= 7 .94 RPM
.7 x

20

Knowing horsepower and speed of headshaft, r efer to Catalog

l 050 a nd make d rive selection.

90 = 99 TPH

20

99

horsepower at he ad shaft based on 20 FPM f eeder speed

and 90-pound per cubic foot material

Select a belt feed e r to meet the foll o wing conditions:

Material . . . . . . . . ..... ore
Weight .... . . . . . . . . . 90 pounds per cubic foot
Capacity . . . . ......... 165 tons per hour
Moximum lum p size ..... 6 inches, 8 per cent of total volume
Shaft centers .......... l O feet along incline
Incline . . . . . . .... . . .. 2-foot lift

55

165

50

rl

G E
1 1

- -D+8-'-

VI EW XX

l -A+12-'

_j

SECTION AA
Belt
width
A,
inches

Maximum

0
Nona brosive J Abrasive

18
24
30
36
42
48
Belt
width
A,
inches
18
24
30
36
42
48

Copocity _..

lump size,
inches

4
5

4
5

6
8
10
12

6
6
6
6

Cubic
feet per
hour
800
1200
2200
3720
5680
8000

1 Tons

Minimum
shaft

Additional
centers,
centers 1 per foat
.14
.008
.20
.010
.33
.015
.44
.025
.57
.037
.76
.055

per
haur
20
30

55
93
142
200

Terminal 2
1. 1 HP

Terminal 1
.6 HP
E

Horsepower ot heod shoft .

lift,
per
foot
.025
.035
.065
.110
.165
.230

Heod
shoft
speed,
RPM

Minimum
shaft
centers,
inches
0

4.77
4.77
4.77

54
54

3.82
3.82
3.82

60
66
72
78

Terminal 3
1.5 HP
1

Pu lle y
d iameter,
inches

16
16
16
20
20
20

10
12
16
21
27
32

INCHES

12
16
22
28
34

22
24
28
35
41
46

40

Terminal 4
2. 2 HP
1

D
1

22
25
28
31
34
37

22 !.4
22 *
22 3A
27!.4
27 !.4
27 !.4

Terminal 5
3.4 HP
1

IN CHES

17 .y.
20 .y.
2 3 5/1
26 .y.
. ....

21 %
24%
27
30
.. ...

r.
r.

32%
37 3/.t
43 3A
49 %

. ....

2 7A6
2 '116
2'A&
2'A&

. ....
. . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . ...

21
26 !.4
24
29 !.4
27
32 Y4
30
35 !.4
34 'la 39 3la

38 lf.t
43 %
50 %
56 %
65

21 SJi6
2 15A6
2 1>Ji&
2u1,
21,i,

r.

26
32 '/a
29 % 35 y,
32 % 38 Y2
35 % 41 Y2

Hove dimensions cerlified lor instollolion. purposes.

Moximum recommended ongle o f incline, 10.
Moximum recommended speed, 60 FPM lor obrosive moteriols ond 100 FPM
for nonobrosive moleriols.
Moximum recommended weighl of moleriol, 100 pounds per cubic foo t.
Heod shofts ore provided wilh eilher Series 2 1500 bobbitted or Series
P2-400 roller beo rlng plllow blocls. Dimensions shown for bobbitted beorings.
Foot shofts ore provided with eilher Series DS-B2800 bobbitted or Series
DS 3-400A roller beoring tokeups. Dimensions shown for bobbitted beorings.

43%
50 %
56 %
65

3 7,16
3 7,i,
3 7/16
311,

30 3la 37 y,
33 3la 40 Ya
36 3la 43 Ya

50 % 3 15,i,
60 Y4 3 15Ji& 33 3la 40 Ya
66 !.4 3 1s.116 36 3la 43 'la

60 !.4
66 y.

4 7A6
4 7A6

Copocity ond horsepower bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM handling material

weighing 50 pounds per cubic foo t ond wilh skirt plotes looded 75/o lheoreli
col moximum cross section. Copocity ond horsepower directly proportionol
lo feeder speed ond weighl of molerio l.
Bosed on feeder speed of 20 FPM ond di rectly proportionol to olher speeds.
0 Moximum size lumps not to exceed 103 of the total volume ond ot leost
7s<'/o of the loto! to be less thon one-holf the moximum lump size.
Moximum centers 18 leet, vorioble by 12 increments. Consul t Link-Belt for
longer centers.

L 1 N K - B E L T 97

bulk handling
reciprocating feeders

Bitumlnous cool Is d ellve r e d to bucke t e le vator

ol o role of 4 0 lons per hour
by lhis reciprocoling feeder,
requiring o minimum of heod

room. Photo 37430

Link-Belt reci p roco ting feede rs ore one of th e oldest on d

most relioble types of fe eders for handling o wide voriety
of materials. They are widely used for handl ing cool ond
stone, ond ore especio ll y odopted to the handling of lorg e
lumps ond lorge cop ocities.
These feeders consist essentially of o poir of sto tionory
skirt plotes ottoched to o bin or hopper beneoth which o
roller-supported plote operotes. Reciprocoting motion is
imported to th e bottom pl ote by meons of o d isc cronk
through o connecting rod.
During operotion, material Aowing from o storoge bin
or hopper comes to rest on the feeder plote ond is restroined from continued Aow by the skirt plotes ond its
natural ongle of repose. As the reciprocoting plote moves
forword, it corries with it the material resting upon it.
Simultoneously, o s the plote ond material move forword,
other materia l Aows into the vocont spoce ot the reor of
the feeder. On the return stroke, the bottom pl ote slides
beneoth the material, since reorword movement of the
material is restroined by th e new material which filled th e
spoce creoted on the forword stroke. As th e cycle is repeoted, material is fed from the bin or hopper on the
forword stroke ond dischorged from the feeder on the return stroke.

While these feede rs ore not self-cleoning, occumulotion

of the material is reduced to sorne extent through the use of
d eclined bottom plotes. Where cond itions justify, they con be
mode procticolly self-cleo ning by using two-speed motors
ond operoting the feed e r ot increosed speed for o p eriod
of tim e ofter the Aow of the material has ceosed.

Exa m ple of r e clprocatin g f eed e r selectio n

for l 00 pound per cubic foot material, capacity of feeder

109 X 100
= 218 TPH

Selecl o reciprocoting feed er to meet the following conditions:

Material .
ore
W eight
l 00 pounds per cubic foot
Co pocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 tons per hour
Moximum lump size .............................. l O inches
Length . . . . ... . ...................... . .. ... .... . 1O feel

Reci proco ting feeders ore used extensively und er trock

hoppers on d bins to hondle ores, sond, stone, cool ond
mony o ther nonsticky or nonodhering moteriols where the
slightly intermittent d ischorg e is not obj ectiono b le. The y require o mnimum of heod room ond ore designed to hondle
lorge copocities ond lorge lumps without difficulty.
Reciprocoting feeders ore simple ond sturdy in construction ond eosy to instoll ond mointoin.
Lorge diometer, stroight foce, bronze bushed rollers,
operoting on sto tionory shofts hung from the skirt pioles,
support the bottom plote ond p rovide free reciprocoting
movement.
Cronk shofts operote in b obbitte d, or roller beo rings
ond ore fitted with odjustoble disc cronks. Connecting rod
beorings ore bronze bushed.

50

speed of crankshaft for 200 TPH capacity

200 X 50

= -m

= 45.87 RPM

horsepower al crankshaft, based on 50 RPM and l 00 pounds

3. 1 + (2 X .35) X 100
per cubic foot material =
= 7.6 HP

50

horse power al cronksha ft, based on 45.87 RPM

Solutlo n
Refer to se lection table. A 24" wide feeder is required for l OH
Jumps. This feeder with 8 " slroke o nd crankshaft o p eroting el
50 RPM will handle l 09 TPH of 50 pound per cubic foot ma terial.

98 L. 1 N K 13 E L T

= 7 .6 ~045:,8 7 =

6 .97 HP

Knowing horsepowe r and speed at headshaft, refer to Catalog

l 050 and select drive.

bulk handling
reclpr ocatlng feeders

Selection
<;lt

ORIVE

C L FEEDER

C L ORIVE

~ B-OPENING

P-r
-. -

--~-

~
~

A+17"

'1

~:;1

REGULATING GATE

~~~--~~~L._.~r....------------~~--i-

IFfll

AOJUSTABLE
THROW _._

Fig. 61 83

Fe eder without d rive support

1 A+7"

~
:

Ol~~w~~GE

_____

FEEDER

CHUTE

LI-~~~~~~---'~~L~~~-'--'--'-~~~~~---1~~-__J
k-13;"

C L ORIVE

A+l7"

p --

B-OPENING-1
~+-------r

REGULATING GA TE

AOJUSTABLE
THROW

l"'

TRAIGHT FACE OR
SINGLE FLANGE ROLLERS

NEUrGf~~~W1~

Fig. 6184
OISCHARGE
CHUTE

6.

Feed er with d rive s upport

Capacily

...

Feeder Maximun
w idth lump size lstroko
A,
inches
inche1 Cubic
fe et
inches
0

per

hour

5
18

- - ,_
24

5
10

12

--3~

6
8

-5

30

6
8

6
8

5
15

6
8

1634
1961
26 16
2735
3270
4365
3859
4630
6175
5624
6748
8999

Wilh

Horsepower

...

at cranksha ft

1
. !'r 1 por foot
per m1n1mum dd't'
1
1
'"
hour e' th o lenQlh

t:i.

1 Tons

41
49
66
68
82
109
96
116
154
141
169
225

1.3
1.5
2.0
,_____
2.0
2.3
3. 1

2.5
3.1
4. 1
3.5
4.1

5.5

. 16
.19
.25
.22
.26
.35
.30
.38

.50
.40

.so

Without

drive

drive

~upport

supporl

Serles 2- 1400
bobbitted beoring
p illow block
1

roller beoring

plllow block

Series P 2- 400

X
1

INCHES

26 V2

12

9'A l OYa 14 'A 8 Va 11

3 1 'A

1S'A

93A 14 '% 18

24 V2 2~ 30 37 21 'A

37'A

20

1O'A 15V2 23V2 8V2 16

48 26 114 45'!4 1 V2 12 3A 3 1 716 28V2 2 3A 36 37 24 %

4 2'%

24

10'% 15 '% 28

36 16

30 26 1 S'A

90 28'A

V2

8 'A 2 ~6

96 33V2

V2

93A 2 1 716 26V2 2 V2 30 28 18

31

42 20

-- - 8 Y1 15V2

- 42 23 102 39% 1

11 '% 3 ~

8 3A 16 ~

.65

Hove dimensions certifoed for instollotion purposes.

Recommended cronk shoft speeds, 10 to 60 RPM.
High torque motors ore recommended.
Cronk shofts provided with Series 2-1 400 bobbitted beoring o r P2-400
roller beoring pillow blocks.
"- Copocity ond horsepower bosed on o cronk shoh speed of 50 RPM, handling
moteriol weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot ond with skirt plotes looded

7s<'/o

of theoreticol moximum cross section for copocity ond 1003 fo r

horsepower. Copocity ond horsepower directly p roportionol to feede r
speed ond weight of moteriol.

103

0 Moximum size lumps not to exceed

of the totol volume ond ot leos!
7s<'/o of 1he totol to be less thon one-holf the moximum lump size.

t:i. Minimum feeder length listed, moximum length 36" greoter

L 1 N K - B E L T 99

bu lk handling
vlbratory feed ers
.

Syn'lron
vibra'lory feeders
Syntron Vibra- Flow vibratory feeders are proven, efficient
and economical bulk material feeders, providing a simple
and easy means of varying the rote of flow or feed.
Num erous rote settings can b e ma de with a single control,
from minimum to ma xi mum capacity of the units.
Their electromagnetic operation and control enable them
to most effectively fili the gap between bulk materials storage and processing operations, or act as a connecting link
between processing operations. This is evi dent in the scope
of thousands of instaliations in ali t y pes of ind ustriesceramics, chemical, electrical, food, foundry, iron and steel,
metalworking, mining, pulp and paper, quarrying, rubber,
stone, cla y and glass, water filtration and sewage disposal.
Vibra-Flow appl ications include the handlin g of most ali
bulk materiols-hot or cold-dry or domp-from powders
to lumps- in a number of operations such as batching,
blending and mi xing, dryin g , heating and coo ling, inspection, p ackaging, plating, reduction and separation, refining
and washing.
Syntron Vibra- Flow vibratory fe eders are available in
a wide range of models, offering a choice of rated feeding
capacities from a few hundred pounds to a thousond tons
p er hour. Higher capacity feeders, w ith t win, dual or dualtwin d riving magnets, can be supplied to order.
Ali feeders can b e furnished w ith op en or dust- sealed
flat pon troughs or w ith tubular troughs.
f eedlng crush e d sto ne to conveyor belt
in o hot-mix pion!. Photo S 121 22

f eed ing t rap rock t o crusher ot l 00 tons

per hour. Photo S 1 6071 C

100 L 1 N K - B E L T

He a vy duty feeder, mounted under p rimory truck dump hopper, moving p it sond
ond grovel onto belt conveyor serving the scrubbing unit. Photo S 14002

bulk handling
vlbratory feeders

Opera ting princip ie

A trough, mounted on fl exible steel leaf springs, is
vibrated at high speed by an electromagnet. The
electromagnet, energized by rectifled half-wave AC
current through a selenium rectifler, pulls the trough
sharply dawn and back-then the leaf springs return
it up and forward to its original positian.

----------- -------VIBRATING TROUGH

' The material in the traugh falls as the trough is

pulled sharply backward out from under it, to a new
position forward in the trough pan, then as the leaf
springs return it up and forward the material is carried
with it, to hove the sorne action repeated at high speed.

SPRING
Fog 6140

This trough action, differe ntial reciprocation or vibration as it is commonly called, makes the material
appeor to flow like water. Due to this peculiar trough
action, friction be twee n the material and the trough
surface is reduced to a minimum, assuring long
trough life.

BASE

Separate electric controller

Each feeder is furnished with a separate ele"Ctric controller arrang e d for mounting on a wall, either close
to ar distant from the feeder.
This controller contains the ope rating switches, a dial
for controlling the rote of flow of material through
the feeder trough, and a rectifler that converts alte rnating current into a sharp, pulsating current for energizing the electronomagnet drive.
Multi-controllers, for operating more than one feeder,
can be made to order.
Also, the additional components required-relays,
timers, etc.-for automatic control of feeder operation
- can be housed with the standard elements in specially built control boxes.

512000

Control of rate of flow, or fe e d

The rote of flow, or feed, is regulated by the dial
in the separate controller.
The dial in the controller provides considerable
regulation from minimum to maximum flow, as shown
in photos al right.
The feeders can also be automatically controlled by
connection to such activating devices as indicators, flow
meters, pyrometers, electric motor loads on ball milis,
and the over-and-under movement of weigh scales.

-:,,

'

.. -~ :

..

"~

<

'),l . ~ "

516072-5

516072-F

L 1 N K- B E L T 101

bulk handling
v lbratory feed e rs

Heavy duty models

This series of heavy duty vibratory f eeders covers a ronge
of mox imum capocities for bulk materiols from 25 to 500
tons per hour. These copocities ore based on handling
domp sond or other moteriols weighing 100 pound s p er
cubic foot, with the troughs sloping 6 degrees downgrode.
Norrower ond longer troughs hove correspondingly less
copocity.
The dial in the controller su pplied with eoch feeder
provides o consid erable number of rote settings.
The mounting orrongemenl for the heovy-duty fe eders
is usuolly suspension by four flexibl e cables. They con olso
be supplied with vibrotion obsorbers for floor mounting
on o solid, rigid base, or for floor mounting the eleclromognetic drive ond coble-suspending the trough.

Specificatio ns

Dust-tight enclosures for the electromognet spring system ond controller con be furnished.

Model

1 Capacity,
tons per

These feeders ore furnished for either 230 or 460 volt

60 cycle AC operotion; however, models f-22DT ond
F-33DT con olso be furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC
operotion.

Controller

dim onsions,

60 cycl es,

watts

inches

amperes

25
50
100
200
500

F-22DT
F-33DT
F-4 4DT
F-4 5DT
F-55DT

1 al
Curr en! input
230 volts,

Input,

hour

350
750
1000
1500
2600

12
1Bll2
22112
25
25

5
9
lB
30
40

X
X
X
X
X

21 x6
24 112 X BY.
29 X BY.
50 X 14
50 X 14

Feeder
weight,
pounds

Controller

375
1000
2100
2900
6200

23112
100
100
150
150

------F
--- A--~

Fig. 6134

Model

Trough type

Standa rd flat pan

1o
Special flat pan
12
Special flat pan
16
F-22 DT
Special tubular
4
Speciol tubular
6
Specio l tubular
B
Standard flat pon
lB
12
Speciol flot pon
F-33DT
Speciol tubular
12
Speciol tubular
B
--Standard flot pon
24
Special flot pon
30
F-44DT
Special flat pan
36
Special tubular
12
Special tubular
16
Standard flat pan
36
Special flat pon
30
24
Special flot pon
F-45DT
Speciol flot pon
lB
Speciol tubular
14
Speciol tubular
12
Special tubular
10
Standard flot pon
48
Special flot pan
42
Speciol flat pon
36
Speciol flot pon
36
F-55DT
Speciol flot pon
30
Speciol flot pon
30
Speciol flot pon
24
Speciol tubular
16
Speciol tubular
12
Special tubular
10
Hove d1mensions cerrified for instollolion purposes.

36
Bv,
22
5
22
24
14 112
5
22
20
16112
5
4
4B
20
2112
42
6
22
5112
BY,
24
8
---- 36
6
2B
42
22
13
6
2B
60
12
36
25
33
29
60
13
B
--- --- - - 7y,
34
4B
26
42
29
BY.
35
36
32
BY.
35
60
20
12
3B
4B
26
42
--y,- -16-60- -22
35
BY.
7y,
34
66
13112
7 V,
34
84
lO V.
7 y,
4 Y,
34
96
14
41 112
72
16112
12
B4
4 1/:i
3B
96
10
351/:i
-- - - --- -60
12
43
57'Y
12
43
60
57'!.
12
43
60
57'!.
12
43
72
51%
12
43
60
57%
12
43
B4
4 5'!.
12
96
39Y.
43
72
51 v.
16
47
96
39'!.
12
43
lOB
33V.
10
41

102 L 1 N K - B E L T

H
1

INCHES

27
9
19
10
19
23
11
19
24
19
2B ll2
6
2B ll2
7
19
19
28 112
9
-- - - 14
-25
- - 37
12
25
37
15
25
36
12
25
36
--35-- -41- - 17
41
18
35
41
19
35
13
46
35
17
46
35
- -- - - 13
35
47 l4
11
35
57Y.
10
35
57\4
35
59112
B
12
35
49112
49112
B
35
7
35
- - -63112
- - - -23
B3
6Bll2
23
6BV.
B3
23
6BV.
B3
6BV:i
B3
22
6BY,
B3
23
B3
20
6BV:i
19
B3
6BV:i
22
68 1/:i
B1'I
20
6BV:i
89V.
6BY,
19
B9V.

7*
7*
7*
7V.

7*
7*
13
13
13
13
- lB
lB
18
lB
1B
- 17*
17*
17*
17*
17V.
17*
17*
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22
22

weight,
pounds

bulk handling
vlbratory feeders

Extra heavy duty models

Model F-66DT
he Model F-66DT Vibro-Flow vibrotory feeder is o rugged, more heovily
constructed feeder, designed for the most demonding opplicotions.
lt has o moximum copocity of

500 tons per hour, with o 48" x 60" flot

pon trough sloping 6 degrees downgrode. This copocity is bosed on

handling domp sond or material weighing 100 lbs. per cubic foot. Norrower ond longer t roughs hove correspondingly less copocity.
Eoch Model F-66DT vibrotory feeder is furnished with o seporote
electric controller, for o p erotion from either 230 or 460 volt, 6 0 cycle AC.

Model F-86DT
The most powerful feeder of the entire line o nd the lorgest vibrotory
feeder built, the model F-86DT has o mo ximum copocit y of 1 000 tons
per hour, w ith o 60" x 7 2" flot pon trough sloped 6 degrees downgrode.
This copocit y is bo sed on handling domp sond or material weighing
100 lbs. p er cubic foot. No rrower ond longer troughs hove correspond
ingly less copocity.
Eoch Model F-86 DT vibrotory f eed er is furni shed with o seporote
electric controller, for o p erot ion from either 230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.

Mountlng
The standa rd mounting orrongement for the Mod el s F-66DT ond F-8 6 DT
is suspe nsion b y four fle xible steel cables. These mo d el s con olso be
supplied with vibrotion obsorbers for flo or mounting on o solid, rigid
ba se, or for Aoor mounting the e lectromognetic drive ond cobl esuspending the trough.
Dust-tight enclosures for the electromognet, spring sy stem ond cont roller con be furnished.

Fg. 6 134

Model F-66 DT

Model F- 86DT

Trou gh typ e

Trough type

IN CHES

Standard flat pan

Special flat pan
Special flat pan
Special flat pan
Special tubular
Special tubular

48
48
42
30
16
10

60

59

72

52

60
84

59

72
96

46
52
41

12
12
12
12
16
10

42
42 V:t
42
43
48
43

68 V:t
68 V:t
68 V:t
68 V:t
68 V:t
68 V:t

83
82
83
82
82
90

21
20V:t
21
20
20V:t
19 V:t

22

22
22
22

22
22

Standard flat pan

SpecialAatpan
Special Aat pan
Special Aat pan

60
54
36
48

l l l
72 55 V:t

84 49 V:t
96 43 V:t
96 43 V:t

INCHES

12
12
12
12

36 Y.
36Y.
36Y.
36 y,

l l l
68 V:t
68V:t
68V:t
68V:t

85 Y.
85 %
85'/,
85'/

Y. , 22~

24
24 V.
24!1
24Y.

22~

22'.4
22~

Hove dimensions certified for instollation purposes.

Hove dimensions certifie d for insrollorion purposes.

Speclficatlons

Speclflcations

Power consumplio n ot 230 volts, 60 cycles........ . . . . . . . 2800 w orrs

C urren! input al 230 volts, 60 cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 42 amps
Controller dimensions. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25" x 50 x 14'
fe eder weighr (48 x 60' trough) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 50 lbs.
Contro ller weight ..... . .. .... . .......... .. .. . .. .... .. 190 lhs.

Powe r co nsumption ot 230 vo lts, 60 cycles .. ......... ...... 3000 watts

C urre n! input et 230 vo lts, 60 cycles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 amps
Controller size . . . . .
. . .......... .. . ...... 25" X
X 14'
feed er weight (60' x 72 rrough) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 10,000 lbs.
Conrroller weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ 190 lbs.

so

L 1 N K - B E L T 103

bulk handling
vib r a tory feed ers

Dual, twin, and dual-twin magnet drives

Dual mognels mounted below the trough. Photo S 16040

When require ments call for vibratory feeders with

longer and wider than standard troughs, any of
the heavy duty or extra heavy duty models can
be furnished with dual, twin or dual-twin magnet
drives.
Dua l ma gnet drives ore required only if the
leng th of !he required feeder is beyond !he
capacity of a single magnet feeder. The rote of
flow is not materially increased by the add itional
magnet. These drives may be mounted either below or above the trough.

Dual magnels mounted above the trough. Photo 5 16005

Twin magnet drives are used on larger capacity, wider troug hs and where large pieces of
material foil onto the feeder. Such a magnet
orrongemenl provides o stronger, more stoble
feeder, able lo withstand the severe jolts impa rted by falling chunks of material. The rote of
flow is not mate rially increased by !he additional
magnet. These drives may only be mounted below !he trough.
Dual-twin magnet drives ore used where the
width requires a twin and the le ngth requires a
dual. These drives may only be mounted be low
the trough.
Ali opera ting eleme nts (rectifle rs, switches, etc.)
for twin, dual or dual-twin magnet d rives a re
contained in one electric controller. Regulation of
material flow is simple-one dial controls the
action of all magnets.
Dual-twin mognets mounted below the trough. Photo S 16071

,;;;,-;.;;;;;\

r/-;/-;-7,/;,,"'
' ' / / / ,-

''"" -.

l'////;</,1.///. 1

l;':;:,o.-/.' l
. ,,,,,,,,, ,
, . /'//,,;'/
~//,,-

, ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, 1
,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,

t '//'////,,/, 1

1
1

\..r:::::::;;

rJ

1/ / / n /

"'"'
'/ .J1
L
___

i:.~~/,t~

Fig. 6152

SINGLE
MAGNET

104 L 1 N K - 8 E L T

DUAL
MAGNET

TWIN
MAGN ETS

DUA L-TWIN
MAGNETS

bulk handling
vibratory feed ers

Special engineered models

W ide feeders

When a wide curtain or !ayer of material is desired,

single or multiple electromagnetic drive wide feeders
can be supplied. The length of the trough depends
upan !he application, and its width may vary from
2 to 12 feet or more. Any of !he electromagnetic
drives may be used.

56002

Spreader feeders

Operations requ1rang a wide spread of material

can also be handled by diagonal discharge
spreader feeders with F-22DT, F-33DT and F-44DT
electromagnet drives. This arrangement is also recommended where !he lack of headroom will no!
permit use of !he wide feeders. By means of !he
angled slot, !he material is distributed over a trough
discharge 2 to 4 times the width of !he original
material stream.
Heat reslstant furnace feeders

This feeder is designed to feed metal peris and

pieces to continuous heat-treating furnaces. lt is made
of a Aat pan trough having an alloy nosepiece to
withstand !he furnace hect, mounted on any of !he
heavy duty e lectramagnetic drives. The rote of feed
is controllable and, by including an electric timer in
the controller, an adjustable intermittent feed can
b e obtained.
Water cooled and wate r heated feeders

Any of the heavy duty or extra heavy duty feeders

can be equipped wth jacketed Aat pan or tubular
troughs for water cooling, preheating or drying.
Feeders so equipped are ideal for handling hot
calcines, sinter, roasts, and clinker-or for preheating
plastics and maintaining materia l hect in transfer
from one process to another.
The Aow rote thraugh !he trough is generally low
to accomplish !he desired temperature increase or
reduction.

lnfrared drylng or pre heating feede rs

The combination of Syntron infrared heating panels

and the slow, tumbling Aow of material moving in a
thin !ayer in a vibratory feeder, accomplishes a ve ry
efficient drying or preheating action. The choice of
feeder model and pan length, as well as !he size
and number of heating panels, depends upon !he
application requirements.

Sl 1051

L 1 N K - B E L T 105

bulk handling
gravimetric feeders

Synl'ron Weigh-Flow
gravimel'ric feeders

W elgh-feeding fe rtillz:er
lngredlents to o blender.
Photo 525028

Weigh-fee ding sawdust in plosterboord mcnufocture. Photo 525019

Syntron Weigh-Flow gravime tric feeders ond grovimetric

feeder mochines ore used in industrial processes which require
continuous Aow feeding, b y weight, of bulk moteriols ot desired
constont rotes per unit of time. They ore used to weigh-feed o
voriety of bulk moteriols in the cement, chemicol, fertilizer,
food, gloss ond oil industries, ond chemicols in water ond
sewage treotment processes.
Their design incorporales o vibratory feeder, feeding on
to, ond controlled by the load oction of o scole-suspended,
constont-speed conveyor belt. The scole outomoticolly corrects
any voriotion in load on the b elt-electrically, not mechonicolly-by vorying the volt oge to the feeder's electromognetic
drive. The ratio of moximum to minimum feed vories with the
model of mochine ond the bulk density of the material being
hondled; generolly, it is opproximotely 8: l.
Grovimetric feeder mochines ore generolly opplied to lowrote opplicotions ronging up to 5 tons per hour. They hove o
vibroted supply hopper which, together with the vibrotory
feeder ond the constont-speed belt conveyor, is enclosed in o
metal cobinet on which the scole is mounted .
Grovimetric feeders ore used in processes involving higher
tonnoges, up to l 00 tons p er hour. No supply hoppers ore
furnished ; the vibratory feeder is base or suspension-mounted
under the customer's supply chute or hopper. The constont-speed
belt conveyor is enclosed in o cobinet on which the scole is
mounted.
All grovimetric units ore equipped with electronic controls
in which on electronic circuit, instontoneously responsive to ony

l 06 L 1 N K - B E L T

Welgh-feeding a ch e m ical in cement mcnufccture. Photo 525025

voriotion in belt load or scole movement, controls the feeder's

fost or slow feeding oction within l / l 20th of o second. When
operoting ot o normal rote of feed, it will produce o uniform
ribbon of material on the belt, normolly occurote to plus ar
minus
overo five minute period . The on-off feeder operation
cycle must not be less thon 15 minutes to reolize this occurocy.
Smoller units con olso be supplied with on impulse t ype control, in which the slightest over or under scole movement
controls the fost ond slow feed b y meons of unbolonced contocts on the scole. W ith this t y pe of control, the scole constontly
Aoots bock ond forth; however, the average feed over o
reosonoble time is very constont.
To counteroct the morked tendency o f sorne moteriols such
os activoted corbon, cement, ond d io tomoceous eorth, to Aush
ond run, Aooding the weighing system, grovimetric units con b e
furnished w ith o speciol built- in Aush control.
Syntron grovimetric feeders ond feeder mochines ore availoble in o standard range of styles ond si zes with copocities
from o few pounds to l 00 tons per hour. They con be furnished
os follows:

13

l. With or without supply hoppers ond hopper vibrotors.

(smoll units only)
2. As open models, or in dust-tight cobinets.
3. With or w ithout remole ond recording controls.
4. With or w ithout outomotic Aush control.
5. With or without outomotic interlock, in dicotor lomps ond
olorm.

bulk handling
gravlmetrlc feeders

Syntron Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeder machines

Models G FM-0-8 ond GFM-11-12 grovimetric feeder mochines con be furnished
with either electronic or impulse type control. Operotion is from either 115,
230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.
The Model GFM-21 -18 uses the electronic control only. Operotion is from
either 230 or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.

'4--- - - - - - -A- - - - - ---+i

C=1]

f---N--=i

._ _______ ,

;~
OISCHARGE

lK

'

k-L.J+-

LJ

DISCHARGE

Fig. 6212

Dlmenslons

Speclflcatlons
Model

Copacit y,
pounds : er hour

GFM- O- 8 1
GFM-11-1 2
GFM-21 -1 8

600
4,000
10,000

Volts ot
60 cycles

1 115
11 5
230

con~~;;e;ion
wa::s

75
200
460

Input,
amps

~2

Weight,
pounds

300
840
1050

.6. Copociti es bosed an sond weighing 100 paunds per cubic faat.
Copacities far lighter weight ar finer mesh moteriols prapartianotely less.

Mod el

A l e 1 e 1 o I EI F 1 G 1 H 1 J I Kll \ M 1

INCHES

~ ~~1 24:~

GFM- O- 8143
0 \.'.i 1 31
20~1 18Y,
18 120
23 1 116!141 20
15 \.'.i 1
GFM-11-12
66 14
48
31 1 35
: 1 \.'.il
GFM-21-18 82 64
42
30
33 49 . .. ... .. . . 12 3
9

8
12
18

Hove dimensians cer ti fied far instal lotian purposes.

Syntron Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeders

Grovimetric feeder s ore furnished only with electronic control. O perotion is
from either 230 o r 460 volt, 60 cycle AC.

L
VARIABLE

C-VARIABLE- - >- - - -- -A- -- -J...,JH

~..~---~

~rFig. 621 1

Dlmenslons

Speclflcatlons
Mod e l

GF-22-24
GF-33-24
GF-44-36
GF-45-36
GF-45-48
GF-55-48

pr

Copocity,

tons

hour

9
15
30
60
80
100

Volts a t

60 cycles

230
230
230
230
230
230

Po wer

llnput,

460
860
1320
1820
2700
4000

6
16
20
30
35
50

'"',;:;~:ion, omps

I Weight,
pounds
1400
2 100
3800
4600
4800
9000

Copocities bosed an sond wei ghing 100 paunds per cubic faat.
Copacities far lighter weight ar finer mesh moteriols prapartionotely less.

49
49
61
61
104
168

42
42
54
54
92
92

79
79
87
87
9
96

1 J

30
30
46
46
54
54

3
3
3
3
4
4

6
6
4
4

Model

INCHES

GF-22-24
GF-33-24
GF-44-36
GF-45-36
GF-45-48
GF-55-48

49
49
49
49
50
50

30
30
38
38
46
46

. .. ..
.....

24
24
36
36
48
48

H ove dimensions certified far instollotion purpases.

L 1 N K - B E L T 107

bulk handling
m e chanlcal v i brating feed e r s

mechanical
vibraing feeders
Link-Belt mechanical vibrating feeders consist of a coble and spring
suspended or floor mounted trough octuoted for straightline motion
by o mechonical vibrator assembly mounted on the trough frome.
Th ey ore suitable for feeding bulk moteriols from bins, hoppers or
similar containers at o controlled uniform rote.
These feeders ore ideal for handling o wide ronge of moteriols
from heavy, sticky ores to light, dry grains.
The unitized trough const ruction prevents leakoge ond spilloge.
The troughs ore easily reploceoble ond moy be enclosed to reduce
dust or other contominotion hazards. When material charocteristics
require, troughs of stainless steel or other metals con be furnished.
Link-Belt mechonical vibrating feeders are mode in two designs:
the motorized counterweight feeder and the geored counterweight
feeder.

Motoriz:e d counte rwelght v ibr ating f ee de r

39371

Motorized counterweight mechanical vibrating feeders hove o

com poct mechanicol vibrator drive with the motor assembled os
on integral power unit mount ed entirely on the lrough frame.
Counlerweights on each end of o double extended motor
shafl are supported on heavy duty beorings. This power unit
is resiliently supporled ond has o p ivoted connection to produce o straightline motion al an odjustoble ongle lo the trough.
The material flow con be easily conl rolled by vorying the following: hopper gate opening, trough slope, counlerweight, or
vibralor thrust angle.
A 3' x 5 ' feeder will handle 200 TPH of damp sand or
similor material weighing opproximately l 00 pounds per
cubic foot al o slope of opproximately 6 downgrade. Steeper
trough slopes will substonlially increase capocity. Capocity
will vory with other maleriols: lower capocity for lighter or
flner materiols and higher copacity for heavier or coarser
materia Is.
Avoilable in standard widths from 2 to 4 feel ond lengths
from 5 to 8 feet. Other sizes can be furnished.

Geare d count erweight vibrating feeder

Geared counlerweight mechanicol vibroting feeders ore built
in two types: DF for heovy duty ond CF for extro-heavy duty
opplicotions.
Vibroting oction is produced by o Link-Belt Stroightline vibrator mounted lo the underside of o rugged welded steel
frame. The unbalanced shafts in the vibrotor are geared together lo operote al the sorne speed ond produce forces resulting in o stroightline motion. High capacity, self-aligning roller
bearings ond o il bath lubrication ossure long bearing life.
The material flow con be eosily controlled by varying the
following: hopper gafe opening, trough slope, or speed.
The DF 3 ' x 5' feede r w ill hondle 250 TPH of domp sand
or similor material weighing l 00 pounds per cubic foot at o
slope of 6 downhill.
The CF 3 ' x 5 ' feeder will hondle 400 TPH of domp sond or
similor moteriol weighing l 00 pounds per cubic foot al a slope
of 6 downhill.
Types DF ond CF o re built in widths from 2 to 6 feet and
lengths from 5 to 16 feet or more, in one-fool increments.

108 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
mechanlcal vlbratlng feeders

Motorized counterweight vibrating feeder

r14

A
TROUGH WIDTH

I'

:
~

.....

....

---------Motorized counterweig ht vibrating feeder cable a nd spring suspend ed

Dimenslons motorized counterweight type
,_

Weight,
p ounds

Size

MC25
MC26
MC27
MC28

1140
1190
1240
1290

MC35
MC 36
MC37
MC38
MC45
MC46
MC47
MC48

_ _ _e _

_A _ _
Fe et

lnches

2
2
2
2

6
7
8

1250
13 10
1370
1430

3
3
3
3

6
7
8

1360
1430
1500
1570

4
4
4
4

6
7
8

'

28 Y2
28 Y2
28 Y2
28 y,
40 y,
40 Y2
40 y,
40 Y2

52 Y2
52 Y2
52 Y2
52 Y2

H ove d1mens1ons cerl1fied for 1nslollol1on purposes.

Geared counterweight vibrating feeder

\

l~ TROUGH LENGTH--At---

.>...1

._/

----Fig. 631 4

Ge ared counterweight vibrating

feed er floo r mounted
Fig 6315

Ge a red counterweight vibrating fe e d er cable and spring suspended

Dlmenslons g eo red counterweight type
Ex tr a hea v y duty

H eavy duty
Feeder

size

Weight,
pounds

Fe et

25 y.
25 y.
25 y.

6
8
7

14
14
14

10
10
10 y,

7
7
7

25 y.
25 y.
25 y.

10
8
12

14
16
16

12
12
12

7 y,
7 y,
7 y,

26 y.
26 y.
26 y.

DF46
DF48
DF57

2900
3200
3500

4
4

DF5 10
DF68
DF6 12

4900
5000
6200

Weight,
pounds

CF28
CF35
CF38
CF46
CF48
CF410
CF57
CF5 10
CF68
CF612

3900
4200
5300
5100
6000
7000
7300
8500
8800
10900

2
3
3
4
4
4
5
5

6
6

Fe et

7
7
7

Feeder
size

lnches

10
10
10

2
3
3

6
6

12
12
12

2200
2300
3000

DF28
DF35
DF38

8
6
8
10
7
10
8
12

lnches

16
16
16
19
19
19
19
19
22
'22

10 y,
10 Y2
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13

7
7
7 Y2
7 Y2
7 Y2
7 y,
7 y,
7Y2
7Y2
7 Y2

31
31
32
34
34
36
36
36
38
38

Hove d imensions certi fi ed for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 109

bulk handling
bar fllght feeders

bar fligh feeders

Link-B elt bar flight feeders, a mod ifled form of
flight conveyors, constitute compac.t and economical units suitable for handling materials
which will not b uild up in the trough and conveyor cha ins and which are granular, Class C ;
very free flowing, Class 1 ; free flowing, Class 2 ;
nonabrasive, Class 6; and mildly corrosive,
Class P. Refer to Table 1, page 563 for further
descriptions of material classes.
Two strands of Cla ss SS 4678, 6 - inch pitch,
chain are employed in the conveying medium.
By means of suitable chain attachments, ba r
flights are mounted between the conveyor
chains at spaced intervals to move the material
along the trough bottom. These feeders are
usually enclosed and, if necessary, can be made
d ust-tight.
In horizontal feeders and those inclined up
to 1O degrees, material beds several times the
depth of the flight, can be handled successfully.
Because of their compact desi gn, these
feeders sometimes afford a solution to a feeder
problem where a minimum of head room is
available. When used with inbuilt shallow track
hoppers, they provide a means of maintaining
minimum pit depths. Since they operate et slow
speed, wear and maintenance are reduced to a
mnimum, resulting in en economical application.

Removlng cool fr om t rack h o p p er, bar Aight feeder

discharges into crusher or directly into gravity-dischorge
conveyor-elevator serving storage silo. Photo 33315

..
..,

..

Types

Solution

Two types of link-Belt bar flight feeders are availableThe self-contained bar Aight feeder is a gene ral-purpose feeder
ond is commonly used, either horizontally or inclined, under bins
or trock hoppers. In this design, lhe materiol is fed to the top or
return run of the conveyor and corried rearward o short distance
before it drops through an opening in the trough to the botlom
or conveying run. An adjustable slide gafe is used to regulate the
rote of feed.
The bar Aight feeder with inbuil t shallow trock hopper is a singlepurpose feeder requiring a minimum of pit depth and foundation
construction. In this type of feeder, the top or relurn run is shielded
ond the material fed directly to the bottom or conveying run. An odjustoble, counterweighted gafe is used to regulate the rote of feed.

Refer to the table for bar Aight feeders with inbuilt shollow trock
hoppers. A feede r with Aights 18" wide is satisfoctory for the lump
size and operoting al 20 FPM will handle 18.2 TPH of 50 pound
per cubic foot material.

Example of bar fll ght f eeder se le ction

Problem
Select o bar flight feeder with inbuil t shallow trock hopper to meet
!he following conditions:
Material . .... . .. . .. coal
Weight .. . ... . . . . . . 50 pounds per cubic foot
Copocity . . . . . . . . .. 30 tons per hour

11 0 . LINK - BELT

30 X 20
speed of feede r for capocity of 30TPH =18T = 33 FPM.
horsepower al heod shoft bosed o n 20 FPM feede r speed
= .60 + (11.5 X.035) = 1 HP
Refer lo the ta ble. Terminal 1 with 2 7A/' diometer heod shoft is
so tisfoctory for 1 HP.
horsepower al head shoft, bosed on 33 FPM feeder speed
1 X 33
=--w- = 1.65 HP.
speed of he od shoft for 33 FPM

5 X 33

=~

= 8.25 RPM.

Knowing horsepower ond speed al !he head shoft, selecl d rive

from Cotalog 1050.

bulk ha ndling
bar flight feeders

Self-contained bar flight feeders

ntt.

RIGHT HAN D ASSEMBLY

VIE W XX

_ _ _...;;;..;.;.-.-...i~i...-.....- - - - - - - -....-----i~*'
..

16

J;;:;!

12

SECTION AA

7: 6. MINIMUM CENTERS

20-+ 1 < 0 - - - - - - -15'- s'. MAXIMUM CENTERS;- - - - - - - ' r - + i

VARIABLE BY 6. INCREMENTS

...

Copa city

Fl;ght

Moximum

width

lump

Cubic

A,
inches

sir e,
inches

fe et
p er
hour

18
24
36

per
ho ur

18.2
24.2
36.5

968
1460

H eod
sha ft

heod shoft

Tons

728

3
3
3

Horsepower at

...

1Add;1;onol I

lift,

centers,

per

centers

pe r foot

foot

.41
.5 2
.97

.025

.024
.027
.0 40

5
5
5

.032
.0 42

Terminal 1

Termina l 2

Terminal 3

1.2 horsepower

2 horsepo wer

2 hors e po we r

speed,

Mini mum

shaft

Fig. 4 576

RPM

E 1

E 1

1 w

F 1 K
INCHES

E 1

1 w

1 2217~ 1 31~~~:'12 1 ~6
, ~~ 1 2228 , 3327 , 544 2 , 2y,.
1
1
1
1
52
2%
29
35
54

::
24

2~

3~

Bar flight feeders with inbuilt shallow track hoppers

n1r

bd11
VIEW XX

RIGHT HAN D ASSEMBLY

2:2,- +4-------~ 4'.7;'MINIMUM CENTERS,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____,

32~ 7 ;' MAXIMUM CENTERS
VARIABLE BY 6' INCREMENTS

...

C opocty

FHght

Mox imum

width

lump

Cubic

A,

siz: e,
inc-hes

fe et
p er

inches

hour

18
24

4
4

Horsepo w er ot
heo d sho ft

Tons
1

per
hour

728

18.2

968

24 .2

...

Minimum
shoft
cent ers

.60
.80

Addition a l
1

cent en,
p er foot

s pe ed,
RPM

.035
.0 4 5

Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes.

Maximum r ecommended speed, 50 FPM.
Maximum recommended weight of material, 100 pounds per cubic foot.
Head shalts are provided wilh either Series 2-1500 babbitted or Series 400
roller bearing pillow blocks
Foot shalts are provided with either Series DS-B2800 babbitted or Series
DS 3-400A roller bearing takeups.

18
21

Ter minal 3
3.2 horsepower

Te rmina l 2

Ter minal 1
1.2 horsepo wer

Heo d
sho f t

SECTION BB Fig. 4 579

SECTION AA

2 horsep ower

INCHES

19
2~ 1 22
2~

24
27

20
23

26
29

Capacily and horsepower based on feeder speed of 20 FPM and

handling material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot. Capacity and horsepower directly proportional to feeder speed and weight of material.
Based on feeder speed o f 20 FPM and directly proportional lo othe r
speeds.

&

LINK - BELT .1 11

bulk handling
screw feeders

screw feeders

Feed in g flour from storoge bins to sifters in o lorge bokery by o vost

network of twin screw feed ers with drop bottom troughs. The rote of
Aow is corefully con.rolled throughout the syste m. Photo 35258

Soybea n hulls are fed from storage bins to grinding milis by

three screw feeders, driven by link-Belt P.l.V. variable speed
drives, ot o closely contro lled rote of Aow. Pho to 34014

Li nk - Belt screw feeJers are modified sctew conveyors used to control the
flow of material at a cons tant or variab l e rote from track hoppers, storage
hoppers, b i ns or tanks. They are suit able for hand ling a w i de variety of
materials ranging from fines to a combination of fines and lumps. Under
many conditions, the feeder also will serve as a valve.
These feeders are totally endosed, compact, simple in design and dust-tight
in construction. They aie economical to install, operate and maintain .
Link-Belt saew feeders are made in two general types-Type A screw
feeder consisting of a screw with regular pitch flighting and Type B screw
feeder consisting of a screw with short pitch flighting. Both types are also
available with screws having uniform diameters and with screws having
tapering diamet ers.
Link-Belt screw feeders incorparate the benefits derived from many years
of experience with successful applications. Designs ca n be furnished to suit
specific requirements.

112 LINl<- B E LT

bulk handling
screw feeders

Types
Shown in the following table are Types A and 8 feeders classifled
with their other individual design feotures:

Types of screw feeders

Feeder
type
_ A
_ l_
A2
A3
A4
81
82
83
84

Description
Feeder only
Feeder with extended
screw conveyor
Feeder only
Feeder with extended
screw conveyor
Feeder only
Feeder with extended
screw conveyor
Feeder only
Feeder with extended
screw conveyor

Feeder screw

Regular pitch, uniform diameter

Regular pitch, topering diometer

Short pitch, uniform diameter

Screw feede rs w ith exte nde d scre w conveyor

Screw feed e rs with extended screw conveyors ore necessory
when intermediate hangers are required or when it is necessory to
convey the material for sorne distance. A screw conveyor of larger
diameter than the feeder screw is combined with the feeder lo make
the exlension. Types A2, A4, 82 and 84 are such combinations.

Short pitch, tapering diameter

Screw feeders are regularly provided with shrouded or curved

cover plotes for a short distonce beyond lhe e nd of the inlel opening lo oblain proper feed regulotion. Longer shrouds, extra short
pitch screws and other modiflcalions are occasionally required lo reduce fl ushing of very free flowing maleriols along the feeder screw.

Fig. 3780
Mu ltiple s cre w feed e r
Fig. 3691

Screw fe ede r with uniform diame te r screw

Screw feeders wlth uniform diameter screws, Types A 1, A2,
81, o nd 82 ore regulorly used for handling fine, free flowi ng metera is. Since the diometer of the screw is uniform, lhe feed of the
material will be from the foreporl of the inlet and no t across lhe
entire length. Where hoppers, bins, tanks, etc., ore completely emptied
or where inerl or deod oreas of material over the inlet ore not
objectionob le, this type of feeder is entirely sotisfoctory, as well as
economica l.

Multiple screw fe e ders are usuolly used in flot botlom b ins for
discharging ma terials which hove o tendency to pack a r bridge
under pressure. Frequently, the entire bin botlom is provided with
these feeders which convey the material lo collecling conveyors.
Such arrangemenls are commonly used for handling hogged fue l,
wood shavings, ele.

Fig. 3690

Scre w feed e r with lapering d iame te r scre w

Screw feed e rs with taperlng diameter scre ws, Types A3, A4,
8 3 and 84, will reodily handle meterais conlaining a foir percentage
of lumps. In addilion, they are used extensively where it is necessary
or desirable to draw the moterial uniformly across lhe enlire length
of the inlet opening to e liminote inerl or deod oreas of material ot
the foreparl of opening.
Stepped pilch screws con be used in place of tapering diometer
screws for sorne applications. They consist of screws wilh succeeding
sectiona l flights increasing progressively in pitch. The portian of lhe
screw with the smoller pilch is located under the inlet opening.

Fig. 3820
Sp cia l scre w fe eder
Special screw f e ed e rs may be of lhe revolving lype, os shown,
arronged for rotating oround hopper or bin outlels for discharge to
points around a n are. O lher feeders con be made to rola le oround
the feeder discharge lo reach more than one source of feed.
Jacke ted screw feeders consist of troughs or cosings provided
with oddilional jackets through which heoting or cooling media circulate to hect or cool or maintain the material temperatures.

LINK - BELT 113

bulk handling
scre w feeders

Selection
c

Consider the following foctor s when selecting o horizontal screw

feed er:

=copocily in cubic feet per hour

l = lenglh of feeder or feed e r with extended

screw conveyor in feel

Kind ond chorocler of material being hondled, such os si ze,

flowob ility, obrosiveness, e tc.

8 = length of inle t opening in feel

Weight of material in pounds per cubic foot

K = horsepower factor from Table 3, poges 284-287,

bosed on feeder screw diometer A

Moximum ro le al which material is hondled in cubic feel

per hour

G = 1.00 when A = 5.0 or more. When A = less than

5.0 obtoin volue of G from Tabl e 5, poge 289

Moximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material ond

percentoge of lumps in total volume
lenglh of feeder or feeder with extended conveyor in feet
With this informotion known, proceed os follows:

Knowing the horsepower ond speed ot the feeder drive shoft refer
lo poges 276-277 for typicol drive orrongemenls. Orive moy be
locoled al eilher end . The horsepower ot the motor equols the horsepower al the feeder drive shoft divided by the total e ffici ency of the
drive sele cted.

Example of sc r ew feeder selection

Establish the material class Refer to Table 1, poges 282

Proble m

ond 283 ond find the material closs ond weighl of the material being
hondled. lf this particular material is nol listed, selecl one with similor
choroclerislics or determine the clossiflcotion by using Table 1, poge
563. Additionol considerotion relotive to copocity should be given to
the handling of moleriols which interlock or mol, Closs X, or oerote
ond become fl uid, Closs Y.

Selecl o horizontal screw feeder lo meel the following conditions:

Material. ... . . . . .. . .... . .... . .. solt cake, dry, caarse
Weighl. . ...... . . .... . .... . . . .. 85 pounds per cubic foot
Capacity .. .. . ........ . ........ 1000 cubic feel per hour
Ma ximum lump size ... . .... .. .. .. 1 inch, 20 per cent of
total valume

Determine the type of feeder screw Knowing the

l englh of feeder .... ... ... ...... 18 feet

material closs ond lump size, refer lo Table 1, poge 115 ond determine the type of feeder for the requiremenls bosed on length
of feeder, inlet opening lenglh ond kind of drowoff.

Kind of feed ...... . . .. .... . .... feed ocross entire

length of inl e t

Dete r m i ne the feeder s cre w s iz:e Knowing the lump size,

copocity ond lype of feeder, refer lo Table 2, poge 115 ond determine the feeder screw diomeler ond required speed . For feeder
Types A2, A4, 82 or 84, olso determine the e xtended conveyor
screw diomeler. Check the conveyor screw diomeler ond lenlolive
speed wilh the recommended copocities ond speeds of horizontal
screw conveyors lisled in Table 2, poge 284. In sorne inslonces il moy
be necessory lo reoch o compromise between the feeder ond conveyor screw diomelers lo moinloin o common speed.
I

Calculate th e req u ired h o rs epo w er The power required to drive o screw feeder depends upen the closs of material
being hondled. Use the following formulo for colculoting the horsepower:

Solution
Refer to Table 1, poge 283, note thot the material is clossed os 027.
Refer to Table 1, poge 115 ond note thot o Type 83 or 84 feeder is
recommended for 027 material. Since the length of the feed e r will
require an e xtended screw canveyor, select Type 84 feeder.
Refer to Table 2. A 12" diomeler feeder screw operoling ot 40
RPM is required for the lump size and capocily. The extended conveyor screw diameter F will b e e ithe r 14", 16" o r 18" depending
upen the trough loading. Re fer lo Table 2, poge 284. Note thol o
30 per cent lrough looding is recommended ond thot o 16" diometer
conveyor screw operoting ot 32 RPM will handl e the capacity. The refore, o 12" diomete r feeder screw with 16" diometer extended
conve yor screw operoling at 40 RPM is salisfoclory.
Refer to Table 3, page 286, under material 027. Note that Componen! Group O, with hard iron bearing hongers, shown in Table 4,
poge 288, is indicote d.
Horsepower H ot the feeder drive shaft = AG

H = AG
where H = horsepower ot feeder drive shoft

1000 [ 18 + (3 X 6) 1207
1 000 000--- = 7 .4 5
'
'
G = l .00
A=

H = 7.45 X 1.00 = 7 .45 HP

A

C(L+ 28 )K
OOO OOO for Closs A ond 8 moteriols
1
'
'

Knowing the horsepowe r ond spee d ot fe e der drive shoft, selecl drive.
Assuming that the total e fficienc y of the drive selected is 853, the

7 .45

horsepower al the motor = .

C(L + 38)K
A = l ,OOO,OOO for Closs C ond O moteriols

114 LI N K-BELT

85

= 8 .8 HP

Therefore, select a 1 O horsepower motor.

bulk handling
screw fee d ers

Table 1 Selection of feeder type

lnlet opening and kind
a f drawaff

Moximum
lump size,
inches

Material
closs

A, B
16, 26, 36
17, 27, 37
18, 28, 38

Feeder
type

Va

Normal inlet opening.

Material drowoff,
foreport only

Al

Uniform diometer, regular pitch screw

A2

Unifor m diometer, regular pitch screw

with extended screw conveyor

Normal inlet opening.

Uniform material drowoff
thru full length

AJ

Topering diometer, regular pitch screw

A4

Topering diometer, regular pitch screw

with extended screw conveyor

Long inlet opening.

Material drowoff,
forepart only

"'
A, 8, C, D
16, 26, 36
17, 27, 37
18, 28, 38

- - -

Long inlet opening.

Uniform material drawoff
thru full length

Descriptian af feeder screw

Unsized material consisting o f coorse and fines where 25/o o f volume does
not exceed moximum lump size ond average size o f balance does not ex
ceed one-holf of the maximum lump size. When lumps exceed 253 o f

81

--

Uniform diometer, short pitch screw

82

Uniform diameter, short pitch screw

with extended screw conveyor

83

Tapering diometer, short pitch screw

84

Tapering diameter, short pitch screw

with extended screw conveyor

volume or material contains hord unbreakoble lumps, consuh Link-Be lt.

0 Fer length, refer to B. Table 2.
Screw feed ers conno t control materials which become luid.

Fig. 4595

Fig. 4596

Types Al and A4 feeder

Types A 1 and A3 feeder

Section

ot inlet

Fig. 4676
Fig. 4677

Types 82 and 84 feeder

Types 81 a nd 83 f eed er

Tabl e 2 Copocities ond speeds of horizontal screw feeders

Feeder
screw
diometer,
inc.hes

Maximum
lump size,

inches

Copocity al

Moximum
recommended
speed, RPM

maximum

re commended
speed

Copocity al
one RPM

B
A

e
shroud
t

Conveyor screw diometer

Trough looding, per cent

45

30

15

INCHES

Cubic feel per hour

Types A 1, A2 , A3 and A4 feeders

6
9
12
14
16
Typ es 81 ,
6
9
12
14
16

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.

70
70
60
50
40

315
1120
2250
3100
3740

4.5
16.0
37.5
62.0
93.5

6
9
12
14
16

36
42
48
54
54

12
18
24
28
32

3.0
10.7
25.0
42.0
61.0

60
66
72
78
78

8
12
16
20
22

7
9

10
11
11 Y2

14
18
22
24
28

12
16

14
18

14
18
22
24
28

12
14

9
12
16

12
16

82 , 83 and 84 feeders
'A
1 Y2
2
2 y,
3

70
70
60
50
40

210
749
1500
2100
2440

Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes.

Bosed on 903 theoreticol copacity.
Where no diometer is given fer extended screw conveyor, consult Link-Belt.
o Unsized material consisting of coarse ond fines where 253 of volume does
not exceed maximum lump size and average size of balance does not exceed one-holf o f the maximum lump size. When l umps exceed 253 of

12
14
16

7
9

10
11
11 Y2

14
18

volume or material contains hord unbreokoble lumps, consult Link-Belt.

/:;. Moximum in regular construction. Fer inlets longer thon listed, consul t LinkBelt.
t Where most of the material is y. or lorger, use cu tofl piol e l nsteod o f
shroud.

LINK - BELT 115

bulk handling
rota ry t able feeders

ro'lary 'lable feeders

The Link-Belt rctory table feeder consists of o power driven

circular plote rototing directly below o bin opening. An
odjustoble feed collar, locoted immed iotely obove the rototing table, determines the volume of material d elivered.
These feeders are generolly used with round, vertical bins
ond for handling materials w hich hove a tendency to orch,
such as damp sand, wood chi p s, etc. They provide o foirly
uniform feed for most met erais.
The lower edge of the feed collar is helicol in shope,
being closest to the rotating table immediately behind the
plow ond forthest from it d irectl y in front of the plow. This
orrangement permits equal quantiti es of ma teria l to Aow
under the collar around the complete circle ond spreod
o ver the table a s it revolves. The material is then plowed
off in a steady stream into a d ischorg e chute. The rote of
f eed is odjusted b y repositioning the f eed collar.
Ty pes 1 ond 2 feeders, in sizes ronging from 26" to 84"
in diame ter, ore mode for applicotion to b ins of like prop o rtion. Because of the rela tivel y large table diameter, bin
openings which ore lorg e in proportion to the bin diameter
oct to reduce arching of the material without withdrowing
und uly lorge qu antities. O ther ty pes are shown on poge 118.
Link-Belt rotory table feeders are accurately ond substontiolly made and embody in design ond construction th e
feotures which contri bute to successful o p eration.
Delivering a continuous flow of foundry sand lo o distributing belt conveyor, lhis rotory lo ble feeder receives sond from o
Link-Bel! circular sloroge bin. Pholo 19149

De llvering pre pare d san d lo belt conveyor, lhis

rotory loble feeder is porl of o complete sond cond itioning syslem in o foundry. Pholo 19231 A

116 L INK - BELT

Assurlng uniform d elivery of foundry sand lo o lempering bell conveyor, this rolory toble feeder, with odjusloble collar, is olloched to lhe
botlom of o circular lonk. Pholo 16461 A

bulk handling
rotary table feeders

lypes 1and2
Example of rotary table feeder selection
Problem
Select a rotory table
Material
Weight
Capocity

TABLE
iDIAMETER

DISCHARGE CHUTE
MAY BE LOCATED
90 EITHER SIDE
AS SHOWN

~L

L_l _J

feeder to meet the following conditions:

.... ... . foundry sond
. ....... 100 pounds p er cubic foot
. ....... 25 tons p er hour

Solution

Refer to the tobles: A 60-inch d iameter table feeder opero ting at

5.4 revolutions per minut e will hondle materiol weighing 100 pounds
per cubic foot ot the maximum rote
of 32.5 tons per hour. Therefore, this
size is selected.
The drive consists of a Link-Belt
worm geo r drive connected to a 3horsepowe r, 17 50 RPM motor.

- E~ F
SECTION AA

WORM
GEAR
DRIVE

TABLE
Fig. 6265

WELDED
STEEL
BASEPLATE

Type 1
Capacity &
Cubic feet
TPH
Per Haur
Min. 1 Max. 1 Min. 1 Max.

Table
diameter

A,
inches

26
36

50
93

85
155

2.5

4.7

900 RPM
Motor,
HP

Weight,
Pounds

660
804

16
23 Y2

E
1

INCHES

4.3
7.8

Hove dimensions ce rtifled for in$talloti on purpo<:;.e5:.

v.

& Capacity based on feeder operating at 11.25 RPM.

7Y2

10
13

11

25 Y2
24

10
15

27~
1 - 35

1 Y2

Raoi;ed on material weighing 100 pounci~ per cubic foot.

Capacity directly proportional to weight of material.

FEED
COLLAR

FEED RING
i./DISCHARGE MAY BE ROTATED
I"" WITH REFERENCE TO DRIVE

A'

SECTION AA

lk-_..,,.~~~~ R ~~~~-+--;,.1

1 //

'

l_I ~=1.J:;;;;;;;;;;;;~~~~~~~~JJ~~~-+
1

r-]'- - - -\
4 " e=

TABLE

t-.:::;i::t~-:;;;;~

~Grl-H

L.J'

~~~~~~
Fig. 6266

DISCHARGE
CHUTE

Type 2
Nominal
table
d i o meter,

inches

48
60
72
84

Table
speed,
RPM
6.3
5.4
5.4
6.0

Capocity
Cubic feet
TPH
Per Haur
Min. 1 Max. 1 Min. 1 Mox.

235
290
380
525

5 15
630
825
11 40

11.8
14.5
19.0
26.3

26.0
31.5
41.3
57.0

Hove dimensions certifie d for instollafion purposes.

1750RPM
Weight,
Motor,
pounds
HP

A
1

E
1

G
1

J
1

K
1

INCHES

2
3

5
7

y,

1950
2430
2975
4240

49
62
75
88

26
38
50
62

26~

28
32
36

Y2

v.

15 Y2
17 Y2
18 Y2

22 Y2

12
12
12
15

Y2

20
26
25
34

Y2
Y2

12
14
16
18

20
26
30
35

8
9
10
11

12
15
18
21

46
58
70
82

40
40
40
40

y,
Ya
Y2
Y2

Based on material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot.

Capacity directly propo rlional to weight of material.

LINK-BELT 117

bulk handling
rotary table feed en

Other types

Link- Belt manufactu res many rotary feeders for speciflc materials and p urposes. The wood chip feede rs shown in the
accompany ing photographs are t y p ical of many built for
kraft pulp milis, and range as high as seventeen feet in
diameter. In this t y pe of feeder the table, because of its size,
is independ ently supported on t runnion rollers. Feeding rot e
is controlled b y an ad justable feed collar and !he hinged
adjustable plow.

A battery af three 17 -foat diameler ratary table feeders reclaiming wood

chips fra m sloroge silos. Photo 35997

A close-up view of one of the above feeders illustrating plow aclion.

Photo 35998

A 72" diameler rolary table feede r feeding iron ore lo lwo troughed
belt conveyars. Photo 35460

Orive s for extra hea vy duty f eeders

The spiral bevel gear drive illuslrated is used extensively in sinter plants
for rotary table feeders handling iron ore, concentrote, limestone, cake and
similar materials. Far this service a direct connected fully enclased drive is
preferred. The circular table is bolted directly to the Aange on th e output
shaft af the drive unit, which obsorbs oll radial ond vertical thrust loods.
Constont or variable speed drives ore ovoiloble.

I
~~~~~~~~)
REVOLVING TABLE

F19. 6277

Sp iral bev el gear drive with motorized

P.l.V. to provid e variable speed.

118 LINK - BELT

Spira l bevel gear d rive with addi ti onal speed

reducer to p rovid e con stant sp eed.

PLOW
DISCHARGE

bulk handling
rotary plow feeders

ro'lary plow feeders

The link-Belt rotory plow feeder is designed for

dependoble, high-copocity recloiming of bulk
moteriols in tunnels under stock piles, ond from
beneoth long storoge bins.
The feeder consists of o self-propelled, trockmounted troveling corrioge upon which ore
mounted one or two motor driven rotors, eoch
with four or more orms rototing in o horizonta l
plone. The material is plowed by the curved
bloded orms from o long horizontal shelf onto
o belt conveyor os the entire unit trovels continuousl y bock ond forth between pre-determined limits.
These feeders ore used for recloiming ore,
sinter, potosh, toconite pellets, coke lumps, limestone, etc.-in foct, they ore recommended for
virtuolly ony material thot will not octuolly
flush through the opening ond off the shelf.
The rotory plow feeder is porticulorly odvontogeous for handling moteriols thot tend to
pock or orch. The feed opening is continuous
for the entire looding distonce, ond the orching
of material is minimized since the rototing orms
undercut the orch support on oll but two sides.
This orrongement prevents the stoppoge of material flow co used by the dome effect often
occurring when material is supported by the
four sides of o rectangular opening.

Effectfve n e ss of r otary plow feeder Is lllustrate d by volley in the pile over

ane af two tunnels. Material can be piled up ta lower chord of stackpiling bridge.
Photo 36 143

LI N K-BE LT 119

bulk handling
rotary plow f eed e rs

Rotary plow feeders

.- ' ... - ' ... .. V..... .. .. -. : LEL. 26'-Q'

ORE TROUGH

MAIN T UNN(L

BELT CONVEYOR
. . " ' i,
!"'"' "';" .. -.. _'l.
., . . , . i

Material is usua lly discharged from th e rotary plow

feeders directly onto a collectin g belt conveyor below. For handling high capacities and heavy, sharp
materials, a short transfer belt may be mounted on
the traveling ca rriage to absorb the impact as ma terial is discharged from the shelf. The transfer or
impact belt also assists in regul ating the flow and
improves loading to the main collecting belt.
A higher percentage of the stored material can be
reclaimed by withdraw ing ma terial th rough the continuous slotted opening rather than through a series
of spaced openings. lncrements of capacity losses are
limited to the d istance the feeder t ravels beneath
material t hat may have arched solid l y beyond the
cutting range of the rotor blades. Such arches are
usually broken down as adjacent m aterial is withdrawn, then reclaimed during the next pass of the
feeder.

"'

TYPI CAL SECTI ON THRO UG H TUNN EL

Ma teria l is r e mov e d b y rot ory p low fee d e r from continuous shelf beneath starage p ile and may be fed directly
to moin tunnel belt canveyor or from impact transfer belt
as shown. Fig. 35596

Up to 5 " ore is fed by rotary p low feed er from shelf botto m of trough thro ug h continuous,
full length feed opening in tunne l. Photo 36159

120 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
rotary plow fee ders

Rotary plow feeders

Rotory plow feeders moy be built for copocities of
300 to 3500 tons per hour, depending on number
ond speed of rotors, ond the number ond effective
rodius of bloded orms. Feeders con be furnished with
lateral odjustment to permit feeding material from
either side of mochine. Double rotor feeders con be
furnished to simultoneously plow material from shelves
on both sides.
Copocities moy be voried by manual odjustment
of rotor speed ond corrioge trove!, or through remote controls interlocked with the conveying system
being fed.
Orive equipment is normolly mounted on the sorne
troveling corrioge with the rotors, but for lorge
copocity units ond those requiring considerable elect ricol equipment, the drives con be placed on o
seporote corrioge.
3000 TPH of lron ore Is fe d by
rotary plow feeder with impoct tronsfer belt from shelf ot upper right to
main tunnel belt conveyor in on eJ<tensive shiploading system. Photo 361 66

lron ore Is reclalmed at 6000 TPH by

two rotary plow feeders, each equipped
with two rolors. Vorioble voltoge electrical
equipment is mounted on a seporote corriage and is controlled from shiplooding
stotion sorne dislonce owoy. Photo 36162

Ore up to 6 " Is w lthdrawn from stockpile by rotory

plow feeder troveling full length of 450-foot tunnel.
Pho to 39463l

O re Is d e llvere d ot 600 TPH from continuous shelf

directly to main lunnel by rolory plow feeder
equipped with single rotor. Photo 39463R

LIN K - B ELT 121

bulk handling
rotary v ane fee d e r s

roary vane feeders

Batt er y o f Typ e C ratary vane fee d ers delivering wood chips

from the b ottom of o storoge b in l o o bel! conveyor. Photo 3003 2

The link-Belt rotary vane feeder, the simplest form of feeder, consists essentially of a
r o t ating pocket ed rotor operating in a housing, so that pockets receive material from
one ope ning in the housing and deliver it through another. The control of material Aow
is obtained by regulating the speed of the rotor. Various forms of rotors and housings
are available to suit a variety of materials and installation requirements.

Typ es

~"'
l.s:::B2J

4 585

Ty p e A r ota ry v ane feed er

Link-Belt rotory vone feeders ore mode in vorious types. Types A, B ond C ore three of the most
common but mony voriotions moy be furnished to suit individual applicotions.

Ty pe A
This feeder is recommended for hondling fine, pulverized or granular materiols, smoll enough in
size and sufficiently friable so thot lumps will not jom between the close fitting radial vones ond
the housing. Material enters the housing from obove ond, as the rotor revolves, eoch pocket dischorges os it reoches the opening in. the bottom. Cleoronce between the vones o nd the housing
prevents free pa ssage of or between the inlet ond outlet sides of the feeder.

Fig. 4584

Type 8 rotary v ane feed er

Ty pe 8
Far lumpy or nonuniform moteriols, o type with substontiol cleoro nce between the vanes and the
hausing on the feeding side mus! be used. The Type B feeder provides adequate control af the
Aow af material with lumps af reasonable size, and al the sorne time avoids choking or jamming.

Ty pe C
This feeder is frequently used for handling materials which are stringy or hove a tendency to mal
or cling together. A feature of this orrangement is t he counterweighted, hing ed vertical bin section
above the rotar, which restrict the material Aow under normal operating conditions but pravide
outamatic meons of relief if an oversized piece becomes lodged against the rotor.
Type C rotary v a ne feed er

122 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
convey ing and
e levating equi pme nt

conveying and elevaing

equipmen for bulk maerials
Conveying and elevating equipment serves a wide variety of
purposes in practically every industry where bulk materials are
handled. Primarily, conveyors and elevators provide transportation
with a uniform flow from one operation to another, but they also
provide the means for performing many other functions en route,
such as distributing the material to bins or machines, for weighing,
mixing, blending, batching, proportioning, bulk loading, and filling
containers.
Many types and variations of conveying and elevating equipment
hove been developed to meet the widespread needs of industry.
They are suitable for handling a wide variety of materials over a
broad range of ca p acities.
Various types of conveying and elevating equipment are described in this book, but numerous vari ations of these and other
types are available for unusuo l conditions.
Selection, application and descriptive information for many types
is included in the following pages. However, the choice between
types for a specific set of conditions requires a careful analysis of
the material to be handled, physica l limitations of the site, economics,
capacity and other operating requirements. The table on page 37
may be used as a guide for tentative selection of the general typ e
of equipment, subject to a more careful study of the specific selection
data. Since Link-Belt makes practically every type of elevating and
conveying equipment, unbiased selections based on best operating
performance, dependability, economy and safety can be made.
In addition to manufacturing conveying and elevating equipment,
Link-Belt designs, furnishes and installs complete bulk handling systems and often complete plants in which such equipment forms an
importan! port.

L 1 N K - B E L T 123

bulk handling
conveying and
elevati ng equipment

Belt conveyors (poge 1 27) ore

Fig. 4 179

suitoble for handling mony moteriols in o wide ronge of sizes, over

long distonces, up ond down slopes.
They ore outstonding for low power
requirements, high copocities, simplicity ond dependoble operotion.
Material is corried on belts running
over onti-friction idler rolls.

conveyors (poge
236) ore odopted to handling hot,
obrosive, stringy ond irregulorly
shoped lump y moteriols, os well os
dusty moteriols or those thot connot
be exposed. They hove leokproof
troughs in which there ore no moving ports, ond con be enclosed ond
seoled for dustproof or gos-tight
operotion. The y ore mode in three
types for light, medium ond heovyd uty service.
Oscillating

Flight conveyors (poge 294) use

scroper plotes or flights, corried by
one or two stronds of choin, to push
cool or other nonobrosive material
olong in troughs which mo y b e horizontal, inclined, or o com binotion of
both. Dischorge mo y be over the end
or through gotes ot intermediote points.

Apron conve yors (poge 248)

hondle mony kinds of moterio ls but
ore porticulorly suitoble to those
which ore heovy, obrosive or lump y.
Beod e d, overlopping corrying pons
ore usuolly mounted on two strond s
of choin operoting on trock. They
ore self-feeding ond con be used
on combined horizontal ond inclined
poths.
Wide chain drag conveyors (poge

Screw conve yors (poge 259)

ore odopted to o wide ronge of

bulk moteriols of fine ond moderote
sizes. They consist of helicoll y formed
flighting on revolving shofts, generoll y mounted in stotionory, enclosed
troughs which moy be water or steom
jocketed for cooling, dryin g, etc.
The rototion of the screw odvonces
the material.

124 L 1 N K - B E L T

301) ore simple, ond ore sotisfoctory

for handling sowdust, wood chips ond
obrosive moteriols such os oshes. Single
stronds of wide drog choins slide the
material in steel, hord iron or concrete
troughs.

bulk handling
co nveying and
elevatl ng equipment

Sidekar-Karriers

(page 302)
are horizontal run-around conveyors
consisting of overlapping buckets,
each having en undercut gate for
unloading. Buckets are equipped
with supporting rollers and are
pulled by a chain. The bucket line
is self-feeding, and discharge is automatically regulated b y the need
for material et one or more points.

Circular carriers (page 304) are

horizontal run - araund conveyors
consisting af two concentric channel
rails between which are attached a
series of equally spaced steel buckets, each having a single undercut
gate which is arranged to automatically open or close as required.
The continuous circular frame and
buckets rotate as a complete unit
supported on a series of roller
bearing t runn ion rollers spaced et
intervals on steel pedestal supports.
They are powered by a booster
type chain drive operating in a
horizontal p lane.
They will efficiently handle any
bulk mat erial that will Aaw from the
carrying buckets.

Fig. 4 191

Bucket elevators (page 307)

Fig. 6197

Weigh larries (pa ge 306) are

used to transfer materials from selected overhead storage points to
any one of a group of discharge
stat ions, recording by weight the
amount delivered to each. Scale,
hopper, chute and gate are supported by a carriage traveling on
overhead rails.

are probably the most widely used

method for elevating bulk materials.
Various types and designs are
available to meet the requirements
of different materials and operating conditions. Buckets are mounted
on chain or belt. They receive material et the boot and discharge it
over the head wheel by centrifuga! action or by gravity. The centrifuga! d ischarge types are normally used for free-Aowing, fine to
medium size lump materials. Those
discharging b y gravity, which comprise positive discharge, continuous
bucket and interna! discharge t ypes,
are generally used for materials
more difficult to handle dueto large
lumps, Auffiness, sluggishness, fragility or similar characteristics.

Fig. 4180

L 1 N K - B E L T 125

bulk handling
conveylng and
elevatlng equlpment

Sklp holsts (poge 352) ore porticulorly adoptable to very high

lifts ond moy be used to elevote
ony bulk moteriols which con be
hondled in botches, including moteriols with lorge lumps. A bucket
operoting in guides ond roised ond
lowered by o hoist-operote d cable
comprises the e levoting medium.
Opero tion moy be monuolly controlled or fully outomotic.

Gravity-discharge conveyorelevators (poge 373) ore bucket

type elevotors which trovel in both
vertical ond horizontal poths. The
buckets ore rig id ly mounted between two stronds of choin. Material
is corried in the buckets on the vertical or steeply inclined runs ond
pushed olong sleel troughs on the
horizontal ond slig htly inclined runs.
Looding is performed b y feeding
material into the lower run trough or
into o corner boot ond dischorge is
effected b y grovity on horizontal
runs through open ings in the trough.

Fig. 4210

Fig. 4181

Bulk- Flos (poge 357) ore comp o ct, self-feeding ond se lf dischorging conveyor-elevotors,
copoble of corrying bulk moteriols
in poths combining vertical, horizontal ond inclined runs, or o combinotion of al! th ree. They ore used for
crushed, granular, ground or pulverized materia Is. Material is conveyed
in o continuous column b y flights otto ched to choin. Alloy choin flights
ond casing con be furnished for
hand ling obrosive ond corrosive
moteriols. Casing is dust-tight ond
material is conflned in such o monner thot surroundings ore protected
from objectionoble dust.

Rot or-Llfts (poge 371) ore compoct, dust-tight ond weotherproof

vertical screw elevotors which ore
odopted to mony of the products
hondled by horizontal screw conveyors. They ore mode in convenient
sections ond working peris ore few.
Screw feeders ore normolly used to
deliver material to Rotor-Lifts.

126 L

1N

K- BE LT

Pe ck carriers (poge 376) ore

long-losting dependoble combinot io n elevotors ond conveyors.
Buckets ore suspended between two
endless choins operoting on lubricoted rollers, remoining in the corrying position until they ore tilted to
dischorge by grovity. They hondle
mot eriols gently ond dischorge them
positivel y.

Fig. 4188

bulk handling
b elt conveyors

bel
conveyors
Belt conveyors, occupying en outstanding position in
the fleld of bulk materials handling, are the most versatile and widely used of all conveyors. They a re
capable of handling higher tonnages over greater
distances, et lower costs per ton than any other ty pe
of conveyor-and often et a lower cost than any
other means of transportation. Yet, they are used extensively for small and moderate capacity systems
because of their ability to handle practically any kind
of material economically and dependably.
In addition to their primary use as a means of transporting bulk meterais, belt conveyors are uniquel y
adaptable for performing numerous other functions,
such a s weighing, blending, sampling, and stockpiling.
Their versatility and sorne of their advantages are
illustrated and described on the next few pages.
link-Belt has desig ned, furn ished ond instolled some
of the world 's most outstonding belt conveyor systems.
Also, belt conveyor components and auxiliory equipment manufactured b y link-Belt hove contributed substantially to the success of nume rous other installations,
large and small.
60" wlde dock b e lt conveyor of o bel! conveyor system for handling 6000 tons
per haur of iran ore and a ther bulk materials fra m vessels to bias! furnace stock
y ard, o r to and from a reserve storage orea abaul a mile away- a job which was
considered impraclical with othe r mea ns of transpartation. Photo 37468

con tenis
belt conveyors In lndustry ........... ... .. ...... 1 27
Advantoges .. . ...................... . .... .... . 128
Typical a rrangements .. .. .. ......... .. .... . . .. . .. 137
Typical cross sections ... ..... . ... . ......... ...... 139

components . . . . . . .. ... . .. . . .. ........ . ...... .. 175

ldlers-speciflcations . .......... . .. ......... . .. . . 17 5
ldlers-dimensions and weights . .. . .. . ............. 181
Orives and other components .. .. ............... .. . 196

engineering ... . . . ..... .... . ... .. .. . .. . . .. . . ... 140

auxillary equipment ....... . . . . ...... . ....... . . 201

General . ... . . . ...... . . ..... . . .. .. . ........... 140

Basic data required for design . ..... . .... .. . . ..... 140
Belt conveyors with respect to materia Is han dled . . .... 14 1
Angles of incline ... . ...... . .... . .... . ........ . .. 14 1
Be lt width and speed .... '. . . .. . .. ... .. ...... ..... 142
Belt idler selection and spacing ... ..... . ..... . . .. . . 146
Power requirements and belt tensions . .... .... . ... . . 150
Belt selection ... . .... . ...... .. . . ............... . 155
Terminal equipment selection ....... . . . . ..... .. . .. . 158
Loading materials on the b e lt .. ..... ...... . ... .... 161
Discharging materials from the belt . ... ............. 163
Other engineering considerations that may apply . . . . 165
Examples of be lt conveyor calculations .. ... ..... . ... 170

Belt trippers . .. ... ......... .. . ........... . ..... 201

Plows, shuttle conveyors, stackers,
slingers, and other auxiliary equipment . .......... 20 9

pre-selected termlnals .... ....... . . ............ 2 13

Pre-Bllt sectlonal belt conveyors .. . ....... .. ... 222
Uses in industry ..... .. .......... . ...... .. .. . .... 223
Description of components . .... . ... .. .. . ... ...... 225
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

L 1 N K - B E L T 127

bulk handling
be lt conveyors

B EL T C ON V EYOR S A RE

suitable for handling a

wide variety of materials

Belt conveyors ore most versotile in their

obility to hondle o wide voriety of bulk
moteriols. Since the moteriols ore corried
on the belt, these conveyors ore suitoble for
handling certoin corrosive moteriols thot
would quickly o ttock the vital ports of ollmetol conveyors. Simil orly, they provide
long, d ependoble life for handling obrosive moteriols such os sinter ond olumino.
The ronge of sizes which moy be hondled
on belt convey ors is limited only b y the
wid th of belt. Moteriols moy vory from ext remely fine chemicols to lumpy ore, stone,
coal or pulpwood logs. Belt conveyors ore
porticulorl y effective for o mixture of sizes,
but o lso moy be used for closely sized moteriol s, whether lump s o r fines.
Moist ure content of th e moterio ls thot
moy b e hondled on belt conveyors vories
from wet to dry ond dusty, os well os moteriols thot ore sticky or hove o tendency to
pack dueto moisture. Also, friable moteriols
moy be hondled on belt conveyors with
minimum degrodotion.
Since bel! conveyors ore relotively selfcleoning, two or more d issimilo r moteriols
moy be hondled ot different times b y th e
sorne conveyor.

Coal ot the rote of 750 tons p er hour, is tronsported on bel! conveyor ot left fro m

heodhouse to preporotion pion!. Bel! conveyor a l rig ht corries mine rock through
plont to refuse disposol point. Photo 33052

Groin is hondled on o system of belt conveyors ond bel! frippers for delivering to storoge bins. Ancfher system al ground level recloims for shiplooding ot ro le o f 300,000 bushels per doy. Photo 37575

Toconite pell ets ore tronsporte d on this bel!

conveyor, 48 inches wide cnd 17 5 fe et long,
inclined 1 O degrees, ot the rote of 3 0,000
cubic feet p er hour. Photo 357 50

128 L 1 N K - B E L T

Pulpw ood logs ore hondled on two belt ccnveyors, 36 inches wide ond 1870 feet long. A lorge

troveling stocker stockpiles 80 cords per hour. Newsprint production ot this pion! has been increosed
from 320 tons to 820 fans o doy. Photo 37618

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Foundry s and is dislributed by belt conveyor

to molding stotions d irectly below. System is designed to h ondle 40 tons per hour o f prepored
sond for production o f bross ond oluminum costings. Photo 38527

Nlckel ore is ho ndled from crushing pion! to

storoge bin on 5 4 -inch wide belt conveyor,
422-foot centers, operoting on on incline-providing economicol tronsportotion for this heovy,
lumpy, obrosive material. Photo 28356

Raw can e sugor rides on ih woy lo sloroge ot

300 tons per hour on thi 270-fool long bell conveyor inclined ot 14 degrees. Photo 35091

Ove rburde n and le an lron ore o re conveyed over

o mile ot o rote of 1140 tons per hour, lo o 100foot rodius pivoted, troveling belt conveyor-slocker
for disposol. Photo 32595

Wood chips ore lronsported by 13 belt conveyors, totolling over o mile in leng th, from roilroo d
cors or sowmill. Three othe r belt conveyors hond le high density stock, with specio l white rubber
belts to preven! discolo ring. Pholo 36634

Stone and aggre gates o re tronsported on o system of bel! conveyors more thon 3,800 feet long,
from q uorry to crushing ond screening pion!, from which o wide voriety of sizes ond speciflcotions
o f these moteriols o re conveyed to loodi ng bins ar stockpiles. Photo 37824

Sulphur from stockpile is looded by

gontry crone into 5-ton oluminum-lined
troveling hopper, equipped with belt
feeder. Sulphur is then d ischorged onto
o 36-inch wide, 350-foot long belt
conveyor running porollel to slockpile,
which corries it to tronsfer house ond to
ship looder. Photo 381 0 4

L 1 N K - B E L T 129

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

B ELT CO NV E Y OR S CAN

handle a wide range

of capacities
Belt conveyors are outstand ing in t heir ab ility to h an dle tremen d ous tonnages o f b ulk materials economically. A number
of systems are now operating et rated capacities in excess of
6,000 tons per hour, and equipment is available for capacities
beyond any current requirement.
Belt conveyor systems are capable of operating virtually
around the dock without loss of time for empty return trips or
dela ys for loading and unloading. Scheduling ond dispatching is conflned largely to getting the materials to and from
the system. High capacity conveyors require no more attendance than those of low ca p acity, and operating costs per
ton decrease as tonnages increase. Under these conditions
belt conveyors can p ile up annual tonnages that would be
more costl y or even impractical for other means of transportat ion.
O n the other hand, m any belt conveyors are used to handle
exceed ingly small volumes of bulk met erais from one o p eration t9 another in process plants.
1 200 o r 1800 tons p e r hour of cool from boot unlooder or self-unlooding
vessels ore conveyed to storoge or to crushing stotion of modern power
pion!. Photo 32437

6000 gross t ons p e r h our of iron ore from o Venezuelon mine ore
hondled on o belt conveyor system, from cor dumper to storoge. Ore is
then recloimed, weighed, sompled, ond looded into ships. Provisions hove
been mode for o dual system to increose looding copocity to 12,000 tons
per hour. Photo 361 08

2 800 tons p e r h our of run-of-mine cool ore conveyed from two 1O-cor
rotory dumpers by this 60-inch wide moin slope belt conveyor, from which
o system of 60-inch belt conveyors hondles the cool through screening, picking,
ond blending operotions, ond to borge looding stotion. Photo 28880

1040 g r o ss to ns p er hour (with prov1S1on for 1780 GTPH) of toconite pellets ore hondled by
this belt conveyor system which loods roilrood cors in summer ond sfockpiles "oround the dock"
during severe winters of northern Minnesoto. The selfpropelled belt conveyor stocker is the world's
lor9est, with o 275-foot rodius boom. Photo 38273

130 L 1 N K - B

LT

bulk handling
b elt conveyors

BELT CONVEYORS CAN

operate over
great distances
Bel! conveyors provide on economicol ond procticol meons of lronsporling bulk moteriols over
longer distonces !han possible with other types
of conveyor syslems. Moleriols in lorge plont
operotions ore somelimes hondled o total of
severol miles on belt conveying systems.
A number of instollotions hove demonstroted
the economy ond dependobility of bel! conveyors
for cross country tronsporlolion. A single belt
conveyor more !h an l wo miles long operoted
successfully for severol yeors. Another system of
conveyors neorly ten miles long hondled oggregotes al o lower cost per ton ! han ony other
meons of tronsportolion.
The economy in cost per ton for tronsporting
moleriols long distonces over belt conveyor systems depends upon sufficient onnuol ond ultimole
tonnoges to ossure omortizolion of flrst cost. Due
to the low operoling cost of belt conveyors, they
become more economicol os onnuol tonnoges
increose.

Two-mlle long belt conveyor system handling eorth flll from borrow pit over mountoin ond
down to site of Anderson Ronch Dom in ldoho. Photo 26782

3 112-mile belt conveyor system tronsports lignite from a strip mine to o power plant.
Photo 36830

Long d i5tance belt conveyor system moves molybdenum ore ot the rote o f 30,000 tons per doy from crushing stotion to processing mili a l left. Photo 36477

Ne arly t e n miles of belt conveyors. consisting of 26 conveyors, each 36 inches wide, handling oggregotes to construction site of Shasto Dom, Corom, Ca lifornia. Photo 24600

5511-foot long "high line" belt conveyor handling cake from screening stolion lo blasl furnoce stock bins. This dependoble conveyor avoids inlerference with surface lronsportotion.
Photo 37985

LINK B ELT 131

bulk handling
belt conveyors

BELT CO N V EY O RS ARE

adaptable to path
of travel and terrain
Belt conveyors are most adaptable to paths o f travel in plants as
require d to meet th e most favorable flow sheet. For the high capacities they will handle, they occup y comparatively little space, can
avoid existing equipment and structures, a nd can operate above or
beneath other means of t ransportation.
Long d istance belt conveyor syslems will negotiate terrain and
paths of travel that are not practica! nor economical for most other
methods of transportation. Th ey can operate up or down grades
three to t welve times as stee p a s most o lher means of transportation . They can cross rivers o r volleys, o r can operate above city
streets on relatively lightweight structures. Comparatively small
tunnels are sufficient to provide passage underground. An entire
system may b e enclosed for all-weather operation.

Carrying llmestone a cross Shenando ah River, from truck du mp ho pper and

crusher to shuttle belt conveyor over storoge bin on o pposite si d e. Photo 301 0 8

Tr onsporting co al and min e rock dow n mounto in sid e in two

sepa ra te b elt conveyors a perating in one g allery. Coal is then conve yed between b lend ing and cle aning b uild ings an conveyors inclined
to suit pion! layout. Photo 3 3039

Moun t o in -climb ing ability o f b el! conveyor system enables it to

negolia te lerrain that, fo r other forms o f lransporta tion, would hove required a very costly roed bed . Pho to 27 4 79

\ .;,
l
Ad apta b llit y to "crow- flight" poth by 1700-foo t long belt conveyor provides
economies in transporting iron ore to surface p lan!. Pho ta 34584

132 L 1 N K - B E L T

':

..:..~,., :

...:

Ope roting over a steep mountoin route, bel! conveyors handle

earth ll from borrow pit to site of Andersan Ranch Dom in ldaho. White
line indicates pa th of travel. Photo 26779

bulk handling
belt conveyors

B ELT CO N V EY OR S CAN

distribute materials
where required
Bulk materials, Aowing continuously and uniformly
from belt conveyors, may be distributed to desired
locotions by o wide voriety of ouxiliary equipment
which forms a port of the belt conveyor system.
Such meterais moy be simply dischorged over the
heod pulley to bins or piles, or may be distributed
o long horizontal runs by meons of trippers or shuttle
conveyors. Sorne moteriols, such os wood chips ond
foundry sand, may be plowed off the belt ot one
or more points simult oneously.
The ronge of distribution may be greotly expended with troveling belt conveyor stockers for
stockpiling or dist ributing to spoil oreas. Such units
hove been built with radii up to 275 feet. Also, belt
conveyors and trippers or shuttles on troveling
bridges provide large storoge volumes in limited
oreas.
from v esse l unloaders to b r oad dock s torage ore a , cool is handled by this system of
48-inch wide belt conveyors o nd d islributed by two trove ling belt conveyor bridges.
Photo 32765

from rotory car dumpe rs t o t h e hold s o f four s h ip s, these

four 60-inch wide bel! conveyor systems load coal rapidly and
efficiently for overseas shipment. Phata 32705

from strlpplng shovel to s poil p ile, this bel! conveyor on self-pro pelled crowlermounted stacker, extends 1 90 feet beyond fronl crowle rs, handling overburden a l limeslone
quarry. Photo 23675

from processing to sto r a ge t a nks, this 24-inch wide belt

canveyar discharges inta tanks by matar prapelled lraveling
trippers equipped with reversing shuttle conveyor for wider
distribution. Photo 34046

f r o m plant t o stockpiles, this troveling belt conveyor slccker distributes cool to stockpiles on the right, o r ore ond limestone to !he left to be reces! intc a high pile by the bridge.
Phcto 37492

L 1 N K - B E L T 133

bulk handling
belt conv e y ors

BELT C ONVEYORS CAN

perform numerous
special f uncti ons
In addition to transportation and distribution,
belt conveyors may be used to perform many
other funct ions in handl ing and p rocessing
bulk materials. En route on a conveyor, the
materia l may be weighed, sorted, picked,
sprayed , or magnetic ma teria l may be removed outomatically. Accurate sampling is
possible b y cutting the sample from the
stream of material Aowing from one belt
conveyor to another. Batching may be
accomplished automatically by systems of
belt fe e ders, scales and hoppers.
Materials may be blended as they are
bedded into stockpiles by b elt conveyor
stackers, or as they are d istri bute d into spe
cial bl ending bins. Also, shuttle type trippers
provide the Aexibility necessary to flll multiple compartment mixing or blending bins.
De live ring iron ore to lorge ocean vessels, lhis traveling belt conveyor shipload er handles
6000 gross tons per hour al wa ter leve! variations to 40 feet. An exlensive conveyor syslem from
stackpile to loader is controlled by shiploader aperator. Photo 36203

lron ore Is w eigh e d on lhis 60-inch wide belt conveyor

a l role of 6000 gro ss lons p er hour afler sample has
been removed aulomalically al slalion in righl background. Phola 36187

Dlstributing coal in starage are a, this traveling, pivoled boom slacker with 15 0-foot radius
receives coal from 1720-foot stacking-out conveyor. Stacker may also be used for blending malerials as they are bedded into piles. Photo 28956

Loadlng lnto ore vessels, 2 5 shuttle belt conve yo rs

handle taconite pelle Is al ro te of 7 50 or 1 500 tons
per hour fa r each canveyar. As many as ten a llernate
halches con be laad ed simultaneously. Photo 38876

Dlsposing of iron ore ove rburde n to spoll p ile, this self-propelled, pivoled b oom belt conveyor
stacker is the end link in a mile-long belt conveyor system. Photo 32604

134 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
b e lt con v e yors

BELT C O NVEY O RS CAN

operate over light we ight

supporting structures
Belt conveyors handle large daily volumes by
carrying a continuous stream of material
whose weight per lineal foot is quite low.
This permits the use of relatively light weight
supporting structures. As a result, belt conveyors may be supported and housed at
lower cost than most other facilities for transporting similar large volumes.
Such light weight structures add little to
building loads in plants. Out of doors, belt
conveyors may be operated economically
over soft, marshy soil, across rivers and
valleys, or above city streets.
Highly standardized, Pre-Bilt structures are
availabfe from link-Belt for belt conveyors
up to 36" wide.
Radla ting fr om pre par ation build ing, these inclined belt conveyors deliver vorious grades of
oggregotes to conicol stockpiles. Quick delivery ond eose of erection on such projects ore ossured
with link-Belt stondordized Pre-Bilt sectiono l b elt conveyors. Photo 31 862A

Fabricate d larg ely fra m alumlnum, this belt con

veyor system extends 3 V2 miles, from crusher sto tions
neor lignite strip mine to ofuminum reduction power

plant. Photo 36825

Light structures support this 36-inch wide belt conveyor, tronsporting iron ore overburden uphill to tronsfer
house ot rote o f 1140 long tons per hour. Photo 32597

Te mpor ary wood structures ore sufficient to support this 36-inch wide belt conveyor which
delivers Anished oggregotes from preparation pion! in volley to concrete mixing plant near dom
site. Photo 31655

Cable-type sus p enslon b ridge of 450-foot cleor spon supports o portion o f 20-inch wide, 700foo t long belt conveyor, carrying vermiculite o re from storoge sheds to boxear loading stotion on
o pposite shore. Photo 33659

L 1 N K - B E L T 135

bulk handling
belt conveyors

BELT CONVEYORS ARE

dependa ble
Th eir dependability has been proved in every industry where
bulk materials are handled. They are available around the
clock, regardless of weather or the calendar. They are less
subject to overload and to careless opera tion and abuse
by personnel than other types of conveyors. Safe operation
is insured by electrical controls, interlocks and other safety
devices. Outage time is predictable and repairs of mechanical
components are sim ple and can be made quickly.

economical
The principal factors contributing to comparatively low operating costs of belt conveyor systems are low power requirements, long life of wearing parts, low labor cost of replacing
parts, low cost of inspection and attendance, low casi of
loading and unloading per ton hand led, and maximum safety
of personnel.
Operating casi per ton decreases substantially as rated
capacity increases. Grenter utilization of the system reduces
amortization cost per ton handled. Thus, two-shift systems
handling high annual tonnages often result in surprisingly low
over-all costs per ton handled.

De p endabllity o n d e connmy o re the principal reosons why proctico lly oll

Jorge powe r generoting slotions d epend upon belt conveyors for their coo l
handling needs. Photo 36564

A high d e gree of d e p e ndobility is necessory

when equipme nt must operote continuously through
rhe ye ar, a s ot this plant for concentra ting o nd

smelting titoniu m ore. Note the widespreod use o f

belt conveyors. Photo 393 17

low ope rating costs and d e p e ndabillty o f this belt conveyo r system provided controctors with o new yordstick for their trons po rta tion p ro b lems. The
p ioneer for this purpose, !he syste m ho ndled 5,000,000 yord s of excovo ted

1 36 L 1 N K - B E L T

mate rial from Denny Hill ove r the stree ts of Seo ttle while o peroti ng " o round
the dock," quietly ond economicolly. Pho to 18007A

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Typical arrangements
Poths of trovel
Many varied arrangements or paths of belt conveyors
are possible. They can be any combination of horizontal,
ascending or descending paths. A few are illustrated
here.
Fig. 4807
Ascending and horizontal path, ar horizontal and d escend ing path,
when belt tension will permit ane belt and space will permit vertical

==o

curve.

Fig. 4800
Straight path , horizontal, ascending ar descending .

Fig. 4801
Horizontal and a scending path, ar descending and horizontal path,
wh e n space will permit vertical curve and belt strength w ill permit ane
bell.

Fig. 4806
Ascending and horizontal path, ar horizontal and descending path,
whe n space will not perm it vertical curve but ane belt can be used.

Fig. 4803
Possi ble horizontal and o sce nding path when space will nat permit
Fig . 4808
Asce nding and horizontal path, when advisable ta use twa belts.

vertical curve.

Fig . 4802
Possible horizontal and ascending path when space will nat permit
vertical curve but belt strength will permit ane belt.

Looding moteriols on the belt

Belt co nveyors can be arrang ed to receive materia l a t o ne
or more p oints such as ill ustrated.

___,,...
=W08
Fig . 4805
Passible descending and horizontal path, when space will nat permit
vertical curve.

Fig. 4809
One ar more laading chutes ar feeders can be lacated an horizontal,
oscending o r descending runs, but it is preferab le to locote them
on horizontal or only slightly inclined runs .

o
Fig. 4804
Passible descending and horizontal path wh e n space will nat permit
vertical curve but belt strength will permit ane belt.

==-;cD

==Ji;

Fig. 4810
Troveling loading chute or feeder for receiving materials from a number
of bin openings.

L 1 N K - B E L T 137

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Typical arrangements
Discharging materials from the belt

_,., -"='-

Belt conveyo rs con dischorge ma terial over en d or al i ntermedi o te points. A few arro n gemen ts ore illu strote d here.
~;

Fig . 4 8 14
Oischa rge th rough trovel ing tri pper, with o r witho ut cro ss conveyor, lo
dislri bule mate ria l lo one o r b o th sid e s of the conveyor fo r the e ntire
d istonce of tri pper lrove l. Trippers can be prop elle d by conveyor bell
or by se po ra le motor. The motor p ropelled trippers can also b e outomaticolly reversing lo distribule material evenly ar can be monuo lly
conlrolled to di scharge al any desired p o int.
Fig. 4811
Dischorge o ver end pulley forms conicol pile ot end of b el!.

Fig. 48 17
Dischorge to one side of conveyor lhrough chute from traveling ar
stotionory tri ppers or plows.

,,..
Fig.4815
Dischorge over either end pulley to dist ributc lengthwise by reversible
sh uttle conveyor.
fig . 48 18
Dischorge lo bolh sides of conveyor th rough chute from troveling or
starionary trippers o r plows.

Fig. 48 12
Discharge through fixed trippers, with or withoul cross conveyor lo one
o r both sides of the belt, to fixed bin openings or pile lacations. Can
also be done wilh multiple conveyors as shawn in Fig. 48 1 J or by
slopping lroveling trippers in desired position.

Fig.48 19
Dischorge through troveling ar statianory tri ppers la reversing horizontal cross convcyor corried on tripper to provide wide storoge orea.

''

l.,,;' ;bJ},2>.c[~~~,~~~~i.:\~~

Fig. 481 J

Oischorge from mul liple conveyors through fixed dischorge chutes, wi th

or without cross conveyor lo one or both sides of the belt, to fixed bin
openings or pile locotions.

Fig. 4820
Discharge lhrough troveling or slalionary tri ppers to oscending cross
canveyors corried on lripper lo provide high storoge pile.

()

Fig.4816
Discharge by hinge d plows to one or more fixed lacations along one or
b oth sides of conveyor. Plows may be adjusted to divide discharge
inta severa! places simultaneausly in proportion desired.

138 L

N K- B E LT

Fig. 4821
Di scharge through troveling or slotionory trippers to reversing shuttle
conveyor carried on trippe r to provide crosswise distributian of material.

bulk handling
b elt conve yors

Typical cross sections

Fig. 4825

The load carrying capacity of belt conveyors is determined by the width of the bel! and the shape of its
loaded cross section . The orea of the loaded cross section is dependen! upon the shape into which the carrying run of the belt is formed and the angle of repose of
the material being carried.

Flat belt on flat belt idlers

fi g. 4826

Flat belts on flat belt idlers A substantial quantity

of bulk materials which hove a steep angle of repose,
such as undelinted cottonseed or damp sand can be
handled on flat belts. They are especially useful when
material is to be discharged at intermediate points by
plows or deflector plates.

Flat belt on continuous plate

Flat belts on continuous plate A continuous flat

surface supporting the carrying run of a belt is sometimes
used for light, mildly abrasive materials where smooth,
even travel is essential. Trough sides can be added to
obtain greater capacities when handling materials such as
undelinted cottonseed.
Fig . 4822

Troughed belt on 20-degree idlers

Troughe d belt s on 20- d e gree idlers Can be used

for handling any bulk material suitable for a belt conveyor. The 20-degree trough permits the use of the thickest belts so that the heaviest materials and maximum
size lumps can be carried . This is the most widely used
cross section for such lumpy materials as coal, ore, earth
and gravel.
'
Fig. 4824

Troughed belt on 45-deg ree idle rs

ld lers with rolls of unequal length

Troughed belts on 45-degree idlers with rolls of

unequal length These troughed belts accommodate
a larger cross section of material than those operating on
idlers with rol Is sloping 20 degrees. Special conside ration
mus! be given to the belt co nstruction when using 45
idlers.

Troughed belts on 45-degree idlers with rolls of

e qua l length A cross sectional area of load greater
Fig. 4823

Troughed belt on 45-degree idlers

ldlers with rolls of equal length

than that possible with idlers with unequal length rolls,

and consequently a larger volume, can be carried fo r
a given width of bel!. The belt limitations and materials
handled are the same as for idlers with unequal leng th
rolls.

Tr oug hed b e lts on continuous plate By troughing

Fig. 48 27

Troughed belt on continuous plate

the supporting surface, such belts will co nvey many

bulk materia Is in larger quantities than a flat belt. Covers
are frequently provided when handling dusty materials
such as carbon block.

L 1 N K - B E L T 139

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
Th e primary purposes of thls Engln e erlng Sectlon ore to
provide informotion on the bosic principies of belt convevor design
ond to include formulas from which most belt conveyors moy b e
designed.
The doto in this section ore bosed on industry sto1.dords where they
exist, o s well os link-Belt Compony's brood experience in this fleld.
They ore opplicoble to the designs of conveyors for average operoting conditions, which will include o relotively high percentoge of
problems. For this purpose the doto ore reoso nobly conservotive.
In oddition, on ottempt has bee n mode to d escribe mony unusuol
operoting requirements ond conditions thot influence belt conveyor
design ond thot creote speciol problems. Where spoce does no t
permit complete onolysis ond solution of such problems, they ore
described b riefly ond the reoder is referred to link-Bel! for further
informotion.
Tables ond choris ore included for belt widths up to 84", but wider
conveyors ore ovoiloble. However, speciol considerotions ore involved
in the d esign of the wider conveyors shown in the tables ond those
beyond the limits of the tables.
lt is relotively sim ple to colculote opproximote belt conveyor width,
speed ond p ower requirement for o g iven set of conditions, but
considera ble experience is required to design for optimum o p eroting
pe rforma nce, depe ndobility, economy ond sofety. This is porticulorly
true for lorg e or importan! conveyors, complex conveyor systems, ond
unusuol o p eroting conditio ns. Link-Be l! olwoys is glod to p rovide
design ossistonce for ottoining these objeclives.
Bel t conveyors hove fewer limitotions thon o ther types of conveyors.
Since such limitotions ore conflne d principolly lo the chorocteristics of
moterio ls hondled ond ongle of incline, these two subjects ore covered
eorly in this section, on poge l 4 l.
No te thot two methods ore included fo, colculoting power requirements, both of which ore occurole within their deflned limits. The
Grophicol Method is suited for conveyors thot ore relolively simple or
for closely opp roximoting power requirements of lorger conveyors.
The Anolyticol Method is necessory for precise results when designing
lorg e or importan! belt conveyors or those with complex poths of
trove!.
The doto in this section ore orronged for convenient use of experienced belt conveyor designe rs, yet they ore intended to be
complete enough for the use of engineers who ore unoccustomed to
designing belt conveyors. For reference, the p rincipal design steps ore
listed here to correspond with the letters of the mojar heodings in this
Engineering Section.

B.

Determine if belt conveyor is suitable for

material to be handled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. l4l

c.

Determine whether angles of lncllnatlon can be

establls hed wlthln safe llmits ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

D.

Conslder belt w ldth and speed . . . .... . . . ... .. . . .. 142

for materia l hondled ... ... ... . ... . . .. . . . .. . . . .. . . . .. l 4 2
for looding closs .... . . .. .... .. .. .. .. . . .. . ... . .. . . . . 142
for copocity required . .. .. . .. . ..... . .............. . l 44
for size of lumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .. ... . 146

E.

Select proper idler and spacing

the type for purpose required . . . . .
the series for closs of service . . . . . . .
spocing . ..... . ... . .. . . . . .. ... ..
lroining idlers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F.

Dete rmine powe r requlr e ment and b e lt t e nsions 150

by the Grophicol Method, from choris .. . . . . ... . .. .... 151
(Exomple shown on poge 170)
or, by the Anolyticol Method, bosed on belt tensions . ..... 15 1
(Exomple shown on poge 172)

G. Sele ct the b e lt

. . . .. . ..
. .......
....... ...
. .... . ....
..........

.
.
.
.
.

. . . ... . 146
. ...
. 147
. . . . . . l 47
. ...... l 47
. . . . . 150

... . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. 155

H.

Dete rmin e requir e d terminal equipment ... . .. .. .. 158

Pulleys
Shofls and bearings
Tokeups
Backstops
Electricol equipmenl

l.

Consider m e ans of loadln g mate r ial on th e b e lt .. 16 1

J.

Consid e r m e an s o f discharging
mate rial from th e b e lt . . . . . . .

K.

Con side r oth e r e ngin eer lng matte rs

that m ay apply . .. .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . ....... 165
Convex chonges in vertical path of conveyor
Concove chang es in vertica l path of conveyor
Unusuol conveyor belt orrongements
Safety devices
Cleaning belt, pulleys and idlers
Weighing
Mognetic seporation
Sampling
Dust control
Steel supports a nd golleries

L.

Rev le w e x a mples of b e lt c o nveyor calculatlons . . . 170

. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . 163

Basic data required for design

The successful performance of a belt conveyor will depend larsely

upen an over-oll design thot meets the requiremenls of oll operating
conditions and the selection of componenls that are suitable for those
conditions. For these purposes it is ne cessary to consider carefully as
much of the following basic dato o s apply to the problems involved
in o speciflc project:
The m ate r la ls to be handled -The design of a belt conveyor is greotly influenced by the material to be handled. The charocteristics and behavior of a wide variety of materials are described
and clossifled on page 563 of the Technicol lnformation section of
this catalog. Sorne material charocteristics which limit the use of belt
conveyors are covered on page 14 1. There fore , it is necessary to
hove such information about the material, o s its size consist (percentages of various sizes), we ight per cubic foot (maximum ond minimum),
obrosiveness, moisture content, dustiness, te mperoture s, stickiness,
cingle of repose, ond chemical action.

140 L 1 N K B E L T

A. Collect basic data requlred for deslgn ..... . . . . .... 140

Capacity-Peok ar surge rote, expressed in tons per hour and

cubic feet per hour.
Path o f t ravel-Dime nsions should be complete in sketch form,
and should be odequo te for considerotion of pcssible olternotes.
M ethod o f f eed lng m ate r ial to th e b e lt
N u m b er a nd location o f loading p olnts
Ope rating condlt lo ns-including hours of operotion (doily,
weekly and onnuolly), seosonol periods of operotion ond shutdown,
climatic conditions, ombient temperotures (moximum ond minimum ),
reversing ar one woy. Will conveyor be enclosed, ar will it b e exposed
to weother?
Require d life of lnsta lla tlon- Pe rmone nt or te mporory, e:-.pressed in yeors.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering

Belt conveyors with respect to materials handled

Since moteriols being tronsported by o belt conveyor ore corried on

the conveyor belt, such chorocteristics os pocking, obrosiveness, etc.,
ore of less importonce thon if the material were drogged or pushed
olong o stotionory trough.
Therefore, belt conveyors will tronsport olmos! oll kinds of bulk
moteriols. However, belt conveyors d o hove limitotions imposed by o
few moteriols cho rocteristics, sorne of which ore:

Belt conveyors hove been used to carry very hot costings ar e ve n

occosionol incondescent lumps when mixed in sond or other fin e
moteriols. However, when temperotures reoch 250-300 F., the
economics of o belt conveyor should be compored with other types of
conveyors.
S peciol considerotion should be given the d esign of the e ntire
instollotion when hot moteriols ore hondle d.

Stlckln e s s-Sticky moteriols vory widely in the o mounts thot will

odhere to the belt or thot will build up on idlers, pulleys ond chutes.
Few moteriols ore so sticky thot o high percentoge will not dischorge
from o conveyor belt. Mony sticky moteriols moy be hondled successfully if chutes, cleoning devices, idl e rs, pulleys, belts ond b e lt speeds
ore pro perly designed or sele cted to insure dependoble operotion.
Consult Link-Bel! if in doubt obout ony material.

Ch e m lcal reaction -Some oils, che micols, fots ond ocid s moy b e
injurious to some b elts, idlers ond p ulleys. Neopre ne or other b e lt
covers con be obtoined ond the idlers ond pulleys con be mode of or
cooted with severo! kind s of substonces to resist corrosion or chemicol
reoction.
Large lumps-The size of the lorg est lumps, ond the percentoge
of the total volume represente d by the lorgest lumps, ore two of the
focto rs thot determine the minimum width of the belt os shown in Table
6, poge 146. lt mo y be found odvontogeous to crush the lorgest
lumps if they require o very much greoter width of belt thon would
otherwise be necessory. As shown in Table 14, pog e 156, the roted
te nsion of sorne b elts is determined by size ond weight of lumps.

Temperature-Whe n te mperoture of material corried exceeds

150 F., heot resisting belts ore usuolly require d .
De teriorotion of o b e lt is somewhot in proportion to temperoture,
olthough o hot, coorse materia l such o s lump cake is opt to be less
domoging to o b elt thon o closely pocked materia l of the sorne
temperoture.

Angles of incline
The ongle of decline for descending conveyors moy b e the some os
for oscending conveyors when sluggish moteriols like domp eorth ore
hondled, b ut the ongle should be somewhot less for lumpy mo te rio ls
ond !hose hoving lower ongles of repose. However, the combinotion of
ongle of decline ond speed of b e lt moy not b e o s criticol when o
descending conveyor is to dischorg e to o stockpile or into o bin where
the e ffects of possible ovolonching will not creote o cleonup problem.
From Chori A the ongle of incline ond length of the inclined portion
of o conveyor moy be obtoined when the ho rizontal le ng th ond rise of
the inclined po rtion is known.

The ongle of inclinotion ot which o belt conveyor will convey o

specifk bulk material depends upon such chorocteristics os its size
consist, shope of lump s, moisture content, o ngle of repose ond Aowobility. Design fo ctors which offect the behovior of moteriols on on
inclined belt include b elt speed, whether material is osce nding or
descending, how full y the belt is looded, ond whether it is looded
continuously, uniformly ond centrolly.
When the incline is too steep, sorne peri of the bed of mate rial moy
slid e, Aow or roll bock, resulting in spillog e. Also, when b elt is too
steep, lo rge lumps or sphericol pelletized material moy become dislodged from the bed o f fines, either neor the side of belt ar when the
bed " toils out" ot the e nd of feed . For lo rge lumps this condition is
o g grovoted when be lt is co rrying less thon obout 603 of its normal
cross sectiono l load . Also lorge, heovy lumps thot ore thus dislodged,
moy roll bock ond bounce, cre oting o sofety hozord.
All of these conditions, excep t the " toil outs," o re improved if b e lt
con be loo ded on o horizontal or low ongl e run before it curves up to
o stee per incline.
Ta ble 1, pog e 142, shows conservotive moximum ongles ot which
b elt conveyors will ca rry mote riols et their roted copocities, even et
high speeds ond whe n looded inte rmittently. However, better ond
sofer o peroting conditions will result from inclines less thon these
mo ximums, porticulorly whe n handling moteriols contoining lumps
lorg er thon 4".

~e:_,\~
~~'\~~e:_,

'Oc:_,

~~~~~ V~c:_, 1~>J'l\f--'31P~--fli,:>::~r-:::>l-''T-+-lc::>+-

'O <)::,~
~~ o~

~,s~t,~Gc:_,
,~~~ ~~~ c:_,c:_,

roe:_,

\~~"
~
r.c:_,

Chrt A An gle and length of incline

Fig. 4836

Exomple Belt conveyor with 152 feel

horizontol distance ond 38-foot rise.
To use the chori for this example, divide
these figures by 2, giving 76 feet o nd 19
feet. The intersection o f o vertical line from
the 7 6 -foot horizontal length, with a horizontal line from a 19-foo t rise, would accur
al o p oint corresponding oppraximately,
on the 14 line, to a radius of 78 \12 feet.
Multiplying this by 2 results in on inclined
length o f 1 57 feet for the conveyor. The
ongle is 14 for either set of figures.

~~

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

HORIZONTAL DISTANCE BETWEEN CENTERS IN FEET

LI NK - B EL T 141

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
C Angles of Incline, continued

Table 1 Moximum ongle of incline.

Ma><imum angle
of incline,
degrees

Material carried
Alumino, dry, free-flowing
Beons, whole
Cool, onthrocite
Cool, bituminous, sized, lump s over
4 inches
Cool, bituminous, sized, lumps
4 inches ond under
Cool, bituminous, unsized
Cool, bituminous, fines, free-flowing 0
Cool, bituminous, fines, sluggish .c.
Cake, sized
Cake, unsized
Coke, fines ond breeze
Eorth, free-Aowing 0
Eorth, sluggish 6
Grovel, sized, woshed
Grovel, sized, unwoshed
G rovel, unsize d
G roin

18

8
16
15

16
18

20
22
17
l8

20
20
22
12
15
18
15

.A. See footnote far Table 2, poge 143, far definit ions of sized, unsized a nd fine
materiols

Far asce nding conveyors when uniformly laaded and with constan! feed.

Material carried

Maximum angle
of incline,

degrees
Ore (see stone)
Pockoges
Pellets, depending on size, bed
of moteriol ond concentricity
(toconite, fertilizer, ele.)
Rock (see stone)
Sond, very free-Aowing o
Sond, slugg ish (moist) 6
Sond, tempered foundry
Stone, sized, lumps over 4 inches
Stone, sized, lumps 4 inches ond under,
over 3/s inches
Stone, unsized, lumps over 4 inches
Stone, unsized, lumps 4 inches ond under,
over 3/s inches
- Stone, fines :Ya inch ond under
Wood chips

15 to 20
15 to 25

5 to 15
15 to 20
15

20

24
15

16
16
18

20
27

0 Angle of repose 30 to 45
6 Angle of repose ov e r 45
o Very wet or ve ry d ry, with a ngle of repose less than 30

Belt width and speed

The best combinotion of belt width ond speed depe nds upon copocity,
ongl e of incline, belt tensions, lump size ond other chorocteristics of
the material to be hondled. Due to the number ond voriotions of these
conditions, it is sometimes necessory to consider severol lentotive combinotio ns o f width ond speed before estoblishing the final design.
The increosing need for handling higher copocilies over lo nger
distonces has resulted in o trend toword higher belt speeds for conveyor systems. f irst cost is usuolly lower for o no rrow, high-speed conveyor, but high speeds moy creote problems ot looding points, al
lronsfers, ond o n inclined portions. Often, lower over-oll operoting
costs moy be obtoined with wider belts al lower speeds.
The conditions which influence selection of besl width ond speed ore
d escribed below:

Abrasive materlals having relotively smoll size lumps moy limit

the speed of the belt by thei r degree of obrosiveness.

Speed-as limited by material handled

Type of chutes, trippers and loadlng and unloadlng

devlces ore affected by both e xtre me ly high ond low speeds.

In conveying some moteriols, porticulorly mildly obrosive moteriols, it

is usuolly found thot the norrowest permissible belt ot the highesl
p ermissible speed will be the most economicol. However, with some
moteriols ond under cerloin conditions, slower speeds moy prove more
profitoble. Some of the material chorocleristics ond conditions which
influence the speed of the belt ore:

Light, fine, fluffy materials, such os sodo osh ond soop chips,
should be corried et o speed slow enough to preven! them from being
blown from the belt or lheir Aow from being relorded due to windoge
or oir resislonce.
Fine, dry, dusty materlals, such os pulverized cool, should be
corried al o speed slow enough to minimize dusting.
Fraglle materlals should be corried slowly enough so thot degrodotion hormful lo the use or solobility of the material will be
minimized al the lo oding ond unlooding points.
Slugglsh, damp materlals, such os fine wet cool or wet sond
thot moy hove o lendency to stick or cling to the belt, should be corried
al speeds high enough to p rovide o good dischorge from the belt.
Hard, coarse, heavy, sharp and agged materials, such os
lumpy ore and slone, should trovel ot a moderate speed to minimize
damage to the belt al the loading chutes.

142 L 1 N K - BEL T

Granular, smooth surface materla ls, such os whole grains

and beans and malerials si mila r to wood chips and undelinted cotton
seed, usually ore carried al higher speeds than most other materials.
W idth of b elt, since higher speeds ordinarily ore used for the
wid er belts.

Belt tensions sometimes determine speed of belt within the range

limited by other factors. A higher spee d with red uced cross sectional
load may permit a more e conomical belt.

Trajectory, which may not throw material far e nough beyond

head pulley or may throw it too fa r beyond. See Chori F, page 164.
Klnd of carrylng ldlers, if other than boll o r roller b eoring ,
which moy limit speed b y t ype of bearings or diameter of rolls.
Consult Link-Belt for the design of slider belts.
Table 2, page 143, shows speeds which present p ractice ond
experience indicate os the most practica l and economico l. They ore to
b e used only a s o general guide for consideration along with the
mony o ther factors for obtaining a well balance d design.

Loading Class-cross sectlonal area and volume as

d etermined by material
A characteristic of the ma terial that gre otly influences b e lt conveyor
copacity is its a ngle of repose or, as it is being conveyed on the belt,
its angle of surchorge. Some fine meterais, such as ore, sand and coal,
may retain a high sur.charge angle o n the b e lt when they contoin
ce rtain proportions o f moisl ure and cloy, b ut ma y slump to a lower
ongle when they ore clean and dry. Fibrous moleriols usually hove a
high ongle of surcharge.
(continued)

'

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
D Belt w ldth and speed, conlinued
Toble 3 shows Looding Closses A, B ond C to d e note the moximum
surchorge ongle ond the cross sectionol ore o al which some representotive moteriols ore normolly corried on be lts lroveling over idler
rolls.
The surchorge ongle, in conjunction with the width of the be lt, the
shope of the trough of the b e lt, ond the dislonce from the e dges of the

streom of material to the edges of the belt, dete rmine the volume of
material lo be corried pe r line ar foo l o f belt. Subseque nl tables for
colculoting required speed of b e lt ore bosed on these Looding Closses.
Although the volumes shown ore conservotive, they should no l be
e xceeded, e speciolly on incline d conve yors, without due considerotion
to Aowobility ond size of lumps, sp e ed ond length of belt, ond ongle
of inclines.

Table 2 Maximum recommended belt speed as determined by material handled.

Ma ximum recommended be lt speed, feel per minute "'

Material

Belt width, inches

Chorocteristics

14

Material example

Mildly obrosive
Cool, e orth
Moximum size
lumps, sized
Bonk grovel
IVery obro sive, nol shorp
or unsized o
Very obrosive, shorp ond jogged Stone, ore
Cool, eorlh
Holf mox. lumps, IMildly obro sive
sized or unsized Very obrosive
Slog, coke, ore, slone, culle t
Flokes
Wood chips, bork, pulp
Granular, Ya" to Vi" lumps
G roin, cool, cotlonseed, sond
Soda osh, pulverized cool
llight, Auffy, dry, d usty
Fines
Heovy
Cemenl, Aue dust
Coke, cool
Frogile, where degrodotion is hormful
Soop chips

16 , 18 1 20

24

30

36

42 1 48

54

60

72

84

3 00 300 400 400 450 500 5501600 6001650 650 650 650
3 ~ 300 1400 40~
~o 550 550600 600 600 6001600
25 0 250 300 350 400 450 500 500 550 550 550 550 550
3001300 4 00 4~ 5 ~ 600 650 700 700 700 700 700 700
300 300 4 00 400 500 600 650 650 650 650 650 650 650
4 0 0 450 450 500 600 700 800 800 800 800 8 00 800 800
400 4S0,45o l5oo 600 700 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
220-250 feet per minute ..
..
...
. . . ... . . .. 250 -300 feel per minute . . . . . .-.....
-..
200-250 feel per minute
. ... ...
150-200 feet per minute
.. . .
. .. ..

450

ore lumps ronging from moximum size to :1'2 moximum size, ot leost 153 ore
fines or lumps smoller thon ;,0 mo ximum, ond remoining 75% are lumps of
any size smaller than \12 moximum
Sized means o uniform mixtu re in which not more thon 20lo are lumps

Moximum fa r be lts troveling horizontolly on boll ar roller bearing i:J lers.

For picking belts, speed is usuo lly 50 to 100 FPM. Belts with discharge plows
should not trovel !aster thon 200 FPM. A speed of ot leost 300 FPM should
be mointoined to ossist dischorge of moteria ls lending to cling to belt,
such as wet coal, wet sond, d<:1mp eort~. dirty govel.
o Unsh:ed means o uniform mixture of mate rial in which not more thon 1010

ronging from moximum size ro ~ maximum size, ond remoining 80% ore
lumps no lorger thon '2 maximum size and no smoller than 'Ao moximum siz e.

Tabl e 3 Looding Closses

M a:Kimum

Loading surcharge
closs
angle

Co mpo rative cross-se ctional oreas

20-degree trough

S e mi- Auid or Aot

slump

degrees
f ig. 4842

Typical
materiols

Ve ry fre e -flowing ,
hoving ongle of repose of le ss thon 3 0
degrees

Ma terial
chorocteris tics

Flat bel!

45-degree traugh

Fig. 4842
Very wet or very
dry, smoll sphericol
or granular porticles

20
degrees

-------10'

-~

~o

__. . . . . . . . . .----__j

~:;;~~!.:"-'-''~~~~

Fig. 4843

Fig. 4843

Fig. 4843

Mointoins ongle of
repose between 30
ond 35 degrees
Lorgest lumps pe rmitted by wid th of
belt os shown in
Tabl e 6, poge 146
Medium size lumps
os shown in Ta ble 6,
poge 146

- /~o\

Moinloins ongle of
repose over 40 degrees

30
degrees

'

:'-..

'._J

'

fi g. 4844

Fig . 4844

Fig. 4844

Slu ggi sh, flb rous,

string y, sh re dded,
or Aokes thot cling
together

Whole groin,
whole beons,
whole seeds,
dry silico sond,
cement, Ay osh,
mico flo ke s ar
wet concrete

Cool, oshes, sond,

grovel, eorth,
stone, ore, rock,
lump lime, lump
gypsum, coorse solt
ond crocked groins

Some os for
looding Closs B
Wood chips, bork,
shovings, bogosse,
undelinted cotton
seed, green molt,
hops, shredded
cone, shredded
rubber, domp fines
ond lempered
foundry sond

Defined as the maximum cross-secrional surcnarge an91e e t which motenol may be comed on belts trove ling over belt 1dle rs.

L 1 N K - B E L T 143

bulk handling
belt co nveyors

Engineering
D Be lt w ldth a nd sp eed , continued

the volume of material on one linear foot of belt.

Since the p e rmissible speed of the belt vares with different
conditions ond differenl widths of b elts, more thon o ne colculotion
moy b e necessory to orrive ot the proper combinotion of wid th a nd
sp eed. Whe n 20 idlers ore used ond the Looding Closs is B ar C,
the speed of the belt mo y b e determined from the to ns p er hour of
moteriol to be tronspo rted by interpoloting from Tabl e 4.

W idt h and sp ee d- as d etermin e d by copacity

The minimum width of b e lt to carry the required volume of moleriol
depe nd s upon the sp eed ot which the be lt will trove! ond the permissible cross sectionol oreo of the load on the bel!.
The volume of material lo be hondled is usuolly expressed in terms
of to ns per hour, cubic feel per hour, cubic yords p e r hour, or bushels
per hour. So thot the conveyor will never b e overlooded, the volume
per hour must b e the moximum rote ar peak rote al which materia l
will be hondled ot ony momenl ond not the averag e p er hour or the
average os d e termined by hourly ar doily re q uireme nts.

However, if o ther thon 20 idl ers ond B or C looding are used,

colculate the speed of the belt from the formulo

s
where S

To insure that the volume will never be gre oter thon plonned, use
surge b ins with feeders unless the flo w of ma terial to the belt is
reg ulote d by sorne other method, such o s by other conveyors, or by
p rocessing equipment.

V
-

V2

= sp eed of belt, feet per minute, to carry moximum rec-

ommended cross sectiono l looding of belt

V1 = p ea k ro te per hour ot which material will b e hondl ed
V2 = role per hour of corrying material a l bel t speed of one
foot per minute, os found from Table 5, poge 145.

Table 5, poge 145, shows the permissible cross sectionol o rea s of

the load o n the b elt far vorious types of idlers ond far the vorious
lood ing clo ssiflcotions in terms of rote per hour of corrying material
when speed of belt is one foot per minute ond material is conslontly
ond uniformly fed to the belt. These volues, therefore, ore 60 times

lf the minimum belt width resulting from the obove formulo will
req uire o b e lt speed greoter thon permitted by Table 2, poge 143,
the width should be recolculo te d , ond bosed on o V2 volue sufficient
to reduce the speed of the belt within the recommended limits.

Table 4 Capacities of b elt conveyors using 2 0 -degree idlers

Weight o f
p er cubic
foo t, pounds

Belt sp eed , fee t per minute 4

inches

14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72
84

Capaci ty , loadi n g Class C,

short tons (2000 p ou n d s) p er hour 0

Capacity, loadi ng Cla ss 8,

short t on s (2000 pound s) p er haur0

Belt
width,

material

100

200

300

~ ~I 54
~~I 81~~

400

~~

500

600

05 : : :

Belt speed, feet per minute 4

700

800

. . . :::
I .. . . .

100

~~

200

300

~I ~~

400

500

600

*~I

700

800

i
115
108
135 ...
31
63
94
126
157
67
101
135
168
. ..
...
39
79
1181 158
197
lOo ----isa 200 ~ 300 - ..-.- - .-.-.60
120 1- 180
300 ~1--1-81
1621 243 1 324
405
486
567 . . .
97
194 291
389
485
582
68 0
50
117 235
352
470 587 704
822
940
147 295
44 2 5 9 0 737 884 1032 1180
162
325
487 650 812
974 1137 1300
202
405
6 07
8 10 1012 1214 14 17 1620
220 440 ~ 880 ll0o 1320 1540 1760 275 550 ~ 1100 1375 1650 1925 2200
285
5701 855 11401 14251 17 10 19951 2280 357 7151 1072 1430 17871 2144 2500 2860
360 720 1080 1440 1800 2 160 2520 2880
450 900 1350 1880 2250 2700 3150 3600
555 111 o 1665 2220 2775 3330 3885 4440
690 1380 2070 2760 3450 4140 4830 5520
775 / 1550 2325 3100 38751 4650 5425! 6200
970 1940 2910 3880 48501 5820 6790 7760
14
321
64
961 129 . . 1 . . . 1 . . .
...
32)
641
96
129
16
42
84
126
168
210 . . .
...
. ..
46
92
138
184
230
18
54
108
162
216 270 . . .
...
. ..
63
126
189
252
3 15
20
67
135 202 ~1 337 . . .
...
. ..
79
158
237 316
295
24
200 300 400 500
600 . .-. -.. .240
360 480
600 ~ - -30
162
324
486 648
8 1o 972 1134 . . .
194
389
583
778
972 1166 1361
100
36
235
470 70 5 940 1 175 141 o 1645 1880
295 590 885 1180 1475 1770 2065 2360
42
325 650 975 130 0 162 5 1950 2275 2600
405 810 12 15 1620 2025 2430 2835 3240
----- -- - - - - - - - --- - -48
440
880 1320 1760 2200 2640 3080 3520 550 1100 1650 2200 2750 3300 3850 4AOO
54
570 11 40 1710 228 0 2850 3420 3990 4560 7 15 1430 2145 2860 3575 4290 5005 5720
60
720 1440 2160, 2880 36001 4320 5040 5760 900 1800 2700 3600 4500 5400 6300 7200
72
111 o 2220 3330 4440 5550 6660 7770 8880 1380 2760 4140 5520 6900 8280 9660 11040
84
1550 3100 4650 6200 7750 9300 l 0850 12400 1940 3880 5820 7760 9700 11640 13580 15520
- - - --l---14 - -a ~--------i92..-.- --..-.- -. .-.- --..-.- --~----- 192--- - - - - 16
62
124
186
248 . . .
. ..
...
...
68
136
204
272
340
18
80
160
240
320 400 . . .
...
.. .
94
188
282
376
470
20
102
204 306
408
51 o . . .
... ...
118
236
354
472
590
24,
150 300 450 600 750 900 . . .
. ..
180 360 540
720 . 900 1080
290 582
872 1164 1454 1744 2036 2320
30
242
484 726 968 12101 145 2 1694 .. .
150
36
352
704 1056 1408 1760 2112 2464 .. .
4421 884 13261 1768 2210 2652 3094 3536
42
486
972 1458 1944 2430 2916 3402 .. . ~06 ~ 4 ~o 2428 3034 ~ 4248 4848
824 1650 247 4 3 300 4 124 4948 577 4 6592
48
660 1320 19801 2640 3300 39601 4620 - ..- .
1070, 2144 321 4 4288 5358 6428 7502 1 8560
54
854, l 708 2562 3416 4270 1 5 124 59781 ...
60
1080 2160 3240 4320 5400 648 0 7560
..
1350 2700 4050 54001 6750 8100 9450 l 0800
1
72
1665 3330 4995 6660 8325 9990 11655 13320 2070 4 140 621 o 8280 10350 12420 14490 16560
84
23 25 4650 6975 9300 11625 13950 16275 18600 29 1o 5820 8730 11640 l 45 50 17 460 20370 23 28 0
27
34

100

.t. Refer to Toble 2, poge 143 far moximum speeds.

Refer to Toble 6, poge 146 for mnimum w idth of belt far lump size.

144 L

2401

----:so

N K- B E LT

120

0 Refer to Toble 3, poye 143 for derermining Load ng Closs.

bulk handling
b elt conveyo rs

Engineering
O Bel! width and speed , continued
Usually, it is mosl economical to operale !he narrowesl permissible
bel! al its maximum allowoble speed. However, when it is calculated
that the permissible cross sectional load ing al !he maximum permissible speed will handle more thon the required volume, it is
usually bes! to maintain !he cross sectional lo ading and select a
speed sufficient to convey !he required volume. The width and speed
thus determined should be considered a s tentative until b elt tensions

a re established, a s it may be necessa ry lo increase the width to

provid e sufficienl operating slrenglh; or, it may be advantageous to
operate !he belt al a higher speed with reduced cross sectional
loading to decrease lhe req uired tension. Another consideration
which may be found later to inAuence the width and sp eed of !he bel!
is !he troughability of bel!, as determined b y ils thickness to p rovide
adequate strength.

Tab le S Rote p er hour of carrying material al belt speed of one foot per minute
Belt
width,

Volume per hour for one foot per minute of belt speed, v,
Cubic yards
per hour

Cubic feet
per hour6

inches

2.6
3.7
5.3
7.3
11.9

4 .1
5.8
8.5
11.6
18.9

.... . ...

...... . .
. .. . . . ..
.. .. ....
. .......

loading Class
B

Bushels
per hour
B

2.1
2 .9
4 .2
5.8
9.6

3.2
4.6
6.8
9.3
15.2

........

14.4
21.8
30.7
38.8

23.0
34.6
48.7
61.5

..... . ..

47 .6
60.0
85.0
113.0

76.0
89.2
125.0
167.0

Fl at bel! on idlers
14
16
18
20
24

... .. . ..
........
. .. .....

0.09
. 13
. 19
.27
.44

.15
.21
.31
.43
.70

........

.66
1.00
1.42
1.78

1.06
1.59
2.24
2.83

. . ......
. . ......
... .... .

2.20
2.75
3.90
5.20

3.50
4.12
5.80
7.70

30
36
42
48

........
. . .. ... .
.. . . . . . .

. .......

18.0
27.2
38.2
48.3

28.6
43.0
60.6
76.4

... . .. ..
. . . . .. ..
. . . . .. . .
.. . .. . . .

54
60
72
84

. .... . ..
....... .
. .. .....
........

59.2
74.5
107.0
142.0

94.7
111.9
157.0
2 10 .0

... .. ...
..

.... .

.. . . . . .
. . ......

..... ...

20-degree idlers
14
16
18
20

3.35
5.04
6.90
8.85

24
30
36
42

13.50
22.60
33.50
47.60

48
54
60
72
84

63.00
80.00
98.00
145.00
200.00

6.48
8.40
10.80
13.50

6.48
9.20
12.60
15.8 0

.13
.19
.25
.33

.24
.31
.40
.50

.24
.34
.46
.58

2.70
4.05
5.55
7.12

5.20
6.75
8.70
10.85

5.2
7 .4
10.1
12.9

20.oq_- :
32.40
47.00
65.00

24.00
38.90
59.00
81 .00

.50
.84
1.24
1.76

.74
1.20
1.74
2.41

.89
1.44
2.18
3.00

10.85
18.10
27.00
38.80

16.10
26.00
37.80
52.20

19.3
31.2
47.5
65.0

110.00
143 .00
180.00
276.00
385.00

2.23
2.96
3.62
5 .35
7.40

3.26
4.22
5.33
8.23
10.40

4.07
5.3 0
6.65
10.20
14.20

50.50
64.20
79.00
116.00
160.00

7 1.00
91 .50
116.00
177.00
226.00

88.5
115.0
145.0
220.0
307.0

30.4
50.0
7 0.0
96.0
126.5

.7 4
1.18
1.54
2.12
2.88

.98
1.58
2.15
2.83
3.85

1.13
1.85
2.58
3.56
4.70

15.9
25.7
33.4
46.2
62.8

21.2
34.2
44.5
61.5
83.0

24.4
40.2
56.2
77.2
102.0

22.9
38.5
56.5
79.5
112.0

26.3
43.7
64.2
93.5
120.0

144.0
185.0
280.0

155.0
195.0
285.0

88.00
114.00
144.00
222.00
282.00

45-degree idlers with unequol length rolls

24
30
36
42
48

19.8
32.0
41.5
57.5

78.0

26.4
42.6
55.2
76.8
103.8

45-degree idlers with equal length rolls

24
30
36
42
48

22.0
36.0
53.0
74.5
104.2

28.7
48.0
70.8
99.6
139.8

33.0
54.2
80.0
116.0
149.0

.81
1.33
1.96
2.76
3.85

1.06
1.77
2.62
3.68
5.15

1.22
2.00
2.96
4.30
5.52

17.5
28.8
42.5
59.5
84.0

54
60
72

135.0
173.0
262.0

180.0
231 .0
349.0

193.0
243. 0
355.0

5.00
6.40
9.70

6.67
8.5 5
12.90

7.15
8.65
13. 10

108 .0
139.0
2 10.0

Refer to Table 3, page 143, lor determinalion of Looding Class.

Select idlers lrom pages 146 thru 150.

Tons per hour X Pounds per ton

6 Cubic fee t per hour = - Weighl of moterial per cubic foot, pounds

L 1 N K - B E L T 145

bulk handling
belt co nveyors

Engineering
D Belt w idth and s p eed, continued

Ta ble 6 Maximum recommended lump size for each width

of belt on 20-degree idlers

Widt h - a s d e termin e d by size of lumps

1loodingl
Maxi mum siz e of lu mps()
Molen al
class
class
Bell width, inches

14 l 16 l 18 1 20 l 24 l 30 1361 42
4 8 541601 72 184

The size of lumps to be hondled moy determine the minimum belt

width, porticulorly for low copocity conveyors or for inclines thot
opprooch the moximums.
When o smo ll percenloge of lorge lumps requires o substontiolly
wider b elt, speciol looding methods sometimes moy be used to
occommodote them. Also, under cerloin conditions, norrower belts
moy be used if occosionol lorge lumps ore confined by skirts, guords
or sofety covers.
Belts of omple width usuolly justify their first cosl by subsequenl
sovings in cleonup expense ond improved sofety, porliculorly on
conveyors of modero l e lengths. On very long conveyors or conveyor
systems, it moy be odvisoble to crush extremely lorge lumps or to
screen them out ond hondle them seporotely.
Table 6 shows the best proctice with respect to moximum size of
lumps for belts of given wid ths without considerotion of idler series
or the strength of bel t. To ble 7 illustrotes the influence of lump size
on idler selection, ond Table 14, poge 156, shows the necessity for
consid ering lump size with resp ecl to the strength of the belt.

Unsized

- -Sized

B e.
Bo

-eB e.e

10
16 18 20 22 27 32
12 114
16 20 22 24 28 33 38
4 5
7 10 12 15 18
l '12 2
3
- - --- 8 10 '12 14 16 19 22
3 '12 4 '12 7
1 '12 2 2 '12 3 '12 5 6 7 '12 9
'12 3/.o 1

3 4 5
..
.. 1
- -- 2 2 '12 3
...

Unsixed means a uniform mixture of material in wh:ch not more thon lOq~
ore lumps ronging from moximum size to . mox1mum si ze, et leost 15'";~ ore
fines o r lumps smaller than 1,fo maximum, ond remoining 75'~~ ore lumps of

ony size smolle r thon

2 moximum.

Sized meons a uniform mixrure in which not more thon 200,-;, ore lumps
ronging from maximum size to .' moximum size, ond remoining 80':' 0 ore lumps
no lorger thon 1 ~ maximum size ond no smaller thon 1 -10 moximum size

Looding closses are exploined in Toble 3, poge 143

8osed on free low of moteriol through s~ir t pioles when the looding condirionsond the distonce between skirt ploresore os recommended on poqe 162
o Bosed on speciol considerotion being given to loading conditions of the
belt ond ope rotion o f the conveyor.
O Size of lumps moy determine series o f belt id lers os shown in Table 7,
ond lhe roted belt tensions in Table 14, poge 156.

!),.

Belt i dler se lection and spacing

The type ond spocing of belt idlers influence the life of the idlers,
the belt, ond to o lesser exlent the power requiremen t. Selection
of the most solisfoctory idler requires considerotion of the material
hond led, copocily, ond conditions of service.
Link-Belt mokes on exceptionolly brood ronge of types ond sizes
of bel! idlers. Although sorne moy opp eor to overlop, o ll ore required
to hondle o wide vo riely of moteriols ond to mee! oll of the needs

of modern industry. The informo tion herein is suitoble for selecting

idl ers for most conditions of service. However, il moy be odvisoble
to consult Link-Bel! for idler recommendotions to mee! unusuol combinotions of conditi ons.
The construction of Link-Bel! idlers is described on poge 175.
Dimensions ond weights ore shown on poges 181 -195.

Tabl e 7 Maximum recommended lump size for each idler series

Type
of
bell
idler

Maximum rccomm e nded size of lumps, inches A

Material
weight,
pounds per
cubic foot

ldler
serie s

Belt width, inches

14

35
50
100
50
75
100
50
100
150
50
100
150
100
150

5000
6000
20
t roughed
b el!
idl ers

7000
8000
-

9000
45
lroughed
bel!
idlers
Flot
b elt
idle r s

6000

. ..

20

24

5
5

5
5
4
6
6
6
6
6
6

6
5
4
8
8
8
1
- -- 8
8
8
8
8
8
- - -

I~

- .. .

..

18

4
4
4
4

4
5
5
5
5
. ..
5
.. .
-5
. .. . ..
. .. . ..

...

. ..
.-. -

16

..
-.. 1

. ..

-..

.. -

. .

- - ..

- ..

..
.

36

42

6
5
4
- - -12
16
12
14
10
12
12
16
20
14
12
16
10
12
14
- - -- 12
16
20
12
14
16
10
12
14
- -16
20
16
20

48

54

----

20
16
14

16
14
22
22

84

- - - - --

- -

~1 20

72

60

16

20
16

24
24

28
26

---

- -

- --33- - 38
27

32

When used for moleriols other thon fine or granular, the moximum size of lumps or
objecls depends upon rheir shope and weight, olso !he spocing of idlers,
speed of belt ond other considerotions. Consult Link- Belt .

Size of lumps moy olso be determined by w idth o f belt (Toble 6). or by belr
tension ond weight of moteriol (Toble 14, poge 156). Other considerotions

14~

30

Size ond weight of lumps is usuolly limited by type of belt. Consult Link-Belt
when material weighs more !han 50 pounds per cubic foot.

ond

8000
5000,
6000,
7000,
8000,
9000

3
3
3
3
3
3
..

L 1N K- B E LT

include chor<1cterisrics of moteriol, Looding Closs, speed o f belt ond looding

cond1trons.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
2. Regreose oble in the field from one e nd, or "one-shot." This method

E Belt ldler selectl on and spaclng, continued

The TYPE of idler is determined by the function it performs, such os

corrying the load, supporting !he empty return belt, troining the b e l!
ond cushioning !he impoct of looding. Selection of the type of
corrying idler, whether Aot belt, 20 or 45 troughed belt, usuolly
is determined by the size, weight, quontity ond lump size of material
to be hondled.
Severol SERIES of eoch type of idler ore mode to mee! widely
differing operoting conditions. Selection of the series is determined
by such conditions os type ond frequency of service, degree of
obrosiveness in surrounding otmosphere, the weight per cubic foot
of material, ond the size of lorgest lumps to be hondled, os well os
looding ond dischorg e cond itions. Also, selection of !he series is bosed
on the speed, width ond thickness of !he belt.
The type ond series of idlers for most conveyors moy be selected
on the bosis of the operoting conditions broodly d escribed in Table 9.
However, for unusuol combinotions of conditions, it moy b e more
odvontogeous to use o lighler or he ovier series !han shown in the
table. Thus, o lighter series moy be sotisfoctory for handling heovy,
g ranular meterais on o lemporory or infrequently used conveyor,
whereos the sorne series would not b e e conomicol for continuous duty.
Conversely, heovier idlers ore more dependoble ond o re often more
economicol for continuous duty whe n handling high copocities of
lumpy material, even though it is of moderote weight.
ldler rolls ore mod e in vorious diometers ond of moteriols such os
steel, gray iron ond rubber treod. Lorger diome te rs ore d esiroble for
high spee d belts ond for lorge lum ps, os they should prolong life of
both idler rolls ond belts. Steel rolls ore used for most moteriols, but
gray iron is more sotisfoctory unde r certoin corrosive co nditions.
Rubber treod rolls ore used on corrying idlers to obsorb impoct, ond
on return idlers for sticky or corrosive moteriols.
The method of lubricoting idler beorings is usuolly bosed upen the
preference of p urcho ser's mointenonce orgonizotion, ond is inAuenced
by o pe rating conditions, accessibility of the idlers, ond by !he
chorocter ond ovoilobility of labor. Three methods of lubricotion ore
ovoiloble in certoin series of link-Belt idlers:

1. Regreoseoble in the fi el d al eoch beoring with oll gre ose pipes

extend ed to one sid e where desired. This method is necessory for
lorge idlers ond wid e be lts, ond usuolly is pre ferred for oll b ut
relotively norrow, moderotely looded conveyors.

is usuolly confined to light ond medium duty idlers of moderote be lt

width.

3. Foctory greosed ond seo led b eoring s ore usuolly confined to

conveyors of moderote widths for light or temporory duty.

Table 9, poge 148, p rovid es selectio n informotion with respect to

both type ond serie s. The moximum lump size for vorious idlers is
shown on Table 7, poge 146, but idler seleclion moy be inAuenced
olso by !he maximum lumps for belt width, Table 6, poge 146, ond
by belt tension, Table 14, poge 156.
The weight of revolving porls of vorious link-Bel! idlers is required
to determine power requiremenls ond be l! tensions, ond is shown
in Table 1 O, pog e 150.

Belt idler spacing

The spocing of idlers olong the conveyor belt is o very importont
facto r in the over-oll e conomy of the conveyor since the spocing
greotly inAuences the life of both the belt ond the idle rs. Also, idler
spocing moy inAuence the required horsepower os well o s the te nsion
roting ond cost of the belt.
lf the distonce be tween troughed be lt idlers is too greo t, the belt
will tend to sog excessively, cousing spilloge of moteriol, d ecreosed
be lt life, ond increosed power to drive the conveyor.
ldler spocing under skirt plotes should be reduced to ovoid
wedging of moteriol, os described further in this book und er " looding
the Belt." Heovy, shorp lumps will cause more domoge to high sp eed
belts due to greoter impoct al the idlers when the re is too much seg
in the belt. The omount of belt tension required to preven! excessive
seg is reduced by closer spocing of idlers os shown by Chori E,
pog e 155.
Occosionol lorge p ieces imbedded in fines ond centrolly loo ded on
o belt trove ling ot slow speed ore less severe on the idle rs thon the
sorne size or smoller lumps without the cushioning effect of fines.
l ump s not lood ed centrolly or trove ling ot high speed hove o more
destructive e ffect.
(continued on poge 150)

Table 8 Beft idfer spocing for eoch idfer type ond series
Type

Belt

of

idler

belt
idler

serie s

Moteriol
weight,
pounds
per cubic
foot

Recommended averag e spacing of lroughed bel! idlers, f eel A

Belt width, inches

14

35
5 Y2
5000
50
5Y2
1 00
5
,_ _ _ _ _ _ , __ __5_0_ _ , _ 5_,Y_,.:26000
20
troughed
belt
idlers

75
1 oo
50

20

5
4Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2
-5- -'-y;-

24

30

36

y;- -y;--y;- - --

4 Y2
4 Y2
5-

4
4
4
4
--y;--y;- 4Y2

1 oo
... ... 5
4 Y2
4 Y2
4
4
150
...
...
4
4
4
4
3 Y2
i- - -- - -i- --5-0- -i-.-.-.- - -- - -- --.-.-.- --5- - --y;-1 4 Y2

8000

...
...

42

4 Y2
4 Y2
4
4

7000

1 00
...
150
. ..
100
9000
1 50
-4-5 - - l l - -6'"0'"' "0"""
"' 0--l---:3-:5:---ll-.-.-.

idlers

18

5
5

5
5
5
4 Y2
5
5
5
4 Y2
.. ~ ..-.- - 5 - 5

8000

troughed
belt

16

5Y2
5
5
5- - -

4
3 Y2
4 Y2

48

60

54

--- -

_ 4_ _ _ _ _ _ __

72

84

--- - - -

-- -

4
-4- - - -4 - - Jy;- - - - - --

4 Y2
4

4
4
4
4
3 Y2
3 Y2
4
3 Y2
3 Y2
- .-.-.-i-y;-i 4Y2
4Yl
_4_ ___
4_
JY2 Jv;...
...
...
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
- ..- .- - 5 - - _ 5_ _ _ _
5-y;--y;- - - - - - - - -

-------.-.-.--.-..
...

...

50
35

...
...
...
...
-. .- . - - .. . - --..-.- - . .-.-

4 Y2
5Y2

50

...

...

...

...

A Relurn belt idler recommended spocing is 10-foot intervols for oll belr
widths ond looding. Belt troining idlers on the corrying ond return runs,
should be ploced obout 50 feet fr om eoch termino! or bend pulley ond

4 Y2
4 Y2
_ 5_ _ _5_ _
4 Y2

4 Y2

4 Y2
5
4 Y2

4
-y;--y;--4_ _ _4_ _ _ __
4

3 Y2

3 Y2

opproximotely 100 fe et oport thereofter. Jd ler spocing ot looding poinl

should be red uced to preven! excessive sog os covered on poges 155 ond

162.

L 1 N K - BE L T 147

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Engineering
E Belt ld ler selectio n and spaclng, continued
Table 9 Belt idle r selection b y ty pe and series
Type of bell idler

Series

5000

Avoiloble
far belt widths,

Roll

14-30

Carrying idler for intermittent o p eralion, relotively low

ca pacities and for lightweight materia Is of limited
lump siz e.

6000

14-36

4-5

Carrying idler for intermittent operatian, medium capacities and fo r moderale weight, semi-abrosive moterio ls
containing lumps larger and heavier than !hose handled
by Series 5000 idlers; or, for continuous operation when
handling lig htweight, fine materials.

7000

18-48

Carrying idl er fo r co ntinuous operatio n, high capa cities,

and for heovier weight, ob rasive moteria ls where the
size of lumps is limited by the width of b el!.

20 lroughed be lt idler

20 troughed belt rubbe r cushion idler

QDQ
20 troughed be lt lro ining idler,
positive o ction type

~~

20 troughe d be lt troining idler,

Operoting conditions

inches

dio meter,
inches

8 000

24-60

Corrying idler for continuous operation, high copo cities,

and for heavier weight, abrosive materials where the
size of lum ps is limited b y the width of bel!. The slrong er
and heavier 6" diameler rolls give add ed life under
more severe service, and are suitable for wider be lts
!han Series 7000 idlers.

9000

36-84

6-7

Carrying idler for continuous operalion, highest copocities, o nd for the heoviest and coo rsesl moteriols.

6000
7000
8000
9000

14-36
18-48
24-60
36-84

5
5
6
7

Ca rrying idl er used lo p rolecl the bel! b y obsorbing

impact under looding poi nis, esp ecially when larg e
lumps and he avy materials ore carried.

6000
7000
8000
9000

14-36
18-48
24-60
36-84

4-5
5
6
6-7

Corrying idler used to !rain corrying b e lts which operote

in o ne direction, ond to protect edges of belt from injury
due to misalignment.

7000
8000
9000

18-48
24-60
36-84

5
6
6-7

Corrying idlers used to troin corrying belts which operole in both directions, ond to protecl edg es of bel!
from injury due to misolignment.

8000
9000

24-60
36-84

5-6
6-7

Carrying idler used for picking, sorting ond feeder

conveyors.

7000
8000

24-48
24-60

5
6

Carrying idler for continuous service. This typ e corrie~ .

moximum volume of material, limited only by the construction of !he bel!.

8000

24-60

Carrying idler used to protect the bel! by absorbing

im pact und er looding points, especially when larg e
lumps and heovy malerials are carried.

7000
8000

24-48
24-60

5
6

Carrying idler used to !rain co rrying belts which o p erote

in one di rection, ond to prolecl edges of bel! from
injury due lo misolignment.

6000

24-48

4-5

Corrying idler for conlinuous operotion, handling lightweighl maleriols such os groin and wood chips in gre oter
volume thon 20 idlers.

actuoting di sc type

~I

I~

20 lroughed belt picking and

feede r conveyor idler

45 troug he d b e lt idler,
equal length rolls

4 5 trough e d b elt rubber cushion idler,

equal length rolls

45 troughed be lt troining idler,

positive action type, equal length roll s

45 troughed b e lt idler,
unequal length rolls

148 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
E Belt ldler selectlon and spaclng, continued

Table 9 Belt idler selection by type ond series (continued)

Type of belt idler

~CJ~

Series

Avoiloble
Roll
far belt widths, dio meter,
inches

6000

24-48

4-5

Corrying idler used to troin corrying belts which operote

in one direction, and to protect edges of belt from injury
due to misolignment.

8000
9000

24-60
36-84

5-6
6-7

Corrying id ler used to reduce edge tension in highly

stressed belts during their tronsition from troug hed
idler to pulleys. Rolls ore odjustoble to desired belt
contour.

5000
6000
7000
8000
9000

14-30
14-36
18-48
24-60
36-84

4
4.5
5
6
6-7

Corrying id ler used for bulk materi a ls such os p rep o red

foundry sond and undelinted cotton seed, where it is
desiro ble to plow material off a l o ne or more points.
Also, used for pul p wood logs, packa ges, p icking and
sorting conveyors. Generally suita b le for conditions of
service of corresponding series of 20 idlers.

8000
9000

24-60
36-84

6
7

Corrying idler used lo protect the belt by o b sorbing

impact al transfers a nd belt feeders.

8000
9000

24-60
36-8 4

6
7

Corrying idler used to protect the belt by absorbing

impact a l transfers and belt feeders. For the heoviest
type of service.

6000
7000
8000

14-36
18-48
24-60

4-5
5
6

Corrying id ler used to troin carrying belts which o perate

in one direction, a nd to protect edges of belt from injury
due to misolignment.

5000
6000
7000
8000
9000

14-30
14-36
18-48
24 -60
36-8 4

4
4-5
5
6
6-7

Return id ler used to carry empty return belts. Avoilo ble

with steel, gray iron or speciolly coated rolls.

6000
7000
8000
9000

14-36
18-48
24-60
36-84

4-5
5
6
6

Return idler used lo carry empty return belts where wet

or sticky maleriols cling lo belt or where resistance to
corrosion o nd chemical attroction to iron or steel is
required .

6000
7000
8000
9000

14-36
18-48
24-60
36-84

4-5
5
6
6-7

Return id ler used to train return belts which o p erote in

one direction, a nd to protect e d ges of be lt fro m injury
due to misalignment.

8000
9000

24-60
36-84

6
6

Return idler used to troin return belts which o perote in

one d irection whe n ha ndling materiols thot adhere to
belt ond build-u p on metal rolls. Mode only with rubbe r
treods.

8000
9000

24-6 0
36-84

6
7

Return idler used to assist in remo ving excessive omounts

of certo in ma terio ls that hove a tendency to cling to
bel t.

45 troughed belt training idler,

pos itive action type, unequal le ngth rolls

Variable troughed belt idler

ji

ll

Fla t bell idler

Jrnrm:mJill
Flat belt rubbe r cushion idle r,
fi xed s haft type

~
Flat bel! rubber cushion idler,
live shaft type

,t.

Jrr

Flat belt training idler,

positive action typ e

'1

1!

Retu rn belt idler

,,~
Re turn belt rubber tread idler

J]

[&;

Re turn belt training idler,

posit ive action type *

~~
Re turn belt rubber tread train in g idler,
coster- camber type *

:r

"\:

Return belt bealer idler

Operoting conditions

inches

..

Fa r relurn belt lro1ning 1d lers for re versi ble be lrs consult L ink-Belt .

L 1 N K - B E L T 149

bulk handling
be lt co nveyo rs

Engineering
E Belt id ler selection a n d spacing, continued

slructures musl b e correctly aligned. Also, the material hand led should
b e loaded cenlra lly on the bel!.
In addition lo careful installation, it is necessory to provide means
of training lhe bel! in anticipation of subsequent variations in alignment a nd loading conditions. Sorne self-aligning effecl of !he carrying run may be obtained by instal ling !he ca rrying id lers with a
forward tilt in lhe direclion of bel! lravel of not more than 2 .
Tilted idlers should no! be used on reversib le conveyors. Also, tilted
idlers may result in increased wear af bel! cover and idler rolls when
handling abrasive materials.
The bes! method of lroining !he bel! when misolig nment is no! excessive is with be lt troining idlers, which corree! this condition outomatically by lraining lhe bel! to a central position. They a re ava iloble
in !he various series shown in Table 9, pages 148-149. Bel! training
idlers are made far both carryin g and return belts, and far !hose
that travel in one direction or far reversible conveyors. Recommended
spacing of bel! tra ining idlers is g iven in a foo lnote to Table 8 , page 1 47.

Toble 8, page 147, and !he notes following it, show recommended
average spacing of idlers based on judgment determined by many
yeors of experience. lt is intended to represen! good practice far
normal or average types of installa tions, bu! deflnite limitations
connot be tabled far the spacing of idlers far all conditions. In many
cases it may be advisoble to obtain a recommendation from Link-Bel!,
especially when large, heavy lumps are being carried, when there
is a wide variance of lensions along !he bel!, and far conveyors
having convex curves or unusual loading conditions.

Belt tra ining idlers

lt is importan! thot the conveyor belt operates practically centrally
with respect to its idlers to avoid dama ge to belt edges from rubbing
against adjocent chutes or structures. To insure central opera tion the
bel! must be installed properly and !he idlers, terminal pulleys and

Table 1 0 Weight of revolving idler parts

Troughed bell idlers

Flat bell and relurn bel! idlers

Weighl per be ll idl er, pounds

Belt Series
width, 5000
inches

14
16
18
20

Series
6000

Series

7000

Series

Series
1

Series

'l

8000

9000

5000

Series

6000

Weight per idler, pound s

'
Series
Series
7000
1
1 8000

Series

9000

6
4"
4" [ 4" 1 5" 1 5
5"
6" 1 6"
6"
6" [ r 1 "
rubber l '" I rubber
rubber l
rubber
rubber 5" rubber stee l
steel s1ee
11s1,.
,.. 1s1ee
1grey
ee 11 ,..
s1ee1
. 1 ..
s1ee 1s1ee 11 , ..
steel
steel
steel
d
steel
steel
sleer,ubb~r
cush1on
iron cush1on
cush1on
1reo
reo
rolls ro 11s ro 11s cush1on
rolls treod rolls iron treod rolls 1rolls rolls
rolls rolls 1rolls rolls
rolls
ro 11 s
rolls ro 11s rolls rolls ro 11 s ro 11 s rolls
rolls rolls
rolls
13 15 19
14
. ..
. ..
12 12 15 11
. . . . . . . . . ... ... . ..
. . . . . . . . . . .. ...
. .. . . .
15 17 20
15 1 . . . 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . .
13 14 16 12
. . . . .. 1: : : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16 18 22
17
25
20
. . .
.. . ..
. . . . . . . . . 14 16 18 13 22 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ...
17 19 24
19
28
23
. . . . ..
... . . . ... . ..
15 17 20 14
24
18 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ..

24
30
36
42

22 27
26 32
.. . 3 1 38

48
54
60
72
84

...
...
...
. ..
...

20
23

. . . . ..

22
27
32

...

...

... ...
.. . . . .
... . ..
.. ...
... ...

...
...
...
. . .
...

32
36
41
46

27
31
35
40

41
64
48 76
55 89
64 103

52

48

...
...

. ..
...
.. .
...

71 115
78 128
86 140

.. .

. . . . ..
... ...

F Power

57
68
79
93

... ...

.. .

. . . . . .

. .

136
150
164
192
220

156
171
186
216
246

17
21

19 23
23 27
27 31

15
17
19

...
... ... .. . ...
. . . . . . . . . . ..
. . . . . . . .. . . .
. . . . .. ... . . .
. .. . . . .. . . . .
. . . . . . ... ..

28
34
40
46

20
24
28
32

36
43
50
57

59
71
83
96

24
29
33
37
42
46
51

52

36

. ..
...
.. .

. ..
. ..

. ..

65 108
72 12 1
79 133

. ..

..

. .. . . .
. .. . . .

... ..

.
. . . .. .

. ..

86 96
98 1 10

64
69

111
123
135
. .. 160
. .. 185

. ..

124 7 5
138 81
152 87
178 100
204 109

requirements and belt te nsi o ns

The power required to drive o belt conveyor is a fundamentally importan! design consideration. lt provides !he basis far selecting lhe
motor, controls and other drive components, as well as far calculating
anticipa ted power consumption. lt determines the tensions and stre ngth
of bel! required, and inAuences belt cost and life, and occasionolly
its width. Al so, !he design of other mechanical a nd structurol ports
is affected by !he forces which contribute to, or are the result of
power requirements.
These various forces are described below, followed by !he conve ntio nal symbols (page 154) and the ir deflnitions. Also, the relatio n
of power to proper bel! tension and bel! selection is covered on this
poge. Examples of power calculations are shown o n page 170.
Two methods of colculating power requirements are presentedthe Graphical Method and the Analytical Method. Both ore accurate
within their deflned limits. The Graphical Method is suitable fa r desig ning small, simple conveyors, or far closely approximating !he
powe r requirements of lorger units. The Analytica l Method is necessary far accurate results whe n designing long, high-capacity conveyors, or those with complex paths of travel.
There are two forces that dete rmine !he power requirements and
bel! tensions in any be l! conve yor afte r it is running al a uniform
spe ed, namely frict ional forces a nd gravitatlonal forces . A
third, lnertia forces, affects bel! te nsion during acceleration a nd

150 L 1 N K - B E L T

93 108 126
106 122 1 141

104 111 8
116 131
125 143
. .. 168
... 193

~royrubber

deceleralion but has little influence on total p ower requirements.

FRICTIONAL FORCES are the fo rces req uired far moving !he ma terial ond the b el t horizontally and far turning all rotating peris
driven by !he conveyor belt. Frictional forces always oppose !he
movement of !he bel!, and equal the sum of !he following constitue nt forces:
To tal weight of moving material X friction factor of material.
Total weight of b el! X friction factor of bel!.
Total weight of revolving idl er peris X friction factor of idlers.

Additional frictio na l forces that mus! be included et the drive

shaft are !he friction of conveyor terminal bearings, the friction of
material on conveyor looding skirts and other minor power absorbing
items. For conveyors of modera le lengths and paths of travel these
forces may all be included by adding one empirical value, Lo. This
term Lo represents a force resulting from adding theoretically 150-foot
centers of loaded horizontal conveyor to the foot or receiving end
of !he actual conveyor. Th e Lo value of 150 f eet is conservative for
conveyors with ba ll o r rolle r bearing idlers and sleeve bearings on
terminal pulley shafts. lf p ulley shafts are eq uipped with ball o r
roll er bearings, and good alignment and maintenance is assured, !he
Lo value may be reduce d to 1 20 feet.

'

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F Power requl rements and belt tenslons, continued
Note thot !he Lo volue does no! include frictional losses between
motor and !he conveyor driving pulley resulting from power transmission equipment as speed reducers, chains or gears. These frictional
losses affect !he horsepower of motor, but do no! inAuence design
and selection of belt, idlers, pulleys and pulley shafts.
Other frlctlonal forces that may exceed the normal L0 value,
and mus! receive special consideration, are !hose resulting from complex arrangements of terminals, multiple trippers and heavily loaded
convex curves.
Frictlon Factors shown in Table 11 are based on a differenl
factor for material than for the empty bel!, due to the resistance of
the material lo the slight but repetitive d isturbance it is subjected to
as it passes over the idlers. The factors shown are conservative for
conveyors equipped with high grade antifriction idlers, on well
aligned structures, operating in temperatures above - 20 F., receiving good care, mainlenance and lubrication. For temporary or poorly
aligned slructures ar lower temperatures these factors should be
increa sed between l 03 and 253, depending on conditions. Although special greases may be helpful al low temperatures, o ther
considerations may necessitate higher factors !han !hose shown in
!he table. Conversely, some tests hove been made under very favorable conditions which indicated friction factors less than those shown
in the table.
GRAVITATIONAL FORCES are the forces, over and above the
frictional forces, required to raise ar lower the belt and material on
the inclined portions of !he conveyor. On ascending conveyors the
gravitational forces of the bel! and material on the carrying run
oppose movement of !he belt and on !he return run !he gravitational
force of !he belt assists movement. On descending conveyors the
gravitational forces of !he belt and material on the carrying run assist
movement of the belt and on the return run the gravitational force
opposes movement in !he desired direction. Gravitational forces are
determined by !he following formula:

Weight of belt,
Weight of material, } X vertical travel,
per foot
per foot of be lt
in feet
The result should be added to the frictional forces of inclined belts
b ut should be deducted for declined belts.
(

Table 11 Friction factors

Friction

Peri in which friction originales

Revolving peris of ball or roller bearing b e l! idlers ... .
Empty b e l! on ball or roller bearing belt idlers ...... .
Material only on be lt on anti-friction belt idlers . ..... .
Tail, be nd and snub pulleys and shafts, ball and
roller bearings . . . . . . . . . . .................. . .
Tail, bend and snub pulleys and shafts, sleeve
bearings ............................... . . . . .
Takeup pull or counlerweight, ball and roller
bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. .. ... .
Takeup p ull or counterweighl, sleeve b earings . ... . .. .
Orive pulley assembly, ball and roller bearings ...... .
Orive pulley a ssembly, sleeve bearings ............. .
Fabric be lt, including material carried, sliding on
polished steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .
Friction surface belt and material carried, sliding on
polished steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
Rubber surfaced bel! and material carried, sliding
o n polished sleel. .............. . ............ .
Fabric surfaced belt and material carried, sliding
o n polished wood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
Friction surfaced bel! and matedal carried, sliding
on polished wood ........................ .
Rubber surfaced bel! and material carried, sliding
o n polished wood ..... .

factor

.02
.02
.025
.0 1
.02
.01
.02
.01
.02
.25 - .30

Methods for calculating horsepower

The horsepower to drive a belt conveyor equa ls the sum of the
following:
HP to drive empty conveyor
HP to elevate or lower material. (This should be
subtracted when lowered.)
HP to convey material horizontally
HP to overcome the "additional frictional forces" and
"other frictional forces" mentioned on pag e 150 and 151.
Two methods are included herein for calculating the horsepower
a nd bel! tensions of belt conveyors. The use of either method requires
an understanding of the subject of Belt Tensions, page 154, but such
understanding is needed less for the simple Graphical Method than
for the Analytical Method.
Th e Graphical Method provides the means for obtaining th e
total horsepower directly from Choris B, C and O on pages l 52 and
153, and the belt tensions may be calculated from the resulting
horsepower. This methad is suitable for conveyors of moderate
capacity having relatively straight paths of travel. The results will be
accurate when actual weights of belts and revolving parts are used
for Chori B. However, for determining tentative or approximate
horsepower, a convenient table of typical weights is superimposed
on Chori B.
The Graphical Method is not suitable for final calculation of horsepower for conveyors having decline portions, convex curves, high
capacity or complex arrangements of terminals. On the other hand,
it is useful for tentative estimates of horsepower under these condi tions and for an approximate check on the results obtained by the
Analytical Method.
An example of the use of the Graphical Method is given on page

170.
.30 - .35
.45 - .55
.30 - .35
.35 - .40
.40 - .50

The diffecence between the frction foctors of the empty belt and the
materia l on the belt is due to the resistonce of the molerlo l to the slight but
repetilive dislurbonce it is subected to os il posses over the belt idlers.
This table shows recommended friclion foctors bosed on reosonoble core,
mointenonce, lubricotion ond olignment ond for operolion in temperotures
obove -20F.

INERTIA FORCES are defined as the increased tensions that are

set up during the acceleration and deceleration of the bel!. The
magnitude of these tensions is calculated by the use of unit inertia
forces which are determined by the total equivalen! weights of all
moving parts, the torque available for accelerating and careful
consideration of !he proper distribution of these forces. By this means
it can be determined whether:
the light Side Tension, T,, is too great, or
!he T/T2 ratio is excessive, or
!he bel! will lift off the idlers on a concave curve.
The calculation and application of inertia forces is rather involved,
so these formulas are not included nor are they considered in the
examples in this book. However, inertia forces should be calculated
and their effect carefully considered for conveyors which must be
designed for the following conditions:
( l) Long, heavily loaded, high speed conveyors.
(2) Horizontal conveyors where the distante the conveyor
will coas! is important.
(3) Oescending, regenerative conveyors, requiring brakes.
(4) Transfers between feeders and high speed conveyors
of widely varying lengths and inclines.
Complete information regarding conveyors in these categories
should b e referred to Link-Belt for recommendations.

Pre- Bllt sectional belt conveyors, page 222, may be selected

after horsepower has been obtained by the Graphical Method
without further consideration of belt tension or other matters of d esign detail.
The Analytlcal M e thod is based on calculating bel! tensions as
they occur along the conveyor, and the horsepower is flgured from
the resulting Effective Tension, E, al the driving pulley. This method
is generally used for conveyors beyond the limits of the Graphical
Method. lt is not only more accurate, but it provides te nsion values
al intermediate points of !he conveyor which are necessary for the
proper design of decline belts, convex and concave curves, complex
terminals and remotely located ttikeups.
(continued on page 154)

LINK - B E L T 151

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F Power requirements and belt t e nslons, continued
Chart B Horsepower requir ed to drive empt y conveyor

Belt
width,
inches

Weight per linear foot

o f b e lt ond re volving id ler
p e ris, p ounds 6
Ma te ria l weight pe r
cubic foot, pounds

50

18
24
30
36
42

48
60
72

84

ow

w
ll..
(/) 14 ,___.,,____..___,__,
1--

_J

(IJ

:;: 13 f----.,--i---1--1

~~

100

150

~:

30

~~ r-~~--1 !~

--;r1 ~:
65
10 1
137

1'

94
11 8
15 1

i--~-~1

107
135
169

6 Weights obove doshed line bosed on

Series 7000 idlers, berween lines on Series
8000, below solid line on Series 9000
idlers. Friction factor = .02. Lo = 150
feer.

a..
u_

Q
I

121--+--+-+-+-...,--,--,--,--.,.--.,.---,----,----,----.,..~----r----,----,~~t--+-1'~-+-+--1,'--,---;'-t-~~~-t--it'--+-.,---t-,.<;--1--ii--t--,..._+-+-i l2

w
e::
~

111--1--~...-+-_..__..___.__.__~~~_.__._~~--t~~--1-+-1---+-----,l'-+-~-r---+-'-t---r-__,,,_-+--t---b........--+--t--t,.....,--ii--t--t--+7"'+-i

ll

e::

>~ 10 1--l-----'--+-+-...,---,--~-,--,-~~---,----,-~~--f~-r---.f--....,.<-~o+-+-+r-r-+--r--+--r--il'--+-+-+-7"----+--t----l----:""""'r--t-t-t-+-:tlO

z
o

u
>-

91--,.--+-.,..--t--t---:---r--'-t--+--+---,--t---r-+~-rt--?'T--1r--->'t----,.~-t--,f--t---;-;..,.._'-t--r--?1"---t-- >:/-...,.---+--+-'-t--+>""l--+--+--t--i9

:;:
w
w

>
:

o
o
le::
w

~
a..

61--+---r---+-+-+-+--+--'-l'-7'-T---i>''-'-r-.,.-7f'--t-7"---,,--,.f-t-~'i-+--t--,..<'-r---+--+-7"''--t--+-.,---+--+--t,.....,-ir--t-t-t-+-+-i6

o
I

800
HORIZONTAL CENTERS IN FEET

152 L I N K - BELT

1600

1800
Fig. 6254

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F Power requirements and belt tenslons, continued
Chart C Horsepower required to elevate material

Chart D H orsepower required to convey material horizonta lly

200

400

TONS PER HOUR OF MATERIAL ELEVATED

1000
800
1200
1400

600

1 -1 -1-

2.3

2.1

t-

-1.9

t-

,_

1--

,_

t- t-

,_

11 - - - - -

tt-

1-

,_

,__

f..::

o 1.6
ou..

1.9

--

1--

a:
w

<t:

1.3 1-

::;::

,_
-

CHART (
1--

o
1- 1.0

--

t= _

a::
w

3: .9
o
.8

.7

.L

1-

1-

,,,_
L

t-- t--

1-

t-

.6
/

.5
/

.4

.3
t-

.i,_
.1
:-,.

1--

V
,/

- V

- -

t-

,_

1-

- -

---

t-

1-

t-

1-

1--

l -

1- 1-

t-

--- ~

,_

--

1.2

1----

- ._-

i--r--

1-

o::
._ 10 o:::>
I

1-

t--

o::
w
a..
CJ)

z
o

-+-- t -

1-

- -

1-

t-

t-

w
a..
>__J

1-

<t:

-t-~

1-

1--

1- t-

__J

<t:

a:
w

1- ~

z
o

a:o

,_

t-

Q
o::

__J

1-

1-

,_:__

t
1- t -

--

1.6

1. 3

t=t-- ,_

t-

1.7

1.4

-t-

,__

_,_ ,__

1.8

t-

1.5

1/
~ ---

'-

r-

v ~1

- [/V
,_ -

t-

,,__ ,_

b'

t-

,/

,__

,__ 1---

t-

1-

--

1.1

a..
w
CJ)
o::

1-

MUL TIPL Y RESULTS FROM CHART

BY TOTAL LI FT

--

1-

1-

w 1.2

f---

1-

<t:
__J

t-

- ,__

1-

1-

>
w

,__

a:: 1.5
w
a..
__J
<t: 1.4
1-

,__ ,__
,__ ,__

2.1
2.0

,__

,__

,_

:= t:=

1 - 1--

1-

---

2.2

t-

1.8

1-

,_ ,__

,_

1-

1-

u..
::::; 1.7

- ,_

2000

,__

1--

,__._
t-

t--

1 - -t -

,_ _r=

2.0

1800
t-

2.3

--

2.2

1600

1-

,__

1<t:

::;::

>w
3
CHART

1-

MULTIPL Y RESUL TS FROM CHART

TONS PER HOUR
BY
100
f riction facto r == .025

>
z
o

o::
w

3:
o

a..
w
CJ)
o::

o
I

200

400

600

800
1000
1200
1400
LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET

1600

1800

2000
Fig. 6252-53

L 1 N K - B E L T 153

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
F Power requirements and b e lt tensions, continued
Final colculotions by the Anolyticol Method should be bosed on the
actual weights of f1nolly selected belt ond revol ving peris. However,
the opproximote weight of bel! for lenlotive colculotion moy be obtoined by using !he Grophicol Method to determine opproximote
horsepower, from which th e Tight Side Tension, T1, moy be estoblished,
ond the weight ob toined from Table 19, pog e 158.
An exomple of !he use of the Anolyticol Method is given on pog e
172.

Belt tensions and power formulas

The forces which contribute to the power req uiremenls of o conveyor build up in, ond ore lransmitted by, the bel! os tensions. In oddition to their effect on power requirements, belt tensions olso influence
the design ond selection of oll componen! pe ris. Thus, belt tensions
provide the bosis for colculoting the mejor loods o s well os power
requirements.

Since the relotionship of T1 ond T2 depends up on the coefficient of

friction and ore of contoct, ond the difference b etween T1 ond T,
determines the volue E, these ore the onl y two foctors hoving direct
inAue nce upen the effective driving power which o p ulley will develop.
A greoter coefficient of friction con b e obtoined by logging the
pulley ond g reoler o res of contoct con be ob toined by snubb ing the
belt or by use of tondem or dual motor drives.
T1, the Tight Side Tension, is the tension in the b elt ot the driving
pulley ond moy be exp ressed
T1 = E+ T2
In sorne coses it moy be odvontogeous to use o dua l pulley drive
to increase !he ore of contoct of bel! o n drive p ulleys os shown in
diogrom below:
/

HEAO PULLEY
SECONOARY
ORIVE PULLEY 1
_.i.....,.~..i,---')~--,T'z-

The followi ng def1nitions and descriptions apply to bel! conveyors

afte r they hove reached their normal speeds. They do not take into
considerotion inertia forces menlioned on page 151.
For conve nie nce, we lisl below the symbols used in connection with
the more complete def1nitions which follow them:
= Horsepower required lo drive conveyor.
= Speed of conveyor in fe et per minute.
= Effective tension req uired to drive conveyor.
= Tight side te nsion al primory drive pulley.
= Slock side lension al drive p ulley.
= Slock side tension al primary drive pulley of o dual
motor drive and the light tension of secondary drive pulley.
Tmox. = Ma ximum tension in belt, wherever it occurs.
T,
= Sog tension between looded idlers.

H
S
E
T1
T2
T,

___,__>
<

ORIVE PULLEY

360 to 500 wrop

Total E=T1- T2
T3 is the Slock Side Tension for the primory d rive pulley of a dual
d rive, ond is olso the Tighl Side Tension for the secondary d rive
p ulley.

Table 12 Constants and tension factors o

~:~=
~PULLEY

e-) T
:=
L

Fig. 4852

Du a l pulley drive

f ig. 4845

LORIVE PULLEY fig. 4846

Snubbed drive pulley

Plain drive pulle y

180 wrop
E= T1 - T"

180 to 240 wrop

E= T1 - T2

E, !he Effective Tension or horsepower pull, is !he le nsion in pounds

al the drive pulley required to pull !he conveyor. lt is equol to the
algebraic sum of all of the forces acting on the conveyor while it is
running.
E may be calculated from belt tensions by !he Analytical Method
described on poge 172. Or, if !he operating horsepower is obtoined
from Cho ris B, C ond D, pages 152 and 153, then,
E= H X 33000

!! for single

Type

Single
Pulley

Snubbed
Pulley

lt should be noted thot, although E is sufficient to pull the belt, it is not

the Maximum Tension nor the Tight Side Tension.

154 L 1 N K - B E L T

Are of
con to et
of belt

Dua l
Pull ey

pulley

drive
T2
T1 for both pulleys of
T; dual pulley drive

Slock side tension

factor required
for driving belt 6

Gravity tokeup 4

on drive

pulleys,
degrees

T2, the Slack Side Tension, is the tension required in !he belt al the
driving pulley of a single pulley drive and al the secondary pulley
of a dual pull ey drive. 11 must exert sufficienl pressure between the
bel! and driving pulley to tronsmit the required power without
slippoge.
The required amount of Slock Side Te nsion, T2, d epends upon the
ore of contoct b e tween the b elt ond the driving pulley or pulleys
ond olso o n the co-efficient of friction between the belt o nd pulleys.
Toble 12 shows foctors by which the e ff ective horsepower pull, E,
should b e multiplied to determine the mnimum required slock te nsion
T2 ond it olso shows the constan! rotios of T1 ond T2 for bore ond
lo gged drive pulleys ond for vorious ores of contoct betwee n the
b elt ond pulley.

Constant ratios

Orive

Bore
pulley

l ogged
pu lle y

Bore
pulley

logged
pulle y

180

2.19

3.0

.85

.50

200
210
215

2.39
2.50
2.55

3.39
3.61
3.72

.72
.67
.64

.42
.38
.36

220
230
240

2.6 1
2.73
2.85

3.83
4.07
4.33

.62
.58
.54

.35
.33
.30

360
380
4 00

4.80
5.25
5.72

9.02
10 . 19
11 .5 1

.26
.23
.21

.13
.11
.09

420
450
500

6.25
7.12
8.86

13.00
15.27
21.2 1

.19
.16
.13

.08
.07
.05

..t. Volues for screw tokeups ore not given here os they would be empiricol

due to uncertointy of monuol odjustment. When screw takeups ore used

it is common proctice to use o factor 503 to 1003 greater thon shown
fer grovity tokeups.
t; To determine mnimum T2, multiply Effective Tension E by Slock Side Tension
fo cto r.
o Based on coefficient of fri ction between be lt and drive pulley of .25 fa r
bore pulley ond .35 far logged pullev.

bulk handling
b e lt conve yor s

Engineering
F Power requ ir ements a n d b elt tensions, continued
The two drive pulleys of dual motor drives must run ot different
peripheral speeds to compensate for the difference in b e lt speed resulting from the contraction of belt due to the decreased load between the two pulleys. The design of duol pulley drives involves a
number of special considerations of mechanicol and electricol equipment and should be referred to Link-Belt.
Tmax is the Maximum Tension in th e belt. For most conveyors, Tmax
occurs al the driving pulley as T1, but under certain conditions the
Maximum Te nsion may occur sorne distance from the driving pulley.
T., the Sag Tension, is the mnimum tension which should be in ony
portion of the carrying run of the belt to preven! excessive sag of
the belt between the idlers.
Excessive sag will require more power and couse additional belt
wear due to more disturbance of the moterial being corried as it
passes over ond between the idlers.
The amount of sag at any point along a belt vares with the
spacing of the idl ers, the amount of te nsion in the belt at that point
and the weight per foot of the loaded b elt. Therefore, sag can be
lessened by spacing idlers closer or p utting more tension in the belt
by adding to the takeup pull.

Table 8, page 147, shows the recommended average spacing for

various series of idlers for different weights of materials and various
widths of belts. Experience indicates that, for the over-all economy of
the mo jority of installotions, these spacings should not be exceeded.
G reater distance between idlers may be indicated when belt tensions
would be sufficient to preven! excessive sag al longer spacing.
Good proctice is to limit the amount of sag to not more than 23
of the distance between idlers except where the b elt travels under
loading chute skirts. lf the idlers under the skirts are spaced al one
half of the distance they are spaced jusi ahead of the skirts the sag
under the skirts will not ordinarily be excessive.
Chori E can be used to determine the required idler spacing for
whatever tension may be in the belt, or it can be used to find the
belt tension required for various idler spacings to preven! more than
23 sag. Any tension which may be added to reduce sag should be
added to all te nsions throughout the belt.
Ex a m ple-When combined weight of load and belt is l 00
pounds per linear foot, idlers should be spaced not more than 4 feet
apart where tension in belt is 2500 pounds. O r, when weight per
foot of loaded belt is l 00 pounds, tension in belt should be not less
than 2500 pounds where idlers are spaced 4 feet apart.

Chart E Recommended idler spacing to prevent excessive sag of belt

WEIGHT PER FOOT OF LOAD ANO

'

5
6

8
10

/
BELT TENSION IN POUNDS REQUIRED TO LIMIT SAG OF BELT TO 2 % OF ID LER SPACING
f og 4840

Belt selection

The selection of the belt is one of the most importan! considerations

in the design of a belt conveyor. The belt carries the material and
transmits the power to move the load. lt is the pa rt most subject to
wear and replacement.
Belt life depe nds upon the molerais handle d as well as the design
of other parts of the conveyor such as pulleys, idlers, loading devices,
trippers, chutes and cleaners. Proper care and maintenance contribute much toward extending belt life.
Many types of belts are available for such specific purposes as
high temperatures, resistance to acids, for food products, for resisting
impact and obrasion, and for parts and packag es. Among these
types are flat steel bond, wire mesh, tre ated and untreated canvas,
and rubber covered. Rubber covered belts of various constructions
are generally used for handling bulk materials and the data in this
section a pply particularly to this ty pe.
Previous Link-Belt publications hove contained specifications of
belting from which final belt selection could be made, as the belting
construction al thot time was standordized within close limits. With
the advent of many new molerais and o variety of constructions for
belt carcosses, e och with an advontage for a particular need, it is
now impractical to provide specification information he re for the
final selection of a belt. Link-Belt will be glad to assist in such final
selections when desired.

Belts ore now made in various types of ply or cord constructions,

using such materiols as synthetic fibers, cotton duck, steel cables, or
combinations of these material s. Each belt is capable of a safe moximum
tension stress. In this book such tension stresses or rotings hove been
g rouped as tension ranges in table form for correlating data suita ble
for making all necessary belt calculations on a te ntative ba sis. Minar
adjustme nts may b e necessary to corree! for the specific belt that is
finall y selected.
Proper belt selection requires consideration of the following:

Belt car cass

The carcass of a belt provides the longitudina l strength for transmitting the power and the lateral strength for resisting impact and
for carrying the load. The carca ss is made of vorious layers or plies
of fabric and/or cords, and they are held together by resilient
rubber, called friction. The tension rating depends upon the materials
and construction of the carcass, but the quality of the belt is determined by the friction.
Table 14, page 156, shows tension ra ting s of belts on 20 idlers
with respect to width as they are influenced by lump size, choracteristics and weight of material. Permissible operating tensions are
also limited by the type of splice and characteristics of the control
equipment for accelerating the belt when starting under load, as
shown in Table 13, page 156.
(continued)

L 1 N K - B E L T 155

bu lk handling
belt conveyo rs

Engineering
G Be lt se le ction, continued

Abrosiveness of material hondled.

Size o f lumps ond their tendency lo leor ond cut lhe cover.
Chorocleristics of material ho ndled, such o s hec t, oils, o cids,
moislure.
Length ond speed of conveyor.
Melhod of looding conveyor.
Tabl e 15 shows the grade o f cover recommend ed for vo rious
conditions of service, ond Tab le 16, poge 157, shows lhe influence
of conveyor leng th, speed o nd lensio n on g ra de o f cover required .
Table 17, p oge 157, contoins recommended lhickn esses of covers
for vorious conditions of service.

Be lts ore ovoilobl e with higher tension ro tings !han t hose shown
in !he tab les, including sleel cable lype. However, they involve specio l
design considerotions ond should be referred lo Link-Belt.
Corcosses ore mode with differenl grades of friction material os
required by lhe severily of service ond frequ e ncy of fl exing the
bel! oround vorious pulleys. The grade of bel! depends upan the
diomeler of p ulleys, lenglh of conveyor, speed of bel!, number of
plies o nd omounl of stress in belt. A skim cool of rubber between
lhe fr icl ion plies is necessory where frequency of flexi ng st roins is
high, such os in shorl, high speed conveyors, or where il is severe
os in conveyors with undersize pulleys.
Table 15 shows !he friction recommended for 20 ond 45 idlers
o nd for vorious conditions of service. Also Table 16, poge 157,
shows the fr iction recommended by Link-Belt bronds os il is influenced
by conveyor lenglhs, speed s ond lensions.

Ta ble 1 3 Permissible operating tensions

Permissible aperating lensian per inch of belt width
Vulcanized splice
Metal splice
1
Across line
Across line
Gradua l
Gra dual
>la rling
occeleration
starting
1 accelerotion

Rated belt
tension in pound s

per inch
ol belt width

Belt cove r

0-300
300-500
- 500-1000

803
753

653
653

- --

The cover of o bel! provides o proleclive casing for the corcoss, to

which it is vulconi zed. Covers ore mode in vorious g rades bosed o n
!ensile strenglhs, ond in thicknesses to suil such conditions os:

803
803
803

..

1003

lOOL
1003

Ta ble 14 Rated belt tension on 20 belt idlers as determined by lump size and weight of material
Lump sii: e, inche sA O

Rated
belt tension

Belt width, inches

18

in pounds

per inch
ol belt width

0-100
100-150
150-200
200-250
250-3 00
300-350
350-4 00
400-5 00
500-600
600-750
750-1000

24

30

36

42

48

54

60

72

84

Weighl per cubic faot a l material, pounds

50 11oo l 50I 50 11oo l 50I 50 11oo 150 50

G
G
4 1G
2 1 -G
4 4 G

6 2
6 5
8 7
... . ..
8 8

- ...
---.. -.
.. . . . . . .
.

. . ...

..

. ..

..

. . .
...
.

..

. .

..

. ..

.. .

11 oo

1501 50 loo 1501 50 1001 15o 50 1oo 1501 50 11oo 1 5ol 5o 110011501 50 110011 50

6 2 G
4 2 G
6 4 G
6 2 G
6
4
8 6 2 8 5 2 8
8 12 8 6 10 8 6 10
---.. .
. . . . 12 12 10 14 10 8 14
. .. . . "f:i i 2""f2 16 12 10 20
..
. . . . .. . ..
. . f 6 i6" "f2 20
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 16 16 20
G
G

.. . . . .

. . . ..

..

6 G G
G
4 G
6 4 G
6 2 G
6 4 8 6 4 8 4 2 4
10 8 12 8 6 12 8 4 8
12 10 18 12 8 16 12 8 12
----
20 16 22 16 12 20 16 12 16
24 18 14 22
20 20
i4 24T -8 26
. . . ..
1
24 24 24 28
.. . . . .
G

G = Granular
Maximum lump size of certain materials may be increased to he limils shown
in Table 6, p'lqe 146, und"'r hiqhly favorable loadin3 condi1on<.

.~.~.p; ~.~.

6 3 8 4
8 6 12 8
12 8 16 12
16 10 20 16
20 16 26 20
28 20 33 26

6
8
10
14
18

10
14
20
26
38

6 4
10 6
14 10
20 14
24 16

o Belts lo r lumps below dashed line should be checked with Link-Belt lar
troughability.

Table 1 5 link-Belt brands of rubber-covered belts as d e termined b y type of service and belt idlers
Service far which
recommended

Type
al
belt
idler

Materials far which

recammended

Brand
al
friction in corcoss
ond adhesion,

Brand
ol

Breaker
strip

cover

and slrength,
pounds

in pounds
1

Extremely deslructive conditions,

severe impocl.
Resistonce to gouging, leoring
ond stripping of cover.
Severe flexing.
- Resistonce lo weo r ond g ouging
of cover.
Resistonce to impoct.
Generolly severe service no!
worronting Foultless Brand.

--

Where fle xing ond obrosion ore

not seve re.
G e nerolly moderole se rvice.

20
1

Medium shorp, heovy lumps.

Lorge crushed ores, stones, cool,
shole, eorlh with only smoll
percenlog e of heovy, shorp lumps.
Sond, grovel.

-20

- -45
1

Light or med i:.im heovy moteriols.

Sond, soda, osh, sugor, wood chips,
sol t, groin ond beons.
Cool, grovel, crushed sto ne with
lumps not over 3 inch ond mixed
with fines.

Ll. Under certain conditions, other brand friction may be necessary. Consult Link-Belt.

156 L 1 N K - B E L T

-Lion

Foultless

3500-4000

20-24

45

---

Foultless

Heovy, shorp ond jogged lumps.

On b e lls
with 3112"
cover ond over

16- 19

Lion

LionLi.

2500-3000

- --

16-19

20

Service

45

Lio nll.

12-15
Non e

16-19

Service

800- 1000

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
G Belt selectlon, continued

Belt stretch

When belts will be exposed to temperotures higher thon 150 F., or

lower thon - 20 F., or to repeoted contocts with oil, ocids or chemicols, consult Link-Bel! for recommendotions.

Chonge in belt length due to climotic conditions is usuolly negligible,

but the stretch due to tension is im por tan! in determining the omount
of trovel required for the tokeup. Table 18, poge 158, shows the
recommended trovel of tokeups for belts with cotton ond synthetic
corcosses ot operoting tensions of 7 5 3 ond 100% of roted tension
of belt. Also, other considerotions of tokeup trovel ore covered on

Troughability
The obility of the looded belt to trough properly on the corrying
idlers d e p ends upon the material hondled os well os the width, thickness ond construction o f the belt. Sotisfoctory troughing chorocteristics
moy be expected for the belt widths ond tensions shown on Table 14,
poge 156. However, cord ond wire cable belts trough more reodily
thon other types of equivalen! widt h ond tension ro ting, ond moy be
d esirobl e in speciol coses.

poge

160.

Some problems of belt stre tch involve consid erotions beyond tokeup
trovel ond should be referred to Link-Belt. Among these ore the
following:
Where it is necessory to know the omount of stretch in belt o t sorne
intermediote point of o conveyor.
(continued)

Table 16 Recommended brands of belts for lengths, speeds and tensions

Brand of bel!
Horizontal

Rated belt lension

centers

100 percenl of rated belt lension

50 percent of roted bel! tension

of
conveyor,

Belt speed, feel per minute

feet

2
- - -:-:- -+--5__..t

:o ~i''

l.T

~--.r_-3o.,-;._,t;.,.~1U~:.:-: ,.-;:,.-~;'];,;E \;.:-:5 ::;~6-0~0~1--,--s:~-,~,. .,~,_.;_,:,.[E,ss. ._15=0=:=2=0=0:~-2-5=0=:=3=-o-o-+-<-4 0-o-+-s-o_o+-6-0-o_

lf-'. : c25""0.. :...

100
150

..

<, LION ;t

500
'%2ha: .... . }," .1\ ''W<+ .
_ _:...:...:'-----1f---+--+--+---+---+--4--l---+--.J---+--~;.;....;~~,"'--,
LION.-.,..-+--+---+-~600
. .\ ' !" ~
- ------+---t---t---1---1---1---t---+----+---+---+--SERVf lCE
.,~,;;;;zr~::.;;;;''.J:/rl
t 1-,,,'""'
.:{I-{:1...
,. ' - - + - 1000
' <
,_
1500
-

- '-'~:

.oL Faultless brand belt should be used, but lile may be reduced. Pulleys

Based upan continuous service with belts _opera ting over pulleys of
diameters shown in Table 20, page 159.
Selections must be checked against Table 15, page 156. lf this indicates
o higher grade of belt far service, follow that recommendation.

25

per cent farger in diameter than !hose in Table 20, page 159, and a
skim coat of rubber between plies are recommended far odditional lile.

Table 17 Recommended minimum thickness of rubber covers for conveyor belts

Thi ckness of rubb er covers, in ches t::.

Kind of material corried by belt

Degree
of
obrasiveness

Mildly
obrosive

Very
obro sive

Exomples

size,

Foultless brand

inches

.1
bituminous coo l, gro in,
eorth, round grovel, loom
sond, wood chips, cemenl

Up to :Y.
:Ya to 2
2 to 6
Over 6

o nthrocite cool, sho rp

sond, quo r tz, coke

Up to :Y.
:Y. to 2
2 to 6
O ver 6

gronite, flint rock, trap

rock, gloss cullet , ores

Up to :Y.
:Ya l o 2
2 to 6
Over 6

Pulley side
of belt

Carrying side of belt

Lump

16

Ye

.3 1 .5 1 1.0 12.0 1 .1
1

6
3hl
316

6
3hl
Ye
316

6
3hl

6
3hl
Ya
36

'.4
Ya
316
5116 -'.4-- --Ye %
'6 '6 '116
'.4 316 Ya Ye Ya
:y. '.4 316 5hl 5hl
:Ya 5/6
'.4 316 316
-- -- -- - '.4 Ya '6 '6 '116
:y. '.4 Ya Ya Ya
:Ya
:Ya
'.4 3/6 3;6
'Is :Ya :y. '.4 '.4

t::. Based on material being fed to belt in the direction of belt trovel and
ot approximate belt speed. lncrease cover thickness on carrying side
when material is fed to belt at right angles to direction of belt travel

lion brand
L/ S o

3hl
316
516
3/a
316

:y.

. ...
....
-516

....

.3
1

6
Ya
3
6

.5
1

'.4

6
3hl
316
316

'6

'6

'.4
'.4

Ya
'.4

-- - -

- :Ya'6
5I6

.... ....

1.0 2.0 1 .3
1

6
3hl

'6
Ye
36

'6
Ya
hl
3116

-- -

5\6

'.4

'I

:y.

. ... . ... .. . .

6
3hl
Ya
316

'hl
3/6

--

Service brand

Ya
3\6
3/s

Ya
316

.5
1

1.0 1 2.0
1

6
3hl
Ya
'.4 '
-- -- -'6
Ya
'6
9hl 316 Ya
. ... 516 316
. ... :Ya '.4
316
9hl
:Ya

6
Ya
316

Foult- 1 L'
l ess
br'~~d
brand

Service
brand

6
'hl
Ya
'6

6
Ye
hl
3116

'116

'hl

'hl

-1 - - -- - - - - -'6

16

-- - -- - - - - - - - - - -'116 :Ya 3/6 Ya Ya

Ya . ... . . .. .. . . ....
'6
'I6
'116
3\6 . ... . . .. . . . . . . ..
'.4 . .. . .. . . .... . ...

or at speed much !aster or slower than belt speed.

o Distance from head pulley to foot pulley, in feet, divided by speed o f
conveyor, in feet per minute.

L 1 N K - B E L T 157

bulk handling
b e lt co nveyors

Engineering
G Belt selection, continued

On systems comprising severo( long ond/or heovily looded conveyors, belt stretch moy influence the deloy required for storting eoch belt of the system in order to preven! spillag e.
Steel cable constructed belts stretch less thon fobric belts of the
sorne length. They require less tokeup trove! ond involve other
special problems.

Belt wei ght s

Table 1 8 Takeup travel requirements

Mnimum length
of

Operating
belt tension,

in per cent of
rated
belt tension

takeup, in per cent o f con veyor centers

Average

Average

cotton carcoss

synthetic carcass

100
75

l '/2-2
1 - l '/2

splice is not justifled ond tension in belt will permit. A metal fastener
must be short ond flexible enough to bend oround the pulleys and
flexible enoug h crosswise of the belt to permit p roper troughing of
the belt.
Metal splices should be covered with uncured rubber to exclude
moisture and dust from the corcoss of the b elt.
Tabl e 13, page 156, shows the permissible operoting tensions for
vulconized and metal splices under either across the line or gradual
sta rting conditions.

/4 -l 'f4
'12- l

The weights of belt carcosses shown in Table 19, pog e 158, o re

average for the indicoted ro ted tensions ond the weights of covers
ore standard for thicknesses included. These weights o re suitable for
colculoting tentotive power requirements by the Grophicol Method
ond for tenta tive tension volues by the Anolyticol Method, b ut odjustments in colculo tions should be mode for the weight of belt
flnolly selected. This is porticulo rly importan! when using the Analyticol
Method in connection with the design of:
Descending conveyors
Convex and concove curves
Extremely long horizontal belts

Belt splices
The strength of o conveyor belt is limited to the strength of the splice
which hold s the ends of the belt together.
Th e vulconized splice is the bes! and is recommended for all importan! conveyor b el! instollotions. Vulconizing is o fleld operation
ond must be done by experienced men using o portoble fleld vul canizer. A vulconized splice, whe n properly mad e:
Will develop neo rly the full strength of the belt.
Will mointoin the surfoce of the belt o n both sides,
forming o smooth, e ndless conveyor.
Will trove ! smoothly over the idlers.
Will bend around pulleys without injury to the b e lt.
Will permit belt cleaners to operote to the best odvontoge.
Will seol the ends of the belt ogoinst injury from
moisture ond fine material.
Metal fosten e rs moy be used where the expense of a vulconized

Ta ble 19 Approxima te belt weights

Rated
belt tension, in pounds
per inch of width

0 -1 00
150

200
250
300

.204

350
400

.254

500
600

.279
.299
.319
.364

75 0

Al l we ights bosed on y." top cover ond '!u" cover en pulley side. Add .017
pound fer eoch 1 " difference in cover thickness.

Terminal equipment selection

The selection of proper Terminal Equipment con contribute much to prolonging the life of the belt ond to the dependobility of the conveyor.
Terminal Equipment serves the purposes of driving the b e lt, of taking up the stretch, ond of chonging the direction of its trove l. The Orive
Terminal consists of a pulley or pull eys with its shofts, beoring s, mechonical power tronsmission units, motors ond controls. The Tokeup
Terminal includes pulley, shaft with screw tokeu ps or with counterweighted tokeup mechonism. Other terminals moy include foot, bend
or snub pulleys with the ir shofts ond beorings.
The orrongement of the vorious terminols is influenced by the poth
of the conveyor, the belt tensions of vorious locotions olong the conveyor, or by spoce restrictions. Sorne typicol orrangements of drive
and tokeup terminols ore shown on poge 168 ond of the ir components on poge 196. The locotion of vorious terminols with relotion to
eoch other vories to suit the requirements of paths of trove! such as
those shown on poge 137. The most economicol locotion of the drive
of on oscending or d escending conveyor is at the upper end, but it is
possible to drive such o conveyor anywhere along the return be lt-or
ot the lower end, os conditions dictate. Simil orly, o counterweighted
tokeup moy be locoted onywhere olong the return b elt o n the low
tension side of th e drive.
Reversible conveyors are built to carry material in e ilher directio n.
However, they require specia l considerotion a s to orrongement ond

1 58 L 1 N K - B E L T

.184
.189
.214
.229
.239

1000

Weight in pounds, per

foot of length and
inch of wid th

locotion of tokeup to compensate for slock in belt on either sid e of

drive pulley.
The type of motor ond control moy be on importont factor in determining the selection of the belt. On lo rge, heovily loaded, hig h
speed conveyors, belts of lower te nsion ratings may be used if occel eroting stresses ore li mited by sto rting them g roduolly, os indicote d on Table 13, poge 15 6.
As o convenience in selecting te rminols for moderate power requirements, o wide ronge of Pre-Selected Terminal Equipment is
tobuloted ond d imensioned on page 213. Also, complete Pre-Bilt
conveyors ore ovailoble with terminols, belts ond structures, os shown
on poge 222.
Sorn of the more importont considerations of Terminal Equipment
Selectio n ond design ore covered below:

Pulleys
The selection of pulleys is of considerable importance in the design
of a b e lt conveyor, since pulleys offect the ollowoble tension in the
be lt, the life of the belt, shaft ond beo ring size, and size and ratio of
speed reducing equipment.
Diameter of pulle y s should be la rge enou gh to preve n! separotion of the belt plies ond excessive stressing of the outer plies of
fobric when the b elt bends o round the pulleys.
(continued)

bulk handling
belt conv eyo rs

Engineer;ng
H Termi nal equlpment selectlon, continued
While larger pulleys require more space, and greoter torque and
ratios in speed reduction equipment, they usually will be justifled by
savings in both flr st cost and replacement cost of the belt. Since the
belt constitutes a high percentag e of the cost of the conveyor and is
the part most subjected to wear and deterioration, prolonging its life
by using pulleys of ample diameter should be profltable.

Table 20 shows recommended mnimum diameter of pulleys for

various functions based on the rated tension of the belt at the pulley.
For extremely hot materials, pulley diameters somewhat greater
than recommended by Table 20 may be helpful in increasing the life of
belts, since the larger diameters decrease the stress between the belt
plies and help compensate for the deterioration of the compound
which binds the plies together.
W idth o f pulle ys should be greater than width of belt. Width
of standard pulleys exceeds belt width by 2" for belts up to 42 " wide,
3 " for belts b e tween 42" and 60" wide, and 4 " for belts wider than
60". However, pulleys with faces wider than standard are desirable
far conveyors which are very long, or that hove complex terminal
arrangements or which handle sticky materials.

Table '21 Circumference of pulleys

Pulley

Pulley

Pulley

Pulley

dio meter,

circumference,

dio meter,

circum f e rence,

feet
4.19
5.24
6.28
7.85
9.42

inches

inches
16
20
24
30
36

42
48
54
60
72

feet
11.00
12.56
14.13
15.71
18.84

Calculation of loads on pulleys, shafts and b e a ri ngs

Loads on drive pulleys are both radial and torsional loads.
The radial load is the resultan! of the te nsion in lhe belt as it approaches the pulley, Tight Side Tension, or T1, and the tension in the
belt as it leaves the pulley, Slack Side Tension, or T2

BELT

T,

Cr own f a ce pulley s hove a deflnite and desirable centering and

guiding effect on the belt. Two closely adjacent pulleys should not
both be crowned if it will result in a reverse bend in the belt.
Highly str essed pulleys should be straight-foced.
Snu b pulleys should be used to provide additional wrap around
drive pulleys and to bring the return belt in line with the return idlers,
so as to relieve return idl e rs adjacent to pulleys from excessive loading.
Lagged pulle y s are especially advantageous for transmitting
horsepower to the conveyor belt as shown in Table 12, page 154.
They are also desirable for othe r than drive pulleys as the rubber
covering of the pulley rim provid es a cushion to protect the surface of
the belt as it passes over the pulleys. Lagging also helps make pulleys
self cleaning of sorne materials that may hove a te nde ncy to build up
on lhe pulley surface, since its resilience causes the material to crack
and fall off in small pieces.

"-ORIVE
PULLEY
Fig 4857

The radial load imposed on a pulley shaft by the pulley is the

resultanl of the pulley radial load resultan! and the weight of the
pulley. This is shown in the following diagram. This load is applied et
the shaft al the two hubs of pull ey.
(continued)

Mag netlc sepa r ator p ulle ys are often used for removing tramp
iron and sleel peris from moterials carried by be lt conveyors and belt
feeders to prolect crushing, grinding and rolling equipment.

BELT

Spe ed of pulleys in revolutions per minute is found by dividing

sp eed of the belt in feet per minu te by the circumference in feet of
the pulley as shown in Table 21. This does not take into consideration
thickness of the belt, nor does it consider slipping or creeping of
the belt o n the pulley which will somewhot counteract the increase of
speed which would result if circumference were flgured by using the
diameter of the theoreticol neutral axis of the belt. lf there is a difference, a slightly faster speed of belt than is required is better than
a slower speed.

WEIGHT
OF
PULLEY

Table '20 Recommended minimum pull ey d iom eters L'I.

Roted belt
tension,

Pulley function ond belt co rcoss

Toil tokeup ond 1 Bend ond 4
low tension
high tension snub
Synthetic 1 Coitan 1 Synthetic Cotton 1 Synthetic

Heod ond drive

pounds per
inch of width

Coitan

0- 100
100- 150
150-200
200-250
250-300
300-350
350-400
400-500
500-600
600-750
750-1000

16
20
20
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
72

;:-=-\

RESULTANT PULLEY
LOAD ON SHAFT

Oiometer, inches

16
18
20
20
24
30
36
42
48
54
60

15
18
18
20
24
30
36
36
48
54
60

15
16
18
18
20
24
24
30
36
42
48

12
16
18
20
24
24
24
30
36
36
48

12
16
18
18
20
20
20
24
30
30
36

Where belt tenslon of pulley is less thon 50% of Roted Belt Tension.
A Use pulley diometers for cotton belts fo r oll belts wilh corcoss ol conon
combined with synthetic.

Fog. 4858

L 1 N K - B E L T 159

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
H Terminal equipment selectlon, continued

Since shofts mo y b e sub jecte d to other loods such o s from drive

equipmenl, bockstops, e le., ond their b e nding moments vory with the
locotion of lood s ond beorings, the methods for moking the remoining
colculolions to d e te rmine moximum bending moments ond torsiono l
moments will be found on pog e 570 ond the method for d e termining
the size of shofts will be found o n pog e 57 4.
Lo ads o n bearings ore determine d from the o mount ond
lo cotion of loods on shofts ond the locotion ond number of beoring s
su pporting the shofts. Me thods for delermining these loods ore shown
on pog e 570.

Takeup types, location, and amount

of pull and travel required
The use of takeups is necessory:

To mo intoin proper Slock Si de Te nsion, T2, or pressure o f the belt

on the driving pulleys lo lronsmil the horsep ower required fo r
d riving or re to rding the b elt.
To mointoin proper te nsion in the belt al looding po ints or o th e r
places olong the be lt to pre ve n! excessive sogging of the belt.
To compensote for belt stretch or shrinkoge.
Two types of tokeups in general use o re:

The screw type of which there ore vorious styles or series. See
poge 198.
The grovily o r counte rweighted type, of which there ore two
styles, eoch of which is ovoilob le os o complete terminal, with
p ulle y, shoft, beorings ond corrioge. See poge 198.
Screw takeups ore used for light, short centers, porto bl e ond underground conveyors or for conveyors not requiring long tokeup trove!
or frequent od justmenl. They should be used o nly when, due to spoce
limitolions or other conditions, it would be impossible or improcticol
to use the grovity type.
To reduce fre quency o f odjuslments ond to insure sufficie nt pressure of the belt ogoinst the driving pulley a l oll times, o greoter
omount of te nsion is usuolly p ul into the belt with screw tokeups
thon would otherwise be required. This unknown ond vorying o mount
of excess tension increoses the loods ond weor on shofts ond beorings
ond, if p roperly considered, moy sometimes require o stronge r or
more ex p ensive belt. See Table 12, poge 154, for comporison of
recommend ed Slock Side Tension foc tors.
Screw tokeups should nol be used when te mperoture ar other
climotic conditions chonge ropidly or chonge sufficiently to cause
wid e voriotions in the length of the belt.
Gravity takeups meet oll the requiremenls for which tokeups ore
needed in o belt conveyor, hoving such odvontoges os:
Mointoining constan! selected b elt tensions without odjustments.
Requiring no more belt te nsion thon is necessory to p rovide p roper
pressure of b elt on driving pulleys ond lo preven! excessive
seg in the belt.

Table 22 Factors for radial load on bend idler pulleys _.

Radial Are of 1 Rad io! Are of 1 Rodio !
contoct,
lood
contoct, loo d
lood
degrees factor degrees factor degrees factor

degrees

Radial
load
factor

5
10
15

.09
.17
.26

50
60
70

.85
l.00
l.17

120
130
140

1.73
1.8 1
1.88

190
200
210

l.99
1.97
1.93

20
25
30
40

.35
.43
.52
.68

80
90
100
110

1.29
1.41
l.53
1.64

150
160
170
180

l.93
1.97
1.99
2.00

220
230
240
250

1.88
l.81
1.73
l.64

Are of 1

contact,

Are of

contact,

A Resultan! load on 1dler pulley

160 L

N K- B E LT

belt tension X radial load fac tor.

Minimizing power requirement of ond weor on shofls, beoring s

ond d riving e q uipment.
Saving manual od justmenls.
Reducing the number of times belt mus! b e shortened ond
respliced beco use of permonent stretch.
Locatio n of takeup is sometimes determined by convenience in
locoting supports ond occess for mointenonce. lf tokeup is locoted
where the tension in the belt is le os!, the minimu m omount of pull or
counterweight will be required.

When o foot end o r heod end pulley is used os the tokeup pulley,
f ewer pulleys ore required o nd the number of times the belt mus!
bend over o pulley is decreosed which tends tow o rd increosing th e
life of the belt.
The greoter the distonce between the driving p ulley ond the tokeup
p ulley on horizontal conveyors, the more sluggish mo y be the effect of
the tokeup while the conveyor is b eing storted, since the tokeup must
overcome the inertio required to sto rt lhe return belt ond idlers between the two p ulleys. To reduce slippoge ond consequenl bell weor,
the tokeup p ulley should be locoted os neor the driving pulley o s
procticol so thot ony occumuloted stretch in the bel t, coused by slo rting, will be absorbed os quickly o s possibl e. On the steeper inclined
conveyors, the weight of o return run of belt descending from the
d rive p ulley moy be sufficient to preven! slo rting stretch from o ccumuloting where the belt leoves the pull ey.
Screw tokeups ond the horizontal style of g rovity tokeups ore
usuolly placed al the foot end of conveyors, whereos wh en the
tokeup is to be placed ot sorne inte rmediote point o long the conveyo r,
the vertica l slyle grovity tokeup is used .
Amount of takeup pull required depends upan:
Mo ximum tension in b e lt al point where tokeup will be placed.
Angle of wrop of bel t oround tokeup pull ey.
Slo pe of the line of trove! of the tokeup.

The omount of tension in the belt al ony pla ce olong the conveyor
con be determined by the Anolyticol Method of colculoting horsepower.
When the ongle of wro p of the belt o round the pulley is 180, the
resultan! pull on the tokeup p ulley is two times the tension of the b elt
al the pulley. Table 22 shows fo ctors by which the b elt tension con b e
multipl ied to f1nd the resultan! pulley loods for vorious ongles of wro p.
Whe n the line of trove! of o grovity tokeup is ve rtical, the e nti re
weight of the pulley, shoft, b eorings o nd frome is utilized in producing
pull ond therefore the o mount of counterweight p ull need ed will be
the difference between the required resultan! p ull ond the weight of
these peris.
When the line of trove! of the to keup is horizontal ar slightly inclined, the omount of counterweight pull required for o grovity to keup
will b e the full tokeup pt!lley load resultan! plus the o mount req uired to
move the weight of the tokeup terminal o long its !rocks or g uides.
Takeup pulley diamete rs ore selected from Table 20, pog e 159.
The len gth of take up travel should be sufficient to:
Compensote for stretch of belt when full driving load is opplied.
Compensote for permone nt stre tch of b e lt.
Comp ensote for elongotion or shrinkoge of the belt due to wide
voriotions in tempe ro ture ond other climotic conditions.
Provide for stretch which occomponies storting the belt.

The omount of to keup trove! to ollow d epends on o g reot number

of vorying conditions. The percentoges shown on Table 18, poge 158,
ore sufficient to compensote for the requirements menlioned obove,
under most operoting conditions.
Sometimes both the scre w ond the grovity tokeups ore used in the
sorne conveyor; the grovity typ e to toke core of the constont operoting Auctuo tion, ond the screw type for occosionol odjustments ond
troining of belt.

bulk handling
b elt conve yors

Engineering
H Terminal e qulpm e nt selectlo n, continued

Backstops Torqu e requirement s

When the unbo lonced grovilalional forces in a conveyor belt exceed
the frictional forces, os in the sleep er ascending conveyors and in
conveyors having sleep ascending portions, a hald-back or backslap
should be provided lo preven! loaded conveyar from running backword when it is stopped or power is interrupted. lf o looded or
portially looded conveyor should run bockward, considerable ma terial
moy occumulote o round the lower e nd to be cleared oway a nd reloaded, possibly causing damage to the belt ond o ther parts of the
conveyor.
Bockstops usuolly ore selected on the basis of pound feet of
lorq ue, or on the bosis of horsepower al o given shaft speed.
When the horsepower required to operate the conveyor has been
determined b y the Graphicol Method from Chorts B, C ond O, pag es
152 ond 153, the opproximate pound feet of lorque required to be
held b y o backstop placed on the drive p ulley shaft con be calculated
from the follow ing formulo:

T
Where

H1

(27~0R)

(H , _ H2

H,)

horsepower to elevale material

horsepower to transporl material horizontally
horsepower to operate empty conveyor
rodius of conveyor drive pulley, inches
speed of belt, feet per minute
pound feet of torque required of backsto p
placed on drive pulley shoft

When the belt tensions in the conveyor hove been colculated by the
Anolytical Method, page 151, ond example on poge 172, the pound
feel of torque required to be held by o backstop placed on the
drive pull ey shoft can be calculoted from the following formulo:

Where

F
G
R
T

total frictiono l forces o pposing

movement of belt
net or unbolonced g rovitotional forces
cousing bockword movement of belt
radius of conveyor drive p ulley, inches
pound feet of lorq ue required of bockstop
place d on d rive p ulley shoft

The obove formulas do nol include ony considerolio n of the friction

in the pull ey shaft b earings ond the drive equipment which will assist
in preve nting o conveyor from running backword. lt is recommende d to
disre gard them and mount the bockstop on the drive pulley shoft so
that drive equipment can be replaced without having to unload the
conveyor. Of course, if the backsto p were placed on a faster turning
countershaft, its required holding torque would b e inversely proportional to the speed of the pulley shaft and the shaft on which it
would b e placed, thereby sometimes permitting a smaller backstop,
but this is not recommended exce pt where it may be justifled because
of space limitations or supporting difficulties.

1 Loading

Calculations should b e made considering lhe va rious ways the conveyor might be loaded when power might foil or be shut off, so that
the backstop will be large enough to take care of the worst condition.
For instance, with a conveyor having a horizontal run loading into a
steep ascending run, the worst condition would be when the conveyor
is stopped with no material on the horizontal belt and the inclined bel!
is fully loaded.
For type of backstop best suited to o particular p roblem, consult
link-Belt.

Mechanical power transmlsslon equipment

Selectio n of equipment for transmitting power from motor to the d rive
pulley shaft requires careful consideration of conditions of service, so
that dependability and life expectancy will be consisten! with the
other peris of the conveyor.
Where space is adequote, an enclosed gea r sp eed reducer with
fl exible couplings to drive pulley shaft ond motor is simple, dependable and easy to maintoin. Where space beside the conveyor is
limited, an enclosed chain drive from the head shaft enables the
speed reducer a nd motor to b e located above, beneath or in front of
conveyor. Also, o chain drive from heod shaft provid es a convenient
means of changing speeds, if desired.
A few d rive orrangements are illustrated on pages 196-197, and
complete data for selection are contained in companion Cotalog l 050.

Electrlcal equipment
The selection of motors and controls for belt conveyors is d ependen!
on the stretch cha racteristics of the belt, the path the conveyor follows,
strength of splice, etc. Severe surging results from uncontrolled accelerotion of lo ng belts having considerable stretch. Concave curves
in the belt path may dictate controlled starting, especially for smoll
radius curves. Mechanical splices g e nerally require lawer tensions
during acceleration than vulcanized sp lices.
Almost any constant speed motor is suitable for d riving a belt conveyor. For a greot many b e lt conveyors a sq uirrel coge motor with
"line " starting is suitable. A wide variety of d rives is avoilable for
controlled occelerotion. These ma y range from squirrel coge motors
with reduced voltoge or part winding starting, wound rotor motors
with various type s of control to synchronous or sq uirr el coge motors
with e ddy current clutches or conlrolled torque hydroulic couplings.
Each has its advanlages and disadvantages and should be co refully
selected.
There are a great mony other electrical consideralions. The availoble power supply must be considered for reliability, voltage variations, ability to absorb regenerate d power, etc. For systems of conveyors, interlocking must be provided for seq uence starting and
stopping; the coasting of the various conveyors mus! be token into
account with respect to sp illage at transfe r points when stopped
simultaneously under a power failure. Dual motor d rives must be
designe d with respect to the difference in belt speeds at T1 and T, and
the va riatio ns in the speed d ifference under changing loods. Protection against slippage, excessive side drift, b uild up of material in
chutes or on p ulleys ar idlers may be desirable. The location of brakes
is im portan!.

material on the belt

The method and equip ment for loading the belt contrib ute much
toword p rolonging the life of be lt, reducing spill ag e to a minimum,
and in keeping the belt trained during its operation. Since little can
b e done to attain these o bjectives after the material has come to rest
on the b e lt, the means of loading the b elt is o very important consid era tio n of b elt conveyor design.
The design of chutes and other loading equipment is influenced by
such conditions as the capacity, size and characteristics of material
handled, speed and inclination of be lt, and whether it is loa d ed al

one or severo! p laces. Most of these design consid e rotions o re illustrated schemotically in Fig ures 6240 ond 6241, page 162, which
clorify the description of the p rincipal requirements for p roper loading. These requirements ore outlined below o nd are loter amplifled.
l. To load the ma terial on belt at o uniform
rote.
2. To load it on the belt centrally.
3. To red uce impact of material falling on
belt.
(continued)

LI N K B E LT 161

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
1 Loading material on the belt, continued

4. To
5. To
the belt
6. To
p oint.

deliver ma terial in the direction of b el! travel.

d eliver ma terial to b el! al a velocity as near the speed of
os possi ble.
maintain o minimum ong le of inclinatio n of b e l! al lood ing

Fig. 6241

MAI N CONVEYOR BELT

1 . Loading material at a uniform rote usuolly requires the

use of o feeder, which ma y be selecte d from !hose d escrib ed on page
84. The feed e r should b e interlocked with the belt conveyor so it
will stop operoting when the conveyor is p urposely or occidentally
stop pe d.
Some times it is possible to feed o b el! conveyor directly from o
gote -co ntrolled chute if the material is smoll ond free flowing, but
the gole should be o rrang ed so the bel! will not be flooded or overloode d when it is sloppe d or is operoting al re d uced speed.
In oddition to o uniform flo w to the looding chute, the chute itself
mus! b e designed lo preven! momentory surges o r possible plugging.
The slope of chute bottom should b e od equote ond cleoronce B,
f ig. 6240, should be obout twice the moximum d imension of the
lorgesl lump. Vo lley angles should be e liminoted if p ossi ble, or mode
sleep e nough to preven! o b uildup of moteriol tho t le nds lo pock o r
stick in lhem.
2. Loading material centrally on the belt is occompli shed
b y directing the flc:>w of material centroll y ond by conflning it between
skirt pioles until the turbulence of fl o w has sub sid ed. This requires
coreful considerotion of lhe design of chutes ond their skirt pioles.
The skirt pioles should extend 5 to 8 feet beyond the point where
the moin slreom of ma te rial flows on the b el!. Their lenglh depends
upon the material hondl e d ond the speed ond inclinotion of the rece iving belt. The d istonce A be tween skirts should be obout 2h of
b e lt width for belts up to 30" ond obout ?l.i of bel! width for belts
wider thon 30". This is sufficient cleoronce for the lorgest lumps
shown in Table 6, poge 146.
The spoce b etween lower e dges of the steel skirts ond the belt
should increose in the direction of bel! trove! to ollow pieces of
material to work fr ee without domoging lhe bel! or forcing it off its
ce ntral position on idlers. The lower edges of skirt plotes should be
fltted full length with rubber strip s to provide o se o l ond to protect
the Eielt.

A rrange me nt of tran sfer be lt conveyor

Proper conloct between the rubber seoling strips ond !he b el! is
mointained by spocing the id lers closely. Dimension D on figure 6240
is usuo lly 6 " ond dimensions E, f ond G depe nd upon the size ond
weight of material hondled, bel! tension o nd sog. Refer to poge 155.
In coses where material is received a l right o ngles to the b elt, lhe
design of chutes mus! be considered more corefully !han for in-line
tronsfers. Chutes should be orronged to defl ect the flow centrolly ond
not ollow material to surg e higher ogoinst one skirt !han lhe other.
Also, the ongle of chute pioles ond volley o ngles mus! b e odequote to
p reven! b uildu p of material.
The speciol tronsfer belt conveyor shown in fig ure 6241 provides a
positive meons for chonging the dire ctio n of flow of unusuoll y lorge
quontities of material. lt is o lso d e pendoble for tronsferring sticky
moteriols thot mi!jhl te nd to build up in the volley ongl es of conve ntionol sloping chutes.
3. lmpact of material falling on the beit is reduced by
keeping height e in fig ure 6240 to o mnimum consisten! with other
requirements of !he chute design. The chute bo ttom plote should be
locoted to receive the impoct from the flow of oll moteriols except
!hose thot stick to ond build up on chutes, where dischorge directly
on lhe belt moy be necessory. f or mo teriols contoining lorge, heovy
lumps, scolping bors should be used insteod of o chute bottom, permitting the fines to pass through ond form a cushion on the be l! for
the lumps.
When scalping bors are used, the fines ore conflned ond directed
to the belt by o dribble chute. Also, dribble chutes ore often used to
cotch material removed by the bel! cleoner. G enerolly, the ongl e
a of the dribble chute should be considerobly steeper thon the on gle
3 of scolping bors or moin chute bottom.
(continued)

,..----------- ....
1

1
1

1
1

. -----------
SKIRT
PLATES

A
RUBBER-~

SEALS

SECTION AA

Fig. 6240

Arronge ment of transfer chute

162 L

N K- B E LT

bulk handling
belt conveyon

Engineering
1 Load lng m a teria l on the belt, continued

Stone boxes ore sometimes used for highly obrosive moteriols insteod of sloped chutes in order to reduce weor of chute liners. They
hove vertical sides with ledges or portiol bottoms, on which material
builds up to form its own slope. Skirts ore ottached to the bottom of
the stone boxes.
Rubber cushion impact idlers, closely spaced under the loading
point, provide a high degree of protection for the belt when lumpy or
heovy moteriols ore hondled.
Tronsfer conveyors, as shown in Figure 6241, poge 162, ore used
to reduce impact on lorge expensive moin belts when handling large
quontities of material which contoins lorge, heavy lumps. The drop
from head pulley is held to a minimum.
4. Dellvery of m ate r ial in dlre ctlon of be lt trave l is usually accomplished by sloping the chute bottom or scolping bars in the
direction of belt trovel to deflect the flow properly. Right angle
tronsfers require particular attention to the design of chute sides
and volleys to be sure that, as the direction of flow is changed, it will
be delivered centrally to belt without buildup or plugging.
When large copacities ore transferred at right angles to high
speed belts, the tronsfer belt conveyor shown in Figure 6241 provides
a dependoble meons of delivering moteriols in the direction of trovel
of the receiving belt.
5. De livery of material at a veloclty near the belt speed
reduces, turbulence ond scuffing of belt os the material flows to the
belt. This is porticulorly importont for high speed belts.

The chute bottom should be sloped ond sometimes curved to impar!

o forword velocity to free flowing moteriols. Far moterials that hove
o tendency to pack or stick in chutes, a transfer conveyor may preve
economical, provided the copocity ond cost of replacing the main
belt worrants such en expense.
6 . Th e angle of lncllnatl on of belt at l oadlng polnt should
be kept at a minimum to allow the material to come to rest while it is
conflned between the skirts. Coorse, granular or lumpy materials
require a longer time to settle on a steeply inclined belt than fine,
moist moteriols-porticulorly at high belt speeds. When the belt is
too steep, lorge lumps or sphericol pelletized material moy become
dislodged ond roll bock along the sides of the bed of fines ofter
leaving the looding chute skirts. Similarly, lumps may become d islodged and roll back from the end of bed as it "tails out" after feed
has been shut off.
lmproved looding of steeply inclined belts may be obtoined by designing the conveyor with o loading run at or neor horizontal before
it curves up to the steeper incline. Longer skirts ore usually necessory
for high speed belts, and in sorne cases, they moy be desirable the
full length of conveyor to preven! occasionol lorge lump s from falling
off. Covers over skirts, with omple cleoronce for bed of material, moy
be odvisable os a protection to personnel.
Descending conveyors, hoving steep declined portions require
similor considerotion of loading conditions.
Link-Belt will ossist in the design of loading fa c/lities for conveyors
thot must be inclined neor the limits of Table 1, p o ge d2.

Discha r g ing mate ria l fro m the belt

Moteriols moy be dischorged from belt conveyors to meet o wide

voriety of requirements. The dischorge locotions moy b e conflned to
one or more speciflc points, or the material moy be distributed along
as much of the length of conveyor os desired. With auxiliory stockers
and shuttles, material may be stockpiled over wide oreas.
Sorne of these methods of dischorging ore shown schemoticolly on
poge 138 and o few instollotions ore illustroted on poges 133 ond
l 34. The following methods moy be used to dischorge material from
be lt conveyors:
1. Dischorg ing over en end pulley.
2. Dischorging over one or more flx e d trippers.
3. Dischorging over movable trippers.
4. Plowing material from one or both sides of
belt by flxed or troveling plows.
1 . Dlscharge over an e nd pulley con be into a spout or
chute or directly onto o pile. Locotion of dischorge is therefore limited to one end of o nonreversible conveyor and to each end of a
reversib le conveyor.
Even though normal operotion of the conveyor moy not require
dischorge over end pulley, provision should be mode for dischorge
over the end of ony material which moy not be cleonly dischorged by
intermediote dischorging means.
The range of dischorge over end pulleys moy be extended by o
belt slinger, or o shuttle conveyor, which is o horizontal belt conveyor, mounted on wheels with trocks parolle l with the belt. Shuttle
conveyors ore usuolly reversible.
2. Dlscharge over flxe d trlppers is effected when material
is to be spouted into one or more fl xed points along the path of the
conveyor.
Tripper chutes can be provided to dischorge to one side or beth
sides of the conveyor or back onto the belt to by-pass the side discharge.
Any number of flxed trippers can be instolle d along the conveyor
but in order to prolong the life of the b e lt, it moy be odvisoble to
use a shuttle conveyor or o movable tripper to reduce the number of
tronsfers of material ond bends in the belt. Sorne conditions moy die

tate a series of individual conveyors, one dischorging onto the other

or into bins ot the tronsfer poinh.
3 . Discharge over movable trl ppers is used when material
is to be distributed continuously or intermittently a long one or both
sides of a conveyor. Vorious types of trippers ore illustroted ond
dimensioned on pages 201 -208.
When o movoble tripper is equipped with o shuttle conveyor et
right ongles to the moin conveyor, material can be distributed olong
the moin conveyor in o wider pile than by chutes.
Movoble trippers can be held stationary for intermittent or flxed
points of dischorge ond moy be provided with o chute to by-pass
material bock onto the conveyor belt.
4. Discharge by plows or scrape rs is generally used fo r
removing light, free-flowing, granula r bulk moteriols et p redetermined points olong the conveyor. Also, sorne fine, heavy materiols,
such os foundry sand, may be plowed off.
Plows can be mode to dischorge variable quontities of material
from either edge or both edges of the belt ond to be put into or
token out of operoting position from remole points. Although they
are usually used with flot belts, they con be used with thinly looded
troughed belts by flottening the troughed belt und er the plow. While
usuolly instolled in o flxed position, they o re sometimes mode so they
con b e moved along the conveyor.
Plows ore comparatively inexpensive ond require little spoce but
should be used with coution to prevent domoge to the belt. Wh~ n
plows are used, the speed of the belt should normo lly not exceed
200 feet per minute and the belt should be joined by o vulconized
splice.
D lscharge chutes should alwoys be mode lorge enough and
steep enough to prevent clogging ond should be so locoted that
lumps of material will not become caught or wedged between the
conveyor be lt ond ony edge of the chute.
When belt cleaners or scropers are used, the bottom of the chute
should be. placed low enough to cotch the dribble unless separate
dribble chutes a re used.
(continued)

L 1 N K - B E L T 163

bulk handling
b elt conveyo rs

Engineering
J Dlschar g l ng ma teria l from the b elt, continued
Provision should be mode for clearance ond slorage of lramp iron
when a magnelic separalor pulley is used.
11 is good insurance lo install a limil or pressure lype switch in the
chute or bin inlo which the conveyor discharges, orranged lo stop
the b e lt ot o predetermined level of material. lf the material build s
up in !he chute or bin fosler tho n il is token oway, such devices
pre ve n! overAow and domoge lo !he bel!.

To reduce weor on the chute, ond breakoge of frogile material

po ssing through it, the locotion ond de sign should toke into considerotion the path or lrajeclory thal material will tend lo follow
when dischorg ed over o pulley. This poth, which is determined by
the combined inAuence of grovity, bel! sp e ed ond p ulley dio meler,
con be found g ro phico lly from Chori f .

Chart F Tro jector y of material over dischorge pulley

BELT
SPEED
FPM

ANGLE A A
PULLEY DIAMETER - INCHES

72

66

60

54

48

42

EXAMPLES

3,6

30

24

1,

4 ,,

7 3Z

'h
12 ..

17 .

23!

3or

3916'.

48!

58!"

69/f

81 ji"'

94f

108~

20

,.
15

...

23"

J"

CONDITION
NO. 3

s-..;-*"E
"'\'r\= O

X..

~L

~ '-'~~ 1
. G~
~
G
60

F 1
CONDITION
NO. 2

CONDITION

N0.4

f19. 4841

Chori f moy be used to determine the trojeclory of material from

dischorge pulley for the conditions illuslrote d obove ond os described
below:
Co ndition 1 opplies lo horizontal and oscending belts when ongle
A exceeds 0, ond for descending belts when angle A exceeds
ongle W.
Co ndition 2 opplies to descending belts when ongle A is less than
ongle W .
Condition 3 opplies to horizontal belts when ongle A = 0
Co ndition 4 opplies to inclined be lts when ongle A = 0

B =

l" per 100 feet per minute speed o f belt (4" for 400 FPM, 2Y," fo r
250 FPM, etc.) meosured olong tongent line al some scole used lor
i ndicoting dimension C.

C = Rodius of dischorge pulley in inches plus l" ( 19" lor 36" diometer pulley,
25" for 48" pulley, etc.). This 1 odded to the pulley rodius is intended
to represen! the opproximote thickness of the belt ond therefore the
lower porticles ol the moteriol. The chori is bosed on this volue bul il
it should be desired to find A where C is difieren!, then,

v
cos A= G C

A. A = Angle from vertical ot which material will leove belt o s il trovels over

where V

dischorge pulley. 11 is found o t the point on chori where o line projected

to the right from the belt speed intersects o line projected downwo rd
lrom the pulley diometer.

164 L 1 N K - B E L T

belt speed in leet per second

occelerotion of grovily = 32.16
= distonce in leet from center o f pulley to tongent line
desired.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering

Other engineering consi derations that may apply

In odd ition to the foregoing fundamental e ngineering data required

for the d esign of all b e lt convcyors, othe r engineering consid erations
are necessory lo assure successful operoting results. Some of these
matte rs that apply to most bel! conveyors and involve a wide variely
of conditions con only b e d escribe d rather broadly. Others involve
specific or unusuol conditions. Among these consid erations are the
following:

Convex changes in v e rtical path of conveyor

A convex change in !he trave l of material on a conveyor occurs when
o change is made from:
Ascending run lo horizontal run.
O ne ascending run to another less sleep asce nding run.
Horizontal run to d escending run.
One descending run to a stee per descending run.
Convex changes in path can b e mad e by using one of the lwo
me thods illuslraled in !he following dia grams:

~
~
Conve x cu rve
Be nd pulley
The convex curve is recomm end e d for all installations where
space will permil. lt causes less additional stress in the edges of a
troughed belt, less odditional load on the end rolls of idl ers al !he
bend a nd less disturbance of the material o n the b e lt a s it p asses
from one run to the other, thereby reducing we ar on !he be l!
ond prevenling spillage of material over !he e dges o f the belt.
The minimum radius recommend e d is d etermined by the following
formula s:

The bend pulley is recommended only when space will not p ermit
a convex curve, and the n only when !he conveyor is not sufficiently
loaded to cause spillag e of material over !he e dges of !he be lt o s
il passes over !he pulley.
The diameter of the be nd p ulley should be large enough lo insure
material maintaining contact with !he bel! as !he b elt changes directio n. The diameter require d varies with the cosine of the a ng le of
change in direction ond the square of the speed of the bel!, and
b ecomes quite large fo r b elt sp eed s g reater than 500 feel per min
ute. This is fr e quently another reason why the convex curve should
be used .
The diame ter of b e nd pulley should not be less than:
16 inches when b e lt spee d is 200 feet per minute.
20 inches when be lt speed is 300 feet per minute
36 inches when belt sp eed is 400 feet per minute
54 inches when belt spee d is 500 feet per minute
and in no case should it ever be less !han the minimum recommended
in Table 20, page 159.

Concave changes in vertical path of conveyor

A concave change in the trave l of material on a conveyor occurs
when o change is mad e from:
A horizontal run to an ascending run.
O ne a sce nding run to o steeper ascending run.
A descending run lo horizo ntal run.
One desce nding run lo another less steep descending run.
Concave chang es in direction can be made by using one of the
me thods illustrate d here:

5W

PULLEYS

Using idlers with end rolls inclined 20 deg rees' R = ( l )( l -P)

2

7W

Using idlers with end rolls inclined 45 degrees: R = (l )(l-P)

2
where R = minimum recommended radius of curve, in fe et
W = width of be lt, in inches
P = lension in belt al curve, pounds, divide d by maximum
permissible operating bel! tension, pounds.
The recommoende d ma ximum spacing of lroughed bel! idlers on !he
curve is found from !he following fo rmula:
S R(B + M)
O =r + R(B+ M)
where o = spacing of idlers on curve, in feet.
s = average idle r spacing recommended in Table 8, page

147.
R = rad ius of curve, in feet.
B = weight of one linear foot of belt, in pounds.
M = weight of mate rial carried per one linear fool of b elt,
in pounds.
T = le nsion in b elt a t curve, in pounds.

CONCAVE CURVE
Fig. 4 855
Bend pulleys or two separate conveyors ma y be compulso ry
for some installations because spa ce is no! suffici e nt for p rop er radius
of curve. They should be avoided wherever possible. In ad dition to
re quiring more termina l equipment and o transfer chute with skirt
pioles, the y cause many more loa d impacts on the b e lt and more
fr e que nl b e nding of !he belt.
Two sepa rate conveyors ore preferred inslead of b e nd pulleys
e ven though on additional d rive would be r equired, but !he belt
te nsion may be decreased enough so that, in some cases, a less
expensive be l! may b e used.
The concave curve is recommend ed wherever space will permit.
lt is fo rmed by supporting the belt on idlers set to a curve d path.
The radius of curvalure of this path should be g rea l e nough to
preve n! lifting of the b e lt from the idlers und er a ny of the conditio ns
e ncounte red in the operation of the conveyor.
(continued )

rod ii for concove vertical curves

WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER FOOT OF EMPTY BELT

Bosed on groduol occelerotion of belt. Fa r ocrossthe-line storting, opproximote rodii moy be determined by odding 50% to rodii shown, or they moy
be occurotely colculoted lrom inertio fo rces.

Fig. 4839

L 1 N K B E L T 165

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
K Oth er englneerlng conslderatlons, continued

Unusual conveyor belt arrangements

The b e lt is most likely to lift while it is being storted empty or while

being storted when o long horizontol run opprooching o curve is
heovily looded ond the curved ond oscending portions of lhe belt
o re emply.
Chori G, poge 165, shows the minimum rodii for concove curves
for vorious belt lensions et lhe op prooch point of the curve ond for
vo rious weights per fool of the em ply belt.
Chori G, poge 165, is bosed on gradua l occe lerotion of the belt.
Across-the-line storters should b e ovoided unless the rodius is mode
al leost 50% greoler thon the mnimum determine d from the chori.

The b rood opplicotion of belt conveyors has resulted in the develop

ment of mony speciol design feoture s to provide for o wide ronge of
vo riotions in moterio ls hondled, ond conveying requiremenls.
As en exo mple, o speciol o rrongement of the return run of the belt
con be opplied so thot the cleon side of the b e lt rides on the return
idlers. This is porticulorly odvontogeous on o conveyor handling wet
or sticky mate rial thot would te nd to cause on undesiroble ornount of
b uild up of material on the re turn pulleys ond idle rs. W ith this feoture
the return run,of the belt is turned over ofter leoving the heod pulley
of the conveyor; the cleon side rides the intermediole idle rs; ond the
(continued)

TANGENT
POINT

~-----

(+)

fig . 4 856

Table 23 Coordino tes for plotting concave curves

Rc dius of

Angle, degrees

concove

curve,
feel

10

11

12

14

13

15

16

18

41- 4Y1
55- 1 ~

4 6-4 \4
61 -9 Ya

20

S Base length of curve, feet ond inches

150
200
250
300

13- 0% 15. 9y,

17- 5~ 20. 1oy,
21- 9 Y2 26- 1 ~
26- 1'14 3 1- 4 ~

18243036-

350
400
4 50
500

30- 6 \1,
34-1 ov.
39- 2111.
43- 6 1 ~

4 2- 7 %
48- 9
5 4-1ov.
60-11 \4

36- 7
41 - 9'.4
47- o~
52- 3 ~

3Y.
4 y,
5;.
6 '14

20- 10Y2
27-1 0
34- 9 Y2
41 - 9

23- 5 ~ 26-0~ 1 2831 - 3 ~ 34-8'14 3839. 1 ~ 43 . 41~ 4746-1 l y, 52-1 y, 57.

48556269-

54. 9
60-9~.
62- 6V1 69-5 Y2
70- 4>.4 78-11 \1,
7 8- 2 ~ 86-9l11

8 Y2
8
7Y,
7

3 1- 2\4
41 - 7
51 - 11'14
62- 4y,

33. 8 1 ~
44-11 %
56- 2%
67- 51~

36- 3y, 38-9 l11

48- 4Y1 5 1- 9~
60- 5>.4 6 4-8 Y2
72- 6 1~ 77-7'14

66- 9y, 72. 9\4

7 6- 3V1 83- 2
85-lOVa 93- 61\,1,
95- 4l'a 103- 11 Y2

7 8- a 1 ~
89-11'14
10 1 2'14
112. 51 i.1,

84- 8 \1, 90 -7 11.

96- 9 ~ 103 -6~
109.1 ov. 116-5 Ya
120- 11 v. 1 29-4 1 ~

7~
11 ~

8~
2 1~

68 - 10 1 ~

82-

8~

5 1- 3 Ya
68- 4l11
77.3 ~
85- 6~
92-SY, 102- 7 \4

96- 5 1 ~ 108-1V1 119- 8Y2

1 10- 3\1, 123 -7~ 1 36- 9 111.
124- o~ 139-0 1\,1, l53-l 01~.
137- 9 1~ 1 54 -6V. 171 . o y,

T Distonce from tangent point to intersection, feet ond i nches

11 - 9 111. 13- 1Y2 14- 5 ~
15- 8% 17-6
19- 3 y,
19 - a y, 21- l OY, 24- Olla
1
23- 7~ 26 - 2 ~ 2 8-1 OYa

150
200
250
300

7- l OY.
9. 211. 1O- 5l'a
6- 6~
10- 5'14 12-2'14
13-11' ~
810-11
13- l \4 15- 3Y2 17- 5'14
1
13- 1 ~ 15. a ~ 18- 4~ 20- 11 '14

350
4 00
4 50
500

15- 3V. 1 8- 4 Y1 21 - 4l11 24. 5 1i.1, 27- 6~ 30 -7 ~

17- 5 ~ 20 - 11 ~ 24- 5 ~ 27- 11111. 31 - 5'14 34-11'~
27- 6\4 31. 5 y, 35- 5
39-4V,.
19- 7'14 23- 7
21-10
26- 2Y, 30- 6 1 ~ 34- 11 ~, 39- 4~ 43-8%

Rc d ius of

17- 111.
22- 9 ~

28- 5 1~
34- 2 Y1

36- 9 ~
4 2- OY2
47. 3~
52- 6V.

39-1 OY,
45- 6%
51 - 3\4
56-1 1 ~,

47 - 6~

26- 5V.
35- 3 ~
44- 1
52-1 0'14

55 - 5~
46- o 1~ 49-2 \4
52- 71~1 5 6-2 ~.
63-4 \4
1
59. 2 1~, 63- 2 i.1. 71 -3 \4
65- 91i.1, 7 0 - 3\4 79-2 \4

6 1- 8~
7 0- 6V.
79. 4~,
88- 2

18- 5 119. 9 1 21 - 1
24- 61 ~ 26- 3 1~ 28- 1 ~
30- 8~ 32-10 % 35. 1y,
39. 5 1~ 4 2 - 1' ~
36-10
42- 11 1\,1,
49- iy,
55 - 3
61 - 4 1\,1,

23 - 9 ~

31-8Y1
39-7 V.

Distcnce from lcngent point, feet

concave

curve,
fe e t

33- 8 ~
38- 6~
43. 3 1~,
48- 1 '14

15- 9~
21- 0\4
26- 3~
31 - 6V.

10

15

1 20

25

30

1 35

40

45

50

55

1 60

1 65

70

1 75 1

80

85

90

A Length of o rdin ote, feet o nd inches

150
200
250
300 -

0-9
0-4
0- 1
1 -4~
0-0'14 0 -3
0-6'14 1-011.
0-0V. 0-2 ~ 0-5 ~ 0-9Y1
O-OY2 0 -2
0- 4 ~ 0-8

350
4 00
450
500

0-0~

0-0~

0-0Y.
0-0~

2- 1 ~
1- 61 ~
1- 3\1,
1- OY2

0 . 1111. 0 -3V1 0-6V1 0 - l OY.

O-l Y2 0- 3 ~ 0-6
O- 9 ~
0-1 y. 0 -3
0-5Y. O- 8~
1
0 -1 \4 0 -2 11. 0- 4 1~ O- 7 Y2

166 L 1 N K - B E L T

3. ov. 4-1111. 5- 5~
4.o y, 5. 1 ~ 6 - 4 ~
2- 3V. 3-1
1- 9 1\1, 2 - 5~ 3-2 1\.1< 4. 111. 5-0V.
1- 6~. 2-0Y2 2-8~ 3 4 1i.1, 4-2Ya

6-2
5-1

1- 3 ~ 1-911. 2-3Y2 2 - 1 0 1 ~ 3-711. 4-4~

1- 1 y, 1-6~ 2-011. 2- 5~ 3-1 v. 3-9~
1- 0 \1, 1-4 l4 1 - 9 ~ 2- 2 1 ~ 2 - 9~ 3. 4 ,,
0 - 10'14 1-2 '14 1 -7~ 2. o ,. 2-6 Y1 3-0Y.

7 -3% 8 -7~
6-0'14 7. 1y, 8- 3y, 9-6 V. 10- l OV.
5-2~
4- 6~

4-0l4
3.7 y.

6 -0 1 ~. 7. ov. 8-1 ~ 9 -3~

5-3'14 6- 2 ~ 7 -1 l4 8- 1
4-8'14 5. 5'14 6-3V. 7 . 2y,
4 - 3~ 4 - 11 ~ 5-7%
6 - 5~

1 0-51~

11-914
10-311.
8- 1li. 9- 1il<
7 - 3~
8-2Ya
9- 1 ~

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
K Oth er e ngineering consideratlons, continued
bel! is ogoin turned bock to normal corrying position al the foot end.
The necessity for cleonup of dribble from the belt, between its terminols, is procticoily eliminoted. Such on orrongement is porticulorly
odvontog eous on o long centered belt.
Unusuol orrongements con be developed so thot the bel! conveyor
con hondle moleriols in e ither or both directions simultoneously, moking use of the usual re turn run for conveying. The two runs of the
conveyor moy be in their normal relotionship, one obove the other,
or by meons of oppropriote ly opplied g uid e puileys, b e horizontall y
seporoted.
With p roper engineering of o belt conveyor ond its looding ond
dischorging faciliti es, it con be odvontogeously opplied to convey
other thon the usual bulk moleriols. As on ex omple, bel! conveyors
hove become populorly opplied for handling of pulp wood logs.

Safety devices
A wide selection of sofety devices is ovoiloble to be applied for
vorying o rrong ements of conveyors ond conditions surrounding their
operotion. Sofety puil cords can be strung the length of the b el!
conveyors. Puiling on the sofety cord al ony point immediotely shuts
off the power.

opplications where the material moy tend to b uild up to on undesiroble degree on the return idlers.

Welghing
When it is necessory to weigh moteriols in tronsit on belt conveyors
ond record the omount delivered to certoin points of o processing
system, outomotic recording scoles ore used. These scoles con be
either mechonicol, electronic or oir operoted. Impulses from electronic
type scoles can be used to control the feeders delivering moteriols
to the b el!.
The scoles con be furni she d for standard width conveyors. These
units o re occurote, compoct, ond do nol disrupt lhe conlinuous flow
of material on the belt.
There ore olso ovoiloble batch feeders thot consist of be lt feeders,
weighing or meosuring hoppe rs.

Magnetic separation
Tromp iron con be removed from moteriols corried on belt conveyors
b y either permonent or electro-mognetic puileys.
The pie ces of tromp iron ore drawn lo the belt surfoce os they pa ss
over the mognetic puiley. The pieces then foil free o s the belt leoves
the puiley, folling into o chute or bin.

Terminols ond drive mochinery con be protected by guords to ony

degree necessory, depe nding upon exposur e to p e rsonne l. For the
highest d egree of p rotection, expended metal guords co n completely
e ndose oil moving porls. Generoily, guording of high speed rototing
peris ond puileys is od equote.

Other types of seporotors ond metal detectors o re ovoiloble thot

ore suspended over the streom of material on the conveyor. The
metal d etectors indicote the presence of mognetic or non-mognetic
meto Is.

Cotolog 1050 provides informotion for the proper selection of

bockstops. Bockstops con play on importan! peri in sofety lo personnel os weil os protection of the conveyor equipmenl.

S ampling

Automotic tokeup mochinery should be completely e ndosed with

expende d metal guords or the like. In oddition, o counterweighted
tokeup con be supplied with o meons to overt its free foil in the cose
of occidental porting of the belt.

There ore sompling systems ovoiloble thot toke o representotive

somple of the material os it posses over the conveyor dischorge.
Somples moy be token for vorious reosons ond con be coilecte d on o
continuous or intermittent bosis. The sompling system crushes, sizes
ond prepares the somple for loborotory onolysis.

Dust control
ClearJlng the belt, pulleys and idlers
The wide diversity of moteriols ond their cho rocteristics hondled on
bel! conveyors has resulted in !he developmenl of o wide voriety of
meons o f deoning belts on opplicotions where the material te nds to
odhere.
Rubber or fobric bloded wipers locoted on or neor the heod
puiley of the conveyor, provide odequote deoning ond economicol
construction ond mointenonce for the lorgest number of opplicotions.
Generoily, the blodes o re mounted in o pivote d frome ond ore held
in contoct with the bel! by meons of springs or counlerweights.
When the conveyor is handling material thot cannot be sotisfoctorily deoned from the be l! by me ons of such rubber or fobric bloded
deoners, it moy be necessory lo consider the use of water spray,
compressed oir, or fl xed or p ower driven revolving brushes. Sometimes it is necessory to use two or more of these d evices in combinotion.
On opplicotions where it is onticipoted thot material will tend to
build up on the faces of conveyor puileys, it is desiroble to hove the
puileys logged with rubber. Proper selection of the grad e of rubber
ond, if ne cessory, the opplication of grooving to the rubber, will
generoily overl the problem. In the most difficult coses it moy be
necessory to opply puiley scropers, orronged so thot the scropings
ore deflected from the poth of the belt.
Considerotion of return bel! rubber treod idlers should be given on

Dust control ond p rotection of personnel con b e occomplished by

e nclosures. Where required, the entire belt cenveyor ond its terminols
con b e totoily enclosed ond the dust e xhousted to dust collecting
systems. Mony opplicotions require no more thon e ndosures al tronsfe r
points, with or without dust collecting systems.

Supports and gallerie s

Belt conveyor supports ore simple ond ore eosily designed. Typicol
structurol sle el supports, lo suit o wide ronge of conditions, ore iilustrote d on poge 168. These iilustrotions wiil serve to suggest other
possibilities to suit particular opplicotions. Completely stondordized
Pre-Bilt structures ore shown on poges 222 to 235.
Goileries oAd housings ore used to endose belt conveyors where
the conveyors ore corried ocross open spoces. They con be incorporote d in o bridge structure ond con be designe d for convenient
occess to the conveyor. A wide selection of modern moteriols such o s
rooflng ond siding, ond window ond door froming, ofte n moke it
possible to design conveyor goileries uniformly ble nding with the
orchitecture of od joining building s ond slructures.
Housings preven! ice ond wind from cousing o bel! to run off-center
ond on empty b el! from being blown off the idlers. They olso decreose
deteriorotion of the belt by p rotecting it from the sun.
Typicol goileries ond housings ore illustroted o n pog e 169.
(continued)

L 1 N K - B E L T 167

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Engineering
K Other e ngineering conslderations, continued

Typical structural steel supports

Belt conveyo rs hove the odvontoge of requ iring only simple o nd
eo sily desig ned structures. This opplies to te rminals and bend s

o s well a s to stra ig ht runs . The foll owing d rawings illu st rote this
in typica l designs o f structu res. O the r designs to suit o th er conditions can be reo dily a dapted .

Head terminal s

Fig. 4644

Fig. 4645

Snubbe d pulley dri ve

Dual pulley drive

Snubbed pulley drive

w ith ve rtical gravity 1
take up
L

1
_J

Foot termina Is

Fig. 4647

Horizon tal grav ity takeup

above floor

Fig. 4648

Horizontal gravity takeup

through floo r

Fig . 4649

Screw takeup

Conve x bends

Fig. 4651

Be nd pulley

Bend idlers

Concave bends

Fig . 4655

Cross sections

Fig. 465 2

Belt conve yor only

168 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig. 4653

Be lt conveyor with tripper

Fig . 4654

Be lt conveyor with w ind guards

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
K Other engineering considerations, continued

Typical galleries and housings

Go lleries ond housings ore used lo endose belt conveyors ond
provide o ccessibility whe re the co nveyo r is co rried on o bridge,
os when it is required to spon open spoces. Mony forms o f

Fig. 4656

Horizontal closed golle ry

with wolkwoy both sides

~5/

go lle ries ond housi ngs are possible, dependi ng upon the cond itions encounlered .
Typicol golleries o nd housings ore illu slroted .

Fig 4657

Ho rizontal closed galle ry

with walkway one side

"\

rr:::.. /J ~\ :?;

e
~

'

\1
J

~
1

Fig. 4659

Fig. 4658

lnclined clo sed gollery

with walkwoy both sides

lnclined closed gollery

with walkwoy one side

Fig. 4660

Horizontal or inclined open gollery

with walkway both sides, and cover over conveyor only

Fig. 6379

Pre-Bilt, stondardized structures,

a vailable for belts up to 36" , are shown on page 222.

L 1 N K - B E L T 169

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering

l Examples of belt conveyor calculations

The following exa mpl es illustra te the use of the fo regoing data for
establishing matters of d esign a nd for selecting compone nts.
Exampl e 1 indica tes the conve nience of determining the horsepower
require ment by the G ra phica l Me thod . lt is within the limits of the
presele cte d Terminals shown o n pag e 21 3 a nd of Pre-Bilt sectional
be lt conveyors, pag e 222. See pag e 228 for Pre- Bilt sectional b elt
conveyo r se lectio n exa mple.
The conveyor in Exa mple 2 has a com plex p a th of travel, with

both concave and convex curves. For this reason, the Analytical
Method is necessary for the calculation of required belt te nsions a nd
horsepower.
The procedure fo r both examp les follo ws the steps mentioned on
p oge 140. Colculotions ore corried out to the extent necessory fo r
o n understo nding of principies ond method s, o nd the results ma y be
used os the bosis for selection of mochinery components from this ond
other link-Belt cotologs.

Example 1 Graphical Method

Fig. 6238

Path of b elt conveyor fo r Example 1

Step A Basic data

Material to b e ho ndled ..... .... . 2" a nd under bituminous cool
Copocity in short tons ........ . ... 450 tons per hour (peak)
W e ight of ma teria l .. ........... . 50 pounds per cubic foot
Operoting cond itions ............ 3 to 4 hours per doy,
conveyor housed,
temperoture obove freezing,
degrodotion not importan!

Step B Is belt conveyor suitable for material?

A belt conveyor is suitoble for ha ndling bituminous cool. See poge
141.

Loadlng Class
Table 3 , page 143, indicotes Loading Closs B.

Width and s p eed for capaclty required

Table 4, poge 144, indicotes that the capacity o f 450 TPH of
material we ighing 50 pounds per cubic foot requires o 30" wide
belt al a speed between 500 and 600 FPM. The actual speed of
556 FPM is interpoloted from the table.

Width a s d eterminad by siz-e of lumps

Table 6, poge 146, indicates that 2 " and under materia l is within
the limits of a JO" belt with Looding Class B.
Therefore, a 30" wide belt will handle 450 TPH of 2 " o nd under
coal weighing 50 pounds per cubic foo t a l a speed of 556 FPM.

Step C Is angle of lnclination within safe limits?

From Cho ri A, p age 141, a 46-foot rise in 400 fe e t equols 11 'h
0
foot rise in 100 feet, or on a ngle of about 6 Y, Table 1, poge
142, indico tes a moximum ongle of 16 for sized bituminous cool
with lumps 4 " ond under, so 6 Y, 0 is within safe limits.

Step D Consideration of belt width and speed

Speed as determlned by material handle d
Ta ble 2, poge 143, indicotes that cool moy be handle d al
speeds up to 700 FPM when degradation is not a factor.

170 L 1 N K - B E L T

Step E Se le ct belt idl er type , series and spacing

Table 9, poges 148-149, indicales thot, for se rvice of 3 lo 4 hours
per da-y and 50-pound ma terial, Series 6000 idlers ore sotisfoctory, ond Table 7, poge 146, indicotes thot 2" lumps ore
within the limits of Series 6000. From Table 8, poge 147, 20
troughed belt idler spocing is 4 Y2 feet ond return be lt idler
spocing is 1O feet. Both troughed b e lt training idle rs and re turn
belt training idl ers should be spoced in a ccordonce with the
footnote on Table 8.
(continued)

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
L Exampl e 1, continued

Step F Determine the power requfrements

and belt tensions (Graphical Method)
Horsepower is determined by the Graphical Method from Choris
B, C ond D, pages 152-153. The opproximate weight of the belt
and revolving idler parts is 28 pounds per lineal foot, obtained
from the table on Chori B. On the basis of this weight, the total
horsepower al the drive shaft is calculated from the three choris:
.93 X 556
Chart B-Empty conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OO
5.17
1
Ch art C-Elevate material ... ..... ...... .. . 45 X 46
20.7
1.4 X 450
Chart D-Convey material horizontally ...... - - - 6.3
100
Total horsepower al drive shaft .......... . . . ...... = 32.17

In order to determine the required motor horsepower, it is

necessary to allow for losses in the drive components (sp eed reducers, roller chain drives, etc.), which are generally in the range
of 10% of the transmitted horsepower. For more accurate efficiencies of the drive components, refe r to Catolog 1050.
32.17
motor HP required = ~ = 35.7 HP
Thus, a 40 HP motor is req uired to drive conveyor.

Pre-selected terminals, shown on page 21 3, may be selected b y the pre-selected terminal method below.
Individual terminal components, if required, may be select ed by the individua lly selected terminal method below.

Method for determining pre-selected terminals

Pre-selected termlnals are selected from Table 27 on page 213,
which lisis horsepower al lhe drive shaft for belt speeds of 1 00 FPM,
which in this case is:
32.17 X 100
HP at 100 FPM =
= 5.79 HP

556

Table 27 indicates a selection of Terminal Group 30C24307

which is suita ble for 6.07 horsepower al a be lt speed of 100 FPM.
The belt tensions are shown in Terminal Group 30C24307
as 3000 pounds for T1 and 1000 pounds for T2.

Step G Selection of belt

Termina l Group 30C24307 indicates o belt having a rated lension
of 154 pounds per inch of width, which may be 147 pounds when
reduced in proportion to the required horsepower.
Table 16, page 157, indicates a Service brand belt. Table 17
indicates Ya " cover on tne carrying side and 1m" cover on the
pulley side of belt. Also, from Table 14, strength of be lt is adequate
for hand ling 2" and und er coal.
Step H Selection of t erminal e quipment
Terminal Group 30C24307 specifies pulley a nd shaft sizes.
Takeup travel will b e up to 6 feet for a cotton b e lt, or up to 4
feel for o synthelic b elt, as shown on Table 18, page 158, using
75% of rated be lt lension. Therefore, a vertical counterweighted
tokeup is necessary as trove! exceeds the limit of a screw takeup.

Takeup pull req uired is twice the T2 value shown for Terminal
Group 30C24307, or 2000 pounds. This would be mad e up of
the weight of takeup pulley, shaft, beorings, moving frame, and
such additional counterweight as is necessary to equal 2000 pounds.
Backstop

The backstop ralings (ither pound feet of torque or HP a l a given

RPM) are based upan harsepawer required to elevate load, less
50% of horizontal horsepower required for empty conveyor
and ma terial.
Torque rating of backstop is d etermined from tne upper formula
on page 161 :
backstop torque = ( 2750 X 12)( 20.7 - [ 5.17 + 6.30 ])
2
556
= 888 pound feet
Horsepower raling of backstop is determined from net backstop
horsepower, and heod shaft speed is calculated from belt speed,
using Table 21, page 159:
6 .30)
5 . 17
backstop HP = 20.7 - (
= 14.97 HP
2

head shaft sp eed =

556

.
= 88.54 RPM
6 28

Ste ps 1, J, K
These steps may be completed as required, based on such fore
going data as are applicable.

Method for determining individually selected terminals

Step G Selection of belt
For this method it is necessary to determine effective belt operating
tensions.
Using drive shaft horsepower from Step F, effective horsepower
32.17 X 33000
pull E is determined; E =
= 1909 pounds.
556
Based on using 180 b elt wrap and lagged drive pulley, T2 is
determined from Table 12, page 154: 1909 X .5 = 955 pounds.
Thus, either T1 ar Tmax. = 1909 + 955 = 2864 pounds; or
95.5 pounds per inch width for 30" belt. From Table 13, page 156:
95.5
rated belt lension = _
= 147 pounds per inch width
65

takeup and tail p ulleys and 16" for bend pulleys.

Shaft siz:es-Drive shaft torque = E X p ulley radius R

= 1909 X 1O = 19,090 inch pounds.

f rom Chori A, page 575, ossuming suddenly applied load d ue
to across-the-line starting, a 31114" dio meter shaft is indica ted. This
must be checked for comb ined bending and torsion whe n the
actual bearing centers are known. Snub, takeup and foot shafts
are also simila rly selected on bosis of data on page 159. Ta keups
ond bockstops are selected by melhods described above under
pre-se leGted lermina ls.

Pulley sb:es -from Table 20, page 159, a 150-pound be lt

requires mnimum diameters of 20" for drive pulley, 18" for

Steps 1, J, K ma y be completed as required.

L 1 N K - B E L T 171

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
Example 2 Analytical Method
Note that the Anolytical Method is necessary in this example for the calculations af belt
tensions and horsepower, since the example contains bath concove ond convex curves.
215 WRAP
LAGGED PU LLEY

f1g . 6239

Poth of b elt conveyor for Example 2

Assumed lifl of belt ot trippe r. IFor trippers, see poge 204.1

.A Fer explonotion of Lo see poge 150.

Step A Baslc data

Ma terial to be hondled . . .... 5" maximum lump unsized
crushed slone
Capacity in short lons ... ..... 900 TPH (peak)
Weight of material. ..... . . . . 100 pounds per cubic foo t
Operoting conditions ... . . .. . 2 shifts ( 16 hours per doy) conveyor housed, heated terminals,
tempero lures to - 1 O F in inlermediote gollery. Stone delivered
lo screening pion! surge bin.

Step B Is a belt conveyor suitable for material?

A be lt conveyor is suitoble for handling crushed stone. See poge
141.

Step C Is angle of inclination within safe limits?

From Chori A, poge 141, o 20-foot rise in 150 feel equols o
10-foot rise in 75 feet, or on ongle of obout 8. Table 1, poge
142, indicotes o moximum ongle of 16 for unsized crushed stone
with lumps over 4 ", so 8" is within sofe limits.

Step D Conslderation o f belt width and speed

Speed as determined by material handled
Table 2, pog e 143, indicotes thot unsized sto ne moy be hondled
al sp eeds up to 650 FPM, depending on relotio n of lump si ze to
belt width flnolly selected.

Loading class
Ta ble 3, poge 143, indicotes Looding Closs B.

Although o 30" belt can hondle the copocity al 555 FPM,

degrodotion is reduced al o lower b e lt speed-desiroble for
recovery of lorger size p ieces al screening plont. Considering the
next wider belt, Table 4, pog e 144. indicotes thot 900 TPH of
material weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot con be co rried on
o 36" belt oto speed of under 400 FPM. lnterpoloting from tab le,
o speed of 383 FPM resulls; however, it is common proctice to
roise this minimum belt speed to on even figure. The re fore, the
balance of this exomple will be bosed on o 36" wide belt ot
400 FPM (su bject lo the considero lions on poge 145).

Step E Select b elt id le r type, series and spacing

Tab le 9, poges 148-149, indicotes thot for service of 16 hours
per doy o nd 100-pound ma terial, Series 7000 or 8000 belt idlers
ore sotisfoctory, ond from Table 7, page 146, thot 5" lum ps ore
within the limits of eithe r series; however, Series 8000 will be used
for the balance of this e xomple. From Table 8, poge 147, the
spocing for 20 troughed belt idlers is 4 feet ond the return belt
idlers is 1 O feel. Both the troughed belt troining idlers ond the
return belt troining idlers should be spoced in occord once with
the footnote on Table 8.

Step F Dete rm ine powe r r e quirements

and belt tensions ( Analytical Method)
Horsepower ond bel t te nsions o re colculoted here for the belt
ofter it is o peroling al o uniform sp eed ond the lensions are listed
in Table 24, poge 173. lnertio forces discussed on poge 151 ore
no l considered, o s the speed is modero le ond it is ossumed thot
no hozord is involved from the slight coosling thot would occur
ofter power is interrupte d.

Wldth and speed for capacity required

Table 4, pog e 144, indicotes thol the copocity of 900 TPH of
material weighing 100 pound s per cubic foot requires o 30" belt
al a speed be tween 500 ond 600 FPM. The actual sp eed of
555 FPM is inte rpoloted from the table.

Wldth as determined by slze of lumps

Table 6, poge 146, indirotes thot unsized materi al with up lo
1 O" lumps is within the limits of o 30" belt with looding Closs B.

172 L 1 N K - B E L T

Determine frict ional and gravitation al resistances

to movement of loaded belt. Refer to pages 150-1S1
A. Frictional forces = total weight o f item co using the friction X
corree! friction factor (coefficienl of friction). See Table 11,
poge 151, for friction foctors.

= total weight of item b eing roised

(or lowered) X vertical trove!. See pag e 151 for detoiled
explonotion.
(continued)

B. Grovitotionol forces

bulk handling
b e l t conveyors

Engineering
L Ex ample 2 , continued

C. Weight of revolving idler ports (pounds per foot), from Table

1 O, page 150, al 4-foot and 10 -foo t spocing from Step E.
55
Corrying b elt idlers = 4 = 13.75 pounds per foot

Colculations for determining power requiremenls and be lt tensions resulting from these frictional and gravitational forces are
given b elow:

Use 14 pounds per foot.

50
Return b elt idlers = TO = 5 pounds per foot

!. D etermine the welghts of ltems that contribute to

D. Other forces contri buting to friction are compensated for by

addition of 150 -foot theoreticol belt section L.,.

frlctlo n

A. Weight of material (pounds p e r linear foot on belt)

900 X 2000
X
= 75 pounds per linear foot
40 0
60
B. Weight of belt (pounds per linea r foot of b elt)
Al this point in the analytical solution, the specifkations of belt
are unknown. Since it is not possible to make a final selection of
the belt until the oper ating tensions a re known, and since the
tension ca nnol be occurately d e te rmined withoul including the
effect of belt friction ond g rovity, o tentotive selection of the belt
musl be mode.

11. D eterm ine frictlona l a nd gravltatlonal r eslstances

t o m ovemen t of l oad e d belt

Frictional ond g rovitotionol forces con now be colculoted and

Table 24 con be developed.
111. Calcul ate t he r e quir e d horsepowe r

From Table 24, E = 3992 pounds.

3992 X 400
HP al drive p ulley shaft =
= 48.4 HP al drive
33000
pulley shaft.
In order to d e termine the required motor horsep ower, it is
necessory to ollow for losses in the drive components (speed
reducers, roller choin drives, e tc.), which ore generolly in the rang e
of 10% of the tronsmitted horsepower. For more accurote
efficiencies of the drive componenls refer lo Catolog 1050
48.4
motor HP required = _
= 53.8 HP
90
Thus, o 60 HP motor is required to drive conveyor.

Table 14, pog e 156, indicotes that o .36" wide belt carrying
100 pounds per cubic foot material having 5 " moximum lumps
should b e o 200 to 250 PIW (pound s p er inch of belt width) b elt.
A 250 PIW belt is tentatively selected . This must b e checked later
ogoinsl the mo ximum tension.
Table 15, pag e 156, indicotes o Lion brand be lt is required for
handling slone.
Table 17, poge 157, indicotes thot Lion brand b elt corrying
,,
.,
L
600
(
)
stone with 2 to 6 lumps and on S ratio of
= 1.50, use 1.0
400
should hove A." top cover ond 1116" bottom cover. The ossumption is
thot the feed chute will be reosonob ly well d esigned so material
con b e load ed neor be lt speed in the direction of belt trovel.

IV. Ca lculate the belt tenslons

A. De termine the required tokeup weight.

The calculotions develop ed thus far in Column 1, Table 24, o re
bo sed entirely on the tensions required to d rive the conveyor,
and ot the drive pulley they result in E = 3992 pounds. Suff icient te nsion must be odded both to the slock side of drive
pulley and to E to tronsmit the required horsepower. In ord e r
to minimize belt tension, select o 215 snubbed, logged d rive
(continued)

Table 19, poge 158, shows the weight of a 25 0 PIW belt

hoving 3ti6 ond 1i" rubber covers to be 9.54 pounds p er foot
Use 9.5 pounds per foot.

Ta ble 24 Tabulotion of computo tions for Exomp le 2

Forces

Tensions a t points shown

3
Finol tension
Frictiona 1 forces
Gravitationa l forces
ofter adding
Run
to mo ve tensions
Due to After adding 335 pounds
each run
are friction and 1437 poundi for sag.
(algebraic shown gravity only
for T2
(added to all
sum)
Moterial
Mdterial
Belt + idlers
Belt A.
tensions in
column 2)
1
1
AB
(9.5 + 5)2 42 X.02 = 7 0
70
B
70
1507
1842
(9.5 + 5)150 X.02 = 44
BC
9.5X( - 20)= - 190 - 146
- 76
e
136 1
1696
CD
(9.5 + 5)200- X .02 = 58
58
D
- 18
14 19
1754
(9.5 + 5)150 X.02 = 44
DE
44
E
26
1463
1798
EF 75 X 150 X.025 = 281 (9.5 + 14)150 X.02 = 71
352
F
1815
378
2150
FG l5 X 200 X.025 = 375 (9.5 + 14)200 X .02 =94
469
G
847
2284
2619
G H 75 X 150 X.025 = 281 (9.5 + 14)150 x .02 = 71 75 X 20 = 1500
9.5 X 20 = 190 2042
H
2889
4661
4326
HJ 75 X 210 X .025 = 394 (9.5 + 14)21 O X .02 = 99
493
J
3382
4819
5154
JK 75 X 20 X .025 = 38
9.5 X 2 0 X .02 = 4 75 X 6 = 450
9.5X6=57
549
K
3931
5368
5703
109
KM
9.5 X- 6 = - 57
52
M
3983
5420
5755
MT,
(9.5 + 1420 x.02 = 9
9
3992
542 9
5764
T1
T2A
T2
o
1437
17726.
A
1772
o
1437
Total effective horsepower pull E = 3992
(olgebraic sum)
1

Points
Total pull where

Belt pull required to propel tripper. Factor Y for tripper from page 205,
multiplied by 33,000 = .0033 X 33,000 = 109 pounds.
6. Required ta~eup weight T = 2T2 or 2A.

A.

Gravitational fo rces indicated (-) a re those acting in o direction to assist

movement of the belt. Ali other forces of frlction a nd gravity retord belt
movement.

L 1 N K - B E L T 173

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Engineering
L Example 2, continued

pulley, for which a slack side te nsion factor of .36 is obtained

from Table 12, page 154.
T 2 = 3992 X .36 = 1437 pounds
and, adding this to E,
T1

= 3992

1437

Backstop
The backstop un this exomple belt conveyor would hove its maxi
mum loading when run GH only is loaded. (This is a very theoretical
possibility, but the selection of a backstop size is generally bosed
on the worst condition.) The re q uired bockstop torque is deter
mined a s follows:

= 5429 pounds

Also, 1437 pounds must be added to ali othe r tensions in

column l to compensote for the odde d T2 te nsion. These ore
shown in Column 2.

= (

D(

G -

R ) See pag e 161

12

The values of G ond F ore toke n from Table 24 using material

on run GH only. (Do not include force to propel tripper)

The required we ight of tokeup is-

= ( 1500 - 845)(12)
2
12 = 1078 pound feet

2 X T2 = 2874 pounds

A backsto p should b e selected for a torque of l 078 pound fe e t.

B. Check the sag te nsion
Chori E, page 155, shows that o belt conveyo r having:
o b e lt weig hing 9.5 pounds p e r linear foot
material we ighing 75 pounds per linear foot
idler spacing of 4 f eet
requires a mnimum tension of 2150 pounds in ord e r to limit the
sag to 23 of the idler spacing .
The tabulation of computations for Example 2 shows the tension ot point F to be 1815 pounds ofter adding in the proper
takeup weight as explained obove. This tension must b e raised
to 2 150 pounds. This is accomplished by add ing :
2150 -

1815

Step G Selection of belt

The final calculoted moximum operating te nsion, a s shown in
Table 24, is locoted at T, and equols 5764 pound s. The belt
selected must be roted to carry this load. A 36" wide belt o perating
at this load has:
5764
l 60 pounds per inch of width. For vulconized
36
splice and ocross-the-line storting a factor o f 803 is
introduced (See Table 13 on poge 156.)
160

Loading chute should b e designed in occordonce with p ractice

described on pag e 161 .

Step J Consider means of dlscharging material

from the belt.
Selection of the proper trippe r is required for distributing stone
to the surge bin. See poge 204 for selection of tripper.

= 335 pounds to each te nsion in the tabulation.

Therefore Column 3 contains final te nsions at all points, includ

ing those required for sog. Note that re q uired weight of takeup
is increosed to 3544 pounds.

JW =

Step 1 Consider means of loading material

on the belt.

200 PIW mnimum rating of belt to be used.

A 200 PIW belt o peroting ot l 003 of its p ermissible tension

due to starting conditions is satisfoctory if special consideration is
give n the b e lt to handle the 5" lump size. Ste p F should be repea ted
if o 200 PIW belt is used, to consider effect of lower b elt weight.
Otherwise, the originally selecte d 250 PIW belt is satisfactory.
At this point, if degradation of material were not importan!,
a check could be made to d etermine the effect of a higher belt
speed on the b e lt te nsions. A higher be lt speed would reduce a ll of
the frictionol and gravitationol forces resulting from ma terial
weight. In such o case, it might b e found possible to use o lo wer
roted b elt after it is checked for lump size a nd weight of material.

Step K Consider other engineering matters

that may apply.
A. Co ncove curve ra dius
The determinotion of this radius is impo rtan! to o prop e rly designe d b e lt conve yor. lf this rod ius is no t sufficie nt, the te nsion in
the belt will cause it to lift up ond off the idlers when storting
with the belt em pty ot the curve.
Cho ri G , poge 165, indicotes o mnimum rodius of 300 feet is
necessory for o b e lt weighing 9.5 pounds per foot ond hoving o
te nsion of 2619 pounds at the opprooch point of the curve (Point
G in this exomple). This is suitoble for o belt with gradually occelerated storting conditio ns. However, with ocross-the-line storting,
a study of the increase in all te nsions due to o dditionol retarding
forces coused by the inertio of oll parts be ing occe leroted is
required. The study of these inertio forces is b eyond the scope of
this cotolog. Consult Link-Be lt.
For estimo ting p urposes, o generoll y occepted rule for ocross
the-line storting suggests a mnimum concove curve rodius equol
to l 50<f0 of the required rodius for groduolly a cceleroted be lts:
1.5 X 300

5 X 36

= (

)(

Step H Selection of terminal equlpment

Takeup trove l should be up to 12 feet foro cotton fo bric be lt or

up to 7 Y, feet for a synthetic be lt. See Table 18, page 158.

174 LINK - B ELT

450 feet mnimum rodius

B. Convex curve rad ius

Convex curves are discussed on poge 165. For 20 idlers, 36"
wide b e lt, 4661-pound tension at the curve (Point H in this exom ple)
the minimu"m rodius R equo ls

12
All pulley ond shaft sizes ma y now be selected as shown on poge
158, using the tensions at the p oints where the p ulleys ore located.
For this example, a 24" diame ter he ad pulley is selecte d from
Table 20, page 159, when using o 250 PIW belt.

_ 4661 ) = 3 1. l feet mnimum convex curve rodius

9000

The recommended maximum spocing (O) of the troughed belt

idle rs around this curve equals

4 X 31.1 (9.5
75)
4661
31.1 (9.5
75)

1.27 feet

After d e terminotion of these rodii, step C sho uld be rechecked

using the tang en! line to the two rodii os o slope.

bulk handling
b elt con v e yors

componens
The mechanical components of a belt conveyor consist of the idlers which carry and train the belt;
the polleys, with their shafts and bearings, which propel the b elt and change its direction of
travel; and the drive equipment for transmitting power from the motor to the driving pulley or
pulleys.
Careful selection of mechanical components contributes substantially to the dependable and
economica l performance of a belt conveyor. Proper components influence the life of the belt as well
as first cost and operating cost of the complete installation. Most successful performance depends
upon a balanced design and !he selection of components most suitable to the requirements of each
conveyor, which should be considered as a complete operating unit rather thon on o ssembly of parts.
Link-Belt has furnished belt conveyors in every industry, to operate und er all conditions of
service and in sizes ranging from the small est to the longest sing le belt conveyor ever built, and
anoth er conveyor hoving the highest lift . Link-Belt manufactures o complete line of comp onents to
serve every in dustry need, includ ing Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors. Also, Link- Belt offers the
services of its engineers for designing the conveyors, recommending the equipment, and occep tin g
performance responsibility, thus assuring the purchaser the beneflts of one source and o ne resp onsibility.
The following pages briefly illustrate the p rinci p a l com ponents manufactu red b y Link-Belt .
Add itionol d et ails ore contained in oth er catalog s w hich are avoiloble at the nearest Link- Belt
District Sales Office.

Belt idlers
The Link-Belt line of belt conveyor idlers consists of five different series, ronging in application from light o r intermittenl
service to continuous heavy-duty service. They are made for
a broad range of belt widths, with rolls of various diameters,
materiols and coating s. This broad coverage permits selection of the series best suited to individual requirements.
Typ es of b elt idlers within the five series includ e 20d eg r ee and 45-d egree troughing, rubb er cushion, belt training, flot belt an d return id lers.
Belt id ler rolls can b e furnished w ith shells of various
moteria ls. Rolls with steel outer shells are used for the
ma jo rity of installa tions, an d a re usually the most eco nomical
selection . Rolls with gray iron outer shells ore recom mended

when hand ling very abrasive materi als o r w hen o corrosionresist ant material is required . Rolls with rubb er treods or
with shells of various metals and coating s can o lso be
furnished.
Rubber treod carrying rolls are recommend ed to p rotect
the belt by obsorbing impact under looding points, especia lly
when large lumps and heavy meterais o re co rried .
Rubber trea d return rolls o re recommended where wet or
sticky meterais cling to the b elt or w here resistance to corrosion and chemical action o n iron or steel is req uired.
Beater type return rolls ore recommended where wet ond
sticky materi als cling to the belt.

Series 5000 belt conveyor idlers

This series is for intermittent o p erotion, relative ly low capacities, ond for lightweig ht, nonab rosive
materials of limited lump size.
All rolls ore 4" in d iameter ond have a pa ckage type commercia l b all b ea ring of o mple size
with b uilt-in labyr i~t h grease seal, which is fltted into precision die formed steel end s.
The steel roll ends are pressed onto a steel center tube, and into an outer shell, then welded
into position. The center tu b e is g r ease-filled after assembly.
The %" diometer through-shoft ossures b earing and seal ali gnment, and is equipped for pressure lubrication. Yoke contour and slot in shaft ends lock all brackets together in a rigi d t russ
structure. Even under unusually severe impacts, this sturdy arrongement prevents spr ea d ing of
brackets. Removable st eel retainer clips hold rolls in position.
The inverted angle base ond formed st eel b rackets are accura tel y jig w el d ed to form on
integral unit frome for accur ate roll alignment.
Ty p es of belt idlers available in Series 5000 ore illust roted . All are ovailable for 14" to 30"
be lt widths. Dimensions are shown on pages 181- l 9 5.

20 troug hed belt idler

Fl ot belt idler

Return belt idler

LINK - B ELT 175

bulk handling
belt conveyo rs

Series 6000 belt conveyor idlers

37646

Grea seable roll

37646

Factory seal ed roll

The 20 idl ers are for intermittent operation, med ium cap acities, and for modera t e weight,
semi-abrasive materials containing lumps l arger and heavier than those handled by Series
5000 idlers, or, for continuous operation wh en handling lightweight, fine meterais. The 45
idlers are for continuous opera tion, handling lightweight meterais such as grain and wood
chips in greater volume th an 20 idlers.
The rolls are 4" and 5" in diameter and hove a precision ty pe, d eep groove, single row
ball bearing with built-in close f1ing triple lab yrinth grease seal for the greaseable type. These
rolls can also be furnished with factory lubricated and sealed bearings.
The ends of the outer shell are counterbored and the full length center tube is journalled
concentrically, an d with precision die formed steel ends are all brazed into an integral unit,
providing roll concentricity. The ends of the center tube are bored concentrically with each
other after roll assembly to avoid prest ressing the be arings and to provide correct bearing
alignment. The center tube is grease-filled a fter assembly and its large diameter permits the
easy movement of grease to the bea rings. The efficient grease-in, dirt-out labyrinth t y pe
bearing sea l with the larg e grease reservoir requires only infrequent lubricat ion.
The .669" ( 17 mm.) diameter throu gh-shaft assu res bearing and sea l alignment and is
equi p ped for pressure lubrication. Grease-through lubrication is accomplished by means of
connectors between end and center roll shafts for simul taneous lubrication of all rolls through
flttings al outer end of either end roll.
The inverted angle base, deep ribbed formed steel brackets a nd foot straps are accurately
jig-welded to form an int eg ral unit fram e for a ccurate roll alignment. Yoke contour and slot
in shaft end lock all brackets together in a rig id truss structure. Even under unusually severe
impact th is sturdy arrangement prevents spreading of brackets. Removable steel retainer clips
al each b racket hold rolls in position.
Ty pes o f idlers available in Series 6000 a re illustrated . The 20 idlers are available for
14" to 36" belt wi dths. The 45 idlers are available for 24" to 48" b el t widths. Dimensions
are shown on p ages 181-195.

39239

20 troughed belt idl er

45 troughed belt i dler,

unequal length rolls

Flat belt tra ining id ler, positive acti on type

39243

Return b eltidler

39238

20 troughed belt rubber cushion idler

39240

45 troughed b elt traini ng idl er,

positive acti on type, unequal length rolls

20 troughed b elt t raining idler,

positive action type

176 L I NK-BELT

39241

Flat belt id ler

Return b elt rubb er tread idl er

Retu rn b elt training idler,

positive action type

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 7000 belt conveyor idlers

The 20 idlers are for continuous operation, high capacities, and for heavier weight,
abrasive materials where the size of lumps is limited by the width of the belt. The
45 idlers are for sorne type of service as th e 20 idlers but handle maximum
vo lume, limited only by the construction of the belt.
All rolls are 5 " in diameter and hove a precision tapered roller bearing with a
combination outside diameter and face-type grease seal of synthetic material.
The counterbored outer shell and the journalled full length center tube are continuously welded to precision die formed steel ends to form an integral concentric
unit. The ends of the center tube are bored concentrically with each other to provide
corred bearing alignment. The center tube is grease-fllled after assembly and its
large d iameter permits easy move ment of grease to th e bea rings. The two efficient
sea ling lips o f the bearing keep g rease in and dirt out, and the large reservoir of
grease extend s the regreasing cycle. Upp er end s af the concentrator rolls hove a
de Aector cap a ttached to the hex nut to further p rotect the b earing.
The 3A 11 d iameter through-shafts are threa d e d o n b oth ends a nd b earings are
externa ll y a d justed by grooved hex nuts which provid e positive lock ond a large
orea seat in brackets. Shafts are equipped for pressure lu b rication. G rease lea d s
ot outer end of end rolls a nd shaft connectors b e tween rolls faci litate lub ricotion.
For convenience, o greose leo d is extend ed from near sid e of the idler to the upper
b earing of the o pposite end ro ll.
The inverted angl e base, d ee p ribbed forme d steel b racke ts and foot straps are
accura te ly jig-welded to form o n integral unit frome for a ccurate roll a lignment.
Yoke contou r ond mo chine d g roove in the hex nut lock a ll brackets to g eth er in o
rigid truss structure. Even under unusuolly severe imp act th is sturd y arra ngement
prevents spre ading of brackets. Removable steel retainer cl ips at each brocket
hold rolls in position.
Types of idlers available in Series 7000 are illustrated. The 20 idlers are avoiloble for 18" to 48" belt widths. The 45 idlers are availoble for 24" to 48"
belt widths. Dimensions ore shown on pages 181-195.

Flat belt idler

3925 1

Flat belt training id ler,

positive action type

20 troughed belt tra ining idler,

actuating disc type

39246

20 troughed be lt id ler

33910

Return b elt idler

39249
39432

20 troug hed belt rubber cushion idl er

39433

Retu rn belt rubber tread idle r

45 troughed belt idl er, equal length rolls

39252

39247

20 trou ghed belt training idl er,

positive a ction type

45 troughed be lt training idl er,

positive action type, equal length rolls

Return belt training idler,

positive action type
LINK - BELT 177

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 8000 belt conveyor idlers

The 20 idlers ore for continuous operotion, high copacities, ond for heovier wei ght,
obrosive moteriols where th e size of lumps is fimited by the width of the b elt. The
stronger and heavier 6" diameter rolls give added life under more severe service,
and are suitoble for wider belts than the Series 7000 idlers. The 45 idlers are for
the sorne type of service as the 20 idlers but handle maximum volume, limited only
by the construction of the belt.
Ali rolls are 6 11 in diameter and hove a precision roller bearing. A separo te cortridge type sea! assembly offers triple beoring protection with its labyrinth sea!, felt
and neoprene contact seal ond grease fllled clearances.
The counterbored outer shell and the journalled full length center tube are continuously welded to precision die formed steel ends to form an integral concentric
unit. The ends of the center tube are step-bored concentrically with each other to
provide correct bearing olignment. The center tube is grease fllled after assembly
and its large diameter permits the easy movement of greo se to the bearings. The
efficient greose-in, dirt-out cortridge seol and lorge reservoir of grease extend the
regreasing cycle. The upper ends of the concentrator rolls hove a deflector cap ottached to the hex nut to further protect the bea ring.
/1
The 3/.i diameter through-shofts ore threaded on both ends and bea rings are
externally odjusted by grooved hex nuts which provide positive lock and a large
crea seat in brockets. Shofts ore equipped for pressure lubricotion. Greose leods
at outer end of end rolls and shaft connectors between rolls focilitate lubrication.
For convenience, a grease leed is extended from near side of the idler to the upper
bearing of the opposite end roll.
The inverted angle base with jig-welded foot straps ond tough, heovy ribbed
malleable iron brackets flrmly bolted ot jig located holes in ongle base, forms an
integral unit frame for accurate roll alignment. Yoke contour and machined groove
in the hex nut lock ali brackets together in a rigid truss structure. Even under unusually
severe impoct, this sturd y arrangement prevents spreading of brockets. Removable
steel retainer clips at each brocket hold rolls in position.
Typ es of idlers avoilable in Series 800 0 are illustrated. All a re availoble for 24"
to 60" belt widths. Dimensions are shown on pages 181-195.

20 tro ughed belt id ler

20 troug hed b elt rubber cushion id ler

178 L 1 N K - B E L T

20 troughed belt training idler,

positive action typ e

20 troughed belt training idler,

actuating d isc typ e

20 troughed b elt picking conveyor

and feeder idler

Variable troughed b elt idler

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 8000 belt conveyor idlers

39259

45 tro ughed belt idler, equal length roll s

Flat belt rubber cushion idler,

fi xed shaft type

Return belt rubber tread idler

Flat belt rubber cushion idler,

live shaft type

Return belt training idl er,

positive action type

Flat be lt training idl er, positive action type

Return be lt rubbe r tread training idler,

caster camber type

Re turn belt idler

Return belt beater idler

39260

45 troughed belt rubber cushion idler,

equal length rolls

39261

45 troughed be lt tra ining idler, positive

action type, equal length rolls

339 17

Flat belt idler

L 1 N K - B E L T 179

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Series 9000 belt conveyor idlers

39278

39268

20 troughed belt idler

39269

20 troughed belt rubbe r cushion idle r

This series is for continuous o perotion, highest copocities, ond for the heoviest ond
coorsest moteriols.
Rolls ore 6" or 7 " in diome ter ond hove o heovy duty precision topere d roller
beoring. A se porote cortrid ge type seol ossembly offe rs triple beoring p rotection
with its lo byrinth seo l, felt ond neoprene conto ct seol ond greose fllled cleorances.
Th e v.i " thick counterbored outer shell ond the journolled full leng th heovy gouge
center tube ore continuously welded with precision d ie formed steel ends to form
on integral conce ntric unit. The e nds of the center tube ore step-bored concentricolly
with eoch other to provide correct beo ring olignment. The center tube is greose fl lled
o fter ossembly ond its lorge d iometer permits the eosy movement of greose to the
beorings. The efficient greose-in, dirt-out cortridge seol ond lorge reservoir of greose
extends the regreosing cycle. The upper ends of the concentrotor rolls hove o
deflector cap ottoched to the hex nuts to further protect the b eorings.
The 1 v.i " diometer through-shofts ore threoded on both ends ond beorings ore
externolly odjusted by grooved hex nuts which provide positive lock ond o lorge
oreo seot in brockets. Shofts ore equipped for pressure lub ricotion. Greose leods
ot outer end of end rolls ond shoft connectors b etween rolls focilitote lubrico tion.
For convenience o greose leed is extended from neor side of the id le r to the upper
beoring of the opposite end roll.
The heovy inverted ongle base is fltted with tough, heovy rib b ed molleoble iron
brockets which ore flrm ly bolted a l jig locoted holes in ongle base, forming on
integral unit frome for occurote roll olignment. The end b rocket ond foot ore cost
into o single unit providing moximum rigidity ond support. Yoke contour ond mochined
groove in the hex nut lock oll brockets together in o rigid truss structure. Even under
unusuolly severe impoct, this sturdy orrongement prevents spreoding of b rockets.
Removoble steel retoiner clips ot eoch brocket hold rolls in position.
Typ es of idlers ovoiloble in Series 9 000 o re illustroted. All ore ovoiloble for
36" to 84" belt widths. Dimensions ore shown on poges 181-195.

39270

20 troughed belt train ing idl e r,

positive action type

33938

39273

39271

20 troughed be lt picking conveyor

and feeder idl er

33947

180 L 1 N K - B E L T

Return belt training idler,

positive action type

33904

Flat b elt rubber cushion idler,

live shaft type

33939

Va riable troughed belt idl er

Re turn belt rubbe r tread idler

Flat belt rubbe r cushion idl er,

fi xed shaft type

20 tro ughed belt training idle r,

actuating d isc type

39272

39274

Flat belt idler

39276

Return belt rubbe r tread training idler,

caster cambe r type

39277

Return belt idle r

Return be lt beater idler

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

r<-~~~~~~~-c ~~~~~~~--+<
t*-~~~~~~~~ A ~~~~~~~~---+I

,. uso

Serles 5000 4" d iamete::7olls

Belt 1 ldler weight,
width,
pounds i

ldler
number

5%
5%
5%
5%
5%
5%

7%
8
8 Y4
8 Y.!
8%
9 Ye

inches:

5401- 14
5401-16
5401 -18
5401-20
5401-24
5401 - 30

14
16
18
20
24
30

22
24
26
28
32
38

IN CHES

24
26
28
30
34
40

Y.!
Y.!
Y.!
Y.!
Y.!
Y.!

23
25
27
29
33
39

16 r1
18 y.
20%
22 y.
26 y.
32

v.

5 Y.!

2 Y.!

6 Ya
6 r1
7Y.i
8 r1
10%

2'h

y.

Y.!
Y.!

2 Y.!
2 Y2
2 Y.!
2 'h

4 Y2
4 'h
4 Y.i
4 'h
4 'h
4 'h

%
r1

'h
'h
'h

1
1 Y4
1 'h

Y.!

Series 6000"' 4 " and 5 " d1ameter rolls

ldler
number

4
dameter
rolls
6401 - 14
6401 - 16
6401 - 18
6401 -20
6401-24
6401 -30
6401-36

5
da meter
rolls
6501-14
6501- 16
650 1-18
6 501-20
650 1-24
6501 -30
650 1-36

Belt
width,

ldler weight,
pounds

4 " 1 5"
inches diameter
diameter
rolls
rolls
14
34
37
16
36
40
18
42
38
20
40
45
24
45
50
51
30
57
57
64
36

B
4
1 5
diomelerldiometer
ralls
rolls

4 1 5
diameter diameler
rolls
rolls

diameter d iameter

rolls

5 'h

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

'h

o/a

Y2

%
r1

ralls

INCHES

25
27
29
31
35
41
47

:v.
:v.

17
19 Ya
21
23 Ya
27 Ya
32 r1
38 o/a

17
18%
21
22 %
26 3/.
32 Y2
38 y.

23
25
27
29
33
39

45

6%
6%
6%
6%
6%
6%
6%

7 Ya
7 %
7 %
7%
7 :V.

0
9
9
9

Ya
3/a
o/a
1o Ya

7V.
7

r1

10 3/.i
11 'h

v.

v.

9
9%
9 r1
10 Y1
10 Y2
11 Y4
11 %

Y1
%
Y2
r1
10 r 1
12 r1
6
6
7
8

'h
'h
Y.!
Y.!
'h

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

1
1 Y4
1 Y2
1%

Se ries 7000 5" d1ameter rolls

Belt 1
;<idth,

ldler
number

1 mches

7501 - 18
7501 -20
7501 -24
7501 -30
750 1-36
7501-42
7501-48

ldler weight,
pounds

IN CHES

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

52

55
61
81
90
107
118

29 'h
31 'h
35 Y2
41 'h
47 'h
53 'h

20%
22 r 1
26 r 1
32 o/1
38 Y1
45

51

59 'h

50 3,4

57

27
29
33
39

45

8
8
8
8
8
9
9

Y4
Y4
Y4

o/a
o/a

1o o/a
lo r1
1 1 y,
12 Y1
13 Ya
14 Y4
15

6UM
7%
81 %
101 SM
l 21 s1,
15 Y4
17 y.

6
6
6

Y.!
'h
Y.!
y.
o/a

7 'h
7 'h
7 'h
7 Y2

'lo

'lo

8
8
8
9 Y2
9 'h
9 'h
9 'h

r1
1
1 Y4
l ~

1%
2 Y4
2 'h

Series 8000 6" diameter rolls

ldler
number
Steel
rolls
8601 -24
8601 -30
8601-36
8601-42
8601 -48
8601 -5 4
8601-60

Gray

Belt
width,

iron

inches

rolls
860 1C- 2 4
860 1C-30
8601C-36
8601C-42
8601 C-48
8601C-54
8601C-60

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
pounds

35 Y2
41 Y2
47 'h
53 'h
59 Y2
65 Y.!
71 'h

26 'h
32 Y4
38
44%

Steel 1 Gray
rolls

71
92
103
122
135
165
179

iron

rolls
96
133 139
165
182
2 18
239

INC HES

33
39

8 3/.

45

9 Ya
9 Ya

51

9 Y.!

50 Y.!

57

56
62 Y1

63
69

9 'h
9 o/a
9 Ya

v.

11 %
12 %
13 Y2
14 %
15V.
16 V.
17

8 15;1,
10";1'
121.&.
15 Y4
17 Y4
19 ;1,
21 s;1,

8
9 'h
9 'h
9 Y2
9 'h

1 Y4
1 'h
1 r1

2 Y4
2 Y.!

10 'h
10 'h

3
3 Y4

Series 9000 6 " and 7" diame ter rolls

B
ldler weight,
O
1
F
Belt
6
6
pounds
G
l
A
1
6.
1
e

1
7'
1dio 7"
width,
diameter
diameter
da
meter
meter 1
diameterjdiometer
6.
7
7
6"
ralls
rolls
rolls
rolls
rolls
rolls
inches diameterldiameter
di a meter 1 diameter
rolls
rolls
INCHES
ralls
rolls
13 111, 9 'h
36
199
214
53
10 Ya
15
970 1-36
40 r1
40 'h 5 1 1 Ya
14 r 1
9601 -3 6
9601-42
9701-42
42
2 17
236
59 46 o/a 46 Y4 57 1 Ya
1 o/a
15 Ya
16 Y1 15111, 9Y.i
48
237
258
65
52
52
63
1 Ya
10 Ya
16
16 r 1 1711;1, 9 'h
9701-48
9601 -48
17
7 1 58 Y4
1 o/a
9601-54
970 1-54
54
274
296
57%
69
10 Ya
17 Y2 19 %
9 'h
297
320
77
63 Y4
63
75 10 Ya
1 o/a
17 Ya
18 Ya 21 'h
9701 -60
60
9601 -60
9 'h
345
87
11 %
19 o/a
9601 -72
970 1-72
72
370
89 74 'h
74 Ya
10 r1
20 Y4 25
9 'h
84
462
487
101
86
1 1 o/a
12 Ya
21 Ye
22 Ya 29
12
9 6 01-84
970 1- 84
85 o/1 99
Hove dimensions certified fo r installation purposes.
Available in greaseable and lactory sealed construction.
struction will be furnished unless otherwise specified.
6 To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting foot pulley.
For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.
ldler
number

v.

o
o
o

o
o
o

v.

v.

v.
v.

R
6

1 r 1 12
2 Y4 12
2 Y2 12
12
3
3 Y4 12
3 'h 12
3/. 3 3/. 14 'h
Greoseoble con%
%
%
%
%
3/.

LINK-BELT 181

bulk handling
b elt co nveyors

20 troughed belt rubber cushion idlers

BOLTS-N

,.. .,,,
Series 6 000

4" ond 5 " diomeler rolls

ldler weight,
pounds

ldler number

4"

5"

dio meter

dio meter

rolls

rolls

6 404-14
6404-16
640 4- 18
640 4 -20
640 4 - 24
6404 -3 0
640 4 -3 6

6504- 14
6 504-16
6504-18
6504-2 0
6504-2 4
6504-30
6504-3 6

Belt
wid th,
inches

14
16
18
20
24
30
36

8
O

4"

31
34
36
39
43

34
37
39
42
47
54
61

50
57

5"

diometer diometer

1 5"
dio meter dio meter
ro lls
rolls

rolls

4"

5"

5"

4"

rolls

rolls

rolls

dio meter diometerl d io meter dio meter

rolls

/J.

rolls

INCHES

25
27
29
31
35
41
47

17
18 JA
21
22 JA
26*
32 Y2
38 y.

16 %
18 \12
20 o/s
22 Ye
26 Ye

32 \la
37%

23
25
27
29
33
39
45

6 V1
6%
6%
6%
6 V1
6 V1
6 V1

8 V1
9 \11
9 3/e
9
1o \la
1o31.
11 Y2

7 Ye
7 3/1
7 Ye
7 Ye
7 3/s
7 Ye
7Ye

v.

9
9
9
1o
1o
11
11

5A&

3/1
o/1
Va
\la
\12

5 ".-i6
6 11!16
7 5!16
9111,
10 11A&
12 11A&

y.
V1

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Y2
Y2

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

v.

\12
\12
\12
\12
\12

V1
1
1
1 \12
1 31.

v.

Series 7000 5 " d iometer rolls

ldler number

Belt
width,
inches

7 504-18
7 504-20
7 50 4- 24
7 504-30
7504-36
7504-4 2
7 504 -48

ldler weight,
pounds

49
52
58
78
87
104
115

29 \12

B
1

R
1

/J.

INCHES

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

31 \12
35 \12
41 \12
47 Y2
53 \12
59 \12

v.
v.

27
29
33
39
45
51

20 31.
22%
26%
32 o/a
38 3/s
45
50 31.

1o o/1
10%
1 1 3/s
12 3/a
13 \11
14
15

8
8 \/
8
8 o/s
8 o/s
9
9

57

6 13!16
7 9!16
s 116
101 s16
12 "!16
15
17 y.

v.

6
6
6
7
7
7
7

v.

\12
\12
\12
o/s
o/s

\12
\12
\12
\12

8
8
8
9
9
9
9

V1
1
1
1 \12
1 V1
2
2 Y2

v.

v.
v.

v.

\12
\12
\12
Y2

Series 8 000 6 " diometer rolls

ldler number

Belt
width,
inches

8604 -2 4
8604-30
8604 -3 6
8604-42
8604-48
8 604-54
8604 -60

ldler weight,
p ounds

A
1

D
1

L
1

/J.

INCHES

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

87
112
127
141
168
203
218

35 \12
41 \12
47 \12
53 \12
59 \12
65 \12
71 \12

26 \12
32 y.
38
44 :v.

33
39
45
51

50 \12

57

56 3/a
62 Ya

63
69

8
9
9
9
9
9
9

11 V1
12 V1
13 \12
14 3.,
15 3/a
16 3/ 1
17

31.

Ya
Ya
\12
\12

v.

o/1

8 15!16
1o 15!16
1 2 15!16
15
17 y.
195116
21 !16

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

v.

1 y.
1 \12
1 V1
2 y.
2 \12
3
3 y.

\12
o/1
o/s
o/s
o/1
o/1

Y2

\12
\12
\12
Y2
Y2

v.

8
9 Y2
9 Y2
9 \12
9 \12
10 \12
10 Y2

Series 9000 7 " diameter rolls

ldler number

Belt
width,
inches

9704-36
9704-42
9704-48
9704-54
9704-60
9704 -72
9704- 84

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight,
p ounds

230
254
278
318
343
395
514

A
1

53
59
65
71
77
89
101

4 0 \12
46 y.
52

57 V1
63
7 4 \11
85 5/1

Hove dimensions certir.ed for inslolfol1on purpose.

4 Availoble in greoseoble ond foclory seoled conslruclion. Greoseoble conslruction will be furnished unless otherwise specified.

182 L 1 N K - B E L T

e
51

57
63
69

75
87
99

D
1

1o
10
1o
1o
1o
11
12

o/1

/J.

1NCHES

15 3/1
16 Ya
16 Va
17 \12
18 \la
20 y.
22 \11

9 \12
9 \12
9 \12
9 \12
9 \12
9 \12
12

1 V1
2
2 Y2
3
:v.
31.
3
3/1
3 Y2
31.
Ya
31.
3 31.
For we1ghl of revolving idler ports, see Toble 10, poge 150.

v.
o/s
v.
v.

R
1

13"A&
15 11!16
17 11!16
19 31.
21 Y2
25 :Y1
29 Ye

31.
31.

v.

v.
v.

e:,. To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepling fool pulley.

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 !12

bulk handling
b e lt conveyora

20 troughed belt training idlers

positive action type

BEL T TRAVEL )

Se ries 6000 4" ond 5 " diameter rolls

ldler
number

diameter

rolls

dio meter

rolls

6407- 14
6407- 16
6407- 18
6407-20
6407-24
6407-30
6407-36

Bel!
width,
inches

6507- 14
6507- 16
6507- 18
6507-20
6507-24
6507-30
6507-36

14
16
18
20
24
30
36

ldler weighl,
pounds

A
1 5
diomeler diameler
ralls
rolls

68
73
77
80
86
96
106

4
1 5
diomeler diometer
ralls
rolls

4"

65
70
72
75
81
90
99

D
L

y
Dia.

o
INCHES

25
27
29
31
35
41
47

19 :y,
2 1 Ya
23 Ya
25 Y1
29 Ya
34 V1
40 v.

8 y.
8V.
8V.
8 v.
8 v.
8 v.
8 v.

7 :Y4
7:V..
7:V..
7:V..
7:V..
7:V..
7:V..

23
25
27
29
33
39
45

1 l Ya
1 1 v.
1 1 V1
12 Ya
12 'h
13 Ya
13 V1

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

5 'h
6 Y1
6 V1
7 'h
8 V1
10 V1
12 V1

Ve 6 V1
V1 6 V1
V1 1 6 V1
Ve 6 V1
V1 6 V1
V1 6 V1
Ve 1 6 V1

'h
'h
'h
'h
'h
'h
'h

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

daes

"'

projecl
below
base

Se rles 7000 5" diameter rolls

ldler
number

7507-18
7507-20
7507-24
7507-30
7507-3 6
7507-4 2
7507-48

Bel!
widlh,
inches

ldler weight,
paunds

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

94
100
108
133
147
167
182

29 Y2
31 Y2
35 Y2
41 Y2
47 Y2
53 'h
59 Y2

B
1

1%

l o/a

1 :Y1
1
1

9
9
9
9
9

14 YJ
14 'h
14 'h
14 YJ
14 YJ
14 'h
14 YJ

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

y
Dia.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

14 'h
14 Y2
14 'h
14 Y2
14 'h
14 'h
14 YJ

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

y
1 Dia.

INCHES

22 Ya
24 o/a
28 Y2
34 v.
40 Ya
46 :v..
52 Y2

9 v.

27
29
33
39
45
51
57

9 v.
9 Va
9 v.
9 v.
9 v.

9 ?'1

14
14 v.
14 :v..
15%
16 Y1
16 V1
17 v.

6UJ16

Y2
Y2
'h
o/1

l 2"A'
15 v.
17 v.

6
6
6
7 'h
7Y,
7 'h
7 'h

7'A6

8'%
l "A6

v.
v.

v.
v.

'/1

Seri es 8000 6" diameter rolls

ldler
number
Sleel
rolls

iron

inches

rolls

8607-24
8607-30
8607-36
8607-42
8607-48
8607-54
8607-60

Gray

Bel!
widlh,

8 607C-24
8607C-30
8607C-36
8607C-42
8607C-48
8607C-54
8607C-60

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weighl,
pounds

Gray

Steel
iron
ralls 1 rolls

11 6
143
158
180
195
2 10
225 1

14 1
173
194
223
243
258
273

1
IN CHES

28 Y2 33
35 Y2
34 y.
41 Y2
39
47 Y2 40 y, 45
1
53 Y1
46 3/4 51
59 Y1
57
1 52 'h
65 Y1 58 Ya 63
71 'h
63 'la 1 69

10
10
10
10
10
lo
lo

Y1
Y1
y,
y,
Y1

v.
v.

14 :v..
15 :y,
16 Ya
16 v.
17 :y,
18 v.
19

51s16

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

l ou;1,
12 15/16
15 y.
17 v.
l 9 Ji6
21 s.n.

1 Ya
l
l
'/1

Y1
Y1
Y2
Y2

Y1
'h
'h

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.

v.

'h
'h

'la

Series 9000 6 " and 7 " diameter rolls

ldler
number

7"

6"
diameter
rolls

9607-36
9607-42
9607-48
9607-54
9607-60
9607-72
9607-84

diameler
rolls

9707-36
9707-42
9707-48
9707-54
9707-60
9707-72
9707-84

Bel!
width,
inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight,
pounds
A

6" 1diameler
7'
diameler
rolls
rolls

330
357
385
430
461
542
675

348
379
409
455
487
562
703

diameler
7" 1
1diameler
rolls
rolls

y
Dia.

INCHES

54
60
66
72
78
90
102

42 V1
48 :y.
54 3/1
60 Ya
65 3/a
76 Va
88 v.

51
57
63
69
75
87
99

Hove dimensions cerlified for inslallation purposes.

faclory sealed conslruction. Greaseable
construclion will be furnished unless otherwise specified.

A Available in greaseable and

11 Ya
l l :y,
11 3/a
l l :y,
l l :Y1

12 Y2
12 Y2

v.
v.
v.
v.

11
11
11
11
11 'l'1
13
13

19 3/4
20 3fa
2 1 Ya
2 1 'l'a
22 :y,
23 :v..
25 y,

13 11116
15 11116
17 11116
19 :y.
21 Y2
25%
29 Ya

9 'h
9 YJ
9 YJ
9 YJ
9 Y2
9 'h
12

3/4

:v..
:v..
:v..

:v..
:v..
:v..

l y.
l v.
l v.
l v.
l y.
l '/1

'l'1

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

16 'h
16 'h
16 YJ
16 YJ
16 YJ
21 Y2
2 1 'h

3 'h
3 YJ
3 Y2
3 Y2
3 Y2
5 :Ya
5 Ya

For weight of revolving idler porls, see Table 10, page 150.
O Elevation above adjacenl rollers.

L 1 N K - B E L T 183

bulk handling
b e lt

conveyors

20 troughed belt training idler

~B ELT

actuating disc type

TRAVEL~

Series 7000 5 " diometer rolls

Bel!
width,
inches

ldler
number

ldle r weight,
p ounds

D
1

L
1

N
1

y
Dio.

IN CHES

7508-18
7508-20
7508-24
7508-30
7508-36
7508-42
7508-48

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

92
98
10 6
131
144
165
180

21 \4
23 y,
27 \/a
33 \/2
39 \4
44 %
50 o/o

29 !t.
31 \/2
35 Y2
41 \/2
47 Y2
53 \/2
59 \/2

27
29
33
39
45
51
57

12 \4
12 y,
12 v.
13
14 y,
15
15

9 o/o
9Va
9 Va
9 Va
9Va
9 o/o
9o/o

v.
v.

61316
7 9116
8 15116
10 15!16
12 15116
15 \4
17 \4

5%
6 3116
7 9116
9%
11 'l'a
13
15 5/a

6
6
6
7 Y2
7 Y2
7 Y2
7 \/2

v.

1 y,
1 :v.
1 :v.
1
1
o/o
o/o

Y2
Y2
Y2
o/o
o/o
o/o
o/o

14 Y2
14 Y2
14 Y2
14 Y2
14 Y2
14 Y2
14 Y2

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Ser ies 8000 6 11 diometer rolls

ldler weighl,
pounds

ldler
number

Belt
width,
inc.hes

Gro y

Steel
rolls

iron

rolls

Steel
rolls

Gray

y
Dio .

iron

rolls
INCHES

8608-24
8608-30
8608-36
8608-42
8608-48
8608-54
8608-60

8608(-24
8608 C-30
8608C-36
8608(-42
8608C-48
8608(-54
8608C-60

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

120
146
161
183
198
213
228

144
171
195
224
244
255
275

35 Y1
4 1 \/2
47 \/2
53 \/2
59 \/2
65 Y2
71 \/2

27
33 y,
39 Ya
44

v.
sov.
56 Ya
62 v.

1O Ya
10 Ya
lO Ya
10 y,
1o y,
1O \Is
1O \/a

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

15
13 :v.
1 8 !16
14 Ya 1QIS/16
14 'l'a 12;16
15 \/2 15 \4
16 \/a
1 17 \4
16'!4 19116
17 \/2 21 '116

7 '116
9%
11 'l'a
13
15 o/a
17%
19'116

v.

6
7 Y2
7 \/2
7 y,
7 Y2
8 y,
8 \/2

Y2
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/o
o/a

1 :v.
1
1
o/o

14 Y2
14 Y2 1
14 Y2
14 Y2
14 y,
14 Y2
14 Y2

v.

o/o
'la

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Series 9000 6" ond 7 " d iometer rolls

ldler weighl,
pounds

ldler
number

6.

d ia meter
rolls

d ia meter
rolls

9608-36
9608-42
9608 -48
9608 -54
9608 -60
9608-72
9608 -84

9708-36
9708-42
9708-48
9708-54
9708-601
9708-72
9708-84

Belt
width,

B
A

inches

6"
dio.
rolls

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

332

7
dio.
rolls

6"

7"

d io.
rolls

d io .
rolls

e
6"

dio.
rolls

-1
7"

6"

dio.
rolls

dio.
rolls

11 'l'a
11 'l'a
11 'l'a
11 %
11 'l'a
13
13

16 \4
16 'l'a
17 \/2
18 \4
18'l'a
20 \4
21 \/2

7"
dio.
rolls

INCHES

359
388
433
464
545
678

350
54
381
60
412
66
72
458
490
78
565
90
706 1 102

Hove dime nsions certified lar installalion purposes.

Elevation obove odjocent rollers.

184 L 1 N K - B E L T

40 Va 40 \4 5 1 11 y,
57 11 y,
46 :v. 46
52 y, 51 'l4 63 11 y,
56
57 3.4 69 11
63 \/a 62 'l4 75 11 y,
74 \4 73 'l'a 87 12 \/2
85 'l4 85 :v. 99 12 \/2

v.

16% 13 11116
17:V. 1511;1,
18
17 11116
18 'l4 19 'l4
19 :V. 2 1 Y2
20 o/o 25 :v.
22
29 :v.

11 5116
9 Y2
13;1,
9 Y2
15%
9 Y2
17 :v.
9 Y2
19 Ya
9 Y2
23
9 Y2
27
12

'l4
'l4
3,4
'l4
'l4
l,4

'l4

1 \4 16 \/2
1\4 16 \/2
1 \4 16\/2
1 \4 16 \/2
1\4 l6 Y2
l o/o 2 1 Y2
'Va 21 Y2

Far weight o l revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.

y
Dio.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

20 troughed belt picking conveyor and feeder idlers

BOLTSN
*-------~e-------~~

Series 8000 611 diameter rolls

~elt

ldler

w1dth,

number

k---------A--------~

w
l ldler
weight,
A _ _ _B
C _..__ _
D_ _ _ _F_ _.....__G___.__ ___.._ __....._N
pounds
1_ _
____
__.__ _.___ __

1 inches

8605-24
8605-30
8605-36
8605-42
8605-48
8605-54
8605-60

INCHES

71
92
103
122
135
165
179

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

26%
32 Ya
38 Ya
44 Ya
50 Ya
56 Ya
62 Ya

35 Y2
4 1 Y2
47 Y2
53 Y2
59 y,
65%
71 Y2

33
39
45
51

8%
9 y,
9 Ya
9%
9%
9 o/a
9 o/a

57
63
69

15 9/6
20%
26%
32 %
38 %
44%
50%

10%

11 Ya
11 Ya
11 y,
1 1 y,
11 o/a
11 o/a

5%
5 9/6
5%
5 9/6
5%
5%

y,

6
7 Y2
7 Y2
. 7 Y2
7%
8 Y2
8%

5%

8
9%
9%
9 Y2
9 Y2
10 Y2
10 y,

o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a

o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a

11

Series 9000 6 and 7" diameter roll s

6'

dio meter
rolls

9605-36
9605-42
9605-48
9605-54
9605-60
9605-72
9605-84

dio meter
rolls

9705-36
9705-42
9705-48
9705-54
9705-60
9705-72
9705-84

Belt
width,
inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

6"

ldler weight,
pounds

ldler
number

7"

dio.
rolls

dio.
rolls

195
211
228
260
277
315
455

210
230
249
282
300
340
482

6"

7"

dio.
rolls

dio.
rcfls

6"

6"

dio.
rolls

dio.
rolls

d io.
rolls

dio.
rolls

13 3/a
13 3/a
13 3/a
13 3/a
13 3/a
13 3/a
13 3/a

R
6

%
%
%
%
%
%
%

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

INCHES

53
59
65
71
77
89
101

40%
46%
52%
58%
64%
76%
88%

40 3/e
46 3/a
52 3/a
58 3/a
64 3/a
76 3/a
88 3/a

10 Ya
10 Ya
1o Ya
10 Ya
10 Ya
10 y,
10 Ya

51

57
63
69

75
87
99

1o
1o
1o
1o
1o
1o
1o

o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a

12 %
12 ~.
12 %
12 ~.
12 ~.
12 %
12 %

7 Y2 9 y,
7 Y2 9 y,
7Y2 9 y,
7Y2 9 Y2
7Y2 9 Y2
7Y2 9 y,
7 Y2 12

25 y.
31 \14
37 \14
43 y.
49 \14
61 \14
73 y.

12
12
12
12
12
12

14 y,

V a riable
troughed belt idlers
Serles 8000 6 11 d iameter rolls

~el!

ldler
number
1

w1dth,
inches

8606-24
8606-30
8606-36
8606-42
8606-48
8606-54
8606-60

G
M
N
lldler weight,I
A
B
e
:
pounds ----'-----'-------~--------"'"----'-------'-----"----

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

INCHES

177
200
220
248
27 1
295
325

35
41
47
53
59
65
71

40
46
52
58
64
70
76

33
39
45
51

8 ~6

1o 3/a
1o 3/a
10 3/a
1o 3/a
1o 3/a
1o3/a
1O 3/a

57
63
69

7
7
7
7
7
8
8

101 s/6
12 15/6
15 \14
17 \14
19 5;6
2 15/6

26 ~.
32 %
38 ~.
44 ~.

Y2

y,
y,
y,

o/a
o/a

o/a
o/a
o/a
o/a

50 ~.

Y2
Y2

56%
62 ~.

y,

9 Y2
9 Y2
9 Y2
9 y,
9 y,
10 y,
10 Y2

o/a

Serles 9000 6 11 and 7 11 diameter rolls

ldler
number

6"

diometer
rolls

dio meter
rolls

9606-36
9606-42
9606-48
9606-54
9606-60
9606-72
9606 -84

9706-36
9706-42
9706-48
9706-54
9706-60
9706 -72
9706-84

Belt
width,
inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight,
pounds

F
A

58
64
70
76
82
94
106

54
60
66
72
78
90
102

51

7"

6"
dio meter
rolls

dio meter
rolls

359
394
429
465
498
570
642

..

Hove dimensions certifred fer instollotion purposes.

6 To t op of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting foo t pulley.

380
419
457
495
531
606
681

6"
dio.
rolls

7"

dio.
1 rolls

9 y,
9 y,
9 y,
9 Y2
9 Y2
9 Y2
12

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

%
%
%
%
%
%
%

11 y,
11 y,
11 y,
11 y,
11 y,
11 y,
14

INCHES

75

11 \14
11 \14
1 1 \14
1 1 \14
11 \14

87
99

11 \14
11 \14

57
63
69

11 %
11 %
11 %
11 %
11 %
11 %
11 %

13 11/6
15 11/16
1711116
19%
21 Y2
25 3/a
29 o/a

Shim os required.
Fer weight of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, poge 150.

LINK - BE L T

185

bulk handling
b elt conveyors

45 troughed belt idlers equal le ngth rol ls

Series 7000 5 " diomete r rolls

ldler
number

Belt
width,

inches

ldler weight,
pounds

24
30
36
42
48

64
84
93
1 10
121

35 Y2
41 y,
47 Y2
53 Y2
59 y,

G
1

N
1

R
6

w
1

INCHES

7502-24
7502-30
7502-36
7502-42
7502-48

22 %
27 'la
3 2 Y2
38
42 %

8 y.
8 '/a
8 'la
9
9

33
39
45
51

57

14 'l'a
16 %
18
20
21 Y2

v.
v.

v.

Y2

6
7 Y2
7%
7%
7 y,

8 "li6
1o"li6
1 2 1s,6
15 y.
17 y.

8
9
9
9
9

3
4
4 o/.
5 Y2
6

'la
%

'la
'la

v.

Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2

Series 8000 6 " diometer rolls

ldler
number

8602-24
860 2-3 0
8602 -36
8602-42
8602-48
8602-54
860 2-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
p ounds

78
99
109
132
143
155
168

35 y.
41 y.
47
53
59
65
7 1 \4

G
1

N
1

R
6

w
1

INCHES

v.

22
26 'l'e
31 %
37 %
42
47 Ye
52

v.
v.
v.
v.

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

v.

8
9
9
9
9
9
9

15
17
18
20
21
23
24

Ye

v.
Y2
1/2
%
%

8 15/i6
1O 15\6
12 1s;.6
15
17
1 9 5/i6
2 1 5/i6

y.

Ya

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

v.
v.

1/2

'l'1
:Ya
%

v.

y,
Y2
112

y,
1/2
1/2

'la

y,

8
9 Y2
9 Y2
9 Y2
9 V2
101/2
10 Y2

3
4
4%

%
%
'la
'la

5 Y2
6
7
8

v.

45 troughed belt rubber cushion idlers equal length ro lls

f t H1

Series 800 0 6 " diometer rolls

ldler
number

8623-24
8623-30
8623- 36
8623- 42
8623-48
8623-54
8623-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
pounds

R
6

w
1

INCHES

84
11 0
126
150
168
20 3
222

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.

35
41
47 \4
53
59
65
71 y.

Hove dimensions certified far instollotion purposes.

6 To top ol dischorge ond bend pulleys, excepting loot pulley.

186 L 1 N K - B E L T

B
1

22 Ya
26 %
31%
37 :Ya
42 Ye
47 Ye
52

33
39
45
51

57
63
69

8 :y.
9
9
9 y,
91/2
9%
9%

v.
v.
1

15 \4
17
18%
20 Y2
21%
23%
24 'l'e

8 15!i6
101 s,6
l 2"!i6
15 \4
17 \4
l 9 '!6
21 %

6
7 Y2
7 1/2
7 Y2

7 Y,
8 Y2
8 y,

Y2
%

'la
'la
%
%
%

3 y.
4
4%
5 1/2
6
7
8

v.

Far weight al revolving idler pa rts, see Table 10, poge 150.

8
9 Y2
91/2
91/2
9 Y2
10 Y2
10 Y2

bulk handling
belt conveyors

45 troughed be lt training idlers positive a ction type, equal length rolls

BELT TRAVEL

l,><--1<_ __

,lf

li_J- - B O LTSN
-__

f t 6JU

Series 7000 5 " d iometer rolls

ld ler
num b e r

7509-24
7509-30
7 5 09-36
7509-42
7509-48

Be lt
wid th,
inches

ldler weight,
pounds

24
30
36
42
48

113
139
151
175
186

A
1

o
1

G
1

N
1

y
d io.

INCHES

35 Y2
41 y,
47 y,
53 y,
59 Y2

21
25 ~.
30 Yo
36 y.
41

33
39
45
51
57

9 Yo
9 v.
9 Yo
9 Yo
9 Yo

1 8 3/e
19 %
21 v.
22 Y
24'/.i

8Jl6
1
12 " A
15 \4
17 v.

6
7
7
7
7

"I

Y2
Yo
o/a
Yo

Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2

1 3/e
1
1
Yo

9
9
9
9
9

14 y,
14 Y2
14 y,
14 Y2
14 Y2

3
3
3
3
3

dio.

s;.

Serles 8000 6 " diometer rolls

ldler
nu mber

8 609-24
8 609-30
8609-36
8609-42
8609-48
8609-5 4
8 609-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
pounds

N
1

y
1

INCHES

123
150
164
190
203
300
314

35 Y2
41 y,
47 y,
53 y,
59 Y2
6 5 Y2
71 y,

21
25 ~.
30 o/1
36 \4
41
46
50 ~.

Hove dimensions certified lor instollotion purposes.

Elevotion obove odjocent idlers.

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

10 y.
10 y.
10 y.
10 Ya
10 y,
1o v.
1o v.

18 3/e
19 %
21 v.
22 %
24 \4
25 %
27 v.

8 " A
1
12 " A
15 \4
17 \4
19'/
21 'I6

"I

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2

o/a
o/a

Yo
o/a
%
%

1 Y1
1
1
Yo
o/a
Y2
y,

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

14 y,
14 y,
14 Y2
14 y,
14 %
14 y,
14 Y2

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

For weight ol revolving idler porls, see Toble 10, page 150.

L 1 N K - B E L T 187

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

45 troughed belt idlers unequal leng th rolls

1 BOLTS N
t::;======="==---==~----===------c:iiC:l _x

' + - - - -- -- -

a.::~~~

Series 6000"" 4 " and 5 " d iameter rolls

l dler number

5"

4"
dio meter
rolls

diometer
rolls

6403- 24
6403-30
6403-36
6403 -42
6403-48

6503-24
6503- 30
6503-36
6 503-42
6503-48

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48

ldler weight,
pounds

4"

B
A

4"

roll s

diometer dia meter

roll s

ro lls

46
52
58

52
59
66
83
91

75
82

5"

d io meter diome ter

5"

r o lls

4H

51f

F1

4#

5"

rolls

ro lls

roll s

ll

diamete) d io meter diameter dio meter

e:,

rolls

INCHES

35
41
47
53
59

22
28
34
39
45

Y2

y,
Y2
3/s

3/a

21 314
27 314
33 314
38 %
44 %

33
39
45
51

57

6 'l'1
6 'l'1
6 'l'1
7\4
7\4

13 :y,
13
l 3 3/a 1
15 l4
15 l4 1

73/s
73/a
73/a
7314
7 314

:v.

13 314
13 314
13 314
15%
15%

8 'l'1
14 'l'1
20 'l'1

8%6
8% 6
8% 6
22 'l'1 1 'l'1 7 Y2
2 8 ~. 10%7 Y2

y,

3
3
3
4
4

l/2
Y2
Y2
Y2

8
8
8
9 l/2
9 Y2

45 troughed belt training idlers positive a cti on type, uneq ual leng th rolls
BELT TRAVEL

'4--- -- - -B -

~'-'=~~~~~="~~~~~~~~~=="'-- -"-

~--

c - --

~--------

L_~=:_J

A - --

Se ries 6000"" 4" and 5 1' diometer rolls

ld l er number

4
dio meter

rolls

6 4 10-24
6410-30
6410-36
6410-42
6410-48

dio meter

1
1

rolls

6510-24
6510 -30
6510-36
651 0- 42
6510-48

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48

ldler weight,
p ounds

84
93
10 2
112
120

ldio meter d io meter

rolls

Q 1

INCHES

35
41
47
53
59

23 /a
29 3/a
35 :y,
40 y,
46 y,

33
39
45
51

57

H ove dimens1ons certified for instollotion purposes.

A Availoble in greaseable and factory sealed construction. Greoseoble
construction will be furnished unless otherwise specified.

188 L 1 N K - B E L T

4
rolls

dio meter dio meter

ro lls
roll s

79
86
94
10 4
111

7 'lf4
7314
7 314
7%
7 314

e:,

8
1 8
8
8
1 8

l4

y,
l4
l4
l4

16 V.
16 V.
16 V.
17 y,
17 %

8
14
20
22
28

%
%
~.

8%
8%
8 'l'1

'l'1

lo 'l'1

10 ~.

6
6
6
7 y,
7 y,

Y2

Y2

'l'1
'l'1

y,
y,
y,

~.

To top of dischorge ond bend pulleys, excep11ng foot pulley.

o Eleva lian above adjacent idler
For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, page 150.

6
6
6
6
6

~.
~.

~.

'l'1
~.

8
8
8
9 Y2
9 y,

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Flat belt idlers

Series 5000 4" diameter rolls

Belt
width,

ldler number

ldler weight, pounds

15
16
17
19
22
27

24 :v.
26 :v.
28 3f4
30 :v.
34 3/4
40 :v.

inches

!NCHES

14
16
18
20
24
30

5 41 3-1 4
54 13-1 6
54 13- 18
54 13- 20
541 3-24
54 13-30

e
23
25
27
29
33
39

3
3
3
3
3
3

V2
Y:>
V2
V2
V2
V2

17
19
21
23
27
33

V2
V2
Y:>
V2
Y:>

V2
V2
Y:>
Y:>
V2

2
2
2
2
2
2

y,

4 V2
4 V2
4 V2
4 Y:>
4 y,
4 V2

y,

Series 6000"' 4 " and 5 " diameter ro lls

ldler number
4 diometer
rolls
641 3- 14
6 41 3- 16
6 4 13- 18
64 13-20
6413 : 24
64 13-30
6413-36

5" diometer

rolls
65 13 -14
65 13- 16
65 13- 18
65 13-20
65 13-24
6513-30
6513-36

Belt
width,

ldler weight, pounds

14
16
18
20
24
30
36

4" diameter5" diometer

rolls
rolls
18
21
20
23
22
25
24
27
31
27
37
33
43
39

Bel!
width,

ldler weight, pounds

inches

!NCHES

24
26
28
30
34
40
46

y.,
y.,
y.,
y.,
y.,

23
25
27
29
33
39
45

v.
y.,

17
19
21
23
27
33
39

V2
V2
V2
V2
V2

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

y,
V2

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

V2
V2

y,

V2
V2
V2
V2

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Series 7000 5 11 diamete r rolls

ldler number

A
1

inches

75 13- 18
7513 -20
75 13-24
7513-30
75 13-36
7 5 13-42
75 13-4 8

INCHES

28 :v.
30 :v.
34 :v.
40 :v.
46 :v.
52 :v.
58 :v.

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

32
35
40
47
54
59
66

Belt
width,

ldler weight, pounds

inches

Steel rolls 1

v.

27
29
33
39
45
51
57

4
4 Y.,
4 y.,
4 Y.,
4
4
4

20
22
26
32
38
44
50

v.
v.
v.

%
%
%
%
%
%
%

6
6
6
7
7
7
7

V2
V2
V2
o/e
%
%
%

8
8
8
9
9
9
9

V2

y,
V2
V2

V2
V2
V2

y,

Series 8000 6 " di ameter rolls

ldler number
Steel rolls

Gray iron
rolls
8 6 13C-24
86 13C-30
86 13C-36
8 6 l 3C-42
8 6 l 3C-48
86 l 3C-54
86 13C-60

8 613-24
86 13-30
8 6 13 -36
86 13 -42
8 6 13-48
8 6 13-5 4
8 6 13-60
11

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

46

55
64
72
80
88
96

Gray iron
ralls
71
84
100
109
127
141
154

D
1

M
1

L
1

INCHES

34 :v.
40 :v.
46 :v.
52 :v.
58 :v.
64 :v.
70 :v.

4Y.,
4Y.,
4 y.,
4Y.,
4Y.,
4Y.,
4 y.,

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

26 %
32 %
38 %
44 Va
50%
56 Va
62%

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

V2
%

o/e
o/a
o/a

o/e
o/a

8
9
9
9
9
10
1

y,
V2
V2
V2
V2
V2

V2

y,
V2

y,
V2

o y,

11

Series 9000 6 and 7 d iameter ro lls

ldler number
6" diometer
rolls
96 13-36
96 13-42
9 61 3- 4 8
96 13-54
96 13-60
96 13-72
96 13-84

7" diameter
rol Is
971 3-36
9713-42
97 13-48
9713-54
97 13-60
9713-72
9713-84

Belt
width,
inches
36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight, pounds

6" diameterl7"
rolls
138
152
167
182
197
227
257

Hove dimensions certified for instollation purposes.

For weight of revolving idler parts, see Table 10, poge 150.

dio meter
rolls
150
166
182
198
214
246
278

D
1

N
1

L
1

INCHES

53 V2
59 V2
65 V2
71 V2
77 V2
89 y,
101 V2

51
57
63
69
75
87
99

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

%
%

:v.
:v.
:v.
:v.
%

9 V2
9 y,
9 V2
9 y,
9 y,
9 V2
12

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 y,

Avoiloble in bo th greoseoble ond foctory seoled construction. Greoseoble

construction will be furnished unless othe rwise specified.

L 1 N K - B E L T 189

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Flat belt rubber cushion idlers

fixed shaft type

Series 8000 6 " diometer rolls

ldler
number

8615-24
8615-30
86 15-36
86 15-42
86 15-4 8
8615-54
8615-60

Belt
width,
inches

ldler weight,
pounds

60
76
89
103
114
129
142

34 %
40 %
46 %
52 %
58 %
64%
70%

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

26 Va
32 Va
38 Va
44 Va
50 Va
56%
62 %

112

5/a

8
9 112
9 112
9 112
9 112
10 \/2
10 \/2

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 \/2

INCHE

33
39
45
51

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

57
63
69

11.

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

v.
v.

114
114

v.

y.

112
112
112
\12
\/2
\/2

v.
o/a
v.
v.
o/a

Serles 9000 7 " diometer rolls

ldler
number

9715-36
9715-42
97 15-48
97 15-54
9715-60
9715-72
9715-84

Belt
width,
inches

ldler weight,
pounds

173
192
211
228
247
285
323

53 112
59 \12
65 112
71 112
77 \12
89 \/2
1o1 \/2

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

INCH~S

51
57
63
69

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

75
87
99

9 112
9 112
9 \/2
9 \/2
9 112
9 \/2
12

3/4

%
%
%

314
3f.t

Flat belt rubber cushion idlers

live shoft type

~t}@\,
1..

_..::i

'*----~

,_

' .,.,

Series 8000 6" diometer rolls

ldler
number

8616-24
8616-30
8616-36
8616-42
8616-48
8616-54
86 16-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
p ounds

104
118
134
148
165
179
195

26 Va
32 Va
38 Va
44 Va
50 Va

o/a
Ya
Ya
Ya

56%
62 Va

Ya
Ya

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

o/a

8 Va
9
9
1o 112
10 \/2
1o \/2
13

INCHES

55

33
39
45
51

61
67
73

63
69

2 114
2 y.
2 \/4
2 y.
2 y.
2
2

37
43
49

57

v.
v.

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

v.
v.
v.
v.

5/a

6
6
6
6
6 11.
6 y.
6

v.

5/a
5

/a
o/a
o/a

v.

5/a

y,

31,
3/a

3/a

3/a
3/a
3/a
3

Series 9000 7 " d iometer rolls

ldler
number

Belt
width,
inches

ldler weight,
pounds

97 16 -36
9716-42
9716 -4 8
9716-54
9716 -60
9716-72
9716 -84

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

236
264
293
339
372
416
434

INCHES

55 v.
61 \/2
67 \/2
74
80

92
104 \/2

Hove dimensions certifted for installation purposes.

190 L 1 N K B E L T

51
57
63
69

75
87
99

2 \/2
2 3/4
2 >.
3
3 \/4
3 11.
3 3/4

v.

5
5 \12
5 \12
6
6
6
7

\/2
\/2
\/2
\12

6 3/4
7 \la
7 \la
8 \la
8 y,
8 y.
10

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

;,
;,

314
>.
314

v.

For weighl of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, poge 150.

v.
v.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Flat belt training idlers positive

action type

~------~~

wr------~
J

_J

M--iJ

...,.

~--w--_..,.

..

Series 6000& 4" ond 5" diometer rolls

ldler
number

4
dio meter
rolis

die meter
rolls

6414-14
6414-16
6414-18
6414-20
6414-24
6414-30
6414-36

6514-14
6514 - 16
6514-18
6514-20
6514-24
6514-30
6514-36

ldler weight,
pounds

Belt
width,
inches

4"

diemeter
rolls

14
16
18
20
24
30
36

53
56
58
61
67
75
83

23
25
27
29
33
39
45

3 'h
3 '12
3 '12
3 'h
3 V2
3 'h
3 'h

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

17
19
21
23
27
33
39

'l:i
'h

6 V1
H

'l:i
'l:i
'l:i
'l:i
'l:i

6
6 V1
6 V1
6
6

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

5"

diemeter
rolls

56
59
62
66

72
81
91

INCHES

**
*

20
22
24
26
30
36
42

24
26
28
30Y4
34Y4
40 3,4
46 3,4

V1

v.
v.

V1
V1
V1

v.

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1
V1

r.

r.
r.

Serles 7000 5" diometer rolls

ldler
number

Belt
width,
inches

7514-18
7514-20
7514-24
7514-30
7514-36
75 14-42
7514-48

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

ldler weight,
po unds

91
96
104
130
142
158
172

28Y4
30Y4
34Y4
40Y4
46Y.
52 3,4
58 3,4

1 G

INCHES

23 V2
25 '12
29 'h
35 V2
41 'h

47 'h
53 V2

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

27
29
33
39
45
51
57

y.
y.
y.
y.
y.
y.
y.

14
14
14
14
14
14
14

5 3/e
5 311
So/a
5 311
5 o/1
5 Ya
5 o/1

6
6
6
7'1:i
71/:i

'l:i
'h
'l:i

7'h
7'h

2o v.
22
26
32
38 V1
44
50

6
7 V2
7 1/:i
7 'h
71/:i
8 'h
8 'h

v.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

14 'h
14 'h
14 'h
14 '12
14 'h
14 'h
14 'l:i

26%
32 V1
38 V1
44 V1
50 V1
56 V1
62 v.

V2
o/1

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

14 'h
14 V2
14 'h
14 'h
14 'h
14 'h
14 'h

v.
v.
v.
r.
r.

v.

o/1
o/1

Series 8000 6 " diometer rolls

ldler
number

Steel
rolls .
1

8614-24
8614-30
8614-36
8614-42
8614-48
8614-54
8614-60
Hove

dimen.io~s

Grey
iron
rolls

86 l 4C-24
8614C-30
86 l 4C-36
8614C-42
8614C-48
8614C-54
86 l 4C-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
pounds
Steel
rolls

34Y4
40 Y4
46Y4
52Y4
58Y4
64Y4
70 3,4

29 'h
35 V2
41 'h
47 'h
53 '12
59 '12
65 'l:i

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

ere y
iron
1

114
140
156
182
188
204
221

rolls

137
168
189
221
231
253
275

INCHES

cerlified lor instellotion purposes.

y.

v.
v.
v.

y.
y.
y.

14
14
14
14
14
14
14

5%
5 3/e
5 3/e
5 3/e
5 3/e
5 311
5 3/e

v.

'11

v.

'11

v.

For weight o revolving idler parts, see Table l O, p age 150.

& Aveileble in both greaseable and factory sealed construc11on. Greaseable

construction will be furnished unless otherwise specified .

LIN K-R~ LT

191

bul k han dling

b e lt convey ors

Return belt idlers

BOLTSN
~-~~~~~~e~~~~~~~-~

...-~~~~-M~~~~~~

1,,

MS

Serle s 5000 4" diameter rolls

ldler
number

5417- 14
5417-16
5417- 18
541 7 -20
5 41 7-24
54 17-30

Belt
width,
inches

ldler weight
pounds

15
16
17
18
22
26

24 :y.
26 :y.
28 :y.
30 :y.
3 4 :y.
40 :y.

14
16
18
20
24
30

17
19
21
23
27
33

Y:i

Y:i

4 y,
4 Y:i
4 Y:i
4 Y:i
4 Y:i
4 Y:i

17
19
21
23
27
33
39
45
51

y,
y,
y,
y,
y,

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

INCHES

23
25
27
29
33
39

1 :y.
1 :y.
1 y.
1 y.
1%
1 y.

24 %
26 y.
28 y.
30Y.
3 4 y.
40Y.
46Y.
52 y.
58 y.

23
25
27
29
33
39
45
51

3 Y2
3 Y:i
3 y,
3 Y:i
3 Y:i
3 Y2
3 y,
3 Y2
3 Y:i

2 Y:i
2 Y:i
2 Y2
2 Y:i
2 Y:i
2 Y2

y,

Y:i

y,
y,

Se ries 6000.& 4" and 5 " diameter rolls

ldler
number

4
dio meter

rolls

dio meter

inches

rolls

6 417-14
6 4 17-16
6 417-18
64 17 -20
6 4 17-24
6 417-30
6 4 17-36
6 417-42
6 41 7-48

Belt
width,

6517-14
6517- 16
6517- 18
6517-20
6517-24
6517-30
6517-36
6517-42
65 17-48

14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
48

ldler weight,
pounds

4"

dio meter

5"

dio meter

rolls

rolls

12
14
16
17
19
23
27
31
35

15
16
18
20
23
27
31
35
40

INCHES

57

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Y:i
Y:i

Y2
Y:i

Serie s 7000 5" d1ameter ralls

ldler
number

7517- 18
7517-20
7517-24
7517-30
7517-36
7517-42
7517-48

Belt
width,
inches

ldler weight,
p ounds

DLI.

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

30
32
37
45
52
58
65

28 y.
30 :y.
34 :y.
40Y.
46Y.
52314
58 y.

27
29
33
39
45
51

4
4 V.
4
4 V.
4
4
4 v.

20 ~I
22 %
26%
32%
38 %
44 ~.

Y:i
Y:i
Y:i

8
8
8
9Y:i
9 Y2
9 Y:i
9 Y:i

INCHES

v.
v.
v.
v.

57

6
6
6
7Y:i
7Y:i
7 Y2
7 Y2

o/a
o/a
o/a
o/1

50 ~.

Series 8000 6 " d1ameter rolls

ldler
number
Steel
rolls

8617-24
8617-30
8617-36
8617-42
8617-48
8617-54
8617-60

G roy iron
rolls

8617C-24
8617C-30
8617C-36
8617C-42
86 17C-48
86 17C-54
86 17C-60

Belt
width,
inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

ldler weight,
pounds
Steel
rolls

36
43
50

61
74
85
98
112
124
137

57
65

72
79

DLI.

Groy iron
rolls

INCH ES

33
39
45
51

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.
v.

70Y.

63
69

4
4
4
4 y.
4
4
4

53 :y.
59%
65 %
71 y.

51

7
7
7
7
7
7

34 314
40314
46 %
52 :y.
58 y.
6 4 314

57

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

8
9Y:i
9 'h
9 Y2
9 Y2
10 Y2
1 Y:i

Y:i

26 ~I
32 %
38 ~I
44 ~I

Y2
Y2
Y2

56 ~I
62 %

o/1
o/1
o/1
o/1
o/a
o/a

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

y.
y.

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 Y2

Y2
Y2

50 ~I

Y:i

Series 9000 6 " and 7 " diameter rolls

ldler
number

7"

6"
dio meter
rolls

9617-36
9617-42
9617-48
9617-54
9617-60
9617-72
9617 -84

diameter
rolls

9717-36
9717-42
9717-48
9717-54
9717-60
9717-72
9717-84

Belt
width,
inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight,
pounds

6"
dio meter
rolls

135
150
165
180
195
225
255

Hove dimensions cert1fied lor installation purposes .

.A Availa ble in both gre oseable ond lactory seoled construction. Greoseoble
construction will be furnished unless othe rwise specified.

192

L IN K BEL T

dio meter
rolls

147
163
179
195
211
243
275
t;.

l
INCHES

57
63
69

77 v.

75

89314
101 314

87
99

9 Y:i
9 'h
9 Y:i
9 Y:i
9 Y2
9 Y2
12

314
314

y.
y.

7
314
4y. drop will be furnlshed unless otherwise spec1fied. lY. drop w1ll be

furnished il spe cified, at no additionol cost.

a for wei9ht ol re volvin9 idler parts, see Ta ble 1O, poge l 50.

bulk handling
b elt conveyors

Return belt rubber tread idlers

Series 6000 4 " and 5 " diameter rolls

ldler number
4

dio meter

s
dia meter

rolls

rolls

64 18- 14
64 18-16
64 18-1 8
6418-20
6418-24
6418-30
6418-36

6518- 14
65 18- 16
6518- 18
6518-20
6518-24
6518-30
6518-36

Belt
width,

ldler weighl,' pounds

inches

4
diomeler
rolls

14
16
18
20
24
30
36

13
15
16
17
18
19
22

s
J

14
16
17
18
19

22
25

D
1

dio meter
rolls

M
1

INCHES

24 314
26 314
28 '.4
30 314
34 314
40 'I
46 314

23
25
27
29
33
39
45

3 'h
3 '12
3 '12
3 'h
3 'h
3 'h
3 'h

6
6
6
6
6
6
6

16131,
18 131,
20 131,
22 13116
26 131,
32 131,
38131,

'12
'h
'h
'h
'h
'12
'h

20 Va
22 Va
26 Va
32 Va
38 Va
44 Va
50 Va

'12
'12
'h
o/s
Ya
Ya
o/s

8
8
8
9'12
9 '12
9 'h
9'12

'12
Ya
Ya
o/s
Ya
Ya
o/s

8
9!12
9'12
9!12
9!12

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Series 7000 5" diameter rolls

ldler number

Belt
width,
inches

7518-18
7518-20
7518-24
7518-30
7518-36
7518-42
7518-48

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

ldler weighl,
pounds

INCH ES

21
22
25
31
35
39
44

28 314
30 314
34 314
40 314
46 314
52 '.4
58 314

27
29
33
39
45
51

ldler weight,
pounds

30
35
40
45
50

34 314
40 314
46 314
52314
58 :y.
64 314
70 314

33
39
45
51
63
69

4 '14
4
4 '!.
4 '!.
4 '14
4 '14
4

57

4 '14
4 '14
4
4 'I
4
4 'I
4 '14

v.
v.

6
6
6
7 'h
7'12
7'12
7 'h

Serles 8000 6" diameter rolls

ldler number

8elt
widlh,
inches

8618 -2 4
8618-30
8618 -36
8618-42
8618-48
8618-54
8618 -60

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

55
60

INCH ES

57

v.

v.

6
7 '12
7'12
7'12
7'12
8 'h
8 '12

26 Va
32 Va
38 Va
44 Va
50 Va
56 Va
60 Va

lo !t2
lo '12

Series 9000 6" diameter ro lls

ldler number

Belt
widlh,
inches

9618-36
9618-42
9618-48
9618-54
9618-60
9618-72
96 18-84

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weighl,
pounds

80
87
94
102
109
123
137

45 13116
51 13116
57 1 %
63 13/\,
69 1 %
8 l 131,
93 131,

31.

IN CH ES

53 314
59 314
65 314
71 314
77314
89 314
l 0 1 :y.

Hove d imensions certifi ed fa r in~ la lla t io n purposes.

Availoble in bo th g reaseable and fa clory sealed construclion. G reaseable
construclion w ill be furnished unless o lherwise spec ified.

51

57
63
69

75
87
99

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

9 '12
9 '12
9 '12
9 '12
9 '12
9 '12
12

Y4

314
314
314
314
314

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 !t2

D. 4 y. drop w ill be fur nished unless o lherwise speci fied. 114 drop will be

furnished if specified, al no a ddilio nal cost.

Far w eight of revolving id ler p eris, see Tab le 10, page 150.

L 1 N K - B E L T 193

bulk handling
belt

conveyors

Return belt training idlers positive action type 0

Serles 6000,. 4" ond 5" diometer rolls

ldl"r number

s diometer

4" d iometer
rolls

rolls

6420-14
6420-16
6420-18
6420-20
6420-24
6420-30
6420-36
6 420 -42
6420-48

6520-14
6520-16
6520-18
6520-20
6520-24
6520-30
6520-36
6520-42
6520-48

Series 700 0

ldler w"ight, pounds

Belt
width,
inches

4 dio meter

14
16
18
20
24
30
36
42
48

61
64
67
69
75
84
93
101
11 0

S'

rolls

63
67
70
73
79
89
98
106
115

d io meter
rolls

Belt
;'idth,

7520- 18
7520-20
- - 7 520-2 4
7 520-30
7520-36
7520-42
7 520-48

Series 8000

20 v.
22 v.
24 v.
26 v.
30 Yo
36 Yo
42 Yo
48 v.
54 v.

ldler weight, pounds

w
1

23
25
27
29
33
39
45
51
57

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2
3 V2

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

17
19
21
23
27
33
39
45
51

6 r.
6 r.
6%
6 r.
6 r.
6 r.
6 r.
6 r.
6 r.

V2
V2
y,

V2
V2
y,

V2
V2
V2

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

862 0 ( -2 4
862 0 C-30
8620(-36
8620C-42
8620C-48
8620C-54
8620C-60

Series 9000

D~

29 y.
31 y.
35 y.
41 %
47 Y
53 y.
59 y.

10 4
10 9
117
143
153
171
185

23%
25 %
29%
35 %
41 %
47 %
53 %

4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.

27
29
33
39
45
51
57

14
14
14
14
14
14
14

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.
v.
v.

6
6
6
7
7
7
7

20 %
22 r.
26 r.
32 r.
38 r.
44 r.
50 r.

V2
y,

V2
y,

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V2
V2
V2
y,
%
%
%

14 V2
14 V2
14 V2
14 V2
14 V2
14 V2
14 V2

6 11 diometer rolls

Gray iron
r olls

8620-24
8620-30
8620-36
8620 -42
8620-48
8620-54
8620-60

ldler weight, pounds

Belt
wi dth,
inches

Steel r olls

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

126
152
168
194
200
216
233

151
183
204
236
247
269
291

8
1

Groy iron
rolls
1

D~

l
1

N
1

w
1

INCHES

29 %
35 %
41 %
47 %
53%
59 %
65%

35%
41 y.
47 %
53%
59%
65%
71 %

4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.

33
39
45
51
57
63
69

14 v.
14 v.
14 Yo
14 v.
14 v.
14 Yo
14 v.

6
7 V2
7 V2
7 V2
7 y,
8 V2
8 y,

26 r.
32 r.
38 r.
44 r.
50 r.
56 r.
62 r.

y,
%
%
%
%
%
%

14 y,
14 V2
14 y,
14 y,
14 y,
14 V2
14 V2

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

6 11 ond 7" diometer rolls

ldler number

rolls

INCHES

18
20
24
30
36
42
48

ldler number

9620-36
9620-42
9620-48
9620-5 4
9620-60
9620-72
9620-8 4

INCHES

25 y.
27 y.
29 y.
31 o/.
35 y.
41 y.
47 %
53 y.
59 y.

1 inches

7" d iometer

6" diomet"r

l
1

5 " diometer rolls

ldl er number

Steel roll s

F
1

rolls

9720-36
9720-42
9720-48
9720-54
9720-60
9720-72
9720-8 4

Belt
width,
inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight, pounds

6" d iameter 1
roll s

253
277
301
343
368
496
614

d iameter
rolls

264
289
314
357
383
514
635

5 4 y,
60 V2
66 y,
72 y,
78 V2
9 0 V2
102 V2 1

Hove dimensions certifred for insta'lo11o n purposes.

Available in greoseable ond facto ry seoled construction. G rea seable
~ on stru c tion w ill be furnished unless o therwise spe cifr ed.
o For return beh t ro1ni ng id lers for reversib le behs consuh Link-Be lt.

194 L 1 N K - B E L T

44 Ya
50 3/1
56 :y.
62 :y.
68 :y.
80 :y.
92 :y.
t:,.

D
1

51
57
63
69
75
87
99

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

1
INC HES

18 r.
18 r.
18 r.
18 r.
18 r.
21 Y1
2 1 Ya

9 V2
9 V2
9 V2
9 y,
9 y,
9 V2
12

M
1

40
46
52
58
64
76
88

y.
%
y.
%
%
%

N
1

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

16 y,
16 y,
16 V2
16 y,
16 y,
21 V2
21 V2

4V." d rop will be fu r n1shed unless o therwise specifred. IY." d rop will ba
furnished if speci fr ed, al no additionol cost.

Fo r weight o f revolving idler port s, see Table 10, page 150.

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Return belt rubber tread lraining idlers . caster camber type o

______ ( - - - - - - -

BELT TRAVEL

--+--\ r

,____

~{''
l

Series 8000 6 11 diameter rolls

ldler
number

Belt
width,
1

8622-24
8622-30
8622 -36
8622-42
8622-48
8622-54
8622-60

inches

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

lldler weight,
pounds

10 1
112
123
145
156
171
184

35 3/.c
41 %
47 :Y4
53 %
5931.c
65 3/.c
71 o/.

O
1

F
1

INCHES

33
39
45
51

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

57
63
69

\/4
\/4
'/.e
'/.e
\/4
'/.e
\f4

9%
9%
9%
9%
9%
9%
9%

6
7
7
7
7
8
8

r.
r.
38 r.
44 r.
50 r.

\/2

y,
y,
y,
y,
y,

26

y,

32

%
%

56 ~

62~

7%
7%

8
9
9
9
9
10
10

7 :Y.

:y,
:y,

7%
7%

%
%

7:Y.
7%

Y:z
Y:z
Y:z
Y:z
Y:z
\/2
Y:z

11

Series 9000 6 diameter rolls

ldler
num ber

Belt
width,

9622-36
9622-42
9622-48
9622-54
9622-60
9622-72
9622-84

inches

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

ldler weight,
pounds
242
278
295
318
337
379
421

L
1

INCHES

54
60
66
72
78
90
102

y,
y,

51

\/2

63
69

57

y,
y,

75

\/2
\/2

87
99

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

13 %
13%
13%
13 %
13%
13 %
13%

o For re1urn belr training odlers far reve rsible belts consult Link-Belt.

9
9
9
9
9
9
12

y,
\/2
y,

y,
y,
\/2

:y.
:y.

3913116
4513116
5 ]13,i,
5713/16
63 13116
751 %
8713,i,

o/.
%

o/.

:y.
:y.

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 y,

8 :Y.
8:Y.
8%
8 31.c
8%
8 :y.
8 :Y4

4y. drop will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 1%" drop will be
lurnished if specified, ol no addilional cost.
Far weight of revolving idler ports, see Table 10, page 150

Return belt beater idlers

Series 8000 6 " diameter rolls

Belt

ldler
number

width,

8619 -24
86 19-30
8619-36
8619-42
8619-48
8619-54
86 19-60

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

inches

ldler weighl,
pounds

47

34 :y.
40 :y.
46 :y.
52 %
58 %
64%
70 :y.

33
39
45
51

53 3/.c
59 :y.
65 :y.
71 :y.
77 :y.

51

75

89 3/.c
10 1 :y.

87
99

56
65
74
82
92
102

r.
r.
r.
r.
50 r.
56 r.
62 r.

y,
:y,
Ya
Ya
Ya
s;,
s;.

INCHES

57
63
69

4
4
4
4
4
4
4

'/.e
'/.e
'/.e
'/.e
'/.e
'/.e
'/.e

7 Y,
7 y,
7 y,

7 Y,
8 \/2
81h

26
32
38
44

8
9
9
9
9
1
1

y,
y,

Y:z
\/2
o \/2
o Y:z

Serles 9000 7" diameter rolls

Belt

ldler
number

width,

97 19 - 36
97 19-42
9719-48
9719-54
9719-60
97 19-72
9719-84

36
42
48
54
60
72
84

inches

ldler weight,
pounds
130
142
154
165
178
202
226

Hove dimensions certified far instollalion purposes.

INCHES

57
63
69

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

9 \/2
9 \/2
91h
9 Y:z
9 \/2
9 y,
12

46
52
58
64
70
82
94

3/.c

:y.
3/.c

:y.
%

o/.

:y.

12
12
12
12
12
12
14 1h

4V. drop will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 1:y. drop wilt be
furnished if specified, at no oddilional cost.
For weight of revolving id le r parts, see Table 10, poge 150.

L I NK - B ELT 195

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Components
Drives
The belt conveyor drive, which p erforms the imp ortant function of propelling the loaded belt,
should be desi gned for a high degree of dependability and o mnimum of mointenonce. lt should be
consistent with the over- all design of conveyor and
should conform to spoce limitations ond desired
orrangement.
Li!"k- Belt manufactures components ond complete
drives to serve every industry need-from small,
single pulley drives to large, dual pulley drives
ond complex terminal arrangements for reversing
service. Link-Bel! has designed and built a wide
ronge of ty pes, including single pulley drives up
to 1500 horsepower ond reversing drives for 60"
convey ors w ith more thon 2000-foot centers.
As a leading manufocturer of speed reducers,
Link-Belt offers a wide range of types and sizes from fractional horsepower Motogears to herringbone gear units which drive the largest belt conveyors in existence. All conform to the exocting
specif1cations of the American Gear Manufocturers
Associotion. Mony special accessories ore ovoilable
for Link-Belt speed reducers ond they moy be
Single pulley d rive with roller chain drive to he ad shaft from Link-Belt
Moto gear far convenience of locotion and suppo rt. Photo 38427

equipped with specio l beoring seols for such severe

service os sinter plants and foundries.

Slng te pulle y drlve with herring bone g ear speed reducer, geared flexible couplings o nd
3 00 HP motor with fo n far specia l tro pical ve ntilation, a ll mounted o n a unit base. Photo 36132

196 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Componen Is
Drives, continued
Flexible couplings are manufactured by linkBelt in both geared and chain types, to meet all
conditions of belt conveyor service.
Chain drives are sometimes used between a
speed reducer and the drive pulley shaft to provide a flexible arrangement in a limited space,
as th ey permit the motor and the speed reducer
to be located above, below or in front of the drive
pulley. Chain drives also facilitate changing the
conveyor speed and are usually Jower in first cost.
They are dependable and may be housed in oiltight and dust-tight casings.
Alignment of conveyor belts and drive components is most effectively maintained, and life of
parts is extended, b y the use of rigid bases for
d rive components.
Pulleys, shafts, bearings and b ackstops, which
are also important parts of drives, are described
later in this section.

Single pulley drive for belt feeder with choin drive, herringbone gear
speed reducer, P.1.V. variable speed drive, motor ond roller choin couplings. Precise variotions up to 6: 1 may be obto ined with o P.I. V.
Photo 31284

Complete data on speed reducers, couplings,

chains and other drive components are contained
in Catalog 1050.

Dual pulley drlve for 49 wide bel! conveyor. A 200 HP motor drives
primory pulley ond o 100 HP mo tor drives secondory pulley through herringbone geor speed reducers ond geored flexible couplings. Photo 357 58

Single pulley drlve for world's highest lift belt conveyor ond lorgest single pulley drive ever built, consisting of herringbone geor speed reducer, geored
Aexble couplings, eddy-current clutch ond 1500 HP
synchronous motor. Post brake type backstop is In back
ground. Photo 31957

Single pulley drlve for 48" wide belt conveyor, with herringbone geor
speed reducer, 250 HP motor ond geored Aexible couplings. Photo 38305

L 1 N K - B E L T 1 97

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Components
Takeups
Th e basic ty p es of takeups used for bel t conveyors are:
manu ally adjusted screw typ e and automatic counterweighted type for vertical or horizontal travel. Arrangements and a pplications vary wi d ely with conveyor requirements. Occasionally, other specia l types are used, such as
those actuated by spring s, torqu e motor or hyd roulics.
For the counterweighted type, a safety device is available
to prevent the free foil of the takeup and its counterweight
in case of accidenta l parting of the belt.
Lin k- Belt manufactures all t ypes of takeu p s and provides
en gineering service for application and for d eveloping
sp ecial designs.

Vertical counter welghte d tak eup for 60" wide belt. Note
mili beoring pillow blocks, and grooved, rubber lagged pulleys
to prevent buildup of sticky iron ore. Photo 361 30

DS roller bear ing take ups on inclined belt con

veyo r far manual

Pholo 34941

adjustmenl of belt lension.

Horixantal type counte rw e lghte d takeups with plain bearings used

on sixteen 24" wide belt conveyors handling copper o re. Photo 25671

198 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Components
Pulleys and shafts
Belt conveyor pulleys and shafts are manufactured by
Link-Belt in all types and sizes. By obtaining these two
important components from one reliable source, the user is
assured of proper flt, ease of erection and best performance.

Pulleys for belt conveyors are usually welded steel, drum

type, for maximum strength, minimum weight, and for
resistance to shock during handling and operation. Their
ruggedness, concentricity and balance reflects Link-Belt's
b road experience in the belt conveyor fleld.
Welded steel pulleys are available with straight or
crown faces in all combinations of diameters and face
widths. The y ma y be furnished with rubber lagging, either
b o lted or vulcanized to rim surface. Lagging for drive
pulleys is usually grooved to resist slippage. Softer rubber
lagging for snub and bend pulleys reduces the tendency for
sticky materials to adhere to the pulley faces.
Pulleys for shafts o f sm all and moderate diameters are
equipped with taper lock bushings for ease of erection
and to insure and maintain a tight f1t during operation.
Large, heavil y loaded drive pulleys are often bolted to
forged Aanges of d rive shafts for best use of shaft properties, to provide structural unity between pull ey and shaft,
and to resist the consta nt stress reversals under heavy loa d .
Casi iron pu ll eys are also rnade by Link-Belt for certain
corrosive conditions.

Welded steel pultey with toper lock bushing provides the meons for quick
ossembly ond mointoining light fil betwee n shoft, key ond hub. Photo 37692

Shafts are available in various types of carbon and alloy

sleel and may be hect treat ed as required. They are cold
flnished or forg ed and rnay b e turned, ground and polished
as desired .
Norrnally, shafts are keyed in the pull ey hubs, but very
heavy duty driving shafts rnay be forged with Aang es for
bolting directly to the end discs of pulleys.

W elded steel pulteys with rub ber logging, ho ving herringbone grooves on
drive puliey for increosed troction ond circumferentiol grooves on snub puliey
to preven! b uildup of ore. Note olso mili beoring piliow blocks, variable
troughing idlers ond bockstops. Pho to 361 09

Welded steel pulteys ouembled in 1250 HP drive for 60" belt. Orive puliey i~ bolted to Aanges forged on drive
shaft, which is extended for backstop. Note logging, mili bearing pillow blocks and substantial base. Photo 35521

L 1 N K - B E L T 199

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Components
Bearings
Mill
bearing

2783 4

Ball or
roller
flange
block

36273

3360 9

27827

Roller bearing
pillow block

Llnk-Belt's complete line of ball and roller bearings includes oll lypes
of mounlings, far shofts from % lo 11 ", ond with seo Is for oll conditions
of service.

Babbitted
bearing
flange
block

Link-Belt, as a lead ing manufactu rer a f mounted b earings

for ali power transmission purposes, offers bearings to
meet every condition of belt conveyor service.
Ball and rolier bearings are both available in a li required mounting types, inclu d ing pillow blocks, Aange units
and screw ta keups-in shaft sizes up to 1 1". Most pillow
block housings a re cast iron, but Link-Belt also makes a line
of heavy duty mili type roller bearing p iliow blocks with
split cast steel housings for the most severe service in steel
milis, mines, foundries and sinter plants.
Bearing seals of ali standard types are d esigned to
effectivel y keep grease in a nd dirt out. Also, sp ecia l seals
can be provided for unusually d usty or abrasive cond itions or for corrosive atmosphere.
Babbitted a nd bronze bearings are also manufactured
by Link-Belt in a fu ll line of types and sizes. Housing s are
of cast iron or steel.

Bronze
bearing
pillow block

Separate catalogs and se lection d a ta are available.

30228

2 1140A

21744

Babbitted bearing
pillow block

Babbitted bearing ang le

pillow block

Backstops
Backsto ps, to p revent backward movement of be lt when
power is interrupted, are made for mounting on driving
pulle y shaft, on an intermed iate d rive shaft, or are built
into speed reducers. link-Be lt can furnish any of these
types to meet the requirements of a speciflc belt conveyor.

37042

Llnk-Belt's complete line of plain b e arings includes oll types, bobbitted

ond bronze bushed, ond housings of casi iron or casi sleel.

Llnk-Belt mlll type roller b e oring p lllow blocks ore built far the most
severe service, os on this foo t pulley of 60" belt conveyor handling iron ore.
Pho to 36103

200 L 1 N K B E L T

Link-Be lt babbitted or bron:i:e b earings ore widely used for belt conveyors in mony industries. Photo 3 1772

bulk handling
b elt conv eyo rs

auxiliary equ1pmen'I
link- Belt has developed a wide variety of auxiliary equipment to extend the usefulness of belt conveyors beyond the simple function of transporting bulk materials
from one location to another. Sorne t ypes of such equipment become an integral
part of a conveyor, while others are self-conta ined units that are normally used to
supplement a belt conveyor system.
The most common types of auxiliary equipment are trippers and plows which are
used for discharging the material from the belt at one or more points, or along
the length of the conveyor. A wider range of distribution is obtained by special
trippers equipped with cross belts, either flxed or shuttle t ype. Also, traveling
stackers and bridges equipped with belt conveyors are used for stockpiling over
extensive oreas.
Boat loaders, shuttle conveyors and belt slingers also serve speciflc needs for
directing the flow of material from a belt conveyor system to required location.
Travel ing loading hoppers with feeders provide the means for loading the belt
anywhere along a desired portian of its length.
Other functions may be performed while the material is en route over a belt
conveyor system by such auxiliary equipment as automatic scales, sampling devices,
magnetic pulleys and electro or permanent magnets.
Standard trippers are illustrated here with dimensions and selection information.
Following the tripper data, a few of the many other types and variations of auxiliary
equipment are described briefly to illustrate their principies and their possibilities
for application to other problems.
Except for standard trippers, most auxiliary equipment is designed for a speciflc
requirement. From our broad experience in this fleld Link-Belt offers a w id e variety
of existing designs of auxiliary equipment and its services in developing special
designs as needed.

Belt trippers
Two styles of link-Bel! stondord trippers ore described in the following poges, with dimensions ond selection information. Although
many special types and designs hove been developed to mee! a
wide varie ty of requirements, !he Series 51 and 53 trippers ore
adaptable to o mojority of bel! conveyor instollotions.
The Series 51 trippers ore for heavy duty service ond ore for handling the heavier moterials ond those requiring steep chute ongles
to insure proper discharge.
The Series 53 trippers, while primorily intended for handling groin,
moy olso be used to odvontoge for mony other light moterials that
con be discharged through o shallow angle chute. Both ore for use
with belt conveyors having o single direction of trovel.

Many standard occessories a re ovailoble for both types to meet

the requirements of most instollations. Other occessories include special bin seo l chutes to confine d ust creoted by dischorging material,
ond speciol enclosures for the some purpose. Also, chutes moy be
p rovided with liners or built in the stone box type for handling heovy
obrasive ore.
Material moy be discharged beyond the ronge of conventionol
chutes by short cross belt conveyors mounted on Series 51 trippers
or on sp eciolly designed tripp e rs. Also, this same method is someti mes used to assure dependoble discharge of sticky moterials thot
would not flow through o chute.

Serles 5 1 b elt propelled trlpper equipped with chute hoving dust seo l
plows for opening !he rubber seoling strips over bunker opening. Photo 29876

Serles 53 belt propelled trlpper distributing groin to storoge silos of

lorge elevotor. Photo 39130

L 1 N K B E L T 201

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt trippers

Series 5 1 moto r p ropelled tripper

Series 5 1 ca b le p ropelled tripper

Series 51 b e lt trippe rs
Series 5 1 belt trippers ore belt propelled, cable propelled, or motor
prope lled, ond ore for heovy duty service. They will hondle heovy
moteriols ond those requiring sleep chute ongles to insure proper
dischorge.
These trippers hove o rigid welded steel frome to resist shock ond
minimize distortion. Pulleys ore of welded steel construction equipped
with toper lock bushings to preven! shifting ond to provide o light
clamp fit on the shoft. Pulley shofts ore of generous size ond ore
corried by Link-Belt self-oligning roller beoring pillow blocks. To
assure wheel alignment, the single Aange wheels are mounted on
through axles, operating in self-a ligning roller bearing pillow blocks.
Wheel guords ore provided.
Crossover plotforms, providing access to b oth sides of the conveyor,
can be provid e d. Such platforms are normally attached to the front
of the tripp er chute and frame, and includ e a handrail, steps or a
ladder al each end.
A b e lt scroper, for cleaning the belt between the two tripper
pulleys, is normally provided. Other auxiliary accessories can be
supplied.
Although primarily used with the several types of chutes shown o n
page 207, Series 51 b e lt trippers may be adapted for use with a
cross shuttle be lt and other discharg e arrongemenls.
Th e m otor p r opelled trlpper is used where continuous and uniform distribution of material along the conveyor is required or where
the tripper is to be moved or reversed frequently. Propelled by an
independenl electric motor, it can be automatically reversed at eoch
end of its travel by limit switches corried on the lripper and actuated
by stops placed where desired along the runway. Push butlons ore
provided for manual control to permit continued discharge al any
desired location. The tripper can be moved when the conveyor belt
is moving or stationary. Electric curren! moy be transmitted to the
tripper through trolley wires, or severol types of rigid conductors, or a

cable reel carried on the tripper.

Each tripper is provided with o hand operoted, powerful, quickaction roil clamp for holding it in a fixed position. When desired , the
tripper can be equipped with an electricolly operated brake which
is aulomatically set when curren! is interrupted. Each tripper is provided with an operotor's platform.
The roil clamp, the push button controls ond the operator's platform
con be on either side of the frame. The motor ond speed reducer can
also be on either side; however, it is recommended thot they be on
the side opposite the operotor's platform and control butlons. When
operotion from both sides is d esired, specia l dual controls and roil
clomps can be furnished; however, a platform attached to the discharge chute is recommended to e nable the operotor to cross over
the belt lo a single sel of controls. Travel speed is 30 feel per minute.
Th e cabl e propelled tripper is for installations where o power
propelled tripper is required, b ut where electricol conductors ar
trolley wires needed for the motor propelled tripper are undesiroble.
Movemenl of the tripper, eilher for automatic reversing or for movement to specific locations, is obtained by a single wire rope suitably
reeved through lhe tripper a nd a stationory sheave, and driven by
a winding machine. The single wire rape drive assures tripper olignment throughout the trovel distance.
The independently controlled winding machine drive p ermits automatic reversing by limit switches located along the !rock or m a nua l
operotion by means of push buttons when continued dischorge is
desired al a given location. The winding machine motor is equipped
with a disc type broke which brings the tripper lo o stop al each end
of its travel or al any point within the trovel, and holds it stotionory
by the propelling rape.
The independenl motor drive permits the tripper to be moved
while the belt conveyor is in operation or stopped. Trovel speed is
33 feet per minute.

TRIPPER

SHEAVE

CA BLE SUPPORT

Schematic orrangement of Series 51 cable propelled tripper

202 L 1 N K - B E L T

RAIL
STOP

WINDING MA CH INE
Fig. 6444

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt trippers

Series 51 b elt propell e d trippe r

Series 53
belt prope ll e d tripper
The belt propelled trlpper is used where trovel distonce a nd
direction will be monuolly controlled. Power to move tripper is obto ined from the conveyor belt, ond is tronsmitted from o pulley shoft
to o countershoft through manuolly e ngog ed friction wheels, ond
from the countershaft by chain drive to the tripper wheels.
Eoch lripper is provided with o hond operoted, powerful, quickoction ral clamp fer holding it in o fixed position. An operotor's platferm ond o sofety guord over the friction wheel drive are olso
furnished.
The ral clamp, operoting lever and plotferm moy be placed on
either side. Tripper trovel sp eed is approximotely ene tenth the speed
of the conveyor bel!.
Dlscharge chutes for Serles 51 trippers ore Types A, B, C, D
ond E on poge 207. Chutes ore normolly furnished occording to the
dimensions shown, but con be provided with such voriotions os:
increosed projections with or without intermediote dischorge poinls,
vertical extensions, ond ends orronged with plows fer bin dust seals
os on poge 207 and in Photo 29876 on poge 201.
To protect operotor, the sides of the upper por! of chutes exlend
beyond the point where the b elt contocts the p ulley.
The dimensions listed ore fer chutes used where the conveyor b e lt
speed is between 300 ond 400 FPM ond fer moteriols thot will flow
free ly on the slope o ngles shown. Consult Link-Bel! fer dime nsions of
chutes used with b elts troveling less thon 300 FPM or fa ster than
400 FPM or fer handling moteriols requiring o steeper sloping chute.
Also consult Link-Bel! fer recommendotions fer handling molerials
which flow on o much flatter slope. A flatter sloped chute, in sorne
coses, moy p ermit o smoller tripper, d e pending upen such conditions
os belt speed, belt tension, amount of material hondled o nd type
of chute.
The plate thicknesses shown ond the dime nsions given are fer
handling mildly abrosive maleriols hoving lumps not lorger thon holf
the maximum size pe rmitted by lhe conveyor be lt, a s shown in Table
6, poge 146. Chutes with thicker pioles or renewoble, weor resisting
linings ore recommended fer handling obrosive ond Jorge lump
moteriols. Chutes fer lorger size lum ps can be furnished.

Series 53 belt trippers

Series 53 belt trippers are designed fer handling grain ond similor
lightweight bulk moteriols thot will flow through o chute inclined ot
on ang le of about 34 degrees from the horizontal. They moy b e
belt or coble propelled.
The rigid welded steel frome with o 72 " or 84" wheel base ond o
low center of grovity, provides strength and stability to resist shock
ond distortion.

Welded steel pulleys ore fitted with toper lock bushings to provide
o light clamp fil on the shofts. Self-oligning boll beoring pillow
blocks ore used on the 72" wheel base trippers ond self-olig ning
roller beoring pillow blocks on the 84" size.
The 1 2" diometer single flonged wheels ore mounted on individual
shofts with self-oligning boll beoring flonged beorings on su pports
which stroddle the conveyor to permit o lower roil mounting. Unit
stand belt idler supports con be used to support the roils becouse of
this feoture.
Powe r fer tripper movement is obtoined from the pulley shofts
through steel roller choin drives to o countershoft provid e d with two
interlocked Link-Belt friction clutches. Engogement of one or the other
of the two clutches results in the ferword or reverse rototion of the
countershoft, which in turn drives the two front wheels. Fer sofety, the
clutches mus! be held in e ngogement during trovel. When pressure
on the operoting lever is releosed the clutches outomaticolly dise ngoge
to provid e o "deod -mon" control. Tripper trovel sp eed is opproximotely one-eighth the conveyor belt speed.
A hond-o pero ted friction broke on the countershoft permits occurote
spo tting ond holding of tripper al dischorge points.
The dischorge chute hood, guords ond removoble side pioles
protect lhe o p erotor from the moving ports. All controls ore eosily
occessible from the operotor's plotform ond con be locoted on either
side of the tripper. Access to either side of the belt conveyor ond the
chute control goles is offorded b y the cross over plotferm.
Dlscharge chutes for Serles 53 trippers ore of flonged welded
sleel, ond ore mode in o voriety of types ond orrongements, fer onewoy, two-woy or three-woy d ischorg e. Fer Ty pe F two-woy chutes,
shown o n page 208, flow of moteriol is directed to either side of the
b elt conveyor by rock-ond-pinion slide goles operoted simultoneously
by o hond wheel ond o choin drive. Type R chutes, through rock-ondpinion slide goles, p ermit flow of mate rial to either side os well os
bock onto the be lt. Vorious chute extensions con be furnished including
ene thot permits dischorg e to two different locotions on the sorne side
of b e lt. Chutes with heovier plotes or renewoble weor-resisting
linings con olso be furnished.
Optlonal features for Serles 53 trlpper include:
A hond-operoted roil clamp to suppleme nt the friction broke.
A feur wheel drive where cond itions worront.
A choff collecting screw conveyor mounted below the upper p ulley
fer returning loose choff to the dischorge chute.

L 1 N K - B E L T 203

bulk handling
b e lt conve yors

Belt trippers
Examples of tripper se lection

Selection of tripper
The type of material to be handled, the max imum belt tension
at the tripper and the slope of the discharge spout will determine the tripper selected.
Series 51 trippers are designed so that instead of having
only one size for extreme conditions of each belt width, a
selection can b e made according to the varying requirements of pulley d iameters, conveyor belt tensions and slope
of discharge chutes. In the Series 53, a choice between
pulley diameters and corresponding maximum belt tensions is
available.
The selection of the tripper number is made from Table 26.
Dimensions will be found on pages 205, 206 and 208.
A properl y selected tripper will conform to the following
requirements:

A pulley diameler equal to or gre ater than the recommended

minimum diameter as determined by ra ted belt tension of the belt
tripper. These minimum pulley diameters are shown in Table 25.
A be lt tension rating of tripper, equal to or greater than the maximum tension in the conveyor belt al the tripper.
A chute with slope angle stee p enough to assure fl ow of material
through it. Ordinarily, the following slo pe angl es hove b een found
satisfactory:
For very fr ee-flowing moterials such as
groins a nd beans .. . .. . .. . ...... . . .... 30 to 35
For free-flowing materials such as
clean g ravel and clean sized coal ....... 35 to 40
For moderately free-flowing materials
such as low moisture sand, crushed
stone, coal and ores ........ ... ........ 4 0 to 50
For sluggish materials similar to moist
earth or wet coal and ores having
fines and doy . . .. .. .... ...... . .. . ... . 50 to 60
lf material should require a steeper slope, a short, reversible
cross belt is often used instead of a chute .
Table 25 Recommended minimum pulley diameters
Mnimum pulley diameter, inches
Belt
at_e_d_b_e_lt_t_e_ns_io_n.;..,.;..p_o_
un_d_s...:,p_e_r _in_c_h _o_f _b_e_lt_w_i_dt_h_ __
carcass _ _ _R_

1 0-99

1 100 -149 I 150-199 1 200-249 J 250-299 l 300-34 9

Example 1
Select a belt tripper to handle coal under the fellowin g conditions:
Conveyor be lt .... . ...... .. .. ... ...... 24" wide
8elt tension at tripper ... . .... . ... . ... . 1900 pounds
Required chute angle .. .. .. . ... . . .. . . . . 45

Solution
1900 pounds belt tension
.
.
= 79 pounds per inch of w1dth
24 ,, wide belt
Table 25 shows a minimum recommended pulley d iameter of 16"
fer this tension.
Table 26 shows that Number 518242 0, 51 C2420 or 51 M2420
trippers are required with a Typ e E chute or lhe Number 51 82424,
51 C2424 or 51 M2424 trippers are required fer Typ es A, 8, C and
D chutes.

Ex amp le 2
Select a b elt tripper to hand le grain under the fellowi ng conditions:
Material will flow through a chute having approximately a
33 angle.
8elt width, specif1cations and tensions sorne as in Probl em 1.

Solut ion
Table 26 shows that Number 5382418 trippe r ma y be used with
any ene of the chute va riations.

Exam ple 3
Select a trippe r lo handl e crushed stone under the fellowing condilions:
Conveyor b elt .. . . . . ........ ....... . .. 24" wid e
8elt tensio n at tripper ........ .. . ... .. . 4200 pound s
Required chute angle . . ..... ........... 4 5

Solutio n
4200 pounds belt tension
.
.
= 175 pounds per mch of w1dth
24 ., wide belt
Table 25 shows a minimum recommended p ulley d iameter of 20"
fer this tension.
Ta ble 26 shows th at Number 5 1 8242 4, 51 C2424 o r 51 M242 4
trippers with a 24 " diometer pulley must be used because of the
belt tension al tripper. Any type chute will meet the requirements.

Tabl e 26 Selection of tripper number

Series 53

Series 5 1
Belt
width,
inches

14
16
- -18
18
- -20
20
- -24
24
24
30
30
30
36
36
- 36
-42
42
42
- -48
48
A Actual

Chute angle,
degrees
A, B,

C,D 1 E
48
57
55
46
- - - --44
54
59
50
43
53
57
47
- -- --40
50
55
45
51
61
--- --52
40
47
58
61
50
- 44
-- - 56
59
47
50
62
- -53
40
44
56
47
-- 41
- - 59
54
44
57
slope 8 in 12.

Moximum

belt lensian
of tripper,
pounds
2500
2500
2500
5000
2500
5000
2500
5000
7000
5000
7000
10000
7000
10000
11 000
7000
10000
11 000
10000
11 000

204 L 1 N K - B E L T

Tripper number

Pulley
diameter,
inches

20
20
20
24
20
24
20
24
30
24
30
36
30
36
42
30
36
42
36
42

Bel!
propelled
5181420
5181620
51 8182 0
5181824
5182020
5 182024
5182420
51 82424
51 82430
5 18302 4
5183030
51 83 036
5183630
51 83636
51 83642
5184230
5184236
51 84242
51 84836
51 84842

Ca ble
propelled
51C1420
51(1620
51C1820
5 1(1824
51(2020
5 1(2024
51(2420
51C2424
51C2430
51C3024
51C3030
51C3036
5 1(3630
5 1C3636
51C3642
51C4230
51C4236
51C4242
5 1(4836
5 1C4842

Motor
1 propelled
5 1M1 420
51M l 620
51M1820
51M 1824
51M2020
51M2024
51M2420
51M2424
51M2430
51M3024
51M3030
51 M3036
51M3630
51 M3636
51M3642
51M4230
51M4236
51M4242
51 M4836
51M4842

Approximate
chute angle,
degrees

Maximum

Pulley

belt tension,

pounds

diometer,
inches

. ..
.. .
.. .
. ..
.. .
. ..

...... ..

. . .
.. .

.. ..
....
.. . .
....
....
....

33
33

2000
2800

18
20

53824 18
5382420

. . .

....

...

. .......

33
33

2000
3600

18
20

5383018
5383020

.. .
...
...
...

Tripper
number

. .. ... . .
.
.

.......

.. . .. . .
.......
.. .. . .. .
.

...

. ...

. ..

. . . .... .

33
33

2000
3600

18
20

5383618
5383620

. . ..

...

. ...... .

33
33

3000
48 00

. ...

18
20

53 84 218
5384220

.. .

. . ......

33
33

3000
48 00

18
20

53 84818
53 84820

. .

...

-..

6. 6 6
AG .... -:-:

CAN BE ASSEMBLED AS SHOWN OR OPPOSITE AS SHOWN

..,...-
CD

,.

LIFT OF
MATERIAL

.."'
CD

'm: 1

r'-.

~ w- ,J

T L

>-----

~ w-

' -RAILS AH

- _;

HR

HF

BEL T PROPELLED

CABLE PROPELLED

MOTOR PROPELLED

Fig. 6255

Series 51 belt, cable and motor propelled trippers

Tripper number
Bel!
propelled

5181420
5181620
5 181 820
5181824
5182020
51 82024
5182420
5182424
5 182430
5183024
5 183030
5 183036
51 83630
5183636

. .......

5 184230
51 84236

. .......

"

rn

-i

5184836
5 184842

Coble
propelled

Motor
pro pelled

5 1C1420
5 1C1 620
51C 1820
51C182 4
51C2020
51C2024
5 1C2420
51C2424
5 1C2430
51C3024
5 1C3030
51C3036
5 1C3630
5 1C3636
51C3642
51C4230
51C4236
5 1C4242
5 1C4836
5 1C4842

5 1M1420
5 1M1620
51 M182 0
51M1824
5 1M2020
51M2024
51M2420
51M2424
51M2430
5 1M3024
5 1M3030
51M3036
5 1M3630
51M3636
51M3642
5 1M4230
5 1M4236
51M4242
51M4836
5 1M4842

Approx
weight

Axle lood,
p oundst

e o ch,
pounds

HF

2000
2050
2 100
2600
2 150
2650
2250
2800
4700
3000

1250
1290
1330
1700
- 1370
1730
1450
1840
3000
1980
5000 3200
6000 3800
5300 3400
6300 4000
7700 5100
5600 3600
>--- 6600 4200
8100 5300
6900 4400
8500 5500

HR

Approx.
Foctor
y

750 .00 13

Moximum extra belt

lenglh retension,
quired,
pounds feel and
inches
bel!

2,500
2,500
760 .00 13
770 .00 13
2,500
5,000
900 .0018
780 .0013
2,500
920 .0018
5,000
800 .00 13
2,500
960 .00 18
5,000
1700 .0033
7,000
1020 .00 18
5,000
1800 .0033
7,000
2200 .0042 10,000
1900 .0033
7,000
2300 .0042 10,000
2600 .... . 11,000
2000 .0033 7,000
2400_ .0042 10,000
2800 ..... 11,000
2500 .0042 10,000
3000 .... . 11,000

9-0
9-0
9-0
10-4
9-0
10-4
9-0
10-4
12-7
10-4
12-7
15-2
12-7
15-2
17-3
12-7
15-2
17- 3
15-2
17- 3

Axle beoring

N
18)

AG

Bo bbitted 1 Roller
INCHES

4 9 '12
4 9 '12
49 '12
59 o/a
49 '12

59 v.

49 '12

59 o/a
73 ra

59 v.

73 ra
83 ra
73 ra
83 ra
94 v.
73 ra
83 ra
94 1/4
83 ra
94 v.

Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes.

lncludes: roller bearing pillow blocks for pulley shafts and oxles, operator's plotform, belt scraper.
hand operated clamp to engoge roil. Does not include dischorge chute.

* lhaulage
ncludes: roller bearing pillow blocks for pulley shofts ond oxles, belt scroper, towing brocket and
equipment shown on page 206. Does not include dischorge chute.

.A. lncludes: speed reducer, totally enclosed motor and push button starter for manual and automatic
operation for 220/ 440 volt 60 cycle AC, 3 limit switch es, rail clamped limit switch trips, wiring in
conduit between motor. starters, limit switches and push buttons, roller bearing pillow blocks for
pulley shofts ond oxles, operotor's plotform, belt scrope r. hond o peroted clamp to engoge roil.
Does not include: dischorge chute, broke on motor, electric conductors olong runway, curren t
collec tors o r cable reel, wiring from power source to cont rols.

20
20
20
24
20
24
20
24
30
24
30
36
30
36
42
30
36
42
36
42

8 v.
8 v.
8 v.
72
1o v.
54
8 Y..
72
10 v.
54
8 v.
72
10 v.
90
13 Ya
72
10 v.
90
13 Ya
108
16 Ya
90 11 13 Ya
108 11 16 Ya
120 11 19 Ya
9 0 11 13 Ya
108 11 16 Ya
120 11 19 Ya
108 11 16 Ya
120 11 19 Ya
54
54
54

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
11
9
11
11

32
34
36
36
38
38
42
42
42
48
48
48
54
54
54
61
61
61
67
67

22 o/a
23 v.
24 v.
24 v.
25 'l
25 o/a
27 o/a
27 o/a
30 v.
30 v.
33 v.
33 v.
36 v.
36 v.
36 v.
39 Y4
39 %
39%
42%
42%

21 v.
22 o/1
23 v.
23 v.

33 '12 5 >. 12 '12 16 29 '12 14

34 '12 5 >. 13 % 18 30% 14
35 '12 5>;. 14 '12 20 31 '12 14
35 '12 5>;. 14 '12 20 31 '12 14
24>!." 36 '12 5 >. 15 '12 24 32 '12 14
24 v. 36 '12 5 >. 15 '12 24 32 '12 14
26 v. 38 '12 5 lf. 17 % 26 34 '12 14
26 v. 38 1/2 5 >. 17 '12 26 34 '12 14
27 '12 40 1/2 7 v. 17 26 34 '12 18
29 v. 4 1 1/2 5 >. 201/2 32 37 '12 14
32 37 '12 18
301/2 431/2 7 v. 20
30 1/2 43 1/2 7 v. 20
32 37 '12 18
33 1/2 46 1/2 7 v. 23 38 40 '12 18
33 '12 46 1/2 7 v. 23
38 40 '12 18
33 '12 46 '12 7 v. 23
38 42 '12 18
18
37
50 7 v. 26 '12 44 44
- - - - -- -- 18
37
50 7 v. 26 1/2 44 44
18
37
50 7 v. 26 '12 44 46
18
40
53 7 v. 29 1/2 51 48
18
40
53 7 v. 291/2 51 49

30 v. 8 v.
31 v. 9 v.
32 v. lo v.
32 'la 10 v.
33 1/a 11 v.
33 1/a 11 v.
35 1/a 13 v.
35 1/a 13 v.
35 1/a 13 v.
38 1/4 16 v.
38 v. 16 v.
38 '!. 16 v.
19 v.
41 v. 19 1/.
41 v. 19 v.
44 31. 22 >.
-44 >. 22 >.
44 31. 22 %
47 31. 25%
47 3i. 25%

Rails,
AH,
pounds
per
yard

0
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
30
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

0 Does not include weight of dischorge chute. For totol weight of cable propelled tripper, odd weight
given, on odditionol 3% of this weight, ond weight o f houloge equipment shown on poge 206. See
columns HF ond HR for oxle loods.
t No ollowonce mode for weight of dischorge chute or effect of tension in conveyor belt. lf, when
these ore considered, load ot HF is less thon Y. o f total lood on oll four wheels, consult Link-Belt.
Horsepower factor for belt p ropelled trippers with Type A, B, C, D or E chute:
Horsepower to odd to conveyor belt horsepower to propel tripper = Speed of belt (FPM) X
factor Y. Belt pull in pounds to propel tripper = Factor Y X 33,000.
Consult Link-Belt for odditionol horsepower re q uired when ends of chutes ore fitted with bunker seo Is.
18) Cleoronce for drive choin.
0 Ro ils normolly used. Roil clamp suitoble for 25 to 45 pound roils, but con be oltered to suit roils up
to 80 pounds per yord, when specified.

fT

et

c::r

:;

"::io

Q)

A'

::r

<

=i

....

=i

'<

o..

(7Q

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt trippers

RAIL STOP
\

2~0 '

-~1'.'.__

l.:- 20' APPROXIMATE

SECTION AA

SPACING OF CABLE SUPPORTS -

Fig. 6257

Haulage equipment for Series S 1 ca ble prop elled tripper

Tripper
number

Approx.
weight

AE

AF

ea ch,

BC

BD

BE

pounds.

INCHES

51Cl420
51 (1 620
51 ( 1820

675
675
675

34
34
34

51(18 24
51C2020
51 C2024
51 C2420

675
675
675
675

40
34
40
34

51(2424
51 C2430
51(3024

675
675
675

40
47 Ya
40

v.

47 'le
49 'le
51 3/a

22 o/r
22 .y.
22 Ya

17
17 Va
17 Va

51 y,
53 'le
53 'le
57 y,

22%
22 %
22 o/r
22 Ya

17 Ya
17
17 Va
17 Va

57 'le 22 %
57 Ya 1 19 %
63 V2 22 %

17 Va
14 3/a
17 Va

- -- - - - - - -

--- -

v.

- - -

Approx.
weight
eoch,
pounds.C,.

72
72
72

51 C3030
51(3036
51 C3630

775
775
775

78
72
78
72

51 C3636
51 ( 3642
5 1(4230
51(4236

775
775
775
775

78
88
78

51 C4242
51(4836
51(4842

775
775
775

--

- --

Hove dimensions certified l or instollotion purposes.

H ouloge equipment includes houloge mochine with totolly enclosed motor
wit h disc type mo tor mounted broke, push bullan reversing storter lor
manua l ond outomotic operotion l or 220 i 440 volt, 60 cycle AC, two limit
switches, two over-trovel limit switches, propelling cable, coble supp o rts,

206 L 1 N K - B E L T

Tripper
number

--

AE

AF

BC

BD

BE

14 'le
14 'le
14 'le

88
100
88

1
IN CH S

v.
v.

47
59
47 Va

63 V2
63 V2
69 V2

19 ra
19 ra
19 ra

59
66 r a
47
59 Va

v.

69 V2
69 V2
76
76 v.

19 ra
19 ra
19 r a
19 ra

14 'le
14 'le
14 y,
14 'le

100
108
88
100

66 ra
59
66 ra

76 v.
82 V2
82 V2

19 ra
19 ra
19 ra

14 y,
14 lfa
14 y,

108
108
108

--- -

v.

- - - --

v.

- -- - - -

- - - - - - - -- - -

v.

sheoves, cable ollochments ond slock cable switch.

Does not inclvde wiring lrom power source to controls.
6. Bosed on 50-loot tripper trovel. Add or subt roct 2 pounds lor eoch loot
ol dillerence.

bulk handling
belt co nveyors

Belt trippers

RETURN TO BELT
TYPES B ANO C ONL Y
Ty p e B chute

Type A chute

Side view of chute

Ty p e C ch u te

Arrangeme n t of
b i n dust sea l

ENDj
VERTICAL
EXTENSION
Type O chute

C hute end extensions

Type E chute

Fig. 4838

Series 5 1 belt t ripper <hutes

Use with
tripper
number

...

1420
1620
1820
1824
2020
2024
2420
2424
2430
3024
3030
3036
3630
3636
3642
4230
4236
4242
4836
4842

A
Chut e angle,
degrees
Types
ABCD

48
46
44
50
43
47
40
45
51
40
47
50
44
47
50
40
44
47
41
44

Type
E

57
55
54
59
53
57
50
55
61
52
58
61
56
59
62
53
56
59
54
57

Thickness
of
pi ate
regularly
furnished

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

ga.
ga.
go.
go.
ga .
go.
go.
go.

>,.~,

in.
go.
3;1, in.
3JI. in.

10

31,
3A,
3A,
3A,
3A,
3A'
3A,
3A'

in.
i n.
i n.
i n.
in.
in.
in.
in.

Weight, pounds

e
t

D
!:!.

235
245
260
355
270
365
295
390
600
405
670
720
735
785
935
800
850
1020
920
1090

305
325
340
465
370
480
380
505
760
540
860
950
935
1025
11 75
1030
1090
1290
1170
1380

6 'h
6 'h
6 \/2
6 \/2
6 \/2
6 'h
6 Y2
6 \/2
8
6 Y2
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

23
23
23
31
23
31
23
31
34
31
34
31
34
37
40
34
37
40
37
40

12
12
12
18
12
18
12
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

1 1 ll2
11 \/2
11 \/2
12 \/2
11 \/2

INCHES

260 230 o
270 240

285 250
0
375 335 o
295 260
v.
390 345
'l'a
3 15 275 o
420 370
l/1
660 620 1 y,
450 400 o
730 675
~
810 750 l ~
805 725
%
875 800
~
1015 935 1 y,
870 780 1 v.
930 850 1 3_4
1100 1000 2 ~
1010 910 1 :y.
1190 1075 l ~

Have dimensions certifoed for instollotion purposes.

& Tripper numbers ore equivalen! to numbers in Table 26, page 204 ond
numbers listed on precedi ng poges. Prefoxes 51M, 5 1C, or 51B ore
omitted here since some chut es con be used on either motor propelled,
cable prope lled, or belt propelled trippers. In ordering chute, specify
full tripper number: os, Type A chute for number 51M2430 tripper.
Bottom of chu te is % obove top of roils
0 Bottom of chute is 1 obove top of roils.

Type
Type
Type
1 Ty:e 1 Tyr 1
A
D 1 E

175
185
195
260
205
270
220
290
480
315
530
590
580
645
765
630
705
830
770
900

23
24
25
25
27
27
29
29
29
32
32
32
35
35
35
40
40
40
43
43

9 9
9 10
9 11
12 11
9 12
12 12
9 14
12 14
12 14
12 17
12 17
12 17
12 20
12 20
12 20
12 23
12 23
12 23
12 26 \/2
12 26 \/2

53
53
53
63
53
63
53
63
77
63
77
87
77
87
97
77
87
97
87
97

8
9
14 v. 10
21
10
15 y, 11
20 % 11
14 :y. 13
20 :y. 13
25 l/1 13
20 \/2 16
24 \/2 16
28 ~ 16
24 v. 19
19
27 ~
30 'la 19
24 y, 22
26 ~
22
22
29 ~
26 v. 25
25
29 ~
15 ~

15 ~

12~

11 \/2
12
15 ~

12
14 ~

15 \/2
14 ~

15 \/2
15 \/2
13 ~
15 \/2
15 \/2
14 \/2
15 \/2

t far coble propelled trippers odd 4', ond vory dimension B occordingly.
!:!. Dimension to which vertical extensions ore furnis hed unless otherwise
requested. Speci fy omount of extension below top of roil.
o fa r Type E chu tes: 14Ye for 1420
14Ye" for 1620
1s for 1824
18V. for 2024
L 1 N K - B E L T 207

IT

O"

"o

:::r
Q)

<

::l
Cl..

:;'
~

- -A- -PULLEY
FACE

o
"<

.....

33 42'
-- t

,::

--.-

a:J

..._ 16::' -

rn

2--0!" ...

TYPE A CHUTE

r
-1

L~

N- CLEARANCE
GRAIL GAUGE
K

CAN BE ASSE MBLED AS SHOWN OR OPPOSITE AS SHOWN

C L

C L

~ 16., -

TRIPPER

TRIPPER

'z'.-o:".a.

161: ,..

TYPE F CHUTE

2"
y

---.-

T ,.1

R -

FLOOR LINE

P MINIMUM

P MINIMUM

IL
~

EXTENSIOr\ SPOUT 2

EHENSION SPOUT 1

~.

'

TO SUIT

CON DITIO~

..... 16,

R -

-<- 161.

.J

33 42

2~0: ,, ...

;f

'

TYPE R CHUTE

Ser ie s 5 3 tripper and chutes

Approx.
Tripper
number

Approx.
weight,
pounds

Factor
y

Maximum

ex tra

belt
pounds

belt
required,
feet ond

2000
2000
2000
3000
3000
2800
3600
3600
4800
4800

tension,

8- 1o
8 - 10
9-5
9-5
9 -5

26
32
38

18
18
18
18
18

72

30
30
32
32
33

35 v.
35 V
36 v.
36 V
37 v.

49 Y2
55 V2
61 V2
67 V2
73 V2

29 y,

41 y,

72

18:Y.,
18 :y.,
19 :y.,
19 :y.,
20 :y.,

32 y,
35 Y1
38 'la
41 y,

44 y,
47 5/ 1
50 y,
53 'la

9-5
9-5
9-1 1
9- 11
9- 11

26
32
38

20
20
20
20
20

84
84
84
84
84

18 :y.,
18 :Y.,
19 :Y.,
19 :y.,
1 20 3.4 1

30
30
32
32
33

36 v.
49 V2
36
55 y,
37\4
6 1 V2
37 V.
67 V2
38
1 73 Y2

29 'la
32 'la
35 'la
38 'la
41 s;.

4 1 'la
44 'la
4 7 Ya
50 'la

inches

5382418
53830 18
5383618
5384218
5384818

3450
3600

.00 139
.00 173
.00241
.00275
.00315

5382420
53 83020
5383620
5384220
5384S20

3200
3400
3600
3900
4 100

.00 139
.00173
.00 241
.00275
.00315

2900
3000

3200

16

43 Y2

16
20
20
22

1 47
50 v.

50 V2
55
59 :y.

INCHES

44
51

44
51

72
72

72

Hove dimensions cerlified for inslollolion purposes.

lncludes, ope rotor's plo1form, hand brake, boll bearing longe blocks on axles, ball bear ing pillow
blocks on pulley shofls for l ripp e r numbers 5382418 t o 53B4818 ond roller beoring pillow blocks on
pulley shofls for lripper numbers 53B2420 I O 53B4820.
Does nol include, chu te, chule exlensions, cross wolk, or roil c lamp.
0 lncludes, weighl of cross walk ond Type F chul e but no chul e extensions.

v.
v.

53

v.

18
18
18
18
18

Y2
V2
V2
V2
V2

39 'l'1
45 'l'1
51 'l'1
57 'l'1
63 'l'1

17 V2
17 V2
17 y,
17 y,
17 y,

39 'l'1
45 'l'1
5 1 'l'a
57 'l'1
63 'l'1

v.
v.
v.
50 v.
54 v.
38 v.
42 V
46 v.
50 v.
54 v.
38
42
46

1 14
1

16
18
20
22

14

16
16
16
18
20
1 20 1 20
22
22 1

0 Horsepower to odd ro conveyor belt horsepower l o propel tripper

(FPM). Belt pul/ in pounds 10 propel trip per = Factor Y X 33000.
6 lnside to inside o f heod o f roils.
o From top of roil lo underside of lower pulley.
0 Clearance for drive choin.
.6. lnside o f chule to lop o f roil.

54

v.

57 'l'1

50 V2
55

43 V2

47
50 v.
54

v.

59 3/a
64
68 'l'1

v.

57 'l'1

Factor Y

64 v.
68 'l'1

belt speed

......-.

ft)

,,,,-

..
ft)

"'

e:

::l
()'Q

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt plows
Meterais such os wood chips, pulp ond foundry sond moy
be plowed from belts et moderote speeds. Plows provide
en economicol meons of d ischorging to one or more intermediote points o long o belt convey or.
In foundries, sond is often plowed from flot b elts et o
number of points simultoneously. Plows moy olso b e o rronged for outomotic operotion occording to the requirements of the bins they serve.

Shuttle belt conveyors

A shuttle belt conveyor is o simple horizontal trock-mounted
belt conveyor which receives the flow of material from o
ftxed conveyor ond dischorges it olong the length of o bin
or pile. Reversible shuttles distribute material in both directions from their central receiving point.
Shuttle belt conveyors often ore used for lumpy, sticky or
highly obrosive material thot would be objectionoble in
tripper chutes.
Shuttle belt conveyors require less heod room thon trippers ond their weight is well distributed. They moy be
built in oll belt w idths ond in lengths which ore limited only
by the drives ond tokeup mechonism.
A speciol form of shuttle belt conveyor is the troiling
convey or which receives material from o ftxed point but
dischorges it to o troveling stocker, to which the heod end
of the troiling convey or is ottoched. One such unit, bu ilt b y
Link-Belt, is designed for en ultimote length of 3 0 0 0 f eet.

Plows d ischa rg e sand fro m b e l! to ho pper obove mo lding machine. In this

found ry, each molde r contro ls the supply o f sond for his slo tion. Pho to 38518

Belt conveyor stackers

Link-Belt p ioneered in the development of b elt convey or
stockers for distributing material over wide orees required
in stockpiling ond disposol of overburden.
Stockers con be built for ony width of belt ond the
length of booms is limited only by economics. Most units
hove booms between 50 ond 150 feet long, but Link-Bel!
hes built two crowler-mounted stocker belts 25 0 f eet long
over-oll ond, recently, hes instolled o trock mounted pivoted
boom stocker with o 275-foot rodius.
(continued)

Shuttle b elt conve yor 4 8 " wide trave ls over bias! furnace stock bins to
d istribute coke which is transpo rted fro m coke plan! by another bel! conveyor
with 5611-fool centers. Pho to 379 86

Be lt conveyo r s tocker on 24" wide, 143 -foot ce nters b e l! conveyor is

p ivoted al foot end and travels 240 deg rees on a ra d ial !rack while d ischarging grave! to crescenl shape d stockpile. Photo 3665 8

Shuttle b elt conveyor 24" wid e with 5 0 0 -foot centers on high structure
dislributes phospha te rock bo th sid e s o f 30" wide incline d conveyor to stockp ile a b out 1 0 0 0 feet long . Pho to 3 0796

L 1 N K - B E L T 209

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Belt conveyor stacker designs vary greatly to meet operating requirements, but fall into the following general types:

Stationary fixed boom type, consisting of a cantilever

of enough o f the conveyor head end structure to allow
unobstructed movement of vehicles on the pile beneath.
This t y pe is wi dely used in Jorg e power plants to form th e
initi al conica l piles of coal w hich is more widely di str ibuted
a nd com pacted by earth moving equipment.

Stationary type with separate boom b e lt p ivoted

about receiving hopper at foot end. Th is t ype re-

Self-propell e d stacke r with 275-foot radius boom, equipped with 42"

wid e belt conveyor, hondles t aconite pellets, stockpiling them 90 feet high
ond more than 800 feet wide ot the base. Trailing bel! conveyor which delivers
to stacker has 1382-foot centers designed for o future edensian to 3000
feet. Photo 38273

volves t hrough an are of 2 00 to 25 0 and can bed a

crescent-shaped p il e of substant ially greater volume than
the conica l p ile formed b y the flxed boom t y pe. Sorne
st ackers of this type hove booms cantilevered full leng th
ond others ore supported on a radial track near the
outer end.

Traveling, self- propell e d type which usually span the

main b elt a nd ope ra te on tracks beside it. Material may
be d ischarged to either or both sides. In sorne coses, the
discharge end of the main bel t is a tt ached to the stacker
frame, and moves with it on tracks as a trail ing conveyor.
In either case, the stacker belt conveyors may be mounted
on cant ilevered booms of the following types:
Rigid boom which discharges material a flxed d istance
from the main belt.
Pivoted boom, which revolves obout t he center of receiving hopper, and d ischarges material on both sides
of the main belt onywhere within the rodius of the boom.
Crawler mounted stacker belt conve yors with hoppers
and feeders for receiving material from shovels or d raglines. In effect, this type extends the range of the shovel
by the length of the stacker ond the height of its dischorge.

Se lf-p rope lle d s tacker s wilh pivoted booms can blend moterials as they
are bedded into piles in shallow windrows. This bel! conveyor is 42" wide
and lhe boom has a 150-foot rodius. Photo 28956

Se lf- p rop e lle d stacke r wilh bel! conve yo r 36" wide ond a 100-foot radius
boom, dislributes overburden to spoil bank a l an iran ore mine. Stacker receives material from the troiling conveyor o f a a ne-mile conveyor system.
Photo 32604

2 10 L 1 N K - B E L T

A relotively high degree of b lending may b e obtained b y

the traveling, pivoted boom type stocker os the ma terial is
bedded into the p ile in small, orc-shap ed windrows. The
size of windrows and disp ersion of materi al is regulated
by odjusting the t rove! and rotating speeds of the stacker.
In addition to the many designs ovailoble, Link-Belt will
design sp eciol stackers for speciflc requirements.

Stacke r with 54" belt conveyor is oboul 250 fee l long over-a ll, is equipped
with o hopper and feed er and is mounted on cro wlers. lt handles overburden
fro m stripping shovel to spoil pile. Photo 2367 5

bulk handling
b elt conveyors

Belt conveyor bridges

Traveling bridges equipped with belt conveyors p rovide
for storing a large volume of material in a relatively small
orea.
The bridge belt conveyor receives ma t erial from a main
conveyor operating parallel ta the bridge runway. Distribution from the bridge belt may be by tripper or shuttle.

Vessel loaders
Belt conveyor ty pe vessel loaders provide economica l, high
capacity loa d ing a f bulk materials to ocean or lake vessels,
or to river borges. Functionall y, they ore similar to stackers
os they usuall y receive ma terial fram a stationary dock
belt and d ischa rge into hatches b y means of a b oom b elt.
Barge loaders and certain moderate capacity units for
loading ocean vessels ore stationary, but higher capacity
loaders t rove! along the dock from hatch to hatch, reducing
the dela ys and exp ense of shifting the vessel.
Vessel loaders may be built with boom belts of any
width, ond the booms may b e retractable and hinged for
trimming, to accommodate ship s of vorious sizes, to compensote for d ifferences in water leve!, and to clear the
ship 's rigging.

11

Trave ling b e lt conve yor bridg es stock p ile coal on both sides of a 48
distributing bel! from boa! unloader. Tripper travels in bridge trusses.
Photo 32765

Vessel unloaders
Large self-unloading boats, as used on the Great Lakes,
provide a flexible and economical means of transporting
such free flawing bulk materials as coal, stone and taconite
pellets. Belt canveyors ore used ta canvey materi al fram
the holds and on the pivoted st acker booms. Link-Belt has
furnished belt conveyor equipment for such self-unloaders,
sorne of which hove 250-foot rad ius boams.

Railroad car loading booms

Belt conveyor loading booms ore used ext ensively for lowering lump coal, stone, taconite pellets and other materiols
into open top cars with minimum degrod at ion. Laading
booms ore hinged and may be of the shuttl e type for
trimming stationary cars, or equipp ed with sp ecia l chutes
to direct flow automatically from one car to the next as a
tra in is moved continuously beneath the boom.

Vessel load ing system of 25 shuttle conveyors operated in two banks for
loa ding taconile pellets lo lwa Greal lakes are boals simultaneously. Each
conveyor has a capacity of 750 to 1500 lons per hour. Photo 395 18

Vessel loa d e r of !he sta lionary lype, with hinged bel! conveyor boom to
comp ensale for tide, vessel size, and to clear rigging of ocean ship s. A motor
driven, swiveling spoul al end of boom controls Aow to hatches. Photo 38108

Vessel loaders of !he traveling lype for loading iron ore into ocean ships
from slorage bunker. The bel! conveyor booms ore hinged and pivoted fo r
vertical ond radial movemenl. Photo 381 20

LIN K - BELT 211

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Mag netic devices

Tronsportation of bulk moteriols by belt conveyors provides
a convenient meons for removing mognetic materi al os it
is dischorged over o mognetic heod pulley. For lorge material, or for belts operoting et hi gh speeds, such mognetic
material moy be removed w ith electro or permonent
mognets locoted obove the head pulley. Another orrangement consists of o cross belt bocked up by o mognet,
which is mounted obove the moin belt so that the magnetic
material is outomoticolly picked up from moin belt ond
corried to one side.

Weighing devices

Sampling and w eighing , os iron o re is outomolicolly removed from dischorge of 60" inclined bel! conveyor ond p rocessed in o pen lo we r. The
rejecls ore re turned by bucke t elevotor. Ore is weighed on horizontal b e lt
conveyor in enclosed gollery. Photo 36181

Various types of devices ore ovailoble for weighing materiols os they ore corried on the belt and for autom oticolly
recording the accumuloted weights. Among these ore mechonical integroting scole types and those emplaying electronic stroin gouge princip ies.
Most of these devices ore guoronteed to be occurate
within one-holf of one per cent, ond the actual operoting
accurocy is usuolly well within th is limit.
Weighing devices ore olso sometimes used to outomoticolly control the volumetric flow from feeders to belt conveyors.

Sampling equipment
A belt conveyor provides the meons for sompling bulk moterials occurotely, automotically, continuously ond economically. The required so mple is removed from the flow of
material over the conveyor head pulley, ofter which the
sample is divid ed, crushed ond the re jects are returned to
belt conveyor.
Link-Belt designs and builds sompling systems in conjunction with belt conveyors to suit speciflc requirements.

Belt slingers
Belt slingers are ruggedly built,
yet are easily maneuverable. Receiv
ing chutes ore mode to suit type of
material hondled. Photo 39357

Belt slinger piling ra w sugar between the decks of an oceon vessel,

o location inoccessible lo the shiplooder spo uts. Pho to 39358

Link-Belt belt slingers distribute mote ria ls beyond the ronge

of conventionol chutes. Often, due to the trajectory from o
slinger, the material moy be d ischorged into p l aces thot
would b e relotively inoccessi ble b y other methods.
Belt slingers ore porticulorly suitable for piling material
between the decks of oceon vessels, which could not be
accomplished by shiploader chutes. Similarly, they load
boxcars from a single chute through the door ond d istribute
over wide oreas in worehouses - operations that would
otherwise requir e more expensive ond cumbersome equipment or consid erable manual labor.
Belt slingers ore ruggedly built, reodily portable, ond
are mode in severol sizes. They ore suitoble for handl ing
such free flowing moteriols os raw sugar, fertilizers, sond,
cool, groin ond sorne kinds of ore.

Traveling loading hoppers

Traveling loading hopper wit h bel t feeder for looding sulphur to belt
conveyor from crone bucket. Photo 38104

212 LINK - BELT

Link-Belt builds numerous types of t raveling hoppers to load

bulk moterials along predetermined horizontal runs of belt
conveyors. When material is received from self-unlood ing
vessels, stockers ond other continuous flow machines, the
troveling hopper is l ittle more thon o flored chute to confine
material at tronsfer ond load it on the belt properl y.
Traveling looding hoppers ore equ ipped with feeders to
d eliver o uniform flow to the belt when material is received
from intermittent mochines such as shovels, cranes ond droglines. Tro vel ing hoppers ore olso used to cont rol flow from
gote openings in tunnels ond under long bins.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-selected terminals
Pre-selected terminals provide a convenient means
of selecting the terminal components for simple belt
conveyors of moderate widths and lengths. Such
components are the belt, pulleys, shafts, tokeups
ond beorings.
The vorious Terminal Groups contoined in Table
27 hove been developed for selection bosed on
the belt horsepower ot o belt speed of 100 FPM.
After obtoining the horsepower ot 100 FPM, selection of the required Terminal Group provides such
design informotion os the T1 ond T2 belt tensions,
the roted belt tension in pounds per inch of width,
ond selection informotion for the vorious components os well os sorne of the more signiflcont
dimensions.
The roted belt tension is the result of opplying
the foctors in Table 13, poge 156, for metal
splices ond ocross-the-line storting. The belt should
be checked for strength, lump size ond material
hondled, os shown in Table 14, poge 156.
The detoiled method for using Table 27 is
omplifled in Exomple 1, poge 170.

32693

Single pulley drive terminal

3269$

Screw takeup terminal

Snubbed pulley drive terminal

Weighted takeup terminal

Table 2 7 Terminal group rotings

Rated
belt

tension,
paunds
per inch
width6

Rated
belt

Maximum
belt
harsepawer
al
100 FPM
belt speed

Terminal
graup
number

Type
af
drive

...

Diameler
af
drive
pulley,
inches

Belt lensian,
paunds o

T10

tension,
p ounds
per inch
widlh 6

115

135

2.87
3.19
3.47

154

3.27
3.63
3.95

2.59

2.95

18A 20207
188 20207
18C 20207
180 20207
18A 20207
188 20207
18C 20207
180 20207
18A24215
188 24215
18C 24215
18024215

8P
8PS
LP
LPS
-8P
8PS
LP
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LPS

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

1350
620
1350
542
1350
450
1350
372
-722
-1580
1580
634
1580
525
435
- --1580
1800
825
1800
722
1800
600
1800
495

BP indicates unlagged drive pulley with belt wrap ol 180 degrees.

BPS indicotes unlagged drive pulley with belt wrap o 210 degrees.
LP indlcates lagged drive pulley w ith belt wrap o 180 degrees.
LPS indicates lagged drive pulley with belt wrap o 210 degrees.
O Tensions shown based on metal spl ices and acrosslheline starting . See
Table 13, page 156. Tension decreases in same proportion as ratio o
requir ed horsepowe r to maximum horsepowe r.

Terminal
g roup
num ber

100 FPM
belt speed

Type
of
drive

...

Dio meter
af
drive
pulley,
inches

Belt lensian,
p aunds o

T10

T2

2 0 lnch w id e belt

1 8 ln ch w ld e b e lt
2.22
2.46
2.73
2.97

Maximum
belt
harsepower
al

11 5

135

154

2.47
2.73
3.03
3.30
2.89
3.21
3.56
3.86
3.28
3.63
4.04
4.38

20A 20207
8P
208 20207
8PS
20C 20 207
LP
200 20207
LPS
20A 20207
8P
208 20207
8PS
20C 20207
LP
200 20207
LPS
20A24215
8P
2082 4215-1 8PS
LP
2 0 C2 4215
20024215
LPS

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

1500
690
1500
603
1500
500
1500
4 14
--1760
8 05
1760
705
1760
586
1760
485
2000
916
2000
8 02
2000
667
2000
550
(canlinued)

0 T 1 indicotes lension required in belt as il approaches drive pul ley to produce moximum horsepower.
T2 indico tes tension required in belt os it leoves drive pulley to produce
moximum horsepower.
6 Roted belt ten,ions opply lo cotton ply belts lor tronsmitting indicated
horsepower with pulley d iometers shown, using mechonicol 'losteners and
ocross-the -line storting. A lso check w ith Table 14, poge 156, lor lump size
ond weight ol moteriol.

LINK - BELT 213

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-selected terminals
Table 27 Terminal group ratings (continued)
Rated belt

Moximum

tension,

belt
harsepawer
al 100 FPM
belt speed

Terminal
graup
number

3.44
3.82
4.23
4.62
3.94
4.36
4.85
5.27

20A 20215
20B 20215
20C 20215
20 0 20215
20A 24215
20B 24215-2
20C 24215
20024215

paunds
per inch
width LI

162

185

Type
af
d rive

BP
BPS
LP
LPS
BP
8 PS
LP
LPS

Dio meter

af
drive
pulley,
inches

20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

Belt tensian,
paundso
T O

1 T1

2 100 960
2100 840
2 100 700
2 100 578
2400 1100
2400 965
24 00 800
2400 660

Rated belt
paunds
per inch
width LI

154

200
230

2 4 inch wide b elt

11 5

134

154

160

185

198

245

2.95
3.28
3.63
3.95
~5
3.82
4.24
4.61
3.94
4.36
4.84
5.25
4.09
4.54
5.05
5.48
4.73
5.23
5.82
6.32
5.08
5.65
6.25
6.80
6.32
7.00
7.76
8.45

24A 20207
248 20207
24 C 20207
240 20207
24A 20215-1
24620215-1
24C 20215-1
240 20215
24A24215
24824215
24C242 15 - 1
240 24215
24A20215-1
248 20215-2
24C 20215-1
240 202 15
24A 24307
248 24307
24C 24307
240 24307
24A 2 0 215-2
248 20215 -2
24C 20215-2
240 2 0215
24A 24307
24B 24307
24C 24307
240 24307

BP
8PS
LP
LPS
8P
BPS
LP
LPS
8P
BPS
LP
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LSP
8P
8PS
LP
LPS
BP
8PS
LP
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LPS

20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

1800
1800
1800
1800
2100
2100
2100
2100
2400
2400
2400
2400
2500
2500
2500
2500
2880
2880
2880
2880
3100
3100
3100
31 00
3840
3840
3840
3840

825
720
600
495
960
840
700
576
1100
965
800
662
1145
1005
833
688
1320
1155
962
795
1420
1250
1033
855
1760
1550
1280
1055

8P
8PS
LP
LPS
BP
8PS
LP
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LPS
BP
BPS
LP
LPS
BPS
LPS

20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
30
30

2600
2600
2600
2600
3000
3000
3000
3000
2500
2500
2500
2500
3200
3200
3200
3200
3750
3750

1190
1045
865
715
1370
1205
1000
825
1145
100 4
833
688
1465
1280
1066
883
1505
1030

3 0 inch wide belt

133

154

128

164

192

4.27
4.73
5.25
5.70
4.92
5.45
6.07
6.60
4.10
4.55
5.05
5.48
5.25
5.82
6.45
7.02
--"'6.82
8.23

30A 20215-1
30820215
30C 20215
300 20215-1
30A 24307
308 24307
30C 24307
300 24307
30A 20215-1
308 202 15
30C 20215
300 20215-1
30A 24307
308 24307
30C 24307
300 24307
308 30315
300 30315

O T 1 indicotes tension required in bell os it opprooches dnve pul ley t o

produce moximum horsepower.

T2 indicotes te ns ion required in b elt os it leoves drive pulley to produce

moximum horsepower.

214 L 1 N K - B EL T

Moximum 1

tension,

200

--246

belt
1
horsepower
at 100 FPM
belt speed

4.92
5.45
6.07
6.59
6.40
7.12
7.90
8.55
8.20
9.88
6.40
7.10
7.90
8.55
7.88
8.75
9.72
10.50

Terminal
graup
number

30A 20215-2
308 20215
30C 20215
300 20215 -2
30A 243 07
308 24307
30C 24307
300 24307
30B 30315
300 30315
30A 20307
308 20307
30C 20307
300 20307
30A24315
30B 24315
30C243 15
300 24315

Type
al
drive

8P
BPS
LP
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LPS
8PS
LPS
8P
8PS
LP
LPS
8P
BPS
LP
LPS

Di a meter
al
drive
pulley,
inches

20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

--w30
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24

3 6 inch wide be lt
20
36A 20215
8P
5.08
368 202 15
BPS
20
5.65
132
20
36C 20215
LP
6.28
360 202 15
LPS
20
6.81
36A 24307-1 8P
24
5.90
368 24307-1 8PS
24
6.55
154
24
7.30
36C24307-1 LP
360 24307
LPS
24
7.90
8P
20
36A 20215
4.92
20
5.45
368 20215
BPS
128
LP
20
36C 20215
6.07
20
360 20215
LPS
6.59
--36A 24307-2 8P
24
6.40
24
8PS
7.12
36B 24307-1
166
24
36C 24307-2 LP
7.90
24
LPS
8.55
360 24307
- -368 30315
BPS
30
8.18
192
30
36030315-1 LPS
9.85
24
5.90
36A 24307-1 BP
24
36B 24307- 1 BPS
6.55
15 4
24
7.30
36C 24307-1 LP
LPS
24
360 24307
7.90
30
BPS
8.75
368 30315
205
360 30315-2 LPS
30
10.50
BPS
36
368 36407
10.18
230
36
360 36407
LPS
12.30
-36A 20307- 1 8P
20
5.90
20
6.55
368 20307-1 BPS
154
20
36C 20307-1 LP
7.30
7.90
360 20307
LPS
20
8P
24
36A 24315
7.55
196
24
8.37
36B 24315
8PS

Belt tensian,
pounds o
T O

3000
3000
3000
3000
3900
3900
3900
3900
4500
45 00
3900
3900
3900
3900
4800
4800
4800
4800

1 T2

1370
1205
1000
825
1790
1565
1300
1070
1805
1240
1790
1565
1300
1070
2200
,1930
1600
1320

3 100 1420
3 100 1240
31 00 1030
3100 853
- -3600 1650
3600 1450
3600 1200
3600 995
- - -3000 1370
3000 1205
3000 1000
3000 825
3900 1790
3900 1565
3900 1300
3900 1070
-- -4500 1810
4500 1240
- - - 3600 1650
3600 1450
3600 1200
3600 995
-- - 48 00 1930
48 00 1320
-- 5400 2170
5400 1490
-- -3600 1650
3600 1450
3600 1200
3600 995
- -4600 2100
4600 1840
cantinued

.& BP tndica tes unlogged drive pulley wi th belt wrop of 180 degrees.
BPS indicate s unl.,gged drive pulley w ith belt wrop of 210 degrees.
LP indicotes logged drive pulley wilh belt wrap of 180 d egrees.
L PS indicote s logged drive pulley with bel! wrop of 210 degrees.
o Tensions shown ore bosed en metal splices ond ocross-the-line slorting.
See Table 13, poge 156. Tension decreoses in some proportion os
ratio e l required horsepower l o moximum horsepower.
LI Roled bel t tensions opply to coiten p ly belts fer tronsmill ing indicoted
horsepower with pulley diamelers shown, using mechanical fasleners
and across- the-line starting. Also check wi th Table 14, page 156, fer
lump size ond weight of material.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-selected terminals
Table 27 Terminal group ratings (continued)
Rated b e lt

Mo ximum

tension,

belt
ho rsepowe r
a l 100 FPM
b elt spee d

pounds
p e r i nch
widlh L:.

Terminal
gro up
number

Type
of
drive

...

Di a meter
of
drive
p ulley,
inches

Belt lensia n,
po und s o
T1 0

I T2

9.25
36C24315
LP
24
4600 1530
10.03
360 24315
4600 1260
LPS
24
-368 3 0 407
8PS
30
5400 2170
9.82
230
11.95
360 3 0 407
LPS
5400 1490
30
-- -4600 2100
7.55
36A 2030 7 -2 8P
20
8.37
368 20 307-2 8PS
20
4600 1840
196
36C 20307-2 LP
4600 1530
9 .25
20
10.03
360 2030 7
LPS
20
4600 1260
--- -- - 9.46
36A24315
BP
24
5760 2630
10.40
368 24315
24
5760 231 0
8PS
247
11.65
36C24315
LP
24
5760 1920
12.64
36024315
5760 1585
LPS
24
7.05
36A 20307 -2 BP
4300 1960
20
7.83
368 20 307-2 8PS
20
4300 1720
185
8.70
36C 20307-2 LP
20
4300 1430
9.45
360 20307
LPS
20
4300 1180
- -9.46
36A 24315
BP
24
5760 2630
247
10.40
36824315
8PS
24
5760 2310
11.65
36C24315
LP
24
5760 1920
12.64
36024315
24
LPS
5760 1585
--13.10
368 30407
8PS
30
7200 2880
3 08
15.80
360 30407
LPS
30
7200 1980
42 inch wide belt
BP
20
3600 1650
5.90
42A 20 30 7
6.55
428 20 307
8PS
20
3600 1450
132
7.30
42C 20307
LP
20
3600 1200
42 0 20307
LPS
20
3600 995
7.90
-24
4200 1920
42A 24315
8P
6.88
1680
7.65
428
24315
8PS
24
4200
154
42C 24315
LP
24
4200 1400
8.48
42024315 -1 LPS
9.22
24
4200 1160
42A 20 307
8P
20
3600 1650
5.90
3600 1450
6.55
428 20307
8PS
20
132
7 .30
42C 20307
LP
20
3600 1200
420 20307
LPS
20
7.90
-3600
- -995
4500 2060
7.38
42A 24315
BP
24
428 24315
8PS
24
4500 1805
8.20
165
LP
4500 1500
9.10
42C 24315
24
420 24315-1 LPS
24
4500 1240
9.88
- -8PS
5250 2 100
9.55
428
303
15
30
193
11 .50
42030315
LPS
30
5250 1440
4200 1920
6.88
42A 24307
8P
24
428 24307
8PS
24
4200 1680
7.65
154
LP
4200 1400
8.48
42C 24307
24
9.22
42 0 24307
LPS
24
4200 1160
428 30315
8PS
30
5600 2240
10.1 0
206
LPS
5600 1530
420 30315
30
12.25
- -428 36407
8PS
36
6300 2520
11.45
232
LPS
13.80
420 36407
36
6300 1730
- 8P
5100 2330
42A 20315
20
8.37
9.28
42 8 20315
8PS
20
5100 2040
187
5100 1700
LP
20
10.30
42C20315
11.18
42 0 20315
LPS
20
5100 1400
10.80
42A24315
8P
24
6600 3020
6600 2640
428 24315
8PS
24
12.00
242
13.30
42C 24315
LP
24
6600 2200
24
6600 1810
420 24315 - 1 LPS
14.45
-8PS
30
8400 3370
15.18
428 30407
308
8400 2310
18.30
420 30407
LPS
30
~

0 T 1 indicotes tensio n re quir ed in belt os it appro oches drive pulley to

pro duce moximum ho rsepower.
T 2 indicot es tension required in belt a s i l l eaves d rive pulley t o produce
ma ximum horsepower.

8P
8PS
LP
LPS
8PS
LPS
8PS
LPS

24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36

6100 2790
6100 2445
61 00 2030
61 00 1675
8400 3370
8400 2310
10080 4050
10080 2780

48A 20307
8P
488 20307
8PS
48C 20307
LP
480 20307
LPS
48A24315
8P
48 82431 5
BPS
48C24315
LP
48024315
LPS
48A 20307
8P
488 20307
8PS
48C 203 07
LP
480 20307
LPS
48A 24315
8P
8PS
488 24315
48C 24315
LP
48024315
LPS
488 30407
8PS
480 30407
LPS
48A24315
BP
48824315
8PS
LP
48C 24315
48024315
- LPS
488 30407
8PS
480 30407
LPS
488 36415
8PS
48036415 ,_LPS
8P
48A20315
488 20315
8PS
LP
48C 20315
480 20315
LPS
48A 24407
8P
48 824407-1 8PS
48C 24407
LP
48024407-1 LPS
8PS
488 30415
480 30415
LPS
48A 2440 7
8P
488 24407 -2 8PS
LP
48C 24407
480 24407 -2 LPS
8PS
488 30415
LPS
480 30415
BPS
488 36507
LPS
480 36507

20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
30
30
24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36
20
20
20
20
24
24
24
24
30
30
24
24
24
24
30
30
36
36

4200 1920
4200 1680
4200 1400
4200 1160
4800 2200
4800 1930
4800 1600
4800 1320
3900 1790
3900 1565
3900 1300
3900 1070
51 00 23 30
51 00 20 40
51 00 1700
51 00 1400
6000 2400
6000 1650
4800 2200
4800 1930
4800 1600
4800 1320
6400 2560
64 00 1750
7200 2880
7200 1980
5800 2660
5800 2320
5800 1930
5800 1590
7600 3460
7600 3040
7600 2520
7600 2080
9600 3840
9600 2630
7000 3200
7000 28 00
7000 2320
7000 1920
9400 3760
9400 2580
11520 4600
11520 3170

Maximum

tensio n,

bell
horsepower
atlOOFPM
b e lt speed

Terminal
group
number

10.00
11.50
12.27
13.37
15.18
18.30
18.40
22.20

42A24315
42824315
42C 24315
42024315-2
428 30407
420 30407
428 36415
42036415

pounds
p er inch
width L:.

196

--

Belt tension,
po unds o

...

Dia meter
of
drive
pulley ,
inches

Rote d belt

224
3 08
367

Ty p e
af
drive

T10

I T2

48 inch wide belt

134

154

125

164
192
154
205
231
186

243
305
225
304
370

6.88
7.65
8.48
9.22
7.88
8.75
9.72
10.50
6.40
7.12
7 .90
8.55
8.37
9.28
10.30
11.18
10.85
13.15
7.88
8.75
9.72
10.50
11.55
13.90
13.10
15.80
9.53
10.52
11.70
12.70
12.45
13.80
15.30
16.60
17.40
21.00
11 .50
12.70
14.10
15.35
17. 10
20.60
21 .00
25.25

--

-" 8 P i ndicates unlagged drive pulley with bell wrap o f 180 deg rees.
8PS indi cates unlogged drive pulley with belt wrop of 210 deg rees.
L P indicoles lagged d r ive pulley with belt w rop o f 180 deg rees.
LPS indicat es la gged d rive pulley with belt wra p o f 210 d eg rees.
o Tensions shown ore based o n me tal spli ces and across- the-l ine starting .
See Table 13, page 156. Tension decreo ses in same p roporlio n as ra tio
o f req uired horsepower to moximum horsep ower.
b. Ro ted be lt tensions apply to cotto n ply belts fo r t ransmitt ing indicated
horsepower with pulley diameters sho wn, using mechani ca l fa steners
ond across-the -line starting. Also check wilh Table 14, page 156, for
lump size and w eight o f ma terial.

LINK-BELT 215

cr oe:

:;

"::Jo

<

'<

...,

HEAD
PULLEY

"

CD
1"11

r
-i
Fig. 4662

HEAD PULLEY

SNUB PULLEY AND

SCREW TYPE TAKEUP
Heod

Terminal
group
number

terminal number A

Bobbitted
beoring

Boll ond
roller
beoring

Tokeup terminal number O

Screw takeup
Babbitted
beoring

Ball
bearing

e
1 Snub shaft
HeadlSnub1~~:: ~~t~d 1 Roll~r ~~~d 1 Bol.1
shoft shaft up

Grovity tokeup .C:.

Be bbittedl Roller
beoring beoring

Head shoft

Screw tokeup BobB.ob 1 Bo ll

bitted 1 Roller
b1tted b
beoring

F G H Snub'Screw
shoft lake
up

b eorinalbeanng b eoring beanng beoring ecnng bearing

INCHES

1 8 inch w ide belt

IBA 20207
18A24215

l 8A 202078 l 8A 20207A 18T 161158 l 8T l 6115A

18A24215B 18A24215A l 8T 161158 18T 161 15A

188 20207
18824215

48048
48048

4804A 20 15
4804A 20 15Y,

.. ..
....

l 3 V2
13V2

2'A
3\4

2 V2
2'A

188 202078 188 20207A 18T 16 11 58 18T 16115A 48048

188 242158 18B 24215A l 8T 161158 18T 16115A 48048

4804A 20 15 13V2 13V2

4804A 20 15 v, 13V2 13V2

2 3A
3\4

2y,
2'A

1 8C 20207
18C 24215

1BC 202078 1BC20207A 18T 16 11 58 18T 16115A

18C24215B 18C2421 5A 18Tl6 11 58 18T 16115A

4804 8
48048

4804A 20 15
4804A 20 15y,

13V2
13V2

2'A
3\4

2v,
2'A

180 20207
180 24215

180 202078 180 20207A IBT 1611 58 18T 16 l 15A

18024 2158 180 24 2 l 5A 18T1611 5B l BT 16 l 15A

4 8048
48048

4804A 20 15 13Y2 13 Y2
4804A 20 15y, 13Y2 13y,

2'A
3\4

2Y2
2'A

48078
48088
48088

4807A 22 16
. . . 14'A
4808A 22 l 6 Y2 .. . . 14 'A
4808A 22 l 6 V2 . . . . 14 2A

2'A
3\4
3\4

2Y,

4807A
4807A
4 807A
4 808A

14'A
l 4'A
14'A
14'A

2'A
3\4
3 \4
3\4

2V2
2'A
2 3A
2'A

20C 20207
20C 202 15
20C 24215

20C 202078 20C 20207A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16 11 5A

20C 20215 8 20C 202 15A 20T 16 11 5 8 20T 1611 5A
20C 24 2 15 8 20C 24215A 20T 16 11 58 20T 161 15A

48078
4807 8
48078

4807A 22 16 . . . . 14'A
4807A 22 16Y,
. 14'A
4807A 22 l6Y2 . . . . 14 2A

2'A
3\4
3\4

2y,
2'A
2'A

200 20207
200 202 15
200242 15

200 20207 8 200 20207A 20T 161 158 20T 16115A 48078
200 202 158 200 20215A 20T 161158 20T 16115A 48078
200 24 2 15 8 200 24215A 20T 16 11 58 20T l 61 15A 48078

4807A 22 16 l 4'A 14'A

4807A 22 16Y, 14'A 14'A
4 807A 22 l 6Y2 14'A 14'A

2 2A
3\4
3\4

2y,
2'A
2'A

.. ..
...

. . . . ..
.... ...

..
..

2\4
2\4

I V2
I V2

7Y,
9

7\4

4'A

ay,

5'A 24 2 ~

..

JI ~

2\4
2\4

1V2
1y,

7V1
9

7\4
8 Y2

4'A 20 2 ~ 16 "~
5 3A 24 2 ~ 16 1 ~

1' ~

16124

2\4
2\4

1 y,
1 Y2

7 Y2

7\4

4'A 20 2 ~

ay,

5'A 24 2'tl.

. . . . . "~
.. . . . . 1' ~

16 24
16 24

2\4
2\4

1 V2
1y,

7 V1
9

7 1A
8Y2

2\4
2y,

7 V2

7\4

4 3A 20 2 ~.

2Y,

I V2
1 Ya
1 Ya

9
9

av,
ay,

5'A 20 2'tl.
5'A 24 2 i-1.

1Y2
I V2
I Y2
1 Y2

2\4
2\4
2\4
2Y,

1Y2
1v,
I Y2
1 Ya

7y,
9
9
9

7\4

BY,

4'A 20 2 ~ 16 l' tl. 1 'ti.

5'A 20 21 tl. 16 l' tl. 1 'ti.
5'A 24 2'tl. 16 l 1y,. 1 1~
5'A 24 2' tl. 16 1' ~ 2J.1.

1624
16 24
1624
1624

. . . . .. ..
. . . . . . ...
.... . . . . .

2\4
2\4
2\4

I V2
1v,
1y,

7 V2

7\4
8Y2

5'A 20 2 1~

16124
16 24

ay,

5 3A

. .. . .. l'tl.
. . . . . . "~
24 2 ~ . . . ... 1' ~

16,24

1y,
1V2
1y,

2\4
2\4
2\4

I V2
1V2
1 y,

7 y,
9
9

7\4

4 'A 20 2 ~ 16 1' ti.

" ~ 1624
5'A 20 2 ~ 16 1' ~ 1 ~ 1624
5'A 24 2 ~ 16 1 ~ l' M. 1624

2\4
2\4

I V2
1v,

... .....
. . . .. . . . . .
2\4
2\4

l V2
1y,

202 ~

4'A 20 n~. 16

1 ~

"~

"~

16124
16124
16 24

l't\, 1 6 24

5'A 24 2i-1, 16 Jl t, "~ 16 24

20 inch w id e belt
20A 20207
20A 202 15
20A24215
208
208
208
208

20A 202078 20A 20207A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16115A

20A.202 158 20A 202 15A 20T 16203 8 20T 16203A
20A 242 158 20A 24215A 20T 162038 20T 16203A

20207 208
20215 208
24215- 1 208
24215-2 208

202078 208 20207A 20T 1611 5 8 20T 16 11 5A 48078

202158 20 8 202 15A 20T 16 11 58 20T 16 11 5A 48078
24 2158 208 24215A 20T 161158 20T l 6 11 5A 48078
242 158 208242 15A 20T 16203 8 20T 16203A 48088

22 16 14'A
22 l 6 Y2 14'A
22 l 6Y2 14'A
22 l6Y2 14'A

..

Hove dimensions certified lor installation purposes.

lncludes heod sha lt, ste el pulley, logged lor LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2-1 500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks.
fer BPS ond LPS drives. olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Babbitted
beoringS: Series 2-1200 pillow blocks with collars. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.

2 2A
2'A

. . . . .. . ..

... .. . . . . .
. .. .. . . . . .
2\4
2\4
2\4
2\4

2\4
2\4
2\4

9
9

av,
ay,

av,
ay,

4 3A 20

2~

. . . ' . l'tl.
. ... . . 2J,1,

.... ..

16 24
1624
2J.1. 1624

lncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beorings: Series OS-62800 tokeups with
collors. Ball beorings: Series TDS 200 tokeups.
o Grovity tokeups recommended lor conveyors with centers over 100 leet or l or conveyors
requiring more thon 60 per cent ol the moximum roted horsepowe r.
6 Series 4800 tokeups.

,,e;
1

CD

.."....
-
CD
CD

a.
CD

51

:a
a

;s:;::::r
Q)

:::>

c..

:::>
O'Q

,..
.,.CD
1

SEE IDLER SELECTED

HEAD
PUL LEY

t:F

o
o

+
3o l'HJ~''-sNUB PULLEY
k
WHEN REQUIRED

a.

Fig. 4662

He ad
termina l number
8abbitted
bearing

CD

TAKEUP PULLEY

CD

HEAD PULLEY

Terminal
group
number

8all and
roller
bearing

SNUB PULLEY ANO

SCREW TYPE TAKEUP

Screw t akeup
1

8all
bearing

Takeup termina l number O

8abbitted
bearing

..-"
....
a
-
.,.
CD
CD

Head shaft 1 Snub shaft rc rew takeup 8abG ravity takeupL',

A Head 1Snub \Screw
take- BabBabBabbitted Roll ~r
shaft shaft
bitted 1 Roller bitted / Ball
bitted / Ball
up beoring beanng beo ring beo nng beoring beormg bearing bearong
8abbittedl Roller
bearing 1bearing

F G

:::1

H SnublScrew L M
shaft takeup

INCHES

24 inch w ide belt

.
.
.

16'.4
16'.4
16'.4

2'.4
3l4
3l4

2'12
2'.4
2'.4

..... . ....
..... . ....
. .... . . .. .

2l4
2'12
2'.4

1 '12
1%
1'.4

7 '12
9
9

7l4
8 '12
8'12

4~ 20 2 ~
5'.4 20 21~
5 '.4 20 21 ~

. ... ..
. .....

21-1. 16 24
2~ 16 30

....

16'.4
16'.4

3l4
3'.4

2*
3

. . . .. . . .. .
. .... . . . ..

2 '12
2*

1 o/1

1'!4

9
10'12

8 '12
9V.

5'.4 24 21 ~
6'.4 24 3 ~

. .....
- - ....

21-1. 16 2 4
2 ~ 16 30

248 202078 248 20207A 24T 161158 24T 16 11 5A 48118

248 20215-1 248 2021 58 248 202 15A 24T 161158 24T16115A 48118
248 20215-2 248 202158 248 202 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128

4 8 11 A 26 18 16'.4 16'.4
4 8 11 A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4
4812A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4

2'.4
3 l4
3l4

2'12
2'.4
2'.4

2l4
2l4
2l4

l '12
1 '12
1 '12

2l4
2l4
2 '12

l '12
l V.
1%

7V.
9
9

7l4
8 '12
8 '12

4'.4 20 2 ~ 16 1' ~ 1 1~ 16 24
5'.4 20 2 1~ 16 1'7W 1'7W 16 24
5'.4 20 2 1~, 16 1'7\o 21-1. 16 24

248 242158 248 242 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128
248 243078 248 24307A 24T 162078 24T 16207A 48138

48 12A 26 l 8 '12 16'.4 16'.4

4 813A 26 19 16'.4 16'.4

3l4
3'.4

2'.4
3

2l4
2l4

1 '12
l '12

2 '12
2'.4

1%
1 '.4

9
10'12

8 '12
9 '12

5'.4 24 2 171, 16 1171. 21-1. 16 24

6'.4 24 3 ~. 16 ll J.16 2 ~ 16 30

24C 202078 24C 20207A 2 4T 161158 24T 16115A 48118

24C 202 15-1 24C 202158 24C 202 15A 24T 161 1 58 24T 16 115A 48 118
24C 202 15-2 24C 202158 24C 20215A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128

481 l A 26 18 ...
4 8 1 lA 26 l 8 '12 ...
4812A 26 l 8 '12 ...

16'.4
16'.4
16'.4

2'.4
3l4
3 l4

2'12
2'.4
2'.4

. .. .. . . . . .
. .. .. . . . ..
.. .. . . . . . .

2l4
2l4
2'12

1 '12
1 '12
1%

7V.
9
9

7l4
8 '12
8 '12

4'.4 20 2 ~.
5'.4 20 2' 1'1.
5'.4 20 2 1~

24C 242 1 5-1 24C242 158 24C 24215A 24T 161158 24T 16115A 48118
24C 24215-2 24C 242158 24C24215A 24T 162038 24T 162 03A 48 1 28
24C 24307 24C 243078 24C 24307A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128

481 l A 26 l 8 '12 .... 16'.4

48 12A 26 l 8 '12 ... . 16'.4
4812A 26 19 ... . 16'.4

3 l4
3l4
3'.4

2'.4
2'.4
3

. . ... . . . ..
.. ... . . ...
..... . . . ..

2l4
2'12
2 V.

1 '12
1%
1%

9
9
10'12

8 '12
8 '12
9 '12

5'.4 24
5'.4 24
6 '.4 24

481 l A
48 1 l A
48 11 A
4812A

2'.4
3l4
3l4
3'.4

2'12
2'.4
2'.4
3

2l4
2 l4
2l4
2'12

1'12
1'12
1
1'/1

7'12
9
9
10'12

7l4
8 '12
8 '12
9 '12

4'.4
5'.4
5'.4
6'.4

24A 20207 24A202078 24A 20207A 24T 161158 24T 16115A 48118
24A 20215-1 24A 202158 24A 202 15A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128
2 4A 20215-2 24A 202158 24A 20215A 24T 162078 2 4T 16207A 48138

24A24215
24A 24307

24A 242158 24A 24215A 24T 162038 24T 16203A 48128

24A 243078 24A 24307A 24T 162078 2 4T1 6207A 4 8138

2 48 20207

248 24 2 15
248 24307

24 C 20207

"

240 20207
240 20215
240 24215
240 24307

tD

rn
r
-1

240 202078 240 20207A 24T 1611 58 24T 16115A

240 202158 240 20215A 24T 161158 24T 1611 5A
24 0242 15 8 24024215A 24T 161158 24T 1611 5A
2 4 0 243078 240 24307A 24T 162038 24T 16203A

48118
48118
48118
48128

481 lA 26 18 ...
4812A 26 18 '12 ...
4813A 26 1 8 '12 ...
4812A 26 18'12
4813A 26 19

26 1 8
26 1 8 '12
26, 18 '12
261 19

....

.
.

16'.4
16'.4
16 '.4
16'.4

Hove dimensions certified lor installation purposes.

lncludes head sholt, sleel pulley, logged lor LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2-1500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks.
For BPS ond LPS drives, olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Babbitted
beorings: Series 2-1200 pillow blocks with collors. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.

16'.4
16 3.4
16'.4
16'.4

2l4
2l4
2 l4
2l4

l V.
1'12
1'12
1'12

v.

21 ~
21 ~

3~

20 2~
20 21 ~
2 4 2'~
24 3~

. .... . 1'~ 116 24

- . . ... l lJ.16 16 24
. ..... 1171. 16 24

. . ....

2!-i. 16 24

. .... .
. .....

111'1. 16 24
2!-i. 16 24
21-1. 16 24

. .....

16
16
16
16

1' ~ 1' ~
1'~
1'~
1'~

16 2 4
1'!-i. 16124
11 ~ 1624
2!-i. 162 4

lncludes sholt, sleel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Babbitted beo rings: Series DS-82800 tokeups with
collors. Boll beorings: Series TOS 200 tokeups.
o Grovily tokeups recommended lor conveyors wilh centers o ve r 100 feet or for conveyors
requiring more tho n 60 per cent ol the moximum roled horsepower.
6 Series 4800 tokeups.

cr e-

:;

ID

e::

o"
:::s
<

'::<:"

.,o

"(

..

::r

o.>

::J

c..

::J
OQ

:;-

"'

."o

rpuj_fl

Q)

FACE

rn

jQ0c

HEAD PULLEY

"
al

-i

Terminal
graup
number

"<
R

o
o

...
~

SNUB PULLEY
WHEN REQUIRED
Fig. 4662

Takeup terminal number o

Head
terminal number
8abbitted
bearing

HEAD
PULLEY

=
<

r SEE IDLER SELECTED

8all and
raller
bearing

Screw takeup
8abbitted
bearing

8all and
raller
1 bearing

SNUB PULLEY AND

SCREW TYPE T AKEUP

Gravity takeup /::,.

8abbittedl Raller
bearing bearing

---

1
1Screw Hea d shaft 1 Snub sha ft 1Screw takeup 8ab- 1
Head Snub ta ke- Bab
R
Bab
s;;;:- Ball and bitted Rall~ r
11
8 11
shaft sha ft up
bitted
lbearin
1
bearing beanng

lbe~rf~O beanng
bitt~d
beonng

bitt~d roll~r
O beonng beonng

Snu b 1Screw
take- l
shaft up

INCHES

30 inch wlde belt

30A 20215- 1 30A 202158 30A 20215A 30T 162038 30T 16203A
30A 202 15-2 30A 202158 30A 20215A 30T16207830T16207A
30A 20307 30A 203078 30A 20307A 30T 162 158 30T 16215A

48198
4B208
4B218

1
4 B19A 32 21 y,
4B20A 32 2 1 y,
4B21A 32 22

19>;.
19:Y.
20Y,

3 y,
3 y.
3 Y.

2>;.
2>;.
3

. . . .. . . . . .
. ... . .....
. . . . . .....

2:y,
3 y,

1%
1 :y,
2:Y.

9
9
l OY,

30A24215
30A 24307
30A 24315

30A 242158 30A24215A 30T 162078 30T 16207A

30A 243078 30A 24307A 30T 162158 30T 16215A
30A 2431 58 30A 24315A 30T 202 15 8 30T 20215A

4B208
4B218
4B258

19>;.
4B20A 32 1 21Y,
4B21A 32 22 . . . 20Y,
4B25A 32 22 Y, ... . 20Y,

3Y.
3>;.
4 y.

2Y.
3
3 y,

. . . .. . . . . .
. ... . . . . . .
. . . . . .....

2>;.
3 Y.
3 y,

1>;.
2>;.
2 >;.

9
l OY,
12

308
308
308
308

308
308
308
308

30T1 6203A
30T 16207A
30T 16203A
30T 16207A

4B198
4B208
4819B
4B2 08

4B 19A
4B20A
4B19A
4B20A

2 1 y,
22
2 1 y,
22

19>;.
19 >;.
19>;.
19 :Y.

3 y.
3>;.
3 y.
3:Y.

2Y.
3
2Y.
3

2 Y,
2 y,
2 v.
2 y,

1 y,
1 y,
1 y,
1 y,

2 y,
2:y, .
2 Y2
2:Y.

1y,
p.
l :Y1
1%

9
1OY,
9
1OY,

308 243 15
308 30307
308 303 15

308 2431 58 308 24315A 30T 162158 30T 16215A

308 303078 308 30307A 30T 162078 30T 16207A
308 303158 308 30315A 30T 16215 8 30T 16215A

4B218
4B208
48218

4B21A 32 22 y, 19:Y. 20Y,

19>;. 19%
4B20A 32 22
4821A 32 22 y, 19:y, 20Y2

4 y.
3 >;.

4y,

3y,
3
3y,

2/,
2y,
2 v.

1 y,
1 y,
1 y,

3 y.
2:Y.
3 y.

2%
l :y,
2%

12
l OY,
12

30C 20215
30C 20307

30C 202158 30C 20215A 30T 162038 30T 16203A

30C 203078 30C 20307A 30T 162078 30T 16207A

48198
48208

4B19A 32 , 21 y, "
4820A 32 22
"

19%
19>/,

3y,
3 Y.

2%
3

. . . .. . . . ..
. ... . . . . ..

2Y,
2:y,

1%
1%

9
l OY,

BY,

9 Y,

5 :Y. 20 2",io
6 % 20 3 1 1.

. ...
. ...

30C 24215
30C 24307
30C24315

30C 242158 30C 24215A 30T 1 62038 30T 16203A

30C24307830C24307A 30T16207,30T16207A
30C 243158 30C 24315A 30Tl62078 30T16207A

4B198
48208
4 8208

4B19A 3221Y, ..
4B20A 32 22
..
4B20A 32 22Y, . .

19>;.
19:y,
19:Y.

3 y.
3 Y.

2>;.
3

1%
1 y.
1 y.

9
lO Y,
12

5:Y. 24 2''A.

..

9 Y,

3y,

2Y,
2Y.
2>;.

BY,

4y,

. . .. . . . . . .
... . .
. . . . . .....
.. .. . 1

6 % 24 3 ~
7 % 24 3"1.

300 20215-1
300 20215-2
300 20307
300 24215

300 2021 58 300 202 1 5A

300 2021 58 300 2021 5A
30020307830020307A
300 242158 300 242 15A

30T
30T
30T
30T

16115A
16203A
16203A
16203A

48188
48 198
48198
4B l 98

4818A
4819A
4819A
4819A

32
32
32
32

3Y.

3 y,

2 :Y.
2:y,
3
2 >;.

2 Y,
2Y.
2 Y,
2 y,

1 y,
117
1 y,
1 y,

2Y.
2Y,
217
2Y,

1 y,
1%
1%
1%

9
9
1OY,
9

300 24307
300 2431 5
300 30307
300 30315

300 2430781300 24307A

300 24315 8 300 2431 5A
30030307830030307A
300 303 l 5 8 300 303 15A

30T16203830T1 6203A
30T16207830T16207A
30T 162038 30T 16203A
30T 162038 30T l 6203AI

4B198
4B208
48198
4 8198

4Bl9A
4820A
4819A
4819A

32 22 19:Y. 19>;.
32 22Y, l 9:Y. 19>;.
32 22
l 9 :Y. 19>;.
32 , 22 Y2 19% 19>;.

3%

3 y,

2 y,
2 y,
2 y,
2y,

l y,
l y,
l y,
117

2Y,
2:Y.
2Y,
2y,

l :Y1

4 y,
3 y,

l OY,
12
lO Y,
12

20215
20307
242 1 5
24307-1

202158
203078
24 215 8
243078

308 20215A
308 20307A
30B24215A
308 24307A

30T1 6203 8
30T 162078
30T 162038
30T 162078

161158 30T
162038 30T
162038 30T
162038130T

32
32
32
32

21 y,
21 y,
22
21 y,

.. . .

... .
.. . .

19:Y.
19:y,
19:Y.
19:y,

19'!.
19:Y.
19>;.
19:Y.

19>;.
19%
19%
19 >;.

3 Y.

3 Y.

4 y.

3
31,
1

2Y,

P;.
1y,
1y,

BY,
BY,

5Y. 20 2''A.
5Y. 20 2",io

9y,

6 >;. 20 3 ~

By,

5 Y. 24 2",io

. . . . ..

. . . ...
. . . .. .

. . . . ..
3 ~ . . ...

2"'6
2~
2 s,~.

16 124
16 30
16 30

7 Y. 2 4 3"11.

2~
16130
2"11.
21s,,14 20 30

BY,

5Y. 20, 2 15/,. 16 l "A

2 ~"

9Y,

6:Y. 20 3 1\, 16 l "A 2 ~

5 :Y. 24 2"A 16 l "A 2';1.
6>;. 24 3 11.. 16 1"11. 211..

9Y,
11

BY,

9Y,
11

9 y,
11

11

6 >;. 124

16
16
16
16

24
30
24
30

7 y, 24 3",io 16 115,io 2 u1i, 16 30

6 :Y. 30 3't i.

16 l"A 2M.

16 30

7 '!. 30 3",io 16 l"A 2"11. 16 30

2 ~..

211..
2~ ..

21,.
2 7 14

16 24
116 30
16 24
16 30
16 30

BY,
BY,

5 :y, 20. 2"ti. 16 Jl'A. 1"116 16 24

5 >;. 20 2u,. 16 1"1. 2J, ,. 16 24

9Y,

6 :Y. 20

16

11 ~

2 ,.

9y,

5 y, 24 12'S,i. 16

11 ~,.

2 ~1.

9Y,
11

9Y,
11

6 >;. 24

3~

3~

16 l " ti. 2';1.

'T'"

16 l "ti. 2 1\.
7 '!.
6 Y. 30 3M. 16 l "ti. 2'11.
7 '!. 30 3"ti. 16 l "A 2v,,

16 24
16 24
16 24
16 30
16 24
16 124

O"

e:

;:s:;::::r
C
::::J

o..

::::J
OQ

Terminal
group
number

Heod
terminal number
8obbitted
beoring
1

8011 ond
roller
beoring

Tokeup termina l number o

Screw t okeup
8obbitted 1
b eoring

8011 ond
roller
beoring

Grovity t okeup LI.

8obbittedl Roller
beoring beoring

Heod shoft 1 Snub shofl

A Heod Snub Screw
toke- Bab
R
Ba b
B
11
11
shoftshoft up
b;tted lb
b;tted l b .
beoring

~r

eonng beoring

...CD,,

.,.

1Screw tokeup

8obBab- Ba ll a nd bitted
Roller
b;u ed 1 roller beoring beoring

earing beoring beoring

toke- l
SnubI Screw
sho ft up

INCHES

36A 20215 36A 202158 36A 20215A 36T 202078136T 20207 A

36A 20307-1 36A 203078 36A 20307A 36T20207836T20207A
36A 20307-2 36A 203078 36A 20307A 36T202158 36T 20215A

4B338
4B338
4B348

4B 33A 3B 24Y,
4B33A 3B 25
4B34A 38 25

... .

36A 24307-1 36A 243078 36A 24307A 36T 202078 36T 20207 A
36A 24307-2 36A 243078 36A 24307A 36T 202 158 36T 20215A
36A24315 36A 243158 36A 24315A 36T 202 158 36T 20215A

4B338
4B348
4B348

4B33A 3B 25
4B34A 3B 25
4B34A 3B 25Y,

.. . .
.. ..
.. . .

36 8 20215 368 202158 368 20215A 36T 202038 36T 20203A

368 20307-1 368 203078 368 20307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A
368 20307-2 368 203078 368 20307A 36T 202158 36T20215A

r.

"
OJ

m
r
-1

23 Y,
23 y,
. . 23 y,

. . . .. . . . . . 2:Y.
... . . . . . . . 2'1.
..... . . . . . 3 V.

3 Y
3 :Y.
3 :Y.

2:Y.
3
3

23 y,
23 y,
23 y,

3 :Y.
3 :Y.

3
3
3 \1.

4B328
4 B338
4B 348

4B32A 3B 24Y, 23 Y, 23 Y,
4B33A 3B 25 23% 23Y,
4B34A 3B 25 23 Y, 23 Y,

3
3 :Y.
3 :Y.

2 :Y.
3
3

2 \1.
2 \1.

1 y,
1 y,
1 y,

368 24307-1 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A
368 24307-2 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202158 36T 20215A
368 24307 368 243078 368 24307A 36T 202158 36T 20215A

4B338
4B348
4B348

4B33A 3B 25 23Y, 23Y,

4B34A 3B 25 23 Y, 23 Y,
4B34A 3B 25 Y, 23 Y, 23 y,

3 :Y.
3 :Y.
4 Y.

3
3
3 \1.

2 V.
2 \1.
2:Y.

1 y,
1 y,
l :Y.

368 303158 368 30315A 36T202158 36T 20215A

368 304078 368 30407A 36T 203078 36T 20307A
368 364078 368 36407A 36T 202158 36T 20215A

4 B34B
4B358
4B348

4B34A 3B 25Y, 23 Y, 23 y,
4B35A 3B 26 23 Y, 23 Y,
4B34A 3B 26 23 Y, 23 y,

4
4 :Y.
4 :Y.

v.

3V.

2:Y.
3 y,

l :Y.
2
l :Y.

36C 20215 36C 202158 36C 20215A 36T 202038 36T 20203A
36C 20307-1 36C 203078 36C 20307 A 36T 20203 8 36T 20203A
36C 20307-2 36C 203078 36C 20307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A

4B328
4B328
48338

4832A 38 24\12
4B32A 38 25
4833A 38 25

.. .
.. .
.. .

23 Y,
23 y,
23 y,

3 V.
3 :Y.
3 :Y.

2>;.
3
3

. . . . . . . . ..

36C 24307-1 36C 243078 36C 24307A 36T 20203 8 36T 20203A
36C 24307-2 36C 243078 36C 24 307A 36T 202078 36T 20207A
36C24315 36C 243158 36C 24315A 36T 202158 36T20215A

48328
48338
48348

4B32A 38 25
4833A 3B 25
4834A 38 25 Y,

.. . .

.. . .
.. . .

23 Y,
23 y,
23 y,

3 :Y.
3 :Y.
4 V.

3
3
3 y,

..... . . . . .
..... . . . . .

36T 20203A
36T 20203A
36T 20203A
36T 20207A

48328
4B328
4B328
48338

4B32A
4B32A
4B32A
4833A

38
3B
3B
38

24 y,
25
25
25 Y.

23 Y,
23 Y2
23 Y,
23 Y,

23 y,
23 y,
23 y,
23 Y,

3 V.
3:Y.
3:Y.
4 \1

2'!.
3
3
3 v.

2
2V.
2 V.
2 V.

36T 202038 36T 20203A

36T20207836T20207A
36T20215 , 36T20215A
36T20207836T20 207A

48328
48338
48348
48338

4832A
4833A
4834A
4833A

38
3B
3B
38

25Y, 23 y,
25 Y, 23 Y,
26 23Y> l
26 23 y,

23 Y,
23 Y,

3 y.
3
4
4 v.

2 :Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.
2:y.

360 20215
360 20307
360 24307
360 24315

360
360
360
360

202158
203078
243078
243158

CD
CD

.....
CD

36 inch wide belt

368 303 15
368 30407
368 36407

-.."

360
360
360
360

20215A
20307A
24307A
2431 5 A

360 30315- 1 360 303158 360 30315A

360 30315-2 360 303158 360 30315A
360 30407 360 304078 360 30407A
360 36407 360 364078,360 36407A

36T 202038
36T 202038
36T 202038
36T 202078

.. .

..

23Y,
23 y,

4 Y

v.

4 y.
4 y.
4:Y.
4:Y.

v.

4
4 v.

v.
v.

. . . . . .. . ..

. . . . . . ....
. . . . . . ... .
2v.

2:Y.

3 \1.

2'!.
1'14
2:Y.
2>,4

lO Y2
1OY,
12

BY>
9Y>
9 Y,

5 :Y. 20 2"~
6:Y. 20 3 ~
6:Y. 20 3 ~..

9 Y,
9Y,

6:Y. 24 3 ~
6:Y. 24 3 ~
7'!. 24 3"116

11

. . . . ..
. . . . ..

2~

. . . ...

20 30
20 30
2''11. 20 30

. . . . ..
. . . ...
. . . ...

2 ~. 20 30
2u;1, 20 30
2"116 20 30

2~

1 y,

B y,

5:Y. 20 2"116 16 1"116 2';1. 20 24

1'!.
2'/

10 Y>
lO Y,

9 Y>
9 Y>

6:Y. 20 3 ~
6 :Y. 20 3 ~

l :Y.
2'!.
2'1.

lO Y,
lO Y,
12

9 Y,
9 Y>
11

6:Y. 24 3 ~ 16 1"116 2 ~ 20 30
6 :Y. 24 3 ~ 16 1"116 2 1s1" 20 30
7 :Y. 24 3"'" 16 2~.. 2 15116 20 30

3 y.

2:Y.
2'1a
2:Y.

12
13 Y,
13 y,

11
13 y,
13 y,

7:Y. 30 3 1~" 16 2 ~ 21'16 20 30

B:v. 30 4 ~ 16 2"116
20 30
B:v. 36 4 ~ 16 2~ 2''A. 20 30

2Y,
2 Y,
2:Y.

1Ya
1Ya
1'14

B y,

l OY,
10 %

9 Y>
9 Y>

2 Y,
2%
3

1Ya
1%
2%

10 Y>
lOY,
12

9 Y,
9 Y,

1 y,
1 \12
1 y,
1 y,

2 Y,
2 \12
2 \12
2:Y.

1 y,
1 y,
1 y,

1%
1'I
1:y.
1',4

2 Y>
2:Y.
3
2'!.

. ... . . . . . .

. . . . . . ....

..... .....

v.

2 :Y.

3V.

9
1OY>
1Oy,

l:Y.
1'l.

a.

2 Y,
2 :Y.

3 \1
2 :Y.
3 y.

3 V.
3 \1.
3:Y.

v.

v.

11

8 y,

9 y,
9 Y>

1'!.

lO Y,
lO Y,
12

11

1%
1 :y,
2:Y.
l :Y.

12
12
13 y,
13 y,

11
11
13 y,
13 y,

16 l''A. 2 ~ 20 30
16 1"116 2"116 20 30

CD

a-
:1

.a,.

5 :Y. 20 2"1.
6 >,4 20 3 ~..
6 :Y. 20 3 ~

. . ....
. . . ...
.. . . ..

2'/\6 20124
2';1. 20 24
2 ~ 20 30

6 :Y. 24 3 ~
6 ;. 24 3 ~.
7 % 24 3 15116

. . . . ..

2'116

5%
6 ;.
6 ;.
7%

20
20
24
24

. . . .. .
. . . ...

2 15116 16
3~ 16
3 ~ 16
3u,. 16

1"116
l''A.
1"116
1"116

7 % 30 JU/'6 16 2~
7:Y. 30 3 1~'16 16 2~

2~

B:Y. 30 14 ',. 11 6 l
8 :v. 36 4 ~ 16 2~

20 24
20 30
2u;1, 20 30
2~

2;1,
2';1,
2';1.

20 24
20 24
20 24

2~

20 130

2';1.

20
20
2 15116 20
2~ 20
2~

24
30
30
30

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

l ncludes heod shoft, steel pulley, logged fo r LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2- 1500 pillow blocks wilh collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks for
sho fts wilh diomclers through 3y.: ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for shofts with diometers
over 3v.:.
For BPS ond L PS drives, olso includes snub sholt, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbilled
beorings: Series 2- 1200 pillow blocks wil h collors. Bol l beorings: Series 200 p illow blocks.

lncludes sholt, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beorings: Series OS-82800 tokeups w ith
collors. Boll ond roller beorings: Series TOS 200 lokeups for shofts wilh diometers thru 2'ii;
ond Series OS 3-400A tokeups fo r shofls with diometers over 21-;.".
LI. Series 4800 lokeup.
o Grovily tokeups recommended for conveyors wilh centers over 100 feet or far conveyors
requiring more !han 60 per ce nt of the moximum ro ted horsepower.
'(( Shofl 3'ii," diometer i n p ulley ond 2Y.6" diometer in beoring.

cr e-

:;

"

e::

";:,o

;:s::-

<

"o.,

:::J

'<

...

=r

c..
:::J
OQ

fT

e-

";:<::'"

!.
APPROX .

- 6

~L1f1

~~1e
jo s s L

"
al

lT1

+
L= F -

Tokeup terminal number O

Heod
Terminal
group
number

termin a l number

8abbitted
bearing

- L

"

8011 ond
r oller
bearing

Screw tokeup
8abbitted
bearing

8011 ond
raller
beoring

18abbittedl Raller
bearing bearing

C!>

.,o

~-'

"'

--i

j \-'--" /

~
1(

[)

Heod shoft
A Heod 1Snub 1 Screw
to ke- Bob- R
shoft shoft up
b;tted l b 0 11
be oring

~r
eanng

Snub shoft
Bob
B
b;tted lb 0 11.

b eoring

1Screw tokeup

8ob- 1
Bob Boll ond bitted Roller
bated 1 roller bearing beo ring

6%
7'1
6%
7%

20
20
24
24

3 l.
3 15116
3J,
3 15116

1 Screw L
Snub to keshoft up

ea nng beor in q b eoring

INCHES

42 inch wide belt

42A 20307
42A20315
42A 24307
4 2A 2 4 315

...

2%
3 \4
3 \4
3 1.

1%
2 :Y.
2%
2 :Y.

1OY,
12
1OY,
12

2 3/4

3 y.

1%
2%

2%

P;.

l OY,
12
l OY,

1\11
l v.
1%

3 \4
3 \4
3 y.

2%
2%
2%

l OY,
12
12

2
2
2

3 \4
3 \4
3 \4

2%
2 .

2V.

13 y,
13 y,
15

. . . . . . . . . . 2V.
. . . .. . . . . . 3 y.
... . . . . . . . 2 %
. . . . . . . . . . 3 y.

p .
2 3/ 4
1:y.
2:y.

l OY,
12
lOY2
12

48428
48438
48438
48448

4842A
4843A
4843A
4844A

26 Y,
26 Y2
26 Y2
26 Y,

3%
4 \4
3 '.4
4 11.

428 20307 428 203078 428 20307A 42T 202 078 42T 20207A
428 20315 4 28 203158 428 20315A 42T 202158 42T 202 l 5A
4 2 8 24307-1 428 243078 428 24307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A

48428
48438
48428

4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y,
4843A 44 28 Y226 Y, 26 Y,
4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y,

3%
4 y.
3%

3
3\4
3

2Y2
2 Y2
2 y,

l \11
1\11
l lfo

428 24307-2 428 243078 42 8 24307A 42T 202158 42T 20215A

428 24315 4 28 243158 428 24315A 42T 203078 42T 20307A
428 30315 428 303158 428 303 l 5A 42T 202158 4 2T 20215A

48438
48448
48438

4843A 44 28 26Y, 26 Y,
4844 A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y,
4843A 44 28 Y, 26Y, 26 Y,

3%
4 \4
4 \4

3
3 Y
3 \4

2Y,
2%
2V.

428 30407
428 36407
428 364 15

428 304078 428 30407A 42T 203078 42T 20307A

428 364078 428 36407A 42T 203078 42T 20307A
428 364158 428 364 l 5A 42T 243078 42T 24307A

48448
48448
48468

4844A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y,
4844A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y,
484 6A 44 29 y, 26 Y, 26 Y,

4%
4%
5\4

4 \4
4 \4
4

3 \4

42C
42C
4 2C
42C

42C
42C
42C
42C

42T 202078 42T 20207A

42T 202158 42T 20215A
42T 202078 42T 20207A
42T 20215 8 42T 202 l 5A

48428
48438
48428
48438

4 84 2A
4 84 3A
4842A
4843A

26 Y,
26 Y,
26 Y,
26 Y,

3 >.

3
3 \4
3
3 \4

420 203078 420 20307A 42T 202078 42T 20207A

420 203 15 8 420 20315A 42T 202078 42T 20207A
420 24 3078 420 24 307A 42T 202078 42T 20207 A

48428
48428
48428

4842A 44 28 y, 26 Y, 26 Y,
4842A 44 28 Y2 26Y, 26 Y,
4842A 44 28 26 Y, 26 Y,

3%
4 \4
3:Y.

420 2431 5-1 420 2431 58 420 2431 5A 4 2T 202158 4 2T 20215A

420 24315-2 420 24 3158 420 243 15A 4 2T 202078 4 2T 20207A
4 20 30315 4 20 303158 420 303 15A 4 2T 202078 42T 20207A

48438
4 842 8
484 28

4843A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y,
4842A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26Y,
4842A 44 28 Y, 26 Y, 26 Y,

4 \4
4 \4
4 \4

420 20307
420 20315
4 20 24 307

203078
203 158
243078
243158

42C
42C
42C
42C

20307A
20315A
24307A
24 315A

44
44
44
44

28
. . ..
28 y, . . . .
28
. ..
28 y, . ..

42T 20207A
42T 20215A
42T20215A
42T 20307A

20307
203 15
24 307
24 3 15

42A 203078 42A 20307A 42T 202078

42A 2031 58 42A 20315A 42T 202158
42A 243078 42A 24307A 42T 202158
42A 243158 42A 243 l 5A 42T 203078

44
44
44
44

28
.. .
28 y, . . . .
28
.. ..
28 y, . . .

420 304078 420 30407A 4 2T 20215 8 42T 202 15A 4843 8 4 843A 44 29 26 Y, 26Y,
420 364078 420 36407A 42T 202 158 42T 202 l 5A 48438 4 843A 441 29 26 Y, 26 Y,
420 364158 420 364 15A 42T 203078 42T 20307A 4 8448 4844A 44 29 Y, 26 Y, 26Y,

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

.... lncludes heod shoft. steel pulley, logged for L P ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
bearings: Series 2- 1500 pil low blo cks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks
o
for shofts with diometers thru 3Y,{ ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for shofts w1th diometers
over 31y1{ .
:,.
For BPS and LPS drives, olso includes snub shoft, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
"(:(
beorings: Ser;es 2- 1200 pillow blocks with collo rS. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.

42 0 30407
420 36407
420 36415

4 Y.
3%

4 y.

3 Y
3

3 y.

. . .. . . .

. . ... . . . . .
. .. . . . . . ..
. . . . . . . .. .

3 y.
3 y.

9 y,
11

9 y,
11

2 y,.

20 30
2"/i 20 30
2 v., 20 30

6 :Y. 24 3l. 16 2%
7 % 24 31511. 16 2l,
7 V. 30 315116 16 2y,.

2~

11
11
13
13
14

8 % 30 4 l, 16
8 % 36 4 1. 16
9 % 36 4"/i 16

11

9 Y,
9 Y,

9Y,
11

9Y,
11

2:y.
2:y.
2%

1:y.
1%
1%

l ov,
12
lO Y,

11

l lfo
llfo
l\11

3\4
3 \4

2Y,
2Y,

3 Y.

2Y,

1 \11
1\11
1 y,

3 Y.
2:y.
2%

2V.
1%
1%

12
12
12

11
11
11

3 y.

2l. 20130
2"11 20 .30
2"11. 20 30
20 30

6:Y. 20 3Y" 16 2%
7 % 20 3 15116 16 211.
6% 24 3l. 16 2Y,,

9Y,

2 Y,
2y,
2Y,

..
. . ..
. . ...
. . .. .

9 Y,
9 Y,

2 ~

2 ~
2~

....

2 ~.

20 30
20 30
20 30

*
*
*

20 30
20 30
24 30

2 l.

20 30

6:Y. 20 3l. . .
7% 20 3"1i6 . . . . ..
6 :Y. 24 3l. . . ....
7 V. 24 3"/i . . ....

2 y.. 20 30
2 1511, 20 30

6% 20 3l. 16 2'116
7% 20 3 1511. 16 2y,,
6V. 24 3l. 16 2%

2l.
2l.
2l.

7 % 24 3 ~ 16 2:y..

2"/i 20 30
2l. 20 30
2Y" 20 30

7 V. 24 315/16 16 2 ~
7V. 30 3u,. 16 2'11

2 ~ 20 30

20 30
20 30
20 30

13 y,
8 >. 30 4 l, 16 2 l. 2"1i6 20 30
13
4:Y.
2:Y.
1%
3\4
13 y,
13
l :y.
8% 36 4 1. 16 2l 2"/" 20 30
4%
4!4
2:Y.
3\4
20 30
14
4
2
3 y.
15
9 :Y. 36 4"11 16 2 1511
5!4
3 Y
tncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbitted beor;ngs. Series OS-62800 tokeups w 1th
collors. Boll ond rol ler beo rings: Series TDS 200 tokeups for shofts with diometers thru 2v.;
ond Seri es OS 3-400A tokeups for shoft s with d;ometers over 2Va.".
Grovity tokeups recommended for conveyors with centers o ver 100 fe et o r for conveyors
requiring more thon 60 per cent of the moximum ho rsepower.
Series 4800 tokeup.
Shoft 3Va." diometer in pulley ond 2y,." diometer in beoring.

4Y,

2%
2V.
2 :y.

e::

:::r

Q)

:::i

c..

'(

SNUB PULLEY ANO

SCREW TYPE TAKEUP

1 Grovity tokeup 6

<

rrutLEv'I
FACE

Fig. 4662

HEAD PULLEY

-t

_-_?
[__

TAKEUP PULLEY

J''-SNUB PULLEY
H
WHEN REOUIRED

:i

SCREW
AKEUP

- ---

"1

,..--~

HEAD
PULLEY" \

ACE

,.r--'1'

r SEE IDLER SELECTED

1\

..,.
;
-.."
a.
r..
a
CD
1

CD

CD

-
:a

:::i
OQ

,..

A
PULLEY
FACE

HEAD
PULLEY' \

-..."

CI
CI

-B
Fig. 4662

HEAD PULLEY

Terminal
group
number

Heod
terminal number.6.
8obbitted /
beoring

8011 ond
r oller
beoring

Tokeup terminal number o

Screw to keup
8obbitted /
beoring

8011 ond
roller
beoring

8obbittedl Roller
beoring beoring

...

SNUB PULLEY ANO

SCREW TYPE TAKEUP

Grovity tokeup 6

CI
L

Heod shoft 1 Snub shofl

A Heo d 1Snub1Screw
toke Bab R
Bab11
80 11
shoft shofl up
bitted 1b
bltted 1b
beoring

~r
eor mg

beoring

D
1Screw tokeup

8ob 1
Bab Ball and billed Roller
bittod 1 roller beoring beoring

eormg beoring beoring

Snub 1Screw
toke
shofl up

48 lnch wlde belt

CD

rn
r

-1

48A 20307~48A20307A 48T 202158 48T 202 15A

48A 203158 48A 20315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A

48548
48558

4854A 51 31 y,
4855A 51 32

48A 24307
48A 24315
48A 24407

48A 243078 48A 24 307A 48T 203078 48T20307A

48A 243 15 8 48A 24315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A
48A 244078 48A 24407A 48T 243078 4 8T 24307A

485 58
48558
48578

4855A 51 31 y,
4855A 5 1 32
4857A 51 32Y,

488 20307
488 20315
488 24307

488 203078 488 20307A 48T 202158 48T 20215A

488 203158 488 20315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A
488 243078 488 24307A 48T 202 158 48T 20215A

48548
48558
48548

48 8 24315 488 243158 488 24 315A 48T 203078 48T 20307A

488 24407-1 488 244078 488 24407A 48T 243078 48T 24307A
488 24407-2 488 244078 488 24407A 48T 203078 48T 20307A
488
488
488
488

.. ..

30
30

3:y,

30
30
30

3:Y.

4854A 51 31 y, 30
4855A 5 1 32
30
4854A 5 1 31 y, 30

30
30
30

3 :Y.

48 55 8
48578
4 855 8

4855A 5 1 32
30
4857A 51 32 Y, 30
4855A 51 32 Y, 30

30
30
30

. ...
. ...
. . ..
. ...

4 y.
4Y.
4 :Y.

3
3 y,
3
3 Y.
4 y.

. .. .. . . . ..
.. ... . . . . .
.. ... . ....
. .... . . . . .

..... . ....

9 Y,

lOY,
12

11

3 Y.
3Y.
3Y.

2:Y.
2V.
2 :y,
2:Y.
2:y.

lO Y,
12
13Y,

11
13

3Y.
3 y.

9 Y,

9 Y,

6:Y. 24 3 ~
7:y, 24 3 15116
a:y, 24 4 ~

. . . ...
.. . . ..
. . . ...
.. . ...
. . . ...

2 15116 20 30
20 30

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* *
* *

20 3 ~ 16 2 ~
20 3"116 16 2 ~
24 3 ~ 16 2 ~
24 3"116 16 2 ~
24 4 ~ 16 2 ~
24 4 ~ 16 2 ~

20'30
24 30
20 30

13
14
14
15y,

B:Y.
9:Y.
9 :Y.
10>.

30 4 ~ 16 2 ~
30 4 15116 16
36 4 15116 16
36 5f 20

20
24
20
24

9y,

6:Y.
7 '1
7:Y.
BY.

20 3f
20 3"A
24 3 051,
24 4 ~

. . . ...
. . ...

2~ 20 30
2 15116 20 30
2 15116 20 30
20 30

6 :Y.
7 :y.
7:Y.
a :y,
B:Y.
B:Y.

20 3f 16 2 ~.
20 3 15116 16 2~
24 3l-i6 16 2 ~

2~ 20 30
2 15116 20 30
2 ~ 20 30

v.

1 :y.
1
1:y.

3 Y.
3Y.
3 ; .

2:y,
2:Y.
2:y,

lO Y,
12
lOY,

11

3Y.

2:Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.

4 Y.

3Y.

4 :Y.
4 '14

2:Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.

1:y,
1:y.
1:y.

3 Y.
3Y.
3 ;.

2:Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.

12
1 3 y,
13 y,

11
13
13

2:Y.
3 y.
3 Y.
3 y.

1:y.
2
2
2

3 Y.
3 y.
3 y.
3:y,

2:Y.
2 :Y.
2 :Y.
3

13 Y,
15
15
17

2:Y.
3 y.
3 Y.
3 y.

1
2:y,
2:Y.
2:Y.

v.

1 OY:.
12
12
13Y,

11
11
13

9 Y,

2~

2~

20 30
20 30
20 30

30
30
30
30

4 :Y.

4 y.
4 Y.
4 '!.

5 Y.
5 Y.
5:y,

4
4
4 Y,

30
30
30
30

3:y,
4 y.
4 y.
4 :Y.

3
3Y.
3 y.
4 y,

4853 8
48548
48538

4853A 5 1 31 y, 30 1 30
30
30
4854A 51 32
30
4853A 51 32
30

3:y.
4 Y.

3
3 y,
3 Y.

2:Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.

l :Y.
l :Y.
l :Y.

2 >.
3Y.
2:Y.

l :Y.
2:y.
l :Y.

1Oy,
12
12

11
11

4855 8
48 548
48548

485 5A 51 32Y, 30
4854A 51 32Y, 30
4854A 51 32 Y, 30

30
30
30

4 :Y.
4:Y.
4:Y.

4 Y

2:Y.
2:Y.
2:Y.

l :Y.
1 :y.
1

3Y.
3 y.
3 y.

2:Y.
2V.
2 :Y.

13 Y,
l 3 Y,
13 Y,

13
13
13

30
480 304 15 4 80 304 158 480 3041 SA 48T 203078 48T20307A 48558 4855A 51 33
30
480 36415 480 364 15 8 480 364 1SA 48T 202158 48T 2021 S A 48548 4854A 5 1 33
30
480 36507 480 365078 480 36507A 48T 243078 48T 24307A 48 578 4857A 51 34
Hove domensoons cerhfied for onstollotoon purposes.
.6. lncludes heod sholt, steel pulley, logged for LP ond LPS drives, ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2- 1500 pillow blocks with collors. Roller beorings: Series 400 pillow blocks
for sholts with diometers thru 3Yi." ond Series 6800 pillow blocks for sholts with diometers over
31y..".
Fo r BPS ond L PS drves, olso includes snub sholt, steel pulley ond 2 pillow blocks. Bobbitted
beorings: Series 2- 1200 pillow blocks with collors. Boll beorings: Series 200 pillow blocks.

30
30
30

14
20 30
15
9 :Y. 30 4 1~ 16 2~
2
3 Y.
2 :Y.
2~ 20130
15
14
9 :Y. 36 4 ~ 16
2
3 Y.
2:Y.
24 3 0
3 ;.
15Y. 1o :y, 36 5 ~ 16
4Y,
3 y.
2
2 V.
17
lncludes shoft, steel pulley ond 2 tokeups. Bobbotted beorongs: Senes DS-B2BOO tokeups woth
collors. Boll ond roller beo rings: Series TOS 200 tokeups lar sholts with diometers thru Z'A:
ond Series OS 3-400A tokeups l or sholts with diometers over 2V..".
Grovity tokeups recommended lor conveyors with centers over 100 leet or for conveyors
requiring more thon 60 per cent of the moximum roted horsepower.
Series 4800 tokeup.
Sholt 3V.." diometer in pulley ond 2'V.." diometer in beoring.
Sholt 31y.6 diometer in pulley ond 3V.." diometer in beo ring.

48T 203078
48T 243078
48T 203078
48T 243 158

48T 20 307A
48T 24307A
48T20307A
48T 24315A

48558
48578
48558
48588

4855A
4857A
4855A
4858A

51
51
51
51

32 Y,
33
33
34

48C 20307
48C 20315
48 C 24315
48C 24407

48C 203078 48C 20307A 48T 202078

48C 203158 48C 203 15A 48T202158
48C 243 158 48C 24315A 48T202 158
48C 24407 8 48C 24407A 48T 203078

48T 20207A
48T202 15A
48T 20215A
48T 20307A

48538
48548
48548
48558

4853A
4854A
4854A
4855A

51
51
51
51

3 1 y, . ..
32 . . ..
32 . . ..
32Y, . . . .

480 20307
4802 03 15
480 24315

480 203078 480 20307A 48T 202078 48T 20207A

480 203158 480 20315A 48T 202158 48T 20215A
480 243) 58 480 24315A 48T 202078 48T20207A

480 24407- 1 480 244078 480 24407A 48T 203078 48T 20307A
480 24407-2 480 244078 480 24407A 48T 202 158 48T 202 15A
480 30407 480 30 4078 480 30407A 48T 202 158 48T 20215A

30407
30415
364 15
36507

488
488
488
488

304078
304158
364 158
365078

488
488
488
488

30407A
30415A
36415A
36507A

30
30
30
30

4 y.

5Y.
5Y.
5:Y.

o
6

4 Y.
4 y.
4
4

. . . . . . ....
. . . . . .. . .
. . . . . . ....

. . . . . . ....

3 Y.
3 Y.

v.

9Y,

24 4 f
24 4 ~
30 4 ~

*.
.. . ..
. . ....

16
16
16

2~
2~
2~

"'

20 30
20 30
24 30

6 :Y.
7:Y.
6 :Y.
7 :y,
9:y,
B:Y.

3
3 y.
3

4 Y.

6>. 120 3 ~
7:y, 20 3"116

-::s

INCHES

48A 20307
48A 20315

.a

CI

30
30
30
30

'
T

2 15116 20 30
2 ~ 2030

~I *

cr c:::r
CI
:;

e::

"o:::1

=r

<
G

..

"'(

;:;:;~

::i

c..

::i

to

(1Q

bulk handling
b e lt conveyors

Pre-Bill' secl'ional
bell' conveyors

De livering t a ilings and washed co ncentrate from slockpile to truck

hoppers, these Pre-Bilt sectiono l belt conveyors are economical ond relioble . Photo 3 67 6 2

Link-Belt engine ering is pre-built into

standard belt conveyor compone nts.

Link- Bel! Pre-Bi lt conveyors are sectional bel! conveyors

made up of pre-engineered and pre-selected standard
mechanica l components and structures. They provide !he
b enefits of durable, d ependable equipment with the economies and quick service of standardization.
Deliverlng sand and grave l from tunnel under stockpile to railroad car
load ing hopper, this redaim Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyor is par! af a
system o f nine belt conveyors and two radiol stockers for handling 300
tons per hour. Photo 36663

contents
lnstallations and features . .. ... . . .. . .. ... . .. . .. .. 222
Components ....... . . .. ...... .. . . . . ... . .... . . .. 225
Selection procedure . ..... . .

. . . . .. . . . ..... ...... 228

Terminal group rating s and dimensions . .. .... ...... 230

Selection of d rive . . . . . . . . . .

. ..... . . . ... . ... . .. 23 l

Selection of structures . . ....... . .. ..... . .. . . . . . .. 2 3 2

Componen! combinations and dimensions.

. ........ 233

V ertical automatic gravity takeups . .. . ........... .. 235

Handling 1140 TPH o f o ver - b u rde n and le an o r e, this Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyor can be easily extended to follow mining o r disposal
operotions, providing low-cost o p erotion. Photo 32597

222 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectionol belt conveyors ore designed to cover o
wide ronge of opplicotions ond operoting conditions. They
ore built in belt widths of 18", 24", 30" ond 36". Standard
terminal equipment is ovoiloble up to 40 horsepower, bosed
on design foctors found most suitoble from Link-Belt's
experience in the belt conveyor fleld . Highly stondordized
structurol fromes ore ovoiloble in both truss on d chonnel
construction, d esigned to A.l.S.C. stondords for o 90 MPH
wind ond for spons up to 50 feet. Supporting b ents, chutes
ond other occessories ore olso stondordized.
Pre- Bilt conveyors ore use d in mony types of pl onts to
hondle o wide voriety of bulk moteriols. They ore operoting
in such primory industries os mining, ore beneflciotion, construction, sond ond grovel, stone ond cool p reporotion.
They o re olso used in such processing plonts os clo y,
gypsum, cement, reody-mix, ospholt, chemicol, brick, foundry, ond fertilizer.

Dellvering heavy m e dia washed ore conce ntrate lo railroad car

loading hoppers, lhese 30" wid e belt conveyars provide "around lhe clock"
dependabilily. Pholo 36763

Washed conce ntrate stockpile and t a illngs conveyor in foreground , ond heavy media washed concenlrole conveyors al
lefl operole reliably in Minne sola iron ore beneflciation planl. Pholo 36760

L 1 N K B E L T 223

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

24" wide inclin e d b e lt conve yor handles large volumes of scnd,

grave!, ond crushed slone al recdy-mix concrete plant. Pholo 36772

24" w id e chann el fr ame b e lt conv eyar delivers 400 TPH of sand ond gravel to
o 24 " wide truss frome radial belt conveyor stocker. Photo 36658

Sorne of th e more importan! benefs of Pre-Bilt conveyors ore:

Economy
lower first cost is ossured by elimin otion of design ond detoil engineering chorg es.
Erection costs ore lower, os Pre-Bilt structures ore occurotely b uilt ond
eosy to hondle.

Service
Selectio ns may b e mode quickly and conve niently.
Q uototions can be submitted p romptly.
Pre-Bilt conveyors con be shipped promptly-some ore co rrie d in
stock.
Pre-Bilt conveyors ore avoiloble from nine link-Belt plonts locoted in
voriou s po rts of the United Stotes ond Cenado.

De p e ndability
Rever sibl e b e lt conveyor operates os a shuttle conveyor. The
unit con be positioned along trccks to direct discharge over desired crea of bins. Photo 38427

Equipment ond structures ore designed to high stondards.

Selection informotion for Pre-Bilt conveyors is bosed on best b e lt
conveyor proctice.

Flexib ilit y
A brood ronge of mechanical a nd structurol components is avoilabl e
for a wide voriety of bulk hand ling requirements.
Pre-Bilt conveyors provide o high degree of portability for moving
from job to job.
Extensions or modificotions moy eosily be mode.

Inclines such as lhis pose no

special problems for highly
odop toble belt conveyors.
Photo 37663

224 L 1 N K - B E L T

30" w id e

belt conveyor

hcndles iro n ore concentrote

and t ai ling s from woshing

pion! to loa ding h oppers.
Photo 36758

Three 18" wide b e lt conveyors carry sized and classified ma terial to truck
loo ding bins al scnd ond g rovel pion!. Pho to 35733

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors components

The principal mechanical and structural components, accessories and
sorne of the optional equipment far Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors
are illustrated below. Ali of these peris are standardized far the
following conditions:

far applications which exceed the range of Pre-Bilt standards,

certain advantages may be obtained by using Pre-Bilt components
with such special peris as are needed. Thus, far conveyors requiring
more than 40 horsepower, special drives and their supports ma y be
combined with Pre-Bilt intermedia te peris. Far materia Is heavier than
1 00 pounds per cubic foot, ar far extremely severe service, idlers
of a heavier series and closer spacing may be mounted on Pre- Bilt
frames. In such cases, specific recommendations will be made by
link-Belt.

Belt widths -18", 24", 30" and 36"

Belt speeds-for 18": up to 400 feet per minute
far 24": up to 500 feet per minute
far 30": up to 600 feet per minute
far 36": up to 650 feet per minute
Orive terminals
-up to 40 horsepower
Meterais handled-up to 100 pounds per cubic foot
loading class
-B, Table 19, page 158
ldlers
-20 troughing, Series 6000
ldler spacing
-4' -6" (ar other multiples of 6")
A general description and specifications of majar standard Pre-Bilt
items are given below. Selection information and dimensions ore
shown o n pages 228 to 235. An example is worked out on page 228
to illustrate the ease with which selection data may be used and
points out design matters that must be considered to assure most
successful performance.

terminal

Belt w iper

Fig. 6376

Screw takeup
foot terminal
Laading
happer \

Fixed foot terminal

Bent

Pre-Bilt sectional b el! conveyor

explode d view
Knuckle ioint

--Head terminal is a shop-assembled unit far connecting to a 24" or 42" deep

truss frame ar to a transition section. The assembled terminal consists of the head
shoft and welded steel head pulley having taper lock bushings, with the shaft
mounted in Series 200 self-aligning ball bearing pillow blocks, except on 3 ~/'
and 3 " A6 " diameter shafts far 30" a nd 36" belt widths where Series 400 selfaligning roller bearing pillow blocks are used. The head shaft has an extension
o n one end, keyseated far mounting the driven roller chain sprocket.
Drlve is a Link-Belt Motogear. These are totally e nclosed, compact units having
hardened cut-tooth helical gears running in ail to assure top speed reduction
efficiency. With bracket mounting far NEMA frame motors, the units readily
accommodate a wide range of motors and permit easy motor replacement. The
arrangement of the drive supports with motor and speed reducer mounted above
the belt and a Link-Belt precision steel roller chain reduction to the head shaft
results in a highly efficient and Aexible design. An oiltight chain casing is recommended far the chain drive far long life, low maintenance and safety.
The Motogear is mounted on a base p late that bolts to the top of an adjustable
drive support with legs far belting to the top chord of the truss near the head
terminal. The top member of the drive support can be adjusted to maintain the
Motogear horizontal on inclined conveyors.

He ad terminal
5723

Fig. 5727

Backstop

Backstop is built-in the Motogear drive when used on inclined conveyors. The
backstop automatically prevents reverse rotation af the output shaft due to power
stoppage ar other causes. lf a backstop mounted directly on the head shaft is
preferred, a bracket mounted differential backstop keyed to a projecting e nd of
the head shaft will be furnished.
Ball and roll e r b e arlng plllow blocks are used on head shaft, foot shaft
and takeups. All are Link-Belt self-aligning bearing blocks with superior sea ls lo
keep lubrican! in and dirt out.

Ball be aring p illow block

L 1 N K - B E L T 225 1

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

Foot terminal screw takeup is a shop-assembled unit complete with shaft,

welded steel pulleys and Series TOS self-aligning ball bearing screw ta keups
hoving ad justments of 12 ", 18" or 24" for oll belt widths ond olso 30" odjuslments
for 30" ond 36" wide belts. The ossembled supporting frome bolts lo a 24" or o
42" deep truss section.

-----~

------ .

.~

compo nents

----

Fig. 5713

Foot terminal screw ta keup

Gravlty takeup is a stand a rd belt conveyor vertica l grovity tokeup with welded
steel turn pulleys corried by Series 200 self-o ligning boll beo ring pillow b locks.
lt is mounted in o frome thot is bolted to the lower chord of on intermediate
truss. The necessory vertical cleoronce to permit the belt to p a ss through the
bottom of the truss is obtoined by removing one or two broce ongles. Vertical
guides for the takeup frome ore standard 4" 1-beoms for 18", 24" a nd 30" wide
belts ond 6 " 1-beoms for 36" wide belts.
Flxed foot ter mina! is stand a rd with on outomo tic grovity tokeup, olthough
screw tokeups ore somelimes used on the foot shoft of the some conveyor os on
od in troining the belt. lt is shop ossembled to moke o complete component reody
for connecling to o 24" or 42" deep truss frome.
Knuckle lolnt is on odjustoble sho p-ossembled unit to focilitate instollation of
conveyors hoving inclined ond horizonta l truss sections. 11 ca n be used between
24" or 42" deep truss sections ar where 24 " ond 42" deep truss sections join.
The complete unit includes two welded sleel pulleys corried in Series 200 selfoligning ball beo ring pillow blocks. The complete o ssemblies ore mounted on o
steel odjustoble supporting frome which con rea d ily be fleld odjusted to the
req uired ongle. See poge 165 for belt speed limitotions over bend p ulleys.

Gra vity take up a nd

fixed foot term ina l
F19 57:18

Belt ldlers a re Link-Belt Series 6000 b oll beo ring belt idlers. They ore ovailoble
with either 4 " or 5" diometer ro lls, a nd in two typ es: the greoseoble typ e which
has o fitting al one end to grea se oll three ro lls, a nd the foctory seoled type with
completely seoled foctory greosed beorings.
Return belt idlers ore avoiloble with 4" or 5" diometer rolls in either greoseob le
or foctory seoled types.
The beorings are protected by close fitting, triple lobyrinth seols to keep greose
in and dirt out.
UYD &CTwtr:N l "
l"USS S(CTIO ...S, W ll t4
DOlTCD [,('T[hSION,

Belt normolly furni shed is Link-Belt Lion Brand belt with Ya" rubber cover on
corrying side ond 'k" cover on pulley side. This belt is suitoble for handling
mildly obrosive moteriols contoining up to 6 " lumps, such as bituminous cool,
gro in, eorth, round grovel, sond, wood chip s, ond similor moteriols. For handling
more abro sive moleriols and lorger lumps, it is advisoble lo consider heovier
covers for longer belt life.
The belts specifled herein were selected to accommodote belt tensions imposed
by standard drives hoving bore ond logged pulleys os listed in Table 29, poge
230. For further description of these and other belts, see page 155.
Design colculotions for the obove belts ore bosed on the use of mechonicol
splices. For continuous operotion of permonent belt conveyor instollations, vulcanized
splices p rovide deflnite beneflts over belt operotion with mechonicol splices.
These odvontoges ore outlined on poge 158.

USC:O 8(T'W [[N 24" .liND

2'" TAUSS SCCTIO NS

Fi9. 5717

Knuckle joint

Belt idlers and belt

Sectional
truss frame

F19. !>716

Transition truss section

226 L 1 N K - B E L T

Sectlo n a l t r u u frame1 ond supporting structures ore completely stondordized

to cover o considerable range of operoting requirements ond fleld conditions.
Standard 24" deep sectionol truss fromes ore ovoilo ble for spons os specifled in
selection tables, ond 42" deep sectional truss fromes ore ovoiloble for long er
spons which will require fewer su pporting bents or piers.
All necessory attochment holes ore provided in the truss ond terminal fra mes for
easy ossembly ond fleld erection. Bol! holes are spa ced on 6 " centers along the
top chord angle of frame sections which permits the mounting of troughing belt
idlers al any required spocing. The same series of holes provides for fostening
return bel! idler brackets, decking, wind guords, hood covers, loading hopper
and drive machinery supports. Bolt holes in the bottom chord of truss frames provide
for attochment of wolkwoys, gravity takeup assembly and load distributing corbel
angles for ben! connections. Holes for anchor bolts are locoted in the foot terminal frames.
A rigid lateral frame is furnished with each truss section for fleld ossembly.
These lateral fromes, ottached to truss fromes with ribbed bolts in shear, serve to
connect, square, and stiffen eoch two lruss sections, a ssuring ma ximum strength
ond rigidity of completed structures.
Transltlon truss 1ectlon1 are avail able for o ssembly between 24" and 42 "
deep truss sections ond a lso between heod or foot terminal supporting frames ond
a 42 " deep truss frome. They ore mode in o standard length of 7 feet.
Sides of oll truss frome sections are shipped ossembled and are bundled with
loose top ond bottom brocing angles and bolts for fleld ossembly.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

components

Sectlonal channel trames (not shown) ore ovoilobl e in standard sectionol

lengths for ony required length of conveyor centers, mode up of 6 " standard
rolled chonnels. They ore designed to interconnect with standard truss fromes,
drive supports and heod and foot terminal supports.
Hinged struts ore olso ovailable for fabricot ion of concave vertical curve sections
with chonnel stringers.
The channel frame construction is especiolly adoptable for tunnel reclaim
conveyors and for opplicotions where overheod clearances ore limited.
Decklng is bolted together to cover the return run of the belt ond to d efl ect
material thot moy foll from the corrying run. On inclined conveyors, ends of
deck plates ore lopped in o downword direction to shed water ond dirt.
16 gouge crimped ond flonged plotes ore supported by hongers suspend ed from
the top chord of the truss; hold down clips ore bolted to the hanger, clamping the
decking in place. These clips moy also be bolte d to the hongers supporting the
return belt idlers, thus requiring fewer hongers.
Loadlng hopper is provided to properly direct materi al al loading ond tronsfer points on to the center of the belt and has sealing strips between the skirts
and belt. They a re shop a ssembled units, reody for belting directly to the top
chord of truss or channel frame sections. ldlers should be spaced at about 18"
centers beneath the hopper to withstand the impact of loading. The skirt arrongement is suitable for the use of either cushion or impact idlers.
lnclined sides are normally provided. However, vertical sides ore ovailable for
applications such as connections to track hoppers or bin bottoms..
Bents for supporting b elt conveyor structures are available in flve standard
assemblies for each of 18", 24 ", 30" and 36" belt widths. Rigidly braced angle
construction is used for standard bents up to 12 feet high. For higher bents up to
50 feet, channel frames with rigid angle bracing are standard.
Dlscharge chute is shop-ossembled and equipped with clip angles that bolt
directly to the underside of the head terminal supporting frame. For most installations a discharge chute is recommended to direct the flow of materials and
to reduce spillage al transfer points.
Corrugated hoods are available to protect the carrying run of the belt from
th e wind and weother. They are of 16 gauge galvanized steel and are open on
ane side for access and inspection. They a re made in lenglhs from 3 Y2 to 5 feet
and ore bolted to 1O" wide corrugated U-supports of 14 gauge galvanized steel,
which ore bolted to the top chord angle of truss frames by angle brackets. This
design provides a durable ond rigid belt conveyor cover which is also attroctive
in appearance.
On permanent installations designed for year oround operations, it is desirable
to provide a hood cover to p rotect the belt from sun, wind, snow and rain.

Discharge chute
Corrugated hood

-~_.:)

_...,__....-:.:--:--

e---

Belt wlper

Belt wind guard bracket

Belt wlnd guard bracket1 are used on open conveyors where heavy cross
winds may overturn the empty belt on carrying runs. They ore furnished for spacing
at approximately 20-foot intervals.
Belt wlper is a cleoning device to remove odhering material from the return
run belt as it leaves the heod pulley. lt is a standard hinged and spring-loaded
rubber blade scraper-type wiper, a rranged to mointoin on even pressure of the
wiper b lade across the belt. lt is designed for belting directly to the underside of
the head terminal supporting frame, using the same hales as the dischorge
chute bolts.

AA

Corbel connection

Corbel connectlon1 o re used for attaching bents, towers or other supports

at any point on intermediate truss sections. Cleor spans between these supports
must not exceed distances shown on page 232.
A single pin connection is provided in the corbel angle to attach to the top of the
sup porting A-frome for ony incline between truss and bent frame up to 30 degrees.
Walkway wlth hand ralls is ovoiloble for one or both sides of conveyors
to provide occess to all parts of the conveyor. Supporting cross frames with
hond roil uprights ore clamped to lower truss chord angl es of either 24" or 42"
deep trusses. lnclined hand roil sections parallel the path of tronsition truss sections
ond attach to ends of hand roils of both 24" ond 42" trusses.
Timber flooring can be pre-cut ond bolted to the cross frame in fleld assembly.
Metal grating can also be furnished, cut to exact size to suit each installation ond
to flt cross frames as a substitute for wood planking.

Walkway with hand roils

L 1 N K - B E L T 227

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors selection procedure

The following exom ple illustrotes the method for selecting terminal
comp onents, structures o nd occessories required for o complete PreBilt conveyor. The p roced ure follows the ste ps outlined on poge 140 ,
ond the solution for e och step is p receded b y b rief selectio n informotion, some of which opplies porticulorly to Pre-Bilt conveyor standard s. Also, o few references o re mode to the Belt Co nveyor Engineering section of this book os on cid to o better understo nding of the

principies involved in these selections.

Every effort has been mode to simplify the work necessory for
selection without toking hozo rdous short cuis. Equipment of this kind
deserves coreful study to insure dependoble ond e conomico l p erforman ce.
The requirements estoblished for this exomple ore shown in tne
following sketch ond o re o utlined further under Step A, Bosic Doto.

1 6

~~~t=_J__J__J__J__J__J_J_ J
s

SP ACES Al 14

o : 120 o -

.-c-3

o - -- - - - - e SFACES

- -- - - -- - - - -- -- - - ---APPROX.

Al O

o : '" e - -- - - - - -

400' - - - - -- - - - -- - -- -- 1 J11

Step A Collect basic data required for design

Step E Select proper belt idler and spacing

Assembl e complete informotion obout the material to b e hondled

ond the opero ting conditions.
fxomple Material to be handled ... Bituminous coal, 2" and

Series 6000 ball bearing belt idlers ore standard for Pre-Bilt
conveyors ond o re described on poge 176. They o re a vailoble with
either 4" or 5 " d iometer rolls, ond roll diometer selection is bosed on
operoting conditions, some of which o re broodly o utlined b e low:

under
Capacity in short tons ... 450 t.ons per hour (peak)
Annual capacity ... 400,000 tons
W eight of material ... 50 pounds per cubic foot
Operating conditions . .. 3 lo 4 hours per day, conveyor housed,
temperatures aboue freezing, degradation not important
Step B Is belt conveyor sultable for material?
Consider whether o b e lt conveyor is suitable for handling the material,
po rticul orly if material is hot, sfi cky, fluffy, or contoins very lorge
lumps.
f xomple A belt conveyor is suiwble for handling bituminous coal

as indicated on page 141.

Step C Is angle of lncllnation within safe limits?
Check ongle of inclinotio n to be sure the material moy be conveyed
o n o belt wi thout rollbock or excessive spilloge.
f xomp/e From Chart A , page 141 , a 46-foot rise in 400 feet

equals 11 Yi-foot rise in 100 feet, oran angle of about 6Yi .

Ta ble 1, p age 142, shows a maximum angle of 16 for sized bituminous coa/, lumps under 4'; therefore, 6Yi is within safe
limits.

4 " dlameter ralls

5 " dlame ter rolls

Capacities under 100 TPH

Bel! speeds under 300 FPM
Materials 50 lbs. per
cubic faot and lighter
Lumps nol exceeding 4

Capacities t o mo ximum

lntermittent operotion

Continuous oper o tion

Seasonal ope ration

Expendable installation

Year-around operation
Permanenl installation

Belt speeds lo maximum

Materials up lo 100 pounds
per cubic foot
Lump sizes to maximum

Gre a seable type idlers ore standard ond will be furnished unless
foctory seoled id lers o re specified.
Spacing of belt idlers
Troughe d belt idlers: 4 '-6", b ut moy be modified for unusuol cond itions
to conform to Table 8, poge 14 7, w ithout chonges to the truss supports.
Return belt idlers: 10'-0".

Step D Consider belt width and speed

Belt troining idlers: on both corrying ond return runs, bel! troining idlers
should be locoted 25 to 50 feet from eoch terminal or bend pulley
ond spoced ot opproximotely 80 to 100-foot centers thereafter .
f xomple S eries 6000 troughed belt idlers with 5" diameter

Consider the foctors which influence belt width ond speed, including:
Speed os Determined by Material Hondl ed, Looding Closs, Width
ond Speed for Copocity Required, ond Width os Determined by
Size of Lumps.
fxamp/e Factors influencing belt width and speed:

Step F Determine power requirement and belt tenslons

Speed as determined by material handled. Ta ble 2, page 143,

indicates that coal may be handled at speeds up to 700 FPM
when degradation is not a factor.
Loading class. Table 3, page 143, indicates Loading Class B,
which is standard for Pre-Bilt conveyors.
Width and speed for capacity required. Table 4. page 144,
indicates thal the capacily of 450 TPH of material weighing .50
pounds per cubic foot requires a 30" wide belt ata speed between
500 a.nd 600 FPM. The desired speed is inlerpolated from
the table at 556 FPM, which is within lhe limits of Table 2,
page 143.
W idth as determined by size of lumps. Lump size may be
determined as shown in Table 6, page 146, but T able 28 is
included here as a conuenient reference for selection of Pre- B ilt
conueyors for normal applications and seruice. From this table
it is apparent that 2" and under material i1> we/l within !he
limits of a 30" wide conveyor.
Therefore, a 30" wide Pre- Bilt convey or will handle 450 TPH
of 2 and under coal weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot at a
speed of 556 FPM.
228 L 1 N 1( - B E L T

freaseable type rolls are required for 556 F P M be// speed.

Standard spacing 4'-6" is suitable and belt training idlers may
be spaced for most coni>enient loca/ion with respect to pulleys.

Horsepower is determined by the Grophico l Method from Cho ris B,

C ond O on poges 152 ond 153. The opproximate weight of bel!
ond revolving po rts is obtoined from table on Cho ri B ond, on bosi s
of this weighf, the total horsepower ot drive shoft is colculoted from
the three choris.

Table 28 . Width os determined b y s1ze of lump s.

Bel!
width,
inches

Moximum

Maximum

lump size,
inches

recommended belt
speed, FPM
Unsized

Sized
1

18
24
30
36

4 'h
7

5
8
10
12

Half max.

Max.

size

size

lumps

lumps

400

300

500
600
650

400
450
500

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

selecti o n procedure

Re quired horsepower at m oto r is determined by adding the friction

losses of drive componenls (speed reducer, chain drive, bearings, e tc.),
which are generally 103 of transmitted horsepower.
Pre-Bilt terminols are selected from Table 29, page 230, which
lists horsepower ot drive shaft for 100 f PM belt speed, so the use of
this table requires interpolation from conveyor belt speed. From this
table select terminal group number for the belt width previously
selected in Step D. The horsepower selected should be equal to or
greater than the calculated drive shaft horsepower al 100 FPM.
Belt te n sions T1 and T2 are also obtained from Table 29, as they
are required in Step H for selection of takeup.
fxamp/e From table on Chart B, page 152, the approximate

280 RPM output shaft for a belt speed ouer 500 FPM. Also
specify a built-in bachstop.
From Table 31 , page 231, select 19 T driver and 60 T driuen
sprochets for 280 RPM Motogear outpul shaft, a 556 FPM
belt speed and 24" driue pulley . An oil-tight casing is recommended for safety and low maintenance.
Takeup trauel should be 8 feet for a cotton duck belt and an
automat ic counterweighted grauity takeup will be most practical,
as indicated on the lay out sketch. A travel o( about 5 feet is
required if a sy nthetic f abric belt is used.
Takeup pull reqired is twice the T , ualue shown for T erminal
Group 30024307, or 2000 pounds. From Table 36, page 235,
.~elect tal1eup assembly 4920 e f or terminal group 30024307.
The weight o( floating assembly with 16" diameter pulley is .565
pounds, requiring additional counterweight o( 143.5 pounds.

weight o( belt and reuoluing parts is 28 pounds per lineal foot.

On basis o( this weiglit, total horsepower at driue shaft is calculated as follows:
.93 X 556
Chori B-Empty conueyor . . ... ....... . - - = 5.17 HP
100
Chart C-Elevale material ... . . . .. . .. . 0.45 x 46 = 20.70 HP
450 = 6.30 H P
Chori D-Comiey material horizontal/y . . . l .4 x
100
Total horsepower al dr iue shaft = 32.17 HP
Add 10% for frietional lossn; o( driue componenls :
32 17

= 35.7 motor HP required.

.90
Therefore, a 40 horsepower motor is required.
Termina/ Group Number is now detennined by interpolating horsepower al drir>
e shafl 011 hasis o( 100 FPM belt speed:
32 17 x lOO = .5.79 HP at 100 FPM
.5.56
From Table 29, select T erminal Oroup 30024307, haui11g a rating
o( 6.07 HP at 100 FPM. For this terminal group, the maximum
bel! tensions are 8000 pounds f or T, and 1000 pound.~ for 1',.
Step G Select the belt
Terminal Group Rating Table 29 contains belt specifkations for
each terminal group number. Standard belts for Pre-Bilt conveyors
are link-Bel! lion brand, coitan duck, wilh Ya" rubber cover on
carrying side and 1k" on pulley side. Design calculations for belts
are based on using mechanical fasteners.
Belts of equal slrenglh with synlhetic fabric carcasses and other
brands of covers are available where required. The general subject
of belts is described more com ple tely on page 155.
Example The belt in Terminal Oroup 30024307 is 4 ply, 28-

ounce cotton duck, Link-Belt Lion Brand with Ys" rubber

couer on carrying side and ~ on pulley side. This belt is
based on using mechanical fasteners for sp/ices, and for motors
with across-the-line starters.

Step H Select term inal equlpment

Pulley diameters, lagging (if any), and shaft dimensions for standard
Pre-Bilt conveyors are shown in Table 29 for the terminal group
determined in Step F.
Motogears ore listed in Table 30, page 231, by horsepower.
Chain drives are shown in Table 31 with various sprocket combinations. For inclined conveyors, Motogears wilh built-in backstops
should be specifled to preven! backward movemenl of loaded belt
in event of power inlerruption.
Toke up trovel of about 23 of conveyor centers must be allowed for
stretch of cotton duck belts and is occomplished with a screw or
automatic counlerweighted gravity takeup. lnformation regording
takeup travel for other belts is shawn on page 158.
Toke up pull required ta maintain proper belt lension is twice the
T2 value shown in Table 29. For counterweighted takeups this pull is
made up of the weight of takeup pulley, shaft, bearings, moving
frame and additional counterweight a s necessary. Weights and
dimensions of counterweighted takeup assemblies are shown in
Table 36, page 235.
Example T erminal Group 300 24307 includes 24' diameter
lagged head pulley, 3"!{6' diameter head shafl and 16' diameter
foot pulley on 2 "!{6' diameter foot shafl.
Motogear FDB , in Table 30, is used for 40 horsepower with

Step 1 Se le ct str ucture s, t r uss fram es and b e nts

The most economical cambination of truss frames and bents requires
considerotion of the maximum permissible spans for 24" and 42"
deep frames and to relative heighls of benls. Practical seleclions may
be influenced by locations of raadways and other interferences.
Standard length sectional truss frames 24" and 42 " deep ore
available for maximum spans as tabulated an page 232, and typical
combinalions of truss frames ore illustrated on page 233. A standard
transition section 7 feet long is used belween 24" and 42 " deep
lruss frames.
Standard supporting bents are available in 4 lo 50-foot heighls,
in incremenls of 2 feel. Bents are of rigidly braced angle conslruclion
tllrough 12 feet high ond of channel conslruction wilh rigid angle
bracing from 14 to 50-foot heighls. In determining heighls of bents
required it is common proctice to hove foundation piers exlend from
1 fool to several feel above grade. 11 is economical lo d uplicate as
mony bents os is proclical. This can be accomplished on inclined
conveyors by vorying the heighl of foundotion p iers to suit.
Selection of suitable lruss struclures is a matter of choosing the most
economical combination of standard frames. Gene rally, 24 " deep
truss frames o re mosl economical for heights up lo 1 2 feet. Beyond
12 feet it is usually more economical lo use 42" deep truss frames,
permitt~g ~ngerspanL

Standard corbel conneclions a re available for attaching bents,

towers or other supports to any intermediate point on truss fram e.
Decking of 16 gauge crimped and flanged sleel is recommended
for most installations, to protect return belt.
Standard channel frame seclions are available and recommended
for tunnel reclaim conveyors and for applications where clearances
are limited. The channel frame construclion allaws for maximum span
of 1O feet without walkway, or 7 Y2 feet with walkwoy. Typical
combinations of channel frame slructures are illuslrated on page 234.
Standard auxiliary components are available for ready mounling
on standard structures, such as: loading hoppers, discharge chutes,
belt wipers, corrugated curve d hood, belt wind guord brocke ts, and
walkways wilh hand rails.
fxamp/e Th e most economical combination o( lruss frames and

bents for lhis application is determined as follows:

To conuey a horizontal distance of 400 feet with a 46-foot lift
requires a conueyor having 404-fool pulley centers. Refer to
page 232 f or truss selection, and use 24' deep truss sections to
point where bents exceed 12 feet in height. For 30" belt width,
with walhway one side, use 24" deep truss frames with maximum
span 29 feet and 42" deep truss f rames with maximum span
o( 40 feet. An economical combination o( truss f rames fnr this
installation results in the following selection:
Head and foot terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3'-0"
2-transition sections (each 7'-0" long) . . 14'-0'
6-24" deep truss sections
1-18'-0" long; 5-21 '0" long .. . . ... 123'-0"
11-42' deep truss sections
24'-0" long ... . .. . .. .. . ....... . . . .264'-0"
404'-0" pulley centers
Selection of bents can be determined by lay out and related to
height of foundation p iers aboue grade.
Include: walhway with harul rails on one side, standard decking; grauity taheup, and other standard optional components as
may be required.
L 1 N K - B E L T 229

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

terminal g roup rating s

and dimensions

e
HEAO SHAFT ASSEMBL Y

FOOT SHAFT ASSEMBL Y

Ta ble 29 Terminal group ratings and dimensions 4

Mox imum

Belt

HP et drive
shoft, et
100 FPM
belt spee d

Terminal
group
cotolog

drive

number

pu lle y

Terminal
pulley

Type
of

dio meter

Heod
shoft

F 1 L
Orive foot

foot
shoft

Heod
shoft

foot
shoft

Moximum belt tension

et drive pulley far
180 wrop, pounds
Tight side 1 Slock side
T1
Ti

INCHES

18" belt
2.59
3.19
2.95
3.63

18E20207
18G20207
l8E24215
l8G24215

BARE
LAGG ED
BARE
LAGGED

2
20
24
24

16
16
16
16

20
20
20
20

15
15
15
15

Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2

13 Y2
13 Y2
13 Y2
13 Y2

2 y,
2 Ya
2 Ya
2 Ya

1 Y2
1 Y2
1 y,
1 Y2

7Ya
7:Y.
7 Ya
7:Y.

3 .45
4.24
3.94
4.84

24E20 215
24G20215
24E24215
24G24215

BARE
LAGGED
BARE
LAGGED

20
20
24
24

16
16
16
16

26
26
26
26

18 Y2
18 Y2
18 Y2
18 Y2

16 %
16 %
16 Y
16 %

2
2

y,
y,

1%
1%

7 y,

2 Ya
2 Ya

1%

5.08
6 .25
6 .32
7.76

24E20215
24 G20 215
24 E243 07
24G24307

BARE
LAGGED
BARE
LAGGED

18 Y2
18 Y2
19
19

16 %
16 %
16 Y4
16 %

4 ply
28 ounce
duck

4 .27
5 .25
4 .92
6.07

30E20215
30 G20215
30E24307
30G24307

4 ply
42 ounce
duck

6.40
7.90
7 .88
9.72

4 ply
28 ounce
duck

4
4
4
4

Y2
Y2
Y2

y,

2 111,
2 111,
2 1511,
2 15116

1 1511,
1 " ;l.
l " A.
1 15116

1580
1580
1800
1800

722
525
825
600

2 u11,
21J11,

2%
2>11,
2 3;1.
23116

2100
2100
2400
2400

960
700
11 00
800

2%
2111,

3100
3100
3840
3840

1420
1033
1760
1280

24" belt
4 ply
28 ounce
duck

4 ply
42 ounce
duck

-20- -16- -26-

- 2 -Yo

- --- - -

2 Yo
2 Ya
2 Ya

20
24
24

16
16
16

26
26
26

BARE
LAGGED
BARE
LAGGED

20
20
24
24

16
16
16
16

32
32
32

21 Y2
21 Y2
22
22

19 %
19 :Y..
20 Y2
20 Y2

30E20307
30G20307
30 E243 l 5
30G24315

BARE
LAGGED
8ARE
LAGGED

20
20
24
24

16
16
16
16

32
32
32
32

22
22
22 %
22 %

20 Y2
20 Y2
20%
20 Y2

5 .0 8
6 .28
5.90
7 .3 0

36E20215
36G20215
36 E24307
36G2430 7

BARE
LAGGED
BARE
LAGGED

20
20
24
24

20
20
20
20

38
38
38
38

24 Y2
24 Y2
25
25

23
23
23
23

Y2
Y2
Y2
%

2 Ya
2 Yo
3
3

7 .55

36E20307
36G2030,.
36E24315
36G2431 5

BARE
20
LAGGEC 20
BARE
24
LAGGEC 24

20
20
20
20

38
38
38

25
25 Y2
25 Y2

23 \12
23 Y2
23 y,

3
2%
2%

l o/a

- -

1%
1%
1%
1%

7Ya
7 Ya
7 :Y.

- -7
7
8
8

:Y.
:Y.

:y.
l/e

4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2
- 4 Y2
4 Y2
5
5

2 15116
2 15116
2 " 11
2 15116
3 111,
31
11,

2%
23;1.

30" belt
32

---

--

2 Ya
2 Yo
3
3

- -

3
3
3 l4
3 l4

1%
1%
1 :y..
1%

- -

1 :y..

l :y.
1 :y.
1 :y..

7
7
8
8

Ya
:Y.
%

4%
4%

3~

- - - - 55 8%
8 3A
10
10

5
6
6

2 1511,

2>11,
2>;1.
3111,
2 111,
31.
21
11,
-3 111,
2 111,
31.
2 1;1.
3 1511,
2~
2 1;1.
3 " 11&

2600
2600
3000
3000
3900
3900
4800
4800

1790
1300
2200
1600

21.

3 100
3100
3600
3600

1420
1030
1650
1200

4600
4600
5760
5760

2100
1530
2630
1920

2 " 11&

1190
865
1370
1000

36" belt
4 ply
28 ounce
duck

4 p ly
42 ounce
duck

9 .25
9.46
11 .65

Hove dime osions certified for instollotion p urp oses.

230 L 1 N K - B E L T

---38- - 25- - -23-Y2 3

1 :y.
1%
1 :y..

4 Y2
4 Y2
5
%
-11 :y.
- - - - -5 9 Y2 5
1 :y.
9%
5

3111,

2 ~,

3 111,

21;1.

31.
31.

2~

10
10

31 s.
3 u.

2111,
2 111,

3 l4
3 Y4

8
8
9
9

Y2
Y2
Y2
%

6
6

2 " 11&
2 15116

2111,

2 ~,

4 Ro tings bosed on belts w ith mechonicol splices o nd moto rs w ilh o cross-theline sto rt ers.

bulk handling
belt con veyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

selection of drive

Table 30 Motogear selection

Motogeor
HP

1
1 \12
2
3
5

7 y,
10
15
20
25
30
40

Motoge ar si:<e
Motogeor outpuf sp eed
190 RPM 1 280 RPM
Belt sp eed
up to
500 FPM
500 FPM 1 ond over

ADB
ADB
ADB
ADB
BDB
CDB
CDB
DDB
DDB
EDB
EDB
FDB

ADB
ADB
ADB
ADB
BDB
BDB
CDB
DDB
DDB
EDB
EDB
FDB

Typicol drive for Pre-Bilt sectional belt canveyar. Phato 38184

Table 31 Chain drive selection ond sprocket tooth combinations

Number of teeth in sprocket
Ma tageor
HP

Roller
cha in
number

Belt speed, FPM

250

-1 \12

RC60

RC60

-3

RC60

Driver

21

Driven

84

Driver
Driven
Driver
Driven
Driver
Driven

7 y,
10
15
20
25
30

RClOO
RC120
RC120
RC140
RC140
RC160
RC160

-40

RC160

1 300

20 1 24120 1 24 1 20

inches

RC60

275

Motogear speed
Orive pulley
diameter,

Driver
Driven
Driver
Driven
Driver
Driven
Driver

325

1 350
190 RPM

l l l l
24

20

15

60

Driver

15

24

Driver

15

Driven

60

Driver

15

24

l l
20

24

400

450

1
1

500

550

600

280 RPM

l 20 l 24 l 20 1 24 !20 l 24 l 20 l 24 l 20 1 24

16 22 21 23 19 21 23 23 19 22 23 22 23 21 17 23 19 18 21
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 70 72 84 70 70 60 80 60 60 54 70 48 60 60 60 60 60 45 60

-19 -2 1 -23
- - 70 60 80
- - -23
19 21
- - 70 60 80
- ._ 29

70

21

23

60 80

- - - - - -21 -17 -23 -19 -18 -21

- - - - - 60 60 60 60 45 60
- - - - - - - - - - - 23 19 22 23 22 23 21 17 23 19 18 21
-

23 19 22 23 22 23
- - 60 60 54 70 48 60

- - - 60 60 54 70
- - - 23 19 22 23
- - - 60 60 54 70
-17 -19 -18 - 15
- - - -

- -19 -16
19
- - 70 54 54 45
- - - 19 21 18 17
- - 70 60 60 45
- - - 19 21 18 17
- - - 70 60 60 45
- - 17 19 16 18 is 15 19 21 18 17
- - - - - - - - 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45
- - - - - - - - - 17 19 16 18 15 15 19 21 18 17
-80 70 -70 -60 -60 -45 -70 -60 -60 -45
-17 - -16 - - - - - ,_ 19
18 15 15 19 21 18 17
- - - - - - - 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45
- - - - - - - - - 17 19 16 18 15 15 19 21 18 17
- - - - - - - - 80 70 70 60 60 45 70 60 60 45
- - - - - - - - - 17 19 16 18 15 15 19 21 18 17
- - - - - - - f-

60

20

1 375

- - -21 23
16 22
- - - 84
70 72 84 70
- - - 21 17 22 16 22 21 23
- - - - - - 84 80 80 70 72 84 70
- - - - - 21 17 22 16 22 21 23
- - - - - - 84 80 80 70 72 84 70
- - - - - 15 17 19 16 18 15 15
- - - - - 60 80 70 70 60 60 45
- - - - - 15 17 19 16 18 15 15
-60 -80 -70 -70 -60 -60 -45
- - - ,_ - ,_ 15 17 19 16 18 15 15
- - - - 60 80 70 70 60 60 45
- - - - 21

Driven
Driven

17 22

- 80 80
- 17 22
- 80 80
- -

Driven

60

Driver

15

Driven

60 80 70 70 60 60 45 70

60

19

45 45

-18 -15
-

-15

60 45 45

-19

18
60 45 45

-19 -18 -15

- 60 45 45

19
60
-

- - 45 45
- 118 15
- 45 45
- -

19 18 15

60

19

60

-19
-

18

15

45 45
- ,_
18 15
-

- - 48 60 60
- - 22 23

21

- - - 60 60 60 45 60

-17

- - 23 19 18 21
- - -

- - 60 60 45
-16 17 -24 -17 -17 -19 -22
- - - - - 35 45 70 60 45 60 54
-16 -17 -21 -17 17 -19 -18
- - - - - 35 45 60 60 45 60 45
-16 17 -21 -17 -17 19 -18
- - - - - 35 45 60 60 45 60 45
-16 -17 -21 -17 -17 -19 -18
- - - - - - -45
35 45 60 60 45 60
- - - - - - 16 17 21 17 17 19 18
- - - - - 35 45 60 60 45 60 45
-16 -17 -21 -17 -17 -19 -18
- - - - - 35 45 60 60 45 60 45
- - - - - -19 -18
16 17 21 17 17
- - - - -45 ,_
60 45
35 45 60 60
- - - - - - 16 17 21 17 17 19 18
- - - - - - -45
-

48 60 60 60

60 60 45 60 45 45 35 45 60 60 45 60

60

-24

70

-21
-

60

21

60

21

60

21
-

60

-21

60

21

60

21

60

L 1 N K - B E L T 231

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors selection of stru ctu res

Truss frame combinations
with supporting bents
The most economical spacing of bents and selection of
t russ spans is described in Step 1, pag e 229. Actual
spacing alsa may be influenced b y the location af road s
ar other interference s.

Table 32 Mo ximum permissib le truss spons

Chonge in

loods p e r lineal foot o f

Allowable

o llowoble spo n
Truss Belt
lruss fra me, pounds
spon, feet
for each 100
depth width
lbs. per lin. ft.
w;1h1 w ;1h Dead 1 Uve laads added
odditio nol
wc ight.
to truu
w~i'k- woUc- rr uss
INCHES
live load,
wo y wo y
frame Mach"yl Mat'I 1 Total fee t ond inch es

18
24
30
36
-18
42 24
30
36
24

--

48
44
40
36
SS
S2
49
46

- -

33 26.7
3 1 36.0
29 38.6
27 42.6
-- -46 33.0
43 34 .0
40 3S.O
37 37.0

33.0
43.3
S3.0
67.0
32.0
42.S
SS .O
67.0

36.0 69.0
66.7 110.0
108.0 161 .0
1S7.0 224.0
-34.0 66.0
62.S lOS.O
101.0 1S6 .0
133.0 200.0

Less 4-0

Table 33 Moximum permissi ble d rive te rminal overho ng

24 " truss

Less 7-0

lM

length, feet ~ ~

6 1 15 1181 21 ~ -

21 . . . . . 1
24 1 .. 1 ..
27 1 .. .. 1
3C . 2 . . ..
33 . 1 1 ..
36 . 1 .. 1
39 . . . 1 1
42 . . . .. 2
45 1 .. 1 1
48 1 .. .. 2
Sl . 2 .. 1
S4 . 1 1 1
S7 . 1 .. 2
60 . . . 1 2
63 . . . . . 3
66 1 .. 1 2
69 1 .. . . 3
72 . 2 .. 2
75 . 1 1 2
78 . 1 .. 3
81 ... 1 3
84 . . . . . 4
87 1 .. 1 3
-19o
5 ..
93
4 1
96
3 2
99
2 3
102
1 4
105
.. s1108
6 ..
111
s 1
114 .. 4 2
117 .
3 3
120 ... 2 4
123 . . . 1 s
126 . . . . .
129
132
s 2
135
4 3
138
31 4
141
2 s

o
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

--

--

(r1

s
s
s
S
s
s
s
6
6
6
6
6

l-

length, fe et ~ ~

61 15118 2 1 ~ -

144 . . . 1 6
147 . ,__
.. .. 7
lSO .. 6 2
1S3 . .. 5 3
1S6 . . . 4 4
1S9 . . . 3 s
162 . . . 2 6
165 ' . . 1 7
168 ... . . 8
.
1171
6 3
174 . .. 5 4
177 . . . 4 5
180 . . . 3
183 . . . 2 7
186 . .. 1 8
189 . . . .. 9
192
6 4
19S . . s s
198 . . 4
201 . . . 3 7
204 . . . 2 8
207 . . . 1 9
21C ... . . 1e
213
6 s
2 16
s 6
219
4 7
222
3 8
22~
2 9
22a
1 10
11
23 1
234
66
237
s 7
24C ... 4 8
243 . . . 3 9
246 . .. 210
249 . .. 111
2S2 ...:..:. . 12
2S5
67
2S8
s 8
261
4 9
264 l 31 0

6
6
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12

".

l-

1- _

length, feet ~ ~

6 1 I SI 18121 ~ -

1.

267
270 . ..
273
276
279 . . .
282 . . .
28 5 . . .
288 . ..
291 . . .
294 . .
297
300
303 . ..
306 ...
309 . ..
312 . ..
315
318
321
324 . . .
327 . . .
330 .. .
333 . ..
336
339
34 2
345 ...
34 8
3S1
354
3S7
360
363 . . .
366 . ..
369 . . .
372 . . .
37S ...
378
38 1~~
384 . ..
387

--

Q uontity

1- e_

Truss
section
~
length, fe et O o

2 11 12 390 ... 3 16 l 8
1 12 12 393
2 17 18
1 18 18
13 12 396
119..__
18
6 8 13 399
s 9 13 402 ... 614 19
4 10 13 40S ... S15 19
311 13 408 .. . 416 19
212 13 411 ... 317 19
1 13 13 4 14 . .. 218 19
. . 14 13 41 7 ... 1 19 19
20 19
6 9 14 420
s 10 14 423
6 l S 2o
4 11 14 426 . .. S16 20
312 14 4 29 . .. 417 20
213 14 432 . . . 318 20
1 14 14 4 3S . .. 21 9 20
.. l S 14 4 38 . .. 1 20 20
. ' 2 1 20
6 C lS 441
616 21
s 11 l S 444
4 12 lS 447 . . . 517 21
313 l S 4SO . . . 418 21
214 l S 4 S3 . . . 3 19 21
1 lS l S 4S6 . .. 220 21
1 21 21
16 lS 4S9
22 21
6 11 16 462
s 12 16 46S
617 22
4 13 16 468
518 22
4 19 22
3 14 1 6 471
2 lS 16 474
320 22
1 l 16 477
2 21 22
1 22 22
17 16 48C
.. 23 22
6 12 17 483
S13 17 486 . . . 618 23
4 14 17 489 . .. S1 9 23
31S 17 492 . .. 4 20 23
216 17 49S . .. 321 23
1 17 17 498 . .. 222 23
1 23 23
18 17 SOl
6 13 la S04 - .. 24 -23
s 14 18 S07 . . 619 24
4 lS 18 SlO
s 20 24

18
24
30
36
1

18
24 "
1 2-6
' 1"
12-0
1"
11 -0
1 "10-0

11-0 10-0 9-0

30 . .
. 10-0
9-0
8-0
36

l- 6 1 151 18121 ~ .::

Terminals, tronsition sections and knuckl e joints not included.

232 L 1 N K - B E L T

Without wolkwoy

With one w olkway

Table 34 Truss sections selection, 24 " deep truss

O uontity
O uontit y
_,,_,,
O uontity
.,,"'~ ...
g. ...
~ ...
~ ...
Truu
..! -
Ttuss
~i
Truss
,"
..! Ci
section
EE
section
~ ~ ..! i
section
E ~
"~

ADB 1 BDB 1 CDB 1 DDB 1 EDB 1 FDB

FEET AND INCHES

inch es

18 16-0 1 16-0 16-0

lS-0 11 -0
.
24 16-0 16-0 16-0 "
T i
.
16-0 lS-0 1 3-0 11 -O 10-0
30
9-0
36 . . . . lS-0 14-0 1 2-0 1 1-O

a nd deck plates only. Wind loads based on 40 pounds per

square foot on exposed oreas. Snow l oads not included in
a bove valu es. Spans may be i ncreased fer o reduction in live
l oad o n sa me ba sis as tobula ted volues o 100 pounds per
l ineal foot up to 5 feet increase. Walkway looding includes
its own d ead weight pl us 2000 pounds distributed over center
15 feet o f spa n. Doubte wolkways do not affect allowobte
spa n.

Motog eor size

Belt
width,

Wittiout wo lkwoy

~ Machine ry weighlS include Series 6000 idlers, canveyor belt

1-

42" truss and transltion

Belt 1
MolaQear s;ze
width, ADB 1 BDB 1 CDB 1 DDB , EDB 1 FDB
;nches
FEET AND INCHES

I ,_,

8 -6
8-0
7-6

. ..

7-6
7-0

22-0
22-0
..
.

22-0
122-0
20-6
20-0

22-0
120-6
20-0
18-6

21 -0
120-0
18-0
17-6

19-0 1 .
17-6 ..
1 17 -0 1 1 S-6
1 5-6 14-0

Wi th ene walkwoy

18
24
30
36

19-6
19-0

19-0 1 18-6 17-0 1 15-6 , . .

18-6 17-6 16-6 13-6
...
18-0 16-6 16-0 13-0 12-6
17-6 1S -6 14-6 12-6 12-0

When selecting 24" ar 42 " deep truss fromes, or chonnel frames, ind ividual
analysis o nd judgment must be applied fer each set of conditions in arder to

use the most procticol ond e conomical combinotion o f friese structures.

Gene rally when supporting benIs are 1 2 f eel and under in height 2 4 deep
tru ss fromes will be mast economicol. Far bents higher than 12 fee t it is desiroble to use 4 2" d eep truss fromes on longer sp ans (with tronsition sections
when requi red), resulting in fewer bents o nd foundatlon p iers.
Tables 34 and 3S are fer easy selectio n af the mo st econamical combination
of tru ss frames. Truss length equals conveyor p ulley centers less 3 feet fer
heod and feat terminals plus 7 feet fer eoch tron sition section.

Table 35 Truss sections selection, 42 " d eep truss

""" j

length
fee t
.&

16
20
24
32
36
40
44
48
S2
S6
60
64
68
72
76
80
84
88
92
96
100
104
108
112
116
120
124
128
132
136

"'" ""O

Truss
s ectio n
leng th,
f eet
161 20124

Truss
Uength,
;: fe et

C; E
O E
~-

.. o
..l 1

1
2 . ..
1 1 ..
. . 2 ..
.. 1 1
. .. 2

2 1 -

1
..
1
2
3
1
2
2
3
3
.. 4
21 1 2
3
3
1.
4
.. 1 4

2 ..
.. 3
.. 2
.. 1
...
2 1
2 ..
1 1
1 ..
.. 1

~1 i

o
o
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4

-2 -1 - 3~ s
2 .. 4
1 1 4
.. 2 4

s
s
s

Ou o ntit y
Oucntity
Quantit:z::
Truss
Truss
Truss
Truss
length
Uenglh, Truss
section
sectio n
section
o .M
fe e t
o~
fe et
lengt h,
leng th,
leng th,
~E
~E
~
~
- o
o
f e et
fe et
fect
__g ,:
_g .!:
~.!:
1 61 202 ~
16J 20124
16120! 24

e;

140
5 s
1 6 s
144
148 2 1 4
6
152 2 .. s 6
1S6 1 1 5 6
160 . . 2 s 6
164 .. 1 6 6
168
.. 7 6
- ~ - 172 2 1 s 7
176 2 .. 6 7
180 1 1 6 7
184 . . 2 6 7
188 .. 1 7 7
192 . ... 8 7
196
1 6 8
200 2 .. 7 8
204 1 1 7 8
208 . . 2 7 8
212 .. 1 8 8
216 .... 9 8
-220 2 1 7 9
224 2 .. 8 9
228 1 1 8 9
232 . . 2 8 9
236 . . 1 9 9
240 ,_... . . 10 9
f244 2 1 8 10
248 2 .. 9 10
2S2 1 1 9 10
2S6
2 9 10

::l.

--

260
264
268
272
276
280
284
288
292
296
300
304
308
312
316
320
324
328
332
336
340
344
348
3S2
3S6
360
364
368
372
376

..

11 0
.. 11
2 1 9
2 .. 10
1 110
. . 210
. . 11 1
... 12
2 1 10
2 . . 11
1 111
. . 211
. . 1 12
. ... 13
- 2 - 111
2 .. 12
1 1 12
. . 212
. . 113
. . . . 14
2 1 12
2 .. 13
1 1 13
. . 213
. . 114
.:...:. . . 15
2 113
2 .. 14
1 114
. . 214

10
10
11
11
11
11
11
11
12
12
12
12
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
15
15
1S
15

380 . . 1 lS 1 5
384
16 l S
388 2 1 14 16
392 2 .. 1 S 16
396 1 1 15 16
400 . . 21S 16
404 . . 1 16 16
408 . . .. 17 16
4 12
1 15 17
4 16 2 .. 16 17
4 20 1 1 16 17
424 . . 2 16 17
4 28 . . 1 17 17
432
18 17
436 2 1 1 18
440 2 .. 17 18
444 1 11 7 18
448 . . 217 18
4S2 . . 118 18
456 . ... 19 18
460 2
17 19
464 2 . . 18 19
468 1 118 19
472 . . 218 19
476 . . 119 19
20 19
480 ..
484 2 1 18 20
488 2 .. 19 20
492 1 119 20
496 . . 219 20

Terminals, transiti on sections and knuckle joints not included.

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors component combinations and dimensio ns

Truss frame combinations with screw takeup
f o < , - - - - - - - - -r-6

- - - - - - - - - - C E N T E R S VARIABLE SY 3 .Q

INCREMENTS,--------------~

-M~- -- --------------------------- - -------6~MIN.

~!~

I
fBJ
L -- -- .

END O f . ; . + - - - - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - V A R I A S L E SY J
TRUSS

.Q

DEEP

INCREMENTS-

- - - - - - -- --

1 Ell WIDTH 1
~+1 114~ 1 . 11 311

-#<o-END OF
TRUSS

TRUSS

Fog. 633 1

rLu--

.2- -

Ir
11

-~

, . .. 1
k'.'.=+11 1~-~1 1 1 ~~

1 ELT WI DTH 1 ,

Fig. 6332

2 4 ANO 2 OEEP TRUSS

TRANSITI ON SECTION BETWEEN

42' OEEP TRUSS ANO HEAD OR

FOOT TERMINAL FRAME IS
OPTI ONAl.

Truss frame combinations with gravity takeup

----- --- - - - - - -- ---- - -

s.o

T All END FRAME flXED SHAFT

' '

MINIMUM

ro

\ '

SPLICE ~.i

1
Y 0.. MINIMUM

~+-J~
'

fi1. 6Ut

--E-<- CAN 8E LOCATED Al 1 - 6 INCREMfNTS

~-- 5'3

MINIMUM

Fig. 6340

24" TRUSS FRAMf

--1-; '
'

MlNIMUM TO SPLICE

-+-<-

(A.N

eE lOCA.TEO AJ ] O INCREMENl S

tV-

. r

ENDOf
2 TAUSS

fog, 6341
7 0 MINIMUM - -

L 1 N K - B E L T 233

bulk handling
b elt conveyoi s

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors compo nent combinotions ond dimensions

Channel frame combinations with screw takeup

CHANNEl FRAME

TRUSS ANO CHANNEl FRAME

ST ANOA~O (HANNE l FRAME ~

Fig. 6338

<l

[7
LBen

w101H + 111 ,

VERTICAi CURVE FRAME

Belt wiper

Channel frame combination with gr avity takeup

ENO OF fl!AM[
TOP OF FRAMf

=-

'..1 rl

J )

- -

.----...._

Ir_\ 2-._),,)
"i'
.

11

~7 6

11 ~~

Fig. 63 42

WITH WAlll.WA .,.

10 0

WlrHOUl WALKWAV
CHANNEl

FRAiME

Knuckle tur ns

F1g. 6335
Fig. 6333

ANGlE A VARIABLE BY 2 fOR All TURNS. O 10 30

24.. KNUCKlE lURN

TO 42

KNUCKl E TURN

Dischar ge chutes
- ; 2 - - --

11..,-

,- ....~~~~~~~__,.-,;

l
-

f ig. 636

..-<--2.o - -..lFig. 6344

f ig. 6345

IOfi HORtZONTAl CONVEVOll:S

234 l 1 N K - B E L T

WITHOUJ TOP $1CIA:l

FOW INCl lN!O CO NVEYOAS

bulk handling
belt conveyors

Pre-Bilt sectional belt conveyors

vertical auto matic gravity takeups

VIEW A -A

C/L PULLEY & GUIDE

E INSIDE GUIDES

Fl g . 6330

Table 36 Vertica l automatic g r avity takeup selection and d imensions

Belt
width,
inches

Catalog
terminal
group
number

18G24215

4904C
4904C
4904C
4904C

18E20207
18

Frame
assembly
number

18G20207
18E24215

Shaft
dia meter

Pulley
diameter

D
1

Takeup
weight,
pounds

INCHES

] 15/6

16

14 %

33%

29 %

23 1/2

33 1/2

350

11 %

16

14 %

33%

29%

23%

33%

350

l 15/6

16

14 %

33%

29 %

23%

33%

350

l 1S/6

16

14 %

33%

29 %

23%

33 1/2

350

2 4E20207

4904C

11s/6

16

14 %

33 1/2

29 %

23 %

33 1/2

350

24G20207

4904C

l 1S/6

16

14 %

33%

29 %

23 %

33 'h

350

24E242 15

4905C

2%

16

14 'h

36%

32 o/4

23 %

33 1/2

365

24G242 15

4904C

11 s/6

16

14 1/2

33 1/2

29 %

23 'h

33 %

350

24E202 15

49 12C

16

14 1/2

33 1/2

29%

30

43

400

24G202 15

4912C

2 3/6
2 3/6

16

14 %

33 %

29 %

30

43

400

24E24307

49 12C

16

14 %

33 %

29 %

30

4912C

16

14 %

33 %

29 %

30

43
43

400

24G24307

2 3/6
2 3/6

30E20215

4919C

2 3/6

16

14%

33 1/2

29%

36

49

540

30G20215

4919C

2 3/6

16

14 %

33 %

29 :y.

36

49

540

30E24307

4920C

21/

16

14 %

37 'h

33%

36

49

565

30G24307

4920C

21/

16

14 'h

37 %

33%

36

49

565

30E20307

4920C

21/

16

14 1/2

37 %

33 %

36

49

565

30G20307

4920C

2 /

16

14 'h

37 'h

33%

36

49

565

30E24315

4920C

2 'I6

16

14 %

37 1/2

3i %

36

49

565

30G243 l 5

4920C

2 '/

16

14 %

37 1/2

33%

36

49

565
665

645

24

400

30

36E20215

493 3C

21/

20

16 %

35 %

31 %

42

36G20215

4932C

2J/6

20

16 '12

35 1/2

31 %

42

36E24307

4933C

2 7/6

20

16 %

35 '12

31 %

42

36G24307

4932C

2%

20

16 %

35 1/2

31 %

42

55
55
55
55

36E20307

4933C

2 7/

20

16 'h

35 1/2

31 %

42

55

665

36G20307

4933C

2 '/

20

16 %

35 '12

31 %

42

55

665

36E243 15

4933C

2 '/

20

16 %

35%

42

55

665

36G24315

4933C

2 7/

20

16 %

35 %

31 %
31 3/4

42

55

665

645
665

36

Hove d1mens1ons cer11fied fer 1nsto llotoon purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 235

bulk handling
osclllatlng conveyors

oscilla'ling conveyors

Flexmount oscilloting conveyors hondling oluminum chips ond lurnings. Photo 3521 O

Collmount oscilloting conveyor handling grave! from LinkBelt mechanical vibrating feeder.
Photo 38229

Torqmount oscillating conveyor handling small automotive

casting from tumbling barreis. Pholo 34779

Oscillating conveyors move materials in a uniform, continu

flected and then released. The unit will then vibrate et natural

ous flow by the upward and forward oscillating motion of a

frequency, althou gh frictional forces will gradually reduce the

continuous metal trough, mounted on sturdy, inclined reactor

amplitude of vibration.

legs. A constant stroke eccentric drive p rovides a powerful

surgeproof conveying action.

The positive action eccentric drive on off Link-Belt oscillating

conveyors overcomes these frictional forces and maintains a

These conveyors are ideal for handling off granular, free

constan! amplitude of vibration. This positive action provides

flowing materials as well as hot, abrasive, flne, dusty, lumpy,

a constant conveying action under load conditions normally

stringy and other difficult-to-handle materials, or where con

encountered in conveyor service and also under surge load

tamination or corrosion is a problem. In addition to conveying,

conditions which might dampen-out other types of vibratory

oscillating conveyors are used for scalping, cooling, heating

conveyors.

and drying.
In off Link Belt oscillating conveyors, the trough support system

Varying trough loads or drive speeds cause variations from

natural frequency, thereby imposing extra loads on conveyor

functions as near to natural frequency as practicable, resulting

parts. The eccentric drive is desi gned with ample service fac-

in low operating power requirements and mnimum stress on

tors to withstand these common operating conditions, thus

parts under load. The phenomenon of natural frequency is

eliminating the need for precise and continua! speed a d just-

readily illustrated by a springsuspended weight which is de

ments.

236 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
osdllatlng conveyors

Types
Flexmount for light duty serv1ce

33961

Flexmount osclllating conveyors for light d uty applications are of

extremely simple conslruction, remarkably rugged and compact. They are
ea sily installed and require mnimum mainlenance and allenlion.
Firmly mounted flat- spring supporl legs provide slurdy lrough supp orl
as well as natural freq uency spring reaclion which keeps drive size requiremenls to a mnimum.
Componenls for conveyors with 8 ", 12" and 18" lrough widths are
readily available lo assemble conveyors of desired length and drive
localion.
Flexmount conveyors handle a wide variety of free-flowing materials
as well as metal chips and turnings, metal scrap and canned goods in
process.
For selection and dimensions refer to pages 238 to 240.

Coilmount for medium duty serv1ce

Collmount osclllating conveyors for medium duty applications are

rugge d, well reinforced and require mnimum maintenance. They a re
shippe d in a ssembled components, making installation cosls extremely low.
The 6 " deep trough is supported by separate le gs that a re rubberbushed et orticulation points ond do no t req uire lubricotion. The coil
springs operote in th e natural frequency ronge ond reduce normal drive
requirements.
Completely assembled conveyor sections 5 or 1O feet long in trough
widths of 1O" ond 20" ore reodily available for easy installation.
Coilmount conveyors can handle many materials such os cullet, bulk
chemicols, sond , e tc.
For selection ond dimensions refer to pog es 241 to 2 4 3.

Torqmount for heavy duty serv1ce

Torqmount oscillatlng conveyors for heavy and extra-heovy

duty applications ore rugged, dependable ond easy to adjust and maintain. Serving a s reactor spring s, torsion ba rs, fi xed al one end and stee lbocked rubber bushed et lhe other end, obsorb the energy of lrough
moveme nl et the end of the stroke et ali points of support a long the
trough le ngth.
Replaceoble troughs of plain or olloy steel can be furnished in widths
from 20" to 48" o r more.
Torqmount conveyors can hondle a great variety of malerials such os
sand, castings ond cullet.
For selection and dime nsions refer to poges 244 to 246.

L 1 N K - B E L T 237

bulk handling
osclllatlng conveyors

Flexmount features
Smooth continuous trough
Conveyor consists of o conlinuous, 1O gouge steel
lrougn mounted on sturdy, flot-spring resilienl supporl legs. Compoct design simplifies instollotion.
All-metol construction insures long, trouble-free service life.

Positive action drive

33962

Mod el 2500, single connecling rod, Flel\mount eccentric drive for 8 " ond 12" widtn conveyors, ond o s on
e nd drive for shorl 18" widtn conveyors, is rigidly
mounted on o welded steel base witn o n odjuslment
for V-belt drive. This drive runs smootnly, mointo ins
positive o clion rego rdless of overloods or surges ond
provides gentle oscillo ting oclion ot selected speeds.
Model 3500, double connecting rod, Flel\mount eccenlric drive for 18" width conveyor nos tne sorne
feotures os tne Mod el 2500.

Flexmount selection
In general, granular, free-flowing moteriols from 1 00 mesh ond
lorger to such size os will f1t in ony particular size trough, con be
conveyed successfully in o Flel\mount conveyor. Moteriols which ore
moist or sticky, such o s prepored foundry sond, ond other moteriols
sucn os cement ond flour, whicn ore flner tnon 100 mesn, ond nove o
tendency to cerote, moy b e d ifficult to carry al normal speeds. Refer
such opplicotions to Link-Belt for recommendotions.
Flel\mount conveyors con be used without speciol construction to
nondle moteriols up to opprol\imotely 250F. Higner temperoture
opplicotions snould be referred to Link-Bel! for recommendotions.

tio n. The intermediote drive section moy be locoted ony wnere olong
tne conveyor to suit instollotion but preferobly neor center of conveyor.
When o conveyor requires o speciol lengtn seclion, select peris so
the speciol length section is olwoys greoter thon five feet. lnclude
tronsfer sections ond trougn el\tensions in delermining total length of
conveying trough.
Selectlon e xample Select o Flel\mount to nondle 15 tons per

nour of dry sond weighing 75 pounds per cubic foot over o distonce
of 27 feet. Conveyor to nove feed end drive.
Solutlon Refer to Copocity Cnort A. For material weigning 75

How to select a Fl e xmount

Re fer to Chart A Determine tne trough widtn for the required

copocity. Copocities ore bosed on average material trovel of 20

feet per minute with on average depth of bed os indicoted.
Re f e r to Chart B Select tne drive for the required copocity ond

length. Two or more conveyors moy be required.

Refer to Table 1 Select components for the e ntire conveyor.

Wnen selecting sections for conveyors with f eed end drives, the
Arst section must olwoys be o primory section.
Wnen select1ng sections for conveyors with intermediote drives,
olwoys use o primory section ot the feed end of the conveyor ond
onother primory seclion following the drive section. Tnis provides o
leg for support ot the feed end ond anead of tne wrist pin connec-

238 L 1 N K - B E L T

pounds p e r cubic foot al 15 TPH on 18" 1\ 4 " trough is required.

Refer to Orive Selection Chori B. A 27-foot long conveyor handling
15 TPH requires o Model 2500, l HP drive.
Refer to Components Table l. Feed end drive ossembly l 84ED25
is indicoted. Other conveyor components needed to build the entire
conveyor ore olso cnosen from this table.

ln stallation
In general, Flel\mount conve yors con be instolled without difficulty on
concrete foundotion s or structures obout 1O feet in neignt. Wnen
mounting conveyors on upper fl oors of b uildings or structures speciol
core must be el\ercised. Other opplicotions involving mounting Flel\mount conveyors obove bins, hoppers, on upper slories, etc., should
be referred to Link-Belt for recommendotions. Speciol designs for
minimizing vibrotion to the structure ore avoiloble upan opplicotion.

bulk handling
o sclllatlng conve yors

Flexmount selection
Chart A Capacity

Chart B Orive selection

35.--~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
30

DE.t._
~TH 1;3: FOR
FOR

4" DEPTH
2 OEPTH

35
a:

=>

30

o
t----t~-+~+-~t----i~..,..c...-+-~t----il--~

25

J:

a:

25

!t
(/)

20

,_o
?;

15

>!:::

10

u
<(
Q.
<(

u
120

140

10

MATERIAL WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT

20

30
40
70
80
MAXIMUM LENGTH 0F CONVEYOR IN FEET

Foq 6200

Flg 6201

Table 1 Ffexmount components

Sub-o ssem bly

Oescription

lo drive assembly.

8 .. 2
8 .. 4
12 X 4
18 .. 4

82P5
84P5
124P5
184P5

105
114
124
145

'.--~

lncludes 10'-0 " troug h, base,

Flexmounl legs and necessary
bolts and nuts for connect ing
lo dri ve assembly.

8 "2
8 X 4
12 X 4
18 "4

82Pl0
84PIO
l 24 P1 O
184P10

195
218
238
271

=::..-=.-=:l

lncludes 10'-0" trough, base,

flexmounl legs and necessary
bolts and nuts for connecting
lo primo ry seclion. Also used
for odd leng lhs under 10'-0".

8
8
12
18

82510
84510
124510
1845 10

190
213
233
263

Feed end drive asse m bly

,-.::) - ;- '\.- - ~

'\

:::l

lnclud es 5'-0 " trough, base,

Flexmounl legs ond necessory

-=l

b olts ond nub fo r conne cting

5 foot primary s ection

... -~'--:
,,.01
( ' t--' \
t:;;~~-=~

'\

'\

1O fool p ri mary secti on

t=:--=.,-=-::-

'\

~-

==:.=!

10 foot supplem entary section

t=== -v
F:

:wtj?CC~

5 fool lntermedia te d riva a ssam bly sactio n

~ --=r=a:::.:i-v=--~
~--=l

e:.==

Transfer section

~- ::i:==::i

::-

Dlsc harge extenslo n 1' -0 long

~------,,
T""TT
!:...-='==::i

Trou g h cover

Weight,
pound s

18 .. 4

-~

~~~~~~'\

Ca to log number

Model 2500, 1 HP Orive:

82ED25
84E025
124E025
184E025
Model 3500, 2 HP Orive: o
184E035

lncludes drive support, slide

base, eccentric drive, drive
brocket, V-bel!, V-belt
sheoves, flywheel ond guords.
(No motor or controls included.)

~-~

, -

Tro ug h size,
inches

lnclud es drive support, slide

base, eccentric drive, 5 ' -0"
trough ouembly, drive brackel, V-bel!, V-bel! sheaves, flywheel, guards, Flexmounl legs
and necessary bohs and nuls
for connecting to conveyor
seclion. (No motor or control
included.)

8
8
12
18

..
..
..
..

X
X
X
X

2
4
4
4

2
4
4
4

295
297
299
307
383

--8 .. 2
8 X 4
12 .. 4
18 .. 4
18 .. 4

Mo del 2500, 1 HP Orive:

821025R or l
841025R or l
1241025R or L
Model 3500, 1 HP Orive:
1841035R or L
Model 3500, 2 HP Orive: o
l 841035R2 or L2

300
315
350
430
430

- - -

lncludes discharge and l eed

extensions, bolts and nuts necessary for cannecling la lraugh.

8 .. 2
8 X 4
12 X 4
18 X 4

82TS
84TS
124TS
184TS

20
25
30
40

lncludes balts and nuts necessary for cannecling la lraugh.

8 .. 2
8 .. 4
12 "4
18 X 4

82DE
840E
1240E
1840E

9
12
14
18

5 foat lenglhs. lncludes clomps

for allochmenl la standard
lrough seclions.

8 X 2
8 " 4
12 "4
18 "4

82C5
84C5
124C5
184C5

15
15
19
26

5ee drive deroils to de te rmine right o r left hand

1 horsepowe r 1800 RPM motor-frome 182
o 2 horsepowe r 1800 RPM mator-frame 184

L 1 N K - B E L T 239

bulk handling
o sclllatlng conv eyo rs

Flexmount dimensions

J ! --_
-_-~-8;F-~:- -~< /:
D

!I

I_ t:::

J L--===::==~~;ct;:==-~:==:::::::=::::===:::=:===:
''
w

1 1
5'.o" OR I O~o SECTIONS
AS REOUIRED
1 TRANSFER SECTION 1
r-21~r5~0 (OR 10~0; PRIMARY SECTION

...- -15-

FLOW --'>-

>-

[]

1!~c------3~9"' - - - - - --

1 0~0 PRIMARY SECTION OR

r,_-- - - - - - -- - -- - - -l-0" SUPPLEMENTARY

SECTION

t:i--.-_~__
--...,..-.,,_-.--~.1..~>"':'"...,,..~----~~~~-------.,--.,,.....--------------~-,,-:,.---"1t.,--:---'
~

''\
\

\_

t:==--:--~--:-

'4

1,

:.

FLow -- ~

THIS ADDITIONAL LEG ON

PRIMARY SECTION ONL Y

r-

----- --------

'.

L._

- - - 3 - 9 PRIMARY SECTION ONLY

_ _ _ _ _ _ _,...., _ _ _ __

~
--------3~10~ -

1:

E --~

CM__
__ ---

ASSEMBLY 1

NORMALL Y FURNISHED
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

~K 1-.

1s!" ~ kf

J-

18

18 CONVEYOR

8 ANO 12
CONVEYORS

ASSEMBLY 2

MOTOR ASSEMBIJES
INTERMEDIATE ORIVE O~!~Y

Si te

182 frame
rnotor

184 fra me
motor

INCHtS

e "2
e" 4
12 " 4
1e " 4

e
e
12
1e

2Y1
4
4
1 4

3 Y,
5 '11
5 1,
5'11

9 ';1.
9.-1.
9 A.
1 14 "11

12 '11
12 '11
16Y,
1 22 '11

Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes.

Moximum height at top of stroke

240 L 1 N K - B E L T

.I

12>;i.
14'..I.
14 '..I.
1411,

19
19
19
26'!.

121,
1211
1211.
1 11 "11

9 111
9 111
9111
15 111

15'!.
15 '!.
15>;.
16;,

19
19
19
18

10
10
10
10111

15 >;.
15 >;.
15 >;.
15 '/.

44~

4 4 ,,,
44 ~.

44'11

14 >;.

44 V.

bulk handling
o sclllating conveyors

Coilmount features
Hlgh capaclty trough
and sturdy trough support system
Deep reinforced trough with top ered sides offers minimum resistonce to material Aow. One-piece construction is leokproof
ond e osy lo keep cleon. Troughs o re 1O" ond 20" wid e ond 6"
deep of 1 O gouge or ~6 steel. Dust-lighl covers con be
furnished.
lightweight cost oluminum rocker legs of rigid X-broce construction resist corrosion. Ho rdene d steel-encose d rubber bushings ot o rticulotion poinls do nol require lubricotion. Coil springs
ore of speciolly processed high-q uolity spring steel designed
with lib eral service foctors.

Rugged eccentric drive

Posilive oclion motion is impo rted to lrough by casi sleel connecting rod olloched to trough by rubber-bushed wrisl pin ond
securely locke d by lope r lock bushing s. Rugged e cce ntric shoft is
su pporte d by double row self-oligning roll er beoring pillow
block s.

Fle x ib le dr ive arrangement

38232

Bread inslollotion Aexibility is accomplished

since compocl drive moy be locoted onywhere
o long lhe conveyor, with the motor on either
side. When drive is locoled al end of conveyor, motor ond bose a re mounted in line
with trough.

Coilmount selection
The Coilmount oscilloting conveyor complements the time -preven Flexmounl by providing g reote r load corrying copocily with correspondingly more rugged construction ond simplicity of moinlenonce.
The Coilmounl design le nds ilself lo mony special processes such
o s scolping, dewolering, seporoting, drying or cooling, ond speciol
screen d e cks, lrough covers or cooling hoods con b e e ngineered by
link-Bel t.
Coilmounl conveyors con be used without speciol conslruclion lo
hondle moleriols up lo opproximotely 250F. Higher tem perolure
opplicolions should b e referred to link-Belt for recommendotions.

How to select a Coilmount

Re fer to Charts A and C Dete rmine the trough width for the re q uired copocity. Chori A is for 1o X 6 " conveyors ond Chori c for
20" x 6 " conveyors, for material trove! speeds up lo 75 feet p er
minute with o 4" bed d e plh of material. Mosl molerio ls convey between 50 ond 75 feet pe r minute. For higher conveying roles consult
Link-Be lt.
lnlerporticle slippog e, oerotion of the b ed of material, moisture
content ond other foctors offect the conveying role. For exom ple,
coorse molerais with mnimum inlerporticle slippo ge such os fe e d
p ellets, wood chips, dry chemicols ond domp sond generolly convey
al opproximote ly 75 fe e l pe r minute while fine moler ais with interporticle slippoge or o erotion quolities such os dry cemenl or fine,
dry sond g e nerolly convey al opproximotely 50 feel per minute or
less. For recommendotions on slicky o r hord -to-hondle moleriols consult link-Be lt. Loborolory facilities ond fiel d unils ore ovoiloble for
material p erformance tesis.
Re fe r to Charts B and D Select the drive size ond trough thickness
for the required copocity ond length.
Re fer to Ta ble 1 Selecl componenls for the entire conveyor.
Completely o ssembled conveyor sections 5 or 1O feet long , with

troughs 1O" or 20" wide ond 6 " deep, ore ovoiloble for fost, eosy ond
e conomicol instollotion.
Whe n selecting sections for conveyors with interme diote drives,
olwo ys use o primory section ot the feed end of lhe conveyor. This
provides o leg fo r support al lhe feed e nd of the conveyor. lnte rmediote drive section moy be locoted onywhere olong the conveyor
to suit instollotio n.
Whe n o conveyor re q uires o sp ecia l length seclion, select parts
so thot the specia l length seclion is always greole r thon five feet.
lnclude transfe r sections ond trough exlensions in dete rmining total
length of conveying trough.
Se lection example Select o Coilmount to handle 45 tons per hour
of dry coorse salt weighing 50 pound s per cubic foot o ver o distonce
of 35 feet. Conveyor to hove f eed end drive.
Solution Refer to Capacity Chori A. Mate rial weighing 50 pounds
p er cubic foot conveyed al 45 TPH is beyond the recommended
range of o 1 O" X 6" Coilmount. Therefore, re fer to Chori c which
shows thol o 20" x 6" Coil mounl is sotisfoctory for lhis opplicotion.
Re fer to Orive Selection Chort D. A 35-foot long conveyor handling
45 TPH requires o 3 HP drive ond 3A" lrough.
Re fer to Com ponenls Tabl e l. Feed end d rive section 206EB-3 is
indicated . Other conveyor components needed to b uild the enlire conveyor ore olso chosen from this table.

lnstallation
In g e neral, Coilmount conveyors con b e instolled without difficulty on
concre te foundotions or structures obout 1O fe e t in height. When
mounting Coilmount conveyors on uppe r Aoors of buil dings or structures,
speciol core must b e exercised. Othe r opplicotions involving mounting Coilmount conveyors obove bins, hoppers, upper stories, etc.,
should be referred to link-Belt for recommendotions. Speciol designs
for minimizing vibrotion to the slructure ore ovoilob le upan opplicotion.

L 1 N K - B E L T 241

bulk handling
osclllatlng conveyors

Coilmount selection
11

x 6 " CONVEYOR
Chart B Orive selection, 1O" x 6"
Chart A Capacities, 1O" x 6" for 4" bed d e pth o f material
10

50.----.---.--,-----.--r-""T""- ,.---,7T--r--i----i'.:?"-,---.

50.----n--,r-<""T""-...

zg 401---i--+--+--+--+->
;;::~
301---+- -+--+---t--,..-<t-- .
!::a::
Ulol

20

~~ ~t~~~~~i~~i~~~E~~i~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
<z

ug

10

Fig. 5944

Fig 5947

11

e . Ca p acities, 20"

Chart

2 0 x 6 " CONVEYOR
6 " for 4" bed depth of materia l
Chart D Orive selectian, 20" x 6"

60

"9
,.,.,1

70

a:: 60
z =>
-,_ :e
o 50

515
<o..

40

-+

~ ~ 30
t- 20

10

V"

w m

,,,,_

.- _.

----

--~

/ / V __.. l.---""'
......;::::::.
~
m m

[......--""

A '~ ~--

V ~V

Uo

7 0 1---+---;!I--\+-""

)f ~~ /
: fa(

ao -~~~-

/V

oo

1m 1m

201---+--il---+-+-ll---+--l-+-I
101---+--il---+-''t'-11---+--l-+-t

1~

MATERIAL WEIGHT PER CUBIC FOOT

LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET

Fig 5945

Fig 5948

Tabl e 1 Coilmount components

Co to loq number

Oescription

Trou gh si1e 10 x 6

1O gouge

inch

Trough size 20 x 6.,

1O gouge

Motor

HP"

inch

10 6 EA-1
10 6 EA- 2
106EA-3

106 E8- 1
106E8-2
106E8-3

206EA- 1
206EA-2
206EA- 3
206EA-5

206E8- 1
206E8-2
206E8-3
206E8-5

FEEO ENO ORIVE SECTION

Use d al feed end a f canveyar. lnclud e s

complete conveyor d rive o nd g uard ,
except motor and cantra ls. 5hea r bars
and connection nuts ond bolts includ ed.

'. ;#{ ;#{ ~ ~:

Used al feed end of conveyor when intermediate drive is used. Re q uired bolts
and nuts includ e d.

106PA5

106P85

206PA5

20(>P85

Used al feed end o f conveyor when intermediate d rive is used. Required bolts
and nuts include d.

106PA10

106P810

206PA10

206P810

Used anywhere in conveyor except a l

feed end or used for ma king odd length
sections. Required bolts and nuts included .

1065A10

1065810

2065A10

2065810

1061A-1
106IA-2
106IA-3

10618-1
1 0618 -2
10618 -3

206IA-1
2061A-2
206IA-3
2061A-5

20618-1
20618-2
20618-3
20618-5

1
2

3
5

S FOOT PR IMARY SECTI ON

10 FOOT PRIMARY SECTION

10 FOOT SUPPLEMENTAR Y SECTION

S FO O T INTERMEOIATE ORIVE SECTIO N

4:~~0-3
~~'v':.

L.\

c=':::i

c::=.S

Used anywhere in conveyor, pre fe rably a l center. lncludes complete conveyor d rive and guard, excepl ma lar
and conlrols. 5hear bars and conneclion nuts and balts included.
Assembly 1 furnished unless otherwise
specifled.
Used when connecting conveyors in fine.
Required bolts ond nuts included.

106TA

10618

206TA

206T8

Used lo exlend discha rg e beyond base.

Required bolts and nuls included.

1060A

10608

2060A

20608

Used when dusl light conveyor is required. Require d bolts o nd nuts and
clamps lo foslen cover to standard
trough included. 5 -fool lengths.

106CA

106C8

206CA

206C8

TR ANSFER SECTIO N

f:_t-:t-D
~~~~::J

OISCHARGE EXTENSI ON
~-

)@f.[
TROUGH COV ER

1 horsepo wer 1800 RPM motor- frome 182.

2 horsepowe r 1600 RPM motor- frame 184.

242 L 1 N K - B E L T

3 horsepower 1600 RPM motor- frome 213.

5 horsepower 1800 RPM motor- frome 215.

1
2
3
5

bulk handling
osclllatlng conveyors

Coilmount dimensions

rT
C
J
:
~
,-T '.'

1 '

"

- + --

IZ::...rnR

co~cRETE F

NOATIONS

--20~1!L 12~~2:s~>

. _ - - - --

10~0 PRIMARY SECTION OR

- - - -10'.o' SUPPLEMENTARY SECTION-

----->T<-12~
OISCH ARGE
l:XTENSION

t--- - --j~~~~~~~='t--r+-~

MOTOR ASSEMBLIES
INTERMEOIATE ORIVE ONLY

TROUGH SECTIONS

-----~~61=:i

_;--11

n_

l'i":J ~ 1

ALL
.a;-ili FOUNOATION
.;BOLTS
- 1'

,.

1'

ASSEMBLY 1

10'x 6

TROUGH

20' x 6' TROUGH

Size

Horsepower

ASSEMBLY 2

NORMALL Y FURN ISHEO

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEO

-~--

Plf.t'1S

A
8
C
O
-----'-----,N
-C
""'H
_E_ _ _ _~---5

1 ond 2

26Y,

1 0>~

10%

12\14

26Y,

11 r.

10%

12\14

1 ond 2

30%

14Y,

14Y.

l 6'11

3 ond 5

30%

16

14 '!.

16'/o

10 "6

20 " 6

Hove dime nsions certified for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 243

bulk handling

............. " ... ~ :.. , .. , .~;

osclllatlng conveyors

~ 1 t ~},

Torqmount features
!

'

. .. .. ;

Replaceable carrylng trough

Torqmount oscillciting conveyors ore designe d far
heovy ond extro-heovy opplicotions. The heovy
duty ty pe is ovoiloble in tro ugh widths of 20" to 48 "
wide ond with copocities over l 00 tons per hour.
The extro-heovy duty typ e is ovoiloble in 48" trough
wid th ond with copocities up to 350 tons p er hour.
The corrying trough con be mode of obro sion resistan! steel ond is reod ily reploceoble without interfe ring with trough sup ports. Troughs ore leokproof
ond moy b e fted with dust-tight covers.

Rugged trough supports

Torsion bors serve a s reactor springs ond obsorb the
e ne rgy of trough movement ot the e nd of eoch stroke
ot ali points of support o long the trough le ngth. They
ore rugge d, d ependoble, ond eosy to odjust ond
mointo in. Eo ch of the torsion bo rs is fix e d ot one end
ond free to o rticulote in o steel-b ocked rubber
b ushing ot the other. A common mounl far supporting
legs ond torsion bors on opposite sid es of trough
mointoins occurote olignment.

De p e ndable poslt lv e actl on drl ve

The Torqmount drive has o sturdy doubl e
row rolle r b eoring eccentric ond outboo rd
beorings. The welded steel base is on
integral por! of the conveyor base. This
rugg e d d rive provides o positive, full stroke
under normal, o s well os surge looding
conditio ns, ossuring dependoble conveying
oction.
29178A

244 L 1 N K - B E L T

-1

M.ARCONA MlNlNG Co.

o sclll a tl ng conve yors

REOEtVEO

Torqmount selection

bulk handling

1963
~

PUMT IMMT. SUPT

The heovy ond extro-heovy duty Torqmount oscilloting conveyors complement the Flexmount ond Coilmount by providing greoter lood
corrying copacity and r etoining mointenance simplicity.
The Tarqmount design lends itself to applications which require handling high capacities of materials such as foundry shakeout sand,
castings, coal or crushed rock.

Example 1 Select o Torqmount t o handle 75 t ons per hour of

clinker weighing 90 pounds per cubic foot over o distonce of 65 feet.
Solution Refer lo Copacity Cho ri A . Far material weighing 90
p ounds per cubic foot al 75 TPH o 36" wide trough is required.
Refer to Orive Selection Chori B. A 65-foot long conveyor handling
75 TPH requires o 10 HP drive.

How to select a Torqmount

Exo mple 2 Select o Torqmount to handl e 275 tons p er hour of
shokeout sand weighing 90 pounds per cubic foot over a distance
of 45 f eet.

Refer to Charts A and C Determine trough width for the required

capocity. Chori A is for 20" to 48" trough widths ond is bosed on on
average material trovel of 30 feet per minute with en averag e
depth of bed of 4 ". Chori C is for the 48 " wide super-copacity extra
heovy dut y conveyor and is bosed on an averoge mat erial trovel of
50 feet per minute with an average depth of bed of 8 ". When selec
tion is in shoded portion of table consult Link-Bel!.

Solution Refer to Capacity Chori A. The tonnoge requiremenls are

beyond the copocity of o heovy d uty Torqmount; therefore, refer to
Capacity Chori C for the extro -heovy duty Torqmount which is satis
factory far this opplica tion.

Ref er to Cha rts B and D D etermine the horsepower required bosed

on capacit y and conveyor length. Where more horsepower or long er
carrying runs ore required, two or more conveyors of shorter lengths
con be used in series, each with its own drive.

Refer to Orive Selection Cho ri D. The horsepower required far one

45-faot long conveyor exceeds the recommended 25 HP maximum,
therefore use two conveyors in series-one 25 fe et long with o 20
HP motor ond one 20 f eet long with a 15 HP motor.

HEAVY DUTY- 4 11 BED DEPTH

Chart A Capacity

Chart B Orive selection

/

/
/

l/)

7o

o
5o
4o

1-

u
<(

o..

<(

/
~

/
/

!>o

V/

,~

-::;:;
,~
.....

10 20

::i

o.. 9o

~ 8o

.....-

/
~

.
\

20

"'

7 -~ HP

'

1\

5 HP

3o

'\
~

1\

20"

'

3 HP

~ 5o

V 4o

~ 6o

\
~

7o

<(

\
\

:e

l/)

\
\

o
11 o

/k;
7,f:>.
,,...-.....-

a::

a:: 10o

12

/ /V

I~

o /~

/"'

'\

\
\
\

13 o

/
/ V
V/
,.
~
V
/,V/ V / /
/
V _.....,, V
/
~
V / V V

14

15c.

/t>-~A IV
/ / 1'/, V
/
V ":>ro /

V /

;;<$-~/

L,J

>-

o
14 o
13 o,_
12 o
a::
::> 11 o
o
:e
a:: 10o
o.. 9 o
z
o1- 8 o
15

10 HP

i\.
~

' '\.

"""

"

10

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
120
140
MATERIAL WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT
fig . 6202

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET

fi g. 6203

l 1 N K - B E L T 245

bulk handling
o sclllatl ng co nveyon

Torqmount seledion
EXTRA HEAVY DUTY-8" BED DEPTH
Char t D Orive selection

Chart C Copocity
350
330

350

310

a: 290

a
:e 270
a:
...w 250

:;?
?;

210

~
190

...<<
u

"'

::i

"')ti

~~

230

210

190

"-

;:;

1
1

....

170

~ 10

"-~~~#\

__

HP

HP

150

130

>-

150

--,

2 50

V>

170

290

j! 270

230

3 10

V>

1
1

330

130

HP

30

40

50

60

70

80

90 100 110 120 130 140 150

10

MATERIAL WEIGHT IN POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT

20

HP

\ \

30

40

50

LENGTH OF CONVEYOR IN FEET

Fig. 6205

Fog. 6206

Torqmount dimensions

SECTION AA
f ig. 444 2

H- CLEARANCE

H
CLEARANCE

A-

FLOW- -

BOLTS-E
:~~~~~~- o~~~~~----~

f 1g. A.44 1

Size

C onve yor weight

Av erog e weight of

per foot, pounds

drive, pounds

1(

INCHES

H eavy duty

20
24
30
36
.ol2

125
130
162
180
196
214

..ca

385
385
1380
1380
1380
1380

20
24
30
36
.ol2
48

'A.
'A.

v.
v.
v.
v.

18
18
30:Y.
30V.
30:Y.
30:Y.

48

v.

43

:y,

60
60
96
96
96
96

y.
1
1
1
1

6
6
8
8
8
8

11 111
11 111
19:y,
19%
19%
19%

1 12

19%

16
16
27
27
27
27

24111
2 4 111
24 111
24 111
24111
2 4 111

33

31111

24~

24 3A
24 ~
24~

24~

24 3A

Extra heavy duty

48

280

2200

Hove d imensions certifo ed fo r i nstallat ion purposes.

Clearance req uired fo r removal o f torsion bars.

246 l 1 N K - B E l T

96

30111

bulk handling
osclllatlng conveyors

Modifications

Mony modiflcotions con be mode to link-Be lt o scilloting

conveyors to meet o voriety of speciol mounting, material
processing or speciol conveyor trough opplicotions. A portiol
list of oscilloting conveyor modiflcotions follows:
Spring mountings to isolo te vibrotions from floors, slructurol members, e tc.
Trough d ecks for screening, dewolering ond sepo roling.
Divide d troughs for conveying o voriety of moteriols
simultoneously.
Tubular troughs for conveying material under pressure
or when gos-tight construction is required.
Dust-tight lrough covers ore ovoiloble for oll conveyors.
Trough hood s for drying or cooling.
Troughs for handling high temperoture moteriols.
Completely e nclose d To rqmount oscilloting conveyors o re sp ring mounled to isolote
vibrotions from building structure. These 24 wide conveyors handle 40 tons per
h our of highly obrasive silicon carbide. Photo 33364

Grizzly bar sectlon o f this Torqmounl oscillating conveyor removes lumps from cernen! clinke r. Usable material d rops through
ba rs onto belt conveyor below. Photo 32759

Speclal d lvld e d trough on this To rqmount oscillating conveyor has four sections for
handling tractor track links. Pho to 380 1 O

lnsulate d trough Flexmount oscilloting conveyor handling corn.

Jets of steom ore used lo deslroy bocterio. Photo 35878

Completely e nclosed dust - tlght Flexmount o scilloting conveyor has manually operated discharge gales thal diverl chemical granules lo bins below. Pholo 3 4 7 85

L 1 N K - B E L T 247

bulk handling
apron conveyors

apron

2 4 - lnch wide apron conveyor delivering hot burned lime from d ischorge
chute of rotary kiln (foreground) to foot of bucket e levo tor. Photo 35625

36-lnch wlde by 85-foot long apron conv eyor in foundry, where attendants sort castings
into separote contoiners. Sprues a nd goles ore
dischorged for remelting. Photo 35076

84-inch wide apron conve yor carrying harbor refuse up 30-degree incline to incineratar.
Photo 35635

Apron conveyors consist of a series of jointed overlapping or

interlocking apron pans on which th e materia l is carried, operating over head and foot terminals and suitable tracking, all
contained and supported by a stationary frame. They can be
used to handle practically any bulk material, as well os
packaged and solid objects.
Link-Belt apron conveyors are wide ly used for handling bulk
materials such as ores, stone, sand, gravel, coal, cullet, foundry
and industrial refuse, garbage and similar materials. Properly
designed and applied, they will also handle steel scrap, castings, strip steel and similar objects.

248 L 1 N K - B E L T

Hinge d apron conve yor "'' left elevating metal

chi ps from twa lines of Flexmount oscilloting can
veyors. A similor conveyar at right hondles metal
links. Photo 38002

These conveyors will handle materials with a min1mum of

degradation over horizontal, indined or a combination of horizontal and indined paths.
Furnished with or without sides, opron conveyors con be used
as picking tabl es or, with the addition of skirt plates, be
adapted to handl e large volumes of e ither granular or lumpy
material.
Link-Belt, with its wide experience in selecting, applying and
building apron conveyors, is well quolif1ed to moke recommendotions to meet specif1c requirements.

bulk handling
a pron co nveyo rs

Types

Ty p ical a p ron conveyors

With corrugoted pans

W ith Aat pans

Typical a pron conve yo rs

A typ ica l a pran canveyar consists of a series of overla p ping or interlocking apron p o ns ottoched successively to two stronds of chain. Depe nding upon design, opron po ns ore mounte d between the two
cho ins, or o n to p of o tlo chmenls exle nd ing obove the choins. In the
lo tte r orrongement, p ons moy be ottoched to the inne r ottachment
link only, or extend ocross !he top of both inner o nd outer o ttochments.
In the typicol opron conveyor, the lorger rodius beod or corrugotion of eoch pon overlops the srnoller rodius beod of its odjocent
pon, providing o light joint ot oll times. This not only forms o continuous
surfoce for the corrying run, but olso preve nts material from wedging
between odjoining pons when the apron pivots to dischorge over the
heod terminal. The curves of the beods ore concentric with the pin of
the choin. Direction of trove! should normolly be orronged so thot
the open end of the upper bead, lead.

Und er heovy lo o dings ond o n the wider co nveyors, cross rods exte nding through both cho ins ore used al inlervo ls to stiff e n the choins
ond preserve the vertica l position of the rollers. These rods usuolly
toke the pl a ce of the regular choin pins or studs for the choin rollers.
When the p ons ore mounted between the conveyor choins or fostened to lhe inner ottochments only, the choins sup port the conveying
medium o n the relurn run. Pons ottoched to ond extending ocross the
top of the choins must be supported on the return run by sli de roils
or similor meons.
Vorious choins moy be used with the differenl styles of pons to
form the conveying medium. Molleoble iron choins ore limited to use
with pons up to 6-inch pitch ond SS Closs bushed roller choins for
pons of oll pitches.

No-le o k a pro n conve yo r

20084
Undersid e o f No-l e ok a p ro n conveyor

No- Leak apron conve y ors

Although No- Leok opron conveyors were orig inoll y designed for
ha ndling d ry, fi ne foundry sond, they ore suitoble o nd economicol
for handling mony other moteriols. Becouse of the close fitting contocts of oll overlopping surfoces ond the procticol design, leokoge
is held to the obsolute minimum. The close fitting contoct surfoces
preven! moteriols from being cought in the joints ond permit handling
steel ond oluminum scrop, smoll ports, ond other similor mate riols
having shorp edges or fins.
Apron pons ore occurotely formed to insure close fitti ng overlopping joints ond ore provided with offset side pioles welded
integrolly with !he e nds of the pons. This construction effectively prevents leokoge ot the pon ends.
Two stronds of conveyor choin ore ottoched underneoth ond close
to the ends of the pons, where they ore protected from grit ond
o brosive moteriols which moy spill over the conveyor sides. The SS
Closs bushed roller choins hove steel driving collors, hordened bushings ond pins al the choin joints to minimize weor, golling o nd friction
and insure long ond dependoble service.

The conveyor ond its load ore supported on the conveyor roils by
single flonged rollers ossembled every second pitch on cross rods
extending through the links of both conveyor chains ot mid-pitch
points. This orrongement permits removol of the co rrying rollers for inspection or renewol without dismontling or disturbing the choins or p o ns.
The rugged ond durable conslruction of this conveyor ossures
dependoble operotion with o mnimum of moinlenonce when handling
obrosive moteriols. Porls subjecl to weor ore occessible ond eosily
re placed.
To minimize weor ond ovoid the necessity for freque nt renewal,
corrying rollers ore mode of chrome iron ar Flint-Rim. They con be
furnished with hordened steel bushings or boll or roller beorings,
depending on opplicotion ond service requirements. Chrome iron o nd
bushed Flint-Rim rollers operote on hordened steel bushings o ssembled on the ends of the cross rods ond locked in the choin sideb ors. Pressure lubricotion to the bearing contoct surfoces reduces
choin pull ond increoses choin life.

L 1 N K - B E L T 249

bulk handling
apron conveyors

Types

3995

Ope n top ca rrier w ith round bottom buckets

Ope n top ca rrier with buckets fo r incl ines

Conveyors for large capacitle s

Ope n top corriers o re recommended fo r handling unusuo lly lorge
copocities or lump sizes.
Ruggedly conslructed , these conveyors use two stronds of SS Closs
bushed roller choin to supporl ond move lhe load . Heovy sleel
buckels, suspended between !he two slronds of choin, con be provided
in vorious thicknesses ond shopes for procticolly ony requirement.

Open top ca rrier w ilh b uckets for extra large capacities

These conveyors ore o lso used for handling moleriols al high

temperolures ond for very obrosive molerio ls. They moy be instolled
in horizontal ar steeply inclined poths or combinotions of these poths.

Apron conveyors w lth h lnged pans

Hinged opron conveyors ore d esig ned to hondle shorp, highly
obrosive, ond hol moteriols, mochined peris o nd similor p roducts.
They will hondle scrop, costings, hect treoted peris from quench tonks,
chips, sto mpings o nd other moteriols, including food products such
o s cereols.
These conveyors con b e operoted over horizo nta l or incline d poths
or o co mbinotion of both. Cleols con b e odded for operotion on
sleep inclines. The close fitting interlocking pons pro vide o minimum of
opening o nd o smooth joint which ovoid s wedging effects when
irre g ular or shorp moleriols o re conveyed.

Apron conveyo r with A F2 h inged pans

TRA VEL-------+-

Types of apron pans

Pons of vorious types ore ovoilobl e for diffe re nt purposes ond to
meet spe cific requiremenls. Sorne of the more commonly used style s
ore illuslroled ond described.
Style AA apron p ans o re normal cleoronce pons of lhe double
b eoded type. They o re ovoiloble in vorious thicknesses ond in pitches
ronging from 3 to 6 inches.

Fig . 4686

Style AA a p ron pans

In mosl pilches, lhese pons ore ovoiloble for suspension between

slrond s of choin ond for use with ollochmenls exlending obove
the choins.
Conveyors with this lype of pon o re used for horizontal service
ond al 20 lo 25 deg ree inclines. They o re suitoble for handling
proclicolly oll bulk moteriols. When used for cooling purposes, sorne
o ir circulotion between the pons ond through !he conveyed material
is possibl e.

TRAVEL---+-

Style AB apr o n pans ore similor in d esign lo the Style AA, except
thot minimum cleo ronce is provid e d between !he corrugotions or beods.
These pons ore ovo iloble in severo( lhicknesses, in pilches of 6 ", 9 "
ond 12", ond o re used in both the regular ond No-le ok lyp e
o pron conveyors.

Fig . 4689

Style AB apron pans

250 L 1 N K - B E L T

They ore suilobl e for handling proclicolly o ll bulk moleriols over

horizontal o nd up lo 20 lo 25-degree inclined polhs. Becouse of
the close cleoronces mointoine d , leokoge or dribble is he ld to
a minimum.

bulk handling
apron conveyors

Types of apron pans

TRAVEL - - +

TRAVEL ------+

Fig. ' 693

Style AC apron pans

Fig. 4687

Style AE apron pans

TRAVEL - - +

Fig. '692

Style AC apron pans with wood filler blocks

Style AC apron pans are of the single b eaded type. They ore
available in several thicknesses in 9 and 12-inch pitches far attachment
between the canveyar chains. The shape of the pon provides far free
discharge of material and mokes it suitable far use en conveyors
inclined up to 25 deg rees.

Style AE apron pans provide an extremely heavy duty conveying

medium, suitable far heavy rock, castings and many other similar
materiols. They ore designed to withstand severe abuse such as occurs et loading points.
Pans consist of structural steel channels with clips ond heavy
plate sides. Avoilable in pitches of 9 and 12 inches and widths up to
60 inches, they may be used for horizonta l and inclined service or
combinations of both.
TRAVE L - - +

Pons may be equipped with steel capped waod filler blacks to

provide protectian far the conveyor against shock loading of heavy
lumps.
Fog . 4688

Style AFl apron pans

TRAVEL--+
TRAV EL~

Fig. 4695

Style AD apron pans

Style AF2 apron pans

Style AF apron pans are of the hinged type, made in severa! d e signs, including flat pons and deep drawn pons for greater copacities.
Pan edges are interlocked et the pivot point to provide a minimum
of opening and a smooth joint. Rods through the conveying chains and
the interlocking pan edges comp lete the assembly.

TRAVEL----+-

Pons ore available in pitches of 4, 6, 9 ond 12 inches ond in

widths up to 48 inches. They o re suitable for light and medium loads
and for handling small objects ond peris. Perforoted pans can be
provided for quench tank service.

Fig. 4694

Style AD apron pan s with wood filler blocks

Style AD apron pans are of the double beaded type similar to

Styles AA ond AB, except they ore deep drawn to farm a stiffer pon
far heovier loads and greater carryi"g capacity en horizontal and
inclined paths. They may also be fitted with stee l capped wood
filler blocks to provide protection far the pans against impact and
shock when handling large, heavy lumps. Ends ore regularly welded
to the pan and provide a means far attachment to the chain.

TRAVEL~
Fig. 4691

Ca st apron pans

Ca1t apron pan1 are made of gray iron, steel or malleable iron
in various p itches and widths. They ore principally used far handling
hot abrasive moterials.

L 1 N K - B E L T 251

bulk handling
a p roo co nveyors

Conveyor f rames

ARRANGEMENT A- Apron w ithou t ap ro n pan

ends, angle !rac k both ru n s

ARRA NGEMENT B-Apron

e nds, a ngle !ra ck both runs

w ith

a pron

pa n

Apron pans mounted on top of chains - chain rollers support

pans on carry ing run- sl ide ra ils support pans on return run

V
f;g, 4706

ARRANGEM ENT C - Apron with ap ron pa n ends, angle

!rack both runs

ARRANGEM ENT E-Apron with a pro n pan ends, rail

!rack b oth ru ns

A RRANGEMENT 0 - Apron wlth apron pa n ends , ra il

l r a ck co rryi ng r u n, angle tra ck return ru n

f19. 4702

A RR ANGEMENT F- Apro n with apron p an ends, r o il

track carryin g run, a ngle tra ck return ru n

Apron pans mounted between chainschain rollers support pa ns on carrying and return runs

252 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
apro n con veyo rs

Selection
Depending on the construction, opron conveyors ma y be used
to handle practically any loose, bulk materia l ranging from fine
to large, irregular lumps. They are po rticularly suitable for installatio ns where impact is a factor or where the material being
conveyed is too hot for other types of conveyors.
Ruggedness ca n be built into apron conveyo rs to resist
damage from the sharp corners of large lumps and from impact
shock. Certain designs will withstand the dumping of heavy,
coarse materials directly onto the conveyor or into a hopper
from which the conveyor can withdraw the material, acting as a
self-feeder. The pan beads or cor rugations retard backward
flow of the material on inclined conveyors and minimize slippage between material and conveyor when used under bins
and hoppers.
Apron conveyors are excellent for :
Corrying material harizontally, up or down inclines or in
combinations af these paths
Handling materials on inclines
Conveying hot materiols
Conveying abrasive molerials
Elevoting materials too la rge ar bulky fo r bucket elevatars
Conveying loose string y materials, such as slee l turnings
Conveying submerged molerials in processing equi pment,
such as quench and cooling tanks
Processing or cooling material as it is conveyed
Picking and sorting conveyors
Apron conveyors using regu lar pans can be operated horizontally or on inclines up to 25 degrees . By using flights ottached lo the pans or specially shaped pans, inclines up to 45
degrees are possib le for handling sorne materials.
Side pioles af varying heights attached to the ends of the
apron pans or formed by the chain sidebors, ore usually used
to increase the amount of materia l thal can be handled and to
restroin it from spilling over the edges. Stationory skirt pioles
also may be used ta increase the depth of material that may
be handled. Skirt pioles a re commonly used on apron feeders
and conveyors acting as self-feeders.
Apron conveyors normally operate al speeds up to 1 00 feet
per minute depending on the nolure of the ma te ria l being
handled, the pitch of the cha in, desired life expectoncy, the
construction of the pan , diameter of chain rollers and means of
lubricalion. When used as picking table canveyors, speeds usually do not exceed 75 feet pe r minute.
Normolly, 4" and shorter pitch apron conveyors ore used

for nonobrasive materia ls weighing up lo 50 pounds per

cubic fool and conlaining relatively small lumps. Because af
the sho rl pitch and other design limitolions, pan thicknesses and
chain peris are of necessity small in size and therefore only
suitable for lighter loads a nd service. Style AA pans are
normally used for these pilches. Where space available for
installation of the conveyor is limited, these assemblies affer a
possible solution.
11

The 6 and longer pitch apron conveyors are suitable for

practically ali olher materials when properly designed and applied. Styles AA, AB, and AC pans ore generally used, but
where leakage or dribble must be held to a minimum, the Style
AB pan is most suitable. Styles AA and AC pans provide for
sorne circulation of ai r through the conveyor line and material.
The Style AC pans ore most suitable for the steeper of the inclined conveyors.
Dry, fine abrasive materials can best be handled on the
No-Leak apron conveyors.

Capacities
The maximum capacity, or role in tons or cubic feet per hour al
which ma terial is lo be hondled al a ny time, must be used as a
basis for selecting the size of the apron, even though this
maximum rote may exist for only a short period of time. Da nol
use the average or mean hourly rote, as the conveyor will nol
handle the peak loads.
Maximum size of lumps and the percentage they con slitute
of the total ma terial handled, ore imporlant faclors in determining the size of conveyor required. These are listed in Table 1.
lf the size ond percentage of lumps listed in the tables o re exceeded, select a wider conveyor, regardless af the hourly
capacity.
Normolly, the width of the opron should be not less than
2 V2 times the size of the max imum lumps to be handled. In the
smaller size the width should be 3 times the size of the maximum lump. Likewise, lhe depth of the feed opening shou ld be
more than 2 times the size of the lorgest lump for unsized
material and 2 V2 times the size of moximum lump for sized
material.
When skirt plates a re used lo increase the depth af bed of
ma terial to obtain greote r ca pacity, the depth of piole ordinarily
should nol exceed 2/ 3 the width of the conveyor. Depths
greoter than this may somelimes be used on shorl conveyors or
feeders, but on average length and long conveyors the side
frict ion between the material and skirt plates will lend to
reduce the copacity.

_n

Gl

rn
1

'I
1

.,._,

""""" -=

T
1
1

1
11
11

. ~

+--TRAVEL

Typical apron conveyor frame

Fig. 4698

L 1 N K - B E L T 253

bulk handling
a pron convey ora

C onveyor speed fo r 4000 cubic fe e t per hour

4 000 = 119 FPM.
= 33.7

Ex a mple of apron conveyor selection

P roblem
Select on o_pron conveyor to mee! the following conditions:
Motenol . ...... ....... crushed limestone
Weigh! . . . .. . . . ... . .. 90 pounds per cubic foot
Co pac1ty ..... . ..... l aO tons per hour o r 4000 cubic
feet per hour
.
Moiumum lump size
.. 6 inches, l 03 of total volume
Sh~ft cenlers . . ... .. ... a o feet along incline
Incline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l S degrees
Approximote diameter of he o d
and foot sprockels . .. .. 2 3 inches
Op e~oting c?nditions . ... moderote shock, moderately d usty
Serv1ce requ1red . ... . ... 16 hours per doy

S ince this speed is higher than thol recommended in Table 1,

consid er the next lorger size 24" wide conveyor with 6" high sides.
This conveyor will hondle 4S cubic feet per hour al 1 FPM.
C onv e yor speed for 4000 cubic feel per hour
4000
=-s= aa.a FPM, which is sotisfactory.
Rehr lo materi a l clo ssifi cotion, page S63. Since crushed limeston e if mildly abra sive, select a
thick pon. Next, refer to table
on pose 2S7 ond no te that SS922 chain has the smo ll e st pitch and
lowes l strenglh of !hose listed. Refer lo layout H of choin conveyor
co lc 1.1lotions on poge S6a ond proceed a s foll ows:
R = opproximo tely 2 0 .70 feel
Y = approximo tely 77.27 feel

v.

So lutio n

yR

R~fe r

to the types previously descri bed. Select an opron conveyor

with Style AC pans as being sotisfactory for the application.
. Refer lo Tabl e l. A con.veyor with ot leo s! on l a " opron width
is recommended for the 6 lump size.
R_efer
th~ s'!ecifkotions on page 2S7. The moximum hei ht
s1d~s liste~ is 6 . Refer to Table 2 ; on la " wide conveyor withg6"
h1gh s1des w1ll handle 33.7 cubic fe e l per hour operating al l FPM.

W = 6S + s = 7 0 pounds
2000 T
2000 X 1 a o
M = 6QS = 60 x aa .a = 67.S pound s

.'

P r. = YC {W + Ml+ R(W + M) = (77.27) (.11) (70 + 67.Sl+

(20.70)(7 0 + 67 .S ) = 401S pounds

Table 1 Moximum lump sizes ond speeds

Apron
width,

size, inches

inches

Unsized

Sized

la
24
30
36

6
a
12
14

4
6
7

42
4a

16
19
21
24

a
10
11
12

S4
60

~ ~l S = 2007 pounds required choin pull for eoch slrand

Recommended conveyor speed,

feet per minute
Apron pitch, inches
Picking
3 to 6 1
12
9
1
1 to ble

Moximum lump

.. .
. ..

7S

9S
90

as

6S

as

60

7S

70

70

6S

. ..

60
60

SS
so
4S

100
100
90
90

100

.
..

.. .

...

= 20.70
_ = .27, therefore P4 ond Ps = O
77 27
= .1 1 for chain not lubricated, from page 2S7

Kn"'ing required choin pull, chain spee d , sha ft centers, approximo t e diometer of head ond foot sprockets, operoting conditions
and
e rvice required, refer lo conveyor choin selection, Cotalog
5
1 os o~ cnd proceed as follows:
N utT'l l:er of teeth in he ad and foot spro ckels
3.14 X 23
a .02 ar 8 teeth
9
Se~ice factors from Chain Engineering section of Cotolog 1 OSO

70

are 1 . -2. 1.2 ond 1.2 .

,..-.-ection factor from Chain Engineering se ction of Cata log
0
05 0 i .s approximately l.22 .
equ i-V- d a in pull = 2007 X 1.2 X 1.2 X 1.2 X 1.22 = 4230.
Aflo ....,J ble choin pull for SS922 choin is 7200 pou nd s and is

40

Moximum soze lumps far unsozed moterool not to exceed 1007 0 1 1 1

volum~ ond 01 leost 75% of totol 10 be less lhon one-holf the moxi~u:
ump soze .

satis .fo c:tory.

Ta ble 2 Copocities
14

16

24

20

18

30

To ns per hour
18
24
30
36

.2 a
.38
.47

42
48
54
60

.66

.56
.75
.84
.94

.S6

.S6
.7S

.70
.84
.98
l.13
1.27
l.41

.42

.94
l.13

.a4
l. 13
l.4 1
1.69

.9a
l.31
l.64
1.97

l.13
l.50
1.aa

2.3

2.25

2.8 1

l.31
1.50
l.69
1.88

1.64
1.a0
2.11
2.34

l.97

2 .30
2 .63
2 .95
3.28

2.62
3.00
3.3a
3.75

3.2 8

. feet per ho!Jr

Cub1c
18
24
30
36

11.2
15.0
la.7
22.S

16.8
22 .S
28 . l
33.7

22.S
30.0

28.l

37.S

46.a
S6.2

45.0

37.S

2.2S
2.S3
2.81

33.7
45.0
S6.2

39.3

52 .S
65.6

7S.O

67.S

7a.7

9 0 .0

45.0
60.0

42
26.2
39.3
52.S 65.6
78.7
91.a
lOS .O
30.0 4S.O 60.0 75.0
90.0
105.0
12 0 .0
48
54
33.7 S0.6
67.5 84.3
101.2
118. 1
13S.O
56.2 75.0
37.5
93.7
112.5
150.0
QO
131.2
Copoclry bosed on sPeed of 1 f PM handling moterool we1gh1ng 50 pounds
per cub1c foot ond looded 75% of theoreticol moximum cross section.

1. j 9

1.4 1

.70
.94
1.1 7
1.41

254 L 1 N K - B E L T

:::z .2S

1.8 8

3.7 ~

4.2 2
4.6 9

56.2

75.0
93.7
11 2.5
131 .2
lSO.O
16a.a
l a7.5

3.00

~- 1

-;:3~l 8

2.63
3.2a
3.94

3 .7S
4.SO

3.3 a
4.22

4 .69

5.6 3

S.06

S.63

6.75

8 .44

6 .S6
7 .SO

7.88

9 .a4
11.2S
12.66
14.06

. 94

4.59

S.2S

S.9 1

4 ~ 50

S.25

6.00

_5 - C6

S.91

5 _ 63

6.S6

6.7S
7 .SO

6 .75
7.S9

a .44
9.38
1

6 7 - .S

90

a.44

-c

::z--5

11
13 ~ ~ '

105 .0
131 .2

1S7.S

120 .0
lS O.O
18 0.0

135.0
168 .7
202 .S

1l a7.5

22S .O

262.5
183.7 21 0.0 236.2
300.0
270.0
240.0
210.0
1 s o ..-<
303.7 337 .S
2 0~ 236.2 270 .0 337.S 37S .O
2 2 .A.....-C 262.S 300.0
:::apc:s ~ 11 is dorectly propor11onol 10 co nveyor
-of mc::stt"e-101.

15/

9.00
10. 1 3
11.25

_:.

225.0
270.0
31S.O
360.0
4 05 .0

4SO.O

3 37.S
393.7

4SO.O
S06.3
S62.S

speed o nd we1gh1

bulk handling
a pron conveyor1

Aprons with Style AA pans

E1 - - A- APRON WIDTH

TRAV EL~

A - APRON WIDTH

---

SPROCKET ANO CHAIN _ __.."",

CENTERS= A+ F

Style AA 1 p ans

E1 1 A-APRON WIDTH-

TRAVE L ~

_ _ _ PROCKET ANDCHAIN
CENTERS=A+F

--~

Style AA2 pans

Fig. 4683

Cho in
ond
pon
pitch,
inches

...

Factor C
Weight per foot, pound
Allowoble
Minimum
choin
rodius
Cho
in
For widlh A, inche.
Eo ch A
Pon
Choin
pull per
of
no!
extra o
style
Withlubristrond,
Height of sides, inche 6-inch
upturn,
lubriout
pound
fe et
coted coted
width
sides
2 1 J
1 4

MR 1 V2-Al A
MR 1 V2-Kl A

2820
2820

AAl
AAl

.21
.21

.13
. 13

6
6

3.00

LXS 3013-A l
LXS 3013-Kl

2100
2100

AAl
AAl

.16
. 16

.10
.10

6
6

27
29
31
34
32
36
- - - -, _
18 21
23
25
20 23
25
27

4.00

l l 20-A63 A
l l 24-A63 A
LXS 4019-A 11

1080
1870
2450

AA2
AA2
AA2

.16
.20
. 17

.10
. 12
.10

2
2
2

18
20
22

l l 13-A4 A
SS60-Al
SS 60-Al
SS 60-Kl
SS 60-Kl

3220
4950
4950
4950
4950

AAl
AAl
AAl
AAl
AAl

.26
.19
.19
.19
.19

.12
. 11
. 11
.11
.11

2
2
2
2
2

31
36
43
38
45

l l 30-Al35 A
l l 30-Al35 A
LXS 6238 -A98 o
LXS 6236-A98 o
1130-Kl A

3750
3750
5600
5600
3750

AA2
AA2
AA2
AA2
AAl

. 18
.1 8
. 16
.16
.18

.l l
. 11
.10
. 10
.11

3
3
3
3
3

42

1130-Kl A
LXS 6238-Kl o
SS 944-Kl o
SS 944-Kl o

3750
5600
5900
5900

AAl
AAl
AAl
AAl

. 18
.16
.21
.21

. 11
.10
. 13
. 13

3
3
2
2

2.97

--

4 .04

6.00

Choin
ond
ottochment
number

Hove dimenslons cerlified for inslollolion purposes.

Mnimum recommended sprockels; 10-loolh lor 2.97" ond 3.00" pilch
choins, 9-loolh lor 4 oo ond 4.04" pi1ch choins and 6-looih for 6" pitch
choins.
Refer lo Cotolog 1050 lar complete choln specificolions.

24
29

52

- -- - - -

U6 10 go. 10 go. 1 V1 lV.. . ..

UM 10 go. 10 go. . . . lV.. 2 V1

47.3
47
54

46.5

48.5

51

48

50

52.5

55

59

66
45

70
49
62.5

61
72
51

63.5
74.5
53.5
68

57

12 1 %

45
49
44
51

44

46

-4- 12 PM

42
46.8
41.8
48.8

56

65

INCHES

4 .5 12 *
4 .5 12 'A
4.5 12 *

56.5 58.5 61
50.5 52.5 55
60.5 62.5 65

V1 10 ga. 10 go . 1* l"A. .. .
Va 10 go. 10 go. ... 1 ~ 2 Y1

27
29
31

- - - - ,_

12 PM
12 1%

24.8
26.8
28.8

52

4
4

22.5
24.5
26.5

-37- -40- -42.3-

V1

,M

Sfn

%
%

\11

'M

'6
'6

7.5 12 Jl lfn 1 v..

7.5 12 P Jn 1 v..

v..
v..
~
v..

'6
'6
'6
'6

11

v..
12 2 1n l v..

7
10
7
10
7

18 l \12
18 1 Y1 '6
18 l \12 ,M
18 1 Y1 '6
18 2% 1 7,-M

11
11

18 2 '1i6
18 2
18 2%
182*

11

12 2 111n 1

7.5 12 1 llJn 1 v..

--

11
15

ll6

PM

v. 1 v.
1%
1 v.

v..
v..
~
v..
~

~
~
~

V2

v.. .. .
v.. .. .
.. .

3 V1 1
3 \11 1
2* 1~

,M

1 V1 .. .
1% 1 V1 ...
1 Y1 1 V1 .. .
. .. l Yo 2 'A
... l V1 2*

'6
'6

'M
'6
'6

2~

2
.. .
2
.. .
3* 2 V1 .. .
3* 2 V1 .. .
... 2 3 V2

,M

. .. 2

'6
'6

. .. 2 V1 3 36

v..

. .. 2
... 2

3
3
3

v..
v..

Weighl of cross rods not included.

A Nol suitoble for cross rods.
o Cross rods recommended eve ry 41h pitch.
O Minimum opron widlh. Moximum recommended width, 48".

L 1 N K - B E L T 255

bulk handling
apron convey ors

Aprons with Style AB pans

TRAVEL - - r

K
- -- TRACK GAUGE=A+H- - - + -SPROCKET CENTERS = A+F - -.....__ _ _ _ __ _
A

+G -------~

Fig. 4682

Cho in
ond
pon
p itch,
inches

6.00

9 .00

12.00

Allowoble

M nimum

Fac tor C

Choin

c:hoin

number

p ull per
strand ,
p ounds

lubr~;o ted

lubricoted

rodius
of
upturn,
fe et

4650
46 50
4650
7200
7200
9 200
920 0
7 200
7 200
9 200
9 200
9200

. 11
.11
. 11
. 11
.11
. 11
.1 1
. 11
.1 1
.1 1
. 11
. 11

.0 7
.07
.07
.07
.07
.06
.06
.07
.07
.06
.06
.06

5
5
5
5
7
11
15
5
7
7
9
15

....

SS 6 58
SS 6 58
SS658
SS 922
SS 92 2
SS 9 33
SS 93 3
SS 12 22
SS 1222
SS 1233
SS 12 33
SS 1233

Cho in
t

Ch .

oin

Weight p e r foot, p ound s

Eo ch

Far width A, inch" s

e xtra

Height of sid"s. inche s

3

1 4

6 -inch
width

46
50
53 1 56
54
58
62
66
69
74
79 86
--- - 65 68 7 1 74
82 86 9 0
95
75 78 81
84
92
96 101 10 6
--66
58 6 1 6 3
74 77 8 1 8 6
67 69 7 2 75
83
86
90 95
9 8 103 108 1 14

Hove dime nsio"s cer' foed lo r instollotion purposes.

Minimum re commended sprocket, 6-looth.
.t. Refe r to C otolog 1050 lor complete c hoi n specifocotions.

5.3
7.3
1 1.3
-7.5
10.5
7 .5
10.5
-7 10
7
10.5
13.5

~1

1 O 1 E 1

1
INC HES

18
18
18
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24

3116
l 13161 l
y.
1 Va 1
1
2
Ya
-2 -y. -l - - y.
2 3le l
3le
2 Va 1 y. y.
2 l,4 1 y.
-2 y.- -1 - - Yay.
2 Ya l
Ya
2 Va l y. y.
2 3A 1 y. 3le
1 y. 1/i
2

y.
y.
Ya
- y.
%

y.
3le
y.

*y.
Ya
>/a

v.

3 3/\6
3 3116
3 3116
3 13/\6
3 13116
4 1116
4 1116
3 13116
3 13116
4 1116
4 1116
4 1116

6 3/e
6 3/e
6 Y1
8
8
8 v.
8
8
8
8 Va
8 Va
8 Va

v.

2 3/\6 Va
2 3116 v.
2 3116 Va
2 11116 3A
11
2 116 3A
2 11116
2 11116 Va
2 11116 J,4
2 11116 3A
2 11116
2 1111, Va
2 11116

v.
v.
v.

W e ight ol cross rods included, spoced every 3rd pitch.

D. Far ro il trad. Add Y. lor c honnel o r ongle trock with leg dnwn.
0 Minimum opron w idth. Mox1mum re comme nd ed width, 60"

No-Leak aprons with Style AB pans

E~<- A -AP RON

TRAVEL - - +

i!. rr<--- - - -

WIDTH

1~

'

1
K

'(_____

LiJ:_ TRACK GAUGE= A+G-J

Fig. 468 2

Cho in
ond

Cho in

pon

numb e r

p itc h,
inches

.t.

SS95 3
6.00 SS 9 5 3
SS953
SS942
SS 94 2
9 .00
SS928
SS928
SS 1242
12.0 0 SS 1242
SS 1242

Allowoble
Facto r C
cho in
pull per
Choin 1 Ch oin
strond,
no!
1b
d
pounds
lubricoted u ricote

5600
5600
5600
9200
9200
72 0 0
7200
9200
9200
9200

.n
.2 2
.22
.1 1
.l l
.1 1
.l l
.1 1
.11
. 11

. 14
. 14
. 14
.06
.06
.07
.07
.06
.0 6
.06

Mnimum
W eight per foot, pound s
rodius t- - - - - - - - - - : - : : Eo- c.,h
of
_ _F_
o_
r_
w_
i d_t_
h_
A~
, _in_ch_e_s -1 e xtra
1

upturn,
fe e t

56 5 9
63
67
77
83
_ _l _l _ , _8_9__ - 92
15
106 11 0
5
7 1 74
7
8 8_1 _ 9_2
82
7
79
9
95 99
15
1 11 1116

Hove dime nsions certof.ed fe r instalbtion p urposes.

Mnimum reco mmended sprock<'t, 6-tooth.
.t. Rele r to Coto log 1050 lor complete chmn spe cifi cations.

256 L 1 N K - B E L T

5
5
5

Height of sid es, inches

3
4
5
6

61
70
88
95
11 5
, 78

103
121

INCHLS

6 4 6 1 8 11 13116 1 1 3116 Y. 2 111161 13116

, 74
8
18 1 v. 1
v. v. 2 11116 1 "116
94
12 18 2
1
Ya Y. 2 11116 l ' 'll6
98
S
1 Y. V.:'1" 4 Y2 2 Va
1120
11.5 24 2 3.4 1 Y. 3le % 4 V2 2 Va
81
7.5 24 2 Y. 1
y. y. 3 3.4 2
1
10 ~ _1_1 _ ~I ~ 1_ % ~~ ~
1O
2 4 2 V1 1 Y. Y. Y. 4 V2 2 Va
108 13.5 24 2 3.4 l Y. Y1 Ya 4 V2 2 Va
12 7
16.5 2 4 2 % l Y. y, % 4 V2 2 Va

85 1 88

97

6 -inch
width

241Wa

6 Y. 14 Va ! Y.
6 v. 4 Va jl Y.
6 Y. 4 V1 I V.
67116 S 1l ij,
6 ~6 5 1
1 V2
5 3,4 4 Va l Y.

5 >.4~ _Y!_ l ~

6 7116 5 1
6 '11615 11
6 7116 51

Weight ol cross rods included, spaced e very 2nd pitch.

D. Far roi l trad. Add 14" lor chonnel or ongle track with le g down.
0 Miiimum opron width. Moximum recomme nded w idth, 60 .

1 Y2
I V2
l V2

bulk handling
apron conveyors

Aprons with Style AC pans

Ej - - - A-APRON WI DTH

TRAVEL ----r

- - - TRACK GAUGE=A+H---'>"'
SPROCKET CENTERS=A+F--_,..
>+--------~ A + G --------~

Fig. 469 9

Cha in
and
pan
p it ch,
inche s

Allowab le
Cho in

cho in

number

pull per
strand,
pounds

...

SS 922
SS 922
SS922
9.00 SS 933
SS 933
SS 940
SS 940

12.00

SS 1222
SS 122 2
SS 1233
SS 1233
SS
SS
SS
SS

1240
1240
1244
1244

t
lu br~~ated

lubricated

radius
of
upturn,
feet

7,200
7,200
7,200
9,200

.11
.11
.11
.11

.07
.07
.07
.06

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

9,200
9,200
9,200

. 11
.11
. 11

.06
.06
.06

7,200
7,200
9,200
9,200

.11
.11
.11
.1 1

9,200
9,200
12,700
12,700

.11
.11
.10
.10

Chain

Weight per foot, pounds

Minimum

Factor C
Ch .

'"

Height af sides, inches

49
54
64
63

4 1
50
55
65
65

56
61
70
69

2.5
6
6

73
65
76

75
67
78

79
71
32

83
77
88

.07
.07
.06
.06

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

57
69
62
75

59
70
63
76

63
74
67
80

.06
.06
.06
.06

6
6

62
75
81
108

65
78
83
11 0

69
82
87
11 6

4
4

3 Y2

-- -

Hove dimensions cer tified lor installation purposes.

Minimum re commended sprocket, 6-tooth.
Weight ol cross rods included, spaced every 36" .
"" Reler to Catalog 1050 for complete chain specifications.

Ea ch
extra
6 - inch
width

For width A, inches

60
65
74
73

H
6

INCHES

4
5
7.3
5.8

18
18
18
18

8.3
5.8
8.3

PA, 1
PA, 1

A,

*?la

'Ya 3 3!..
% 3%
:Ya 3 %

8 o/a 2 'Ya
8 o/a 2 Y2
8 o/a 2 Y2

'l'a
?la
?la

\4
%
\4
%

%
%
%
:Ya

8
8
8%
8%

2%
2 :Ya
2%
2%

lf..
3f..
?la
'l'a

\4
%
%
Y2

:Ya
%
Y2
Y2

% 8 % 2 Y2
% 8 o/a 2 Y2
'l'a 10% 3 'Ya
% 10% 3 'Ya

%
%
1
1

v..

:Ya
'Ya
:Ya
'Ya

18 1 o/a 1 \4
18 1 Y2 1 \4
18 1 o/a 1 \4

'Ya
\4
'Ya

67
6.8
78
9.5
71
7
84 10.3

24
24
24
24

1 Y2
1 'l4
1 Y2
1 'l4

1
1
1 \4
1 \4

73
7
86 10.3
9 1 11
121 14

24
24
24
24

1 Y2
1 'l4
1 'l4
2

1 \4
1 \4
1 \4
1 \4

1 Y2 1
1 Y2 1 \4

- - -- - - - - -

A For rail track. Add

Jf..
Jf..

2 'Ya
2 :Ya
2 'Ya
2 'Ya

\4
'Ya

- - -

1 E

3 Y2
3 Y2
3 Y2
3 3!..

8
8
8
8 o/a

------ 3 Y2
3 Y2
3 3!..
3 3!..

3
3
4
4

V. fa r channel or angle track with leg down.

O Minimum apron width. Maximum recommended width, 48" fo r 9" pitch

chains and 60" for 12" p itch chains.

Channeltop aprons with Style AE pans

E - - - --

TRAVEL ---~

A-APRON WIDTH---

- - - - TRACK GAUGE = A+ H-----~

- - - - - SPROCKET CENTERS= A+ F - -- -~----------A +G- - -- - - - - - --+t

- - - - - PITCH---'>'

Fig. 4697

Cha in
a nd
pan
pitch,
inches

Weight per faat, pounds

Allowable
cha in
pull per
strand,
paunds

lub;;~ated

lubrica ted

9.00 SS 922
SS 933

7200
9200

.11
.1 1

.07
.06

SS 1222
12.00
SS 1233

7200
9200

.11
.11

.07
.06

Chaln
number

...

Factor C
Ea ch

For width A, inches

Chain
t

Ch .

'"

e xtra

Height of sides, inches

Have dimenslons certified for installation purposes.

Minimum recommended sprocket, 6-too th.
Weight of cross rods included, spoced every 36."
.A Refer t o Catolo9 1050 for complete choin specificotions.

6-inch
width

100
106

109
114

13.5
14

91
94

99
102

,_

13
13

H
6

J
1

INCHES

24
24

2
2

1
1 \4

9o
9o

24
24

2
1
2 y.. 1 1;..

12 t
12 t

v..

-- - -

:Ya
%

%
%

2 lf.. 2 \4
3% 8
4 Ya 8 % 2 Jf.. 2

lf..
'l'a

3% 8
2 3!.. 3 1/.i
4 Ya 8 o/a 2 lf.. 3

- - - - - - - - -y..-

A For rai l !rock. Add y. for channel or angle !rock with leg down.
O Mnimum apron width. Maximum recommended wid th, 60".
o 20 pounds per foot.
25 pounds pe r foo t .

L 1 N K - B E L T 257

bulk handling
apron conveyors

Aprons with Style AF hinged pans

TRAV EL ~

E1~r
---- A-APRON WIDTH _

_ _.,..,1

+
HEIGHT

OF SIDES
B
1

L ___ ________________________ J1
SPROCK ET AND CHAIN CENTERS= A+F-- i>-k--

Style AF l pans

Pans with 4 , 6 and 9 -inch p itch ch ains

T RAVEL~

SPROCKET CENTERS = A+ F

TRA C K GAUGE =A +H-----~

~~

A-APRON WIDTH
1

Sty le AF2 p ans

Pa ns with 9 ond 1 2- inch pitch chains

TRAVEL--+HEIGHT
OF SIDES

f ormed hinge

Tubular hinge
Fi g. 4696

Cha i n
a nd
p an
pitch,
inches

4 .00

6 .0 0

Cha in
number

...

LXS 40 13

SS 1 11 6

SS 911

All ow able
cha in
Pan
pull per slyle
slrand,
pounds

2 100

3450

4 600

9 .00

SS 9 32

12.00

SS 1232

7200

7200

Fa ctor C

For wid th A, inches

Chait n

lubr~:aled

ChOln
.

Heighl of sid es, inches

lubrica t ed

17
17
27
34
20
24
20
24

AF2
AF3
A fl
A Fl
A F2
AF2
A F3
AF3
AFl
AFl
AF2
AF2
AF3
AF3
Af l
AFl
AF2
AF2
AF3
AF3

.16
. 16
. 12
. 12
. 12
. 12
. 12
. 12
. 11
. 11
.1 1
.11
.11
.11

.10
. 10

. 10
. 10
.1 0
.1 0
.1 0
. 10

.06
.0 6
.0 6
.06
.06
.06

37
26
29
26
29
44
49
38
41
38
41

AFl
Af l
AF2
AF2
AF3
AF3

.1 0
.1 0
.1 0
. 10
. 10
.1 0

.0 6
.0 6
.06
.06
.06
.0 6

39
44
32
33
32
33

.07
.07
.07
.07
.07
.07
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06
.06

Hove dimensions certtfied for instollotion purposes.

Minimum recommended sprocket, 6-tooth.
Weight o f cross rods included, spoced every pitch.
A Refer to Cotolog 1050 for complete choin specificotions.

258 L 1 N K - B E L T

W eight per foa t, pounds

32

Ea ch

- -

46
51
40
43
40
43

48
53
42
45
42
45

46
33
35
33
35

47

-41- -4235
36
35
36

Formed 1Tubular
6 -inch hinge hinge o
w idth

%
%

'I

%
1
%
1
%
1

'I
'I
'A

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

ex tr a

3
2
1
19
21
4
19
21
4
---- - 28
30
6.5
36
38 10
22
24
4
26
28
5.5
22
24
4
26
28
5.5
- - -- - 34
36
5.5
41
39
8
30
28
3.5
31
33
5
28
30
3 .5
31
33
5

Cross r od
dia meter

5.5
8
3.5

5
3.5

-- - - 11.
11
11.
- - - -%
Ya
1
Va
%
Va
1
Va
3,4
Va
1

- -

%
1
%
1
%
1

5
-- - 5.5
%
7.8
3
4
3
4

7A6

'A
1

3,4
1

e:.

INCHE5

.. .

..

- -2

12
12
12
12
12
'lo
12
-3,4
24
24
'A
24
%
%
24
24
%
24
%
24
'A
24
'A
24
%
24
%
%
24
%
24

2
...

'I
'I
...

...
...
.. .

3 V..
3V..
...
...
...
.. .

v..

3
3 v..
.. .
. ..
...

3.4
3,4
3.4
3,4

. ..
1
1
1
1
...

1
1
1
... 1

4 V2
4 V2 ...
... 1
.. . 1
.. . 1
.. 1

v..
v..

10 g o. 10 go. 1 Va 1
...
10 go. 10 go . 1 Va 1
. ..
10 go .
2 :Ya 111 ...
2 :Ya 19A .. .
1O go.
2 :Ya 19A . ..
'11
'11 2 :Ya 1911. ...
1O g a . 'A. 2 Ya 1911 ...
311
'11 2 :Ya 1911. .. .
- 10 go. '11 2 % 1 % . ..
'11
'11 2 Va 1 Va . . .
10 go. '11 2 % 1 Va ...
'11
'11 2 Va 1 % . ..
10 go. 31 2 % 1 % . ..
'116 2 Va 1 % ...
'11
10 go . 311 3 % 8
2 3.4
311.
'11 3 % 8 2 %
10 go . '11 3 % 8
2 'A
'11
'11 3 % 8 2 3.4
10 go . 'A. 3 Va 8 2 3.4
2 3.4
3% 8
'11 - 3116
10 go. '11 3 Va 8
2 'A
'11
'11 3 % 8 2 %
2 3,4
10 g o. '11 3% 8
% 3 Va 8 2 3,4
2 3,4
10 go. %
3 Va 8
2%
3 Va 8
'11

'I

'I
'I
'I

- - -

--

'I

'I

D. For roil !rock. Add V." lor cho nnel or ongle trock wirh leg down.
0 Minimum opron width. Moximum re comme nded widrh 36" fa r LXS 4013,
SS 911 and SS 1116 chains, 48" for SS 952 a nd SS 1232 choins.
o Lorger cross rods can be furnished.

bulk handling
screw conveyon

screw conveyors

Screen e d clay Is e fficie ntly d ist rl bute d by compocl screw conveyor

to row material bins al o refroctory pion!. Cover has been removed in
foreground to show flow of material. Pha lo 30464A

Efficle nt handling of sugar and flou r is ossured with this complete screw
conveyor system in modern bokery. Pholo 35250

con tenis
lntroduction ... ................................ 259
Conveyor screws ............................... 262
Orive shofts, end shofts ond coupling ... . ...... . .... 267
Hongers ....... ................. . ............ . 268
Trough ends ...................... . .... . ....... 269
Trough end seo Is .. ... . ....... . .......... . ...... 270
Troughs .. .... ............... ... .............. 272
Trough dischorge spouts ond goles ................ 27 5
Typicol drive orrongeme:its ..... . .... . .. .... .... . 276
Typicol inlet orrongeme:its . . .. ........... . .... . .. 278
Typicol di schorge orrongements ................ . .. 279
Selection ..................................... 280
Genero) la yout doto ............. . ............ .. 290
Other types of screw conveyors ................... 292

Wash lng and d e wate r lng g rlt a l a sewoge treotmenl pion! by these four
inclined screw conveyars d ischarging inlo a cross collecting screw conveyor.
Photo 38132

The screw conveyor, one of the oldest ond simplest methods

used for the movement of bulk moteriols, consists primorily of
o conveyor screw rototing in o stotionory trough. Material
placed in the trough is moved olong its length by rototion of
the screw. Beoring hongers support the screw. lnlets, outlets,
gotes ond other occessories control the material ond its
disposition.
The screw conveyor is compoct ond eosily odopted to congested locotions, ond its supports ore simple ond eosily ininstolled. lt is versotile ond con be mounted in horizontal, inclined ond vertical positions. lt con be used to control the flow
of material in processing operotions which depend upon occurote botching. lt con be used os o mixer, ogitotor or stirrer to
mix ond blend dry or fluid ingredients, provide crystollizotion

or coogulont oction, or mointoin solutions in suspension.

The screw conveyor con be effectively seoled ogoinst the
escape of dust or fumes or the entrence of dirt or moisture.
lt con be jocketed to serve os o dryer or cooler. lt con be furnished in o wide voriety of moteriols to resist corrosion, obrosion or hect.
Screw conveyors ore used os eorth ougers to dig post holes
or to bore under highwoys for instollotion of culverts. They
ore olso used extensively on combines, threshing mochines,
hoy bolers, fodder blowers ond mony other form mochines.
Link-Belt screw conveyors embody the results of on unequolled background of experience in this field. Link-Belt,
producer of oll types of moteriols handling equipment, offers
dependoble recommendotions for ony requirement.
L 1 N K - B E L T 259

bulk handling
screw conveyon

Conveyor screw

The conveyor screw is the rototing portion of o screw conveyor which imports smooth ond positive motion to the bulk
material being conveyed . lt consists of spirol flighting mounted
on o pipe ond is mode either right or left hond to suit the screw
rototion ond the desired direction of material trovel.

3934

Conveyor screw with drive shaft

39435

Quik-Link
conveyor screw with drive shaft

The conveyor drive shaft connects the conveyor screw to the driving
unit ond tronsmits rotory motion to the screw. Coupling bolts secure the
drive shoft in the conveyor screw.

The Quik-Llnk conv e yor screw has o Quik-Link key ot one end of
the screw which, when removed, ollows the conveyor screw section to be
quickly ond eosily lifted from the conveyor line.

39436

Conveyor screw with drive shaft, end shaft and coupling

The conveyor drive shaft, end shaft and coupling support the conveyor
39437

260 L 1 N K - B E L T

screw sections ond keep them in olignment. The end shoft is locoted ot the end
opposite the drive shoft. Couplings ore used to connect successive conveyor
screw sections when more thon one section is necessory to moke up the total
length of conveyor. The shcfts cnd coupling ere secured in the conveyor screws
by coupling bolts.

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Quik-link conveyor screw

with trough ends and hangers

The trough ends support the conveyor drive and end shafts while the hangers support
the conveyor couplings, thereb y maintaining proper alignment and clearance between
the conveyor screw and trough.
To provide additional protection for the drive shaft and end shaft bearings, for or
against the material being handled, trough end seals are assembled between the Aanged
blocks and the trough end piafes.
The overall operating efficiency of the conveyor is improved when the trough ends and
hangers are fitted with ball bearing s.
The Quik-Link conveyor screw can be readily lifted from the conveyor line, without
disturbing other conveyor screw sections, after removing the Quik-Link key located al
the end of the screw.

Conveyor trough with inlet opening

and discharge spout

The trough is the enclosure in which the material is conflned and guided in its movemenl. Trough end Aanges preserve the contour of the trough, facilitale assembly o f
adjoining sections, and insure accurate alignmenl. Supporting feet al the trough joints or
saddles located between the joints, support the intermediate trough sections.
Discharge spouts provide outlets for the material and direct its Aow to b ins or succeeding equipment; With more than one discharge point in a conveyor, selective control
may be e)(ercised by means of slide gales, made integral with the discharge spouts.
Trough covers with fasteners complete the conveyor enclosure. Material is fed into the
conveyor through inlet openings in the cover.

Typical screw conveyor complete with drive

A shaft mounted speed reducer makes a simple and compact

drive combinotion. The speed reducer drive is mounted directly on the
conveyor drive shaft and is prevented from rotating by an adjustoble
arm. A unit bracket, attached to the conveyor trough end, supports the
motor and connected V-belt drive.

L 1 N K - B E L T 261

bulk handling
screw conve yors

Conveyor screws
Helicoid fl ight conveyor screws
The hel icoid flight conveyor screw is made
of a helix , formed from a fl at steel bar
and mounted on a pipe or shaft. The helix,
formed by special rolling equipment to the
required diameter, pitch and thickness, is a
smooth, continuous one-piece fl ight.
By virtue of its one-piece construct ion, it
p ossesses superio r strength. The absence of
la ps, rivets or welds on the corrying face of
the flight p romotes and main ta ins clean liness
and reduces wear. Th e rolling process effects
a hardening and smoothing of the f light
su rface which increases resistance to wear
and reduces friction and power consumption.
The flight is fastened to the pipe, or shaft,
b y intermi ttent or continuous welds and with
or without formed steel end lugs. The pipe,
of a size corefully selected for adequate
torsional streng th and resistance to excessive
deflection, has interna! collars at each end.
These collors are permanently in serted and
hove appropriate ins!de diamete rs to a ccept
coupling or end shafts.
The assembled helicoid flight conveyor
screw is solidly constru cted and exceptio na lly
sturdy, and its inherent balance permits
operotion at high speeds. lts distinctive choracteristics contribute to ma ximum efficiency,
durobility and economy.
Hel icoid flight conveyor screws ore intercha ngea ble with sectional flight conveyor
screws of t he sorn e diameter and shaft size.
Heli coid flighting is made with regular pitch
approx imately equal to the diameter. lt can
also be furnished with other thon regular pitch
and in a wide range of diameters, thi cknesses
and lengths to meet the most exacting require
men ts.
For extremely hea vy duty the flight ing may
be continuous welded to the pipe or shaft on
one or both sides.
Consult Link-Belt for information on special
requirements.

Sectional fl ight conveyor screws

Sectional flight conveyor screws are made
of individual flights, each blonked from a
flat steel plate and formed into a helix. The
flights are riveted , lap we ld ed or butt welded
together and fastened to the pipe, or shaft by
intermittent or continuous welds and with or
without formed steel end lugs.
The conveyor screws with the lighter gauge
flig hts hove heavier gauge end flights
26 2 L 1 N K - B E L T

Helicoid flight conveyor screw

Sectional flight conveyor screw

16771 A

39042

Quik-Link co nveyor screw

to compensate for weor due to pick-up and discharge action . Individual flights , w hen riveted, ore read ily removed and replaced as
wear or damage occurs. Sectional flights ore formed with regular
pitch approximately equal to the diameter.
The pipe, of a size co refully selected for adequate torsional
strength and resistance to excessive deflection, has interna! colla rs
at each end. Th ese collars ore permonently inserted ond hove appropriate inside diometers to accept coupling or end shafts.
Sectional flight conveyor screws ore interchongeable with helicoid fligh t conveyor screws of the sorne diameter and shaft size.
Sectional fl ig hts afford flexibility in cho ice of diameters, pitches
and thicknesses. The sectional flight conveyor screw is a sturdi ly
constructed assembl y, carefu lly designed to render efficient, economical and lasting service.
When desired, sectional flights may be continuous welded to the
pipe on one or both sides, thu s providing exceptionally rugged
construction for the most severe conveying appl ications.
Many variations of sectional flight conveyor screws can be furnished to meet specific needs. Sorne of these are listed on the
following pages.

Quik-Link conveyo r screws

Th e Quik-Link conveyor screw is designed for easy removal from the
conveyor trough. Each section of screw is provided with a Quik-link
key located at one end of the pipe. By removing this key, a conveyor
screw section and coupling with hanger can be quickly and conveniently disassembled wi thout d isturbing other components. QuikLink conveyor screws are avai lable in both the helicoid flight and
sectional flig ht construction .

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Conveyor screws
Cut flight conveyor screws hove notches
cut in the periphery of eilher helicoid or sectional flights. These notches supplement the conveying action with a moderate mixing action.
They are used for light, fine, granular or flaky
materials.
16869

Cut flight conveyor screw

Cut and folded flig ht conveyor screws

provide folded segments which act as lifting
vanes to produce a cascading effect. This promotes agitation and aeration, resulting in better
mixing. They are used for light or medium
weight, fine, granular or flaky materials.
16868

Cut and fold ed flight conveyor screw

Cut flight conveyor screws with paddles hove paddles mounted at intervals and
set to counteract the flow of materials, considera bly increases the agitation and mixing action
produced by the cut flights.

Conveyor screws with paddles hove

Cut flight conveyor screw with

paddles spaced at intervals and set to partially

oppose the forward flow, to provide a moderate
mixing or stirring of materia ls being conveyed.
Padd les are adjustable and may be set at any
angle to produce the desired degree of agitation. They are used for light or medium weight,
fine, granular or flaky materials.

Conveyor screw with paddles

Short pitch conveyor screws are of regular construction except that the pitch of the
flights is reduced. They are recommended for
use in incline d conveyors of 20 degrees slope
and over, including vertical conveyors and are
extensively used as feeder screws. They retard
flushing of materials of a flu id nature.
32366

Shorl pitch conveyo r screw

Ribbon flight conveyor screws consist of

continuous helical flighting formed from steel
bar and secured to the p ipe by supporting lugs.
They are used for conveying sticky, gummy or
viscous substances, or where the materia l tends
to stick to flighting at the pipe. For additional
desc ri ptian refer to page 265.

Ribbon flight conveyor screw

Paddle conveyor screws hove formed

steel blades mounted on rod shanks inserted
through the pipe. Conveying oction can be controlled by adjusting !he angle of the padd les.
They ore used for mixing, blend ing or stirring
dry or fluid materials.
32381

Paddle conveyor screw

Stainless steel conveyor screws are

made to suit specific requirements. Finish can be
varied, as required, from the dull mili finish to
the g leam ing, mirror-like finish produced b y
buffing.

19928

Stainless steel conveyor screw

They are ideally suited for sanitation in the

conveying of foods, drugs, chemicals and allied
products, for resistance to corrosion and for applications involving moderote to extreme hect.
L 1 N K - B E L T 263

bulk handling
screw conveyor!>

Conveyor screws
Tapering flight conveyor screws
are

frequently

used

as

feeder

screws for handling friable lumpy

material from bins or hoppers and
also to draw the material uniformly
from the entire length of the feed
opening.

Fig. 4717

Tapering fl ig ht co nveyor screw

Stepped diameter conveyor

screws consist of flights of different diameters, each with its regular
pitch, mounted in tandem on one
pipe or sha ft. They are frequently
used as feeder screws, with

the

smaller diameter located under bins

or hoppers to regulate the flow of

Fig. 4718

Ste pped d iameter conveyor screw

material.

Stepped pitch conveyor screws

are screws with succeeding single
or groups of section al flights increasing in pitch and are used as
feeder screws to draw fine freeflowing materials uniformly from the
entire length of the feed opening.

Fig. 4713

Stepped p itch conveyor screw

Long pitch conveyor screws are

occasionally used as agitators for
liquids or rapid conveying of very
free flowing materia Is.

Fig. 4712

Long pitch conveyor screw

Double flight conveyor screws

of regular pitch promote a smooth
gentle flow and discharge of ce rtain materials.
Fig. 4714

Double fl ight conveyor screw

Double flight short pitch conveyor screws assure more accurate

regulation

of

feed

and

flow in

screw feeders and effectively deter

flushing action of fluid materia Is .
Fig . 4715

Double flight short p itch conveyor screw

264 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
screw co nveyors

Conveyor screws

Ribbon flight conveyor screw

Ribbon fli g ht conveyor screw with padd les

Multi ple ribbon flight conveyor screw

Ribbon flight conveyor screws

In this type of conveyor screw, o steel bar rolled to form

o continuous helicol ribbon Aight is fostened to the pipe or
shoft by steel supporting lugs welded ot spoced intervols.
Voriotions of diometer, pitch, Aight width or thickness
con be furnished . Also, these screws con be furnished with
either continuous or sectionol Aights, lop or butt welded
together.
Ribbon Aight conveyor screws ore the solution to most
conveying problems encountered in the hand ling of sticky,
gummy or viscous moteriols. The tendency of moteriols of
this noture to odhere ond build up ot the juncture of solid
flight with the pipe is overcome by the open construction of
the ribbon Aight. Row sugor, molosses, ospholt, hot far,
sticky feed mixes, and similor products ore typicol of the
many moterials successfully hondled by ribbon Aight conveyor screws.
Providing the periphery of ribbon Aights with o beveled
edge improves operotion ond reduces power consumption
when handling moteriols which tend to pock or trowel between Aights ond trough. Consequently, beveled edge ribbon Aight conveyor screws ore usuolly subjected to extremely
heovy loads, ond construction is accordingly heavy ond

32069

39051

19948

rugged. The ribbon flights ore supported on the pipe or

shoft by steel lugs, generously proportioned to resist bending.
Where the material hond led moves virtuolly en mosse,
there is but very slight difference in copocity between ribbon and solid Aight conveyor screws of the sorne size.
Mixing oction without supplementory meons of ogitotion, is
neglig ible.
Ribbon flight conveyor screw w lth paddles

To provide moderote mixing or stirring of moterials being

conveyed, podd les con be furnished, spoced ot intervols
ond set to portially oppose the forword flow. Poddles ore
odjustoble ond moy be set ot any ongle, to produce the
desired degree of agitation. They are used for light or
medium weight, fine, granular or flok y moterials.
Multiple ribbon flight conveyor scr ews

This type of screw consists of two or more ribbon Aights of

different diometers ond opposite hond, mounted one within
the other on the sorne pipe or shoft by rigid supporting lugs.
Material is moved forword by one Aight ond bockword by
the other, thereby inducing positive ond thorough mixing.
L 1 N K - B E L T 265

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Conveyor screws
Abrasion-resistant conveyor screws
The part icularly severe service encoun tered when conveying abrasive materials has prompted many attempts
to overcome excessive wear on flights. Several successful
methods hove been developed.
Each of these methods offers specific advantages depend ing on the nature of the

ma ~cr i al

handled and the

application . For a careful analysis and recommendation,

consult link-Belt.

Ph olo 32365

Rubb er covered screw

Rubber covering with its

inherent

tough

resilience,

bonded or vu!canized to a conveyor screw, offers excellent

abrasion-resistant properties.

High carbon steels capable of heat treatment, or abrasion-res istan t alloys are used toan ever increasing extent
as mate ria ls for flights.

Pholo 32363

Ha rd surfaced fligh t
Ha rd surfacing by a pplication of a special compound ,
by are or torch, to the flight per iphery or face, or both,
provides an exceptionally hard surface at the points of
greatest wear.

Corrosion-resistant conveyor screws

Corrosion is manifested in so many d ifferent ways that no
one choice of material will suit ali requirements. To withstand the effects of corros ion encountered in many fields of
industry, conveyor screws are fabricated of stainless steel,
copper, brass, bronze, nicke l, Monel metal, aluminum,
and other materials.
Galvanizing, tinning, chrome plating and other coating
methods hove proved effective under mildly co rros ive conditions. Gray iron conveyor screws serve effectively in
many applications. Vulcanized or bonded rubber covering
of the entire conveyor is frequently satisfactory far resistance to extremely corrosive action .

Heat- resistant conveyor screws

Pho lo 32364

Detachable hardened flight segment

Conveyor screws far high temperature appl ications are

wearing

made of many of the available heat-resistant alloys. Sev-

shoes, bolted with countersunk bolts to the conveyor flights

era! of the stainless steels and othe r high-chrome alloys

are preferred in many applications for quick and easy

are particularly su itable far this service. Gray iron con-

replacement.

veyor screws are al so effective far use al high temperatures.

Detachable

hard ened

266 L 1 N t< - B E L T

flight

segments,

or

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Drive shafts, end shafts and couplings

The conveyor drive shaft delivers the
driving power, and is therefore carefully
designed of quality steel of the proper
characteristics to provide adequate
torque, bending and shear strength, and
with closely controlled tolerances for corree! bearing clearances.

Conveyor drive shaft

For conveyors of unusua 1 length or for

severely heavy loads, alloy steels, heattreated high carbon steels or 3-bolt
connections, are used.
Jig-drilled coupling bolt holes and accurately cut keyways contribute to ease
of assembly.
Conveyor end shaf t

The conveyor end shaft supports the

last section of conveyor screw and is furnished with close toleran ces for proper
operation in end bearing . Coupling bolt
holes are jig drilled for interchangeability and ease of assembly.

Conveyo r

couplings connect and

space adjoining sections of conveyor
screw and transmit rotation.

Carefu lly selected steels, with accurate heat-treating or hard surfacing when
required, insure ample strength and resistance to wear for the kind of service
specified.

Conveyor cou pling

For conveyors of unusual length or for

severely heavy loads, alloy steels, heattreated high carbon steels or 3-bolt connections, are used.
Close tolerances on diameters and jigdrilled coupling bolt holes assure interchangeability and ease of assembly.

Quik - Link conveyor screws provide

an easy means for the quick removal
of a conveyor screw section, and coupling with hanger without disturbing
other components. Regular couplings
are used with these screws.

Q uik-link conveyor screw

Split flight couplings permit installing

or removing individual conveyor screws
without disturbing adjoining sections.
With split flight couplings instal led on
both sides of each hanger, conveyor
screws can be removed without disturbing the hangers. The Link - Belt split flight
coup ling is sturdily constructed and jig
drilled for coupling bolts.
L 1 N K - B E L T 267

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Hangers
No. 200A hanger This honger is of the self - oligning,
greose lubricoted boll b eo ring typ e ond is built for mounting completely w ithin the trough. The streomline design
p ermits free possoge of o lorge volume of material post
the honger.
The rigid honger frome is o weldment of steel bors ond
squore mechonicol tubing. Addition o l lubricotion, when
necessory, is opplied through o lubricotion fitting ot the top
of the honger.
These hongers ore olso ovoiloble with bobbitted ond
bronze beorings.

With o formed steel frome of superior strength ond rigid ity ond wholly contoined within the
trough, this honger is excellently odopted to heovy service
ond dust-tight or weotherproof o pplicotions.
lt is regulorly furnished with either o bobbitted beoring
hoving o pipe connection for greose lubricotion, or with
o hord iron beoring.

No. 200A hanger

No . 168 hanger

No. 188 hanger This honger has o gray iron frome

with o removoble gra y iron cap secured in place by o Ubolt. Beorings ore regulorly bobbitted ond orronged for
greose lubricotion. Oil-impregnoted wood or hord iron
cops con be substituted when required . Except for the
lubricotion fitting, the entire honger is contoined within the
t roug h, thus p ermitting the use of dust-tight covers.

Ph o 10 29662

No. 168 hanger

No. 198 hanger This honger is similor in construction

No. 188 hanger

to No. 18 B except thot it fits on top of trough Aonges, with

ledges for cover support. Trim ond compoct in design, it
permits free possoge of material ond is essentiolly selfcleoning . lt is reodil y accessible for lubricotion or mointenonce.

No. 208 hanger For high copocity conveyors, the steel

T-frome construction ond compoct round beoring provides
full cleoronce for possoge of material in lorge volume.
lt is regulorl y furnished with either o bobbitted beoring
for greose lubricotion, or with o hord iron beoring.
No . 268 hanger This honger comb ines the most desiroble feotures of the No. 16B ond No. 20B hongers,
thereby offording strength ond rigidity, complete enclosure
within the trough ond cleoronce for possoge of material
in lorge volume. lt is excellent for high copocity conveyors
when dust-tight covers ore required.
lt is regulorly furnished with either o bobbitted beoring
hoving o pipe connection for greose lubricotion, or with o
hord iron beoring.

Photo 29660

No. 208 ha nger

No . 2 8 8 hanger This honger compensotes for unequol exponsion between conveyor screws ond trough. Of
T-frome construction, similor to No. 20B, with top bors
orronged to sl ide on ongle guides fostened to the trough,
it ollows full cleoronce for possoge of material in lorge
volume.
lt is regulorly furnished with either o bobb itte d beoring
with p ipe connections for greose lub ricotion, or with o hord
iron beoring. Hord iron beorings should be used wherever
hot moteriols ore to be hondled.

Photo 2963

No. 26 8 ha nger

Flared trough hange r

This honger is of formed

steel frame construction ond is designed to suit Aored
troughs. lt is ordinarily used with ribbon conveyors.
Stalnless st eel hang ers Any of the formed steel
frame types of hongers may be mode of stoinless steel.
268 L 1 N K - B E L T

No. 2 88 hanger

bulk handling
screw conveyor

Trough ends

38065

32191 B

Steel plate trough

end with feet and
ball bearing

Steel plate trough end

with feet and with babbitted
or b ronze bearing

39305

39304

Steel plate trough end without

feet and wi th babbitted or
bronze bearing

Steel piafe trough ends for either U-trough or

flared trough are made of heavy gauge steel
pl a te, fitted with either babbitted, bronze or ball
bearing flanged blocks. They are furnished with or
without feet. The tops of the trough end plates are
flanged to support the trough covers. These trough
ends can be used on a wide range of general
applications.
Trough end plates can be made of stainless steel
or nonferrous metals for corrosive or high temperature applications. They can also be furnished
with protective coatings, such as galvanizing, tinning, chrome plating or vulcanized rubber. In
general, any type of trough end that can be
fabricated of mild steel can also be made of
aluminum, brass, bronze, copper, Monel metal
or nickel.
For additional bearing protection, these trough
ends may be fitted with a trough end seal, assembled between the flanged block and the trough
end plate.

Steel plate lrough end

without feet and with ball
bearing

Cast outside discharge trough ends are

made of gray iron, well proportioned and generously webbed to afford ample strength. Bea rings
are regularly made of babbitt but bronze or other
bearing materials can be furnished.
These trough ends are made for bolting to
conventional trough flanges.

Cast outside discharge lroug h end

Auxiliary end thrust bearings

Bron:z:e end thrust bearlngs consist of a
bronze thrust washer operating between the faced
hub of the end bearing and a steel collar or washer
fl xed to the shaft. Kept well lubricated, they are
recommended for relatively clean locations and for
light to moderate loods. They are not intended
for use with countershaft trough ends.
32326C

Bronze end thrust bearing

L 1 N K - B E L T 269

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Trough ends

Drlve shaft trough ends are of the double ball bearing and double
roller bearing types. Each consists of a rig id shoft, operoting in double
beorings ond designed to accommodote both radia l ond thrust loads.
The radial or overhung load is usuoll y o choin drive connected to a
power source. Since th e bearings will also accept thrust loods in e ither
direction, the need for auxilio ry thrusts is eliminoted .
38068

Orive shaft trough end with double

ball bearing and trough end sea(

Drlve shaft trough ends with double ball bearings consist

of double boll beoring flonged blocks rigidly o ttoched to heovy steel
plote trough ends for either U-troughs or flo red troughs. The gray iron
housings ore of one-piece construction ond ore precision mochined for
occurote olignment. Effective seols ore provided in the flonged b locks
to exclude dirt ond moisture ond reto in lubricont.
A trough end seol con be ossembled between the flonged block
and the trough end plote to provide odditional protection for or agoinst
the material being hondled.

39089

Drive shaft trough ends with double roller bearings consist of heovy duty double roller beoring flonged blocks mounted b y
meons of machined surfoces into extra heovy steel plote trough ends
for either U-troughs or flored troughs. The gray iron housings ore
accurotely mochined ond fltte d with roller beorings of high radial ond
thrust copocity. The blocks hove effective seols ond ore o rranged for
eosy lubricotion.

Orive shaft trough e nd with

double roller b ea ring

Trough end seals

39336

Trough end sea)

270 L 1 N K - B E L T

Trough end seals are used to provide odditionol beo ring protection
ogoinst dust or fum es from within the trough ond prevent entrence,
olong the shoft, of dirt, moisture or lubricont.
The sea l housings ore mode of gray iron ond ore designed for
ossembl y between bobbitted, b ronze or boll beoring flonged blocks
ond the trough end plotes. They con be provided with lip-type leother
seols for moximum protection for or ogoinst the moteriols being
hondled, with felt seo ls when handling dusty moteriols, or with woste
pocking when handling obrosive moterials.

bulk handling
screw con veyors

Trough ends
Countershaft trough ends ore used on screw conveyors where opplicotion of r ight ongle drives is
necessory due to spoce limitotions, interference of odjoining equipment or for better service and mointenance occessibility.
Applicotion of countershoft trough ends permits drive instollations olongside, above or below the conveyor and perm its using horizontal d rives for inclined conveyor~. A common drive for two conveyors int ersecting at right ongles, or a bottery of parollel conveyors driven from a common source, can be reod ily
arronged b y using countershoft trough ends.

Op e n countershaft trough ends ore made with o gray iron frome,

liberally proportioned ond generously webbed for omple strength, with all
bearings babbitted and topped for gre ose lubrica t ion fittings. Countershaft
b eorings ore fitted with removable caps. Gears are gray iron with rugged,
well-formed closely mating teeth.
They ore ovailoble with bevel geo rs of gray iron or cost steel for speed
321 47

Open counter shaft trough end

red uction purposes. Cut tooth geors of gray iron or steel with accurotely
mochined teeth can be furnished when requ ired.

G e a r guar d s, made of welded steel and bolted to the countershoft t rough

end, con be furnished to completely cover the geors, thus preventing injury
to operating personnel. Such guards are required in mony stotes to comply
with sofety r eg ulations.

Gear gua rd

Enclosed countershaft trough ends p rovide inb uilt safety, d urobility

ond complete lubrication. Gears operate in o constont oil both with dirt
ond grit excluded, assuring mo ximum geor life. Operation is smoolh and
quiet. The geor housing is provided with an inspection cover and drain plug
for eose of maintenonce ond oil chonge. These enclosed trough end s are
mode in two t y pes: Sty le A and Sty l e B.

Styl e A enclos ed countershaft trough ends consist of gray iro n ho usings

provid ed with babbitted bearing s for both the drive shaft and countershaft.
Bearings are tapped for lvbricat ion fittings. Ends a re norm ally furnished with
1841 lA

Style A e n cl o sed countershaft

t rough end

gray iron cast tooth miter gears but can 'be supplied with other gear combinations. Gray iron trough end pi ates with f eet ore cast integral w ith gear housing.

Styl e B enclosed countershaft trough end s consist of gray iron housings

provided with drive shafts mounted in roller bearings and countershofts
mounted in ball bearings. All bea rings are provided with lubrication fittings
and odequate sea ls for keeping d irt out and lubricont in. They are normally
furnished with steel cut tooth miter gears but can be sup pl ied with other
gear com binations. Sepa rate end plates of formed steel are bolted to g ear
housing and can be furnished with or without feet. The roller be aring on
drive shaft accommodates the conveyor thrust in either d irection, thus elimin oting the need for auxiliary thrust orrongements. These countershoft t rough
end s ossure long life with hi gh efficiency.
St yle B e nclo sed cou ntersh aft
trough end

L 1 N K - B E L T 271

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Troughs
Th e trou gh not only confines and guides the flow of
material, but also serves as the housing in which a li
operating components are supported and held together
in their proper functional relationship. Accu racy in
manufacturing and inherent strength to mainta in this
a ccuracy are, therefore, essentia l.
l ink-Beit designs, and manufacturing methods, are
constantly being imp roved to provide these qualities to
the fullest exten t wh ile at t he sorne time effecting
economies in weight and space requi reme nts.
Corrosive or high temperature applications may require the specific q ua lities that make stainless steel
and non-fe rrous metals well ada pted to these services.
In general, any type of trough that can be fab rica ted
of mild steel can a lso be made of stain less steel or aluminum , brass, bronze, copper, Monel meta l, nickel , e tc .
Far resistance to corrosion there are numerous p rotective coatings that are applied to steel troughs and
covers. Galvan izing, tinning , chrome plating , etc. are
all effective far certain applications. Vulcanized or
bonded rubber coatings resist abrasion and corro sion.

Angle flang ed trough

Flanged trough By for ming the top flanges integrally with the trough sides from a si ng le steel sheet,
adequate strength and rigidity is obtained with out superfluous bulk or weight. Stee l connecting flanges , secure ly welded a t each end in special welding fixtures
to a ssure squa re, true ends, facil itate assembly, insure
proper alignment and p reserve the con tou r of th e
trough.

Angle flanged trough This trough is identical in

construction to the flanged trough, except that top
flan ges a re obtai ned by securely welding structural steel
angles to th e trough .

Dust seal trough

Flared trough

272 L 1 N K - B E L T

Dust seal trough and cover Z-bar flanges and

formed channel cross me mbe rs ma ke a conti nuous channel pocket around the top of this trough into which the
flang ed cove r sections are set. The channel is fi ll ed with
san d or the dust of the product be ing conveyed, thus
creating an effective seal aga inst the esca pe of dust
from wit hin the con veyor.

Flared trough Th is trough is of conventional construction e xcept that trough sides are fla red outward to
afford a wider top opening . This results in improved
feed and conveying action with sticky materials o r materials which are not entirely free flowing . lt is customarily used with ribbon fl ight conveyor screws.

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Troughs
Drop bottom trough is equipped with a
hinged drop bottom, held in place by spring
clomps or quick octing hand clomps for
reody occess to trough interior, conveyor
screws ond hongers.
This design focilitotes quick, thorough ond
frequent cleoning of the trough, screw ond
other ports ond is porticulorly useful to
combo! infestotion ond promote sonitotion.

Jacketed trough consists of o formed

jacket continuously welded to o trough of
conventionol construction . Pipe connections
ore provided for supply ond dischorge of
heoting or cooling medio. lt is widely used
for heoting, drying or cooling of moteriols.

Photo 34340
Photo 32333
Wilh quick octlng
hond clamps

Wilh spring clamps

Drop bottom troughs

Stoy bolts for jacket reinforcement con

be provided for the higher steom pressures.
Jacket boffles con be furnished for better
distribution of water circulotion to enhonce
heot exchonge.

Rectangular trough moy be mode as illustroted from o single steel sheet or with
sides ond bottom of seporote pieces, dependen! on size ond gouge of metal. lt is
frequently used to hondle obrosive moteriols copoble of forming o loyer of material
on the bottom of the trough. The material
thus moves on itself, protecting the trough
from undue weor.

Jacketed trough

Channel side trough is mode with seporote deto chob le trough bottoms, bolted or
clomped to formed or rolled steel chonnels.
The chonnels moy be of ony reosonoble
length to spon widely spoced supports.
Trough bottoms ore mode in nominol lengths
up to 1O feet .

Rectangular trough

This trough is occosionolly selected for

eose of replocement of trough bottoms subject to unusuolly severe obrosive or corrosive weor.

Cast trough is mode of gray iron of relo tively heovy cross section with top ond end
flonges cost integrolly. Flonges ore mochine
fin ished for light, squore joints. lt is frequently used to convey high temperoture
moteriol s ond certoin highly corrosive
moteriols. Dischorge spouts, when required , ore olso cost integrolly with th e
trough ot desired locotions.
This trough is mode in moximum lengths
of 5 feet. Bolted or screw clomped covers
con be used.

Channel side trough

Casi trough

L 1 N K - B E L T 273

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Troughs
Trough connections ore of two types flonged ond butt stro pped . The bol ted,
flonged connection has pro ved to be th e
most practico! ond efficient meons of jo ining sections of trough. By its use, ossembly
or d isa ssembly is focil itoted an d al ignm ent
readily ochieved.
End f la nges are ma de of stee l on gles o r
pioles, corefuliy formed and p unched to ossure accu rote, closely-fitted trough connections ond complete in terchangeabili ty.
Flanged conne ct ion
connection with supporling
foot

Angle end flanges ore regulorly furn ishe d

on ali trough sizes up to ond includ ing 1 2
inches.
Plate end flonges ore regulorly furnished
on 14-inch ond larger troughs o nd o n
heavier gouges for a li size troughs.
Supporting feet are of formed ste el for
use with end flanges ond provide a co nvenien t means of aligning ond sup porting
conveyors from floors, ond su p po rting
structures.

Bull slrapped conneclion

Butl slrapped connection

w ith suppo rting sa ddle

Saddles a re used when location o f support poin ts does not coincid e with the
spacing of joint f langes or when tro ughs
with butt stropped connections ore used.

Covers ore of three general types-pla in,

flanged and dust seal.
P la in covers consist of flot steel sheets
wilh one end of each section crimped or
provided with a strap to close the butting
cover joints. They can be furnished spri ng
clamped, screw clamped or bolted.

Pla in cover screw clam ped

Fl anged cover
screw clamped

Pla in cove r bolted

Fla nged cover s are a stiffer cover for

mo re convenient handling. They are flonged
a long the sides and hove one end of each
section provided with a slrap to close the
butti ng cover joints. They can be furnished
screw clam p ed or bo!te d. Fewer clamps or
bo lts are required with this type of cover.

Du st sea l covers, mode in maximum

lengths of 5 feet, ore flonged down on ali
sides to set in the channel flanges of dust
seol trough .
Dust seal cove r

Photo 19924

Plain cover spring cla mped

274 L 1 N K - B EL T

Screw clamp

Spring cl am p

Cover cla mps ore of the screw type or

spring type. Spring clomps ore pivotal ly
ottached to the trough flanges, thus are
a lways in place. They moy be disengoged
or engaged by o hommer b low. Spri ng
clamps ore regularly furnished unless onother type is specified.

bul k handling
screw conveyors

Trough discharge spouts and gales

Discharge spouts and gates afford the means for discharging material from the trough and for connection to
succeeding equipment to which material is delivered .
Gates provide for selective control of multiple spouts.
All spouts and gales are of welded steel construction
with connecting flanges punched with accurately spaced
hales for inte rch angeability and ease of assembly.
Slide gales, either hand or rack and pinion operated,
may be installed in practically ali applications for operation either parallel or al right angles to the conveyor a xis .
Ra ck and pinion ope rated gales may be furnished with
cha in wheels and chains for remole control. Pin ion shafts
may be extended to accommodate various operati ng
arra ngements.

Photo 32176

Plain d ischa rge opening

Photo 32179

Spouts and gales can be fabricated of stainless steel

and nonferrous metals. Spouts of special desig n ca n be
furnished to accommodate unusua l conditio ns.

Fixed discharge spout

Plain discharge openings are cut in the bottom of the

trough al the desi red location to provide free discharge of
material. They are used for delivering to open or closed
storage or similar applications.
Photo 32177 A

Fixed discharge spouts are welded in place when furnished with a complete conveyor. They are furnished in
g a uges proportioned for the size and gauge of trough .

Hand slide gafe

Hand slide gates are mad e to attach to discharge spouts

and can be operated from a ny one of the four sides,
provided there is sufficient clearance for the gate in its
open position.
Photo 321 80A

Rack and p1mon slide gates hove cut tooth rocks

welded to the slide plates and actuated by cut tooth
pinions mounted on pinio n shafts operated by ha nd
wheels or chain wheels. The pinion shafts rotate freely
in bearings fastened to the steel supporting frames,
p roviding free and easy operating gales.

Rack a nd pinion flat slide gate

These gales, when fitte d with flat slide plates, may be

operated in any one of four position s if clearances are
adequate, and can be furnished with either ha nd wheels
or chain wheels.
These gales can also be furnished with cu rved slide
plates made to conform to the contour of the trough, thus
elimina ting pockets formed by the flat slide plates. They
operate parallel to the conveyor axis and can be fur nished with either hand wheels or chain wheels.

Photo 32181A

Ra ck an d pi nion curved slide gate

L 1 N K - B E L T 275

bulk handling
scre w conveyors

Typical drive arrangements

Numerous drive a rrangements for operating screw convey ors
are possible, using Link-Belt speed reducers, either direct
connected or in comb ination with chain or V-belt drives.
Enclosed drives include gearmotors, motogears, in-line, p arallel
shaft worm gear and shaft mounted speed reducers.
For smooth starting under heavy loa ds, a fluid drive, which
uniformly a b sorbs the shock effect of surges, and protects the

motor and equi pment from sudden overloads or stoppages,

can b e used. These Link- Belt drives are available as fluid
drives, Electrofluid drives and Electrofluid motogears.
Where variation in speed is required to ma intain balanced
processing re quirement, a Link-Belt P.1.V. v ariable speed drive
is ideally suited for the application. This drive is available in
motorized ty pes or with integral gear reductions.

Ar rangement 1 is a sim ple drive combination and consists of

a shaft mounted speed reducer mounted d irectl y on the screw
convey or drive shaft. The speed reducer is connected to the
motor through a V-belt d rive and is prevented from rotating
b y an adjustable arm.
The speed of the conveyor can be readil y changed b y
altering the rat io of the V-belt drive.

f;g, 6227

A rrangement 1

Arrangement 2 consists of a shaft mounted speed reducer

directly mounted on the conveyor drive shaft. In this case, however, a unit bracket, which is attached to the screw conveyor
t rough end supports the motor. The motor is connected to the
sp eed reducer through a V-belt drive. With this arrangement
the motor is conveniently located above the drive.
f;g, 6228

Arrangement 2

Arr angement 3 consists of an enclosed d rive connecte d to a

screw conveyor through a chain drive. The enclosed drive may
be mounted in various locations, making it very flexible. This
arrangement also affords an easy means of altering the conveyor speed to meet changing opera ting conditions, by substituting sprockets of different size.
A practical drive combination is a gearmotor or motogear
with roller chain drive. Where heavier drives are required, the
parallel shaft sp ee d reducer can be used. When the conveyor
operates at a very low speed , a worm gear speed red ucer
may be req uired. Variab le speed d r ives and fluid drives can
also be a dapted to this arrangement.
The chain d rive is easily guarded for safety, or encased for
lubrication and p rotection.

F1g. 5151

Arrangement 3

A rra ngem ent 4 consists of a WVS sing le worm gear sp eed

reducer or HWVS helical-worm gear speed reducer direct connected b y a built-in adapter flang e to the screw conveyor
trough. The output shafts of the drives hove coupling bolt holes
for a ttaching the conveyor screws. Precision roller bearings
su pport the output sha f ts and accommodate the conveyor
thrust in either direction, eliminating the need for an auxiliary
thrust. A cha in drive connects the worm gear speed reducer to
the motor. The cha in drive is easily guarded for safety, or encased for lubrication and protection.

276 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig 6209

A rrangement 4

bulk handling
scre w conve yors

Typical drive arrangements

A r rangem e nt S provides a means of direct connecting the

speed reducer to the screw conveyor where the use of an
intermediate chain drive is not practical or where it is desired to mount the drive in line because of space limitations. The motor is connected to the speed reducer by a
flexible coupling and the output shaft of the drive is coupled
to the drive shaft of the conveyor. The conveyor drive shaft
is rigidly supported by the trough end which has either
double ball bearings or double roller bearings. These bearings accommodate the thrust of the conveyor in either
direction.

Arrangement 6 consists of a W TS single worm gear

speed reducer or HWBS helical-worm gear speed reducer
direct connected by a built- in adapter Aange to the screw
conveyor trough. The output shaft of the drive has coupling
bolt holes for attaching the conveyor screw. Precision roller
bearings support the output shaft and accommodate the
conveyor thrust in either d irection, thus eliminating the need
for an aux iliary thrust. The motor may be mounted on a
unit base with the speed reducer or mounted on o seporote
structurol support.

Arrangement 7 shows o typical method of operating two

screw conveyors, located at right angles to each other, from
a common power source. The speed reducer is connected by
a choin drive to a countershaft trough end. Both conveyors
are t hen driven from the countershaft t rough end , one
through a pair of gears and the other through a second chain
drive.

A rrongement S

Arrongement 6

A rro ngement 7

Fig. 5154

Arrangement 8 illustrates a typical drive for an inclined

screw conveyor using the components described under
Arrangement 4. The motor may be supported as shown or by
independent means.

Arro ngement 8

L 1 N K - B E L T 277

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Typlcal inlet arrangements

[-*=
:;

fig . 4742

Ploin in let spouts o r ch utes

Plain inlet spouts or chutes may be used whenever t he

When multiple inlets feed the conveyor simultaneous ly,

r ot e of feed is fairly unifarm and controlled by preceding

the capacity must exceed their combi ned ro te of feed.

equipmen t.
Th e conveying capacity of the screw conveyor should

used in the ch utes far selecti ve control.

Slide gales, hand or rack and pinion operated, may be

safely exceed the maximum rote of feed.

The screw feeder consists of a conveyor screw operating

in a t o tal l y enclosed housing and desi gned far a specific
pu r pose in regulating the rote of fl ow o r feed of material.
Refer to screw f eeder sect ion far desig n and sel ection.

Screw feed e r

___

...---:- -7'
'
,.

___;
~ f.-------:-

The rotary vane feeder provi des accuro te con trol of the
rote of feed. lt delive rs a unifarm, p re-determined volu me

'

of material, easily regulated by changing the speed of the

feeder. lt may be driven by and synchronized with the screw

.+

..

conveyor, or driven independently with fixed or variable

speed drives.

~'.~~~~:~~:~~:_---.~-_-:.i:==~~~-~=~:~}
~
f
,'
,_,
\_
f

f
~:

...

ll.
...

fi g. 4744

Rotary van e f eed er

Side inlet gates afford a method of feedi ng free -flo w i ng

materiols from bins, hoppers, lanks or silos. The screw
conveyor is rel i eved of the dead weight of the stored ma te rial a nd the load imposed in moving it from under itself.
The feed can be reguloted to main ta in the most favorable depth of materi a l in the trough or can be shut off
comp letely. Ro tat i on of screw should be toward opening
a s shown i n Figure 47 46. Thi s helps to control the movemenl of ma terial away from t he opening ond prevent

-----

flooding of material between flights that occurs when

..

rotation is in oppos ite directi on .

L.- - '\-__ _ _ _ _ _ .....,_

These goles ore ideally adap ted to the bottom of long

Fig . 4746

Si de inlet gate

278 L 1 N K - B E L T

bins which d ischarge material into collecting or reclaim

screw conveyors.

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Typical discharge arrangements

Plain discharge opening

Plain d ischarge openings, cut in the bottom of the

trough, permit free discharg e at pre-determined points.

,. w

Discharge spout

Fig. 4797

. . . . . . . .

..

'

Fig. 4798

IJ

::__-:_-_s==~~=-~~-~_-_-;.-:
. /
\
\._/
t

'

Discharge spouts confine the discharge of material and

direct its Aow to succeeding equipment.

Open e nd troug h

Fig. 4961

Discha rge trough end

fi g. 4950

Open end trough , with a hanger as the end bearing,

permits free discharge to bins, storage piles and similar
places.
Discharge trough ends provide end bearings and also
permit free discharge from the end of the trough.

Ope n b o ttom t r oughs provide free discharge and distribution of materials in bins, bunkers or storage piles. As
material builds up to the conveyor screw it forms its own
trough, thereby advancing along th e full length of the open
bottom troug h.

-,

,,-,

f'

\
'
...t --l.----"
__

_ _i _ _ _ _ft

Hand slide gate s added to discharg e spouts provide

selective control at multiple discharge points.

,r..

.l, _ _ _

: :

\
," --.l.-..,.
' .,.,
'

Ope n bottom trough

f ig. 4955

Rack and pinion flat slide g a t es permit hand wheel

or chain wheel aperation of slide gates for selective discharge. They can b e operated either parallel or transversely to the conveyor axis.
Rack and pm1on curve d slid e gates, with the slide
piafe conforming to the contour of the trough, prevent
det erioration of perisha ble materials by elirnination of the
pocket in which they can otherwise accumulate. Th ey can
be operated only parall el to th e conveyor axis.

Ho nd slid e g ate

Enclosed rack and p inion gate s can be made dusttight or w eathertight to protect personnel, prevent loss of
valuable products or avoid damage to the product from
externa! dirt ar moisture.

'

Rack a nd pinion flat slid e gate

... - ....

...--.,......_,- ' - -

'

,'

Fig. 4953

\----L--.~t.,

..

'I>-- ___ ,..,'..._~

Fig. 4952

,'

... -.,--'

Fig. 4951

Enclosed rack and pinion gate

Fig.

~95 4

Rack and pinion cu rved slide gate

L 1 N K - B E L T 279

bulk handling
screw conveyor5

Selection
The selection information in this section ha s been compiled

screws and troughs may also c id the flow of

from the many years of experience in the successful design

and application of numerous and varied screw conveyor

the materi al.

installations.

Sufficient information is available to easily select the com-

Extremely abrasive ma teria Is may require screws

and troughs ma de of abrasion resistant metals
or the screws may b e provided with hard surfaced flights.

ponents recommended for handling materials under normal

operating conditions in horizontal screw conveyors.
4

When the materials are corrosive, it may be

desirable to make the conveyor screws and
troughs of stainless steel, Monel metal, nickel,

Screw conveyors
The screw conveyor consists of a rotating screw operating
in a stationary trough for conveying material from one point

aluminum, etc.
5 lf the meterais are to be mixed or aerated, a

to another. The conveyor screws are made in regular or

short lengths and either right or left hand to suit any

conveyor screw of ribbon flights or cut flights,

application.

used to obtain the desired results.

or one of these combined with paddles may be

The f eed of material to the conveyor must be al a con6 Meterais which are to be heated or cooled

troll ed and fairly uniform ro te.

may require jacketed troughs arranged for

Screw conveyors are suitable for handling a wide variety

circulating heating or cooling media.

of bulk materials.

Contaminable materials may require selflubricated bearings and screw and t rough con-

Materials

struction which will eliminate pockets, cracks,

Many bulk materials are handled easily and efficiently

etc. Such screws and trou ghs will prevent the

in screw conveyors. However, to insure the best possible

accumulation of the material

selection of components, it is recommended that considera-

easy cleaning.

and facilitate

tion be given to the physical, chemical and handling characteristics of all materials.
The essential characteristics include size, flowability and

tions are a factor or where there may be doubt as to the

abrasiveness of the meterais. Other characteristics, such os

correct selection of screw conveyors, consult Link-Belt.

Where unusual applications or severe operating condi-

contaminat ion, corrosiveness, degradability, fluffiness, etc.,

may influence the handling and should be given consideration. Consideration should also be given to meterais which

How to select a horizontal screw conveyor

may assume different characteristics under certain conditions of processing, atmosphere, age or storage. Many of

Consider the following factors when selecting a horizontal

the more common materials are classifled in Table 1, page

screw conveyor:

282, and are given as a guide in selecting the proper

Kind and character of material being handled,

components. Meterais not appearing in the list can be

such as: size, flowability, abrasiveness, etc.

classifled

by comparison

with

similar meterais or by

establishing a classiflcation using Table 1, page

563.

Link-Belt laboratory facilities are available for testing

and classifying all kind s of materials.

Weight of material in pounds per cubic foot

Maximum rote et which material is handled in
cub ic feet per hour
Maximum size of lumps in inches, average size
of material and percentage of lumps in total
volume

Typical appllcations

Length of conveyor in feet

Occa sionally the characteristics of the material being han-

With this information known, proceed as follows:

dled are such that other than conventional or regular

equipment is required for the purpose, such as:

When the meterais are extremely hot, casi

screws and troughs may be used or the screws
and t roughs may be made of high temperature
alloy metals.

be the choice.

Furthermore, special coatings applied to the

280 L 1 N K - B E L T

282, and flnd the material class and weight of the material
being handled. lf this particular material is not listed,
select one with similar characterist ics or determine the
classiflcation by using Table 1, page

2 lf the meterais are stkky or viscous, ribbon

flight conveyor screws ma y

Establish the material class Refer to Table 1, page

563. Additional con-

sideration relative to the capacity should be given to the

handling of materials which interlock or mat, Class X, or
cerote and become flui d, Class Y.

bulk handling
scre w conveyors

Selection
De termine t he conveyor screw s ize Knowing the
material class, lump size and required capacity, refer to Table
2 and determine the screw diame ter based on e ither lump size
o r capacity al the maximum recommended speed, whichever
governs.
Determin e the conv e y o r scre w s p e ed Knowing the
screw diameter from Table 2, obtain the capacity al one revolution
per minute. Calculate the final speed of the conveyor screw by
dividing the required capacity by the capacity al one revolution
per minute.
Determine the component speciflcations Using the
material classiflcation, weight of material and screw diameter,
refer to Table 3 and determine the componen! group and the
coupling diameter required for the actual length of conveyor. For
conveyor lengths exceeding those listed, consult Link-Belt.
Babbitted and ball bearing hangers are regularly used for
normal operating conditions where lu brication is permissible. Ol
impregnated wood bearing hangers are usually used where contamination of the material must be avoided. Bronze bearing
hangers are used where temperature is involved or where it is the
purchaser's preference. Hangers with other types of bearings can
be furnished, consult Link-Bel!.
Knowing the componen! group, screw diameter and coupling
diameter, refer to Table 4 for the componen! speciflcations and
determine the type of hanger bearing, coupling, screw, thicknesses
of trough and cover. Various types of hangers, trough ends, and
trough constructions are shown on the preceding pages, and will
suit most ' normal operating conditions.

Solutlon Refer to Table 1. The material class is Cl 65. Refer to

Table 2. A 12" dia meter screw conveyar having a 140 RPM maximum operating speed and a capacity of 19.3 cubic feet per
revolution is satisfactory for the capacity and lump size.
2000
Required spe ed of screw = - - = 103.6 RPM
19.3
Refer to Table 3. Component group A, B, C or N is indicated
for Cl 6 material. Also a 2 " diameter coupling is required for the
60-foot long conveyor and the horsepower factor K equals 25.
The specifkations for componen! group A, B, Cor N from Table
4 consist of a choice of babbitted, ball, wood or bronze bearing
hangers, cold rolled steel couplings, 12H408 helicoid or 125407
sectional flight conveyor screws and No. 12 gauge steel trough
with No. 14 ga uge cover.
horsepower H al conveyor drive shaft

AG

2000 X 60 X 25
=3
1,000,000

G = 1.13
H =3 X 1.13=3.39 HP
Knowing horsepower and required speed of screw, refer to
pages 276-277 for typical drives.
Assuming 92 per cent total efficiency for drive selected, horsepower al the motor equals 3.39 divided by .92 = 3.68 HP.
5elect 5 HP motor for this application.

Problem 2 5elect a horizontal screw conveyor to meet the

following conditions:

When the drive shafts, end shafts, a nd couplings operate in

ball bearings, the starting torque is reduced and the overall
e fficiency of the conveyor is increased.

Material ... ...... gypsum, raw

Weight . ......... 90 pounds per cubic foot
Capacity ... .. . . . l l 00 cubic feet per hour
Ma x. lump size .... l inch, 15 per cent of total volume

Calculate the required horsepower The following

Length of conveyor. 30 feet

formula may be used for calculating the horsepower:

H = AG
where H = horsepower al conveyor drive shaft
A =equivalen! horsepower

CLK
1,000,000

c =ca p acity in cubic feet per hour

L = length of conveyor in fe et

Solution Refer to Table l. The material class is 027. Refer to

Table 2. A 16" diameter screw having a 45 RPM maximum operating sp eed and a capacity of 31.4 cubic feet per revolution is
satisfactory for the capacity and lump size.
1100
Required speed of screw = - - = 35 RPM
31.4

K = horsepower factor from Table 3

G = 1.00 when A = 5.0 or more. When A = less
than 5.0 obtain value of G from Table 5.

Refer to Table 3. Componen! g roup O is indicated for 027

material. Also a 3 " diameter coupling is required for the 30-foot
long conveyor and the horsepower factor equals 225.

With the horsepower and speed al the conveyor drive shaft

known, refer to pages 276-277 for typical drive arrangeme nts.
The horsepower al the motor equals the horsepower al the conveyor drive shaft divided by the total efficiency of the drive
selected.

The specifkations for componen! group O from Table 3 consists

of hard iron bearing hangers, hardened steel couplings, l 6H616
helicoid or 165616 sectional flight conveyor screws and 3116" steel
trough with No. 14 gauge cover.

Examples of screw conveyor selection

Problem 1 5elect a horizontal screw conveyor to mee! the
following conditions:
Material ......... . ..... wheat

horsepower H al conveyor drive shaft equals AG

A = 1100 X 30 X 225 =

l,000,090

.
7 4

G =
H=

7.4 X 1 = 7.4 HP

W ~ight .. .. ..... .. . ... . 45 pounds per cubic foot

Knowing horsepower and speed of screw refer to pages 276277 for typical drives.

Capacity .............. . 2000 cubic feet per hour

Maximum lump size ...... Y2 inch

Assuming 92 per cent total efficiency for drive selected, horsepower al the motor equals 7.4 divided by .92 = 8.04 HP.

Le ngth of conveyar. ...... 60 feet

5elect l O HP motor for this application.

L 1 N K - B E L T 281

bulk handling
scre w conve yors

Selection
Table 1 Typ ica l bu lk material s handl ed by screw con veyors
Average

Material

Alfalfo meal . . . . . . ............ . .. .

Almonds, broke n or whole ..... ... .... .
Alum, lumpy .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alum, fi ne ...................... . ... .
Alumina .......... ... . .. . .. . ...... .
Aluminate jell ...................... .
Aluminum hydra te . . . . . .
. .... - ..
Ammonium chloride, crystalline .... . .... .
Ammonium sulphate . . . . . . . .......... .
Antimany powder ..... ...... ...... .
Apple pomace, dry
. . . . . .. ... .. .
Asbestos shred . . . ............... .
Ashes, coal, dry, 3" and under ...... . .
Asphalt, crushe d , \12" and under .. ... .. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . ... .... . .
Bagasse
Ba kelite, fin e ............... . ... . .. .
Baking powd e r .. . ... . ........... _. Bark, wood, refuse .. ....... . ... ..... .
Barley .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
Bauxite, crushed, 3" and under . ... .. .
Be ans, castor, who le ..... . . . . . .... .. .
Beo ns, ca stor, me al . . . . . . . . . _. . . . _
Beans, novy, dry ... .............. _ ..
Bentonite, 100 mesh ond und er . . . . . . .
- ..
Bicarbonate of soda
Blood, drie d . . . . . .
. .. .
..
. . . ..... . . .
Bones
Boneblack, 100 mesh and und er ...... .
Bonecha r, \la " and und er . . . . . . . . .. .
Bonemeal
.. ....... ..
Borate o f lime . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .
Borox, fine ...................... .
Boric acid , fine .................... .
Bren . .
. ....... .
. ....... .
Bread crumbs . . . . . .
Brewer's grain, spent, dry . . . . . . . . . .
Brewer's grain, sp e nl, wet .. ... .... .
Buckwheat . . .
.. . ........ ..
Calcium ca rb ide . . . . .
. ... ... .
Carbon block, p e ll e tized ........ .
Carbon bl ock powder . . .... . ..... .
Casein . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . .
Casi iron chips ................ . ... . .
Cement, portland . . . . . . . . ... . .. .
. . . . .. .... .
Ceme nt clinker . . . . . .
Chalk, lump y . . . . .
.. ... ..
Chalk, 100 mesh ond under ........ . .
Charcoal . . . . . .
. . . ..... . . .
. ....
Cind ers, coal . .
Clay (see bentonite, Fuller's earth,
kaolin and marl)
Clover seed
Coal, anthracite . . .
..
Coal, bituminous, mined, 50 mesh and under
Coal, bituminous, mined, sized ....... .
Co al, bituminous, mined, slack, \12"
and under . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .
Cocoa, powdered . .. .. .. ....... ..... .
Cocoa b e ans ............ . . .. .... . . .
Cocoo nibs ... ... . . . . . . ......... .
Coconut, shredded . .. . . . .......... .
Coffee, green b e an . . . . . . . . . . .. .
Refer to page 563 far c lass1fi ca t ion descriptions.
Consult Link-Belt.

282 L 1 N K - B E L T

weight per
cubic foat,
p aund s
6

17
28-30
50-60
45-50
60
45
18
52
45 -5 8
15
20-25
35-40
45
7-10
30-40
41
10-20
38
75-85
36
48
50-60
41
35-45
35-50
20-25
27-4 0
55-60
53

55
16-20
25 -30
55-60
40-42
70-80
20-25
4-6
36
130-200
65-85
75 -80
85-90
70-75
18-25
40

48
60

50
50
50
30-35
30-40
35
20-22
32

Class

B3 7W
C27T
0 26
B26
B28
B2 7
C26
B26

B27
C37W
H37WZ
037
C2 6
H36WXZ
A36
A26
H37X
B16 5
028
C1 6
B26
C16
A27Y
A26
037

A27
B27
B27
A26
B26
B26
B265W
B26T
C36
C36P
B165
027
Bl 6TZ

B27
C37
A27Y
028
037Z
A37YZ
037T
028

B165
C27P
B36P
026PT
C36P
A36Z
C27T
C27
H36
C26T

Average
weoght per
cubic foat
paunds
6

Material

Class

826
C 16
038TX
028X
C38
026

Coffee, ground .............. . .. . ... .

Coffee, roasted bean ......... , ...... .
Cake, loase ........ ... . . ..... .... . . .
Coke, p etroleum, colcined . .... . . .... . .

25
22-26
23-32
35-45

Coke breeze, \!.'' and under ...... , .. .

Copper sulphate . . . . . .
. . . ... . .
Copperas (see ferrous sulphate)
Copra, lumpy . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... .

25-35

Copra cake, lumpy .... ... ....... ..

Copro cake, ground . ..............
Copra meal .
. ... . .... . . . . . . . .
Cork, fine ground .. ....... . . ......

Cork, granulated .. . ............... . .

Corn, cracked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corn, seed _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corn, shelled . .... ..... .. .. ....... .
Corn germs ...... .. ............ . . . .
Corn g rits . . ... ... . .... . ...... .. .... .
Corn sugar . ..... . ..... . ........... .
Cornmeal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . .

25-30
4 0-45
40-45
12-15
12-15
45 -50
45
45

C36
C26
C l65T
C165

21
40-45
31
38 -40

826
B26
826
826

Cottonseed, dry, de-l inted . .. ... .. .. .. .

Coltonseed, dry, not de-linted . .. . ... . . .
Cottonseed cake, lumpy . ... . . ... .. .. .
Cottonseed flakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .

35
18-25
40-45
20-25

C26
C3 6
026

Co ttonseed hulls ... . ................ .

Coltonseed meol ......... ...... .. .
CoHonseed mea Is .
. ... .. ... . . .
Crocklings, crushed, 3" and under.
...

12
35-40
40
40-50

836W
826
826
036

Cryolite . .
.... ... ....
. .....
Cullet
.. ..
Oicalcium phosphate . . . . . . . . . .
Oolomite, lumpy . . . . . . .
Ebonite, crushed, \12" and under
Egg powder . _ .... .
Ep som salts . .. _ .
. ..
Fe ldspar, g round, \la" ond under .
..
_. . . . . . .
..
Fe rrous sulphate
Fish meal
.. .... ... .. .. . ... . ..
Fish scrap . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .....
Flaxsee d
Flaxsee d cak e, expeller . . . . . ........ .
Flaxsee~ meol
Flour, wheot . . . . . . . . .
. ... , . . . .
Flue dJsl, boiler house, d ry ......... . .
Fluorspar
. . . . . . ... .. ...... . .
Fly a sh, dry (se e flue dJst)
Fuller's earth, oil filler , burned .. .. .. . . .
Fuller's earth, oil fille r, raw .........
Fuller's earth, oil filler, spent .... .. .... .
Gelatine, granul ated . .. ........... .
Glass batch
. . . . . . . . ...... .
Glue, ground, \la" and under ......... .
Glue, p e arl . . . . . . . .
. ............ .
Gluten meal . . . . . . . .
. ...... , .. .. .
Grains, di stillery, spent, d ry ........... .
Graphite, flake ....... .. ........... .
Graphite, flour .. .. . ..... . .... .. .. .
Grape pornace ........ . ....... .. ... .
Grass seed. . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .... .
Gypsum, calcined, v.'' and und er . . ... .

110
80 -120
43
90 - 100
63-70
16
40-50
65-70

027
028
A36
027
C26

.
.
.
.

22

50-75
35-40
40-50
45
48-50
25
35-40
35-45
82
40
35-40
60 -65
32
90-100
40
40
40
30
40
28
15-20
10-12
55 -60

026
026
826
826
836WY

B26
827
C27
836
H36
8 165
026
826
A36K
A18Y
C37
B28
827

C26T
028
827
C16
826
H26W
C26
A16Y
C37 W
8265W
C27

6 Weight of material loose or slightly og1toted. These weights ore usuolly

different when moterials ore settled or packed, os in bons or conto iners

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Selection
Table 1 ( continued)

Typical bu lk materia Is handled by screw conveyors

Average
weight per
cubic foot,
pounds
A

Aver a g e

weight p e r
Ma te ria l

cubic foot,

p ounds

Closs

Material

/'.

Gypsum, row, 1 inch and und e r .... . .

Gypsum, calcined, powdered . . ...... .
Hops, spent, dry .. .. ............. .
Hops, spent, wet ..... .. ............ .

90 - 100
60-80
35
50-55

027
A37
H36
H36P

Rice, bren (see bron)

Rice grits . ................... ...... .
Rubber, hard ground (see ebonite)
Rye ..... . ....................... .

Ice, crushed ....................... .

llmenite ore . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . ... .
lron sulphote (see ferrous sulphate)
Kaolin doy, 3" and under ........... .

35 -45
140

016
828

163

027

Solt, common dry, coarse . .. ..........

Salt, common dry, fine ...............
Salt cake, dry, coorse ................
Salt cake, dry, pulverized ............

72
45-55
60

836R
026
836Z

lamp block (see carbon block)

l e ad arsenate .... . ... ...... ... . .... .
lignite, air dried ............ ... . . . . . .
lime, ground, Va" and under ...... . ... .
lime, hydrated, Va" and under ... ... .. .
lime, hydrated, pulverized ..... .
lime, pebble . . . . . . . . . .
. .... .
limestone, ogricultural, Va" and under ... .

40
32-40
53 -56
68

826YZ
A26YZ
036
827 ...

limestone, crushed .... . .............. .

limestone dust ............. ........ . .
litharge (see leod oxide)
Magnesium chloride ................. .

85-90
75

027 ...
A37Y .._

33

C36

Moize (see corn)

Malt, dry, ground, Vo" and under ...
Molt, d ry, whole . . .
. ..
Malt, wet or green . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...

22
27 -30
60 -65

826SW
C26S
C36.._

Malt meal ........................ .

Manganese sulphate ................. .
Mari . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Meat, ground .. . .. . .... , .. .. ....... .

36-40
70
80
50-55

826
C28
027 ...

Mica, ground . .. ..... . .............. .

Mica, pulverized ..... . ...... ... . ...
Mica, flakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ... . . .
Milk, dried flake ........... . .... . ..

13-15
13-15
17-22
5-6

827
A27Y
817WY
826K .._

Milk, malted . . . . . . . . . . ...........

Milk, whole, powdered ... . .. . .. . .. ..
Muriate of potash ..................
Mustard seed .......... .. ........ .

30 -35
20

A36KZ
836KlZ
B28
8165

.
.
.
.

77
45

Naphthalene Aakes ......... . ... . . . . .

Oats ..... .. ........... . .......... .
Oats, rolled .... . . . . .... . .. .. . . . .. . .
Oronge peel, dry ................... .

45
26 '
19
15

Oxalic acid crystals ............... .

Oyster shells, ground , Y," and under .
Oyster shells, whole . .. .......... .
Paper pulp . .. . .. ............ . .. . . .

60
53

...

...

C16S
C26SW
H36
836l
C27
027X

...

Peanuts, in shells .. . .......... . .... . .

Peanuts, shelled ......... . ........... .
Peas, dried ...................... . . .
Phosphate rock ...... ... .. ..... .... .

15-20
35-45
45-50
75-85

026T
C26T
C16ST
027 ...

Phosphate sand . . . .
. . .. ... .
Ploster of peris (see gypsum, colcined,
powdered )
Potossium nitrote ............... . ... .

90-100

828

76

C17P

Pum ice, \la " and under . . ........ . ... .

Rice, hulled or polished ............. .. .
Rice, rough ...................... ... .

42 -45
45-48
36

838 ...
816
8265

Reler to poge 563 far classifica t ion descriptions.

.._ Consult Link-Belt.

42-45
44

Closs

826
8165

45-5 0
70-80
85
65-85

C37Pl .._
827Pl .._
027
827

Saltpeter ..... ........ ..... ... . ....

Sand, bonk, dry .............. .....
Sand, silica, dry .... . ... . ........... .
Sawdust ... ... . .. . ........... . ... . . .

80
90-110
90-100
10-13

8265
828
818

Shal e, crushed .... ..................

Shellac, powdered or gronulated ... .. ..
Silica gel . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ........
Slag, furnace, gronuloted . . . . .......

.
.
.
.

85-90
31
45
60-65

c27 .._
826K .._
828
C28

SI ate, crushed, V2" and under .... . . ...

Slote, ground, Va" and under ....... . .
Soap beads or granules ..............
Soap chips .. ... . .... ...............

.
.
.
.

80-90
82
15-25

C27
827
826T
C26T .._

Soap flakes ..... . .... ... . .......... .

Soap powde r .. ...... ...... . ...... .
Soapstone tole, fine ...... .......... .
Soda a sh, heovy ................... .

5- 15
20-25
40-50
55-65

B26T ..t.
B26 .._
A37Z
827

Soda ash, light . . . . . . . . . ..... . ... . .

Sodium nitrate . . . . . . .
. ...... .
Sodium phosphate (see trisodium
phosphote)

20-35
70-80

A27W

026
C26W
826

Soybeons, cracked ................ .

Soybeans, whole . ........ .. ....... .
Starch ............................ .
Ste el chips, crushe d .. .. . .. .........

40-43
18-26
40
30-40
45 -50
25-50
100-150

Sugar, g ranulated ........... . ....... .

Sugar, raw, cene o r beet. ......... . . .
Sugar beet pulp, dry ............... .
Sugar beet pulp, wet .. .. ... . .... . .. .

50-55
55-65
12- 15
25 -45

826KT
836Z .._

Sulphur, crushed, Y," and under ... .. ..

Sulphur, lumpy, 3" and under ... ...... .
Sulphur, powdered ..................
Talcum powder ... . .................

.
.
.
.

50-60
80-85
50-60
40-60

C26S .._
0265 ...
826SY .a.
A27Y

Tonbor~ ground .................... .

Timothy seed ........... . ......... . . .
Tobocco, scrops . .. .................. .
Tobacco, snuff ...... .. .............. .

55
36
15-25
30

826SW
036W
B36TY

Trisodium phosphote .. .... . .... .. . ... .

Tung nut meats, crushe d .... .. . .... . . . .
Vermiculite, expended .... .. ... . ... . . .
Vermiculite ore ..... .. .. . ...... . .... .

60
25
16
80
45-48
40-45
28
10-30
16-36
30-35
10-15

.
.
.
.

Sodium sulphate (see so lt cake )

Soybean cake, over V2" . . . . . ..... ... .
Soybean Aokes, row o r spent ..... ..... .
Soybe an meal, cold ................. .

Wheot .... .... .................... .

Wheot, cracked ............ . ..... .
Wheat germ ........ . ........... .. .
Wood chips ... ... ..... . .... . ....... .
Wood Aour ... .. . .......... .. . . ... .
Zinc oxide, heavy .... . ......... .. ... .
Zinc oxide, light ... ... .... ... . ... .... .

...

...

C27S
c175 .._

...

038

...
...

...

827
026
C37W
027
C16S
8265
826
H36WX ..t.

...

A36Z .._
A36WZ .._

A W eight of material loase or slightly agitated. These w eights a re usually

dil!erent when moteriols ore seuled or poded, os i n bins or containers.

L 1 N K - B E L T 283

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Selection
Table 2 Capacities and speeds of ho rizo ntal screw conveyors
Material
class

A16
B16
C1 6

016, H1 6
A26,A36
B26, B36
C26, C36
026, 0 36
H26, H36
A17, A27, A37
B17, B27, B37
C17, C27, C37
0 17, 027, 037
H17, H27, H37
A18, A28, A38
B18, B28, 838
C18,C28, C38
0 18, 028, 038
H18, H28, H38

recommended
speed,
RPM

lump size,
inches

lA
1 Y2

6
9
12
14
16
18
20
6
9
12
14
16
18
20
6
9
12
14
16
18
20
6
9
12
14
16
18
20

Capacity a l
maximum
re commended
speed

Maximum

Moximum

Screw
diometer,
inches

3A

1 y,
2
2 Y2
3
3
3 Y2

3A

1 Y2
2
2 Y2
3
3
3 Y2
3A

1 Y2
2
2 y,
3
3
3 y,

Consider only th e classifications show n w hen selecting screw diameters

and speeds.
Unsized material consisting of coarse and fines wh e re 25% of volum e
d oes not exceed maximum lump si ze and ave rag e size of balance does

Capacity al
1 RPM

Trough loading

Cubic leet per hour

165
150
140
130
120
115
105
120
100
90
85
80
75
70
60
50
50
45
45
40
40
60
50
50
45
45
40
40

2
2 y,
3
3
3 Y2

375
1200
2700
4000
5600
7600
9975
180
560
1200
1790
251 0
3400
4340
90
280
665
950
1410
1850
2485
45
140
335
470
705
910
1240

2.27
8.0
19.3
30.8
46.6
66.1
95.0
1.5
5.6
13.3
21.1
3 1.4
45.4
62.1
1.5
5.6 .
13.3
21.1
31.4
45.4
62.1
.75
2.8
6.7
10.5
15.7
22.7
31.1

0
w

45 per cent

30 per cen t

~""
1S

per cent

not exceed one half of the maximum lump size . When lumps exceed 25"fo
of volume or mate rial conta ins hard, unbreakable lumps, con sult Link-Belt.
Speeds higher than those recommended will result in accelera ted we ar
on hanger bearings and couplings.

Table 3 Component g roups, conveyor lengths and horse power fa ctors

Weight
of
Moterial
closs

Componen!
group,
Table 4

Al6
Bl6
C16

A, B, C

A26
B26
C26

A, B, C

Fo
N

Fo
N

materia!,
pounds
per cubic
foot

1 to
10 t o
20 to
30 to
40 to
50 to
60 to
70 to
80 to
90 to
1 to
10 to
20 to
30 t o
40 to
50 t o
60 to
70 to
80 to
90 to

10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100

Moxlmum length o f conveyor in feet

12

1 14

Screw d iameter, inche s

1 16 1 18 1 20

Coupling di ameter, inches

l l/2

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

l 1V2 1 2
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
- 100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

2 12'll6 I

150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 140
-- - 150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 150
150 135

Consult Link-Belt fo r lengths in excess o f tho se listed .

0 For mildly corrosive mate rials, C lass P.

284 L 1 N K - B E L T

Hor sepower fa ctor K

Screw diometer, inches

200 250
200 250
200 250
200 250
200 250
200 250
200 250
200 250
185 250
170 250
-- - 200 250
200 250
200 250
200 250
200 250
200 250
200 250
200 250
180 250
165 250

1 2 ~1

13

1 3 13 ~

12 114 1 16 1 18 1 20

200 250 250 250 250 250 18 10

9
200 250 250 250 235 250 22 14 13
200 250 250 250 185 235 26 18 17
200 250 250 2 10 145 185 30 22 21
200 250 225 175 120 155 34 26 25
170 250 190 150 105 130 38 30 29
150 250 170 130 90 115 42 34 33
130 225 150 110 80 100 46 38 37
120 205 135 100 70 90 50 42 41
11 0 185 125 95 65 80 51 46 45
- - - - - - - - - -- - - - - -200 250 250 250 250 250 28 15 13
200 250 250 250 250 250 34 21 19
200 250 250 250 190 250 40 27 25
200 250 250 200 150 190 46 33 31
195 250 220 165 120 155 52 39 37
165 250 190 140 105 135 58 45 43
145 245 165 120 90 115 64 51 49
130 220 145 110 80 105 70 57 55
11 5 195 130 100 70 90 76 63 6 1
105 180 120 90 65 85 82 69 67

8
8
7
7
12 12 11 11
16 16 15 15
20 20 19 19
24 24 23 23
28 28 27 27
32 32 31 31
36 36 35 35
40 40 39 39
44 44 43 43
- - -- - 12 12 11 10
18 18 17 16
24 24 23 22
30 30 29 28
36 36 35 34
42 43 41 40
48 48 47 46
54 54 53 52
60 60 59 58
66 66 65 64

bulk handling
1crew conveyors

Selection
Table 3 ( continued) Component groups, conveyor lengths and horsepower factors
Maximum length af conveyor in feet

Harsepa wer f actor K

Screw diameter, inches

Screw di a meter, inches

Weight
of
Mctericl
clcss

A 36
B 36
e 36

o 16
H 16

A, B,C

material,

pcunds
per cubic
foot

12

2~

150
150
150
150
150

200
200
200
200
195

1'h

1v,

10
20
30
40
50

100
100
100
100
100

100
100
100
100
100

60
70
80
90
100

1 to 10
l O to 20
20 to 30
30 to 40
40 to 50

100 100 150 135 165 250

100 100 150 120 145 240
100 95 150 105 125 215
100 85 150 95 115 190
100 80 150 85 105 175
---- - - -- - 100 100 150 150 200 250
100 100 150 150 200 250
100 100 150 150 200 250
100 100 150 150 200 250
100 100 150 150 200 250

50
60
70
80
90

60
70
80
90
100

100
100
100
100
100

1 to
10 to
20 to
30 to
40 to

10
20
30
40
50

100
100
100
100
100

50
60
70
80
90

60
70
80
90
100

l to
to
to
to
to

10
20
30
40

14

16

118

20

Coupling dicmeter, inches

150
150
150
150
150

250
250
250
250
250

2~

200
200
195
150
125

12

14

16

18

20

32
42
52
62
72

19
29
39
49
59

17
27
37
47
57

16
26
36
46
56

16
26
36
46
56

15
25
35
45
55

14
24
34
44
54

3 3 3 13 1 3~

250
250
250
250
210

250
250
220
170
140

250 250 250

230 175 225
165 125 160
130 95 120
105 75 100

F0

G, H, J
F0

o 26

G, H, J

H 26

F0

o 36

G, H, J

H 36

F0

Al 7
B 17
C 17

Componen!
group,
Table 4

50
60
70
80
90

to
to
to
to
to

to
to
to
to
to

150 150 200 250 165 250 190 140 105 135 58 45 43 42 42 41 40
150 150 200 250 145 245 165 125 90 115 64 51 49 48 48 47 46
150 150 200 250 130 220 150 110 80 105 70 57 55 54 54 53 52
150 150 180 250 115 195 135 100 70 95 76 63 61 60 60 59 58
150 135 165 250 105 180 120 90 65 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64
- - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 250 250 250 32 19 17 16 16 15 14
100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250 230 175 225 42 29 27 26 26 25 24
100 150 150 200 250 195 250 220 165 120 160 52 39 37 36 36 35 34
100 150 150 200 250 150 250 175 130 95 120 62 49 47 46 46 45 44
100 150 150 190 250 125 210 140 105 75 100 72 59 57 56 56 55 54

l to
10 t o
20 to
30 to
40 to

10
20
30
40
50

50
60
70
80
90

60
70
80
90
100

100
100
100
100
100

1 to
10 to
20 t o
30 to
40 to

10
20
30
40
50

100
100
100
100
100

50
60
70
80
90

60
70
80
90
100

100
100
100
100
100

to
to
to
to
to

to
to
to
to
to

--

85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64
75 92 79 77 76 76 75 74
65 102 89 87 86 86 85 84
55 112 99 97 96 96 95 94
50 122 109 107 106 106 105 104
- - -- -- -- -- - - -- - - - 250 250 28 15 13 12 12 11 10
250 250 34 21 19 18 18 17 16
190 245 40 27 25 24 24 23 22
150 190 46 33 31 30 30 29 28
125 160 52 39 37 36 36 35 34
65
55
50
45
40

100
100
100
100
100

100 100 150 135 165 250

100 100 150 120 145 240
100 95 150 105 125 215
100 85 150 95 110 190
100 80 150 85 100 175
-------- - 100 100 150 150 200 250
100 100 150 150 200 250
100 100 150 150 200 250
100 100 150 135 165 250
100 100 150 110 130 225

to
to
to
to
to

105 180 120 90

90 155 105 75
80 135 95 65
70 120 85 60
65 110 75 55
-----200 250 250 250
200 250 250 250
200 250 250 250
200 250 250 200
195 250 220 165

105
90
80
70
65

180 120
155 105
135 95
120 85
110 75

200
195
135
105
85

250
250
230
175
145

- -- -- 250
220
150
120
95

85 150 95 115 195 70 120 80

75 150 80 100 165 60 105 70
65 150 70 85 145 55 90 60
60 150 60 75 130 50 80 55
55 135 55 70 120 45 75 50
- - - - - - - - - - -- -- - 100 150 150 200 250 200 250 250
100 150 150 200 250 195 250 225
90 150 150 200 250 150 250 175
75 150 150 190 250 125 210 145
65 150 135 160 250 105 180 120

55
50
47
43
39

150 115 140 240

150 105 125 210
150 95 110 190
150 85 100 175
150 75 95 160

95
80
70
65
60

155 105
135 95
120 85
110 75
100 70

90
75
65
60
55

65 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64
55 75 92 79 77 76 76 75 74
50 65 10 2 89 87 86 86 85 84
45 55 112 99 97 96 96 95 94
40 50 122 109 107 106 106 105 104
- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - 250 220 250 37 24 22 21 21 20 19
165 120 160 52 39 37 36 36 35 34
115 85 110 67 54 52 51 51 50 49
90 65 85 82 69 67 66 66 65 64
70 50 68 97 84 82 81 81 80 79
60
50
45
40
35

45
38
34
30
27

- -- 250 200
175 135
135 100
110 80
90 70
80
70
60
55
50

57 112
50 127
43 142
39 157
35 172
-- - 250 62
175 72
130 82
105 92
85 102

97 96 96 95 94
112 111 111 11 0 109
127 126 126 125 124
142 141 141 140 139
157 156 156 155 154
- - - - - - - - -- - 33 28 26 25 23 21
43 38 36 35 33 3 1
53 48 46 45 43 41
63 58 56 55 53 51
73 68 66 65 63 61
99
114
129
144
159

60 75 112 83 78 76 75 73 71
50 65 122 93 88 86 85 83 81
46 60 132 103 98 96 95 93 91
41 55 142 113 108 106 105 103 101
38 48 152 123 118 116 115 113 111

Consult Link-Belt lo r lengths in excess ol those listed,

0 Far mildly corrosive matericls, Class P.

L 1 N K - B E L T 285

bulk handling
s crew conveyors

Selection
Table 3

( continued)

Com po nent groups, conveyor lengths and horsepower factors

Weight
of

Material

Componen!

material,

class

group,

pounds
per cubic
foot

Table

A27
827
C27

A37
837
C37

017
Hl7

027
H27

037
H37

Al8
818
Cl8

Maximu m length of conveyor in feet

12

l V2

1V2
100
90
70
55
47

1 2
150
150
150
150
150

1 2
150
150
140
110
95

50
60
70
80
90
l
10
20
30
40

to
to
to
to
to

60
70
80
90
l 00
10
20
30
40
50

100 41 150 80
100 36 150 70
100 32 145 60
100 29 130 55
95 26 120 50
-- 100 100 150 150
100 75 150 150
100 60 150 125
100 47 150 95
100 39 150 75

50
60
70
80
90
l
10
20
30
40

to
to
to
to
to

60
70
80
90
100
1O
20
30
40
50

100 34 150 65 80 135

100 30 130 55 70 120
95 26 115 50 60 105
85 24 105 46 55 95
80 22 95 41 50 85
-- 100 100 150 150 200 250
100 95 150 150 200 250
100 75 150 150 185 250
100 60 150 125 150 250
100 50 150 100 130 210

60
70
80
90
l 00
10
20
30
40
50

100 45 150 90 110 185 70

100 40 150 80 95 160 60
100 36 150 70 85 145 55
100 33 145 60 75 130 49
100 30 130 55 70 120 45
- 100 100 150 150 200 250 190
100 75 150 150 185 250 120
100 55 150 110 135 230 90
100 45 150 90 110 180 70
100 38 150 75 90 150 55

to
to
to
to
to

50
60
70
80
90
l
10
20
30
40

to
to
to
to
to

50
60
70
80
90
l
10
20
30
40

to
to
to
to
to

50
60
70
80
90

20

50
44
39
35
32
200
160
120
95
80

85
75
65
60
55
-250
250
205
165
135
120
100
90
80
75
250
205
150
120
95

60
50
45
41
36
-250
185
140
110
95

1
68 39
84 55
100 71
116 87
132 103

112 1 14 , 16

l 18 I 20

34
50
66
82
98

32
48
64
80
96

31
47
63
79
95

29
45
61
77
93

27
43
59
75
91

148
164
180
196
212
72
92
112
132
152

119
135
151
167
183
43
63
83
103
123

114
130
146
162
178
38
58
78
88
118

112
128
144
160
176
36
56
76
96
116

111
127
143
159
165
35
55
75
95
115

109
125
141
157
178
33
53
73
93
113

107
123
139
155
171
31
51
71
91
111

43 32
37 27
33 24
30 22
27 20
205 170
135 110
100 80
80 60
65 50

40
35
31
28
25
215
140
100
80
65

172
192
212
232
252
66
80
94
108
122

143
163
183
203
223
-37
51
65
79
93

138
158
178
198
218
- 32
46
60
74
88

136
156
176
196
216
30
44
58
72
86

135
155
175
195
215
29
43
57
71
85

133
153
173
193
213
27
41
55
69
83

131
151
171
191
211
-25
39
53
67
81

55
50
43
39
35
170
100
75
55
46

136
150
164
178
192
73
94
115
136
157

107
121
135
149
163
44
65
86
107
128

102
116
130
144
158
39
60
81
102
123

100
114
128
142
156
37
58
79
100
121

99
113
127
141
155
36
57
78
99
120

97
111
125
139
-153
34
55
76
97
118

95
100
123
137
151
32
53
74
95
116

39
34
30
27
24
140
85
60
45
37

178
199
220
241
262
79
106
133
160
187

149
170
191
212
233
50
77
104
131
158

144
165
186
207
228
45
72
99
126
153

142
163
184
205
226
- 43
70
97
124
151

141
162
183
204
225
42
69
96
123
150

139
160
181
202
223
- 40
67
94
121
148

137
158
179
200
221
-38
65
92
119
146

75
65
60
55
49
200
155
110
90
70

130 50
115 43
100 38
90 34
85 30
250 160
250 100
190 72
150 55
120 46

85
75
65
55
50
250
170
120
95
80

to
to
to
to
to

100 33 145 60
100 28 125 55
90 25 115 49
80 23 105 43
75 21 95 40
100 100 150 150
100 65 150 125
100 46 150 90
100 37 150 70
100 31 135 60
60
95 26 115 50
70
85 23 100 43
80
75 20 90 39
90
70 18 80 35
l 00 65 17 75 31
-- 10 100 100 150 150
20 100 100 150 150
30 100 100 150 150
40 100 90 150 150
50 100 80 150 150

80 55 45
70 49 38
60 44 34
55 39 30
50 35 27
-220 -170 -130
140 105 80
100 75 55
80 60 44
65 49 36
55 41 30
50 36 26
43 32 23
38 29 21
35 26 19
190 145 11 o
115 85 65
85 60 45
65 47 35
50 39 28

60
55
47
42
38
200
200
200
200
200

105
90
80
71
65
250
250
250
250
250

65
55
50
45
40
250
250
250
250
220

45
39
34
30
28
250
250
210
175
150

33
28
25
22
20
250
210
165
135
115

24
21
18
16
15
230
160
125
105
85

31
27
23
21
19
250
205
160
130
110

214
241
268
295
322
119
134
149
164
179

185
212
239
266
293
62
77
92
107
122

180
207
234
261
288
51
66
81
96
111

178
205
232
259
286
48
63
78
93
108

177
204
231
258
285
45
60
75
90
105

175
202
229
256
283
40
55
70
85
100

173
200
227
254
281
37
52
67
82
97

to
to
to
to
to

60
70
80
90
100

175
155
140
130
120

250 115 190 130 100

250 100 170 117 90
240 90 155 105 80
220 80 140 95 70
200 75 1130 90 65

75
65
60
55
48

95
85
75
65
60

194
209
224
239
254

137
152
167
182
197

126
141
156
171
186

123
138
153
168
183

120
135
150
165
180

115
130
145
160
175

112
127
142
157
172

to
to
to
to
to

to
to
to
to
to

60
70
80
90
100
10
20
30
40
50

100
100
100
100
100

70
65
60
55
50

150
150
150
150
150

C onsulr LankBelt for leng rhs 1n excess of those lrsted

286 L 1 N K - B E L T

16 1 18

1 3 1 2~ 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 ~
200 250 200 250 250 200 155 200
200 250 145 250 170 130 100 125
170 250 110 185 125 95 70 90
135 225 85 150 100 75 55 70
115 190 75 120 85 60 46 60
95 165 65 105 70 55 39 50
85 145 55 90 60 46 34 44
75 130 48 80 55 41 30 39
65 115 43 70 50 37 27 35
60 105 40 65 45 33 24 31
-- 200 250 195 250 225 175 135 175
190 250 125 210 145 11 0 80 105
140 235 90 155 105 80 60 75
110 180 75 120 85 60 46 60
95 155 60 100 70 50 38 48

100
100
100
100
100

50
60
70
80
90
l
10
20
30
40

1 2~

10
20
30
40
50

to
to
to
to
to

14

Screw diameter, inches

Coupling diomeler, inches

1 to
10 to
20 t o
30 to
40 to

to
to
to
to
to

Horse pow er factor K

Screw diometer, inches

145
130
115
105
95

40
33
30
27
24
200
200
180
152
130

bulk handling
scre w conve yors

Selection
Table 3 ( continued 1 Component groups, conveyor lengths and horsepower foctors

Moteriol
closs

A28
828
C28

A38
838
C38

Compone ni
group,
Toble 4

pounds
per cubic
foot
to
to
to
to
to

10
20
30
40
50

50
60
70
80
90

to 60
lo 70
lo 80
to 90
to 100

0 28
H28

038
H38

12

14

1 16
1
Coupling diometer, inches

l '/2 1y, 1 2 1 2

2 ~ 1 3 1 27,i,

100 100 150 150 200 250

100 100 150 150 200 250
100 85 150 150 200 250
100 70 150 150 200 250
100 60 150 125 150 250

18

20

3 1 3

3 ',io
1

12

16

14

18

20

,250
215
165
135
115

245 1190 245

165 125 165
125 95 125
110 75 100
85 65 80

126 69 58 55 52 47 44
148 91 80 77 74 69 66
170 113 102 99 96 91 88
192 135 124 121 118 113 110
214 157 146 143 140 135 132

145 100
125 85
115 75
105 70
95 65
- - -- - - 200 250 150 250 250
200 250 150 250 175
175 250 115 195 130
140 240 90 155 105
120 200 75 130 1 90

75 55 70
65 48 65
55 42 55
50 38 50
47 35 45
---- 210 165 210
135 105 130
100 95 95
80 60 75
65 50 60

236
258
280
302
324

200
185
140
115
100

250
250
240
195
170

100
100
100
100
100

55
48
43
39
36

150 105 130 220

150 95 115 195
150 85 105 175
150 75 95 160
150 70 85 145

- - -- - - -

1 to
1O to
20 to
30 to
40 to

10
20
30
40
50

100 100 150 150

100 90 150 150
100 70 150 140
100 60 150 115
100 50 150 95

50
60
70
80
90

to
to
to
to
to

60
70
80
90
100

100
100
100
100
100

1
10
20
30
40

to
lo
lo
lo
to

10
20
30
40
50

100 100 150 lSO 200 2SO

100 100 150 150 200 250
100 90 150 150 200 250
100 75 150 150 190 250
100 65 150 135 160 250

50
60
70
80
90

lo
to
to
lo
lo

60
70
80
90
100

100
100
100
100
100

85
75
65
60
55

--

- 134
164
194
224
254

179
201
223
245
267

168
190
212
234
256

165
187
209
231
253

162
184
206
228
250

157
179
201
223
245

- - -- - - -

154
176
198
220
242

- -- -

77 66 63 60 55 52
107 96 93 90 85 82
137 126 123 120 115 112
167 156 153 150 145 142
197 186 183 180 175 172

018
H18

Screw diometer, inches

Scr e w dio meter, inches

material,

l
10
20
30
40

Horsepower factor K

Maximum length of conveyor in feet

Weight
of

42
38
34
30
28

150
150
150
135
125

85 105 170
75 90 150
65 80 135
55 70 115
50 65 110

55 41 55 284 227
46 36 47 314 257
43 32 41 344 287
39 29 37 374 317
35 26 34 404 347
- - - - - - - - -- - - - 2SO 2SO 2SO 200 2SO 124 67
250 230 17S 135 175 144 87
250 180 135 102 130 164 107
210 145 110 80 105 184 127
175 120 90 70 90 204 147

65 110
55 95
50 85
46 75
42 70

-- - -- -

200
190
lSO
125
lOS

75
65
60
55
48

216
246
276
306
336

213
243
273
303
333

---

210
240
270
300
330

1205
235
265
295
325

202
232
262
292
322

- ------

S6 S3 so 4S 42
76 73 70 65 62
96 93 90 85 82
116 113 110 105 102
136 133 130 125 122

1lo10
10 lo 20
20 lo 30
30 to 40
40 lo SO

100
100
100
100
100

50
60
70
80
90

100
100
100
100
100

55
50
43
43
39

150 115
150 100
150 90
150 80
150 75
---- 100 150 150
90 150 150
70 150 145
60 150 115
50 150 100

140
125
110
100
95

235
210
190
170
160

-- -

200
200
175
140
120

250 200
250 150
250 115
240 90
200 76

90
80
70
65
60

155 105
135 90
120 80
110 75
100 70

80 60 75 224 167 156 153 150 145 142

70 50 65 244 187 176 173 170 11 65 162
60 46 60 264 207 196 193 190 185 182
55 41 55 284 227 216 213 210 205 202
50 38 48 304 247 236 233 230 225 222
-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - 250 250 210 160 205 134 77 66 63 60 55 52
250 175 135 100 135 164 107 96 93 90 85 82
195 130 100 75 95 194 137 126 123 120 115 112
155 105 80 60 75 224 167 156 153 150 145 142
130 90 65 45 65 254 197 186 183 180 175 172

--

lo
lo
lo
lo
lo

60
70
80
90
100

100
100
100
100
100

43
38
34
30
28
- 100
76
58
47
39

60 100
70 100
80
95
90
85
100 80

34
30
26
24
22

1to1 0
10 to 20
20 to 30
30 to 40
40 lo 50

150
150
150
135
125

150
150
150
150
150

85 100 170 65 110

75 90 150 55 95
65 80 135 50 85
55 70 120 46 80
50 65 110 42 70
- - - - - - -150 200 250 190 250
150 190 250 125 210
115 140 235 90 155
95 110 190 70 125
75 90 155 60 100

75
65
60
55
48

55
49
43
39
35

41
36
32
29
26

-- -- - 230 175 135

140 110 80
105 80 60
85 60 45
70 50 38

55 284 227
46 314 257
41 344 287
37 374 317
33 404 347
---175 144 87
105 184 127
75 224 167
60 264 207
49 304 247

216
246
276
306
336

213
243
273
303
333

210
240
270
300
330

205
235
265
295
325

202
232
262
292
322

76
116
156
196
236

73
113
153
193
233

70
110
150
190
230

65
105
145
185
225

62
102
142
182
222

276
316
356
396
436

273
313
353
393
433

270
310
350
390
430

265
305
345
385
425

262
302
342
382
422

-- - - -- - - -- - -

50
60
70
80
90

lo
to
to
to
to

150
130
115
105
95

65
55
50
45
41

80 135
70 120
60 105
55 95
50 85

50
45
39
35
32

85
75
65
60
55

60
51
45
40
36

43
37
33
30
27

32
28
24
22
20

41
35
31
29
25

344
384
424
464
504

287
327
367
407
447

Consvlt Link-Belt fo r lengths in excess of those listed.

L 1 N K - B E L T 287

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Selection
Table 4 Component group specificati ons
Scr e w number

Screw
dio meter,

inches

Coupling
diameter,

inches

Helicoid
flight

Sectiono l
fli ght

Troug h
thickness

Cover
thickness

Scre w
diameter,

inches

Co upling
di a meter ,
inches

Scre w number
He licoid
fl ig ht

Component
Component
Component
Component

group
group
group
group

A
B
C
N

. babbitted bearing hangers

. wood b earing hangers
. b ronze bearing hang ers
. ba ll bearing hangers

Component group F

cold rolled steel co uplings

Trough
thickness

Cove r
thickness

babbitted b ea ring hangers

extra- heavy trough

extra-heavy fli ghts
cold rolled steel couplings

regula r trough
regular flights

Sectional
fligh t

4H 206

.......

10 ge.

16 ge.

1 112

6H 31 2

65 3 12

3M

in.

14 ge.

1 \/2
2

9H 31 2
9H 41 6

95 3 12
9541 6

3M

in.

3Min.

14 ge.
14 ga.

4H 20 4

... ....

16 ge.

16 ge.

1 \/2

6H 30 4

65 30 4

16 ge.

16 ga.

1 \/2
2

9H 306
9 H 40 6

95 305
95 405

14 ga.
14 ge.

16 ge.
16 ga.

12

2
2 'll6
3

12H 412
12H 51 2
12H 6 16

125 41 6
125 5 12
125616

\4 in.
\4 in.
Y. in.

14 ge.
14 ga.
14 ga.

12H 40 8
12 H 508
12H 6 16

125 407
125 507
125 612

12 ga.
12 ge.
12 ga.

14 ga.
14 ga.
14 ge.

14

2 'll6
3

l 4H 508
14H 614

145 5 12
145 61 6

\4 in.
\4 in.

14 ga.
14 ga.

16

16 H 616

165 6 16

\4 in.

14 ga.

145 507
145 6 12

12 ga.
12 ga.

14 ga.
14 ga.

165612

12 ge.

14 ga.

2
12

2 ~6

3
2 ~6

14

14 H 50 8
14 H 6 14

16

16 H 61 0

. ho rd iron b eoring hongers

Compone nt group D
heovy flights

4 H 206

1 \/2

6 H 308

12

16

.... ..

14 ge.

16 ge.

65 309

12 ga.

14 ga.
14 ge.
14 ge.

125412
1255 12
1256 16

3M

in.
in.
3116 in.

14 ga.
14 ga.
14 ga.

145512
1456 16

3M

l 4H 508
14H 6 14

3116

in.
in.

14 ga.
14 ga.

16H 616

165 616

3116

in.

14 ga.

2 ~6

3
14

10 ge.
10 ga.

2~

9 H 3 12
9 H 41 2

95 309
95412

l 2H 4 12
12H 5 12
l 2H 616

Component group E

3116

hord iron b eoring hongers

extr o-heovy trough

14 ga.

16 ge.

6H 308

65 309

12 ga.

14 ga.

9 H 312
9H 4 12

95 309
95 412

10 ga.
10 ga.

14 ge.
14 ga.

125412
125512
125616

3116

in.
in.
3116 in.

14 ga.
14 ga.
14 ga.

14H 508
14H 6 14

145 512
145 616

3116
3116

in.
in.

14 ge.
14 ga.

16H 6 16

165 6 16

3116

in.

14 ga.

1 \/2

1 \/2
2

12

2
2 7M
3

12H 4 12
12H 5 12
12H 616

2 ~6

3
3

14
16

4H 206

Component group M
ext ro- heovy flights
hordened steel coupling s

4H 206

..... . .

1 \/2

6 H 312

1 \/2
2

9H 312
9 H 416

'

10 ga.

16 ga.

4 H 206

.....

14 ge.

16 ge .

65 312

3116 in.

14 ga.

1 \/2

6H 312

65 312

12 ga .

14 ga.

95 3 12
95 4 16

3116

in.
in.

14 ge.
14 ge.

1 \/2
2

9H 312
9H 4 16

95 312
95416

10 ga.
10 ga.

14 ge.
14 ga.

in.
116 in.
3116 in.

14 ge.
14 ga.
14 ga.

116 in.
116 in.

14 ge.
14 ga.

116 in.

14 ga.

3116

125 41 6
125 51 2
125 616

\4 in.
\4 in.
\4 in.

14 ga.
14 ge.
14 ge.

2
2 7M
3

12H 4 12
12H 512
12H 6 16

125416
125512
125616

3116

12

14 H 508
14 H 6 14

145 5 12
145 6 16

\4 in.
\4 in.

14 ga.
14 ge.

14

2 7116
3

l 4H 508
14H 61 4

145512
145616

3
3

16H 6 16

165 6 16

\4 in.

14 ga.

16

16H 616

165616

2 ~6

16

hord iron beoring hong ers

l 2H 4 12
12H 512
12 H 6 16

14

3116

heovy trough

extro-heovy fli ghts

12

bronze beo ring hong ers

.......

hord ened stee l coup lings

cold rolled steel couplings

hordened steel couplings

1 \/2
2

. woo d b ear ing h ongers

. b obb itted beo ring hong er s

heovy trough
heovy flig hts

heevy trough

Component group G
Component group H
Component group J

2~

288 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
screw conveyors

Selection
Table S Factor G
Factor G
Equivalen!
harsepower

Percenlage of maximum recommended s p eed A

A
4

6
1

.20

1.14

.21 - .25

1.26
1.11

.26- .30

1.43

1.21
1.09

.3 1 - .35

11-12

13-14

17 - 18

19- 22

23-24

1.68

1.77

1.86

1.93

1.29

1.36

1.43

1.54

1.64

1.72

1.79

1.87

1.97

1.18

1.25

1.32

1.43

1.52

1.61

1.68

1.75

1.86

1.08

1.16

1.22

1.29

1.43

1.51

1.59

1.65

1.07

1.14

1.26

1.35

1.43

1.53

1.57

1.68

1.18

1.27

1.35

1.43

1.49

1.61

1.12 1 1.21
1.09

1.29

1.37

1.43

1.54

1.18

1.25

1.32

1.43

1.08

1.15

1.22

1.33

1.07

1.13

1.25

1.07

.51- .60

.61 - .70

.71 - .80

15-16

1.57

.46- .50

10

1.50

.36- .40
.41. .45

1.35

1.00 in this o rea

.81. .90

2.12

2.0

'

1.06

- -1.77

- --

1.18

.9 1-1 .0

1 1.12

1.1 -1.2

Factor G
Equivalen!
horsepower
A

Percenlage of maximum recommended speed A

25-28

29-32

33-36

2.29

2.37

2.43

.20

2.21

'

37-40

41 - 46

47-52
1

2.52

2.59

2.34

2.45

53-58

59-64

65-72

73-80

81-90

91-100

3.00

2.80

2.86

2.94

2.58

2.65

2.72

2.79

2.86

2.47

2.54

2.61

2.67

2.75

2.66

2.72

2.52
2.41

. 21 -.25

2.07

2.1 5

2.23

2.29

.26 -.30

1.96

2.04

2.12

2.18

.31 -.35

1.86

1.95

2.02

2.08

2.17

2.25

2.32

2.38

2.45

2.52

2.58

2.65

.36 -.40

1.78

1.86

1.94

2.0

2.08

2. 17

2.23

2.29

2.36

2.43

2.50

2.57

2.02

2.09

2.16

2.22

2.29

2.36

2.43

2.49

.41 - .45

1.70

1.79

1.86

1.93

,46 -.50

1.64

1.72

1.80

1.87

1.96

2.03

2.10

2. 16

2.23

2.30

2.36

2.43

1.91

1.98

2.0 4

2.12

2.18

2.26

2.32

1.82

1.88

1.94

2.02

2.08

2.15

2.22

2.07

2.14

.51 - .60

1.53

1.61

1.68

1.75

1.84

.61 -.70

1.43

1.51

1.59

1.65

1.73

.71 - .80

1.34

1.43

1.50

1.57

1.65

1.73

1.80

1.87

1.93

2.00

.81 -.90

1.27

1.35

1.43

1.49

1.58

1.66

1.73

1.78

1.87

1.93

2.00

2.06

1.80

1.86

1.94

2.00

.91 - 1.0

1.2 1

1.29

1.36

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.67

1.73

1.1 - 1.2

1.09

1.18

1.26

1.32

1.40

1.48

1.55

1.61

1.68

1.75

1.82

1.88

1.16

1.22

1.31

1.38

1.45

1.51

1.59

1.65

1.72

1.79

1.08

1.14

1.23

1.31

1.37

1.43

1.50

1.57

1.64

1.70

1.07

1.16

1.23

1.30

1.36

1.43

1.49

1.57

1.63

1.3 1.4

1.08

1.5 -1.6
1.7 1.8

1.9 -2.0

1.09

2.1 -2.3
2.4 -2.6
2.7 -2.9
3.0 -3.2
1.00 in this ore a

3.3 - 3.6
3.7 -4.0
4.1 -4.5
4.6 -5.0
APercentoge

required screw spee d

maximum recommended screw speed, Table 2

1.17

1.23

1.30

1.37

1.43

1.50

1.57

1.08

1.15

1.21

1.28

1.34

1.42

1.48

1.07

1.13

1.20

1.27

1.34

1.40

1.06

1.13

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.07

1.13

1.21

1.28

1.07

1.13

1.20

1.07

1.13

X 100.

L 1 N K - B E L T 289

bulk handling
screw conveyors

General layout data

Following a re sorne general doto which will contribute to on
economicol, efficient ond satisfoctory screw conveyor insto llation.

:onveycr screws
Use both regular ond short lengths of screws, listed on next poge,
to obtoin the require d total conveyor length. Use special lengths
of screws only when necessary.
Only one side or foce of the Aight comes in contoct with the
ma terial being con\eyed. This foce is le ft cleo r o f lugs to focilitote
unimpeded Aow. To insure this cond ition, do no t reverse rototion
without turning the conveyor screws end for end, or conversely,
do no! reverse the screws without reversin9 rototion. Conveyor
screws for reversible operation con b ~ furnished for sp ecific
requirements.
Flighting is omitted, leoving bare pipe over the last dischorge
opening to preven! corry-over of material.

Trough
Troughs of 5 ond 1 O foot lengths should be used wherever possible.
The short trough section, when required, should be locoted ot the
end opposite the short length of screw.
End Aonges should be provided with feet, if support a rronge
ments permit, to ollow re movol of trough ends without disturbing
troug h olignment.
Connecting Aonges should be eq uipped with o foot when
ever support spocing permits. Otherwise, use saddles os required.

Discharge spouts
lt is good proctice to p rovide on odditional discho rge spout o t the
e nd of o conveyor or o hinged relief door in the cover obove
the los! dischorge spout as an overAow p rotection for the conveyor.
Electricol cutoff d evices of various types con be used o s effective
sofeguords.

Orives
O pposed Aight e nd s ot honger points, ore set al opproximotely
180 degrees to eoch o the r to focil itote continuity of Aow o cross
the honger spoce.

lnstoll !he drive al the dischorge e nd whenever possible or practico!.

Orives which ore self-contoined are recommended, since they do
no! re quire odditionol supports.

Selection of hand of screw

Hangers
Honger locotions should cleor oll trough joints, as well os inlet
and dischorge openings.

See Fig. 4730 for selection of right cnd left hond scre ws. This
diogrom indico tes the hond of conveyor to use when direction o f
rotation ond material trovel ore known.

Trough e nds

The e dg e of the Aight on the neor side of the screw slopes either
up ward to the right or to the left. When the upword slope is to
the left, the Aight is right hond; ond when the slope is to the right,
it is le ft hond.

Trough ends, fitted with double ball or double roller beorings or

worm geor drives, hove ample thrust copocity for o ny conveyor
within its roted ronge and seporote provision for thrust is un
necessory.
Trough end sea Is should be used for odditionol protection for
or ogoinst the material b eing hondled or to protect ond preserve
!he trough end beorings ond shofts when handling obrosive or
corrosive materiols.

End thrust s
An ouxiliory end thrust beoring is recommended for conveyors
other thon those using trough ends with built-in thrust provisions.
The preferred location is ot the d rive end, b ut it con be locoted
ot the opposite end if required by layout limitations.

290 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig. 4730

bulk handling
screw co nveyors

General layout data

END1+-+-- CONVEYOR SCREW- C

SHAFT

E~--CONVEYOR SCREW-c--~E.----<:ONVEYOR SCREW-c---;-~~~1Xfi.

'-FLANGES
WITH FEET
SHORT TR OUGH-+-'-+-- -10:.o rnouGH SECTION----------10:.o rnoUGH SECTION- - -+<
SECTION
TOTAL LENGTH INSIDE TROUGH
Fig. 4i19

e
Scre w
di a mete r
A,
inches

Coupling
d ia me ter

B,
inches

Regulor
length,
feet ond
inches

Sho rt
length,
feel

7- 10112

1 Y2

9- 10

4- 5-6-7- 8 -9

1 Y2
2

9- 10
9-1 0

4 -5-6-7 -8 -9
4-5 -6-7- 8-9

10

1 112
2

9 - 10
9 - 10

4-5 -6-7 -8 -9
4 -5-6-7- 8-9

12

2
2'..i6
3

11 - 10
11-9
11-9

5-6-7 -8 - 9 - 10- 11
5-6-7 -8-9 -1 O-11
5 -6-7-8 -9 - 10- 11

14

2 'Jl.
3

11 -9
11 -9

5-6-7-8-9- 10 - 11
5-6-7 -8-9- 10- 11

3
3

16

11 - 9

5 -6 -7 . 9 . 9. 10-11

18

11 - 9

5 -6 -7-8-9-1 0 -11

3'A

11-9
11-8

5 - 6-7 .9.9. 1O11

5-6-7 .9.9. 10- 11

3 'A

11 -8

5 -6 -7 -8 -9-10- 11

20

24

End flong e
with fe et

End flonge
without feet

3%

4%

3 o/.i

5 o/.i

4 \12

5 %

6%
6 :y,

ar.
ar.

7r.
7 r.

INCHES

3-4-5 -6-7

1 Y2

'Ya

4 Y2

7\12

Y2
Y2

10
10

8
8

'h
'h

11
11

9
9

%
o/1

1 2 \12
12 V2
12 \12

10112
10 'h
1o \12

1 o/1
1%
1 o/a

v.

13 V2
13 \12

11 112
11 \12

1 o/a
1 o/a

14 Y2

13 112

o/a

16 Y2

14 112

y.
y.

17 \12
17 Y2

15 112
15 112

2
2

o/.i

20

17 Y2

2 \12

-2
'la
-- -2
2

- 2
2

2
3
3

--

-3
-3

- 4

--

-o/a
o/a

--

--

- - --- - - - - - - y.

- - --- - - - - 1 \12
10
9%
6 v.
7 r.
7 Y1
10
9 :Y.
1 \/2
6 v.
7 r.
7 v.
- - - - --- - - - - - - - --

1 '!.
1 o/.i

v.

v.

- -

11

11

9 112
9 'h

--- - - - - - - - -

7Y. 9 % a r 1 13 12 v.
7 y.
9 V.
a r 1 13 12 v.
7Y.
9%
a r 1 13 12 v.
- - - - - - -- - - - - 10 r.
10 v.
15
9 v.
13 'h
15
9 v.
10 r.
1o v.
13 \12
- - --- - - - - - - -12
10 v.
17
11 Y1
14 r 1

- - --- - -- - - - - 12 y.
19
16
13 :Y1 12 %
--- - - - - - - - - - -13 112
13 \12

15
15

16 \12

18

- - - --- -

v.

13 %
13 %

21
21

19
19

15 %

25

20

- - -- -

v.
v.

- -

Ho ve d ime nsions certifled for instollotion purposes.

Auxiliary end thrust bearings

Fog. 4780

Stee l piole trough en d with babbitte d or

bronze beari ng fl onged block on d b ronzo
e nd th rust b eoring o n end shoft,

Steel p iole trough end with bobbitted o r

b ro n ze bearing flo nged block ond b ronze
e nd th rust b eoring on d rive shoft.

L 1 N K- BEL T 291

bulk handling
screw conv e yors

lnclined screw conveyors

lnclined screw conveyors, in general, handle products wh ich
can be conveyed in horizontal screw conveyors.
Being compact, self-contained and full y enclosed when
desired, they can be readily applied in congested oreas.
Corrosion, abrasion and heat resistance can be incorporated
in their construction by the use of alloy steels, stainless steels
or nonferrous metals. Features insuring sanitation and ease of
cleaning are available.

of regular pitch operoting in troughs o re usually employed

Inclines above 20 degrees ordinorily require the use of short
pitch conveyor screws operoting in o tubular or shrouded
trough. Accessories such os feed hoppers, bar grotings, bifurcated discharge spouts, stoker spreader spouts, etc. ore
reodily adapted.
Consult Link-Belt for inclined screw conveyor recommendations.

For inclines of about 20 degrees or less, conveyor screws

A r rang em e nt A illustrates a typical coal

handling screw conveyor, inclined about 20
degrees, delivering stoker coal from bin to
two stoker hoppers.
lt consists of a short pitch, tapered feeder
section followed by a full diameter normal
pitch conveyor screw operating in regular
trough with cover. The flared inlet hopper
is arranged with a short section of tubular
trough to assist the feeder screw in regulating the rote of feed.
The discharge is directed to either of the
two stoker hoppers by a bifurcated spout
with flap gate. The conveyor is powered by
a worm gear screw conveyor drive which
absorbs the thrust load.

ARRANGEMENT A

Arrang em ent B shows a general purpose

inclined screw conveyor at a slope of approxim ately 45 degrees.
lt consists of a full diameter, short pitch
convey or screw in regular trough with shroud
cover. The worm g ear screw conveyor drive
absorbs the thrust load.
A rrange m ent C illustrates an inclined screw
conveyor of typical design, at a slope of
opproximotely 60 degrees. The short pitch
conveyor screw is in o split tubular casing
ond includes o feed hopper equipped with
o bar grating ond an odjustoble feed inlet
gote. A worm gear screw convey0r drive,
which occommodates the thrust load, operates the conveyor.

!t

ti,,-,,,

ARRANGEMENT B

..

ARRANGEMENT C

Fig. 4966

Infernal ribbon or Archimedes-type conveyors

The principie of conveying through a revolving cylinder,
by means of an interna! screw or ribbon mounted on the
inner surface, has been frequently used in the chemical,
paint and pigment industries. This is an efficient dustless
method, adapted to horizontal or inclined installations,

with intermed iate discharge or inlet openings when required. Link-Belt has designed and built conveyors of this
type up to 48 inches in diameter and 1 30 feet in length,
with enclosed drives, special feeders, discharge hoods and
roller bearing support and thrust rollers.

Interna! ribbon conveyor

292 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig. 1708

bulk handling
screw conveyors

lacketed trough screw conveyors

Jacketed trough screw conveyors hove a wide fleld of application in the processing
industries. Products which require moderate heating or drying, cooling or crystallizing,
can very frequently be advontageously conveyed in jocketed screw conveyors, receiving processing treatment while in tronsit.
The unique charocteristics of the screw conveyor ore well odopted to operotions of
this kind. The use of modifled flights to enhonce ogitotion promotes better heot tronsfer
for either heoting or cooling. The ogitotion ond retording oction of poddles improves
drying of mony products.
The odoptobility of screw conveyors to equipment loyouts is o distinct advontage.
They con be orronged in multiple bonks, in side by side groupings o r in tandem.
For moteriols like aspholt ond bitulithic poving aggregotes, which must be kept hot
while mixing or cooting, steom-jocketed single or double shaft poddle mixers are
commonly used.
Jocketed trough screw conveyors effect the required drying, heoting or cooling of
the material with the use of o minimum of water or steom.

Screw conveyors without infernal bearings

Sorne product~, in certoin stoges of processing, are so sensitive to contominotion or
abrasion thot contoct with honger bearings
of any type would be extremely detrimento!.
The Link-Belt stoggered trough screw conveyor with oll bearings externo( to the
trough, was developed for this exocting
service.
Two parollel shafts, geored to rotote in
opposite directions, drive right ond left hond
conveyor screws. Kicker vones ot the discharge end of eoch conveyor screw ossist
in the tronsfer of the materia l from one
screw to the next.

Paddle mixers
Link-Belt paddle mixers flnd wide applicotion in the processing of moterials which
require mixing, stirring or blend ing. They successfully handle dry or wet moteriols
ond are frequently used for mixing mortar, ploster or ospholt moteriols, for mixing
Aue dust with water in ore sintering, ond similar opplicotions.
The single shaft poddle mixer is suitoble for the smoller capacities, and for materials which mix reodily.
Double shoft poddle mixers hove larger copocities, ond ore more effective in mixing
fine dusty materiols. lt is olso a popular design for mixing ond tempering foundry sond.
The copocity of a poddle mixer vories considerobly according to the moteriols
hondled ond their oction in mixing. The mechonico l feotures, such os the diometer,
shope ond pitch of the poddles, the speed of rototion, ond the length of the mixer
depend on the chorocteristics of the material ond the desired mixing copocity.

.,

Fig . 4 757

Single shaft mixer

Photo

19 613

Fig . 4758

Double shaft mixer

Paddle mixer fed by

ribbon flight conveyor screw
L 1 N K - B E L T 293

bulk handling
fllght conveyon

fligh'I conveyors

Delivering 4 " x 114" cool from row cool wet screens below
to primory Floot-Sink Co ncentro tor. Photo 38482

Conveylng corn to canning plant. Combining horizontal and inclined planes, the horizontal
section of this ftight conveyor receives corn dumped into trench. Photo 36670

Delivering raw coal by ftigh t conveyor to Link-Belt p o rollel

b e d air-pulsoted wosh box on ftoor obove, al lorge cool
preporotion plonl. Photo 38439

A Aight conveyor consists of one or two endless power driven chains carrying properly
spaced scrapers or Aights for moving material along the length of a stationary trough.
Material fed into this trough is th ereby pushed along its length for discharg e at the end
of the trough or through intermediate discharge gates.
Typical materials which can be satisfactorily handled with a Aight conveyor are those
which are granular, class C; lumpy, class D; very free Aowing, class 1; non-abra sive,
class 6, and mildly corrosive, class P. Refer to Table 1, page 563 for further descriptions
of material classes.
Flight conveyors are used for either horizontal or inclined paths and are frequently
insta lled where the angle of inclination is comparatively steep.
Link-Belt Aight conveyors are simple in design, sturdily constructe d of durable materials,
and provide an efficient, economical and dependable conveying medium, reflecting the
beneflts of sound engineering experience.

294 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
fllght conveyors

Types
Single strand fl ight conveyors w ith scraper flights consist of
malleable iron flights attached to a single strand of chain and are
designed for sliding directly on a steel trough. This type of conveyor
is suitable for handling free-flowing materials with lumps no larger
than 4 inches. Heavy flights operating in heavy troug hs can be made
to suit requirements.
Single strand flight conveyor s with s hoe-sus pende d fl ights
consist of steel flights attached to a single strand of chain suspended
from malleable iron sliding shoes and operating over a trough within
limited cleara nces. Sliding shoes are attached to the sides of the f lights
near the upper edge and slide on flat, renewable steel bars. Refer to
Ta ble 3 for lump sizes and capacities and to poge 298 for dimensions
ond weights.
F1g. 6126

Single strand flight conveyor

with scraper flights

Single strand flight conveyors w ith roller-suspended flights

a re of the sorne general construction os the shoe-suspended type but
hove the advo ntage of decreosed chain pull resulting in lower power
req uiremen ts.
Double strand flight conveyors with roller-suspended flights
consist o f steel flights attached to double st rands of chain supported
by the chain rollers. The chains operate on flat, renewable steel bars
attached to the top of the channel sides of the trough. These conveyors
are used for larger capacities and longer paths than the single strand
flight conveyors and can handle material containing lumps up to 16
inches in size. Refer to Table 3 for lump sizes and capacities and to
page 299 for dime nsions and weights.

Fig. 6127

Single strand flight conveyor

w ith shoe-suspended fl ights

Fig. 6128

Single strand flight conveyor

wi th roller-suspended flights

Double strand flight conveyors with sliding chain-suspended

flights consist of steel flights atlached to double strands of rivetless
cha in. The chains operate on flat renewable steel bars attached to
th e trough. These conveyors are used for larger capacities and longer
pat hs t ha n sing le stra nd flight conveyors and can be made to convey
o n both ru ns.

F1g. 6129

Double strand fl ight conveyors

with roller-suspended flig hts

F1g. 6130

Doub le strand flight co nveyor

wi th slid ing cha in-suspended flig hts
L 1 N K - B E L T 295

bulk handling
fllght conveyors

Selection
H ow to select a flight conveyor
Consider the following fadors when selecling o flighl conveyor:
Kind and character of material being handled, whether abrasive, sticky, extremely hot, ele.
W eighl of material in pounds per cubic foot
Maximum role in lo ns per hour al which material is handle d ;
also average role in lons per hour
Mo ximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material and
perce nlag e of moximum lum ps in total volume
Shafl cenlers in fe el; a lso ongle of incline, in degrees, if any
Service required , conlinuous or inlermiltenl

Capacity
For o single slrand conveyor with shoe-suspend ed flights, or a double
slrond conveyor with roller-suspended Aighls, selecl from Table 3.

Hor sepower
When a horizontal flighl conveyor is used, dete rmine lhe horsepow er
from Table 3.
When using an inclined Aighl conveyor, the req uired horsepower
equols the horsepower of a horizonta l conveyor of equol lenglh
multi plied b y the factor corresponding lo lhe angle of incline, found
in Table l.

Equivalent shaft centers

The shaft cenlers of inclined conveyors a re necessa rily less than
those having horizontal palhs wilh the some size head ond foot
shafts. The e q uivalen! shaft centers for inclined conveyors are shown
in Table 2 for vorious ongl es of incline up lo ond including 30
degrees.

Speed of head shaft

Refer lo Table 3.

Chain Calculation
When handling material nol included in Table 3 and for lengths exceeding 100 feel, refer to cho in conveyor calculotions in the TechnicGI
lnformotion Section.

Refer to Table 3. SS 411 O choin is used for conveyor No. 13 and

730 choin for conveyor No. 14. lna smuch o s the service i:; intermittent, SS 4 11 O cho in is satisfactory ond therefore select co nveyor
No. 1 3.
The ho rsepower for conveyor No. 13 for 100 fe e t horizo nta l
centers is 3.4 ond the horsepower factor from Table 1 is 1.7 . Therefor e ,
3
87 X l .7 5 03 HP
horsepower for 87 - f oot .onc r1ne d centers = .4 X
=
100
speed of head shaft = 16.5 RPM, from Table 3.
W ith the HP ond speed et the head shoft known, m a ke the drive
selection from Cata log 1050.

Problem 2
Select o flig ht conveyor to meet the following conditio n s:
Material .......... onthrocite coal
W e ight .......... 50 pounds p er cubic foot
Capocity ......... 150 tons per hour or 6000 cubic feet per hour
Moximum lump si ze . 16", 10% of total volume ond 12", 90% of
total volume
Sh aft centers .. . ... 100 feet horizontal
Service .......... 8 hours per doy

So lu tion
Ref e r to Table 3 . Note thot Conveyor No. 37 will hcndle both the
copacity ond the specifled lump size.
S ince the ca pacity of conveyor No. 37 when oper ating ot 100
FPM is more thon required, the spee d con be d ecr eased proportio ncte ly, therefore,
100 X 150
conv eyor speed =
= 51.7 FPM
290
Th e HP for conveyor No. 37 for 100-foot horizo ntal centers is
11 .2 a l 100 feet per minute. Therefore,
51
11 2
h orsep ower for 51.7 fe e t p er minute= .7 ~O = 5.8 HP

8.25 X 5 1.7
s p e ed of heod shoft =
= 4.3 RPM.
100
W ith the HP ond sp eed et the head shaft known, m oke the d rive
selection from Catalog 1050.

Table 1 Horsepower fa ctors

Ex amples of fl ight conveyor selection
Horse power facior for inclined c onv eyor

Pr oblem 1
Selecl o Aighl conveyor to meel the following cond itions:
Material .......... bituminous coal

Horsepower
factor for
horizontal
conveyor

Weight ........... 50 pound s per cubic foot

Angle of incline, degree.s

Capacity ......... 30 tons p er hour or 1200 cubic feet p er hour

Moximum lump size. 3 %", 10% of total volume ond 1 o/.!", 90% of
total volume
Angle of incline .... 30 d e grees
Sha ft centers ...... 87 f eet a lo ng incline

1.0

Re fer to Table 3. Note thot conveyor No. 12, 13 or 14 will hondle

both the capacity and the specifled lump size.

1.2

1.3

296 L 1 N K - B E L T

25

20
1

1.4

1.6

1.5
1

30
1

1.7
1

Tab le 2 Equivalent shaft cen ters

Equivalen! shaft cenlers for inclined conve yor, feet
Horizontal
shaft centers,
feel

Angle of incline, degre10

50
100
150

44
88
132

15
1

Since the conveyor is inclined, refer to Table 2. Note that 150-foot

horizontal cenlers is equivalen! lo 88 -foot inclined centers. The d imensions, therefore, for either conveyor No. 13 or 1 4 for 150-foot
centers con be used.

15
1

Service ......... . . intermittent

Solutio n

10

39
79
118

36
73
109

25

20
1

34
68
102

30
1

31
62
93

29
59
88

bulk handling
fllght conveyors

Selection
Table 3 Conveyor specifications
Flight
Conveyar
number

Lump size,
inches &

Size, inches

le~gth 1 Width
B

Sp ocing,
inches

Moximum

A ver
oge

Copocity
Cub ic
f e et
per hour

Tons,
p er
hour

Choin
number

Cho in
o ttoch
ment
number

He ad
shoft
speed,
RPM

Sp rocket
p itch
d ia mete r,

inches

Harsepawer

o
Anthro ci te 1Bituminous
cool
co al

Single strand flight conveyor with shoe -suspended flights

10
11
12
13

10
10
12
12

4
4
5
5

23 Y1
24
24 Ya
24

3
3
3 Y1
3 Y1

l Y1
1 \11
1 lJ.
1 3,4

932
932
1386
1386

23
23
34
34

88
SS 4110
103
SS 4110

F8
F4
F8
F4

16. 3
16.5
16.3
16.5

23 Y1
23 Ya
23 Y1
23 Ya

1.7
2.0
2.4
2.5

14
15
16
17

12
15
15
18

5
6
6
6

24
24
24
24

3 Y1
4 Y1
4 Y1
5

1 lJ.
2 V1
2 Y1
2 lJ.

1386
2106
2106
2541

34
52
52
64

730
468
730
468

F2
F2
F2
F2

16.5
16.5
16.5
16.5

23 Ya
23
23 Ya
23

2.8
4.7
4.2
5 .3

3.7
6.5
6.0
7.5

18

18

24

2 3A

254 1

64

730

F2

16.5

2 3 Ya

4.9

7.1

2.3
2.7
3.3
3.4

Double strand flight conveyor w ith r oller - suspende d flights

30
31
32
33

16
16
20
20

8 Ya
8 Ya
1o Ya
1o Ya

24
18
24
36

8
8
10
10

4
4
6
6

3186
3186
5243
5243

80
80
130
130

SS 1227
SS 1827
SS 1227
SS 1827

G6
G6
G6
G6

12.5
8.25
12.5
8.25

3 1 'Va
47
31 'Va
47

4.8
4.5
6. 5
6.2

6.9
6.6
10.0
9.7

34
35
36
37

24
24
30
36

10%
lo o/1
1 15/1
12 o/1

24
36
36
36

12
12
14
16

8
8
10
12

6 0 93
60 93
10860
11561

150
150
270
290

SS 1227
SS 1827
SS 1827
SS 1827

G6
G6
G6
G6

12.5
8.25
8.25
8.25

31 Ya
47
47
47

7 .4
7 .1
9. 1
11.2

11.4
11.3
15. 1
18.8

& Moximum size lumps not to exceed 103 of to tal volume.

Copocity bosed on conveyors with o moximum of 30 incline, operoting
ot 100 FPM with 753 ol the oreo of t rough cross section folled.
ti. Based on 50 pound per cubic foot mate rial, assumed to be anthrocite or
bituminous coal.

Horsepower a t head shaft based on listed capacities and ho rizontal

shaft centers o f 100 feet. Refer to Table 1 lor horsepower factors for
inclined conveyors. In handling materiols of different unit weights and
cha in pull foctors, reler to formulas in Technical lnlormation section.

Double strand flight conveyor w ith sliding chain-su spende d flights

Widths of these conveyors norma lly ra nge s from 18 " to 48" in 6 11
increments. Flight depths ore usually 6 11, 8 11, 1O" or 12" d e pending on
copacity. Flights are no rma ll y spaced 24" a pa rt on 6 11 pitch chain
ond 18" a pa rt on 9" pitch chain. Flig hts can be top o r cente r hung on

678, 998 or 9118 he at tre ated rivetless chain with Style 3 extende d
pin. Conveyor speeds should not e xceed 100 FPM. Conveyor lines
should not exceed 4 0 angle of incline from horizontal.

Typical arrangements

TAKEUP
C/L FOOT SHAFT

Fig. 6131

Fig. 6132

Fig. 6133

L 1 N K - B E L T 297

bulk handling
fllght conveyors

Single strand flight conveyor with shoe-suspended flights

:t=;----+-- --

..

G
.___.,,

' :-:1

- -- -- -- --

SERIES DS-82800
TAKEUP

SERIES 2-1500
PILLOW BLOCK

1K

-i
>

SUPPORTS
SPACED AT 5 FEET

--TRAVEL
Fig. 3635

Size o f
flight,

Shoft

inches

Conveyor

Approximote weight, pounds .6.

diame ters,
inches

number

Terminals
A

Head

Foot

lntermediale
section

p er foot

Chains ond
flights
per loo!,
one rvn

1
INCHES

1 to 50-foot shaft centers

14
14
14 Ya
14

11
11
11
11

Y2
Y2
%
Y2

20 Y2
20Y2
22 Y2
22 Y2

2
2
2
2

21
21
23
23

2
2
2
2

8 V.
8 v.

14 Y1
14 y,
14 Ya
14 V.

12 y,
1 1'14
12 y,
11 ~

22 Y2
25 Y2
25 Y2
29 Y2

2
2 V.
2V.
3

23
26
26
29

2
2
2
2

2 5 y,

8 V.

14 Ya

12 y,

29

2 Y2

29

4.4
6. 3
6 .4
6.5

17 Y2
17 Y2
19 y,
19 Y2

6
6
7
7

V.
V.
v.
v.

14
14
14 Ye
14

11
11
11
11

20 Y2
2 0Y1
23
23

2
2
2
2

V.
V.
Y2
Y2

21
21
23
23

2
2
2
2

49
57
55
60

8.4
11.8
9 .5
12.3

19 Y2
22 Y2
22 Y2
25 Y2

7 v.
8 v.
8 v.
8 '.4

14 Y1

12 y,

14 ~

11 ~

14 Ya
14 Ye

11 ~

23
26
26
31

v.

3
3
3
3 y,

23
26
26
29

2
2
2
2

555

57

10.0

2 5 y,

8 v.

14 Ya

12 Ya

31 v.

3 Y2

29

6 ~

10
11
12
13

10
10
12
12

4
4
5
5

1 "A
1 "116
1 " A
1 " A

1 15116
1 "116
1 "A
1 "A

29 5
399
343
40 3

43
45
47
47

4 .4
6 .3
6.4
6 .5

17 Y2
17 y,
19 Y2
19 Y2

14
15
16
17

12
15
15
18

5
6
6
6

1 " A
2%
2%
2' '116

1 " 116
1 "116
1 "A
1 "116

40 5
47 2
402
5 48

49
57
55
60

8.4
11 .8
9 .5
12.3

19 Y2
22 Y2
22 Y2
25 Y2

7 ~

18

18

2 1A.

l "A.

42 9

57

10.0

1 "A
1 "A
1"A
1"A

3 12
414
374
434

43
45
47
47

1"A.
1" A.
1 " 116
1"A

4 50
5 48
478
625

1"A.

6 ~
7 ~
7 ~

8 ~

51 to 1 00-foot shaft centers

2 3A
2 3A

10
11
12
13

10
10
12
12

4
4
5
5

14
15
16
17

12
15
15
18

5
6
6
6

2 "116
2 "116
3 7116

18

18

3 'll.

2 7A
2 7A
2"A

Y2
Y2
Va

y,

12 y,

y,
Y2

y,

1O1 to 1 50-foot shaft centers

11
13
14
15

10
12
12
15

4
5
5
6

2 'll.
2 ''116
2 "A.
3 7116

1"A
1 "A
1 "A.
1"A.

4 29
479
459
611

45
47
49
57

6.3
6 .5
8 .4
11.8

17 y,
19 Y2
19 y,
22 Y2

6
7
7
8

v.
v.
v.
v.

14
14
14 Y1
14 Y1

11 Y2
11 Y2
12 y,
11 3.4

21
23 Y2
23 Y2
28 v.

2 y,
3
3
3 Y2

21
23
23
26

2
2
2
2

16
17
18

15
18
18

6
6
6

3 7A6
3 "A
3 "A

1"A
23116
2 3A

535
696
626

55
60
57

9 .5
12.3
10.0

22 Y2
25 Y2
25 Y2

8 v.
8 v.
8 v.

14 Y1
14 Y1

12 y,
11 3.4
12 y,

28 v.
31 y,
31 Y2

3 Y2

26
29
29

2
2 v.
2 v.

Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes.

A Terminols include sprocket wheel s, shofts, bearings and collo rs. lnte rmediate section includes trough, chain, lights ond struclure indlcated.
Shaft centers fa r horizontal conveyors based on ha ndl ing anth racite or

298 L 1 N K - B E L T

14 y,

4
4

bituminous coal. Refe r to Table 2 fe r equiva le nt shaft cen ters fo r

lnclined conveyors using listed heod and fo o t shafts. In handl ing mat eriols
o f different unit weights and chain p ull factors, r efer to fo rmulas in
Technical lnformation section.

bulk handling
fl lght conveyors

Double strand flight conveyor with roller-suspended flights

SUPPORTS
SPACED AT 10 FEET
+-TRAVEL
Fig. 3636

Size of
flighl,
inches

Conveyor
nu mber

Shaft
diometers,
inches

Approximote weight, pounds

lnterTerminals

Head 1 Foot

sedion

Choins ond
flights
per foot,

per foot

one run

m ediate

2
2
2
2

INCHES

1 to 50-foot shaft centers

30
31
32
33

16
16
20
20

S o/a
s o/a
1 o o/a
1o o/a

21 5;16
3 'll6
21%
3 'll6

l 15;16
11%
1'%
l 15116

1330
1S21
12S7
2269

75.7
77.7
S7.5
S9.5

2S.S
29.3
35.0
26.0

34
35
36
37

24
24
30
36

1o o/a
1o o/a
11 o/a
12 o/a

3 'll6
3 'll6
3 15116
4'll6

l 15116
115116
11%
l 15116

1434
2190
2302
2456

92.5
97.5
106.5
117.5

34.0
26.0
29.0
31.S

27~
27 ~

31
31

~
~

35~
35 ~

41 Y2
47 Y2

12%
12v.
14 v.
14 %
14 v.
14 Va
15 Va
16 Va

lS ~

26
lS ~

26
lS~

26
26
26

13 y,
21
13 y,
21

32
34 Y2
36
3S Y2

3
3
3
3

2S 3A
2S 3A
32 3A

13 Ya
21
21
21

41 Y2
42 Y2
50 Y2
57 Y2

3
3
4
4 Y2

36 3A
36 3A

13 y,
21
13 Ya
21

33 Y2
36 Y2
3S Y2
41 Y2

3
4
4
4 Y2

2S 3A

13 Ya
21
21
21

42 Y2
45 Y2
52 Y2
60 ~

4
4 Y2
5
9

13 Ya
21
13 Ya
21

34 Y2
37 Y2
39 Y2
42 Y2

4
4 Y2
4 Y2
5

13 y,
21
21

44 Y2
4S Y2
54 Y2

32 ~

42~

4S 3A

2
2
2
2

5 1 to 1 00-foot shaft centers

30
31
32
33

16
16
20
20

so/a
so/a
10 %
1oo/a

3'll6
3 15116
315116
4 'll6

l 15;16
115116
l 15116
115116

1334
2237
1430
2370

75.7
77.7
S7.5
S9.5

2S.S
29.3
35.0
26.0

34
35
36
37

24
24
30
36

lO Ya
1oo/a
11 o/a
12 o/a

31 5116
4 'll6
41 sll6
5'll6

115116
115116
11 116
l 15;16

1440
2404
2560
31S2

92.5
97.5
106.5
117.5

34.0
26.0
29.0
31.S

27~
27~

31
31

~
~

35 ~

35 ~

41 Y2
47 Y2

12 Va
12 %
14 Va
14 v.
14 v.
14 %
15 %
16 Va

lS ~

26
lS ~

26
lS ~

26
26
26

2S ~

32 ~

32 3A
36~
36 ~

42 3A
4S ~

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

10 1 to 1 50- foot s haft centers

30
31
32
33

16
16
20
20

S o/a
So/a
10 Ya
1o o/a

3 15116
4 'll6
4 'll6
4 %

ll S/16
J lS/16
115116
115116

1405
2346
1537
2493

75.7
77.7
S7.5
S9.5

2S.S
29.3
35.0
26.0

34
35
36

24
24
30

1o o/a
10 Ya
11 o/a

4' %
5'll6
5 15116

115116
115116
l 15116

16S1
3040
3450

92.5
97.5
106.5

34.0
26.0
29.0

Hove dimensions cerlified fer inslallalion purposes.

Terminals include sprockel wheels, shafls, beorings and collors. lnlermediale section includes lrough, chain, lighls and struclure indicaled.
Shafl cenlers for horizontal conveyors based on handling anlhracite or

27 1A
27 ~
31 ~
31 ~
35 ~

35 ~

41 Y2

12 Va
12 v.
14 v.
14 v.
14 Ye
14 Va
15Va

lS~

26
lS ~

26
lS ~

26
26

s ~

2S ~

2S ~
32>,~

32 3A
36~

36 3A
42 3A

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

bituminous coal. Refer lo Table 2 for equivalen! shah cenl ers for
inclined conveyors using listed head and foot shafls. In handling mater ials
of difieren! unit weights and chain pull factors, refer lo formulas in
Technical lnformalion section.

L 1 N K - B E L T 299

bu lk handling
fl ight conveyors

Rack and pinion gales

- R LENGTH OF GATE SLIDE- 1

= ==:;;!:::::=

HAND WHEEL-T
Fog . 3923

Fig. 3922

Styl e B g ate

Sty le A g ate

For single strand flight conveyor with shoesuspended flights

For single strand !light conveyor with scraper flights

""' e

[:A1

'1

- -R- LENGTH OF GATE SUDE

>
-

S
y

, CONVEYORl ;<- -,-,-,J-"

TR_~VE L
.,..,.

---~----- ~~1

..,.

"<N >-< P-> HAND WHEEL-T

= =

Jl=== HAND

WHEEL- T

Style D gate

Style C gate

Far double slrand !light conveyor with roller-suspended ! ligh ts

Far single strand flighl conveyor wi!h roller-suspended flights

>-<-

A-

>"
V --'

-~
HAND WHEEL - T

Style E g a te
Far double slrond fliglot conveyor with sliding chain suspended !lights
Size of flight,
inches
length

W eight,

pounds

INCHE

Width

style A gate, Figure 3922

7 '1
9 y.

16 Y,
19Y,
18
21 v.
23V.

24
24
24
24
30

82
82
101
107

7Y,
BY.
1OY,
1 3 y,

17 Y
19Y.
22\4
25 Y.

14
14
18
18

91
103
140
155

7 y,
BY.
12
16

12
14
18\4
23 '1o

101.
10 '/a
12 Ya
13 Ya

226
263
279
312
381

17
21
25
31
37

. .. .
. ...

24 6
246
24 6
24 6
24 6
24 6

320 0
365 0
410 0
455 0
5000
54 5 0

l 8 Y,
24 Y,
30Y2
36Y,
42Y,
48Y,

.. ..

10
10
12
12
15

4
5
4
5
5

82
85
85
87
101

4
5
6
6
4
5
6
8

6Y.
6Y.
7%

av.

14
15%
15
l 6'11
17'/a

48
48
48
48
63

10

11
12Y,
14
l 5Y,

36
36
42
42

14
14
18
18

6 Y
7Y.
9y,
1 p;.,

10
11
15Y,
18

36
36
42
42

36
36
36
36
36

lOV.
12Y,
14Ya
17V.
20Y,

14 Va
16 Va
18 Va
21 v.
24 Va

72

24
24
24
24
24
24

52 %
58%
64 %
70'!4
76:Y.
82 Y

10'/1
9 Va
11 '/a
12 Y,

1ov,
1
1
1
1o v.

18
18
18
18
18

6 Y1

12
12
16
16

ov.
ov.
ov.

.. ..
.. ..

....

.. . .
....

style 8 gate, Figure 3923

10
12
15
18

7Y,
8Y,

7'1o
8%
8,.s.

s tyle C gate , Figure 3924

10
12
14
19

st yle D gate, Figure 3925

16
20
24
30
36 .

ay,

.. . .
... .

..

72
72
72
72

12
12
16
16

.....

101,1,
12'..
12in.
13'..
14 1A.

18
18
18
18
24

... .
. ...
. . ..
. ..
.. . .

31,.s.
31,.s.
31,.s.
3'..
3'..
3'..

18
18
18
18
18
18

27
30
33
36
39
42

8Y,
9 1/
1

9'1
11%

... .
... .
. ..

style E gate, Figure 6118

186
24 6
306
366
42 6
48 6

Hove dimensians certifted far instolla tion purpases.

. Opening in conveyor lrough .

300 L 1 N K - B E L T

....
. .. .
. ...
. . ..
.. . .

24 Y.
24V.

24V.

24 v.
24 Y.
24 y.

17Y.
17Y
17V.

17Y.
17 Y
17\4

Double rock ond pinion.

0 Far V." thick gote plote .

6 Nominal size o f gote .

bulk handling
wlde chain
drag conveyors

wide chain drag conveyors

Removin g ashes from two storage pits under these

lorge furnaces by a wide choin drag conveyor, which
receives the raked or gravity-fed ashes from either
the gale or !he chute. Photo 9375

The wide chain drag conveyor consists of a single strand

of Class H or Class SO chain, which pushes the material
along in a trough. This trough has vertical or flared sides
constructed of either steel, hard iron or concrete, whichever is best suited to the character of the material handled.
Th e hard white iron and concrete .troughs are used particularly for abrasive materials of Classes 7 and 8.
This conveyor is used frequently for handling ashes,

coal, sawdust, pulp wood and hot or cold cement cl ink e rs.
lt can, howeve r, be use d fo r a variety of mate rial s of
Classes B, C, O, 2, 3, 7, 8, P and X, and ma ke s an economical installation where capacity requi rements a re
average and space sa ving is importan!. Refer to Tab le 1,
page 563, for material class description s.
Plain links are used without fligh ts or other atta chme nts.

Fig. 3 37 1

Cha in
number

Capacity, cubic feet per hour

Steel trough for
Hard iron trough for 1 Concrete tro ugh for 1
Class 8 materials
Class 7 materials
Class 6 materia ls
4
4
4
Chain speed, FPM
5

H1 04, 5019, 5027

H 112, SD 17, SO 29
H 116, 5021, 5028
H480

62
93
115
167

87
130
161
234

1 10

124
186
230
334

Hove dimensions cerlified far installation purposes.

15

186
279
345
501

20

1 30

40

60

Dep th
of
material

INCHES

80

248
372 496 746 992 25 %
372 558 744 1 116
31
460 690 920
35
668 1002
35

v..
v..

v..

24
29 3,4
33 \12
33 %

13%
19
23
23

v..
v..

1o \/2
16
19 %
20

6
6
6
8

4
4
4
6

A. Refer to Table 1, page 563, far ma terial class descriptions.

L 1 N K - B E L T 301

bulk handliog
Sldekar- Karrler

Sidekar-Karrier

Fin e coal Is r e celved from surg e b in in background by SidekarKorrier ond distributed in uniform quonlilies to concenlrating to bles
directly below this oreo. Pholo 33069

Han d ling d eterg ent from screening conveyor to storoge bin, Sidekar-Korrier provides conveyor sloroge for
materia l being discharg ed simultaneously in varying
quonlities lo several poinls. Photo 30514

An original Link-Belt development, the Sidekor-Korrier is bosicolly o conveyor of the runoround design, which trovels in o horizontal plone ond furnishes conveyor storoge for material
being dischorged to one or more points. Any material left in the conveyor buckets ofter
possing over the severo! dischorge points is retoined in the conveyor ond recirculoted.
In oddition, the conveyor is self-feeding ond self-dischorging to permit continuous outomotic operotion.
The Link-Belt Sidekor-Korrier differs from other types of horizontal plone run-oround
conveyors in thot the material is corried in buckets supported on rollers, rother thon drogged
by Aights in o trough. This feoture minimizes conveyor weor due to obrosion, reduces choin
weor becouse of reduced choin pull, soves power ond ossures quiet operotion. Corrosion is
olso reduced, since the conveying ond trough elements ore self-cleoning. Segregotion ond
degrodotion ore eliminoted, os the material is corried in buckets.

Sld e kcir Karrler with dust-lighl casing cut oway to reveal op erotion of automolic d ischarge mechonism. Photo 3 0959

302 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
Sldekar-Karrler

Fea tu res
~~

')

l.

1
,
CHAIN C/ L 1
.

1
jLOADING
CHUTE

'

C/ L - OF- CHAIN
"Ti!i- ----4'1d=lRI

/ L -CARRYING
ROLLERS

L scRAPER
EVERY 9TH
BUCKET

-....--"
,1

PIVOTED VANE
PLATE

11

MATERIAL MOVES PLATE

TO THROW CAM TO
INOPERATIVE POSITION

~---~~..,.,,...,,,,,,

~...::t'f

DISCHARGE
CHUTE

01
:-

Fig. 3545
Typical arrangemenl a l Sidekar-Karrier buckets, chain, casing, !rack and discharg ing mechani sm al chutes.

The Sidekar-Karrier consists essentially of a se ries of

overlapping buckets attached to a chain and equipped
with rollers, traveling in a horizontal plane on a track
either open or enclosed in a casing . The conveyor is continuous, with horizontal sprockets at each corner . The
buckets hove open tops , vertical plates on two sides
and front, and a sloping plate at the rear. The bottom of
each bucket is fitted with an undercut gate that can be
tripped to unload o ver discharge points.
The Link-Belt Sidekar-Karrier is adapted to the efficient
handling of practically any bulk material that will flow by
gravity from the carrying buckets. lt will deliver materia l
uniformly within a horizontal path of travel and can be
arranged for automatic discharge to one of several points .
Virtually no degradation or segregation is caused by the
conveyor and material is recirculated in buckets until a
new discharge point is reached .
The conveyor is compact and requires li ttle head room .
Buckets are self-cleaning and subject to little abrasive
wear. The conveyor elements can be either housed in a
dust-tight casing or operated in the open . A wide range
of capacities and conveyor lengths can be a ccom modated, since chain pulls a re relatively low per ton of
material handled.

COAL BU NKER

Cfl

DISCHARG
RUN

AUTOMATIC
SCALES

ALTERNATE ARRANGEMENT OF PAT

USING DOUBLE CORNER SIDEKAR-KARRIER
Fig. 3546

Fig. 3547

Plan view al a Side kar-Karrier installatian, illuslrating path arrangemenls and ecanamy al space far efficiently transporting coa\ fram the
bunker gales lo aulamalic scale happers al lhe boilers.

Boiler room view sho wing low head room requiremenls ol twa dustlight Sidekar-Ka rriers, ane d elivering coal ta bunker and lhe olher
receivi ng it from bunker gales far distributian lo scales.

L 1 N K - B E L T 303

bulk handling
circular carrler

circular carr1er

Co k e and llmest o n e a r e conv e y e d by this circular carrier, outomatically keeping nine chutes to rotary furna ce folled
at all times. Phato 37813 .

The circular carrier is a new type of conveyor originated by

Link- Belt Company. lts unique design and operating features
permit continuous automatic operation and provide conveyor
storage for material being discharged to one ar more points
and is particularly suited to feeding cantinuous-tap rotating
are furnaces.
Since the material b eing handled is carried in buckets
ottoched to a rigid circular frome, conveyor weor due to
obrosion, and segregotion o r degrodotion of the material ore
procticolly eliminoted.
Roller beoring t runnio ns ossure quiet efficient operotion.
Corrosion is minimized since the material does not contoct either

rollers or driving mochinery. The conveyor trough and buckets

are self-cleoning.
The circular co rrier can e fficiently handle ony bulk material
thot will flow b y grovity from the carrying buckets. lt may
r eceive material from ane ar more looding p oints and deliver
material uniformly within o horizontal circular path for outomotic dischorge to mony d ifferent points. lf o dischorge chut e
is f1 11 ed to copocity, the material is recirculoted in the buckets
until o ne w dischorge point is reoched.
The conveyor is compact and requ ires little head room ond
co n be housed in o dust-ti ght casing or operoted in the open.
lt con be built in several bucket sizes ond path diometers.

Dischargln g load from circular carrier into chute. Section through tlischarge chute shows gafe operating me chanism
o pening undercut gafe. Photo 39052A

304 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
circular carrler

Features

The circular carrier consists of a series of equally spaced steel

buckets suspended b etween two concentric channel r ails which
rotate on roller bearing trunnion supparts. The buckets, which
form the bottom of a circular trough, are equipped with undercut gates designed to automatically open or close as required.
The feed chute is equipped w ith a counterweighted device
that automatically starts a f eeder when an empty bucket
passes beneath it. Material is carried in the circular trough
until it reaches a d ischarge point. Cams at each discharge point
automatically open the undercut gates whenever the load in
that chute falls below a predetermined level.
The carrier is driven by a booster ty pe drive consisting of a
strand of roller chain with pusher dogs traveling in a horizont al
plane. These pusher dogs contact pusher pins mounted along
the inner carrying ra l. The drive can be positioned al any
convenient location a round the inner periphery of the conveyor.

CHUTE
SECTION THROUGH DISCHARGE HOPPER
Fig . 6179

Feeder controlled automatically

by device in feed chute.

Discharge hoppers can be located anywhere around conveyor path.

Booster drive '---..

Roller bearing trunnions support carrier

and assure quiet efficient operation .

Fig . 6197

L 1 N K - B E L T 305

bulk handling
welgh larr les

weigh larries

10 ,000 - pound copoclty, motor prop ell e d w elgh larry operated fram
ficar, delivers caal ta slokers e t pawer plant. Photo 25462

2,000-pound ca paclty, hand pr op elle d w e lgh larry, feeding coal to

stoker hoppers al pawer plant. Photo 27269

Weigh larri es are suitable for handling a variety af bulk material

used in batching processes, transferring from any part of a storage
bunker to any one of o line of mochines and recording by weight the
amount d e livered to each. They are of spe cial value in power plants
for the purpose of d elivering coal from bunkers to stoker hoppers.
Materiols which can be hondled are generolly those which will flow
freely through hoppers and chutes. O rdinarily it is not desirable to
handle moteriols which are sluggish, contaminable or give off explosive
or harmful dust or fumes, are very light and fluffy, or cerote and
become fluid. Such materials are listed in Table 1, page 563, under
Classes 3, K, R, S, W, and Y, respectively.
The Link-Belt weigh larry consists of a hopper with chute and gate,
suspended from a scale supported in a steel frame . lt travels on
flang ed wheels fixed on through axles rotating in roller bearings.
Larries may be hand or motor propelled.

The use of a weigh la rry permits the storage bunker to be located

wherever most convenient, either inside or outside of a building. In
a b oiler house, the bunker need not extend the full length of a battery
of boilers. lt is unnecessary to hove the bunke r hoppered toward out
lets, as discharge gales can be located closely, leaving very little
dead storage. All material is available from any part of the b unker,
for delivery to any hopper.
In a boiler room, the weigh larry does not o b struct the firing aisle.
lt permits checking boiler efficiency by accurately weighing and
recording the coal actually fed to the stokers. lt may be arranged, by
means of bifurcoted spouts, to serve two lines of boilers or machines.
Link-Belt weigh lorries are available in severa! sta nda rd sizes, of
balanced design and sturdy construction, for a wide range of general
applications. link-Belt can also furnish special larries built to suit
specific requirements, including floor and coge operated machines.

GEARMOTOR
ORIVE
1

Capacity
Cubic feel 1 Pounds,t,

7'..5"MINIMUM
10'..o" MAXIMUM

20
30
40

(} REAO
SCALE
FROM

TH~SIOE

f
f ig. 3492

4:.0
_

FLOOR UNE

306 L 1 N K - B E L T

--

1000
1500
2000

e0

FEET ANO INCHES

3-0
3-0
3-0

1-2
2-0
2-10

8-0
8-0
8-0

Hove dimensions certified lo r installation purposes.

Bunke r gate operating mechanism ca n be lurnished
when specified.
A Bosed on material weighing 50 pounds per cubic loot.
Mnimum clea rance.
O Maximum chute length lor regular hoppe r 11 chute is
longer, hopper must be counterweighted

bulk handling
bucket elevators

buckel' eleval'ors

Transfer of paraformaldehyde is accomplished by steel-enca sed bucket elevata rs,

from belt convcyors bctwcen floker, R.oto-Louvre dryer, storoge

b ins, pulverizer ond

bagg ing bins in chemical processing pla nt. Photo 34974

The typical bucket elevotor consists of a series of

buckets mounted on choin or belt operating over heod
ond foot wheels. Tokeups provide meons to compensote for voriations in length of chain or belt due to
temperoture chonges, otmospheric conditions, or weor.
A steel casing usuolly endoses the bucket line ond the
heod ond foot mochinery. Certain types of elevotors
hove open steel supporting frames in lieu of cosings.
Link-Belt elevotor buckets ore mode in o voriety
of shopes, weights ond sizes, monufoctured of steel,
malleoble iron, longer weoring Promol or alloy metols.
The type of elevotor ond the material being handled
determine the selection.
Choins for bucket e levotors are of molleoble iron,
Promol or steel, used in single or double stronds.
Choin is used on elevotors corrying heovy loods, hot
materiols or those which pock between the buckets
ond o belt. Rubber covered or treoted fobric belts
ore used on elevotors handling groins, cereols and
mony other dry, free-Aowing or obrosive moteriols.
The components comprising the heod ond foot mochinery hove been selected to best su it the service
requirements of the individual elevator.
The selection of the pro pe r typ e of bucket elevotor
depends lorgely on the copocity requirements and
the choracteristics of the material to be hondled.

contents
lntroduction . . .. . . . ..... .. .... . . .. . . .. .. ... 307
Types ............ . .. . .... . .. . . .. . . . .. .. . 309
Selection
How to Select . .... ... ... . .. . ..... ... .. 313
Centrifuga! dischorge
Types l ond 2 .... . ........ .. .. . .. . . 318
Types 3 and 4 ... ... . .. . ...... . . . ... 324
Type 5 ... .... . . .... .. .. . .......... 327
Positive discharge, Type 6 ..... ... . . . . . . 332
Continuous
Types 7 ond 8 ...... ... . . . . . . ..... . . 335
Type 9 . .. ... ........ . ... . ..... .. . . 3 39
Types 1O ond 11 .. . ........ . . . ...... 343
Interno! dischorge, Types 12 and 13 .... 348
Plotforms ond drives . ......... . ..... . . . . ... 351
Coal Is transported in controlled flow, b y bucket
elevotor fro m !rack ho pper to and fro m reserve
sto rage bin to overhead bel! conveyor far d istrib ution to b unkers by b el! tripper. Pho to 3 5078

L 1 N K - B E L T 307

bulk handling
bucket elevators

lnstallations

Conveylng sulphur, al newsprint mili, from !rack hopper to storoge silo ond
from silo to screw conveyor fo r delivery to weigh hopper is o ccomplished here by
two dependoble continuous bucket elevotors. Photo 37636

Delivery of use d sh akeout s and to muller ond prepored

sond to overheod belt conveyor serving molder stotions is
efficiently occomplished by these two continuous buckel elevotors in this bross foundry. Photo 3851 5

Te a is dlschorged from interno! b uc ke t elevotor, th rough chutes to g loss

surge hopper ond ta overheod belt conveyor far distribution to other surge
hoppers on so me floor . Photo 35154

Wood chips are recelv e d from bel! conveyor by this double leg centrifugo! d ischorge bucket e levotor ond delivered
to o d istributing be l! conveyor over silos. Photo 37962

308 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types

{;~
~ rr,~~
~

..,
......
.... .
..
....
..
..

Centrifuga! discharge bucket elevators

Elevators of this design predominate in the bulk handling of free-flowing, fine and
loose materials with small to medium size lumps. Buckets, mounted at spaced intervals,
are loaded by scooping up material from the boot or by feeding the material into them.
Material is discharged by centrifuga! action as the buckets pass over the head wheel.
These elevators are made in several types and are suitable for many requirements.

()

Type 1 Elevotors of this type meet the service requirements of the majority of installations using centrifugo! discharge elevators. The heod shafts ore fixed. The foot
shaft takeups are of the screw type. Gravity takeups are ovailoble. Buckets ore of
malleable iron for use on chain or belt. Casings ore of steel p late ond ongle construction .

D
'()
()

()
()

:!>
()

Type 2 These elevators are similar to Type 1 except that the head shafts ore odjustable and the foot shafts are fixed to mointain the relotion of buckets to the looding
chute and curved bottom plate. They ore preferred for handling food products, materials which tend to pack or build up in the bottom of the boot, and for materiols hoving
o considerable percentage of lumps.

()
()
()

Fig. 4667

Centrifuga! discharge
bucket elevator

Type 3 Elevators of this type ore especially suitoble for light ond moderate duty in
the handling of nonabrasive free-flowing materials. They ore furn ished in a limited
ronge of sizes and capacities. Heod shafts ore fixed o nd foot shafts hove screw
takeups. Malleable iron buckets ore used with chain and steel buckets with belt. Casings are made of steel in the simplified flonged design.

Photo 32499A

Photo 32500A

Photo 32501 B

Type l bucket eleva tor

Type 2 bucket elevator

Type 3 bucket elevator

L 1 N K - B E L T 309

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types
Centrifuga! discharge bucket elevators (continued)
Type 4 These elevators are similar lo Type 3 e xce pl that the head shafts are
adjustable and the foot shafts are fixed to maintain the relation of buckets to the
loading chute and bottom of boot. This type is preferred for handling food products,
for materials having a tendency to pack or build up in the bottom of the boot, and
for materials hoving a considerable percentage of lumps.
Type S These elevators are designed and engineered to conform with general
practice in the handling of grain. Head and foot shafts are provided with ro ller
beari ngs. Takeups are of the gravity type except on elevators with centers under
50 feet which are of the screw type. Buckets are of steel and are mounted on a belt.
Casings of steel are welded and dust tight. The curved hood is designed for proper
discharge of the grain. The boot can be loaded from the front or back side or both .
Venting of the head and boot sections is desirable to improve the pickup and discharge of materials.

Positive discharge bucket elevators

Elevators of this des ign operate successfully ot low bucket speeds and are suitable
for handling light, fluffy ond frag ile materia ls and those having a lendency to stick
in the buckets. Buckets, mounted at spaced intervals, are loaded by scooping up
material from the boot or by feeding the material into them. After passing over head
wheels, the buckets are inverted over the discharge spout, thus providing a posit ive
discharge of material.
Type 6 This design conforms with the besl practice for handling and discharging
materials which are light, friab le or sluggish. The head shofts are fixed. The foot
shaft takeups are of the screw type. Gravity takeups are available. Buckets are of
malleable iron mounted al intervals on double strands of chain. Casings are of steel
piafe and angle construction.

Pholo 32502 8

Type 4 bucket elevator

310 L 1 N K - BE L T

Pho to 32503C

Photo 37511C

Type S bucket e levators

I\
'

Fig. 4668

Positive d ischarge
bucket ele vator

Photo 32504A

Type 6 bucket elevator

bulk handling
bucke t elevators

Types
Contin uous bucket elevotors
Elevators of this design are made in a number of types for handling many bul k materials ranging
from light to heavy and from fines to large lumps. Buckets are spaced contin uously and loaded by
direct feeding, except for Type 8 elevator where material is scooped from the boot. Spillage between
buckets s prevented by their close spacing. As buckets discharge, the material flows over the
preceding bucket, whose front and projecting sides fo rm a chute, to the discharge spout.
Type 7 This elevator is the most frequently used of the continuous bucket design . The head shafts
are fixed. The foot shaft takeups are of the screw type. Gravity takeu ps are ava il able. Buckets a re
of steel and spaced continuously on a single strand of chain. Casings a re of steel plate and angle
construction. Material is fed to the buckets through a load ing leg.
Type 8 Elevators of this type are used for the handling of fine or crushed materials with lumps
not exceeding V2 inch. These e levators are similar to Type 7, except that head shafts are adjustable
and foot shafts are fixed, to ma intai n the relation of buckets to the loading chute and curved
bottom plate. Buckets are loaded by scooping up material from the boot. When modified by the
addition of a loading leg a nd a correspondi ng ly higher inlet spout, this type elevator can a lso be
used fo r handling lumpy materials.

.J
,

..

Fig. 4669

Continuo us bucket
e levator

Type 9 lnclined elevato rs of this type are used for handling sand, gravel, stone and similar
materials. No rmally these elevators are furnished with structural steel frames, but without casings.
Casings can be provided. The head shafts are fixed and foot shafts have screw takeups. Buckets
are of steel and can be mounted on chain or belt.

Photo 32505A

Pho to 32506A

Type 7 bucket elevator

Type 8 bucket elevator

Pholo 32559

Photo 32560

Type 9 bucket elevators

LINK - BELT 31 1

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types
Continuous bucket elevators (continued)
Type 1 O This elevator is of the super-capacity type and used for handling fri able, heavy or
abrasive material ranging from fines to Jorge lumps. The head shafts ore fixed and t he foot takeup s
are of the screw type . Gravity takeups are available. Continuous buckets are end -mou nted between
two strands of Class SS bushed roller chain. Material is fed to the buckets through a loading leg .
Casing s ore of steel plate and angle construction. lnclined boots are recommended when handling
sharp, wedge-shaped ond shale-like materials.

Type 11 These elevators are similor in design to Type 1 O, except for greater ca pacities and
centers. Head terminal machinery and driving equipment are carried on independent supports. The
foot takeups are of the sc rew type. Gravity tokeups are available.

Interna! d ischa rge bucket elevators

lnternal discharge elevators provide excellent means for the continuous, gentle handling in bulk
of relatively small articles such as stampings, castings, plastic chips, pellets, bolts, nuts, rivets ,
granula r chemicals, seeds, shelled nuts ond similar materials. Buckets are intern ally looded from a
chute extending through either side of the casing . Discharge can be on either side of casing through
a chute or directly to a conveyor.

Type 1 2 This type of elevator operates at slow speeds and is suitable for handling free-flowing
nonabrasive materials. The
w ardly -opening continuous
guides in the Jower section
ore of steel pi ate and angle

elevating medium consists of an endless series of overlapping in buckets supported on double strands of steel roller choin. Movable
provide automatic adjustment for the chain and bucket line. Casings
construction.

Type 13 These elevators are similor to Type 1 2, except thot they are designed to op erote ot
considerobly higher speeds, resulting in greoter capacities. Double heod shof ts, operating in fi xed
beorings provide a longer intervol for bucket di scharge.

Photo 32507 A
Type l O bucket elevotor

31 2 LINK- B EL T

Photo 32508A

Photo 32509

Type 11 bucket elevo tor

Type 12 b ucket elevotor

Fig. 4666

Interna! dischorge
bucket elevotor

Pholo 32510

Type 13 b ucket elevotor

bulk handling
b ucket e levators

Selection
Consider the following foctors when selecting o bucket elevotor.
Kind ond chorocter of material being hondled: obro
sive, free -flowing, sluggish, hot, fluffy, friable, subject to degrodotion, e tc.
Weight of material in pounds per cubic foot
Moximum rote in tons, bushels or cubic feet per hour
at which material is hondled
Moximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material ond percentoge of lumps in total volume
Shoft centers in feet, olso ongle in degrees of incline,
if o ny
O peroting conditions: indoors, outdoors, corrosive, contominotion, etc.
Service required: continuous or intermittent
With this informotion known, proceed os follows:

Select the type of elevator Refer to Table 2 and find

the type or types of elevotors for the material being hondled.
lf this particular material is no t listed, select one with similo r
chorocteristics.

Check the selection fo r lump s :e , capacity and

centers Knowing the lump size, copocity ond centers, refer
to Table 3 ond moke o tentative selection.

Dete r mine the elevator numbe r Refer to the eleva tor

specifications for the type selected ond determine the elevator
size to hondle the required lump size ond copocity.

Se le ct the elevator chain lf on elevotor using choin is

selected ond more thon one choin is listed, the selection depends on the service requirements or on user's prefe rence.
Generolly, the SS Closs steel choins hove greoter strength ond
better weoring qualities than C Closs combination choins.
SS Closs steel choins ore recommended for elevotors with
centers over 60 feet, for continuous operoting conditions or
fo r hand ling obrosive mo terio ls.

Select the elevator belt lf on elevotor using belt is

selected, specify the recommended width and ply.
Severo! grades of rubber covered belts or fo b ric belts con
be furnished, but final selection depends on the service require
ments or on user's preference.
A rubber covered belt with 32-ounce duck is generolly used
for widths through 11 ". lt is particulorly odopted to hand ling
nonobrosive ond mildly obrosive materiols. The wo rking
strength is colculated on the bosis of 28 pounds per inch of
width per ply. The quolity of the cover is 800 pounds pe r squo re
inch mnimum !ensile strength.
A rubber covered belt with 35-ounce duck is ordinorily used
for handling abrosive materia ls and is constructed with a very
closely woven duck which provides resistance to moisture ond
good anchorage for bucket bolts. The working strength is calculated on the bosis of 32 pounds per inch of width per ply.
The quolity of the cover is 3500 pounds per square inch minimum tensile strength.
A rubber covered bel t with 36-ounce duck is generolly used
for handling Jumpy material, such os, crushed stone ond ore.
The duck has a relotively soft, open weave, thereby provid ing
resistance to the destructive oction of lumpy materia l. Pulleys
with lorge diometers ore recommended for use with this belt.
The working strength is colculoted on the bosis of 30 pounds
per inch of width per ply. The quo lity of the cover is 2500
pounds per squore inch minimum tensile streng th.
Convos or fobric belts ore used where rubber covered belts
ore not proctico l. In mony coses, they ore used in the untreoted
form. In other coses, they ore of the impregnated type to
hondle foodstuffs, wet, oily or hot moteriols. For recommendotions, consult link-Belt.

Ca lculate the ho rse power and d etermine the s peed

of t he head shaft The horsepower al the heod shoft
equols the terminal horsepower plus the horsepower per foot
of centers times the center distonce. Knowing the weight of
the material, refer to the specificotions for the elevotor selected
ond colculote the horsepower. The speed of the heod shoft is
indicoted in the sorne table.

Determine the head shaft si:z:e Knowing the weight

of the material being hondled ond the elevotor centers, refer to
the specificotions for the elevotor selected and determine the
diometer of the head shoft. For centers greater thon listed,
consult link-Belt.
De t e rmine the casing s pecifications The bosic thick
ness of steel recommended for the hoods, heods, intermediote
ond boot sections ond dischorge spouts are listed with the
e levotor specificotions ond cover relotively cleon operoting
conditions. For ma terial ond material thickness recommended
for other operoting conditions, refer to Table 1.

Service platforms Plotforms for servicing drives and

heod terminols ore recommended. Refer to poge 351 for fur
ther informotion.

Drives Moke the drive selection. A combinotion Geormotor

or Motogeor o nd precision steel roller choin drive provides an
economicol ond compoct drive. Ot her drive combinotions con
be furnished . See Cotolog l 050.
Examples of bucket elevator selection
Probl e m 1
Select o bucket lo meet the following conditions:
Material ... ... .. . .. bituminous coa!
Weight . .. . . .... .. . 50 pounds per cubic foot
Copo city . . .. . . .. .. . 60 tons per hour or 2400 cubic
feet per hour
Moximum lump size .. . under 112 inch
Shoft centers . ....... 45 feet vertical
Ope roting conditions .. exposed to weother
Service ....... .. .. . 8 to l O hours per doy

Sol ut ion
Refer to Table 2. Note thot Types 1, 2, 7, 1 O ond 1 1 elevotors
ore specifed for this material.
Refer to Table 3. Note thot either Type 1 or 2 will hondle
the lump size and copoci ty and will accommodote the shoft
centers. Assuming thot the foot shaft need not be fixed , tentatively select Type 1.
Elevotor specificotions, poge 319, indicote thot either elevator No. 13 1 or 132 will hondle 2540 cubic feet per hour ond
11/2" sized lumps. Tables l ond 2, poge 563 define this coa! os
nonobrosive. Therefo re elevotor No. 131 with Cl 11 choin is
sotisfoctory for 8 to 1 O hours service per doy.
horsepower al heod shoft for 50 pound per cubic foot material
l .69
(.086 X 45)
5.56
Speed of heod shoft is 4 1 RPM.
Knowing horsepower ond speed al heod shoft, select drive
from Cotolog 1 050.
Heod shoft diometer for a 45-foot centers elevotor handling
50 pounds per cubic foot material is 2-15/ 16" .
Refer to Table 1. For elevators exposed to weother, cosings
con be mode of commerciol hot rolled mild steel, commerciol
hot rolled mild steel golvonized or low olloy steel. When using
commerciol hot rolled mild steel, the thickness of material in the
hood is increased from 14 to 1 O gouge, in heod ond intermediote sections from 12 gauge to 3 / 16" , ond in the dischorge
spout ond boot from 1 O gouge to 3 / 16".
Refer to poges 322 ond 323 for cas ing deto ils ond poge
351 for service platform for 19 3,4 " by 48" casing .

LINK - BELT 313

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Selection
Problem 2
Select a bucket elevalor to meet the following conditions
Material. . . . ........ wheat
Weight . .......... 60 pounds per b ushel
Capacity . . . . . . . . 6500 bushels p er hour
Shaft centers .... .. .. 80 feel vertical
Opera ting conditions . indoors, relatively clean

Solution
Refer to Table 2. Types 3, 4 and 5 elevators are sp ecifled for
this material.
Refer to Tab le 3. Type 5 elevator will handle !he capacity and
accommoda te !he cenlers. Tentatively select Type 5. Elevator
speciflcations, page 328, indicale elevator No. 519 will handle
6550 bushels p er hour of material weighing 60 pounds per bushel.
horsepower al head shaft = 3.45 +(.218 X 80) = 20.89 HP
Sp eed of head shaft is 47 RPM.
Knowing horsepower and speed al head shaft, select drive
from Catalog 1050.
The diameter of !he head shaft for an 80-foot cenlers elevotor
handling 60 pounds per bushel material is 3 7,il,".
Refer to Table 1. With elevator indoors and conditions relatively
clean, use casing materials and thicknesses sp ecifled on page 329.
Refer to pag es 330 and 331 for casing details.

horsepower at headshaft for 1 20 FPM and 100 pounds p er

cubic foot ma terial = 8.64 + (65 X .46) = 38.54 HP
This flgure must be corrected for the 85 pounds per cubic foot
85 pounds
material by the proportion of
d . lt must also be modifled
100 poun s
108 FPM
for the reduced speed by the ratio of
FPM"
120
corrected horsepower al headshaft
85
108
29.48 HP
38.54 X lOO X i2Q
speed of headshaft for 108 FPM

16 RPM X .90

14.4 RPM

Knowing horsepower and speed al headshaft, select drive from

Catalog 1050.
For a 65-foot centers elevator handling 1 00 pounds per cubic
foot material, the next higher listed weight, the diameter of the
headshaft is 5 'll.11
Refer lo Table l. For elevators exposed to weather, casings can
b e made of comme rcial hot rolled mild sleel, commercial hot rolled
mild steel galvanized or low a lloy steel. When using cor.imercial
hot rolled mild steel, !he thickness of material in the head and
intermediate sections is increased from 1O gauge to 3/1&11, in the discharge spout from Y. " to :Va", in !he boot from >A{ to Y. ", and in
the hood from 12 gaug e to ;,,". Refer to pages 346 and 347 for
ca sing details and pag e 351 for service p lotform a rrangement.

Table 1 Recommended casing materials and

thicknesses
Problem 3
Select a bucket elevator to mee! the following conditions:
Material ....... . ... . bauxite
Weight . ........ . . .. 85 pounds per cubic foot
Capacity .... . ....... 250 tons per hour or
5880 cubic feet per hour
Maximum lump size ... 3 inches, 1O per cent of total volume
Shaft centers .. . . ... 65 feet vertical
Operating conditions .. exposed to weather

Solution
Refer to Table 2. Types 1, 2, 7, 9, 1O and 11 elevalors are specifled for this material.
Refe r to Table 3. Type 11 elevator will handle the lump size and
capacity and will accommodate the shaft centers. Tenta tlvely
select Type 11.
Refer to footnote 0 under Elevator Speciflcations, page 344.
Elevator speeds are dependen! upon !he abrasiveness of !he
material b eing hondled and affect capacity and horsepower.
The material classiflcation, pag e 563, defines bauxite as
very abrasive. Therefore reduce the listed speed, capacity and
horsepower by 103.
equivalent capacity based on 103 reduction in speed
5,880
--:90 = 6,533 cubic feet per hour.
According to the speciflcations, page 344, eleva tors No. 1007,
No. 11 02 and No. 1107 will handle 6800 cubic feet per hour
and 3 " lumps. Basing the selection on 100 pounds p er cubic foot
material, the next higher listed weight, only elevators No. 1102
and No. 1107 will accommodate the 65-foot centers. Since
elevator No. 1107 with 554852 cha in is heavier than required
select elevator No. 1102 with SS4851 chain.
The listed chain speed is 120 FPM. The recommended chaln
speed is 103 lower, or 120 X .90 = 108 FPM.

314 LINK - BELT

Recommended casing material

ond thickness

Operoting
condition

listed thickness of casing

14 ge. 1 12 ge. 1 1 O ge. 1 ~ in.

1 ~ in.

Commercial hot rolled mild steel

Relatively clean
Outdoors, sheltered
from wealher
Mildly corrosive
Exposed to weather
Damp or moist

14 ga.

12 ga.

10 ga.

>A& in.

Y. in.

14 ga .
10 ga .
10 ga .

12 ga.
3A, in.
>A& in.

.. ....

. ..

10 ga.
3A in.
3A& in.
V. in.

3A&
V.
V.
V.

in.
in.
in.
in.

Y.
:Va
Va
Va

in.
in.
in.
in.

A&in.
A in.
% in.
% in .

Y.
V.
Y.
Y.

in.
in.
in.
in.

3A& in.
% in.
lA& in.

V. in.
V. in.
V. in.

...

Commercial hot rolled mild steel

galvaniz:ed or coated
Product contamina tion
Corrosive
Exposed to weather
Damp or moist

14 ga.
14 ga.
14 ga.

12 ga.
12 go.
12 ga.

.. . . .

.. . . .

10
10
10
10

go.
ga.
ga.
ga.

Low alloy steel

Corrosive
Exposed to weather
Damp or moist

14 ga. 1 12 ga. 1 1O ga.

14 ga. 12 ga. 10 ga.
1 . . . . . . . . . . 1O ga.

Stainless steel and Monel metal

Product contamination 114 ga. 1 12 ga. 1 1 O ga .
Corrosive fumes
14 ga. 12 ga . 1 O ga.
Damp or moist
. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 O ga.

l 3A& in.
I 101O ga.
ga. lA& in.
10 ga.

% in.

bulk handling
b ucket elevators

Selection
Tabl e 2 Ty p lcal bul k materla ls handled by bucket e le vators
Average
weight per
cubic foot,
pounds

Material

Elevotor
t ype

Alfalfo meal ......... .. . . . .. .

Almonds, broken ...... . .. . ...
Almonds, whole .... ...... .. .. .
Alum, lumpy .................

..
.
..
.

17
28-30
28-30
50-60

Alumina ............ . . .. .... . . . 60

Aluminum chips ................ . 7-15
Aluminum ore (see bauxite)
Aluminum oxide .......... . .. . . 67-120

Material

""

Average
weight per
cubic foot,
pounds

Coal, onthracite, river coal ond

culm V. inch ond under . . . . . . . 60
Coal, bituminous, mined, fines,
50 mesh ond under . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Coal, bituminous, mined, slock,

% inch ond under. . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Cool, bituminous, mined, si zed, over
l/2 inch .... .. .... . ... .. ..... 50

1, 2, 7, 8
7,8

1, 2, 7, 10, 11

7, 10, 11

Ammunition, sma ll parts ......... .

Ashes, coal, dry, 3 inch and under . 35-40
Asphalt, crushed, l/2 inch and under 45
Bakelite, powdered ............ . 30-40

1, 2, 7, 8
6, 7, 8

Coal, bituminous, slripping, not

cleoned, over \12 inch . . . . . . . . . . 50
Cocoa beons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30-40
Coffee, green beon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Baking powder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Barley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Battery cases, Ao shlight .. . ..... . .
Bauxite, crushed, 3 inch and under
75-85

6,7, 8
3 4 5 .
12, 13
1, 2,7, 9, 10, 11

Coffee, roasted beon

..
Cake, loase .... . . . . . . . . .
Cake, petroleum, calcined .
Coke Breeze, Y. inch and

Be a ns, castor ............... . . .

Beans, navy, dry .. . ........ . .. .
Bentonite, crude .............. .
Bentonite, 100 mesh and under .. .

1,
1,
1,
1,

Copro . . . ......... .. .
Copra cake . . . . . . . . . .
Copra cake, ground . . . .
Copra meal . . . . . . . . . .

36
48
34-40
50-60

12, 13
2

2, 3, 4, 7, 8
2, 3, 4, 7, 8
2
2

. ...... ..
.. ... . ...
.........
.........

22
25-30
40-45
40-45

1,
1,
1,
1,

flne ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
granulated, % inch ond under
crocked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12-15
12-15
45-50
45

6, 7 , 8
6 , 7,8
1, 2, 3, 4
12, 13

.. .. . ..
.. . . . . .
..... ..
.. .. .. .

45
21
40-45
31

3 4 5 .
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4

Cornmeal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cottonseed, dry, de-linted .. . . . . . .
Cottonseed, dry, with lint .. . . . . . . .
Cottonseed, ca ke, cracked . . . . . . . .

38-40
35
18-25
40-45

1 2 3 , 4
1 2 3 4

1, 2

Cottonseed hulls . . . . . . . . . . .
Cottonseed meal. . . . . . . . . .
Cottonseed mea Is . . . . . . . . . .
Cullet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.....
.....
.....
.... .

12
35-40
40
80-120

7, 8
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
2.

Dolomite, crushed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ebonite, crushed, l/2 11 and under . . .
Feldspar, ground, V. inch and under
Feldspar, powdered, 100 mesh
and under. . . . .. .... . . . .. ...

90- 100
65-70
65-70

2, 7, 9, 1 o, 11
2, 6, 7, 8
1, 2, 7

75

6,7,8

1, 2, 7, 8

Bonemea l . .. .. . ...... . .......

Bora x, powdered .. . . . . . .... ...
Bre n ... . . . . . .. ....... . ......
Brewer's grain, spent, d ry . ... . ..

1,
1,
1,
1,

Corn, shelled . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corn germs . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corn grits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corn sugor. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Brewer's grain, spe nt, wet ....... . 55-60

Buckwheat ........ ......... . .. . 40-42
Calcium oxide (see limel
Corbon block, pelletized ....... . 20-25
Corbon block powder, chonnel . .. . 4-6
Corbon block powder, fu rnoce .. . . 4-6
Corborundum, 3 inch ond under ..
100
Castings, smo ll ................ .
Ca si iron borings ..... .. ... ....
Cernen!, Portland . ....... .. ....
Cement, clinker .. ... . . . ... .. . ..
Cholk, crushed .. . . ... . ....... .

.
.
.
.

130-200
65-85
75-80
85-90

Cholk, p ulverized, 100 mesh

ond under . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-7 5
Chorcool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-25
Cinders, caal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Clover seed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Coal, onthrocite, buckwheot 50
mesh to Ya inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

1, 2
3 4 5 .
7, 8

6
6
7
12, 13

2,7

1, 2, 7, 8
2, 7, 9, 10, 11

1, 2, 7, 8
7,8
6,7

2, 7
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 7, 8

1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8

2.
2.

Cork,
Cork,
Corn,
Corn,

2
2
2, 3, 4
2, 3, 4

1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8

22-26
23-32
35-45
25-35

12, 13
1, 2, 7, 8

55-60
53
16-20
25-30

1, 2, 7, 10, 1 1
1, 2, 7

.......
..... ..
.... ...
und er . .

Bolts, small ....... . ......... .

Bones, crushed, l/2 inch and under .. 35-40
Bones, granulated or ground,
lis inch and under . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
.
.
.
.

""

6, 7, 8
2, 7, 8
7
2, 7
7

Elevotor
type

Flaxseed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Fla xseed cake, expeller .... . . . . . . 48-50
Flaxseed mea l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Flour, wheat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35-40
Flue dust, boiler house, dry . . . . . . . 35-45
Fluorspar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

1 2 .
2,
2,
2,
2,

3,
3,
3,
3,

4,
4,
4,
4,

7
7
7, 8
7, 8

1, 2, 3, 4

3 4 5 .
2

1, 2, 3, 4
1 2 3 4

7 o, 8 0
1, 2, 7

& Chain recommended for oll elevators, excep t those morked thus ,

6. Weigh t of material loase or slightl y ogitoted. This weight is g e nerolly

w here belts ore recommended. To avoid damage to b elt, provide foo t

shaft s w ith w elded steel slat pulleys w here there is o tend ency for
ma terial to pock be tween belt ond pulley .

less than that of settled or pocked material, os i n bins or contoiners.

o Select on elevotor ho ving twice the copocity re qui red.

LI N K- B EL T 315

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Selection
Table 2 (continued) Typical bulk materials handled by bucket elevators
Average
weight per
cubic foot,
p ounds
6.

Material

Fuller's eorth, burnt, ol ref1nery

Fuller's eorth, row, o l ref1nery .... .
Glo ss batch . .. ............... .
Glue, ground, Ye inch ond und er ..

40
35-40
90-100
40

Glue, peorl ... . ........ . . . . . . . .

Groins, distillery, spent, dry .... . . .
Gronite, broken .. .... ......... .
Gross seed ...... . . .. . . ... .. . . .

Avera ge

Elevator
type

we ight p er
cub ic foot,
pounds
6.

Material

Elevator
ty pe

Pumice, ground, Ya inch ond und er . 42 -45

Rice, hulled or polished .. ...... . . 45- 48
Rice, rough ......... .. ... ... . . . 36
Rice bron, se e Bron .. . . ... . .... .

40
30
95-100
10-12

2
1, 2, 3, 4
7 , 9, 10, 11
7,8

Rice grits ....... ......... .. . . .

Rivets, smoll . . ...... . .... .. .
Rubber, ground, se e Ebonite ... . .
Rye .. .. .. . . ...... . . . . . . ..

42 -45

1, 2, 3, 4
12, 13

44

3 . ,4 . ,5 .

Grovel, screened . ... .......... .

Gypsum, colcined ......... .. ... .
Gypsum, crushed, l inch and under
Gypsum, powdered .... .... .. . . .

90-100
55-60
90-100
60-80

1,2,7, 9, 10, 11
1,2,7, 9, 10, 11
1,2, 7,9, 10, 11

1, 2, 7, 8

Solt, d ry, fine . .. ....... . ... ..

Sal!, dry, coorse . . . ..........
Sol! cake, dry, coorse .........
Solt cake, dry, pulverized . .. ...

7 0 -80
4 5 -50
85
6 5-85

2,
2,
2,
2,

Hops, spent, dry ... . ... . . .. .. . . .

. ...... . .. . . .
Hops, spent, wet
Ice, crushed ... ....... .. .. . .. . . .
llmenite ore .... ...... .. .. . . .. . .

35
50-55
35-45
140

1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
2,7
1, 2,7, 9, 10, 11

Sond,
Sond,
Sand,
Sond,

11 0 -130
90- 11 0
90 -1 00
90

l 2 .
l 2 .

Lignite, or dried . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lime, ground, Y1 inch and under . . .
Lime, hyd roted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lime, pebble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45-55
60
40
53-56

1, 2, 7

Sond, foundry, shakeout ... .... .

1, 2, 7, 8, 9, 1O, 11 Shale, crushed . . . . . . . . . . . .. .
7, 9, 1O, 11
Slog, furnoce, g ronulo ted .... .. .
1, 2 , 7, 9, 1O, 11
SI ate, crushed, Y2 inch ond under

90
85- 90
60 -65
80-90

l 2 .
l 2 .
7, 9 , 10, 11
2 7, 9, l 11

7, 9, 10, 11

7, 9, 10, 11

Siete, ground, Ye inch ond unde r ..

Soap b e ad s or granule s . . . .. . . .
Soap flak es
Soda a sh, light .............. .

82
20
5 -15
20 -35

1 2 .
12, 13
12, 13
7, 8

3 4 5 .
1, 2, 3, 4

Soda a sh, he avy .. .. . . . . ... .. .

Soybeons, cracked .... ... ..... .
Soy beo ns, whole . ... .. ... . . ... .
So ybe an ca ke, over y, inch . .... .

5 5 -6 5
30-40
4 5-5 0
40-4 3

1, 2 , 7, 8
l, 2, 3, 4
3. , 4. , 5 .

Lime, over Y2 inch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Limestone, ogriculturol, Ya inch
and under.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Limestone, crushed . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5-90
Linseed, (see floxseed)
Linseed meol (see flaxseed meol)
Moize ........ . ... ....... ..... 45
Mo lt, dry ground, Ya inch ond under 22
Molt, dry, who le ... . . ...... . . . .
Molt, wet ar green . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mol! meal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mo rble, crushe d , over Y2 inch . . . . .

27 -3 0
6 0-65
36 -40
90-95

Milk, dried flake . . . . . . . .

Milk, malted . . . . . . . . . . . .
Muriote of pota sh . . . . . . .
Mustard seed . . . . . . . . . . .

5 -6
30-35
77
45

......
......
......
......

.
.
.
.

Nuts, meto l. .......... .. . . .... .

Oats ....... .... ...... . ....... 26
Oots, rolled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Oxalic a cid crystols . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Peas, dried . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Peonuts, shelled . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phosphote rock .. .... ... . .. ..
Phosphote sond . . . . . . . . . . . . .

...
...
...
...

Plo stics, chips .......... ... . . . . .

Plostics, pellets .............. . . .
Plostics, smoll co stings ...... . ... .

45-50
35 -4 5
75 -8 5
90 -1 00

1. 2 .
12 .

2.

1, 2,7,9, 10, 11

1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13
l, 2
l , 2, 3, 4
7 , 9 , 10, 11

3, 4
3, 4
1, 2 , 7
3, 4
12 , 13

domp bonk . .. ... ..... .. .

d ry bonk ............ .
dry silico 0 ..... ... ... .
foundry, prepored ...... .

Soyb e an
Soy be an
Soy bean
Soybe an

Aokes, row .. ..... .... . 20-26

Ao ur
... . .. .... .. .
27
40
me al, cold ......... .
meal, hot . . .. . . ..... . 40

Stampings, metal, smo ll . ........ .

. ..
100- 150
Steel chi ps, crushe d ........... .
Sto ne, crushed, see Gravel o r
Limeslone

12 -1 5
25-45
55-65
55

l, 2 , 3, 4
l 2 .

Suga r beet, pulp, dry .. . . . .... .

Sug a r b eet, pulp, wet . . .. . .. . . .
Suga r, raw . ......... . .. . .. . . .
Tonbo rk, g round ......... . ... .

12, 13
12, 13
2,7, 9, 10, 11
17

Timo thy seed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Tung nuts, she lled . .... . .... .. .. .
W o lnuts, she lle d ...... . ...... .
45-48
Wheat . . . . .. ... . . ....... .

12, 13
12, 13
12, 13

Whe at, cra cke d . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-45
Wheat germ .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
W ood chips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-20

3 4 5 .

Choin recommended fa r a li elevators, except !hose marked thus .

where belts ore recommended. To ovoid domoge to belt, provide foot
shofts with welded steel slot pulleys where there is a tendency filr
material to pack between be lt and pulley.

316 L 1 N K- BEL T

.
.
.
.

7
3 4 5 12, 13
3 4 5 12, l 3

7,
7,
7,
7,

8
8
8
8

l 2 .
l 2 .

1, 2, 3, 4
l 2 3 4 .
l , 2, 3, 4
l , 2, 3, 4
12, 13
7

6, 7, 8
7, 8
l, 2

l, 2
7, 8
1 2, 13
12, 13
3., 4., 5 .

l , 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
l 2 .

0 lf sand is hot, use special heot -resisting belis ond insuloting pods between
buckets ond belts.
6. Weight of material loase or slightly ogitated. This weight is generolly
less thon that of settled ar packed material, as in bins or contoiners.

bulk handling
bucket eleva to rs

Selection
Table 3 Tentative elevator selectl on
Maxi mum lum p

Maxi mum capacity

s i:z:e, i nches
Elevolor
type

Percenloge
of lumps

100

10

Cubic
f eet
per
hour

M axi mum centers, fee t

Tons per hour

3S

so

7S

100

12S

1 'A
1 Y2

4
4 '12

2000
3100

2 .a.

1 'A
1 Y2

4
4 Y2

2000
3 100

100
...
156
...
--- - - --- 35
50
75
100
...
117
156
55
78
...

3,4

3
3 Y2

700
1100

10
16

3A

3
3 Y2

700
1100

Y2
Y2
Y2

Y2
Y2
Y2

8750
11500
14000

Y2
Y2
Y2

Y2
Y2
Y2

14750
35000
47500

3
4 .a.

1
l

56

35
55

50
78

75
117

--

17
...
...
28
...
. ..
--- - -- 10
17
... . . .
16
28
...
...

...
...

...
...

219
287
350

...
...

369
875
1187

24

34

...

-. ..

...
. ..

...
. ..

Moleriol weighl,
pounds per cublc foot

Bushels
per
hour

Moteriol weighl,
p ounds per cubic foot

3S 1

.....

.....
.....

. ....

...
...

545
880

. ..
...

545
880

.. .

7000
9200
11200

. ..
. ..

---...
...
. ..
. . . . ..
...
...
...
...
----

11800
28000
38000

so

7S

1 100

Pages

12S

80
80
80
. ..
80
80
70
. ..
- - - -- - - 80
80
80
80
. ..
80
80
80
70
. ..
- - - - --- - - - - 40
40
. ..
. . . . ..
50
50
. . . . .. . ..
- - - - - - - - - - -40
40
. ..
. .. . ..
50
50
...
. .. . . .
--. . 200 . ..
. .. . ..
. .
200
. ..
. ..
. ..
200
. ..
..
. . . . ..
- - - - --- - ..
200
. .. . .. . ..
. . 210 . ..
. .. . ..
210
. .
. .. . .. . ..
80
80

318
thru

323

- -324
thru

326

327
t hru

331

- - - - - -- - -

332
6

1%

10

11

12
13

.a.

1400

52

69

...

- - -65
91
117

...

65
91
117

. ....

. ....

. ..
80
80
. ..
80
75
. . . ..
. ..
..
. ..
70
65
. ..
65
50
. . . ..
. ..
- - - - - - -- 85
70
55
45
..
75
60
50
40
..

Y2
Y2
Y2

1300
1800
2350

23
32
41

32
45
58

49
68
88

l
l Y2

1500
2300
2600
5000

..

.. .

. ...
. ...
....

...

1 Y2
2

3
4 Y2
5
5

... .

...
...
.. .

2
2
2
2
2

6
6
6
6
6

2400
2800
3200
3600
4000

.. .
...
...
...
...

60
70
80
90
100

90
105
120
135
150

120
140
160
180
200

150
175
200
225
250

. ... .
.....

3
3
3
3
3

8
8
8
8
8

5600
6800
8400
10000
12-400

. ..
...
...
...
...

140
170
210
250
310

2 10
255
315
375
465

280
340
420
500
620

350
425
525
625
775

3
3
3
3
3

8
8
8
8
8

5600
6800
8400
10000
12400

...

140
170
210
250
310

210
255
315
375
465

280
340
420
500
620

350
425
525
625
775

3A
3A

2 y,
2 Y2

200
320

3,4

2 Y2
2 Y2

500
800

3A

...
...
...
...

--

--

5
...
. ..
8
... . . .
- -- - - - 12
9
... . . .
14
14
. ..
...
3
6

Elevotors with fixed foot shofts. Recommended for feeder drives, handling
food products, moteriols with o high percentoge of lumps and moterials
whlch tend to pack. Curved bottom piares are olso recommended.

.. .

-95
145
165
3 10

...

. ..
. ..
...

. .. . .
. ....
. ....
. ....
.....

..

. ..

. ..
- - --- - - - 70
80
80

70
80
80

70
80
70

...
. ..
. ..

..

75
65
60

55
50
45

45
40
35

35
30
30

. ....
... ..
. ....
. ....
.....

..
..
..
..
..

75
60
55
50
40

65
55
50
45
35

55
45
40
35
25

45
40
30
30
20

. ....

..
..

. ....

. ....
. ....
. ....
.....
.....
.....
.....
.....

..
..
..
80
60
80
60

335
thru

338

--- - - - - - -

..

..

t hru

334

. ..

70
80
80

Y2
Y2
Y2

...

- - --

--

- -

. ....
. . . ..
. ....

49
68
88

...

- -- - - 70
70
70
80
80
80
80
80
70

. ..

...
.. .

32
45
58

...

80

.....

23
32
41

75
115
130
250

80

...

1300
1800
2350

80

70
80
80

3
4
4 Y2

--

80

. ....
. ....

1
1 'A
1 Y2

8 .a.

339
thru

342

343
thru

347

- - - -- - - 110
125
125
125
125
11 0
95
125
80
125
110
95
125
100
85
75
60
100
80
70
- - --- - - 80
. ..
. .. . ..
60
. ..
. ..
. ..

--- - - - - - 80
60

...

. ..

. ..

. ..

. ..
. ..

348
thru

350

Elevotor with single row of buckets.

6 Elevotor w ith double row of buckets.
o For centers beyond thosa listed, consult Link.Bel!.

L I NK-BELT 3 17

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators centrifuga ! discharg e

. . . . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - Split removable hood - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .
for accessi bility

Head shaft mounted

- - n fixed pillow blocks

Head shaft mounted in

screw takeups

Discharge spout
- - positioned for
clean discharge

Rigid, strong, jig-built casing ,

-------dust-tight casings can be
furnished

Style A malleable iron buckets

- - -- - -- with rugged chain or belt
prolong elevator service

Clamped removable
- - -- - - - - - - -doo r for assembly - - - - - - and insp ection

Removable front
- - and back plates
for access to boot

Feed hopper
can be furnished

Photo 31663B

Photo 201708

TYPE 1 ELEVATOR
USING CHAIN

TYPE 2 ELEVA TOR

USING CHAIN

Sturdy steel boot

with screw-adjusted foot shaft takeups

Sturdy steel boot

- - w ith fixed foot shaft
and curved bottom p late
Photo 20 1708

TYPE 1 ELEVATOR
USING BELT

318 LINK - BELT

Photo 3 16638

TYPE 2 ELEV ATOR

USING BELT

bulk handling
bucket ele vators

Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators using chain centrifuga! discharge

Elevator specifications
Elevotor
number

...

Type 1

Type 2

Copocityll.

Ma1dmum lump
Bucket

Size,
inches

size, inches

Spocing,
inches

Cho in
speed,
FPM

Tons per hour

Percentoge
of lumps

100

Material weight, pounds

per cubic foot

Cubic
feet
per hour

10

102
104
105
107
108
110
111
112
113
116
117
119
120
122
123
124
126
127
128
130
~ 31
132
133
134

202
204
205
207
208
210
211
212
213
216
217
219
220
222
'.:!23
224
226
227
228
230
23 1
232
233
234

6 )( 4
8 )( 5
8 )( 5
8 )( 5
8 )( 5
10 )( 6
10 )( 6
10 )( 6
10 )( 6
10 )( 6
12 )( 7
12 )( 7
12 )( 7
12 )( 7
14 )( 7
14 )( 7
14 )( 7
14 )( 7
14 )( 7
14 )( 7
16 )( 8
16 )( 8
16 )( 8
16 )( 8

13
16
16
16
16
16
16
18
18
16
18
16
18
16
19
18
16
19
18
16
19
18
19
18

225
230
230
260
260
230
230
268
28
260
268
260
306
304
260
268
260
304
306
304
262
248
304
306

Y2
3A
'A
'A
3A

1
1
1
1
1
1 'A
l 'A
l 'A
1 'A
l 'A
1 'A
1 'A
l 1A
l 'A
1 'A
1 Y2
l Y2
1 Y2
l Y2

so

350
1

2 y,
3
3
3
3
3 Y2
3 Y2
3 Y2
3\/2
3 y,
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2

4.9
9.5
9.5
10.7
10.7
16.3
16.3
16.9
16.9
18.3
26.9
29.2
30.5
34.l
29.8
32.3
35.3
34.8
36.9
41.3
44.4
44.4
51.4
54.6

280
540
540
612
612
936
936
960
960
1048
1536
1668
1744
1948
1700
1848
2016
1988
2112
2360
2540
2540
2940
3120

75

100

10.5
20.2
20.2
22.9
22.9
35.1
35.1
36.0
36.0
39.3
57.6
62.5
65.4
73.0
63.8
69.3
75.6
74.5
79.2
88.5
95.2
95.2
111 .0
117.0

14.0
27.0
27.0
30.6
30.6
46.8
46.8
48.0
48.0
52.4
76.8
83.4
87.2
97.4
85.0
92.4
100.8
99.4
105.6
118.0
127.0
127.0
147.0
156.0

7.0
13.5
13.5
15.3
15.3
23.4
23.4
24.0
24.0
26.2
38.4
41.7
43.6
48.7
42.5
46.2
50.4
49.7
52.8
59.0
63.5
63.5
73.5
78.0

M a ximu m elevator cent ers In feet far various slze head shafts
Elevotor
number

Material weight, pounds per cubic foot

...

Ty pe 1

102
104
105
107
108
11 0
1l l
112
113
116
11 7
11 9
120
122
123
124
126
127
128
130
131
132
133
134

35

Type 2

202
204
205
207
208
210
211
212
213
216
2 17
219
220
222
223
224
226
227
228
230
23 1
232
233
234

1 t14 I

50

75

100

Heod shoft diometer, inches

2~ 21~ 1 3~ 1 n1. 1 1~ 1 2~ j 2~ 1 3~ l 31~

11t14 I

2~ j 2~ 1 3~ j 3~ 1'~ 1 2~ j 2~ 1

60 . . . . ..
. . 60 . . . . . . . . 60 . . . . . . . . 60
60 . . . . . . . . 55 60 . . . . . . 50 60 . . . . .. 45 60
65 80 . . . . . . 60 80 . . . . . . 55 80 . . . . .. 50 80
60 . . . .
. . . . 55 60 . . . . . . 45 60 ..
. . . 40 60
- - -- ---- -- - - -. 65 So . . . . . . 60 80 . . . . . . 50 80 . . . . .. 45 80
40 60 . .
. . . . 35 60 . . . . . . 30 55 60 . . . . 25 45
30 55 80 . . . . 30 50 80 . . . . 25 45 80 . . .. 20 40
40 60 . .
. . . . 35 60 . . . . . . 30 55 60 . . .. 25 45
-- -- --- -- -- - - - -. 30 55 80 . . .. 25 50 80 . . . . 25 45 80 . .
. 20 40
35 60 . . . . . . 35 60 . . . . . . 25 50 60 . . .. 20 40
20 40 80 . . . .
. . 35 80 . . . . . . 30 65 80 . .
.. 25
25 45 60 . . . . 20 40 60 . . , _
30 60 . . . .
.
.
.
.
- - - - - - 30 75 80
- - 25 65 80 - - .. 25
20
.. 35 80
. . 40 60 . . . . . . 30 60 . . . . . . 25 60 . . . . .. 20
. . 30 60 . . . . . . 25 60 . . . . . . 20 55 60 . . . . . .
. . 30 70 80 . .
. 25 60 80 . . . . 20 50 80 . . . . . .
---- -- -- - - - -. - -. . ..
. . 35 60 . . . . . . 30 60 . . . . . . 20 55 60 . .
..
. . 30 60 . . . . . . 25 60 . .
. . . . 20 50 60 . . ..
. . 30 70 80 . . . . 25 60 80 . . . . 20 50 80 . . . . ..
. . . ..
. . 35 60 . . . . - . .- 25 60 . .
. . . 20 50 60 -. -- -- ----- --- -- - - - - - -. . . . . 50 60 . . . . . . 45 60 . . . . . . 35 60 . . . . ..
. . . . 40 70 80 . . . . 35 60 80 . . . . 30 50 80 . . . .
. . . . 45 60 . . . . . . 40 60 . . . . .. 30 55 60 . . . .
. . . . 40 60 80 . . . . 35 55 80 . . . . . . 45 80 .. . .

--

--

..t. Elevators regularly include head sholt machinery, foot shoft machinery,
chain, buckets, and cosings with dlscho rge spouts, olso curved bottom
p lates fo r Type 2. Specify elevotor number, sha ft centers ond Style l ar
2 discharge spout. Ba ll and roller bearing pillow blocks and takeups,
grovity tokeups, Salem buckets, drives, leed hoppers, backstops, service
p latforms ond lodders cen be fu rnished.
Style A malleable iron buckets. Style C malleoble iron buckets recommended for wet or sticky mat erial. Copocity ond horsepower using

-60
80
60
80
60
60
60
55
55
45
45
45
40
40
40
30
25
25
..

3~ ' 3'~

-- - -- - 80
80
60
60
70
60
60
70
60
50
40
45
40

--8080
60
75
60
70

Style C buckets directly proportionol to volume ond weight of material

carried in buckets.
ll. Bosed on buckets filled t o 75% of theoreticol copocity. Copacity
directly proportional to volume ond weight of material carried in buckets
ond choin speed. Freeflowlng moteriols connot be corried os hlgh in the
buckets os heovier or l ess fluffy materiols.
0 Light weight, fluffy or pulverized moteriols require 15 to 20% l ower
choin speeds thon those shown, for proper dischorge.

L 1 N K - BEL T 319

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 1 a nd 2 bucket elevators using chain ~ centrifuga! discharge

Elevator specifications
Eleva l ar

Horsepower al h eod sh oft

number

Material weight, paunds per cubic foat

Type 1

35

102
202
104
204
105
205
107
-108
- - - 207
208
110
210
111
2 11
112
212
- - 1 13
213
116
216
117
217
119
219
- - - --120
220
122
222
123
223
124
224
-126
226
127
227
128
228
130
- 131
-- 230
231
132
232
133
233
134
234

.12
.20
.20
.30
.30
.40
.40
.55
.55
.59
.72
.82
1.11
1.29
.86
.88
1.02
1.31
1.35
1.57
1.19
1.1 o
1.72
1.81

Eleva lar
number

.007
.0 13
.013
-.015
-.015
.022
.0 22
.023
.023
.025
.036
.040
.04 1
.046
.040
-.044
-.048
.047
.050
.056
--.060
.060
.070
.074

. 16
.27
.27
.43
.43
.57
.57
.79
.79
.9 1
1.02
1.18
1.81
1.85
1.24
1.25
1.46
1.80
1.92
2.26
1.69
1.57
2.45
2.62

Cha in
number

Type 2

102
104
105
107
108
110
111
112
11 3
116
117
119
120
122
123
124
126
127
128
130
131
132
133
134

75

202
204
205
207
208
210
211
212
213
216
217
219
220
222
223
224
226
227
228
230
231
232
233
234

e 188
C
SS
C
SS
C
SS

SS
C
SS
C
SS
C

SS
C

SS
C

e
SS

SS

10 2B
102B
10 2B
102 B
102B
102B
110
110
102 B
110
102B
110
102B
111
110
102B
111
110
102B
11 1
110
111
110

.0 10
.24
.019
.4 1
.0 19
.4 1
.02 1
.64
.0 21
.64
.032
.85
.03 2
.85
.033
1.18
.03 3
1.18
.036
1.36
.052
1.53
.057
1.77
- -- - .059
2.72
.066
2.78
.057
1.86
.063
2.00
- 2.19
.068
.067
2.70
.072
2.88
.080
3.39
--.086
2.54
.086
2.35
. 100
3.69
.106
3.93

---

inches

9%
11 3A
11 3A
11 3,4
11 3A
13 3A
13 3A
13 3A
13 3A
13 3.4
15 3A
15 %
15 3A
15 3.4
17 3.4
17 3,4
17 3A
17%
17 3,4
17 3A
19 3A
19 3,4
19 3A
19 3A

X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X

centers

.014
.028
.0 28
.03 1
.031
.047
.047
.0 49
--.0 49
.053
.078
.085
- -.089
.099
.086
.09 4
.103
.101
.107
120
-..129
-.128
.149
. 158

.32
.56
.56
.86
.86
1.13
1. 13
1.58
1.58
1.81
2.05
2.36
3.62
3.70
2.48
2.50
2.92
3.60
3.84
4.53
3.38
3.1 4
4.92
5.24

320 L 1 N K - B E L T

1 Per

dio meter

af spracket
wheel,
inches

foat

centers

.019
.037
.037
.041
.041
.063
.063
.065
--.065
.071
.103
.113
--.118
.1 32
.115
.125
.136
.1 34
.143
.160
--. 171
.17 1
.199
.2 11

Gauge af sleel casing

Speed,
RPM

43
43
43
41
41
43
43
41
41
41
41
41
38
38
41
41
41
38
38
38
41
41
38
38

20
20 !/,
20 \12
24 v.
24 1.4
20 \12
20 \12
25
25
24 v.
25
24 v.
30%
30 \12
24 v.
25
24 1.4
30 \12
30%
30 \12
24 v.
23
30 \12
30 3.4

35
39
39
42
42
42
42
48
48
48
48
48
54
54
48
48
48
54
54
54
48
48
54
54

14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14
14

nter

Baat

me di ate
sections

section

12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Pitch
dio meter
Dio meter,
af sprackel
inches
wheel,
inches

15
13
13
18
18
15 \12
15 \12
21 v.
21 v.
20 \12
17 \12
18
23 1.4
24 v.
18 v.
17 \12
18
24 v.
23 v.
24 v.
17
15 3.4
2 1 v.
21 v.

1 'll6
1 'll6
P A6
l 15A6
1 "A6
l 15A6
1 "A6
l ' 5A6
--l 15A6
1" A6
1"A6
l "A
2 3A6
2 3A6
2 3A6
2 3A
2 3A
2%
2%
2%
2 3A
2 3A
2 3A
2 3A

Appraximale
weighl,
paunds l!l

Head and
Haad

Elevators regulorly include head shalt machinery, foot shaft machinery,

chain, buckets, and casings with discha rge spouts, also curved bottom
plate for Type 2. Specify elevator number, shalt centers ond Style 1 or
Style 2 dlscharge spout. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks and takeups,
gravity takeups, Salem buckets, drives, leed hoppers. backstops, service
p la tforms and ladders can be furnlshed.
Based on buckets llled to 1003 o f theoreticol capacity. Horsepower
directly proportional to volume and weight of material carried in buckets
and chain speed.
O Head shaft for Type 1 elevator provided with Series 2-1200 babbitted
bearing pillow blocks. Head shaft for Type 2 elevator p rovid ed w ith

ermino 15

Casing
size
inside,

100

1
Per foat 1 T

. Is 1 Per foat 1 Termrnals

.
1 Per foat 1 Termmols
.
Termino
centers
centers

Typ e 2

Type 1

50

Faat sha ft ~

He ad shaft <)
Pitch

Discharge
spaul

casing, buckets
Terminals

ond choin,

perfoat cenlers

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

686
812
801
906
887
891
964
1035
1140
1020
11 39
1062
1451
1352
1352
1329
1220
156 9
1525
1387
1420
1454
1626
1734

58
73
74
82
83
88
91
91
92
92
98
100
10 4
105
107
10 2
104
112
107
109
118
120
123
120

Series GS 3100 babbitted bearing screw takeups.

Fool shaft for Type 1 elevata r provided with Series MS 2200 babbitted
bearing screw takeups. Foot shaft for Type 2 elevator provided with
Series 1000 babbitted beoring pillow blocks.
t Class 800 chains can be furnished instead of Class SS.
t Refer to Table 1 for corresponding casing mate rials for operating
conditlons.
(!J. Terminal weight based on average size head shaft. W eight odjustme nt
necessary if ga uge of casing is other than lsted above. Terminal weight
includes Style 1 or 2 discharge spout but not feed hopper.

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators using belt centrifuga! disc harge

Elevator specifications

...

Elevo tor numb er

Type 1

Type 2

Siz e,
inch es

speed ,
Spocing,
inch es

FPM
0

100

24 1
242
243
244

6x4
8 X 5
8 X 5
10 X 6

13
16
16
16

225
225
258
225

Y.t
:y.
:y.
1

10
2 Y.t
3
3
3Y.t

145
146
147
148

245
246
247
248

10
12
12
14

6
7
7
7

16
18
18
18

258
258
298
258

1
11;.
1 y.
1

149
152

249
252

14
16

7
8

18
18

29 8
298

1
l Y.t

X
X
X
X
X
X

Tom per hour

Cubic f eet
per hour

Percentoge of lumps

141
142
143
144

Ca oa city .

Maxi mum lump

sii;e, inches

Belt

Bucket

v.
v.

Ma te rial w eight, pounds p er cubic foot

280
534
608
910

3S0
4.9
9.3
10.7
15.9

3 Y.t
4
4
4

1046
1464
1696
1776

4
4 Y.t

2060
3040

so
7.0
13.4
15.2
22.8

105
20. 1
22.8
34.2

100
14.0
26.7
30. 4
45.5

18.3
25.6
29.7
31.l

26. 2
36.6
42.4
44.4

39.2
54.9
63.6
66.6

52. 3
73.2
84.8
88.8

36. l
53. 1

51.5
76.0

77.2
114.0

103.0
152.0

7S

Moximum elevator cente rs in fee t for various size head sha fts

...

Elevotor number

Type 1

Mate rial w eiqht, pounds per cubic foot

3S

Type 2

so

75

100

Heod shoft diometer, inches

JI~ 1 2~ 1 2 1 ~ 1 3~ 1 3 '~ 1 1 1 ~1 2 ~. 1 2 1 ~ 1 J ~. 1 3 1 ~ 1

14 1
142
143
144

241
242
243
244

80
80
80

55

..
..
..
80

145
146
147
148

245
246
247
248

50

80

30
..

50

..

45
35

80
80
80

149
152

249
252

..
..

30

..
..
..
..
..

..

..

..
..
..
..
..

..
..
..
..
..

80
80

..
..

75

80

40

75

80

70
45
40
30

80
80
80

75

80

..
..
..
..
.
..
.
..

25
..

70
45

80

. .
..

. .
..

35
20
..
..

80

..

50

80

..
..

..
..

..

..
..
..

..
..
..
..
..
..

"~ 1

'

..

75

'

80

2 1~

..
80
80
60

30

55

..

35
30
25

..
..

20
..

..
..

'

2~

80
70
65
30

..
..
..

3~

..
..

80

..
..

80
80

..
..

75

8:>
80

60

55

80
60

35

3 1~,

..
..

..
..
..
..
..

11~,

55

65
80

25

50

20

45
25
20

..
..

..

..

..

..
..

80

1 2fu 1

80
60

21~

70
65
60

..
..
..

Hors epower at he ad s haft

...

Elevotor number

Type 1

3S

Type 2

Te rmina Is

Pe r foot

centers

.007

50

1
Termino ls

Per foot

cente rs

7S
Terminals

cente rs

.91
1.20

.019
.036
.041
.062

20
20
24
20

RPM
43
43
41
43

.071
.099
115
. 120

24
24
30
24

. 139
.206

30
30

.12
. 19
.32
.42

.013
.015
.022

.18
.29
.45
.60

.010
.018
.021
.031

.27
.44

145
146
147
148

245
24 6
247
248

.60
.66
1.11
.93

.025
035
.040
.042

.85
l. 1
1.58
1.31

035
.050
.058
.060

1.27
1 63
2. 37
1.96

.086
.090

1.69
2. 18
3. 16
2.61

149
152

249
252

1 34
1.73

.049
.072

1.92
2.48

.065
. 103

2.88
3.72

. 109
. 154

3.84
4.98

...

Type 1

Type 1
1

Belt t
Width,
inches

Ply

Casing
s ize insid e ,
inches

.~e

. 90

Per foot

.36

.59

.053

.075

Hood
1

Head a nd
intermed iate
se ctio ns

Baot
sectia n

45
25

75
50

80
80

Sp eed ,

Pulley

diometer,
inches

Diametcr,
inche s

16
14
18
16

1,,
1 fu
l"ti

41
41
38
41

20
20
24
20

1"A.

38
38

24
22

1' ~

1 "~

2'"6
2'A.
2'A.
2~

Approxima te weight,
pounds l.!.l

Gouge of steel cosing t

dio meter,
inches

241
242
243
244

.014
.027
.031
046

Pulley

centers

Termina Is

141
142
143
144

Elevator number

Dischorge
spout

Termina Is

Casing ond
buckets, per

1 foot centers
52
65
70

5
5

l l :Y.x35
13:Y. X 39
13:Y. X 42
15'/4 X 42

14
14
14
14

12
12
12
12

10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10

868
855
1077
1090

11
13
13
15

6
6
7
6

15:Y. X
17:Y. X
17:Y. X
19'/4 X

48
48
54
48

14
14
14
14

12
12
12
12

10
l 'O
10
10

10
10
10
10

1264
1390
1659
1503

80
86
91
90

15
18

7
7

19%
22'/4

54
54

14
14

12
12

10
10

10
10

1778
1991

106

141
142
143
144

241
242
243
244

7
9
9
11

145
14 6
147
148

245
H6
247
248

149
152

249
252

4
4

X
X

Elevators regularly include heod shoh machinery, foo t shaft mochinery,

buckets, and cosings with discha rge spouts, olso curved bottom piafe s l ar
Type 2. Specily elevotor number, shoh centers ond Style 1 ar 2 dischorge
spouts. Belts, boll ond roller bearing pillow blocks ond takeups, grovity
tokeups, Solem buckets. drives, leed hoppers, bockstops, service plo tlorms
ond lodders con be furnished.
Style A molleoble ir on buckets. Style C malleoble i ron buckets recomme nd~d
lar wet ar sticky mate rial. Copacity ond ho rsepower, using Style C buckets,
directly proportionol to volume ond weight al material corried in buckets.
6 Bosed on buckets filled to 753 al theoreticol capacity. Copocity directly
proportionol to volume and weighl al material corried in buckets ond belt
speed. Free-flowing moteriols connot be carried os high in the buckets os
heovier a r less fluffy materlols.
0 Light w eight, luffy ar pulverized moteriqls require 15 to 203 lower bel t
speeds thon those shown, fa r proper discharge.

t>.dr foot

100

50

70
80
65

31 ~,

Foot shoft

Heod shoft O

Material weight, pounds p er cubic foot

1 3fu 1

75

95

Bosed on buckets filled to 1003 o f theore tico l copocity. Ho rsepower

di rectly proportio nol to volume and weight o f mate rial co rried in buckets
ond belt speed.
O Heod shoft far Type 1 elevato r provided with Series 2- 1200 bobbitted
bearing pillow blocks. Heod shoft far Type 2 elevator provided w ith Series
GS 3100 bobbitted bearing screw takeups.
Foot sholt lar Type 1 elevotor pro vided w ith Se ries M S 2200 ba bbitted
bearing screw tokeups. Foot shah lar Type 2 elevoto r pro vided with Series
1000 bobbitted bearing pillow blocks.
Number ol plies bosed on 32-ounce duck up to ond including 11" wide
belts and 35-ounce duck la r belts 13" ond w ide r.
Refe r to Table 1 far corresponding casi ng moteriols far vorious operoting
conditions.
!iJ Terminal w eight based on average size of heod shoft. Weight odjustment
necessary if gouge of casing is othe r than listed obove. Termina l weight
i ncludes Style 1 or 2 discharge spout but no t belt or feed ho pper.

L 1 N K - B E L T 321

bulk handling
bucket e leva t o r s

Types 1 and 2 bucket elevators centrifuga ! discharge

- E->--

1' '

Jo,
L

' /"-45

-~

D>-

6- >- -<K

STYLE 2

CENTERS

----4~1

~-:

2,.

DISCHARGE SPOUT
FOR BOTH TYPES
OF ELEVATORS

~o

45

[]J

STYLE 1

INSIDE

t- -x

~ /\

DISCHARGE
SPOUT

l~J

, .- :r-'L--X
-<-

1\

ill

-V

DISCHARGE
SPOUT
STYLE 1

INSIDE

LIFT

LIFT

1
1
1
1

!
1
1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1

'

f ig. 6122

Type 1 e levator

Type 2 elevator

Casing size
inside,
inches

9*x35
11 3Ax35
11 3Ax39
11 3Ax42

9*
11 *
11 *
l 1*

35
35
39
42

13 y,
15
15 v.
16 v.

1 Y2
1 Y2
1 Y2
2

17 Y2
17 Y2
19 Y2
21

13 JAx39
13 3Ax42
13 3Ax48
15 *x42

13 3A
1 3 3,4
13 JA
15 3,4

39
42
48
42

17 v.
18 v.
18 y,
20

1 y,
2
2
2

15 JAx48
15 3,4x54
17*x48
17 *x54

15 JA
15 *
17*
17 %

48
54
48
54

20 y,
20 y,
22 v.
22 y,

19*x48
19JAx54
223,4x54

19*
19'A
22 3A

48
54
54

24 y,
24
27 y,

G
1

INCHES

v.

v.

v.

Hove dimensions certified l or instollo tion purposes.

322 L 1 N K - B E L T

30 y,
30 Y2

32 y,
36 'A

19 Y2
19 Y2
21 Y2
24

25 Y2
25 Y2
28
32

27 'A
27 'A
29
30 'A

10
10
10
13

19 Y2
21
24
21

32 Y2
36 'A
40 Ya
36 'A

21 Y2
24
27 Y2
24

28
32
38
32

29
30 'A
33 'A
30 'A

10
13
15
13

2
2
2
2

14
27
24
27

40 Ya
45
40Va
45

27 Y2
31
27 Y2
31

38
42
38
42

33 'A
35 *
33 'A
35 3,4

15
17
15
17

2
2
2

24
27
27

40 Ya
45
45

27 Y2
31
31

38
42
42

33 'A
35*
35 3A

15
17
17

bulk handling
bucket e levators

Types 1 a nd 2 bucket elevators centrifuga! dischorge

Casing size

inside,

inches

9
11
11
11

M
1

AA
1

6
6
6
8

14 Y2
14 Y2
16 Y2
18

23 Y.
25 y.
25 y.
27 Y2

18 %
20 %
20 %
22 o/4

63 'h
63 'h
63 Y2
64

24 Y2
28 Y2
31
28 Y2

22
24
27
24

8 3,4
8 3,4
8 3,4
9 '14

6
8
8
8

16 Y2
18
21
18

27 y.
29 Y2
29 'h
31 'h

22
24
24
26

63 'h
64
64
64

3
4
3
4

31
35 Y2
33 6
35 Y2

27
29
27
29

9 3,4
93,4
10 '14
10 3.4

8
10
lO o
10

21
24
21
24

31 'h
34 y.
36 Y.t
36 y.

26 o/4
27 :v.
29 o/4 0
29 o/4

64
64
64
64

3
4
4

33
35 y,
35 Y2

27
29
29

11
113.4
13 1,4

10
10
10

21
24
24

38 y.
38 y.
41 y.

31 o/4
31 o/4
33 o/4

64
64
64

13 3.4x39
13 3Ax 42
13 3Ax48
15 3Ax42

3
3
3
3

15 3Ax48
15 3Ax54
17 3Ax48
l7 3,4x54
19 3Ax48
19 3.4x54
22 3,4x54

Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2

o/4
o/4
o/4
o/4

Oiame ter af head shaft, inches

Casing

1'~

1 z.

Y11.

2ji,

Y11.

z.

INCHES

9 '14x35
11 3Ax35
ll 'Ax39
11 3Ax42

12 s,

13 o/a
13 o/a
13 o/a

8%
9 Va
9 Va
9 Va

3
3
3
3

5
5

13 '14x39
13 3Ax42
13 3Ax48
15 3Ax42

14 o/a
14 o/a
14 o/a
15 o/a

10 %
10 %
10 %
11 %

3
3
3
3

15 '14x48
15 3Ax54
17 3Ax48
17 3Ax54

15 o/a

11 %

. .. .

16 o/a

1o o/a

o o/a

3 1-2
3 1-2

6
6

2 y,
2 Ya

2 v.
2 Va

5
5
5
5

1 3,4
1 3,4
1 3A
1 3,4

2 :y.
2 :y.
2 o/a
2 :y.

15 Va
15 Va
15%
16 Va

1 1 o/a
1 1 o/a
1 1 o/a
12 o/a

3 'h
3 'h
3 'h
3 'h

6
6
6
6

2 Ya
2 Ya
2 Ya
2 y,

2%
2 Va
2%
2 Va

2 :y.

16 Va
16 Va
17 Va
17 Va

12 o/a
12 o/a
13 o/a
13 o/a

3 'h
3 'h
3 'h
3 'h

6
6
6
6

2 Ya
2 Ya
2 Ya
2 Ya

2%
2%
2%
2%

18 Va
18 %

14 Sfa
14 %

3 'h
3 'h

6
6

2 Ya
2 Ya

2%
2%

12 %

. ...
. . ..
....

14 v.
14%

... .

... .

2 o/1
2 :y.
2:Y.
2 :y.

1 3.4
1 3,4
1 3A
1 3A

.. . .

... .
. ...

. ...

... .
....

... .

. ...

. ...

. ...

.. ..

1 3A

... .

1 3A

2 :y.

. ...

....

. ...

....

....

. ...

Diameter af head shaft, inches

Casing

inches

Type 2

6'14
7 3,4
7 3,4
73,4

24
24
24
28

size
inside,

Type 1

21 Y2
21 Y2
22
24

2 Y2
2 Y2
3
3

19 3Ax48
19 >Ax54

IN CHES

'14x35
'14x35
3Ax39
3Ax42

size
inside,
inches

2 ~

1w 1

3 1~

3~

Yll.

z.

1w 1

1 Y11. 1 z.

1w 1

1 Y11. 1 z.

INCHES

13 3Ax42
13 3.4 x48
15 3Ax42

17 o/a
17 %
18 %

12 :y. 4 'h
12 o/a 4 'h
13 o/a 4 Y2

7
7
7

2 Y2
2 Y2
2 Y2

3 Y2
3 Y2
3 Y2

15 3.4x 48
15 3.4x54
17 3.4x48
17 '14x54

18 o/a
18 Sfa
19 o/a
19 %

13 :y.
13 :y.
14 :y.
14 :y.

4 'h
4 'h
4 Y2
4 'h

7
7
7
7

2 Y2
2 Y2
2 Y2
2 Y2

3 Y2
3 Y2
3 Y2
3 Y2

20
20
21
21

14 1,4
14 1,4
15 1,4
15 y.

5
5
5
5

8
8
8
8

2 Va
2%
2%
2 Va

3 3A
3 3,4
3 3A
3 3A

23
23

16 y.
16 y.

6
6

10
10

3 Ya
3 Ya

4 Ya
4 Ya

19 3Ax 48
19 3Ax54
22 3Ax54

20 o/a
20 %
22 Ya

15 :y. 4 Y2
15 :y. 4 Y2
16 % 4 Y2

7
7
7

2 Y2
2 Y2
2 Y2

3 Y2
3 Y2
3 Y2

22
22
23 Y2

16 'A
16 'A
17 3.4

5
5
5

8
8
8

2%
2 Va
2 Va

3 3A
3 3,4
3 3A

24
24
25 y,

17 y.
17 y.
18 o/4

6
6
6

10
10
10

3 Ya
3 Ya
3 Ya

4 Ya
4 Ya
4 Ya

Hove dimensions certified for installation purposes.

1J. Bosed on Series 2 -1200 bobbifled beoring pillow blocks.

Bosed on Series GS 3100 babbilled beoring ta keups.

6 31" for elevators using belt.

o 8" far e levolors using belt.
t 33Vz" for elevolors using bel!.
0 28~ for e leva lar using bel!.

L 1 N K - B E L T 323

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 3 and 4 bucket elevators centrif ugol dischorge

Plates on top of hood

and front of spout
easily removed for - inspection and service

Head shaft mounted in

fixed pillow blocks
Discharge spout
- - - positioned for
clean discharge

Head shaft
mounted in
screw takeups

Rigid, jig-built casing,

- - - - - dust-tight casings
can be furnished

- - - --

Style HS steel buckets

with belt and Style A
malleable iron buc kets - -- - with chain assure
long, useful life

Sturdy steel boot

---with screw-adjust ed
foot shaft

Feed hopper and curved

bottom plate can
be furnished - TYPE 3 ELEVATOR

Sturdy steel boot

with fi xed foot shaft - -

TYPE 4 ELEV ATOR

324 L 1 N K - B E L T

31 11 lC

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 3 and 4 bucket elevators centrifuga! discharge

Elevator specifications Using chain
Elevatar
number

Bucket a

Chain speed,
FPM

Type
3

Type
4

301
302
303

401
402

Cha in
Spacing, number
inches

Size,
inches

403
404
405

304
305

Eleva lar
number

488
488

35

131
131
138
153
144

154
154
161
179
170

1 50

183
183
192
210
201

Cubic feet per haur

Tans per haur

Percenlage
af lumps

Material weight,
paunds per cubic faat

Material weight,
paunds per cubic faat

100 1 10
1~
'h
2
Y2
Y2
2 Y2
3
1
3 Y2

25 181 1 35e 1 50(!)

72
85
101
145
171
203
194
227
270
445
521
611
705
597
834

25 181 1 35e 1 50 E!l

.9
1.5
2 .0
1.8
5.1
3.0
2.7
4.0
6.8
5.6
9. 1
15.9
7 .5 12.4 21.9

Harsepower al head sh aft

Head shaftO

Faat shaft

Material weight,
paunds per cubic faat

Type Type
4
3
301
302
303
304
305

455
455
477

9 '!4
9'!4
11 Y2
13
15 o/a

Capacity

size, inches

Material weight,
paunds per cubic faat
25

4 x 2 '!4
5x3 1h
6x4
8x5
10x6

Maximum lump

401
402
403
404

405

Pitch
Speed, RPM
Pitch
dia meter
diameter
af
Diometer, Material weight,
af
Di a meter,
pounds per cu. ft. spracket inches
spracket inches
25
1
35
1
50
wheel,
Ter Per faat Ter Per faot Ter Per faat wheel,
25
35
50
inches
minalJ centers minalsl centers minalsl centers inches
1
1
1 7,i,
.02
.001
.02 .002 .04 .003
12.49
40 47 56 10.42
1 'll&
p~,
l 7,i,
.04 .003 .05 .004 .08 .006 12.49
40 47 56 10.42
.04 .003 .07 .005 .11 .008 14.66
1 7,i,
36
42
50 11.75
l 'll&
l 7,i,
l 7,i,
.l l
.007 . 17 .011
.29 .019
16. 68
35 41
48
13.37
.18
.010 .29 .016 .44 .026
l 7,i,
16.68
39
46
1 'll&t 33
13.37

Size
in ches

30
30

40
40
50

Appraximate
weight,
paundslil

Casingf

inside,

Maximum
elevatar
centers,
feet

Casing,
Gauge
buckets
Ter and chain,
af
sleel mino Is perfaat
centers

7'!4x24
9'!4x24
l l 1Ax30
l 3 1Ax36
15'!4x39

16
16
14
14
14

340
370
480

585
640

24
25
38

45
50

Elevator specifications Using belt

Elevatar

Belt0

Bucket

number

Maximum lump
size, inches
Speed, FPM

Type
3

Type

341
342
343
344
345

441
442
443
444

Size, Spacing, Width,

inches inches
inches

Ply

Material weight,
paunds per cubic faat
25

445

Elevatar
number
4

Type Type
3
4

341 441
342 442
343 443
344 444
345 445
4

181
e
(!)

3x3
5x3
6x4
8x5
1 0x6

10
10
11 V2
13
15

4
6
7
9
11

4
4
4
4
4

Harsepawer a l head sh afl

Percentage
af lumps

129
129
137
151
151

35 1 50
151
179
151
179
161
192
179
212
179
212

100

2
2
3
3

Head shaftO

Material weight,
paunds per cubic faat

10
1~

V2
Y2
V2

V2
V2

Capacity
Cubic feet per haur

Tans per haur

Material weight,
paunds per cubic faat

Material weight,
paunds per cubic foot

25 181 1 35e1 50(!)

63
76
91
109
130
155
268
280
331
500 595 684
825
975 1130

25 181
.8
1.4
3.3
6.2
10.3

Faat shaft

35e
1.3
2.3
4.9
10.4
17.0

Casingf

50E!l
2.3
3.9
7.8
17.0
28.2

Maximum
elevator
centers,
fe et

30
30

40
40
50

Appraximate
weighl,
paundslil

Speed, RPM
Pulley
Casing
Dio meter, Material weight,
Pulley Diometer,
Size
diameter
Gauge
and
inches
paunds
per
cu.
ft.
diameter,
inside,
Ter
inches
inches
af
buckets,
25
1
35
1
50
in
ches
inches
mina
Is
Ter Per faot Ter- Per faot Ter Per faot
steel
per faot
25
35
50
minalsl centers minalsl centers minalsl centers
centers
1
1
1 7,i,
12
48
.02
.00 1 .03 .002 .04 .003
41
57
12
l 'll&
345
21
7*x24 16
1 7,i,
1 7,i,
.03
.002 .04 .003 .07 .005
12
41
48 57
12
9*x24 16
395
23
1 7,i,
1 7,i, 11 *x30 14
.05 .004 .09 .006 . 14 .010
15
35 41 49
12
525
35
p _x,
1 7,i,
.12
.008 .20 .012 .34 .02 1
18
32
38
45
14
645
13 *x36 14
42
1 7,i, 15*x39 14
.013 .33 .020 .56 .034
18
32
45
14
38
.20
1 7A&t
725
47

Elevators regulorly include heod shoft mochinery, foot shoft mochinery,

choin, buckets and casings with dlschorge spouts. Specify elevotor
number and shofl centers. Orives, belts, curved bottom pioles, leed
hoppers, service platforms ond lodders con be lurnished.
HS buckets on belt e levators. Style "A" bucket on chain elevotors.
Bosed on buckets filled to 853 of theoreticol copocity for HS buckets
and 753 of theoreticol copocity for Style "A" buckets. Capacity directly
proportionol to volume of material corried in buckets ond choin or
belt speed.
Copocity reduced in direct proportion for materia Is lighter thon 25 pounds.
Copacity redoced in direct proportion for moteriols 26 pounds through
34 pounds.
Copocity reduced in direct proportion far moteriols 36 pounds through
49 pounds.
Bosed on HS buckets fil led to 853 and Style "A" buckets filled to 1003

t
O

f
lil

o f theoretical copocity. HP for weight ro nge listed and directly proportionol to volume of material corried in buckets and choin or be lt speed.
Heod shofts 1~ in diometer on elevotors with centers of 35 feet
ond over when handling material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foot.
Head sh<>ft for Type 3 elevotor provid ed with Series 2-1200 bobbitted
beoring pillow blocks. Heod shoft for Type 4 elevator provided with
Series MS 2200 bobbitted beoring screw tokeups.
Foot shoft for Type 3 elevator provided with Series MS 2200 ba bbitted
beoring screw tokeups. Foot shoft for Type 4 elevotor provided with
Series 1000 bobbitted beo ring pillow blocks.
Cosings mode only in the gouges listed. Con be furnished in golvonized
steel, stoinless steel, and Mone l.
Terminal weight includes dischorge spout but not feed hopper.
Number of plies bosed on 32-ounce duck up to and including 11 wide
belts.

L 1 N K - B E L T 325

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 3 and 4 bucket elevators centrif ugal discharge

J
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1
1 '

1
1
1

DISCHARGE
SPOUT

DISCHARGE
SPOUT

1
1

'

INSIDEk-A
1

INSIDEk-A
1

LIFT

CENTERS

LIFT

CENTERS

f BOLTS

!"soLTS
2"PROJECTION

11

2 PROJECTION
Fig. 6123

Type 3 e levator

Casing

size

A
1

inside,
inches

Type 4 elevator

D
1

G
1

M
1

R
1

T
1

IN CHES

7 3Ax24
9 3Ax 24
11 l,4x30

7 3A
9 l,4
11 3A

24
24
30

l OVa
12 %
14 %

27 \la
27 \/1
33 \/1

12
12
15

23
23
28 \la

12
12
15

18
18
21

21 \/2
2 1 y,
24 \/2

7
7
lo

l
l
1 \/2

21
21
23 \/2

17
17
19 \/2

5 3A
6 3A
7 l,4

9 \/2
9 \/2
12 \/2

203A
22 3.4
24 3A

17 Ya
l 9Ya
21 Ya

13 3Ax36
15 3Ax39

13 3.4
15 3A

36
39

16 %
18 Va

39 \la
42 \la

18
19 \/2

3 1 \la
34 3A

18
19 \/2

24

28 \/2

10
13

1 \/2
1 \/2

26
27 \/2

22
23 \/2

8 3A
9 3A

15 \/2
17

26 3A
28 3A

23 Ya
25 Ya

Diameter of head sh a ft, inches

Casing

size
inside,
inches

25 \/2 28 y,

v..

1'll

1
1

INCHES

7 3Ax24
9 3A x24
11 3Ax30

1 l " 116
l 2"A'
13 "A.

8 11;1,
9111,
1011;1,

2 Y.z
2 \/2
2 \/2

13 Ya
14 Ya
15 Ya

10 Ya
11 Y1
12 Ya

13 3Ax3 6
15 3Ax39

14 u1,
15 1%

l l 11;1,
12 11116

2 Y.z
2 Y.z

16 Ya
17 Va

13 Ya
14 Ya

Ho ve dimensions certin ed for installation purposes.

326 L 1 N K - B E L T

....

. .. .

... .
. ...

179116

131lA6

....
.. . .
.... . . . . . . . .
. .. . . . . . . . . .
3

. ... . ...
. .. . . ...
. ... . ...
.... . . . .
19 y.

15 'h

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 5 bucket elevators centrif ugal discha rge

Rubber lagged head pulley __

adds traction
Split removable
hood for accessibility
1

Head shaft supported

--independently of
casing

Discharge spout
can be furnished

All pillow blocks

and takeups provided
with roller bearings

Strong steel casing

- - - - - - - - of welded and dust-tight----construction

Style HS steel buckets with

-belt assure maximum
capacity

Removable panels
allow access t o - -bucket and b elt

Feed spout
can be furnished

Removable front
-and back plates fo r
access to boot
32564"8

Foot shaft
furnished with
_ _ gravity takeup
on elevators
50 foot centers
32563A
or more

3 25638

OFFSET LEG CASING

STRAIGHT LEG CASING

Sturdy steel boot with

screw adjusted foot s haft

L 1 N K - B E L T 327

bul k handling
bucket e levators

Type 5 bucket elevators centrif ugal discharge

Elevator sp e cifications
Bucket
Elevatar
number

Size,
inches

Belt
speed,

ISpocing,
inches

FPM
0

Maximum elevator centers in fe et for vari ous si z e head shafts O

Capacity6

Cubic
f e et
per hour

Bushels
per
hour

Head shoft diometer, inches

1Vt.

v..

1 2i.

100
90
70
50

100

2v..

3Vt.

31v,,

l 4Vt.

ov..

si.

5%

6Vt.

6v,.

Single r ow of bucket s

50 1
502

4x3 j
5x3

4 '/2
4 '12

370
370

560
71 0

450
560

503
504
505
506

5x4
6x4
7x4
8x4

6
6
6
6

440
440
4 40
440

11 80
1440
1700
1960

940
11 50
1360
1570

507
508
509
5 10
5 11
512

6 x5
7 x5
8x5
9x5
10x5
1 l x5

7 '12
7 '12
7 '/2
7 '/2
7 '/2
7 '12

540
540
540
540
540
540

2160
2570
2980
3390
3780
41 90

1730
2060
2390
27 10
3020
3350

5 13
5 14
5 15
5 16
517

8 x6
9x6
10x6
l lx6
12x6

9
9
9
9
9

650
650
650
650
650

4330
4950
5540
6140
6760

3460 ... . .
3960 . . . . .
4430 . . . . .
491 0 . . . . .
5400 . . . . .

518
519
520
521
522

10x7
JI x7
l 2x7
14x7
15x7

730
730
730
730
730

7400
8190
8840
10680
11470

5920
6550
7070
8540
9180

523
524
525

14x7
15x7
16x7

830
830
830

12 140
13040
13970

730
730
730
730
730

10 '/2
10 '12
10 '/2

1o \12
10 '/2

10 '/2

1o '12
10 '/2

50
50
30

.... .

... ..
.....
.....

65

..... 55
..... 45
..... 35
. .... 25
.. . .. . . . . .

120
11 0
100
85
70
55

160
145
130
120

180

130
11 0
90
75
60

180
170
150
135
120

160
170
180

. . . . . . . . . . ..... 50
. . . . . . . . . . . .... 40
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .....
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..

100
90
80
80
70

150
130
120
140
130

180
180
180
200
180

200
200
200

97 10
10 430
1 11 70

. . . . . ... . . . .... . ....

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
.... . . . . . . . ... . . . . . .

60
60
60

11 0
100
100

170
160
150

200
200
200

14800
16380
17670
21350
22940

11 830
13100
14 140
17080
18350

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 60
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 50
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... ......
.....
..... ......
.. . .. :~. :i: ...:

90
80
70
50
40

140
120
11 0
90
80

190
170
150
130
120

200
200
200
180
170

210
210

24280
26080
27930
31660

19420
20870
22340
25330

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... 70
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 60
. . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 60
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .....

120
110
100
80

160
150
140
120

210
200
180
160

210
200

.. ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . .... 80
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ..... 70
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . .. .. . . . .. 60
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .

110
95
80

150
130
120

190
170
150

210
210
2 10

75

110

140

2 10

. . . . . 65
. . . .. 50
. .. . . 40
. .... 30
.. .. . . . . . .

Double r o w of buckets

526
527
528
529
530

10x7
1 lx7
12x7
14x7
15x7

1o \12

531
532
533
534

14x7
15x7
16x7
l 8x7

10 '/2
10 '/2

10 '/2

830
830
830
830

535
536
537

20x7
22x7
24x7

10 '12
JO '/2
10 '12

830
830
830

35380
39050
42790

28300
31240
34230

538

24x7

JO '/2

920

47420

37940

10 '/2
10 '/2

1o '12

10 '/2

1o '/2

Ji,. Elevators regularly include heod shoft machinery. bend shoft mochinery,

foot shaft machinery, buckets ond casing. Specily elevator number and
shaft centers. Belts, drives, discharge spouts, feed hoppers, service
platforms and ladders can be furnished.
HS steel buckets.
0 Speeds listed recommended for eflicie nt o p e ration w ith minimum main-

3 28 L 1 N K - B E L T

!enance. Consult Link.Belt for speeds other than listed.

Based on buckets filled to 85% of theore tical capacity. Capacity directly
proportional to volume and weight of material corried in buckets and
belt speed.
o Bosed on buckets filled to 85% of theoretical capacity when handling
groin w e ighing 60 pounds per bushel.

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 5 bucket elevators centrifuga! discharge

Elevator speclfications
Elevoto r
numb er

Horsep ower
ot heod shoft
Per foot
cente rs

Termina ls

Heod shoft O
Pulley
Speed,
diometer,
RPM
inches

Foot shoft
Pulley
Diameter,
diamete r,
inches
inches

Belt
wid th,
inches

Cosing
size
inside
legs,
inches

Thickness of steel cosi ng

Hood

Heo
d 1 Boot
a nd
n termed_iate section
sect1o ns

Approximote
weight, p :>unds~

1Cosing and
Ter mina Is

buc~ets,

p er oot
centers

Single row of buckets

5

50 1
502

.23
.46

.015
.01 8

18
18

79
79

18
18

PA,
P A,

7x
8x

6~

6~

14 go .
14 go .

14 go.
14 go.

14 go .
14 ge.

432
440

17
18

503
504

.49
.63
.69
.86

.03 1
.039
.0 46
.0 5 7

24
24
24
24

70
70
70
70

24
24
24
24

1 7,-i,
1 7,-i,
1 7,-i,
1 'li6

6
7
8
9

8x
9x
l Ox
1lx

8 Y2
8 Y2
8 Y2
8 Y2

14
14
14
14

ge .
ge .
ge .
go .

14
14
14
14

ge.
ge .
ge .
ge .

14
14
14
14

ge .
go .
ge .
go.

727
7 33
7 39
745

23
25
27
28

.94

36
36
36
36
36
36

57
57
57
57
57
57

24
24
24
24
24
24

11.1A,
11.1A,
1 l i,
11.1A,
l 1.Si,
1 l i,

7
8
9
10
11
12

9x 10
10x 10
1 l x lO
13x 10
14x 10
15x 10

14
14
14
14
14
14

ge.
ge.
ge .
go.
go.
go.

14
14
14
14
14
14

ge .
ge .
go .
go .
g o.
g o.

12
12
12
12
12
12

ge .
ge.
ge.
ge.
go.
go.

12 40
1250
126 0
128 0
1290
1300

26
28
30
32
34
36

505
506
507
508
509
510
511
5 12

1.26
1.44
1.63
1.79

.057
.069
.080
.092
.103
.11 5

513
514
515
5 16
517

1.95
2.21
2.47
2.70
2.93

.126
. 138
. 149
.172
.184

48
48
48
48
48

52
52
52
52
52

30
30
30
30
30

l 1.Si,
l 1.1Ji6
11.1A,
11.1A,
1 l i,

9
10
11
12
13

11X11 3A
13x 1 1 3A
14x 11 3A
15x 11 3A
16x 11 3A

12
12
12
12
12

ge. 14 go .
ge. 14 go .
ge. 14 ge .
ge . 14 go .
go . 14 ge .

12
12
12
12
12

ge.
ge.
ge.
ge .
ge .

20 10
20 40
20 54
20 70
20 77

42
45
47
49
51

518
5 19
5 20
521
522

3. 10
3.45
3.79
4.48
4.83

. 195
.218
.23 0
.274
.299

60
60
60
60
60

47
47
47
47
47

36
36
36
36
36

2 'li6
2 7,-i,
2 7A,

11
12
13
16
17

14x l 3 Y2
15x l 3 Y2
16x l 3 Y2
19x l3 Y2
2 0x 13 Y2

12
12
12
12
12

go .
go .
ge.
ge .
ge .

10
10
10
10
10

ge .
go .
ge .
go .
ge.

3230
3255
32 80
3 3 55
3380

54
56
58
64
66

523
524
525

5.17
5.52

.322
. 345
.356

72
72
72

44
44
44

36
36
36

16
17
18

19x 13 Y2 12 ga .
2 0x l 3 Y2 12 ge.
22x 13 Y2 12 go .

431 0
4335
4385

65
67
71

26x13 Y2
28 x13 Y2
30x13 Y2
34x13 Y2
36x 13 Y2

12
12
12
12
12

85
90

12
12
12
12

1.1

5.75

2 1A,

2 7,-i,
2 7,-i,
2 11,

2 7,-i,

14
14
14
14
14

ge .
go .
ge .
go.
ga .

A6 in.

14 go .
14 go .
14 ge .

ge .
go.
go.
ge .
go .

14
14
14
14
14

go .
ge .
go .
ga.
go .

'A' in.

ge .
go .
ge.
go.

14
14
14
14

ga .
ge.
go .
go .

'A' in.

A, in.

Double row o f buckets

526
527
528
529
530

6.21
6.90
7 .59
8 .97
9.66

.391
.425
.471
.563
.598

60
60
60
60
60

47
47
47
47
47

36
36
36
36
36

2 7A,
2 7Ji6
2 7,-i,
2 7A'

22
24
26
30
32

531
532
533
534

10.35
11.0 4
11.50
13.45

.632
.678
.713
.839

72
72
72
72

44
44
44
44

36
36
36
36

2 7A'
2 7,-i,
2 7,-i,
2 7,-i,

30
32
34
38

34x13 Y2
36x l 3 Y2
38x13 Y2
42x 13 Y2

535
536
537

14.95
16.10
18 .17

.931
1.035
1.127

72
72
72

44
44
44

36
36
36

2 7,-i,
2 7,-i,
2 7,-i,

42
46

538

19.78

1.265

84

42

36

2 7,-i,

2 7A'

Elevators regularl y include head shalt machinery, bend shalt machine ry,
foot sholt machinery, buckets ond casing. Specily elevotor number and
sholt centers. Belts, drives, dischorge spouts, feed hoppers, service plotlorms ond lodders con be lurnished.
Bosed o n buckets filled to 853 o f theoreticol copocity when hand ling
grain weighing 60 pounds per bushel. HP directly proportionol to volume
and welght of material corried in buckets ond belt speed.
O Heod sholt provlded with roller beoring pillow blocks, Series 400 fe r
diometers thru 3~." ond Series 6800 lor lorger diometers.

A6
3A6
3A6
3A6

in.
in.
in.
in.

3 530
3580
3630
3730
4800

10 5
11 0

A,
/i6
3A6
3/i6

in.
in.
in.
in.

4685
4735
4 785
4885

10 4
109
114
124

14 go .
14 ge .
14 go .

'A' in.
3

50

46x13 Y2 12 go.
5 0x 13 Y2 12 ga .
54x13 Y2 12 go .

A6 in.
3A6 in.

4 985
5 085
5 185

134
144
154

50

54 x13 Y2 10 g o. 14 go.

'A& in.

7355

154

95

Foot sholt provided with roller beoring screw tokeups on elevotors with
centers up to 50 feet ond roller beoring grovity tokeup on elevotors
with c ~ nters o f 50 lee! o r over.
Refer to Table 1 fer corresponding casing moteriols for vorious ope roting condltions.
1!J Termino! weights bosed on overoge size heod shoft. Weight odjustment
necessory il cosing thickness is o ther thon listed obove. Terminal weight
does not include leed hoppers, dischorge spout o r belt.

L 1 N K - B E L T 329

bulk handling
bucket ele vators

Type 5 bucket elevators centrifuga! discharge

-F -

Zr

E- -

~A

~ : -..--i--.......~~

--1

>

Fig. 4918

LIFT

CENTERS

f'i

___:i._

Gravity take up

UFT

! s L.

+&<r,,...-tl"l"-1--.

--f--L-c)

MY '

d_

Fig. 4919

-rJ1.. R-R ~3t'---{BoLTS

lf_P_

Gravity takeup

2 PROJECTION

Stra ight leg casing

Elevators 501 thru 506
Eleval or

Offset leg casing

Elevators 507 thru 538

Fi g. 3717

l- A
___

B_ _ _c
______
F--''---G_ _ _
H_ _ _
K_ _ _ _ _
M--'l' --N
-'1_ P_ _ _a___R_ _ _s___T_'1_ x--'l_

number

501
502
503
504

Fig. 3716

Y
_

INCHES

7
8
8
9

61/4
101/4
33 14!/4 1 231/2 21/2
61/4 1 l l!/4
33 14!/4 231/2 21/2
81/2
11 !14
45 1 19
301/2 31/2
81/2
12!/4
45 19
301/2 31/2
505 10 8172 13!14 ---s-1_ 1_9_
301/2 3112
506
11
81/2
14114
45 19
301/2 31/2
507
9
10
12!14
60 27
421/2 1 41/2
508
10
10
13!/4
60 27
42112 41/2
-S09 - 1 1- _ 1_0_
14-.- ~----;=---- 421/2 41/2
510
13
10
16114
60 27
42112 41/2
511
14
10
17!/4
60 27
42112 41/2
512
15
10
18!14
60 27
42112 41/2
513
11
1 141/4 18 41 341/2 541/2 4112
514
13
11% 161/4
84 34112 1 541/2 41/2
515
14
11 %
17!14
84 341/2 541/2 4112
516
15
11% 18114
84 341/2 541/2 41/2
51716 11% 19114 8 4 341/2 541/2 41/2
518
14
13 1/2
17114
99 42
651/2 51/2
519
15
131/2 18!/4
99 42
1 651/2 51/2
520
16
131/2
19114
99 42
651/2 51/2
521
19
13112 22114 -w~ 65 1/2 51/2
522
20
13112
23 l,4
99 42
651/2 51/2
523
19
13112
22!/4
114 48
75
6
524
20
131/2
23!/4 11 4 48
75
6
525 2213~ 2'5114 lT'4 ----a-- ~ - 6-

!---:y..

Hove dimensions certified fo r instollotion purp oses.

330 L 1 N K - B E L T

281/2
28112
38
38

. ..
21
36
4%
6
11 !14
181/2
....
14
23
.. .
21
36
5!14
6
11!/4
191/2
. . ..
14
23
.. .
25
42
5114
6
16
191/2
....
19
27
. ..
25
42
5%
6
16
201/2
....
19
27
~ -.. -. ,25 42 ~ - 6- _1_6_
211/2 -.-.-. .- 19 27
38
...
25
42
6%
6
16
221/2
....
19
27
54
24
31
48
5%
12
18
211/a
18
23
33
54
24
31
48
6114
12
18
221/s
18
23
33
1----s- 24 _ 3_1_ ----a 6% ~ _1_8_
231/s _ 1_8_ _ 23 33
54
1 24
31
48
7%
12
18
251/a
18
23
33
54
24
31
48
8114
12
18
261/s
18
23
33
54
24
31
48
8%
12
18
271/a 18
23
33
~8'03860 6% 15 221/2 231/a 221/2 29 41
69
80
38
60
7%
15
22112 251/a 221/2
29
41
69
80
38
60
8 1/4
15
22112 261/a 22112
29
41
69
80
38
60
8%
15
221/2 271/a 221/2
29
41
~8'0386091/4_1_5_ 221/2
281/a 22112 2941
84
40
44 1 72
81/2
16
27
28o/a 23
36
47
84
40
44
72
9
16
27
29o/a 23
36
47
84
40
44
72
91/2
16
27
30o/a 23
36
47
a - - 4 0 4 4 7 2 - 11- - 16----;=-- 33o/a ~3647
1 84
40
44
72
111/2
16
27
34o/a 23
36
47
96
88
44
72
11
16
27
33% 23
36
47
96
88
44
72
111/2
16
27
34% 23
36
47
~--es -- 72 !21h' - 16- --;:---- 36% ~ 36 47

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 5 bucket elevators ce ntrifuga! discharg e

Elevotor 1 A
~um b e r

1 M

5 26
527
528
529

26
28
30
34

13 Y2
13 Y2
13 Y2
13 Y2

29 v..
3 1 v..
3 3 v..
37 !/.o

99
99
99
99

42
42
42
42

65 Y2
6 5 Y2
65 y,
65 Y2

5 Y2
5 y,
5 Y2
5 Y2

84
84
84
84

40
40
40
40

44
44
44
44

72
72

530
531
532
533

36
34
36
38

13 Y2
13 Y2
13 Y2
13 Y2

39
37
39
41

v..
v..
v..
v..

99
114
114
114

42
48
48
48

65 Y2

5 Y2

75
75
75

6
6
6

84
96
96
96

40
88
88
88

44
44
44
44

72
72
72

534
535
536
537

42
46

4 5 v..
49 v..
53 v..
57 !/.o

114
114
114
114

48
48
48
48

75
75
75
75

6
6
6
6

96
96
96
96

88
88
88
88

44
44
44
44

72
72
72

54

13 Y2
13 Y2
13 Y2
13 Y2

538

54

13 Y2

57 !/.o

132

54

87 V2

6 y,

108

136

44

50

u
Elevotor
number
50 1
502
503
504

505
506

507
508
509
5 10
5 11
51 2

12 3,4

13 v..
13 y.
..

...

... . .
. . . ..
.. . . .
... ..
.. ...
.. ...
. . . ..
. ...

9 :Va 2 Y2
9 l'.11 2 Y2
9 % 2 Y2

. . . .. . .. .
.. . .. . .. .
. . . .. . . . .
..... . . . .
. . . . . ....
..... . . . .
. . . .. .. ..
. . . . . ....
. ...

V 1

16
16
16
16

27
27
27
27

40%
42 %
44 %
48 %

23
23
23
23

36
36
36
36

47
47
47
47

19 Y2
18 Y2
19 Y2
20 Y2

16
16
16
16

27
27
27
27

50 %
48 %
50 %
52 %

23
23
23
23

36
36
36
36

47
47
47
47

72

22 Y2
24 v..
26 Y2
28 Y2

16
16
16
16

27
27
27
27

56 %
60 34
64 %
68 %

23
23
23
23

36
36
36
36

47
47
47
47

72

28 Y2

16

27

68 %

23

36

47

72
72

72

3
3
3
3

Y2
Y2
\l:i
112

..... . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . ....
. .. . . . . . . . .
16 Ya
17 Ya
18 Ya
17 Ya
18 Y1
19 y,
21 Ya
22 V1

5
5
5
5

5
5

. . . . ..... 5.

32 %
33 %

.. ...
.. . . .

10 Ya
10 Ya
... .
11 Ya
11 %
....
. ...
10
11 Y1
. ...
. ...
11 o/a
....
12 Y1
13 Ya
. ...
. . . . . . . . . ....
P A

.. . .

39 %
41 %
43 %
45 %
4 5%

14
14 Y2
15
15 Y2
14 Y2
15
15 'h
16
17

v.

v.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
. .. .

1" A
1" A
1 15/i&
1" A.
11.n.
11.n.
1" A.

16 3/a
15 3/a
15 %
16 3/a
] lSM 17 V.
1" A. 17 l'.11
.... 18 3/a

7
7
7
7

12 Y2 4 Y2
13 Y2 4 Y2
14
4 Y2
14 Y2 4 Y2
15
4 112
14
4 112
14 Y2 4 Y2

19 %
20 :Va
20 %
21 :Va
21 l'.11
20 r a
2 1 3/a

'I
'I

17 %
18 %
19 %
2 ~. 19 li'a
. ... 2 0%
. . . . 19 3/a
.... 19 %
2
2
2 711

'I
'I

24
3
3 'A 25
25 112
3
3 711 25
3 711 25 Y2
3 111, 26 'h
3 7.li& 28 112 ,
29 Y2
..
30112

' .3.'~.

Y2
'h
Y2
V2

7\l:i

"li

3
3 1.n.
3 .n.
3 .n.
3' %

v.

3~"

21 1i.
21 .n.
2 " .li&
2"A.
2 " A.
21 .n.
2 " .li&

4~

5 ~

3"A
1
3
1
3
3"A
3 " A
3 " A.
3 1s.n.
3 1s.n.

17 Ya 1 6
18 Ya 6
18 'la 6
18 Ya 6
18 'la 6
19 Y1 6
21 '/a 6
22 % 6
23 % 6

'I
'I

3 1511

4 ~

3 y,
3 'h
3 'h
3 'h
3
3 Y2
3 Y2

v.

2 711
2 1.n.
21.n.
2 1.n.
2 1.n.
2 711
2 711

13 Y2
14 112
15
15 \l:i
16
15
15 'h

V
1

3 ~

diometer heod shaft

3
3 711
3'A
3 'A.
3 711
3 'A.
3 711

5
5

diometer heod shoft

26 Ya
27 'la
28 Ya
27 'la
28 Ya
29 Ya
3 1 Ya
3 2 Ya
33 Ya

18 %
20 y.
20 %
20 y.
20%
21 %
23 %
24 %
25 %

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

22
23
23
22
22

112

Y2
Y2
\l:i

Y2
'h
'h
112

7 Y2
28 3/a 7 Y2
27 3/a 7 'h
28 3/a 7 'h
29 3/a

4 1.n. 43 % 32 %
4'.li& 45 3/a 34 %

7 \l:i

4 711 47 % 36 o/a
49 :Va 3 8 o/o
4
38 o/a
4 'A 49

:v.

9
9
9
9
9

% 16
% 16 Y2
r a 17
% 15 Y2
% 16

1 4~

2"A
2"A
21 .n.
2"A 21 :Va 15 \l:i

4 ~"

3 1.n.

diometer heod shoft

6
6
6
6
6

3 " A
3 1'.
3 " A
3 " A. 25 Ya
3"A 25 %

18 3/1
19
2 0%
19 r 1
20 3/1
2 1 3/a
23 %
24 3/a
25 lla

r.

4 71 28 Y2
4 71 29
4 ~. 28 Y2
4 711 29
4 '.li& 30
4 1.n. 32
4 1.n. 33
4 1.n. 34

6 112
6 \l:i

4~

4 'A

7 Y2 3 1s.n6
7 112
7 \l:i

7 'h
7 \l:i
7\l:i

7 Y2
7112

7 Y2

5~ diometer heod

31 .n. 37 Ya
31 s.n. 38 %
3 " A 37 %
3 " .li& 38 Ye
31 s.n. 39 Y1

6~

17%
18 y.

diomeler heo d shoft 1 5 ~ diomeler heod sho ft

V2 4 11i. 27

l 27 :v.

4 'A 36
4 'A 37
4 7.li& 36
4 '.li& 3 7
4 'A. 38

'I

v.

'I

5
5
5
5
5

15

8
8
8
8
8

v.

diometer heod shoft 1 3"114" diameter heo d shaft 1

diometer heod shoft 1 5 114 diomeler heod shoft 1

41 o/o 32 %
43 o/a 34 3/a
45 Ya 36 :Va
47 o/a 38 3/a
47 o/a 38 %

12 y, 4 \l:i
13
4
14
4 Y2
14 Y2 4 Y2

17 l'.11
1s r 1
19 3/a
19 l'.11

diomeler heod sho ft 1 4"114" diomel er heod shoft 1

y.
y.
y.
y.
y.

12
11
11 'h
12
13
13
14

2"114" diometer heo d shoft 1

31 s1i6
25 % 1 6
35 Ya 127 % 1 6 Y2
31s.n6 36 Ya 28 % 6 Y2
2 6% 6
35 Ya 27 % 6 \l:i
... . .
.. .. . . .. ..... 36 Ya 2 8 % 6 Y2
. . ......... 37 Ya 29 % 6 'h

31
33
35
37
37

diomeler heod shoft 1 2 1 ~ diomeler heod shaf t 1

1 2 ~

diometer heod shoft 1 3"114" diometer heod shoft 1

22
23
24
23
24
25
27
28
.

1"114" diomeler heod shoft

l 11
1 711

4"114" diometer heod shoft 1

5 34
5 35
5 36
537
5 38

dia meter heod shoft

16 % 12
17 % 13
17 li'a 13 Y2
18 % 14

3"114" diometer heod shoft 1

529
530
53 1
5 32
533

14 Y2
15 Y2
16 Y2
18 Y2

INCHES

3 ~"
520
521
5 22
523
524
525
526
527
528

V
1

1~ diomeler heod shoft

2 ~"
5 13
5 14
515
516
517
518
5 19

~----'~~~~~-'-~~'--~'--~~~~-'-~---'-IN
_
C
_
HES-'-~-'-~-'-~~--'-~-'-~-'-~~-'-~-'-~~~-

28 :Va
29 3/a
2 8 :Va
29 :V1
3 0 3/a

3 1.n.

3"A
3 151,
3 1%
31 s.n.
31
33 Y1 24 % 8
8
3"A. 34 o/a 2 5
31 s.n. 35 % 2 6 :V1 8

;1.

:v.

4 1.n.
4 'A

shofl 1 5"114" diometer heod shoft

4 'A 39 :Va 28 o/o
29 %
4 711 4 0
4 ~ 39 % 28 %
4 ~ 4 0 3/a 29 Y1
4'.li& 4 1 % 30 o/a

8
8
8
8
8

4 1.n.

:v.

9
9
9
9
9

4"/i
1
4
41
41 .n.
4 .n.

'I
'I

diomeler heod shoft 1 6"114" diometer heod sho ft

4 1s.n. 45 %
4 " 1 47%
4 " A. 49 3/a
4".li& 51 :Va
4 " A 5 1 3/a

33 %
35 %
37 o/a
39 %
39 Y1

9%
9%
9%
9
9%

:v.

41 s.n6
4"A
4 " A
4 " A
4 "A

48 3/a 36 V1 10112 5 7A
50 3/a 38 Y1 10 \l:i 5 7A
5 2 % 40 Y1 10 112 5'1
52 :v. 40 V1 10 'h 5'A

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 331

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 6 bucket elevators positive discharge

Large head sprockets
insure positive discharge
Split removable hood
- - for accessibility

Head shaft
supports reinforced - to provide rigidity

:i- - - - - Head shaft mounted

in fixed pillow blocks

L Discharge spout positioned

for clean discharge

Bolted panels both sides 1

afford access to snub shaft

Rigid, strong, jig-built steel

casing-dust-tight casings - can be furnished

Style A malleable iron

- - - - - bucke ts with malleable iron
chains prolong useful life
Clamped removable
door for assembly
and inspection of
buckets and chain

Feed hopper can

be furnished----

- -Foot shaft adjustment

by convenient---screw takeups

20171C

332 L 1 N K - B E L T

Sturdy well-proportioned
boot with removable plates
at front and back

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 6 bucket elevators positive discharge

Elevator specificatio ns
Bucket
Elevo ter
number

...

Size,
inches

Spocing,
inches

691
692
693
694

8x5x5 Y,
1Ox6x6 V2
12x6x6 V2
14x8x8 V2

20
20
20
24

120
120
120
120

695
696
697
698

16x8x8 V2
18x8x8 V2
20x8x8 V2
24x8x8 V2

24
24
24
24

120
120
120
120

35

number

...

695
696
697
698

Elevator
number

size, inches
Percentoge
of lumps
100
10
1

3A
1
1 \4
1 \4
1 V2
1 V2
1 3A

3
3 V2
3 V2
4

220
380
460
800

35
4
7
8
14

4 V2

920
1060
11 60
1380

16
18
20
24

4 v.
5
5

H4

50

1 1 ~6 1 2'll6 1 2 1 ~6 1 3 'll6 1 1 1 ~6
80 .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . 80

65
60
35

. . . . . ..... 55
. . . . . .....
55
80 .... . 30

80
80
65
60

30
30
30
25

.....
.....

55
50

80
80
80

.....

45

75

80

30
25
25
20

2'll6

1 21 ~ 1

3 'll6 1 1 1 ~6
. . . . . 70

....

. .. ..

80
80

. . . . . . . . . . 50
. .... . ... . 45
80

. ....

50

80

. . . . . 25

45
45
40

75

55

2'll6
80
80

23
26
29
34

75
8
15
17
30

100

11
19
23
40

34

46
53
58
69

40
44
52

25

45

. ....

45
40
35
30

3 'll6 1 3 1 ~6 1
. .... . . . . . . . . . .
. .... . . . .. . .. ..
80 . . . . . . .. ..
75
80 . .. . .
70
65
60

80
80
80

. ....

50

75

80

Pitch
di a meter
af >procket,
IPer footlT
IPer footlT
/Per footlT
/Per foot
T
.
.
.
.
inches
erm1no 1s centers erm1na 1s centen ermma 1s centers e rmina 1s centers

50

75

100

15
15
15
15

17 V2
17 V2
17V1
17%

.015
.026
.030

695
696
697
698

.636
.726
.805
.943

.02 1
.025
.027
.032

.910
1.049
1.100
1.372

.031
.035
.039
.046

1.367
1.56 1
1.724
2.030

.046
.053
.059
.069

1.819
2.080
2.300
2.728

Bucket
wing
number

size
inside,
inches

Gouge of sleel casing t

Haod

1 Head and l
interm~diate

sed1ons

Boot
section

3 'l\6

1 31 ~

80
80
65

80

60

80
80

55

75

45
45

80
80

65

Foot shaft

Pitch
Pitch
di a meter Di a meter. di a meter Dia meter,
of sprocket, inches of sprocket, in ches
inches
inches

30 3A
30 3A
30 3A
30 3A

.298
.5 14
.596
1.558

Number

Speed,
RPM

.062
.07 1
.078
.093

.0 11
.0 19
.023
.04 1

35
35
30
25

Snub shaft f

.055

.220
.375
.417
1.139

75
70
40

. ...
.....

11 3A
11 3,4
11 3A
17 V2

.007
.013
.015
.027

1
1 2 ~6 1

80

20
20

19
19
19
15

.144
.2 50
.298
.793

Casing

65
45
40
25

24 V2
24 V2
24 V2
30%

.005
.009
.011
.0 19

Choin

1 1 ~6 1 2'll6

. . . ..
. . .. . .

He ad shaft O

Horsepower et h e ad shaft
Material weight, pounds per cubic foot

35

100

1
1 2 ~6 1

75

20
20

80
80
80

70
65

.1 11
.178
.207
.5 15

...

50
6
10
11
20

75
1
Heod shoft diameter, inches

691
692
693
694

Elevalor
number

Cubic
feet
per
hour

Moximum elevator centers in fe et for vorious ixe heod halls

Material weight, pounds per cubic foot

Elevotor

691
692
693
694

CopocilyLI.
Tons per hour
Material weight, pounds
per cubic foot

Maximum lump
Cho in
speed,
FPM

Discharge
spout

1 'li6
l 1SJ16

16 3A
16 3A
16 3A
25

1 u.11,
11SJl6
l 1SJl6
2 3.116

11SJl6
l 1SJ16
1 u.11,
1111,

25
25
25
25

2 3116
23116
2 3.116
2 3.116

1 'li6

17116

Approximote weight, pounds

l!l
Casing, buckets
Termina ls
and cha in, per
foot cenlers

69 1
692
693
694

483
483
483
730

39A
5A
5A
6A

20 V2x30
22 V2x30
24 V2x30
28 V2x42

14
14
14
14

12
12
12
12

10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10

10 85
1124
1163
2 153

81
87
90
13 1

695
696
697
698

730
730
730
730

6A
6A
6A
6A

30 V2x42
32 ll> x42
34 V2x42
38 ll> x42

14
14
14
14

12
12
12
12

10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10

2187
2219
2272
2338

135
139
144
152

.6. Elevators regularly include head shaft mochinery, snub shaft machinery,
foot shaft mochinery, choin, buckets, and casings with discharge spouts.
Specify elevator number, shaft centers and Style 1 or 2 discharge spout.
Boll and roller bearing pillow blocks ond takeups, grovity takeups, Salem
buckets, drives, leed hoppers. backstops, service platforms ond ladders
con be furnished.
Style A malleable iron buckets.
LI. Bosed on buckets filled to 753 of theo reticol copacity.
Capacity directly proportionol to volume and weight of materia l corried
in buckets ond choin speed.
Bosed on buckets being filled to 1003 o f theoreticol copocity. Horse-

:j:
00

power directly proportional to volume and weight of mate ria l carried

in buckets ond choin speed.
Head shaft p rovided with Series 2- 1200 bobbitted beoring pillow blocks.
Snub shoft provided with Series 1000 babbitted bearing pillow blocks.
Foot sha ft provided wi th Series MS 2200 bobbitted bearing screw
toke ups.
Refer to Table 1 far corresponding casing moteriols far various operoting
conditions.
Terminal weight based on average size of head shaft. Weight odjustment
necessory if casing thickness is other thon listed above. Terminal weight
includes Style 1 or 2 dischorge spout but no t feed hopper.

L 1 N K - B E L T 333

bul k handling
bucket elevato rs

Type 6 bucket elevators positive discharge

y

'

.-..-~~"-~

J .l?f=;i~

5-0

L ~~~~

DISCHARGE
SPOUT

STYLE 2

i\

LIFT

i 11

1111.
AA

~4

~ BOLTS
2' PROJECTION
Fig. 3724

Elevotor

A
1

number

E
1

AA
1

INCHES

691
692
693
694

20 y,
22 Y2
24 Y2
28 Y2

30
30
30
42

23 %
25 'l'1
27%
32 %

1 y,
l y,
l y,
2

15
15
15
21

24
24
24
31 l4

v.
v.
v.

22
22
22
28

29
29
29
36

13
13
13
17

3 Va
3 v.
3 'l'a
2%

25
25
25
32 y,

12 Ye
13 Ya
14 Ye
16 Ya

8
8
8
10

12
12
12
18

695
6 96
697
698

30 Y2
32 Y2
34 Y2
38 Y2

42
42
42
42

34 'l'1
36 'l'1
38 %
42 'l'1

2
2
2
2

21
21
21
21

31 y,
31 l4
3 1 l4
31 l4

28
28
28
28

36
36
36
36

17
17
17
17

2 v.
2 v.
2%
2%

32
32
32
32

17 Ya
18 Ya
19 Ya
21 Ya

10
10
10
10

18
18
18
18

y,
Y2
Y2
Y2

36
38
40
46

63 Y2
63 Y2
63 Y2
64

v.
48 v.
50%
52 :v.
56 v.

64
64
64
64

Diometer of heod shoft, inc hes

1 ~

2~

Ele valor
number

69 1
692
693
694

17 Y2
18 Y2
19 y,
21 y,

13 3A
14 3,4
15 3,4
17 3A

3
3
3
3

1 3A
1 3A
1 3A
1 3A

18 'l'1 14 5/ 1 13 Y2
19 'l'1 15 o/1 3 y,
20 'l'1 16 o/1 3 y,
22 'l'1 18 o/a 3 y,

695
696
697
698

22 y, 18 3A
23 Y2 19 3A
24 y, 20 3A
26 y, 22 3A

3
3
3
3

1 3,4
1 l,4
1 l,4
1 3A

23 'l'1
24 'l'1
25 'l'1
27%

W 1 Y,.

Y&

2~
V
1W1 Y,.

3~

3'1'1.

lwl

Y&

\ wl

Y&

23 '.4
24 3/e
26 3/e

8
6
6

3 Ya
3 Ya
3 Ya

IN CHES

19 o/a
20 o/a
21 o/1
23 o/1

3
3
3
3

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

,. Bosed on Series 2 - 1200 bobbitted beoring pillow blocks.

334 L 1 N K - B E L T

y,
y,
Y2
Y2

2 Ya
2 Y1
2 Y1
2 Y1

21
22
24

2 Y1
2 y.
2 Y1
2 Y1

25 3,4
26 3,4
27 lf.t
29 y.

v.
v.
v.

16 y, 4 y, 2 Y2
17 y, 4 y, 2 y,
19 Y2 4 Y2 2 Y2

26 \4

20 y,

2 V1

4 y,
4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2

27 \4
28 \4
29 y,
31 l4

21 y,
22 1/2
23 Y2
25 Y2

5
5
5
5

2
2 Va
2%
2 V1

20 y,
21 Y2
22 Y2
24 Y2

2 Y2
2 Y2
2 Y2
2 Y2

v.

31 '.4
31 'la
33 'la

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators continuous buckets

. - - - - - - - - - - - - - Split removable hood
for accessib ility

- - Head shaft mounted

in fixed pillow blocks

Head shaft mounted - - in screw takeups

Discharge spout
positioned for
clean discharge

- - - - - - Rigid, strong, jig-built steel casing- - - -- - dust-tight casings can be furnished

Style MF continuous steel

- - - - - - - - - buckets with rugged chain - - - - - - - provide trouble-free service

Clamped removable door

- - - - - - - - - for assembly, inspection
and service

- - - - - - - - Removable piafes at front

and back for access to boot

Loading leg
----reduces d igging
in boot
Sturdy steel boot
- - - - with screw-adjusted
foot shaft

TYPE 7 ELEVATOR

Feed hopper can _ _ _ _ __

be furnished

Sturdy steel boot _ __

with fixed foot
shaft and curved
bottom piafe
TYPE 8 ELEVA TOR

L 1 N K - B E L T 335

bulk handling
bucket e l evators

Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators continuo us buckets

Elevator s pecifica t ions
Bucket
Elevator
number

Gauge
of steel

S ize,
inches

Spocing,
i nches

Tons per hour

Cubic
feet
per
hour

Tyoe 7
Percentage
of lumas
10() 1 10

766
767
768
769

866
867
868
869

8x5x
8x5x
10x5x
10x5x

7 3A
7 3A
7 3A
7 3A

12
12
12
12

8
8
8
8

125
125
125
125

770
771
772
773

870
87 1
872
873

10x7x11 Ya
10x7x1 1 Ya
l 2x7x 11 Ya
12x7x11Ya

12
12
10
10

12
12
12
12

125
125
125
125

1
1
1
1

3
3
3
3

774
775
776
777

874
875
876
877

14x7xl1Ya
14x7xl l Ya
12x8x11 o/a
l 2x8x 11 o/a

10
10
10
10

12
12
12
12

125
125
125
125

l
l
l l4
l l4

3
3
4
4

778
779
780
781

Capacit y l'.'.

Maxim um lu mp
si z e, inches

Cha in
speed ,
FPM

o/.
o/.

:y.,
:y.,

Type

350

2 Y2
2 \/2
2 \/2
2 \/2

"O
Q)

..<:.

2
V

14x8xl 1 Ya
14x8x 11 Ya
16x8x 11 Ya
16x8xl 1 Ya

10
10
10
10

12
12
l 2 \fa
12

125
125
125
125

l
l
l
l

Y2
\/2

4
4
4 Y2
4 \/2

782 882
783 883

18x8x l 1 Ya
18x8xl 1 Ya

10
10

12 \fa
12

125
12 5

l \/2
l y,

4 y,
4 y,

25
25
32
32

34
34
42
42

1080
1080
1300
1300

1<
19
23
23

27
27
32

41
41
49
49

54
54
65
65

1520
1520
1560
1560

26
26
27
27

38
38
39
39

57
57
58
58

76
76
78
78

1820
1820
2080
2080

32
32
36
36

45
45
52
52

68
68
78
78

91
91
104
104

2340
2340

41
41

58
58

88
88

117
117

oE

"O

ti

Q)

e;:

o
u..

100

17
17
21
21

Qj

75

12
12
15
15

.!:

50

680
680
840
840

..<:.

2
a.
::>

878
879
880
881

l4
l4

Material weight, p ounds

per cubic foo t

32

M a x i m um elev a tor ce nters i n fe et for vari o u siz e h ead sh afts

Material weight, pounds per cubic foat

Elevator

35

number

50

75

100

Head shoft d iamet er, inches

111. \ 27,,

I 2 +1. I 37,, 3'f 1 4',, j 1 r.. I 27,, 2 ri. 3 7,, I 3%

1

..

766 1866
767 867
768 868
769 869

40
45
30
35

60
70
60
65

70

..
..
..
..

..

. .
. .

..
..

..

770 870
771 871
772 872
773 , 873

30
25
25
20

55
50
45
40

60
70
60
65

..
..
. .
70

..
..
..

..

774
775
776
777

874
875
876
877

20
20
20
..

40
35
40
30

60
60
60
50

..
70
..
70

..

778
779
780
78 1

878 . .
879 . .
880 . .
881 . .

30
25
20
25

50
45
35
40

782 1882 . .
783 883 . .

20
20

30
35

..

..

336 L 1 N K - B E L T

..

30

55

70

..

..

25

45

70

..

..

..

..

20
..
..
..

35
30
30
25

55
55
50
45

60
70
60
70

. . . . ..
. . . . ..
. . . . ..

45
40
40
35

60
60
60
60

70

..

25
25
25
20

..
80
..
80

..

20

35

55

60

..

..
..

25
25

40
45

55
60

60
80

60
80

.. ..

20
25

35
35

50
50

60
70

35
35
30

60
55
50

70
60
70

60
55
55
50

..
70
60
70

..
..
..
..

..
.. ..
..
..

..

30
30
30
25

50
45
45
40

60
70
60
65

70

..

45
40
35
35

60
65
55
55

..
80
60
75

..
. .
..
80

..
..
..

..

25
20
20
20

40
35
30
30

60
55
45
50

..
75
60
65

. . . . 30 45 60 . . . .
. . 20 30 50 65 80 . .

..
..

25
25

40
40

55
55

..

..
..
..
..

20
20
20
..

35
30
35
30

60
70
60
60

..
80
..
80

..
..
..
..

..
..
..
..

30
25
20
20

50
55

60
75

..
80

..

..
..
..

..

..
70
60
70

..
..
..
. .

4~

. . 30 50 60

20
20
..

. .

..
..

. . 20 40 60 . .

60
70
60
60

..

Elevators regulorly include heod shoft mochinery, foot shoft mochinery,

choin, buckets, ond cosings with dischorge spouts ond curved bottom
pioles for Type 8. Specify elevotor number, shoft centers ond Style 1
or 2 dischorge spout. Boll ond roller beoring pillow blocks ond tokeups,
drives, feed hoppers, bockstops. service plotforms ond lodders con be
furnished.
Style MF, medium front, continuous steel buckets.

60
65
45
50

..
..
..
..

50
45
40
35

..
..

30
35
25
25

..
..
70

25
25
20
20

. .

.
..
..
..

2r" I 3f 13 r.. \ 4~, l 1r.. I 2 7,, I 2~ 13',, 1 3 +1.

..

60
70

.. . .

27,,

..
..

60
70
55
60

. .

11 1 ~.1

..
..
..
..

..

35
40
30
30

..

1 4 ',,

..

.. 25 40 60

. . ..

.. ..

70

.. 20 30 50 70 80
..
..

0 When handling light weight, fluffy or pulverized mote riols, choin speeds
moy be increosed to 160 to 175 FPM occording to the luffy noture of
the material, to provide greoter copocity.
6 Bosed on buckets filled to 753 of theoreticol copocity. Copocity directly
proportionol to volume ond wei:;ht of material corried in buckets ond
choin speed. Free-lowing moteriols connot be corrled as high in the
buckets os heovier or less luffy moteriols.

bulk handling
bucket e levato rs

Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators continu ous b uckets

Elevator speclfications
Ho rse pow er a l head s ha ft
Ele vo la r
number
.A

Heod shoft O

Foo t shoft

Material weig hl, pounds per cubic foot

Pitch
di a me ter
of
. Is IPe r foot
sprocket,
. Is IPe r fool
Term .1na Is rer foot
Terminols Per ~001
Te rmino
f
Termino
f
f
inches
Ty pe 7 1Ty pe 8 ce:te rs Type 7 JType 8 ce:ler." Type 7 Type 8 cenlers Ty pe 71Type 8 ce:te rs

so

35

75

100

Sp e ed,
RPM

Pitch
dio me te r
Dio meter,
of
inch e s
sp rocke t,
inches

7 66
7 67
7 68
769

8 66
8 67
8 68
869

.100
. 100
. 100
.100

.257
.257
.309
.309

.0 16
.0 16
.020
.020

.1 00
.100
.100
.100

.352
.352
.441
.441

.0 23
.023
.0 28
.028

.1 00
.1 00
.100
.100

.53 0
.5 3 0
.662
.662

.034
.03 4
.043
.0 43

. 100
.100
.1 00
.1 00

.70 9
.709
.880
.880

.045
.045
.057
.057

20 V2
20 112
20 V2
20112

23.4
23.4
23.4
23.4

14 \/4
14 '.4
14 '.4
14 '.4

1'.116
P ;\6
1'116
1'116

770
771
772
773

870
871
872
87 3

.125
.125
.13 1
. 13 1

.550
.550
.7 17
.7 17

.0 25
.025
.031
.031

.136
.136
.144
.144

.795
.795
.957
.957

.036
.036
.044
.044

.155
.155
.165
.165

1.172
1.172
1.464
1.464

.055
.055
.065
.065

.1 73
.173
.187
.187

1.590
1.590
1.9 48
1.948

.073
.073
.0 87
.087

25
25
25
25

19.1
19.1
19.1
19. l

19 112
19 112
19 V2
19 'h

11s;16
115116
115;16
11 s;16

774
775
776
777

87 4
875
876
877

.135
.135
.236
.236

.804
.80 4
.743
.743

.035
.035
.036
.036

.151
. 151
.252
.25 2

1.146
1.146
1.070
1.070

.051
.051
.052
.052

.177
. 177
.278
.278

1.740
1.740
1.590
1.590

.077
.077
.078
.078

.2 10 2.5 00
.2 10 2.5 00
.3 0 4 2.063
.3 0 4 2.063

.102
.102
.104
. 104

25
25
25
25

19.1
19. 1
19.1
19.1

19 112
19 'h
17 V2
17 V2

l ";16
115;\6
2%
2 3;\6

778
779
780
781

878
879
8 80
88 1

.243
.243
.252
.252

1.134
1.1 34
1.25 0
1.250

.043
.0 43
.0 52
.052

.26 1
.261
.270
.27 0

1.242
1.242
1.406
1.406

.061
.061
.07 0
.070

.292
.292
.305
.305

1.857
1.857
2.040
2.040

.092
.092
. 105
.105

.323
.323
.340
.3 40

.123
.123
.140
.140

25
25
25
25

19. 1
19.1
19.l
19. 1

17 'h
17 'h
17 %
17 'h

2 3116
2%
2%
2%

782
783

882
883

.255 1.11 o .055

.255 1. 11 o .055

.358 3.200 .157

.358 3.200 . 157

25
25

19. 1
19.1

17 %
17 'h

2 3;\6
2 3;\6

Elevato r
number
.A

Cho in
num ber

.278 1.595 .078

.278 1.595 .078

.319 2.385 . 11 9
.3 19 2.385 .11 9

2.482
2.482
2.362
2.362

Appro ximote weight,

pound slll

G ouge o f sleel ca sing t

Casing
size
inside,
inches

Hood

14
14
14
14

12
12
12
12

10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10

867
862
8 27
81 6

83
83
94
94

1 Heod ond 1
in term~dio te

sect1o ns

Bo ot
section

Oischorge
spout

Te rminols

1 Casing, buckets
and chain, per
foot ce nlers

7 66
767
768
769

866
8 67
868
869

e 1028
SS 10 28
e 10 28
SS 1028

11 %x3 9
11 %x39
13 %x39
13 %x39

770
771
772
773

870
871
872
873

e 11 0
SS 11 0
e 11 0
SS 11 0

13 %x48
13 %x48
15 l,4x48
15 %x48

14
14
14
14

12
12
12
12

10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10

1 130
1223
11 9 2
1295

99
103
1 14
114

774
775
776
777

874
875
876
877

e 11 0
SS 11 0
e 11 0
SS 11 0

17 %x48
17%x48
15 %x48
15 %x48

14
14
14
14

12
12
12
12

10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10

12 6 1
1359
1250
1462

11 9
120
115
121

778
779
780
781

878
879
8 80
8 81

e 11 0
SS 11 0
e 132
SS 11 0

17 %x48
17 %x48
19 %x48
19 %x48

14
14
14
14

12
12
12
12

10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10

1401
1568
1669
1607

120
127
142
132

7 82
783

882
88 3

e 132
SS 11 0

2 1 %x48
2 1 %x48

14
14

12
12

10
10

10
10

1700
1642

148
137

.A Elevotors regulorly include heod sholt mochinery, foo t sholt mochinery,

choin, buckets, looding le gs for Type 7, ond cosings with dischorge spouts.
Spe cily elevotor number, sholt centers ond Style 1 or 2 dischorge spout.
Boll ond roller beoring pillow blocks ond tokeups, grovity tokeups, drives,
le ed hoppers, backstops, service plotforms ond lodders con be furnished.
Bose d on buckets filled to 1003 ol theoreticol copoclty. Horsepower
dire ctly proportionol to volume ond weight ol material corried in buckets
ond choin speed.
O Heod sholt lor Type 7 elevotor provided with Series 2- 1200 bobbitted
beoring pillow blocks lor diometers thru 3 1V.." ond Serles 2 -1 300 bobbitted
beoring pillow blocks lor diometers ove r 3Y,:. Heod sholt lor Type 8 e le-

votar provided with Series GS 3 100 bobbitted beoring screw tokeups.

Foot shoft lor Type 7 elevotor provided with Series MS 2200 bobbitted
beoring screw tokeups.
Foot shoft lor Type 8 elevotor provided with Series 1000 bobbitted beoring plllow blocks.
t Closs 800 choins con be lurnished insteod al Closs SS.
Reler to Table l lor corresponding casing moteriols for vorious operoting
condltions.
00 Terminal weight bosed on average size heod sholt. Weight odjustment
necessory il casing thickness is Qther thon listed o bove. Terminal weight
includes Style l or 2 dlschorge spout ond looding leg but not leed hopper.

L 1 N K - B E L T 337

bulk handling
bucket e levators

Types 7 and 8 bucket elevators continuous buckets

w

DJSCHARGE
SPOUT_
STYLE l

DJSCHARGE SPOUT
FOR BOTH TYPES
OF ELEVATORS
STYLE 2

-e

INSIDE~A~

DISCHARGE
SPOUT
STYLE l

INSIDE

LIFT

LIFT

6 -10

AA

6.
y

A
>-

N
!

~ ' BOLTS
R >--< R ""5 "" 2PROJECTION

Fig. 6124

Type 7 elevator
Casing
size

A
1 B 1

inside,

1 D

Type 8 elevator

1 H

inches

11%x39
13%x39
13%x48
15%x48

11%
13%
15%
17%
19%
21%

N 1

S
Type 7

1 AA

1 AB

AC

6
8
8
10

12
15
15

12
14
16

15
15
15

Type 8

INCHES

11%
13%
13%
15%

39
39
48
48

15Ya
17Ya
18Ya
20Ya

19Y2
1 Y2 19Y2
2
24
2
24
l Y2

17%x48 17% 48 22Ya 2

19%x48 19% 48 24 Ya 2
21 %x48 21% 48 26 Ya 2

Casing
depth,
inches

24
24
24

32Y2
32Y2
40%
40%

28
28
38
38

121Y2
21 Y2
27%
27Y2

29
29
33\4
33\4

10 17
10 17
15 22Y2
15 22Y2

l37Y2
37Y2
49Y2
49Y2

22
22
27
27

e:,.

6
6
8
8o

7%
8%
8%
9%

15 22Y2 49% e:,. 27 10% 8

15 22Y2 51 Y2
27 11 % 10
15 22Y2 51 Y2
27 12% 10

405/s 27Y2 38 33\4

40% 27Y2 38 33\4
405/s 27Y2 38 33\4

16Y2
l6Y2
21
21

25\4
27\4
29Y2
131Y2 0

o:2121

20% 63Y2
22% 63Y2
24% 64
26% @ 64

33 Y2 0 28% ~

38\4
40\4

21

3 1%
33%

64
64
64

12

Diameter of headshaft, inches

l "A.
_u_...,..__v
___w_

13%
14%
15%
16%

...
...

2~

-w- 1

-u
--v-~

9'l'a
10 %
11%
12%

3
3
3
3

14%
15%
16%
17%
18%
19%

...
...

. ..
...

2'!. 1 2"A. 1 3 ?1,

10%
11 %
12%
13%
14 %
15o/e

16 %
17 %
18%
19%
20o/e
21 Ye

3Y2

3Y2
3Y2
3Y2
3Y2
3Y2

2"A.

113/,
123/a
133/a
143/a
153/a
16;ta

4Y2
4Y2
4Y2
4Y2
4Y2
4 Y2

u
. ..
19
20
21
22
23

3~

1 1 3-~

14Y4
15\4
16\4
17\4

..

. ..
...

...
...

...
.. .

5
5
5
5

22
23
24
25

15Y4
16\4
17 Y
18\4

6
6
6
6

. ..
...

...

2414
25Y4
26Y4

. ..

. ..
...

17
18
19

6Y2
6Y2
6Y2

. ..
...

. ..

Diameter af hea dshaft, inches

Pillaw
block series

1 1"A.

2-1200 1 1% 1 2Ya

3 ",,.
'

41'<."

Y-inches
1

2Y2 1 2%

3Ya

Takeup
serie s

I "''"
X

2"A.

2 "
'"
X

x1 z

4Ya .._ 1 G S3100 1 5 1 23/a 1 6 1 2% 1 7

Ho ve dimensions cer tified for instollotion p urposes.

A For Series 2- 1300 bobbitted beoring pillow block.
lncreose 12" to 24" w he n handling ligh t luffy moteriol.
b. 51 y, for 2~16 diometer foot shoft.

338 L 1 N K - B E L T

3 l-i.

x1

3Y2 1 8

3"A.

4 l16

~z...,-;_x_~
I --,-,
z --;-_x~~l___,z...,..3% 1 10 1 4Ya
10% J 4%

JO" fo r 2Yi." diome te r foo t shoft.

O lncreose 2~" for 2,,& d iomete r foo t shoft.
lncreose I " for 2Yi6 diometer foot shoft.

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 9 bucket elevators continuous buckets

Head shafts mounted

directly on steel frames

Style MF continuous steel

- - buckets on combination
or Ley bushed chain
Frames of structural
steel designed a nd
constructed to provid e ampl e support
fo r machinery,
bucket line and
material load

Discharge spout
can be furnished

Ca rrying run
supported on
idler rolls
to mainta in
al ignment

Carrying run
supported on
idler wheels
to maintain
alignm ent

Styl e MF
continuous steel
buckets on 32ounce rubber
covered b elt

Feed hopper can be

furnished
32559

ELEVATOR USING CHAIN

Elevator using chain for
handling materials which
tend to pack o r lodge
behind buckets
Foot shaft adjustment
by convenient screw
takeups

ELEVATOR tJSING BELT

Elevator using belt for hand ling materials
which do not pack between buckets and belt

l 1 N K - B E L T 339

bulk handling
bucket e levator s

Type 9 bucket elevators using chain continuous buckets

Eleva tor specifica tions
Bucket
Eleva lar

Cha in

number

Size,
inches

...

Spacing,

speed,

inches

FPM

100
901
902
903
904

10
10
10
10

11 o/1
l 1 o/a

8
8
12
12

140
140
140
140

905
906
907
908

12 )( 7 )( 11 Ya
12 X 7 X 11 Ya
12 )( 8 )( l 1 o/a
12 )( 8 )( 11 %

12
12
12
12

909
910
911
912

14
14
16
16

l 1 o/a
11 o/1
11 Ya
11 Ya

913

18 )( 8 )( 11 Ya

X
X
X
X

)(
)(
)(
)(

5
5

7
7

8
8
8
8

7~

7~

X
X

)(
)(
)(
)(

1
1

1000
1000
1200
1200

140
140
140
140

l
l
l \4
1 \4

3
3
4
4

12
12
12
12

140
140
140
140

1 \4
1 \4
1 '12
1 '12

12

140

1 '12

Material weight, pounds

per cubic faot

100

125

Termi- 1 Per foot

nals
center.s

Termi- 1 Per faot

nals
centers

number

...

Material w eight, paunds per cubic faat

Material weight,
paunds per
cubic faat

100

2 '12
2 '12
3
3

Horse powe r a l head s halt o

Elevator

10

head shalts

Tans per haur

Cubic
fe et
per
haur

Percenlage
af lumps

M a xi mum e levator ce nters i n feet for vari ou s 5iz.e

CapacityC:.

Maximum lump
s ii:e, inches

125

100

125
1
Head shaft d ia mete r, inches

2v..1 2"V. 3 7A6) 3 1~ 4Vi6 ) 2~16

75
75

1500
1500
1750
1750

75
75

85
85

95
95
105
105

::::

4
4
4 '12
4 '12

2000
2000
2300
2300

100
100
115
115

125
125
145
145

.... 30 50 70 . . . . . . .. 25
. . . . 25 45 70 ... . . . . . . . .
. . . . 25 45 60 . . . . . . . . ....
. . . . . . . . 35 60 80 . . . . ....

45
40
40
35

60
50
50

75

2600

130

165

. . . . 1....

. . . . ....

30

45

65

Pitch
diameler
of
sprocket,
inches

Speed
RPM

l 0

.. . .
.. . .

diameter

Diam-

af
sprocket,
inches

eter,

Cha in
number

60

30

50

70

M ochin- 1 Chain
cmd
ery
ldlers.
lermi- 1 b uckets.
each
per
foot
1
na 15
centers

Stee l frame

Terminals

790
975
800
1075

38
45
39
51

120
120
120
180

844

875
1025
900
1225

41
54
44
56

120
180
120
180

650
650
670
690

e 132

1325

63

180

700

26
26
22
22

20.50
20.50
23.18
23.18

102a
823
e 110
830

905
906
907
908

.700
.700
.800
.800

.109
.109
.123
.123

.900
.900
1.000
1.000

.136
.136
.154
.154

25.07
25.07
25.07
25.07

22
22
22
22

23.18
23.18
23. 18
23.18

2 '5/
2 15/
2 l 5J6
2 l 5J6

e 110
830
e 11 0

909
910
911
912

.900
.900
1.100
1.100

.144
.144
.167
.167

1.100
1.100
1.400
1.400

.180
.180
.210
.210

25.07
25.07
25.07
25.07

22
22
22
22

23.18
23.18
23.18
23.18

2 l 5J
215/
215/
21 5/

e 110
844
e 110

913

1.300

.189

1.600

.23S

25.28

22

23.37

21 5/

844

pounds ~

120
120
120
120

20.50
20.50
25.07
25.07

Elevators r<ogularly include head shaft machinery, supporting idlers, foot

sha ft machinery, chain, buckets, and steel frames with loading legs.
Specify elevator number and shaft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow
blocks and takeups, d rives, feed hoppers and discharge spo uts con be
furnished.
Style MF, medium front. continuous steel buckets.
C:. Bosed on buckets filled to 75;~ of theoretical capocity. Copacity directly
p ropo rtional to volume and weight o f moterial carried in buckets and
c hain spe ed.

.... 35 1 55 80
.... 35 55
.. . . 30 45 75

35
31
35
42

.092
.092
.1 12
.1 12

.:J::

75
75

590
775
875

.600
.600
.800
.800

2'll.
2 15/
2'5/

50

Approximate we ight,

inches

2 7/6

Faat shaft
Pitch

70 . . . . .. ..
60 80 . ...
60 . . . . . . . .
55 80 . . . .

40
40
35
30

.073
.073
.089
.089

340 L 1 N K - B E L T

60
65

60
60

.500
.600
.600

.a.

30
35

60
60

901
902
903
904

.500

. . ..
. .. .
....
....

41 ,.

50
50

Head shaft O

35 65 1 ... 1. . . .
40 ' 70 . . ... . ..
. . . . 55
.
. . . . 50 80 1...

31 V.<

2 1716 3 ~16

575

Per foot
centers

490
490
530
530

28
28
31
31

595

35
35
35
35

625
595

625
1

39
39
40
40
41

o Based on buckets filled to 100"0 o f theoreticol capacity. Horsepower

directly proportional to vol""'" and weight of material carried in bucke ts
and chain speed.
O Head shaft provided with Series 2-1300 bobbitted b earing pillow blocks.
foo t shaft provided with Series DS-B2800 babbitted bearing screw
takeups.
Terminal weights based on maximum size head shaft. Terminal weight
incl ud es loading leg but not leed hopper or discharge spout.

bulk handling
bucket e levators

Type 9 bucket elevators using belt continuou s buckets

Elevator speciflcations
Maxi mum lump

Bucket

Capocity

si:ze, inches

Elevator
number

Belt
Spocing,
inches

Siz.e,

...

inches

Percentoge
of lumps

speed,

FPM

100

6 x 91/.4
6x 9 1/.4
8xllo/a
8x ll o/a

926
927
928
929

9x
11 X
12 X
14 X

930
931
932

16 X 8xllo/a
18 X 8xllo/a
18x10x15

9 \12
9 \12
12
12

200
200
200
200

12
12
15

200
200
200

10

Cubic
fe et
per
hour

100

926
927
92 8
929

30
25

. ..
. ..

930
931
932

. ..
.. .
...

2 '!1.

3%

.. .

60
45
25

65
45
35

. ..
. ..
. ..
...

30

. ..
. ..

4 \12
4 \12
5

3300
3700
5000

165
185
250

200
230
310

31 ~

. ..
. ..
60
55
45
40

. ..

Fa ce,

inches

inches

...
...
.. .
.. .

3\l

3 v..

70
55
40

55
45
30

35
30

...

4 \l,

1 4 ''A

...

...
...
. ..
...
. ..
. ..

.. .
.. .
.. .
60
60
35

Terminols / centers

50

Terminols 1

Width,

inches

inches

4 'A

70
70
45

65

Heod sho ft O

Per foot

inches

Face,
inches

Dio meter,

Speed,
RPM

centers

.600
.800
1.200
1.400

.090
.110
.171
.197

.750
1.000
1.500
1.750

.113
.138
.2 14
.246

30
30
36
36

11
13
14
18

25.5
25.5
21.3
21.3

1.600
1.800
2.600

.225
.253
.334

2.000
2.250
3.250

.28 1
.316
.417

36
36
48

20
22
22

21.3
21.3
15.9

Belt, 32 ounce duck

Oiameter,

Pulley

125

Per foot

4 \l.

70
65

Horsepower al head shoft o

Ply

Di a meter,

Mate rial weight, pounds p e r cubic foot

Material weight,
pounds per
cubic foot
100

Mochinery
termina Is

Approximote weight, pounds

1
Steel frome
Belt ond
buckets,
ldler,
p er foot
ea ch
Terminols
Pe r foot
centers

centers

125

926
927
928
929

18
18
24
30

11
13
14
18

2 'li,
2 7/6
2 15/
2 15/

10
12
13
16

7
7
9
9

8
8
10
10

700
850
1300
1500

24
27
33
36

35
40
40
40

490
440
600
635

29
33
37
37

930
931
9 32

30
30
36

20
22
22

2 u;,
2 111,
2 u;,

18
20
20

9
9
11

10
10
12

1700
1800
2850

40
44
58

45
50
50

690
700
870

40
41
44

Elevotors regularly include heod shaft machinery, supporting idlers, loot

shoft machinery, buckets, and steel lrames with loading legs. Specify
elevator number and shoft centers. Ball and roller bearing pillow blocks
ond takeups, drives, belts, feed hoppers and dischorge spouts con be
furnished.
Style MF, medium front, continuous steel buckets.
Bosed on buckets filled to 75% of theoreticol capacity. Copacity directly
proportional to volume ond weight ol material corried in buckets ond
belt speed.

.. .
.. .
.. .
.. .
.. .

100

Foot shaft

...

70
55
30

1 \12
1 \12
2

Pulley

Elevotor
number

40
30

1
1 v..
1 v..

1 25

2 v..

80
100
155
180

Heod shoft d iometer, inches

2\l.

100
Heod shoft diometer, inches
2 \l

65
80
125
145

Material weight, pounds p e r cubic foot

125

1300
1600
2500
2900

Material weight, p ounds p er cubic foot

...

2 \11
3
4
4

Maxi mum ce nters in feet far variou s diame ter h e ad s haftsl

Elevotor
number

Maximum ce nters in feet for vori ou s diameter h e ad shafts

Tons per hour

Material welght,
pounds per
cubic foot

Based on buckets fled to 1003 o f theoretical copocity. Horsepowe r

directly proporlionol to volume and weight o f material co rried in buckets
and belt speed.
O Heod shalt provided with Series 2- 1300 babbilled beoring pillow blocks.
Foot shalt provided with Series DS-82800 bobbitted beoring screw
tokeups.
Terminal weights based on maximum size heod shaft ond heaviest listed
belt. Terminal weight includes looding leg but not feed hopper or dis
chorge spout.

L 1 N K - B E L T 341

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Type 9 bucket elevators continuous buckets

TYPE 164
6"DIAMETER
FLAT ROLL
IDLERS

VERTICAL
CENTERS

VERTICAL
CENTERS

12"DIAMETER
FLINT RIM
WHEELS
WIDTH OF

WIDTH OF
LOADING
CHUTE

-'-~ORIZONTAL-J

Fig. 3720

f ;o. 372 1

CENTERS

Elevator using chain

Elevator using b elt

Eleva t ors using chain

\4

24
24
24
24

13 y,
13 Y2
13 Y2
13 Y2

16 \4
16 \4
20 Y2
20%

12 3/.i
12 lf.i
12 lf.i
12 7!i

17 Y2
17 Y2
18 Y2
18 Y2

19%
19%
20%
20 %

38 Ya
38 \4
39 Ya
39 \4

2 1 Y2
2 1 Y2
21 Y2
21 Y2

26
26
26
26

15 Y2
15 Y2
15 Y2
15 y,

20 Y2
20%
21 Y2
21 %

14 %
15
14%
15

20 Y2
21 3/.i
20 Y2
21 3/.i

5 Y1

4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2

20%
203/.i
20%
203/.i

39 Ya
39 \4
39 Ya
39 \4

2 1 Y2
2 1 Y2
2 1 Y2
2 1 Y2

28
28
30
30

l6 Y2
l6 Y2
17 Y2
17 Y2

21 Y2
21%
2 1 Y2
21 %

16
16
17
17

22%
22%
23 3/.i
24 1/.i

6 Y2
6 Y2
6 Y2
7

4 Y2

4 Y2

20 Va

39 l/a

21 Y2

32

18 Y2

2 1 Va

18

25

Y4

3
3 Va
3
3 Va
3 Y2 1 4 Y2
4 Y2
3 Y2

16 \4
16 \4
19%
19%

33
33
38
38

27 \4
27 \4
27 \4
27 \4

27 \4
27 \4
27 \4
27 1/.i

8
8
8
8

4
4
4
4

4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2

23 Y2
23 Y2
25 Y2
2 4 Y2

29 \4
29 \4
3 1 \4
3 1 \4

29 \4
29 \4
3 1 \4
31 \4

9
9
9
9

4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2

26 Y2

33 \4

33

v.

19
19
18
18

21
21
23 \4
23 \4

23
23
23
23

905
906
907
908

22
21 Y2
22
21 Y2

909
910
9 11
9 12
9 13

\4
\4
\4

14 Y2
14 Y2
21 Y2
21 Y2

6
6
7
7

90 1
902
903
904

\4
\4
Ya

4 Y2
4 Y2

5 Y1
5 Y1
6 Y2

5 Y1
6 Y2

v.

Eleva tors using belt

v.
v.

926
927
928
929

20
23
25
28 Y2

23%
26%
31
28 Y2

26
29
31
28 Y2

6
7
8
8

3
3 Y2
4
4

3 Va
3 Va
4 Y2
4 Y2

15 Y2
15 Y2
20Y2
23 Y2

32 Y2
32 Y2
39
42

16 Y2
16 Y2
2 1 Y2
2 1 Y2

24
24
26
28

15
16 Y2
17
16

v.

21 Y2
21 Y2
26 Y2
26 Y2

13
15
16 %
18 Y2

18
21
23 Y2
25%

930
931
932

30Y2
32 Y2
32 Y2

30 Y1
32 Y2
32 Y2

30 Y1
32 Y2
32 1/l

9
9
10

4 Y2
4 Y2

4 Y2
4 Y2
4 Y2

23 Y2
23 Y2
28 %

42
42
49 \4

21 Y2
21 Y2
28 Y2

30
32
32

17 \4
18 \4
18

26 Y2
26 Y2
34%

20
21
2 1 Y2

27
28
29

_H_e_o_d _sh_o_f1_d_io_m_e_1e_r,_in_c_h e_s_

P, inches A

__

1 ~ ~1~1 ~1
2 Ya

2 Y2

3 V.

Hove dimensio ns certifi ed far instollotion purposes.

Specify the required inclined cen ters ar horizontal ond vertical c enters
.t. Bosed on Series 2 -1300 bobbi tted beoring pillow blocks.

342 L 1 N K - B E L T

v.

3 Y2

v.
v.
v.

4 Y2
1

5 Y1
6 Y2
6 Y2
7
7
7 Y1

36
36
42
45
45
45

50

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators continuous buckets

~------------Split removable hood - - - - - - - - - - - - - .

for accessibility

Head shaft mounted

directly on reinforced
head casing
Backstop mounted on
elevator head shaft to
prevent backward rotation

Head shaft
mounted on
independent
supports

_ _ _ Discharge spout positioned

for clean discharge

Rigid, strong, jig-built

- - - - - - - - steel casing-dust-tight
casings can be furnished

Style SC continuous steel

buckets with double strand
of steel roller cha in
combine maximum capacity
and lo ng life
interna! angles guide chain

- - - - - - -11r w 1

Clamped removable door

- - - - - - - f o r assembly and inspection - - - - - - of chain and buckets

- - - - - - - Steel loading legs guide

material into buckets
------

Foot shaft adjustment

- - - - - - - - b y convenient
screw takeups

Sturdy well-proportioned
- - - - - - - b o o t with removable p l a t e s - - - - - - at front and back
Photo 20175A

Photo 32562

TYPE 1 O ELEV ATOR

TYPE 11 ELEVATOR

L 1 N K - B E L T 343

bulk handling
bucke t e le v ators

Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators continuous buckets

El e vato r sp e cificati ons
Bucket
Elevata r

Thickness
af
steel

number

Size,

&

inches

1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006-11 0 1-1106
1007 - 11 02-1 107
1008- 11 03-1108
1009- 11 04- 11 09
10 10-11 05-111 0

12 X 8 'l4x 11 %
14 X 8 % x 11 %
16 X 8 % X 11 %
18 X 8 % x11 %
20 X 8 %x 11 %
16x 12 5/e X 17 5/e
20x 12 5/ex 17 %
24x 12 5/ex 17 %
30 X 12 5/e X 17 o/e
36x 12 5/ex 17 %

Spacing,
inches

10 go
10 go
10 go
10 go
10 go

12
12
12
12
12
18
18
18
18
18

316
3Ji6
3Ji6
3Ji6
3Ji6

Cha in
speed,
FPM

Capacity 6

Maximum
lump
size,
inches

o
100
100
100
100
100
120
120
120
120
120

Cubic
feet
per
haur

6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8

2400
2800
3200
3600
4000
5600
6800
8400
10000
12400

Tans per haur

Materia l weight, paunds per cubic faa t

50

60
70
80
90
100
140
170
21 0
250
31 0

1 75 1 100 1 125
90
120
150
140
105
175
120
160
200
180
135
225
150
200
250
210
280
350
255
340
425
315
420
525
375
500
625
620
465
775

Type 1 O Elevator
Maximum elevator ce nter s in feet f a r v a rious sixe hea d shaf t s

Elevator
number

Material w eighl, pounds per cubic f eet

&

50

75

100

125

Head shaft diometer, inches

1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
101 0

25
20
20
20
..
..

35
35
30
30
25
35
30
25
20

..

..
..
..

60
55
50
45
40
50
45
40
35
30

..

85
75
75
65
60
75
60
55
50
40

20

30
25
25
25
20
30
25
20
20
..

..

..
..

..
..
..

..
..

..

45
40
40
35
20
45
40
35
30
20

25
20
20
20
..
25
20
20
..
..

70
60
55
50
45
65
55
50
45
35

40
35
30
25
25
40
30
25
25
20

55
50
45
40
35
55
45
40
35
25

20
..

..

..
..
20
20
..
..
..

30
25
25
20
20
30
25
20
20
. .

45
40
35
30
30
45
40
30
30
20

Type 11 Ele v a t or
M aximu m elevalor centers in f eet for vario us sixe hea d s h afts

Ele valo r
numbe r

Material weight, p ound s per cubic fee t

&

11 0 1
11 02
11 03
11 04
11 05
11 06
1107
1108
1109
1110

50

1 4 1 ~ 1 5~ 1 5 1 ~ 1
85
75
65
55
50
65
60
55
50
40

115
100
90
75
65
90
80
70
65
55

125
125
11o
90
80
115
105
95
85
70

75

100

6 Y,

...
...
...
...
...
125
125
125
115
95

.
...
. ..
...
. ..
125
125
125
125
100
. .

14"111
70
60
55
45
40
55
50
45
40
30

5~

95
80
70
60
50
70
65
60
55
45

1 5 "11 1 6 Y, 1 7 14"116
120 . . . . . . 60
100 . . . . . . 50
90 . . . . . . 45
70 . . . . . . 35
65 . . . . . . 30
95 125 125 50
90 115 125 45
80 105 11 0 35
70
95 100 35
60
75
80 25

Ji,. Elevators regularly include head shaft machinery, loot shaft machinery,

chain, buckets, casings with loading legs, guide angles and discharge spouts
and backstops on the Type 10. Specify elevator number and shoh centers.
Ball and roller beoring pillow blocks and takeups, gravity takeups, drives,
leed hoppers, service platforms and ladders can be furnished.
Styie SC conti nuous steel buckets.
0 Based on handling mildly abrasive moterials. Recommended speed 103
higher lar nonabrasive meterais and 103 lower far very abrasive meterais.

344 L 1 N K - B E L T

125

Heo d shoft diameter, inches

1 5 ~ 1 5"11 1 6 Y, 1 7 14"1161 5 ~ 15 % 1 6 Y, 1 7
80 100 . ..
... 55 70 85 . . . . ..
70
85 . . . . . . 45 60 70 . . . . . .
60
75 . . . . .. 35 50 60 . .. . . .
50
60 . . . .. . 30 45 50 . ..
. ..
40
50 . . . ... 25 35 40 . . . . ..
65
90 11 5 125 45 60 80 105 11 0
60
75 100 110 35 50 65
90
95
50
65
90
95 30 45 60
80
80
45
85 30 40 55
60
80
70
75
35
50
65
70 25 30 40
55
60

o Maximum size lumps not to exceed 103 ol the total volume and at least
ol the total volume to be l ess than one-half ol the maximum iump size.
Far handling materials containing higher percentages of lumps and lor sharp,
wedge-shaped ond sha le-like mate riais, inclined boots are recommended.
6 Based on buckets fil ied to 753 ol theore tical capacity. Capacity directiy
proportional to volume ano weight ol material corried in buckets and chain
speed. Free-lowing mate riais cannot be carried as high in the buckets as
heavier or less luffy materials.

75%

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators continuous buckets

Elevator speclflcatlons
Hors e,.o wer al h ead shafl

Heod sh o ft O

Foot shoft

Material weight, pounds per cubic foat

Elevo lar

50

number

...

Terminols

Per foot
centers

Termino Is

125

100

75
Per fool

Per foot
centers

Termino Is

centers

Per foot

Termino Is

centers

Pitch
d iameter
of sprockel,
inches

Spee d,
RPM

Pitch
diameler D io meter,
inches
of sprocket,
inches

1001
1002
1003
1004
1005

2.04
2.23
2.46
2.65
2.87

.08
.09
.11
.12
.1 3

2.65
2.96
3.28
3.6 1
3.92

.12
.14
.16
.18
.20

3.27
3.69
4.14
4.55
5.03

.16
. 19
.22
.2 4
.27

3.91
4.46
4.98
5.5 1
6.07

.20
.24
.27
.30
.34

31.36
31.36
31.36
31.36
31.36

12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5
12.5

31.36
31.36
31.36
31.36
31.36

2 7A6
2 7A6
2 7116
2 7116
2 7A6

1006
1007
1008
1009
1010

4.00
4.8 3
5.30
6.38
7.30

.1 9
.23
.28
.34
.42

5.30
6.2 2
7 .45
8.67
10.39

.28
.34
.42
.51
.63

6.75
7.9 1
9.59
11.20
13.61

.3 8
.46
.57
.67
.83

8.14
9.65
1 1.74
13.78
16.75

.47
.57
.71
.84
1.05

29.12
29.12
29.12
29.12
29.12

16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0

29.12
29. 12
29.12
29.12
29.12

2 15A6
2 15A6
2 15A6
2 15A6
2 15116

1101
1102
1103
11 0 4
110 5

4.54
5.36
6.22
7 .04
8 .17

.19
.23
.28
.3 4
.42

6.18
6.9 8
8. 18
9.50
1 1.18

.28
.3 4
.42
.5 1
.63

7 .50
8 .6 4
10.27
11.91
14.20

. 38
.46
.57
.67
.8 3

8.85
10.32
12.3 1
14.2 7
17.3 5

.47
.57
.71
.84
1.05

29. 12
29.1 2
29. 12
29.12
29. 12

16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0

29.12
29.12
29. 12
29.12
29.12

2 15116
2 15A6
2 15116
2 15A6
2 15A6

1106
11 07
1 108
1 109
1110

4.9 1
5.74
6.77
7.88
8.95

. 19
.23
.28
.34
.42

6.57
7.79
9.04
10.26
11.92

.28
.34
.42
.51
.63

8.22
9.43
1 1.01
12.7 1
14.99

.38
.46
.57
.67
.83

9.59
1 1. 12
14.99
15.14
18.04

.47
.57
.7 1
.84
1.05

29.1 2
29.12
29.12
29.12
29.12

16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0

29. 12
29. 12
29.12
29.12
29.12

21 SJl6
2 15116
2 15A6
2 15116
2 15A6

Approximate wei ght,

poundsoo

Thickness of steel casing i

Eleval or
number

...

Cho in
number

Ca sing

sze
in si de,
inches

Hood

He ad
ond

Bool
1 Dissection
chorg,e
spou

in ter-

se ction

Terminal

inches

1001
1002
1003
1004
1005

554850
554850
554850
554850
554850

26x54
28x5 4
30x54
32x54
34x54

149 0
1490
1490
1490
149 0

129 0
1290
129 0
1290
1290

1090
1090
10 90
10 90
10 90

3J16
3A6
3A6
3A6

1006
1007
1008
1009
1010

554851
554851
554851
55485 1
55485 1

30x60
3 4x60
38x60
44x60
50x60

1290
12 90
1290
12 90
1290

1090
1090
1090
10 90
1090

\4
\4

11 01
11 02
11 03
1 10 4
11 05

554851
554851
554851
554851
55485 1

30x60
34x60
38x60
4 4x6 0
50x60

1290
12 9 0
1290
1290
12go

1090
10 90
1090
10 9 0
l Ogo

%
%

11 06
11 07
11 08
11 09
111 0

554852
554852
554852
554852
554852

31 Y2x60
35 Y2x60
39 Y2x60
45 1!.x60
51 Y2x60

12go
12go
12go
12go
12go

1090
l Ogo
1090
l Ogo
l Ogo

%
%

3J16
3J16
3J16
3J16
3116
3A6
3A'

3116
%
%

Casing,
buckets ond
chain, per
fool centers

2874
2922
298 2
3038
308 9

250
25 4
26 0
265
271

3179
3316
3 44 3
3637
3826

289
301
311
330
346

Y4
Y4

3602
373 5
3875
4075
4 2 71

289
301
3 11
330
346

\4
\4
\4
\4
\4

41 94
4362
4 478
4618
4784

346
356
366
386
407

\4
\4
\4
\4
\4
\4

&

Elevators regulorly include heod shaft mochinery, foot

shafr mochinery, choin, buckets, casings with looding
legs, !lUide ongles ond dischorge spouts and bockstops on Type 10. Specify elevotor number and shaft
centers. Ball ond rolle r bearing pillow blocks ond
takeups, grovity takeups, drives, feed happers, service
plotforms and lodders can be furnished.

Based on buckets folled to 100% of theoretical copacity. Horsepower directly proportional to volume and
weight of material carried in buckets and chain speed.
O Head shaft provided w ith Series 2-1300 babbitted
bearing p illow b locks. On Type 11 backstop should be
provided on portian of drive locoted oheod of
heodshofr.

Foot shoft provided with Series MS 2200 bobbitted

beoring screw tokeups.

In handling extremely obrasive or corrosiva moteriols,

consult Link-Belt for choin recommendo tions.

Refer to Table l for corresponding casing meterais

for vorious operoting conditions.

00 Terminal weight bosed on average size heod shoft.

Weight odjustment necessory if thickness of casing is
other thon listed obove. Terminal weight includes
looding leg, dischorge spout ond bockstop but not
feed hopper.

L 1 N K - B E L T 345

bu lk handling
bucke t elevators

Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators continuou s buckets

1

11 1

91

1
1

!
1

y ~~.~4
~

6-0

6-0

L~

Head Section
For Type 11 Elevator
DISCHARGE
SPOUT

D~

DISCHARGE
SPOUT

k-o

Fig. 6125

CENTERS

LIFT

AA

T
BOLTS- AB

2~PROJECTION

Elevator
number

o
1

E
1

G
1

K
1

R
1

T
1

AA

AB
1

INCHES

1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
10 07
1008
1009
1010
1101
11 0 2
11 0 3
11 0 4
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110

26
28
30
32
34

- -30
34
38
44

54
54
54
54
54

30 % 2
32 :Ya 1 2
34 :Ya 2
36 % 2
38 :Ya 2

27
27
27
27
27

45 %
45 %
45 %
45 %
45 %

31
31
31
31
31

35%
35 %
35 :y.
35 %
35 %

10
12
14
16
18

34
34
34
34
34

14 'l'a
15 'l'a
16 'l'a
17%
18 'l'a

24
24
24
24
24

45 %
47 %
49 %
51 %
53 %

60
60
60
60
60

35 V2
39 V2
43 V2
49 V2
55 V2

30
30
30
30
30

48 %
48 %
48 :v.
48 :v.
48 %

34
34
34
34
34

39 v.
39 V2
39 V2
39 V2
39 V2

14
18
22
28
34

45
45
45
45
, 45
_

16 'l'a
18 'l'a
20%
23 %
26%

27
27
27
27
27

52 Ya
56 Ya
60 v.
66 Ya
72 Ya

12
12
12
12
12

16 'l'a
18 %
20 %
23 'l'a
26 'l'a

27
27
27
27
27

52 v.
56 Ya
6 0 v.
66 Ya
77 y.

12
12
12
12
12

17 %
19 %
21 %
24 %
27 %

27
27
27
27
27

53 %
57 %
61 %
57 o/a
73 %

12
12
12
12
12

- - --- - -- - ---- ---- - - - -- - - - - --- -

50
30
34
38
44

- - - -- -

60
60
60
60
60

35 V2
3 9 V2
43 V2
49 V2
55 y,

60
60
60
60
60

37
41
45
51

50
--- - - 31 v.
35 V2
39 y,
45 y,
51 v.

2 Y2
2 Y2
2 Y2
2 Y2
2 Y2
2 V2
2 V2
2 Y2
2 Y2
2 V2

30
30
30
30
30

38
38
38
38
38

14
18
22
28
34

37 V2
37 Y2
37 V2
37 v.
37 %

45
45
45
45
45

-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 38
14
45
2 v.
30
48 %
37 V2

57

2 V2
2 y,
2 y,
2 V2

30
30
30
30

Hove dimensions cerlifoed for installotion purposes.

346 L 1 N K - B E L T

48 %
48 %
48 :v.
48 :v.
48 %
48 %
48 %
48 %
48 %

38
38
38
38

37 Y2
37 Y2
37 Y2
37 V2

18
22
28
34

45
45
45
45

9
9
9
9
9

---- - ---- -

57
96
57
96
57
96
57
96
57
96
- - - --

:v.
%
%
%
%

78
78
78
78
78

114
114
114
114
114

78
78
78
78
78

114
114
114
114
114

1
1
1
1
1

78
78
78
78

114
114
114
114

--78- -114

1
1
1

1
1
1
1

bulk handling
bucket elevatou

Types 10 and 11 bucket elevators con tinuous bu ckets

Headshaft dimensions
Heodsho ft di omeler, inches
Elevo tor
number

2 ~

v.

3~

YA

v.

3 1~

Yll.

v.

4~

v.

Yo

INCHES

100 1
100 2
1003
1004
1005

23 :y,
24 :y,
25 %
26 %
27 3/1

21 3M
22%
23 %
24 %
25 %

4 v.
4 'l:z
4 'h
4 V2
4 V2

2 'l:z
2 'l:z
2 'l:z
2 V2
2 V2

24 r.
25 %
26 r.
27 r.
28 r.

22 1 %
23 13;1,
24 u1,
25 u1,
2613;1,

5
5
5
5
5

2%
2%
2%
2 r.
2%

26 :y.
27 %
28 %
29 %
30 :y.

24 11M
25 11;1,
26 11;1,
27 11;1,
28 11;1,

6
6
6
6
6

3 v.
3 v.
3 v.
3 v.
3 v.

28 :y.
29 :y.
30 %
31 :y.
32 %

26%
27%
283;1,
29%
3 0 3,,

6 'l:z
6 'l:z
6 v.
6 V2
6 v.

10 06
1007
1008
1009
10 10

. .. .
. ...
. . ..
. ...

....
....

...

.. .

...

...

24 r.
26 %
28 %
31 r.
34 %

5
5
5
5
5

2 r.
2%
2%
2%
2%

2s u;1,
30 1 %
3 2 13M
35u1,
3 8 13;1,

26 Y..
28 y..
3 0 :y.
33 :y.
36 :y.

6
6
6
6
6

3 v.
3 v.
3 v.
3 v.
3 v.

3 0 ~,

. ...
. . ..
....

26 15;1,
28 15;1,
30 15M
33 151,
36 1 %

28 y.
30 y.
32 y.
35 y.
3 8 y.

6
6
6
6
6

. ...

...

. ..

. ..
. ..

...

. ..

32 1;1,
3 4 7M
37 71,
40 1,,

'l:z

V2
V2
V2
Y2

v.
v.
v.
v.
v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4 v.
4
4
4
4
4

o Bosed on Series 2-1300 bobbitted pi llow blo cks.

lncludes bockstop.

Hove dimensions certified for i nstollotion purpo ses.

Bosed on Se ries 2 -1200 bobbilled p illow blocks.

Heodshoft diomel e r, inches

number

5~

4"A.

Elevotor

Yo

5"A.

Yo

Yo

INCHES

11 0 1
11 0 2
11 0 3
1104
1105

37 r.
39 r.
41 r.
44 r.
47 r.

29 r.
31 %
33 r,
36 r.
39 %

7
7
7
7
7

1 106
1 107
11 08
1 109
1110

38 o/a
4 0 o/a
42 o/a
45 5/e
48 o/a

30 3/a
32 3/a
34 3/a
37 :y,
40 3/1

7
7
7
7
7

v.

3 9 r.
41 r.
43 r.
46 r.
4 9 r.

3 1 v.
33 y,
35 v.
38 Yo
41 v.

8
8
8
8
8

6
6
6
6
6

40 r.
42 %
44 %
47 r.
50 r.

3 1 y,
33 Ya
3 5 Ya
38 v.
4 1 v.

9
9
9
9
9

6
6
6
6
6

4 V2
4 Y2
4 V2
4 v.
4 v.

40 o/a
42 o/a
44 o/a
47 :y,
5 0 o/a

31 %
33 %
35 r.
38 r.
41 %

8
8
8
8
8

6
6
6
6
6

41 o/a
4 3 o/a
45 o/a
48 o/a
51 o/a

31 r.
3 3%
35 r.
38 r.
41 r.

9
9
9
9
9

6
6
6
6
6

Y2
'1:z
Y2
Y2

4
4
4
4
4

V.
Y2
'1:z
Y2

v.

v.

'l:z
'l:z

Y2
'l:z

Hove s imensions certifi ed for i nstollotion purposes.

Bosed on Series 2- 1300 bcbbitted pillow blocks.

Heod shoft dio meter, inche s

6 Y,

El evo ter
numb er

Yo

Yo

INCHES

11 0 6
11 0 7
1108
1109
1 110

44
46
48
51
54

33 %
35 %
37 :y.
4 0 :y.
43 :y.

9 Y2
9 v.
9 v.
9 'l:z
9 v.

6
6
6
6
6

v.
Y2
'l:z
'l:z
'l:z

44 v.
46 v.
48 Y2
5 1 'l:z
5 4 Y2

33 3/4
35 %
37 %
4 0 :y.
43 3,4

10
10
10
10
10

6 Y2
6 Y2
6 Y2
6 'l:z
6 v.

Hove dimensions certiled for instollotion purpo ses.

o Based on Se ries 2- 1300 babbitted pillow blocks.

L 1 N K - B E L T 347

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 12 and 13 bucket elevators interno! dischorge

Split removable hood for acces------sibility
- - - - - - - - - - Head shafts mounted directly on
casings to maintain alignment.- - - - - - - C asi ng s reinforced at h ead bearings to provide rigidity
_ _ _ _ Discharge spout may extend _ _ __
through eith e r broad side of casing

_ _ _ _ Welded steel buckets with ste el._ _ __

chains ossure long se rvice

Rigid, strong casings of flange and

----angle construction- dust-tight
casings can be furnish ed

_ _ _ _ loading chutes mad e to suit re - _ _ __

qu ire me nts
Automa tic adjustme nt by g ra vity
- - - - t a ke up fo r chain and bucke t lin e _ _ _ _
_ ___ Re movabl e front and back _ _ _ __ __
plates fo r a cce ss to boot

TYPE 1 2 ELEVATOR

348 L 1 N K - B E L T

TYPE 1 3 ELEVATOR

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Types 12 and 13 buck et elevators interna! discharge

Type 1 2 Elevator specifications
Copocity 0
Bucket
Cho in
speed,
FPM

Elevolor
number

....

Width, Spocing,
inches
inches

Maximum
lump
size,
inches

Cubic
fe et
per
hour

10
1 16

40
40

5
5

2 Y2
1 2 Y2

200
320

Horsepowe r al head shaftll.

Material weight,
pounds per cubic foot

Elevotor
number

50

35

....

Term1na
. 1s Per foot Terminolsl Per/

121 0
121 6

.09
1 .10

centers

3.5
5.6

l .0098

.0 145

35

50

5.0
8.0

Pitch
dio meter
of sprocket,
inches
1

14 Ya
14 Ya

50

1
Heod shoft diometer, inches

1 1 ~6

40

..

2'l-I,

60
40

Heod shoftO

2 ~.

80
60

l ~

40
1

..

2~

60
40

10 \/2
1 10 \12

Cho in
numb er

size
in5ide,

Heod ond

Boot
Hood intermedia te
Terminols
sections
sections

inches

1
SS 1176117 Y2x26 V1 1 16
SS1176 23Y.x26'l'e 16

80
60

Casing
Speed,
RPM

2~

Approximote
weight, pounds

Gouge of steel casing o

cen ers

, .0084 1 .09
.0 119
.10

Material weight, pounds per cubic foot

Material weight,
pounds per cubic foot

35

1210
1216

Maximum elevator centers in feet for various head sha fts

Tons per hour

Casing,
buckets
ond
cho in,
1 per foot
centers

14
14

14
14

583
654

87
103

Type 1 3 Elevator specifications

Copocity0
Bucket
Ele votar
number

....

Width,

Spocing,

inches

inches

10
16

5
5

Cho in
speed,
FPM

Mox imum

lump

Cubic

size,

fe e l

inches

per
hour

103
103

500
800

Horsepower al head shaft[l.

Materia l weight,
pounds per cubic foot

Ele votar
number

....

Terminols/

1310
13 16

50

35

.09
.10

01
Per
cen ers

.0202 1
1 .0296

ermmo 15

.09
. 10

1 Per foot

Material weight, pounds per cubic foot

35

Material weight,
pounds per cubic foot

35

1310
13 16

Maximum elevator centers in feet for various head shafts

Tons per hour

8.7
14.0

50

12.5
20.0

1' ~

40

Heod shoft O
Pitch
dio meter
of sprocket,
inches

Speed,
RPM

50
1
Heod shoft diometer, inches

2'l-16

60
40

2~

80
60

l' ~

40

Gouge of sleel casing o

Cho in
number

Casing
size
inside,
inches

2'l-16

27
27

Heod ond
Boot
Hood intermediote
Termino Is
sections
sections

..t. Elevotors regulorly include heod shaft machinery, gravity tokeups, chain,
buckets, ond casings with interna! looding chutes ond discharge spouts.
Spe cily e levator number, shoft centers ond hand o f discharge spout.
Orives, e xte rno! feed hoppers, service p latlorms and ladders can be
lurnished.
Continuaus welded steel bucke ts.
0 Based on buckets filled to water leve l. Copocity directly pro portionol
to vo lume ond weight ol material corried in buckets and chain speed.

SS11 76 11 7 Y2x26 Va l 16
23 Y2x 26 Va 16

I551176

2~

80
60

Approximote
weight, pounds

centers

.0216 1 14 Ya
14 Ya
1 .0349

60
40

Casing,
buckets
ond
e.ha in,
per foot
centers

14
14

14
14

950
960

87
103

Ll. Bosed on buckets filled to water level. Horsepower dire ctly proporfiona l
to volume and weighf of material carried in buckets and cha in speed .
O Head shafts provided wifh Series P 200 boll b earing p illo w blocks.
o Refer to Table 1 for corresponding casing mote riols fo r various o pera ting cond ifions.
Terminal weight bose d on a verage size head shaft. W eig ht ad ustment
necessary il casing thickness is other than listed above. Terminal weighf
includes dischorge spouf but not externo! leed hoppe r.

L 1 N K - B E L T 349

bulk handling
bucket elev ators

Types 12 and 13 bucket elevators interna! discharge

DISCHARGE
SPOUT

DISCHARGE
SPOUT

' i

. i
!

ii

CENTERS

'

.
1

1
'

l I ''
1

1.

LIFT

'

'
1

1
'

1
A' INSIDE

3
10 "
p p

Type 12 elevator

Type 13 elevator
Fig. 3722

Fig. 3723

Elevo la r
number

8 V2
8 V2

20
20

17
17

14 Ya
14%

8 V2
8 V2

20
20

17
17

G
INCHES

Type 12 elevator

1210
1216

17V2
1 23 V2

26%
26 Va

20%
26 %

.,.
1%

13 V2
13 V2

26 Va
26 Va

20%
26 %

1%
1%

15
15

16
16

27
27

16
16

30
30

Type 13 elevator

131 0
131 6

17 V2
1 23 V2

23 Va
23 Va

v.
v.

14%
14%

Dia meler of heod shoft, inches

Y,.

Elevator
number

2;,.

Yt

2%

Yt

Yt

INCHES

Type 12 elevator

121 0
12 16

11 V2

1 15V..

14 \12
18

3
3

v.
v.

3
3

11 :y,.
15 V2

14 V..
18 V2

3
3 'A

v.

3
3

12
15 :y,.

15
18 :y,.

3
3 v.

v.

3
3

14 V2
18 v..

3V..
3\4

3
3

11 :y,.
15 \12

14 :y,.
18 V2

3
3V..

v.

3
3

12
15V..

15
18 :Y,.

3
3

v.
v.

3
3

v.

Type 13 elevator

1310
1316

11 V2
15

v.

Hove dimensions certified for instollot ion purpose s.

350 L 1 N K - B E L T

Bosed on Series P 200 boll be oring pillow blocks.

bulk handling
bucket elevators

Platforms and drive s

Service platforms
Service platforms are recomm ended for bucket elevators to provide access to
the drive and head termina ls for inspection, lubrication and servicing. They
extend around three sides of the elevator and are readil y reached by ladders.
Th ese platforms are supported on the elevator casing and can be arranged
for flooring made of w ood , checkered steel pla tes or grating.
Safety coges are recommended for all ladders. Ladders and coges are made
to co nform to safety codes.

Drive arrangements
Various drive arrangements are ava ilab le for bucket elevators. The most economical combination consists of a G earmotor connected to the eleva tor head
shaft by means of a chain drive . The chain drive provides flexibi l ity in mounting and, by varying the ratio of the drive, the speed of the elevator ca n be
changed. Other com binations consisting of Motogears, worm gear drives, or
helical gear drives either directly co nnected or combined with chain drives can
be furnished. The final drive selection depends on clearances, method of supporting or user's preference.
A typical drive is shown in Fig. 4971.
Th e Motogear, supported on a brac ket
mounted on the elevator casing, is connected to th e elevator head shaft by an
enclosed cha in drive. This orrangemen t is
compact, economical and efficient.

Backsto ps
Backstops are available for use on bu cket
elevators to preven t reversa! of the b ucket
line should the elevator stop under load.
A backstop can be applied directly to the
head shaft on all but the very large elevators, in which ca se it sho uld be provided
on a portian of th e drive located ah ead of
the headshaft .

u
1
1
1

Elevot or
casing
size inside,
inches

...

Fig. 3381

Fi9. 4971

Photo 20 174A

E
Average
weight,
pounds

Elevator ty pe

l a nd 2

17and 8

INCHES

....
. .. .
....
....
....
. .. .
. . ..

9 o/4 X 35
1 1 'lf4 X 35
11 'lf4 X 39
1 1 'lf4 X 42

550
550
560
570

9%
11 %
1 1 :y.
1 1 :y.

35
35
39
42

72
72
78
82

45
45
45
45

33
33
33
33

13%x39
13 o/4 X 42
13 % X 48
15 % X 42

560
570
6 15
570

13 %
13%
13%
15 %

39
42
48
42

78
82
88
82

45
45
50
45

33
33
34 14
33

15 o/4 X 48
15 o/4 X 54
17 o/4 X 48
17 % X 54

615
645
615
645

15%
15 %
17%
17 %

48
54
48
54

88
100
88
100

50
50
50
50

34 14
39 14
34 14
3914

19 o/4 X 48
19 o/4 X 54
20 Y2 X 30
2 1 o/4X4 8

615
645
560
615

19 %
19 %
20 y,
21 %

48
54
30
48

88
100
70
88

50
50
49
50

3414
3914

.. . .
. ...
....
. ...
....
. . ..

. ...

42

22 Y2 X 30
22 f.ix54
24 Y, X 30
28 Y, X 42

560
645
560
660

22 Y2
22 3/4
24 Y2
28 Y2

30
54
30
42

70
100
70
88

49
50
49
58

30 Y2 X 42
32 Y2 X 42
34 Y2 X 42
38 Y2 X 42

660
660
660
660

30 Y2
32 Y2
34 Y2
38 Y2

42
42
42
42

88
88
88
88

58
58
58
58

34

v.

. ...
39

v.

. .. .
. .. .

....
... .
... .
....

....

.. ..

.. ..
33

. ...
33

.. ..
34

v.

....

34 14

... .

34 14

.. ..

34 14

.. ..

....

. . ..

3414

42

. ...
....

.. ..
42
42
42
42
42
42

....

....
. .. .
....
. ...
. . ..

Hove dimensions certified far installa ti o n purposes.

Platforms reulorly furnished with stee l frames and handrails. Flooring, toe plates, ladde rs and
safety coges con be fu rnished.
A Platforms far other than listed sizes can be furnished.

LINK-BELT 351

bulk handli ng
sklp holsts

skip

Four sklp hoists provide dependoble operction et ges producing plcnt, handling cocl, coke, cnd
cshes. The cocl cnd coke hoists, et fer left, deliver to bins serving e weigh lcrry over the chcrging floor.
The hoist in the foreground, in front of boiler house, delivers cocl or coke breeze into bunker over
boilers. The csh hoist, behind boiler house, delivers to storcge bin for truck hculcge. Photo 304 1 6

Semlautomati c noncounterwelghted skip

holst with 20-cubic foot bucket elevctes cshes
63 fe et to circular locding bin. Photo 1801 2

The Link-Belt skip hoist has long been known to industry. Since the flrst
installation before the turn of the century, Link- Belt has built and
installed many such machines and has acquired valuable eic:perience in
their application to a variety of uses and operat ing conditions.
The skip hoist consists of a bucket with or without counterweights or
two buckets balancing each other, a winding machine, wire rope, a
steel structure with tracks, means for loading and unloading the bucket
or buckets, and the necessary electrical ap pa ratus and leed sheaves.
As an effective method of unloading bulk materials, the skip hoist
is especially applicable to high lifts, and is suitable for various combinations of vertical and incl ined paths of travel. lt has few moving parts
and the material being carried does not contact these parts; therefore,
maintenance is infrequent and simplified. lt can handle a wid e variety
of abrasive or corrosive materials, large lumps as well as fines, at low
or high capacities.
The Link-Belt skip hoist is known for its simplicity of construction, its
dependability and economy in operation.
Fully automatlc noncounterw elghted sklp
holst with 100-cubic foot bucket delivers cocl
or coke 121 feet from trcck hopper to storcge
bln et power plcnt. Photo 18028

352 L 1 N I< - B E L T

bulk handling
skip hoists

Skip hoists

40-cublc foot sem lautomatic sklp hoist lronsferring limestone

and coke from outdoor slorage to bins. Started by a push button,
one cycle is completad aulomolicolly. Pnolo 30532

Materi als handled

The skip hoist will convey virtually all materials with the
exception of those which are very fine , light or fluffy,
cont aminable, highly corrosive, or those having harmful,
d usty or explos ive properties.

Types
There a re three general types of skip hois ts-the single
noncounterweighted bucket, t he si ngle counterwei ghted
b ucke t, and the type with balanced bucket s.
In the single noncounterweighted type , the cable is
a ttached directly to the winding drum. The horsepower
pull is measured by the weight of the bucket plus the
weight of the materi al in the bucket. This type is lowest in
first cost but is higher in power requirements than the other
types.
In the single counterweighted type, the counterweight
is made equal to the weight of the bucket, plus one-half
the weight of the material in the bucket, a nd t he horsepower pul! is measured by one-half the weight of mat erial in t he bucket . This type offers operating economies
w here service is frequent or continuous, as the power requirement is less.

Fully a utomatic skip holst s elevating coal and coke fram trock
hoppers. The 1 48-foot hoist a l left is o balonced type , while thot al
righl ;, o counlerweighted type with 1 56 feel of trovel. Photo 304 1 8

In the balanced type, two buckets are used, one ascending while the other is descending . The horsepower
pull is measured by the weight of the material in one
bucket. This type is selected for large capacities.

Design
All elements of the Link-Belt skip hoist are designed to
conform with best engineering p ractice, predicated on
many years of experience in this f ield .

Paths of travel
Each installation must be designed to meet local conditions, and the path of travel of the bucket must therefore
be arranged to suit. The paths illustrated here are typical,
and will meet most operating conditions.

PATH PATH
1

PATH PATH
3

PATH
5

PATH
6

PATH
7

Fig. 3518

L 1 N K - B E L T 3 53

bulk handling
skip holsts

Winding machines
The winding machine is assembled fram elements corefully designed to provide
dependa ble , faolproof automatic skip hoist service. 11 cansists of a single g roaved
d rum, a drum shaft maunted on heavy roller bearings, an enclosed pcrall e l shaft
gear d rive, a combined coupling
and brake wheel with operating
mechanism, and a traveling cam limit
switch, all maunte d on a welded
stee l base.
Twa ty pes of winding machines
a re availab le , the HRT and the RS.
The HRT machine ha s the advantage
of easy accessibility of pe ris far
service and ma inte nance. The RS
machine is more campact fo r use
whe re Aaa r space is limited .

Type HRT win d ing machin e

Type RS wi n di ng machine

Engineering
a s fram a track happer, the use af an automatic loader is necessary
and the skip o peratian b ecomes fully a ulomatic. The cycle is then
the sorne as far semia ulomatic operation except that the bucket is
held a predetermined p eriod al the lood ing p oint far looding, and
then the cycle is automotically rep e o ted.
The copacity of o semia utomatic skip hoist is somewhot less than
that of one which is full y o utomatic, due to the g rea ler and indefinite
time required far looding. Table l will be faund useful in tenlatively
se lecting the approximate bucket size and speed. Consult Link-Belt
fa r final selection.

When material is delive re d to a ski p haist intermittently, such a s

when laad ing fram a wheelbarrow, an ash car, or by hand shaveling, it can be laaded d irectly into the bucket and the opera tion mad e
semiautomatic.
In semiautamatic operation, the cycle is as fallows-af ter loading,
the bullan is pushed ; the skip accelerales, travels al full speed ,
decelerate s, and remains al the dumping zone far a p re-determined
period ; it then reverses, accelerates, trove Is al full speed, decelerates,
and comes to re sl ba ck al the loading p osition.
When material comes ta the skip hoi sl in a conlinuo us stream, such
Table 1 Capacities and horsepowers
Bucke t
speed
in feet

si:r. e in

pe r minute

cubic

Single 1 Two
sp eed
s pe ed

fe et

100

- -- --150

100
ond
200

150
o nd

Horse po w er ot motor

Copacity in tons per hour A

Bucket

lih of single bucker type, in feer

l "ft o f bo lonce d buclcet typ e, in fe et

80- -l- 0-0- l 2- 0- l -40- -l-6-0 - -l-8-0 - -2-0-0

l- 6- 0_ _ _

20
30
40
60

20
29
39
59

16
23
31
47

13
19
26
39

11
16
22
33

1o
14
19
29

80
100
120
20
30
40
60

78
98
117
27
40
53
79

60
78
93
21
32
43
64

51
64

38
48

18
27
36
54

44
55
66
16
23
31
47

80
100
1 20
40
60
80

106
133
159

86
107
129

72
90
108
38
57
74

100
120
40
60
80
100
120
40
60
80

No ncounte r
we;ghted

l 2- 0- l 4- 0- l 6- 0- 1-80
- -2-0-0
1- ,- 0-0- -

---

Single buclcet ty oe

Counterw e;ghled

lype

6
8
11
16

26
38
52
78

22
32
44
66

20
28
38
58

11
15
20
27

88
110
13 2
32
46
62
94

76
96
11 6
28
40
54
82

35
41

14
20
27
41

102
128
154
36
54
72
108

17
22
31
41

6
8
12

22
27
32
8
12
17
24

62
78
93
34
51
66

55
68
82
30
46
60

28
41
54

25
38
51

144
180
2 16
76
114
148

124
110
156 136
186
164
60
68
92
102
132 120

56
82
108

76
10 2

53
61
75
41
55
70

16
20
24
11
16
22

33
40
48
22
32
43

92
108
48
72
102

82
97
43
65
91

74
87
40
60
83

67
79
36
54
76

62
74
33

184
216
96
144
20 4

164
194
86
130
182

148
174
80
120
166

134
158
72
108
152

124
148
66
102
128

82
100
62
82
105

27
32
17
24
33

54
64
33
48
65

125
150

1 10
134

102
124

87
105
44
65
80

250
300

220
268

180
226
94
140
166

174
210
88
130
160

82
122
148

158

40
48
25
36
49

80
96

41
61
74

204
248
100
150
180

123
150
93

75
90

90
113
47
70
83

119
14 2

1 11
132

105
126

98
1 18

23 8
284

222
264

2 10
252

196
236

18 4
225

60
72

121
14 3

77

...
..
..

...
...
...

..
...

58

50
64

50

__:_:

50

3
4

Balonc ed
bucket

6
8

11
13
16
4

300

150
ond
4 50

100
120

50

Copoc111es ore boseo on ou1omo1ic lood1ng of moteriol we1ghing 50

pounds per cubic 100 1, o nd 1oke into o ccoun1 the time required for looding, t roveling ond dischorging. With semiou1omo1ic lood1ng, the copocity

JS4 L 1 N K - B E L T

122

50
73
98

depends upen the speed wilh wh1ch the bucket is looded.

Horsepower requirements ore bosed on listed capacit1 es and lihs, with
fnctional ond eleclricol losses included,

bulk handling
sklp holsts

Engineering
Automatic loading
b ucket co pocity, the looding of the b ucket is best co ntrolled by
the use of o receiving hopper ond looding device. The Link- Bel!
oulomolic loader is o p roven mochine designed lo utilize the full
copocity of the syslem by ropid ond occurole Alling of the bucket,
thereby eliminoting lime loss in the cycle.

A skip hoisl hondles material in botches ond therefore material

which con be brought to it intermillently con be looded directly
inlo the buckel. This permits manual looding, provided the copocity requiremenls ore odequole o nd services of on ollendonl
justified. When material is ovoiloble far conlinuous looding of
the skip, os from o hopper or bin, or in botches greoler thon the

1<--D-~

r-c- 1

O
u_
iT

-i

BA

W=MIN.
-DISTANCE
TO REMOVE
LOADER SHAFT

r.

INSI DE
CHU TE

.'

' '

Style O automatic loader

Bucket

size,
cubic
f eet

looder weight,
pounds

Maximum
lumps,
inches

Bucket
width,
inches

Empty

Fig. 3497

looded

H
1

f[ET ANO INCHES

20
30
40
60

36
54
48
54

6
6
8
8

2 100
2300
3800
4070

2900
3300
51 00
5720

1-8
2-0
2-0
2-6

2-2V.
2-6'/a
2- 63A
3-0>A

1-1 ov.
1-1 ov.
2- 9 %
2- 9 %

2-5'12
2-5'12
3-4'/a
3.4y,

1-1 1 y,
2 - 3 y,
2- 3 'A
2- 9'A

2-2Ya
2- 2Ya
3- 4 3A
3- 4 3A

3-0
3-0
4-0
4-0

4 -4
4 -4
6-6
6-9

80
100
120

60
60
60

12
12
12

4350
4350
4 350

6300
6300
6300

3-0
3-0
3-0

3-63A
3-6 3A
3-6 3A

2- 9 v.
2- 9 v.
2- 9%

3.4y,
3- 4 /,
3- 4 '/a

3- 3 'A
3 - 3 'A
3- 3 'A

3-4 3A
3-4 3A
3- 4 3A

4-0
4-0
4-0

7-0
7-3
7-9

Bucket

size,

20
30
40
60
80
100
120

cubic
fe et

FEET ANO INCHE"

0-7 13/6
0-7 13/6

3-6 13M

2-4 '/2
2-4 '/1
3-7'A
3-7'A

3-6 13M
3-6 13M
3-6 13/6

3-7'A
3-7'A
3- 7'A

1 -0 1 ~6

2-5 1

~6

0- 4 '12
0-4 '12
0-6
0-6

4-8
4-8
6-5 '/1
6-5 '/1

4-7
4-7
5-3 '/1
6-2

2-5 1 ~
3-6 13/6

0-6
0-6
0-6

6 -5 '/1
6-5 '12
6 - 5 '12

6-5 '11
7-3 '12
8-2

Hove dimens1ons c ertified for instollotion purposes.

1-0 1 ~
1 -0 1 ~

1 -0 1 ~6
1 -0 1 ~

4 -6
4-6
6 -6
6-6

3-1
3- 1
4-2 3A
4-2 3A

1-1 O>A
1- 1O>A
2- 9>A
2- 93A

3- 4 '/2
3- 4 '11
4- 11 >A
4-113A

2- 10'/2
2-10 '11
4- ov.
4- ov.

4-9
5-5
4-1 1
5 - 11

6-6
6-6
6 -6

4-2 3A
4-2 3A
4- 2 3A

2- 93A
2- 9 3A
2 - 9 3A

4 - 11 >A
4- 11 >A
4- 11 3A

4- 73A
4- 7>A
4- 7v.

6- 11
6 - 11
6- 11

.A Moximum lumps not more thon 10% of total materia l.

Looded wi1h material weighing 50 pounds per cubic foat, such as cool.

L 1 N K B E L T 355

bu lk hand ling
skip hoists

Engineering
Discharging
The bucket is unlooded by upending it al the discharge paint.
Tilting the bucket to an angle of 50 degrees ha s been found satisfactory for ma ny materials such a s coal, dry ashes, crushed stone
a nd sand, or in general for materials of Clossifocotions 1 and 2.
This ongle must be increosed for particulorly sluggish moteriols,
such a s those identiled by Clossifocation 3 listed in Table 1,
poge 563.

=8
L

RAIL
GAUGE
SECTION AA
OVERTRAVEL
DETAil

t-e- -TRACK
GAUGE

SECTION BB

Fig. 3494

Bucke t

size,
cubic

E
1

fe et

fE~T

20
30
40
60

4-5 Vi
4 -5 Y2
5-5 Y2
5-10

4-8 Y2
4-8 Y2
5-2
5-9

11-8
11-8
14-0
15-5 Y2

3-0
3-0
3-6
3-6

5-1
5-1
5-8
6-6

80
100
120

6-6 3A
7-2
8-2

6-3 Y2
7- l Y2
8-4 Y2

16-3
17-9
19-9

4-0
4-0
4- 0

7-0 JA
7- l O Y2
9- l Y2

6-8
6-8
7-9 Vi 1
8-7 Y2
9- l
l 0-4 Y2
11 -7

H
1

l
1

T
1

A1'D NCfi.S

3-1
3- l
4-3
4-0

0-1 Vi
0- l Vi
0-1
0-3 Y2

2-6
2-6
2- 10
2-10

0-7
0-7
0-9
0-9

0-2
0-2
0-2
0-2

3-0
3-0
4-0
4-0

4- 1 JA
5-7 3A
4-11 JA
5-5 JA

0-6 Y2
0-6 Y2
0- l O Y2
0- l O Y2

4-5
4-5
4-5

0-2
0-2
0-2

3-0
3-0
3-0

l-0
l- 0
l-0

0-2
0-2
0-2

4- 0
4-0
4-0

6- l
6- l
6-l

l-0 Y2
1-0 Vi
l-0 Vi

H ove dimensions certified for insto/lo:ion purposes.

Bucke ts
Buckets are availoble in sizes ranging from 20 to 1 20 cubic foot
capocities. The listed copacity of each bucket is meosured to the
copocity line. This is used for determining the copacity of a skip
hoist operoting in o vertical path. For on inclined poth, the copocity
is modifoed accord ingly.

1r:

Plain boils such o s shown in Fig . 3495 ore employed when !he
bucket operotes in o stro ight line. When the poth of the bucket is
other than o stroight line, it moy be necessory to use cable guide
sheoves with g uide rollers on the boil, os shown in Fig. 3496, to
ovoid interference with the skip structure.

~(

PLAIN BAIL

CAPACIT Y

ROLLER BA IL

CAPACITY

---ciNE

UNE
TRACK

!
Fig. 3495

356 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig. 3496

bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Bulk-Flo

36776

Dl1tribu tlng coal by Bulk-Flo system al lorge hospital power plont. Cool is elevoted
from truck hopper ond dischorged to silo by Bulk-Flo al left. Cenler Bulk-Flo recloims
stored cool from silo ond elevotes it lo horizontal seporoted-run Bulk-Flo ot right,
which conveys ond dischorges it to ony of !he three stoker hoppers. Cool no! dischorged
into the stoker hoppers is retu rned to the silo-recloim Bulk-Flo for re-circulotion.

The Link-Belt Bulk-Flo is a self-feeding, self-discharging combination elevator and

conveyor which provides a simple, efficient and flexible means of handling a variety of
granular, crushed, ground or pulverized materials. lt can be applied separately as a
feeder, elevator or conveyor. lt is enclosed and, in general, self-clearing. Travel can be
horizontal, vertical or inclined, and a single self-contained Bulk-Flo will carry in all
these directions.
The conveying medium consists of an endless chain to which cross Aights are attached
at intervals, all conta ined inside a close fitting casing. The material to be conveyed Aows
in through feed openings to flll the spaces between Aights, and the movement of the chain
then pushes or conveys the material by means of these Aights. Discharge is effected
through a suitably located discharge opening or spout .
The Link-Belt Bulk-Flo affords distinct advantages of compactness, simplicity and
Aexibility of layout.

L 1 N K - B E L T 357

bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Types
Combined-run
Appllcatlon The combined-run design is commonly used for handling fine ,
fre e-flowing material and substances that only occosionally contain friable
lumps.

Fe ed The material is fed to the conveying medium on the top or return run of
the conveyor and is carried rearword a short distance beforc it is allowed to
drop through an opening in the partition piole to the bottom or conveying run.
Horizontal slide gales regulate the rote of feed to the conveyor.
Discharge In a fronl discharge heod section, materiol carried up on the
outside portion of the peak top fligh ts spills directly into the discharge chute, os
it does in a side discharge design. Tho l which is corried b y the inside portion
of o flight is deAected around the chain and flights into the chute.

Head section
- - - wifh fixed
head shaff

L-path The illustration to the right shows an L-path Bulk-Flo with com bined-run
having single feed opening and front discharge head section. Side discharge
head sections may a lso be used.
Horizontal The lower photograph shows a horizontal Bulk- Flo with combinedrun having dual feed openings and a single discharge point. The design is
adaptable to additional feed and discharge openings.

Chain and
----flighf line

1nfermed iafe
- - - - se ction

Fig.

61 87

lns pe ction
1- - -- - window
or door

Fully loaded

Portially lo a ded

A Bu lk-Flo operotes equally well irrespective of volu m e

Ta il section
wifh s crew ad ju sfed
shaft fakeups

- - -Curve d section

L-PATH COMBINED-RUN

Re movable hood-- - -- -

Feed re gulafing gafe

Re movable cove r piafes
1

281 24

HORIZONTAL COMBINED-RUN

3 58 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Types
He ad se ction
with sc rew ad juste d

~-"

.....

He ad se ction
w ith fi xed he ad shaft - - - -

Separated-run
Application The separated-run is recommended for
ha ndling materiols cantaining lumps, where feed control
is essential and it is desirable to hove com plete occess to
both runs of the conveyor.

Peak-top _ __
flights

Feed Built with divided, sep ara tely encased horizontal

runs, this design is better odopted to the use of multiple
feed points. Material is fed directly to the bottom or conveying run, ond the flow is controlled b y horizontal slide
ga les.
Discharge Side discho rge head sections afford additiona l flexi bility esp ecially whe n the material is tronsferred d irectly to o second conveyor, resulting in o
decreased overall height of the machine.
Loop-loading The loop-loading Bulk-Flo is o form of
the separate d-run design. Adjustoble tokeups o re on
heod shoft.
L-pa th The L-path seporoted-run Bulk-Flo with side
dischorge heod sectian is shown to the right. Front discharge head sectians may also be used with this design.
Takeups ore provided o n the foot shoft.

281198

Horizontal The horizonta l seporoted-run design is

shown with two feed openings o nd one dischorge point.
Additionol feed ond dischorge points moy be used
where required.

LOOP
LOADING
L-PATH
SEPARATED-RUN

Tail se ction
with screw adjusted
shaft takeups

HORIZONTAL
SEPARATED-RUN

28123

Lstraight flights
L 1 N K - B E L T 359

bu lk handling
Bulk- Flo

Selection
Consider the following foctors whe n selecting o Bulk- Flo:
Kind ond chorocter of material being

hon~ e d,

whether lump y,

obrosive, corrosive, sticky, etc.

W e ight of material in pounds p e r cubic foot
Moximum ro te al which material is handled or copocity, in
cubic feet per hour
Moximum size of lumps in inches, average size of material
and percentog e of lumps in to tal volume
Path or layout

Ex amples o f Bulk- Flo selection

Pr ob lem 1

Select a Bulk-Flo to meet the following conditio ns:

Materi al . .. ...... . . Aoxseed cake, expelle r
Weight .. .......... 50 pounds per cubic foot
Copocity .... . ...... 15 tons per hour or 600 cubic
fe e t per hour, moximum
Moximum lump size . . 1 inch, 1 2% of tota l volume
Poth . ........ . . . .. Layout 1, Chori B, L= 45 feet
Service .... .. . . .... 8 hours p e r doy

Service required; continuous or intermittent

With this informotion known, p rocee d as follows:
Esta blish the m a teria l cla ss Refer to Table 1. Find the materia l
closs fer the material b e ing hondled. lf this particular material is not
listed, select one with simil ar cha rocteristics, o r determine the classifkation by using Table 1, page 563.
Determine th e Bulk-Flo s peed Knowing the weight of the ma terial and material class, refer to Table 2 and determine the recommended conveyor speed.

Solution
Referring to Table 1, note thot the materia l closs fer Aoxseed cake
is 026. In Table 2, the mo ximu m recommended spee d for o D26
ma terial is 50 FPM.
Refer to Cho ri A. Bulk-Flo No. 57 operating ot 5 0 FPM will hondle
the copocity ond the moximum lump size.
Accord ing to Table 2 a No. 1 or 5 casing is recommended. Refer
to Table 3. A l!i.'' commerciol hot roll e d mi ld steel or 3/i 6" low alloy
steel casing is specified fer the No. 57 Bulk-Flo. Base the Anal se lection on the desired life expectoncy or the user's pre ference.
input HP for Layout l

Se lect t he Bul k- Fl o size When th e Bulk- Flo is to b e used as a

conveyor, the maximum rote ot which materia l is handl e d is used in
selecting the siz e, even though this rote e xists anly fer a short inte rvol.
Whe n the Bulk-Flo is to b e used o s o feede r, the actual rote ot which
material is hondled is used in selecting the size.
Using the co pocity, weight o f material, lump size ond recom-

= .002

X 15 X 1.2 X 45

1.62 HP

Refer to Tables 4 and 5. A 2 HP drive with o heod shoft speed

of 15 RPM is corree! for th e opplicotion. With the HP and speed ot
the he ad shoft known, refer to Catolog 1050 ond select o drive.
Th e heod shoft is l 15/io" in diometer, selected from Cho ri D, using
Service l from Table 6 ond M e q ual to 1.62.
Therefore, Bulk-Flo No. 57 with l 1S/i.'' diameter heod shoft is
sotisfoctory for the opplication.

mended speed, refer to Cho ri A ond select the Bulk-Flo size.

Problem 2

Determ ine the ca sin g sp ecifi catian s

Refer to Tabl e 2 ond find

the casing number. With this informotion refer to Table 3 ond determine the casing speciflcotions.

Calculate the required horsep o wer Refer to Chori B o nd select

the horsepower formulo opplying to th e poth or layout of the Bulk-

Select a Bulk -Flo to mee! the following conditions:

Mate rial . .. .. soybeon meo l, cold
W e ight ...... 40 pounds per cubic foot
Capaci ty . . . . 20 tons per hour, or 1000 cubic feet per hour,
max imum

Poth ...... .. Layout 5, Chori B, L = 20 feet, V =60 fee t

Service ...... 16 hours p er doy

Flo. Knowing the input horsepower, refer to Tables 4 ond 5, ond determine the motor size ond heod shoft speed .

Knowing heod shoft speed ond motor ho rse power, refer to Cotolog
1050 and select o drive.

Solut ion
Refer to Table l. Note that the material closs for soybeo n meo l is
626. In Tabl e 2 the mo ximum recommended sp eed foro 626 materia l
is 7 0 FPM.
Refe r to Chori A. Bulk-Flo No. 6 1 O o p e rotin g at 50 FPM will
hondl e the capoci ty.

Vorious drive arrongements con be used fer operoting o Bulk-Flo.

A commonly used combinotion consists of o Geormotor connected
to the head shoft by a choin drive. Other comb ino tions consisting of
o Motogeor, worm geor drive or poroll e l shoft gear drive, e ither
directly connected or combined with o choin drive, con be furnished.

De termine the head shaft size a nd check the verti cal centers
Usng the service liste d in Tabl e 6 fer the hours of operotion, ond
Choris C, D, E, F or G corresponding to the Bulk-Flo size, refer to
the instructions on poge 365 ond determine the he od shaft diamete r
ond check the vertical centers.

360 L 1 N K - 8 E L T

According to Tab le 2 a No. 2 casing is recommended. Refer to

Table 3. A Y" commerciol hot rolled mild steel casing is specifled
fer the No. 6 l O Bulk-Flo.
input HP for Layout 5 = .003 X 20 X 1.0(20 + 60)

4.8 HP

Refer to Tables 4 ond 5. A 7 Y2 HP d rive with o heod shaft speed

of 12.5 RPM is corree! for the application. With the HP ond sp eed ot
th e head shoft known, refer to Cotolog l 050 ond select o drive.
The heo d shoft is 3 'l" in dio mete r, selected from Chori E, using
Service 2 from Tabl e 6, M equol to 4.8 ond vertica l centers of
60 feet.
Therefore, Bulk-Flo No. 6 1O with 3 1/i.'' dio meter he od shoft is
sotisfoctory for the opplicotion.

bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Selection
Table 1 Typicol bulk moteriols hondled by Bulk-Flo
Average

Material

weight per
cubic foot,
pounds

Class

t:.
Alfalfo meol ... . ..
Almonds, broken or
whole ........
Aluminote jell .....
Aluminum silicate ..
Ammonium chloride,
crystalline ....
Apple pomoce, dry .
Arsenic, p ulverized ..
Bakelite, fine . ... ..
Boking powder .....
Borley ............
Beons, castor, whole .
Beons, castor, meal. .
Beons, navy, dry ...
Beans, navy, steeped
Bicorbonote of soda
Blood, dried .. . ....
Bones ..... . ......
Boneblack, under
100 mesh .. .... .
Bonemeal .. .. .....
Borate of lime ....
Borax, fine
.....
Boric a cid, fine ....
Bran .... . .....
Bread crumbs ..... .
Brewer's groin, spe nt
wet ....... .. ....
Buckwheot . . . .. ...
Cosein .. .. .......
Chocolate press cake
Clover seed . ... . ..
Cool ..... ........
Cocoo beons .. . ...
Cocoa nibs .......
Coffee, c.hoff .. . . .
Coffee, green b eon .
Coffee, ground .....
Coffee, roasted beon
Copper sulphote .. .
Copperos (see
ferrous sulphote)
Copro, lumpy . .. . .
Copro cake, lumpy. .
Copro cake, ground .
Copro meol . . .....
Cork, fine ground ...
Cork, granuloted ...
Corn, crocked .... . .
Corn germs . . ..... .
Corn grits ..... . ...
Corn sugor .......
Cornmeol .........
Cottonseed, dry,
d e-linted ........
Cottonseed cake,
lumpy .... . .. .. . .

17

B37W

28-30 C27T
45
B27
B26
49
52
15
30
30-40
41
38
36
48
60
41
35-45
35-50

B26
C37W

..

.A.36
A26
B16S
C16
826
C16
C26
A26
037

...

20-25 A27.&
55-60 B27
A26.&
B26
53
55
B26
16-20 B26SW
B26T.&
55-60
40- 42
36
40-45
48
50
30-40
35
20
32
25
22-26

22
25-30
40-45
40-45
12-15
12-15
45-50
21
40-45
31
38-40

C36P.&
B16S
B27.&
027
B16S

...

C27T.&
C27
B26WY
C26T
B26
C16
0 26

026
D26
B26
B26
B36WY
C36
C26
B26
B26
B26
B26

35

C26

40-45

D26

Horse
power
foctor

Material

2.2 Cottonseed flokes ...

Cottonseed hulls ...
1.5 Cottonseed meol ...
1.4 Cottonseed meats ..
1.0 Cracklings, crushed,
3 " ond under ....
1.2 Oica lum phosphote
2.2 Epsom salts ........
Foce powder, (see
2.0 Talcum powd er)
1.5 Ferrous sulphote .. .
1.0 Fish meol .........
1.2 Floxseed ..........
1.2 Floxseed ca ke,
1.0 expeller .. .....
1.0 Flaxseed meol .....
1.5 Flour, wheat .......
1.6 Gelatin, granulote<l .
1.5 Glue, peorl .......
Gluten meol .. . ... .
Grophite, floke ....
1.5 Graphite, flour .....
Grape pomace ....
1.4 Gross seed ....... .
Gypsum, raw
2.5
1" and under ...
Hominy
. .......... .
Hops, spent ... . .. .
Ice, crushed .......
1.0 lron sulphote (see
ferrous sulphote )
1.2 Lead orsenate .....
1.0 Lignite, oir drie<l ...
Lime, hydrote<l,
pulverized .......
1.3 Lime pe bble ......
2.5 Lithopone ...... ...
1.2 Mognesium chloride .
1.2 Moize (see corn)
1.2 Mol!, dry, ground,
Ye " o nd under ...
Molt, dry, whole ....
Mol! meo l. . .... . ..
1.2 Mico, ground .....
1.2 Mico , pulverized ...
1.2 Mico Aokes .... . ..
1.0 Milk, whole
4.0
powdered .... .. .
4.0 Mustord seed ... . ..
1.4 Nophthole ne flokes .
1.4
1.0 Oots ..... . .......
1.6 Oats, rolled .......
1.0 Peonuts, shelled . . .
Peonuts, in shells . . . .
1.2 Peas, dried . . . . ....
Rice, hulled or
1.2 polished ...... ..

Refer to Table I, Poge 563, for closs description.

Consult Link-Belt for informotion.

Averag e

weight per
cubic foot,
pounds

t:.
20-25
12
35-40
40

Avero ge
weighl per
cubic foot,
pounds

Horse
Closs

...

power

factor

Material

...

...

t:.

Rice, rough ... . ..

2.4 Rice bron (see b ren)
1.2 Rice grits ........
1.2 Rye . ... . . . . . . . .
Salicylic ocid .. . .. .
40-50 036.&
Solt cakP, dry,
43
A36
2.4 coorse ...... . ...
40-50 B26
1.4 Solt ca ke, dry,
pulverized .... . ..
Soltpe ter .. .. .. . ..
50-75 C27
1.4 Sawdust ... .. .. . . .
35-40 B36
1.0 Soop beads or
45
B16S
0.8 granules ... . .. .. .
Soop chips .. .. . .. .
48-50 026
1.2 Soap flokes ..... . .
1.2 Soap powder ......
25
a26
35-40 A36K.&
Soda a sh, light. ....
2.0 Soda osh, heovy . ..
32
C26T
40
C16
1.0 Sodium phosphote
1.0 (see Trisodium
40
B26
40
C26
1.0 phosphote)
28
1.4 Sodium sulphate
A16Y
2.2 (see sol! cake)
15-20 C37W
10-12 B26SW
2.2 Soybe ons, crocked
Soy be on cake,
90- 100 027
1.0 over Y2" . .......
1.0 Soybe on floke s,
37
C26
1.2 raw or spent . . . . .
35 -55
35-45 016
0.8 Soybeon flour .....
Soybeon meal, cold .
Soybeon meal, hot .
72
1.5 Storch ..........
B36R
45-55 026
1.5 Sugor, gronulated .
Sugor, powdered
32-40 A26YZ
1.5 Sulphur, crushed,
1.7
53-56 036
1/2" ond und e r .
45-50 A26Y
1.7 Sulphur, lumpy,
1.4
33
C36
3 " ond under
Sulphur, powdered . .
Tolcum powder ....
1.4
22
B26SW
1.0 Tanbo rk, ground ...
27-30 C26S
36-40 B26
1.2 Timothy seed . . ....
3.0 Tobacco, scrops ....
13-15 B27
13- 15 A27Y
3.0 Tobocco, snuff .....
2.2 Tri sodium phosphote
17-22 B17WY
Tung nut me ots,
crushe<l ...... . ...
20
B36KL2A
45
1.0 Vermiculite,
B16S
expended .......
45
26
C16S
1.2 Wheot ...... . ... .
19
C26SW
1.6 Wheot, crocked . .. .
35 -45 C26T
1.3 Wheot germ ......
2.4 Wood chips ..... ..
15-20 026T
45-50 C16ST
1.0 Wood flour ...... .
Zinc o xide, light .. ..
45-48 B16
1.0 Zinc oxid e, heovy ...
B36W
B26
B26

Horse
Closs

power

fa ctor

36

B26S

1.2

42-45
44
29

B26
B16S
B26L

1.0
1.0

1.5

85

027

1.4

65-85
80
10-13

B27
B26S

1.5
1.4

15-25
5-15
20-25
20-35
55-65

B26T.&
C26T.&
B26T.&
B26.&
A27W
B27

2.5
1.4

30-4 0

C27S

1.2

4 0 -43

02 6

1.2

...

18-26 C26W
27
40
B26
40
B26P
25-50
50-55 B26KT
50 -60

...
...
...

50-60

36
15-25
30
60
25
16
45-48
40-45
28
10-30
16-36
10-15
30- 35

1.0
1.0
1.4

C26S.&

80-85 0265.&
50-60 B26SY A
40-60 A27Y

55

1.2

...

1.5

B26SW
036W
B36TY
B27

1.0
2.2
2.0
1.6

026

1.4

C37W
C16S
B26S
B26
H36WX.&

2.6
1.0
1.0
1.2
1.5

...

A36WZ.& 2.5
A36Z
2.5

t::. Weight of material loase or slightly ogitoted . These we1ghts are usuolly
different when mote riols oro settled or pocked os in bins or contoiners.

L 1 N K - B E L T 361

bulk handling
8ulk-Flo

Selection
Table 2 Casing num b ers and re camme nd e d moximum sp eed s
Casing
number

Weight of
mate rial,
pounds per
cubic foot

"'

speed,
FPM

Class A 16
materlals6

10
20
30

to
to
to
to

10
20
30
40

1
1
1

40
50
60
70

to
to
to
to

50
60
70
80

1
1
1

70
70
70
70

80
90

to
to

90
100

1
1

70
70

l
l

Casing

1 Moximum

number

"'

40
50
60
60

Class 816
materlals 6

Class A26
materlals 6

number

Casing
I Moximum 1
speed,
number
FPM

"'Class A36
1

materials 6

"'

materlals6

30
40
40
40

30
40
40
40

5
5
5
5

30
40
40
40

50

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

40
40
40
40

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

40
40
40
40

2,
2,
2,
2,

6
6
6
6

40
40
40
40

50
50

2, 6
2, 6

40
40

2,6
2, 6

40
40

2, 6
2, 6

40
40

5
5
5
5

l
l

50
50

1
1

60
60
60
60

1
1

1
1

60
60

1
1

50

Class 836
materlals6

Class 827
materials6

1,
1,
1,
1,

10
20
30
40

1
1
1
1

60
60
70
70

1
1
1
1

40
50
60
60

2,
2,
2,
2,

40
50
60
70

to
to
to
to

50
60
70
80

1
1
1

80
80
80
80

2
2
2
2

70
70
70
70

2,5
2, 5
2, 5
2, 5

60
60
60

1, 5

80
90

to
to

90
100

2
2

80
80

2
2

70
70

2, 5
2, 5

60
60

Class C26
materlals6

30
40
40
50
50

Class 8 17
materlals 6

to
to
to
to

Class C16
materials 6

"'Class A37

"'Class A27

1,
1,
1,
1,

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

I Moximum
sp eed,
FPM

5
5
5
5

30
40
40
40

10
20
30

number

materials6

1
1
1
1

Casing

Moximum
speed,
FPM

1,
1,
1,
1,

30
40
50
50

Class 826
materlals 6

Maximum 1 Casing
number
speed,
FPM

Class A 17
materials 6

1
1
1
1
l

Casing

Moximum
speed,
FPM

Class 837
materlals 6

5
5
5
5

40
40
40
40

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

40
40
40
40

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

30
40
40
40

1, 5
1, 5
1, 5

40
40
40
40

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

40
40
40
40

2, 6
2,6
2, 6
2,6

40
40
40
40

2, 6
2, 6

40
40

2,6
2,6

40
40

2,6
2,6

40
40

Class C36
materlals 6

Class C17
materials6

Class C27
materials6

Class C37
materials6

10
20
30

to
to
to
to

10
20
30
40

1
1
1
1

60
60
70
70

1
1
1
1

40
50
60
60

2,
2,
2,
2,

5
5
5
5

30
40
40
50

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

40
40
40
40

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

40
40
40
40

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

30
40
40
40

40
50
60
70

to
lo
to
lo

50
60
70
80

1
1
1
1

80
80
80
80

2
2
2
2

70
70
70
70

2,
2,
2,
2,

5
5
5
5

50
60
60
60

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

40
40
50
40

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

40
40
40
40

2, 6
2,6
2,6
2, 6

40
40
40
40

80
90

to
to

90
100

2
2

80
80

2
2

70
70

2,5
2, 5

60
60

2, 6
2, 6

40
40

2,6
2,6

40
40

2, 6
2, 6

40
40

Class 016
materials 6

1
1
1
1

Class D26
materlals 6

Class D36
materlals 6

40
40
50
50

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

40
40
50
50

2, 5
2, 5
2,5
2, 5

10
20
30

to
to
to
to

10
20
30
40

40
50
60
70

to
to
to
to

50
60
70
80

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

60
60
60
60

1,
1,
1,
1,

5
5
5
5

50
50
50
50

80
90

to
to

90
100

1, 5
1, 5

60
60

2, 6
2, 6

50
60

Class D27
materials 6

Class 037
materlals6

50

2,6
2, 6
2, 6
2, 6

40
40
40
40

2, 6
2,6
2,6
2, 6

40
40
40
40

2, 6
2, 6
2,6
2, 6

30
40
40
40

2, 5
2,5
2, 5
2, 5

60
60
60
60

2, 6
2, 6
2, 6
2,6

40
40
40
40

2,6
2,6
2, 6
2,6

40
40
40
40

2,
2,
2,
2,

6
6
6
6

40
40
40
40

2, 5
2, 5

60
60

2,6
2,6

40
40

2,6
2, 6

40
40

2, 6
2, 6

40
40

A C o nsider design, use of speciul c onsrrucrio n or casing moteriols, ere.,

when rhe marer ial ro b" hondled:
Is mddly corros1ve, Closs P
Gives o ff dust o r fumes hormful ro lile, Class R
Co nto1ns explosive dusr, Class S

362 L 1 N K - B E L T

Class 017
materials 6

30
40
50

6 Clossificorio ns cover o bro od lisr o f morerials thar generolly con be hondled

in o Bulk-Flo. However, o Bulk-Flo is not ordinorily used fo r handling o
material which:
Is very obrosive, Closs 8
Is highly corrosive, Class N
lnrerlocks or mors ro resisr digging, Closs X
Solidifies or pocks under pressure, Closs Z.

bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Selection
Siz e and speed s e lectlo n
To determine Bulk-Flo size ond operoling speed for o given
copocity ond weight of material, enter lower portion of chori
from left side for copocities in tons per hour ond move olong o
horizontol line to intersection with inclined moteriol-weight line.
From this point move to upper portion of chori on o vertical line to
intersection with Bulk-Flo size line.
Reod Bulk-Flo size number al left hond edge of upper chori.
O btoin conveyor speed by projecting o line through the zero ordinote ond the lotter intersection point to the upper edge of the chori.
Knowing copocities in cubic feel p e r hour, enter chori ot lower

edge, disregord moleriol-weight lines ond proceed lo upper

portion of chori on o ve rtica l line to intersection with Bulk-Flo
size line. Obtoin Bulk-Flo size ond op e roling speed in sorne
monner os obove.
lf speed obtoined exceeds the moximum recommended in
Table 2 , repeot proced ure but select o Bulk-Flo of next lorger
size operoting ot o correspondingly red uced speed.

Moximum size lumps, constituting 1O to 15 per cent of totol

material, which moy be hondled in eoch size Bulk-Flo ore listed
to lhe left of the Bulk-Flo number.

Chart A Size selection

LUMP BULK-FLO
SIZE
NUMBER

, 11
22

7 12

2"

610

,11

57

14
3

//

35

4
_J

<(

l:

LLJ

f<(

~
_J

<(

f-

10

f-

15

l.J._

20

~
o
ll)

ofo~

2
LLJ
N

:
c.
~

::::J

o::

40

::::J

o::

LLJ

60

c.

(/)

f-

80

_J

::::J
~

100

X
<(

o
LLJ
o

120

z
LLJ
~

LLJ

cr

140

200 4 00 600

800

1200

160,0

2000

24 00

CUBIC FEET PER HOUR

Fig. 3 101

L 1 N K - B E L T 36 3

bulk handling
Bulk- Flo

Selection
Chart 8 Typical layouts

LAYOUT 2

LAYOUT 1

,.. ......../, ~
1JJ_

~,

------------------1,~1

_I$UP

'<

LAYOUT 4

LAYOUT 3

/~

! -

/'.._/

TAKEUP

TAKEUP
_ ,.. -<

('

...... 'W -

.._-.,__ ' - - - --

.)

~,

,..,

LAYOUT 6

'-1
1

lh
-.....1

---

,- '\
("J.

LAYOUT 7

1
1

1
V

_,,/''

,L

\
\

~~~
/ -..../

,..

, __ _

/....._

LAYOUT 8

J>1

J.T AKEUP

____ ,,,

/AKEUP

L -

1
1

TAKEUP
> -<

- -- -L - -

(t-~)'-..-JV_______ _... / /

""'-- ' - - ----

LAYOUT 5

__tTAKEUP

1
TOP OF
'f
FEED OPENING

\
TOP OF
\
FEED OPENING"- -._

LAYOUT 9

/
/
/
/- -L-

-<

/
/

1
\

TOP OF
FEED OPENING

' .._ __

TOP OF
FEEDOPENINC;

- -L
f ig !)04"

Powe r r e quire ments

The power required to operote o Bulk-Flo is o function of !he
poth, copocity ond physicol chorocteristics of the product hondled.
In colculoting input horsepower, olwoys use the a ctual copocity
La yout l . . . . . . . . . .. H = .002 T C L
Layout 2 ..... . . . . . . . . . H = .004 T C L
Layout 3 .............. H =.00 1 T C (2L + V)
Lo youts 4 throJgh 8 ...... H = .003 T C (L + V)
La yout 9 ........ .. ..... Consult link-Belt

3 64 L 1 N K - B E L T

for the speed determined from Chori A. The following formulas

will give close opproximote horse powers for the vorious loyouls
in Chori B.
where H =input horsepower
T = tons per hour-octuol copocity for speed selected
C = horsepower factor, from Table 1
L= horizontal centers in feet
V = vertical centers in feet

bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Selection
H ead shaft size

Table 3 Recommended casin g materials

Thickness, inches
Casing

Material

number

Bulk-Flo number
35

- - 2

--3
- --

--5

Chori B on the preceding poge illustrotes typicol Bulk-Flo loyouts. To determine the correct heod shoft size, use the following
procedure:

57

610

712

913

Commerciol hot
3/6
%
3/6
1
y.. 1 y..
rolled mild steel - - - - - - - - - - - - - -316
y..
y..
y..
y..

----v.:-----v.:- -V:- -V:-

Commerciol hot
%
rolled mild stee l
~------;--golvonized

y..

y..

y..

y..
3/6
3/6
3/6
1O go.
- - - Low olloy steel - -- - - - - - - - - - - - y..
y..
y..
3/6
3/6
6

- -7

- - - Stoinless steel

10

-1O- - - -- --- - -y.. go.

'A

10

3/6

%
y..

11

3/6

12

%
y..

--- ---

'A

'A

5I6

5/6

---y..
'A

3116

Aluminum

- - - Monel metal

3116

3/6

3/6

3/6

- -- --

go.

- - - - - - - --

--- -- -,----y..
y..
3/6

3/6

- - - - - - - - - - -- - - 516
y..
5I6
3/6
'A

For Layouts 1 and 2

The heod shoft dio meter depends on the o peroting service ond
the h;,rsepower required to drive the Bulk-Flo with the mate ria l to
be tronsported.
The service clo ss is listed in Table 6 ond is bosed on the hours
of o p erotion.
Hoving selected the proper Bulk-Flo size from the weight of the
material per cubic foot ond the required copocity in tons per
hour by reference to Chori A, refer to Choris C to G on the following poge. Colculote factor M by the formulo given beneoth these
cho ris, ond then locote this factor olong the bottom of the chori
correspond ing to the Bulk-Flo si ze selected.
lf this lies to the left of the point ot which the proper service
line meets the zero centers line ot the bottom of the chori, the
shoft diometer ind icoted for the oreo between the heovy lines
is corree! for the opplicotaon. lf it is to the ri ght of the service line,
o lo rger si ze Bul k- Flo operoting ot o lowe r speed should be
selected.

For Layo uts 3 , 4, 5 , 6, 7 and 8

The ollowoble vertico 1 centers, o s well os the heod sho ft dio meter, ore determined from the operoting service ond the horsepower required to drive the selected Bulk-Flo conveying ond
elevoting the materia l in question.
The service closs is listed in Ta ble 6 ond is bosed on the hours
of operotion.
Hoving selected the proper Bulk- Flo size from the wei ght of
the materia l per cubic foot ond the required copocity in tons
p er hour by reference to Cho ri A, refer to Cho ris C to G on the
following poge. Colculote factor M b y the formulo given beneoth
these choris, ond then locote this factor olong the bottom of the
chori correspond ing to the Bulk-Flo size selected . Drow o vertical
line from this point to intersection with o horizontal line representing the vertical centers of the Bulk- Flo.
lf the intersection p oint so locoted is to the left of the inclined
d otted line representing the service closs obtoined from Table 6,
the vertical centers of the Bulk-Flo ore within the ollowoble limits.
lf this point is to the right of the incline d service line, select o
lo rg e r size Bulk-Flo operoting ot reduced speed.
The point of intersection described obove is olso used to select
the heo d shoft diometer. The ronges covered b y the vorious heod
shoft sizes ore outlined by the solid inclined lines, ond the shoft
size covering the spoce in to which the point of inlerseclion fo lis
is thot required for the instollotion in q uestion.

Table 4 Motor sizes

Input

Motor

horsepo wer

horsepower

To
.9 to
1.4 to
1.9 to
2.7 to
4.6 to
7.1 to
9 .1 to
14. 1 to
18 .1 to

Table 5

_8
1.3
1.8
2.6
4.5
7
9
14
18
22

1 \12
2

3
5
7 \12
10
15
20
25

Head s haft speeds

He a d shaft speed, RPM

Conveyor
FPM

Tabl e 6 Serv ice cla sses

Bulk-Flo number

speed,

35

57

610
1

712

913

10
20
30
40

3.75
7.5
11.25
15

3
6
9
12

2.5
5
7.5
10

2.5
5
7.5
10

1.87
3.75
5.62
7.5

50
60
70
80

18.75
22.5
26.25
30

15
18
21
24

12.5
15
17.5
20

12.5
15
17.5
20

9.37
11.25
13.12
15

Daily operation,
hours

Service

closs

6 to 10

10 lo 16

16 to 24

L 1 N K - B E L T 365

bu lk handling
Bul k - Fl o

Selection
H e ad s haft size (continued)
Chart F No. 71 2 Bulk-Flo

Cha r t C No. 35 Bulk-Flo

9
1-

--

\\

SERVI CE 1
1

8o

el 5 o
~ 4o
15
~ -1 6
~ 3o
!:::! 2 o
la::
w o
>
o

H.

\
z.o

1
2.5

tl

,215

1
1

>

4.5

5.0

\
'1
4 l~

'.. 4;t

\
1
3

1
1

FACTOR M A.

1
\

13

10

11

13

Fig . 3 107

Char t G N o. 913 Bulk -Flo

Chart D No. 57 Bulk-Flo

'

'srn:v1d

t;j 8 o

w
u.. 7o
~

~ 5

tJ

'1

\\
\\

-.

~-

\1

...

2~

31~

\1

HEAO SHAFT SlZE \

~ 30-15

u
+-1ffi.+\
::: 2 o
a::
~ Io

\
1

'\

,,

1'

'

i
'.

' '
~2-~ o\
16

o
2

,1z~

10

\1\

\\

s,~- ~

1
1

\
'
16

1
18

Chart E No. 61 O Bulk -Flo

1-

t::

80

70

~ 60

Vl

a::

~ 50

'

, sERVICE 3

' --2~-A- -3~- ~~~

1
1
1

..

4 [s

10

15~

10

~,

\-

1
1
1

\\

11

1 1--+

4 -5

1
)

~j

A.f actor M = -

1
1
1

50 H

\ \

\
\

~ 30
u
f+2~ ~
::: 20

1\

H EA~'>HAFT SIZE 1
.\

\\

'.

~ 40

"\
~

'\

SERVICE~J

-\SERVICE 1 \

\1
1
1

12 13 14

FACTOR M A.

Fig. 3 10 6

366 L 1 N K - B E L T

\1
1

20

22

Fig. 3 108

Fig. 3105

FACTOR M A.

FACTOR M A.

90

\\
~

14

'

\
12

1
\

\ sm

,_

\
\
1'

1
1

'

HEA ) SHAFT

c\ H

'

1
1

\ 5ERv1

\ ~3~.;i -3~- ~ -4f- ..\ -4~~

~ 1o

6o

:! 5 o'

a::

'

SERVICE 2,

;!_ 3 o
u
::: 2 o

a::

tl 4 o

1
1

~
Vl

\ SERVIC 11

1\ \

1
1

316 ~

'\

15 ~

-1\
,,_

l;j 8 o
w
u.. 7o

\ ~,

9o ,

SERV ICE 3 -

\.

\+ ,_ 21~

-'
n

1
1

lQ 6 o'

SERVl~E 2

14

FACTOR M A.

Fig. 3 10 4

9o

\\1

1
)

'

'\

'

'.

16

\\

'\

\\

'\

'

\1

HEA1 Sr AFT S~ZE \

\
:1

~-2uf
~ ~: 1I~
15
6-315

-"

u ~- ~215
z;~
::: 2
a::
w

4.0

~ 3

1
1
1

'
3.5

3.0

~ 5

1 15

'\

6 o\

1.5

1.0

C.5

2 j6
-.1
HEAO SHAFT SI ZE 1~
\
1

e(

(/)
a::

\
\.'.\

"
"

+ \SERVICE 1\
+-- SERv1d:-1

w
u.. 7 ~f-\SERVl1 E3

w 8o

1-

1-

90

\
1

1;

\
\

~ 6o

(/)

'.

\1

SERVI CE 3

t:: 7o

11

SERVI CE 2

where H = input horsepower

S =speed in feet per minute

bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

Horizontal with combined or separated-run

LOCATED~
o
'ti

CAN BE
EITHER SIDE

"

:>

Combined-run

.../

r~~~i: Ll -:
Z-CLEAR,... S -<:i-p "+-

SECTION A A

F ' + - - - - - - - - - - --

HORIZONTAL SI IAFT CEN TERS

TAKEUP

Fig . 6 146

CAN BE LOCA T E Dr-D

iD'
EITHER SIDE
y
)

r
c1

Separated-run

../
E

,...

-<A+.

AE

AP

f Cf Af

f----~:rf

C L
TAIL
SHAFT AE ==
}

r ~,

___ L,._J
/

BN'

MAK
---f

_..

~ ---"-'---- /
/'' , )
REMOV ABLE~- - - :::::7 jy

PANEL

_,.,;

-:__-___...:..-3/

"'- Z-CLEAR

-~-__,,___---

SECTION AA

VERTICAL
SHAFT
CENTERS

AB
VIEW BB

~45 MA X.

~B

r - BL- >1

lw

....... 6

>+-+.

>-3

BOLTS -G

t:~

Aql )

-<-

10 FEET REGULAR LENGTHS

HORIZONTAL SHAFT CENTERS

~ F

Fog 6 147

TAKEUP

8 vlk- Flo

35

5Y,

8~

57

7%

610
712
913

l Q:y,
12%
14

numb er

8vlk -Flo
numb er

35

57
610
712
913

11 v.
l 3 V.
1 sv.
l 9 :Y.
y

13
21
1
33Y,
17
41
21
21
41
53
25

5 Y,
6 Y,
7 y,
9%

z
16 \/
20
28
33
35 Y,

1Qy,
12 y,
16 Yt
l 8:Ya

10 Yt
13 y,
15%
16%
21 v.

19 ~a

107 Y,
12
13
16%

15

33 Ya
42 \/.
49 %
49 Yt
66Ya

:Ya
:Ya

10
13
l5
16
20 Y,

9 \/a

11'~

13 y,
13 Y.
17'!.

h o ve d1mensions cert1fo ed fe r instollo t1on purposes.

I 2419
30Y,
32 Y,
36 Y,

10
12 %
1 s ~
l 5%
20%

9
11 y,
14
14
18 Ya

AE

lO ~a
8 Yt
14
1 l v.
l 6Y,
13 v.
l 8 Y,
14 v.
1
23
18%

AF

9
12
14
15
l9Y,

1 Ya
1 y,
l y,
l y.
2

INCHES

AD

45

1(

AC

1 30
15'1'
195/a
23
23
30 V.

:y.
y.
y.

A8

AA

6
8
10
10
13

11
14
16
17
22

AG

AJ

A l(

8 Y,
l Qy,
13
13
l 6 Y,

15
20
24
24
30

29 Y,
38

4 ;.

14 y,
18 Yt
23 '/a
23 %
30%

l S y,
20
25 1/.
25 V.
33

2 \1,
2 y,
3
3
3

7%
10
13%
l sv.
17

2 v.
3
4 y,

S !!.
6

9Y,
l 2 Y,
14
14
15 Y,

Al

AP

10
l 2 y,
15
16
19:Y.

50
47

5
7
8
8 Y,

AU

88

8C

12%
16:Y.
20 5/a
21 Ya
23 5/a

18 Yt
21 %

IN CHES

6%
8 V.
9%
10%
13

45 y,
45 \1,
59 5/a

43
42
46

9 Y,
1

11 %
15%
17'1.
19

26 ~a
27 ~a
29 ~a

8l

8N

16 1 48
20 60
24
72
24 72
29 96

lnside dimensions

L 1 N K - B E L T 367

bul k handling
Bulk -Flo

Loop- loa ding

BC

MAX.

FTAKEU P

-,x_
AR
AK

SIDE DISCHARGE

FRONT DISCI IARGE

RIGHT HAND SHOWN

A;_tl~ A
YU
,.cf..

Bulk-flo
number

- C"<

Bufk-Flo

ll

number

- Z -CLEAR

>l

Bulk-Flo

10 FEET
REGULAR
: LENGTHS

numbcr

9 Y,
12 \12
14
14
l 5Y,

~P-

-=~ 1~-

1r-.c-r

6
8
1OV.
10V2
11

:y.

:v.
ll

1 13
l 6:V.

2 \12
2\12
3
3
3

rn

414
5
7
8

ev,

13
19
22
22
25

8
11
12

Ya
Ya

8
11
14 y,
14 !12
l 5:V.

11'/a
15lla
19
20
26 1/ .

10
13
15
16
20\12

1 M

AD

7v.

131 ..

lO:V.
l 2:V.
13 '/4
16

29\11
34%
3 4 3/ 4
46:V.

NCH,

: ~'/1

15 3/4
17

13
17
21
21
25

1614
1

~o
28
33
35V,

10

l 17%
l4
l 8l11
23V,

.o; ~

AK
AR
AU 1 A;
1 AZ
BA
BB 1 BC
_ _ _,;;;__;;;;__ _ _ _,...,
'<-::::
O'
~----....::..__ _-'---

35
57
610
712
913

S'"'

&

35
57
610
712
913
CAN BE LOCA TED
EITHER SIDE

5 !12 1 8~ 4
7 % 1114 5!12
lO:V. 13\4 6%
12% 1514 , 7V2
14
19:V. 9:V.

35
57
6 10
7 12
9 13

HEAD SHAFT
TO TOP OF
FEED OPENING

43\12
56%
73:V.
73:V.
95!12

v.

11
151/a
18 %
19%
26

12
17
23
23
30

23 !12
31 l/1
43 %
43 '/4
55!.'i

9!12 1 74 1t .., 25Y.

11 %
93'1o 3 1Y1
15:V. 1os v. 37
17 % 108\4 36
19
137% 1 45 !11

9:V. l 13!i, 2ov.

13
1714 23 y.
1814 2 1Y1 29 !11
20Y. 22 y, 30 1/1
23 V, 26 :Y. 33 %

J Lc' AD

cr--o
BOLTS-G -f

w-J

Bulk-Flo

nurnber

35
SECTION AA
THRU FEED
REGULATING GATE

57
610
712
913

AY

l
AE

'1

C L HEAD SHAFT

368 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fig 6118

1 BE
BF 1 BH 1 BK 1 BL 1 BM 1 BN
BP
BR
' - - - - - - " - - - - -.,..,.:'-:--:-'----'-....::....- ' -- : : : _ _....:::._

BD

'-lCH

v.

3
4 1,.
515.M,

5u,,
7 Y1

5 y.
6:Y.
9%
10%
12

3
4 y.

s:v.
5%
7 Y1

6 v.
8 v1
9:V.
1
13%

ov.

nv.

30V.
35 :Y.
3 7:Y.
4 6 '/a

9 V.

0;,.

'""

7Y1

1 9%
5

9 ,.
9.
9~..

9s,"

Hove dimensi ons certified for 1nstolla tion purposes.

lnsije dimensions

24
30
36
36
48

33V,
42 y,
50

so

63!.'i

14
17 \12
21
21
28

bulk handling
Sulk- Flo

Lpath combined-run

SIDE DISCHARGE RIGHT HAND SHOWN

FRONT DISCHARGE

r::: -

tit

/ ","-. ,_""\
<
/" , 1

~c ~

~c

~ CA N BE LOCATED
\ EITHER SIDE

VERTIC AL
SHA FT
CENTERS

ffiJJ
~

10 F EET
REGULAR
LENGTH<;

AD

W-1

/ 1/
/

/
,{

-':LE'{'f

i) / /

SECTION AA

Fog 6 149

Bulk-Flo

number

35
57
610
712
913

Bulk-Flo
number

8~

5y,
7%
10%
12%
14

AD

11 y.
13 y.
15Y.
19'1

AE

4
5%
6%
7%
9%

1 Af

10
12 %
15
16
19%

1 AJ

I G H
v.
v.

6
8
10
10
13

AK

8
11
12
13
16%

'!.
'!.
:y.,

Al

A~

2
3

4
4
4'!.

9
11 y,
14
14
l 8 Y1

AR

11 3/a
153/a
19
20
26 Y.

AU

1
1
INCHES

10
13
15
16
20Y,

AY

2v.
3
4 Y,

5Y,
6

s:

4 Y.

5
7
8
sv,

88

T
1

14% 41 y,
l8 Y1 563/a
23'11 73'!.
23'/a 73 %
30 % 95Y,

1 BC

8~

2%
2%
3
3
3

BE

7'!.
10
13%
15 '!.
17

B:

21
33%
41
41
53

BH

~1
13
17
21
21
25

AA
1

AC
1

7Y,

l 6Y.
20
28
33
35 Y1

10
12
13
16%

BK

Bl

l 6 Y.
22'/a
25 1/ .

9 y.
9 Y.

9~

8~

7y,

"~

7Y,.
7%

BM

19
24
30Y2
32 y,
36 %

B~

INCHES

35
57
61 0
7 12
913

10%
14
l 6 !h
1 SY,
23

4 1 y,
50%
60 3/4

58'!.
78Y.

10
14
18
19
25

15
20
24
24
30

41 'h
54 y,
7 1'11
713/1
92 %

v.

11
15'/a
18'!.
19%
26

12
17
23
23
30

Hove dimensio ns certif1ed fe r installo ti o n purpo ses.

21 y,
29%
41 'lo
41'/a
52 %

9%
11'/.i
15%
17'!.
19

21 !h
31'/1
48%
43 %
55!h

9%
13
1sv.

20Y.
23Y,

13 %
1sv.
22%
23%
273/1

20'/a
23 y.
2s v1
29 Y1
33 Yt

3'/a
4 .,
5'"ii
51~

7V1

5~.

6'1;.

3
4Y.

6Y.
8Y1

9%
1(}3/1
12

5-%
7%

lOV.
13 y,

sv.

9'!.

vv.
35>/o

7%

8'11

48
60

72
72
96

lnside dime nsions

L 1 N K - B E L T 369

bulk handling
Bulk-Flo

L-path separated run

BB >MAX.

~-BC--

MAX .
BK
CLEAR
1

l;--- -----j~..=:!~
AY
AN

u
11

i:

::

:1

,1

1: _..1,
1

L
BM
\

12

BD

SIDE DISCHARGE RIG HT HAN D SHOWN

FRONT DISCHARGE

~ C AN

BE LOCA T ED
EITHER SIDE

w~,

(
1

vrnTICAL
Sll AFT
CENTERS

,/

ACl

MAX~

>-'< -

T - >-<X>-<--10 FEET REGULAR LENGTH S

~A

'==

11

/
K
CLEAR

/
1

//

/
1

/!

/
/
10 FEET
REGULAR
LENGTHS

}--

>"3~- R--?-

Bulk- Flo
number

7%
10%
12 %
13

Bulk -Flo

60

35
57
610
7 12
91 3

;,

1 G

731,

I 1OY,
ay,

13 %
15 %
17

13
13
16 Y,

A:

-=----=--'---=----'---~--'-~~-::__:.~....:..~~~~~N
~C
~
H
~
E~
S '-----'~~'--~'--"'-~~-'---=--'----'-~~~~-~'--.::,_

35
57
610
7 12
913

number

Fig. 6 150

MIN.
- F - - - -HORIZONTAL SHAFT CENTERS.- - - -- -r
TAKEUP

BOLTSG

5 Y,

'A

1 1V.
13 1/ ,
15 /,
19%

5y,
6 Y,
7 Y,
9%

A8
1 75 1 A(

5 Y,

2 '/
3
3 y,
7\lo 3 \/o
l OV. 1 4 %
6 Y:i
7.

19
24
3 y,
32 Y,
36 Y2

10 \/o
13 V.
1531.
1631.
21 y,

1oy,
12 y,
163/1
1a v1
19 71

AD

AE

6%

41 y,

a v. 150 3/o
9 % 60%
1031, 5 a31,
13
7 a v.

:g
13

Af

'11

~ ~ 1;
1

y.

AK

10
14
1a
19
25

41 y,
54 \l:i
7 1 31,
7 1 v.
92 %

Hove d imensions certifled for instollol1on purposes.

l nside dimensions

370 L 1 N K - B E L T

1631.
Al

4%

AN

11 y, 1 12
15y,
17
1a>;. 23
19% 23
26
30

10
12 %
15 71
1571
20%
AP

1 1'/1 ' 1o
15311 13
19
15
20
16
1
26 4 20 Y,

AR

AU

2 V.
3

4 y,
5 Y,
6
AY

INCHES
501 21 Y,
43
.
,.
42l
46

9Y:i

2 1 Y,

4 1'
/ t "1531,
"
"
.
"43 "31,
4 1 311 1 17v. 143%
52'14 19
55Y:i

9 Y, 4 V.
12Y, 5
14 1 7
14
a
15 y, ay,
8A

9 '!<

88

15 Y,
20
25 Y,
25 Y,
33

1 BC

13 71 20 y,

1a
" v. 1 22
" 'Y1' "2a r" 1
2;i y, 2331o 29 7, \
1 23 Y2 27 3/t 33'11

4 1Y,
56 311
73 %
7 331,

2 Y2
2 Y,
3
3
3

95 Y,

B~
3 Yo

BE

10

BF

511,1 3

'5"A
'"'
"9 311 "5 %
5"A 10;, 5 31,
7 71

12

BH

7 3/o

13
17

11 y,

~25~ 35
;~ Y2

13 Y,
14 y,
1a v.

BL

BK

6 V. 1 16'1

'9 %
"
1o y,
13 Y2

ay,

16 V.
20

25 "V.
22
27 y,
35 V.

BM

BN

9 Y, j 9'M

4a

y,
'a",16 7' "
" MI 7%
7 7, 7'14

72
160
72
96

bul k handli ng
Rotor- Lift

Flour is elevate d a nd uniformly discharged

to sifter by a Roto r-lift in a modern b iscuit
p lanl. The cla mped casing is readily removed
for infernal cleaning. Pholo 3 2 195

Granular mate rials are rece lved fro m railrood cars a nd conveyed by Ro to r-lifts
lo overhea d screw conve yors for d istribution to slora ge b ins. Photo 23522

De livery of sugar to mixer in lhis bakery

is o cle an, p ositiva o p eration using link-Bel!
Rotor-lift. Photo 3 21 97

The Link - Belt Rotor- Lift is a compact, dust- tight, weatherproof vertical screw con veyor
which will successfully elevate many products such as seeds , cereals and grains, as
w ell as fine, pulveri z ed, fluffy and granular materi als.
The Rotor-Lift is economical , the space occupied is small a nd the ope ration is si mple.
The power requirements under normal operating conditi ons com pare favorably with
o t her mec hanica l elevating units o f equiva lent capacity.
Rotor- Lif ts hove fewer opera ting parts than oth er forms of elevator s. They are easi ly
erected or dismantled, as th ey are co mpact and co mparative ly l ig ht in w ei g ht, a nd
a re therefore well adapted for u se w ith temporary or portable in stallations.

L 1 N K - B E L T 371

bulk handling
Rotor-Lift

Features

The recommended method of feeding is by means of

hori zont al screw feede rs connected to the Rotor-Lift casin g . These feed ers are available in two lypes- offsel
sc re w a nd ce ntral sc rew feeders.
The e levating medium consists o f a conveyor screw
having he lica l flighti ng, of accurate pitch, mounted on
Jo rge d iameter steel pipe. Ends of pipe and in fernal end
collars are ma chine bo re d and the moun ted conveyo r
sections ca refully straightened to assure concentricity.
The sections of conveyo r sc rew are made in convenient
lengths for ease of handling, with fl ighting motched at
ends of sections, thus forming a continuous screw. The
e ntire vert ical screw is suspen d ed from the top thrust
bearin g .
Rotor- Lift casings are fl anged and bolted fo r accessibi lity. To insure perpendicula r alignment, the housing
conn ec ting flanges are ma ch ined an d matc he d . The discharge spout and overfl ow doors are regularly provided
os part of the top casing section. Special outlets can be
mad e to suit unusual conditions.

Compact and fully

e nclo sed Link-Belt
driv e mounted
d ire ctly on casing

O verflow door
prev e nts jamming

Dis charge spout

easily arrang ed
t o s u it conditions

Conv e yor scre ws

consisting of helical
flighting of accurate
pitch, mounted on
larg e diam et e r pipe

Ve rtica lly split casings are used in handl ing food products, so ap f lakes and such materia ls as require accessib ility to screw and casing for cleaning purposes.

Dust tight,
w e ath e rproof,
flang e d and
bolte d ca s ing s
accu rate ly
aligne d

A fu lly enclosed Link-Belt drive, to operate the RotorLift, is located a t the top of the casing. This drive is
compact and easily connected to a prime mover.

ROTOR - LIFT WITH

ROTOR - LIFT WITH

OFFSET SCREW FEEDER

CENTRAL SCREW FEEDER

Lowe r e nd of v e rtical
s cre w fitted with
s ta bili z ing b ea ring

Feed e r scre w
supporte d by
e nd b earing s

Feeder scre w
su p ported by
outboard b e aring s

J
31107

372 L 1 N K - B E L T

bulk handling
gravlty-discharge
conveyor-elevators

gravi'ly-discharge
co~veyor-eleva'lors

Cool Is received, e levoted, conve yed, and discharged by gravity-discharge canveyarelevator. Bolh
bucket fines receive coal from loading hoppers al beginning of lower run ond dischorge into sloroge hopper al
end of upper horizontal run. Photo 4723A

Upper run of grovity-dischorge conveyor-eleva tor o t o lorge cool transfer station. Coal is
received from feeders on lower run ond dischorged through gales on upper run. Photo 28359

lower corn e r of gravity-discharge conveyar-elevator, showing sturdy conslruclion.

Photo 28360

The gravity-discharge conveyor-elevator is used to handle non-abrasive bulk

mat erials in vertical, or combinotions of horizontal and vertical pa ths. lt derives its
name from the fact that ma t erial discharges from the buckets by gravity.
Because of the gentl e pick-up and discharge of material the gravity- d ischarge
conveyor-elevator is primarily intended for use where breakag e or degradation
of conveyed material is an importan! consideration. lt is also suitable for lumpy
materials, relatively large capacities and many other applications where compa rotively econom ical equipment is desired.
This conveyor-elevator consists of a conveying medium of modified V-shap ed
buckets rigidly mount ed al regular intervals b etween two strands of long pitch
steel roller chain, operating over suitably located comer sprockets and in open
t roughs or enclosed casings as determined by the requirements of the installation.

L 1 N K - B E L T 373

bulk handling
gravity-dischorge
conveyor-elevators

Layouts
The typical arrangements illustrated show sorne of the
more common p aths empl o yed in chemical plants , b oil er
houses, etc.
l oading can be accomplished by means of a corner
boot, or material can be fed into the conveyor al an y
point along a lower horizontal run. In the latter instance
the buckets act as scrapers, pushing t he material fo rward
to a corner where it is carried around a curved trough
and picked up b y the buckets.
On vertical runs this machine functions as an ordinary
+.---TRAVEL

(~~_:_Q__,~ :t:~~t.ti!
~'-.._
STORAGE HOPPE~
)
"-
1
_.,
ORIVE

. ../ c .

CORNER

~
~

~ED/

TAKEUP
CORNER

. (\--\

4Jp"'-0-~
+ )
GATE
(

ORIVE CORNER

.
.

STORAGE

j1

et
HOP~ \,_\L. .--6
(

f'\_

T AKEUP
CORNER

J.

)._

..,..

le>~

r '1t

V~

Q..~-0--0--0--0--0--0--0--0--A.:-o-, "- .

_.,
..,...

.. ._

+--TRAVEL

bucket elevator. U p on reaching an upper corner the

conveyor l ine aga in assumes a horizontal position and
the buckets opera te as scropers. Material i s rest rained
from spilling a l corners by specia l ly constructed cu rved
t roughs.
Discharge fro m the convey or can on ly be effected
on horizontal ru ns where o p en i ngs o ccur i n the troug h
bottom. Gales con be provided or the trough bottom
omitted to properly d i stri bute ma terial along the line of
travel of the upper run.

+ LOAOING

\o/~~7PER

- .

-0--0--0--0--0--0--0--0--0--0-~~
~

Arrangement

+--TRAVEL
GATE

;~~~

i19

~~

'-i
t

/ 4t

9---~~-~

TAKEUP

Wll~_./

LOAOING
HOPPER

Fig. 3366

Arrangement 3

Arrangement 4

Buckets

f:f) !H LE~GTH.J
LEVEL

f OISCHARGE
Average weight each,
pounds

Copacity
Leng th,
inches

12
16
16
20
24
20
24

Width,
inches

12
12
15
15
15
20
20

Depth,
inches

Style

6
6
7
7
7
10
10

A
A
A
A
A

B
B

in cubic
fe et

12

gauge

.297
.398
.579
.727
.874
1.306
l.582

9.9
12. l

...
...

.. . .
..

10

gauge

1 ~6

21.0
24.3
27.7

.
.. .
.

Hove d imensions cer ti fied far installation purposes

Buckets level full.
Furnished w ith rei nforcing bors.

37 4 L 1 N K - B E L T

SIOE

Style A

Photo 4033

in ch

28. l
32.7
37.2
48.5
54.7

l4
1

Length,
inches

Width,
inches

Depth,
inches

Style

in ch

64.3
72.4

Copacity
in cu bic
fe et

30 .
36 .
30 .
36 .
42 .
48 .

20
20
24
24
24
24

Style 8

Fig. 3620

10
10
11
11
11
11

B
B
B
B
B
B

l.984
2.386
2.672
3.285
3.8 40
4.395

Average weigh t eoch,

pounds

~
inch

75.8
87.4

.. . .

....
....

....

l4
in ch

96.5
11 l.O
118.0
134.0
151.0
168.0

bulk handling
gravlty-dlscharge
conveyor-elevators

Selection
58 X 100
.
63 3

Example of gravity-discharge
conveyor-elevator selection

conveyor speed far 58 TPH copacity

Problem

horsepower of lower run = (90 X .O 15) + (20 X .063) = 2.61 HP

Select o grovity-dischorge conveyor-elevotor to meet the following conditions:

horsepower of loaded vertical run = 40 X .08

Material .... .. .. .. .... cool

Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 pound s per cubic foot
Copacity ........ _.. ... 58 tons per hour
Layout ......... __ . . . . Arrongement 1 with 20 feet of
lower run and 100 feet of upper
run looded
Horizontal shoft centers .. 11 O feet
Vertical shoft centers ... . 40 feet

Solution

,_

= 91.6

FPM

3.2 HP

horsepower of upper run = (100 X .063) + ( 1O X .O 15) = 6.45 HP

horsepower of head shoft, bosed on 1 00 FPM speed, including
103 far corners =( 2.61 +3.2 + 6.45) 1.1O = 13.48 HP
horse power of heod shaft, bosed on 91.6 FPM speed
13.48 X 91.6
100
speed of head shoft far 91.6 FPM =

Refer to the table below. A conveyor-elevotor with 24 " long

ond 20" wide buckets operating al l 00 FPM will handle 63.3 TPH
of material weighing 50 pound s per cubic faot.

8.33 X 91.6
OO
1

12.35 HP

7.63 RPM

Knowing HP and sp eed of head shaft, select drive.

-l

HORIZONTAL CARRYING RUN

STORAGE HOPPER
~_,,..----/1--

.f

~S .

<

VERTICAL RUN

""~

,.,,.

_.;

HORIZONTAL LOADING RUN

Fig. 3368

Fig. 3369

Copacity ~ Horsepower per foot

Bucket
Bucket Mox.
Cho in ond bucket Heod
si:r.e,
B_ucket spocing, lumps, per hour
Vertical !
. Eoch
Choin weight per foot, shoft
pounds
RPM
inches
thockness inches inches
A
ru n
horizontal run numbe r
Empty lloaded
O
Length!Width
Cu. ft. I Tons loaded Empty lloaded

.014
.014
.015

36.2
37.5
.040 SS 1227 35.3
.047 SS 1227 36.8
.055 SS 1227 38.8

44.2
48.1
46.9
51.3
56.3

.0 14
.015
.018
.019

.054
.063
.078
.093

54.0
59.7
72.4
81.8

12
16

12
12

12 ga.
12ga.

18
18

4
4

952 23.8 .03

1,275 31.9 .04

.014
.014

16
20
24

15
15
15

10 ga.
JO go .
10 ga.

24
24
24

6
6
6

1,390 34.7 .045

1,745 43.6 .055
2,100 52.5 .067

20
24
30
36

20
20
20
20

'Ao
'Ao
'Ao
3Ao

36
36
36
36

8
8
8
8

2,090
2,530
3, 170
3,820

.067
.08
. JO
.12

in.
in.
in.
in.

52.3
63.3
79.2
95.5

.032 SS 927
.038 SS927

Hove dimensions ceniled o r inslollo lion purposes.

Copocily ond horsepower based on buckets 80% ull operoling at a
conveyor speed of 100 FPM. HP a t head shaft should include 103 fo r
corners. Copacity and HP direclly proporlional to speed, and weight of

SS 1827
SS 1827
SS 1827
SS 1827

36.6
38.6
46.0
50.0

16.6
16.6
12.5
12.5
12.5

1 B 1 C 1 O 1 E

1 G

l----~--1NCHE
_S_ _ _ _ __

22 V2 18 Yz
26 V2 18 V2
26 V2 26
30 Yz 26
34 V2 26

8.33 30 Yz 34
8 .33 34 Y2 34
8.33 40 V2 34
8 .33 46 V2 34

22 Ya 18
22 Ya 18
20 5 16 o/a 23 V2 30 'A 23 V2
24 5Ao 20 Ya 23 V2 30 'A 23 V2
28 5 24 Ya 23 V2 30 'A 23 V2
16 51112 o/a 18

20 5~ 16 Ya 18

* 24 Ao 21
28 Aol25
*** 34'Aol3
I
40 Ao 37
5

34
134
34
34

42 Va 34
142 Va 34
!42 Va,34
42 Ve 34

ma terial.

8ased on material weighing 50 pounds per cubic fool.

O Based on 8-tooth sprocket wheels and speed al 100 FPM.

L 1 N K- B EL T 375

bulk handling
P eck carrier

Peck carr1er

Elevating and conveying r e clalmed coal to stora ge bunkers,

lhis Peck carrier has been in operation since 1903 al railroad
shop power plant. Photo 3881 6

Low e r ru n af Peck carrier in large modern office building, operating under storage bunkers. Excess coal from active starage bunkers is recirculated to l 000-ton main storage bunker. Photo 37670

Uppe r run of 96-foot long Pe ck carrier , d ischarg ing coal into top of a ctive bunkers which
e xte nd unde r Aoor grating. Po rt o f coal handling system of larg e mo dern o ff ice build ing . Pho to 37671

The Link-Bel! Peck corrier elevotes ond conveys material such

os cool, oshes, cement clinker, Fuller's eorth, slone, etc., in o
continuous Aow without the necessity of lronsfer points. lt
hondles moteriols verticolly, horizontolly, or on an incline, over
mony poths of trove! in a single vertical plone. There may be
one or severo! looding points ond dischorge may be concentrated or distributed.
Material is corried over mony combinotions of horizontal,
vertical or inclined poths, in buckets which dischorge ot o
predetermined point, or points. There is no weoring oction of
376 L 1 N K - B E L T

material upon the buckets during tronsit. Material is corried

undisturbed from looding point to dischorge, without coming
into contoct with the rototing ports of the corrier line ossembly.
Thus the Peck corrier moy be used to hondle moteriols al hig h
temperoture, obrosive moteriols such os oshes, coke, ore ond
cernen! clinker; os well os less obrosive moleriols such os cool,
Fuller's eorth ond similor substonces.
The Peck corrier permits flexibility of instollotion since poths
of trove! con usuolly be orronged lo suit ovoiloble spoce.

bulk handling
Peck carri e r

Fea tures

Photo 361 O .. Peck corrier bucket dischorged by movoble tripper. Both movoblc ond stotionory trippers con be lowered to cleor bucket coms.

One outstanding feature of the Link-Bel! Peck carrier

design is the ingenious method of bucket suspension

circuit; and al the same time automatically overlap ad-

which causes buckets always to remain horizontal, except when discharging, regardless of localion in the

to auxiliary devices cr complicated mechanisms.

Because buckets overlap on ali horizontal runs to form

jacent buckets on horizontal runs, all without resorting

o continuous carrier line, any location on lower horizontal

run

may be used as a

loading poin t, and moving

buckets may be filled uniformly by an uninterrupted

flow o f material, without spillage. In transition from
horizontal to vertical or inclined travel, buckets separate smoothly without tipping, and when horizontal
travel is resumed they are brought together again automatical ly. During the entire circuit, buckets remain
Photo 7776

suspended in normal position. They cannot come into

t he loading zone inverted, nor can they discharge at any
point except when emptied by a tripper.
This positive coordination is produced by suspending
the buckets from projecting ends of the chain sidebars
so that as the chain pivots at the joints when entering
or leaving the turns, each point of bucket suspension
describes an are which frees the overlapping bucket
lips or brings them together as required, without interference . No additiona l parts are required nor is the
chain in any way complica ted by the importan! fea tures
which this construction provides.

L 1 N K - B E L T 377

bulk handling
P e ck carrier

Features
Malleable iron or steel carrier bucke ts
For normal requirements, Peck carrier buckets are made
of seamless, corrosion-resisting, smooth malleable iron,
reinforced al the top edges for added rigidity . Steel
buckets of welded or flanged construction, and bucket s
with malleable iron ends and steel bottom plates, are
also available for handling exceedingly abrasive or
high temperature materials.
Each bucket is suspended from an i ndividu al cross
rod, by repla ceable hardened bearing blocks which fil
within dumping cams riveted to the bucket ends. There
is no wearing action whatever upon the bucket body in
travel.
Malleoble iron Peck corrier bucket

Rugged chain design

Cross rods , from which the buckets are suspe nded, are
jointed to both strands of chain by milled pivotal con -

made with large diameler single flanged roll ers which

support the carrier line on horizontal and i nclined runs.

nections which preven! twist in the chain yet are free

to adjust to irregularities resu lting from uneven chain

Rollers are made of gray iron, Flint-Rim chilled iron

wear or stretch, without binding the buckets or straining

or high properly alloys and moy be bushed, cored or

the carrier line. Chain sidebars are regularly made of

bored depending on condition of service. Lubrica tion is

high grade malleable iron with 1-beam shaped midsectio n s for extra strength without unnecessary weight,

supplied through drilled chain pins equipped with pressure fittings.

but they can also be furnished in the sorne design, made

of Link -Belt Prom al or of forged stee l.

supp lied to both pins and rollers, and are designed to

Chain sideba rs hove broad broached surfaces which

These bushings are also shaped to maintain a definite

Choin bushings are so made that lubri can ! can be

lock snug ly within broached hole s in the chain sidebars.

provide wide sea ts for accurale fitting of pins, bushings

and cross rods, an essenlial feature in resisling the
loosening effects of wear and corrosion. Resulting wear
is confined to renewable parts readily replaced. Sidebar exlensions from which the buckets are suspended,
are integral parts of the links, not separate pieces
riveted or bolted to the chain.
A variety of cha in joint assemblies is available in
the Link - Belt Peck carrier to suit various services. All are

spacing between the sidebars for free roller action.

Chain pins are prevented from rotating within !he
sidebars by projecting lugs on the bucket link which
grip the T-head pin. The opposite end of the pin is
journaled to provide sidebar clearance for chain articulation, and fitted with a special l ocking washer and nut.

Ce n ter r oller cha in for long conve yors

Cenler roller chain can be supplied for installations involving long horizontal conveyor cenlers. The cenler rollers
are located between chain pitch points with driving collars al the chain joints. Center roll e rs support chain on
horizontal tracks, while driving collars al cha in joints make
contad only when articulating around sprockets. The center rollers are bushed, or can be equipped with dustsealed anti-friction bearings, to reduce power requirements and maintenance. Center rollers can easily be replaced without disconnecting chain.

Supe r io r perfor man ce

The remarkable performance records established by the
hundreds of Link-Belt Peck carriers now in service, are
tri butes to the design and const ru ction of the carrier
Peck carri er with center roller chain

378 L 1 N K - B E L T

line . Every par! is functional; every part is rugged .

bulk handling
Peck carrier

Layouts
with the fact that buckets may be loaded or discharged
on horizontal runs, often enable a single Peck carrier
to perform funct ions which wou ld require several separote conveyors of other types. A typical example is a
boiler plant installation in which ashes are loaded
directly into the carrier from the clean - out doors and
discha rged inta the ash bin, and the same carrier used
at a different time to d istribute coal to the bunker.

The Link - Belt Peck carrier operates over practicall y an y

path of trove! in a single vertical plane. The path need
not necessarily be rectangular. For example, the lower
run of the Peck carrier m a y be extended to pass beneath
truck or !rack hoppers located outside the build i ng
which houses the carrier. Vertical runs may be adjacent
as well as w idely separated. The upper run may be
short, for discharge at a single point , or long enoug h
to serve many points of discharge, even if located be
y o nd the vertical runs .
The variety of paths of travel permissible, combined

Some of the more common arrangements are illustrated.

"'*'. . (/~

=< w ......o\.7c/vV)27 &.

w
~

ll l

DUMP

~-

ORIVE
CORNER

OUMP

ORIVE
CORNER

t)
A rrangement

(~

~~\TAKEUP

~
(+ .
Fig. 3629

Arrangement 3

A rrangement 2

Fig. 3630

Fig . 363 1

Fig . 3632

Fig. 3660

TAKEUP

CORNER

A rran gem ent 4

~~
Arrangement S

A rrangement 6

L 1 N K - B E L T 379

bulk handling
Peck carrier

Selection
Example of Peck carrier selection

Trippers
l ink-Belt Peck carrier buckets are dumped at desired
poin ts on the horizontal runs by contact between tripper
cams and bucket cams. Each bucket is revolved indepe n dent ly with a n easy motion which gradually disch a rges its load and then ret urns the empty bucke t to
nor ma l traveling position. Complete discharge is obtai ned wit hout t urning the b uck e t e n ti re ly ove r. lt is
impossib le for buckets to rema in in an inverted position.
Trippers may be movable or stationary. Movable
trippers travel upon a separate track beneath t he
buckets, and a re controlled by a power o r hand ope rated
w inch with a cable which moves the tripper in the
direction opposite to tha t of bucket travel. Slack in the
cable permits the tripper to travel with the bucket line
until the desi red pcsition for discharging is reached.
Stationary trippers are installed in a f ixed location,
but, like movable trippers, they may be rendered inoperative by a manual control which lowers the tripper
cams t o clear t he bucket cams. Stationary trippers are
used where frequent changes in discharge points are
required, as over auxiliary conveyors, spouts, ash bins,
etc., or where a few fixed points o f discharge wi ll p rovide sufficient distribution.
Tripper cams are made of gray iron for normal service,
or of Flin t-Rim chilled iron when abrosive mo teriols ore
to be hand led.

Select a carrier to meet t he following cond it ions :

M aterial . . . . . . . . . . . . . coal
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 50 pounds per cubic foot
C apacity . . . . . . . . . .. . 90 tons per hour
Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Arrangement 1
Horizon tal shaft centers .. 240 feet
Vert ica l shaft centers ... 50 feet
Solution
Refer to Ta ble l .
A Peck carrier with 30" p itch and 24"
wide b uckets operating a t 60 FPM will ha ndle l 05 TPH
o f 50 pound per cubic foot material.
.
.
90X60
speed of comer for 90 TPH capac1ty =
= 51.4 FPM
105
3 3 5
speed of hea d shaft for 51.4 FPM = .4 ;
~ = 2.94 RPM
0
Refer to Chart C for 30" pitch buckets. Locate 240-foot
horizontal and 50-foot vertical shaft centers for 24" wid e
buckets. Note that a 20 HP motor is required
Knowing horsepower and speed of headshaft, select
equalizing gears and drive from Catalog l 050.

Table 1 Capacities
Size of
bucket,
inches
Pitch

Orives
Orives ore simple ond efficien t. Use link-Belt enclosed geor
drives ond choin drives for primary reductions and linkBelt equalizing geors for th e final reduction. Equalizing
geors, incorporated in all Peck corrier design, compensate
for pulsations produced when long pitch chains operate
over sprockets which revolve at uniform speed .
Use Charts A, B ond C to determine the size motor
required for o Peck corrier of estoblished buck e t size
and known horizontal and vertical centers, handling
material weig hing 50 pounds per cubic foot.

18
18
18
24
24
24
30
30
30
36

Copocity A
Cubic
Tons
feet
p er
per
hour
hour 1

Copocity
of bucket
leve( full,
cubic feet

Width

15
18
21
18
24
30
24
30
36
36

0.74
0.89
1.04
1.55
2.08
2.55
3.65
4.55
5.47
8.00

800
1000
1200
1800
2400
3000
4200
5200
6200
10200

Recommend e d
moximum

speed,
fee t per
minute

20
25
30
45
60
75
105
130
155
255

40
40
40
50
50
50
60
60
60
80

Heod
sho ft
speed,

RPM

3.8 1
3.81
3.81
3.57
3.57
3.57
3.43
3.43
3.43
3.81

A Copocily bosed on buckcls 80

full, listlld speed ond hand ling material

weiqhing 50 pounds oer cubic foot. Cap'lcity d ireclly proportional 10
corri~r

')pPPri nnd w0iqht of material.

Table 2 Machinery weights

Weight per foot, pounds

Size
of
bucket,

Weight
a l drive
mochinery,
pounds

inches

Width

Pitch

Cha in and buckets

Weight
of upper
corner
mochinery,

paunds

Buckets
empty

1000
1025
1050
1800
1900
2000
4200
4400
4600
11000

50
53
56
90
103
112
120
140
146
240

18
18
18
24
24
24
30
30
30
36

Upr~r

15
18
21
18
24
30
24
30
36
36

3 100
3150
3200
5300
5400
5500
11000
11200
11400
28000

Buckets fllled,
materia l weight,
pounds per cubic foot
50

100

75
83
91
129
155
176
193
23 1
256
373

100
113
126
168
207
240
266
322
360
506

run onr.ludes cross chonnels. walkway, handroils, track ra ils, raol chairs, chain and buckets.

380 L 1 N K - B E L T

Upper run6

Buckets
empty

Buckets fllled,
material weight,
pounds per cubic foot

50

176
182
188
228
242
257
269
294
307
413

201
212
223
267
29 4
321
342
385
417
546

too

226
242
258
306
346
385
415
476
527
679

bulk handling
Pe ck car rie r

Selection
Chart A Horsepow er for 18 - inch pitch b ucke ts hand li ng 50 po und per cu b ic foot materia l 4

--M

i= r.:r ,_..
3609
.,_.,, 1- >-- f-'lFIG.1-+I
1
r
t ..... , ~ r:-::-T

i?..- .1-

......
,...._...
~:.

ti:
,........

-k

.
.-- -

-f-

"'

...

..

-=:;.

':::; =~-

--

~-

!ti- ~

--

..... ,_

::;
l'<I

I~
~~ 1I

.\

? ' ~
~ ~
'<: '<: ;,
o
I~ ~ ~ ~

..
~

~ ~

---

"~

~ ~

;;:

...

. l

"1

"

'<'1

._.

:e fE; R

: 1~ : r.

. ,..... :.;:;<

,_

ri l~E j;Il ....

:l;L

;;;.:

t::::::

~ t;.

luu

,-:-

'1-.. ~ f -

::i:.

;;:J $

4j

r::::-

....... . .

..

..

_,

f:-1

. ...j

. -~

-'t"

t::::::

N~

. .

1~

:-~

,., 11-?.t'- ,_...

._..,~

. ,

C\

,.ti t::

1t: f<H

.....

--

/(

,.n-::

r- ........

l::t ::e

-~

.J-

,_.._

-~

;;:

,_

....

"''

w,, 66= wljtJ: f-5 1:>

...... <+.
~?

~ u

- so-

40

-,<!(}.

.~

30-

"

~ s 2 ~ ~ s '~ ~ 1 ~- ~ ~ ~ I~ ~ ~ I~ 5' 1s'woTH

"" ~ ~ I ~ 1 ~ ~ I
~ ~
= ~ ~ 5 q 18' WIDTH
al l::i ~ : ~ 1 z (WIDTH
~ lg_ ~- I ~ ~ ~
';'

"

"tr

J-

E!~W

! .

- -

'u

v-

. >+

..

g S 1 ~

- .;;:+ f-. ;.:::

,_

..

,.......

,_.. ,_..

.i

+ +

...

~- j

,_

11

,.......

.:.._

~ f?N
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~
1 ~

~~

..
tt

..

:'1t'

........

~ ~ ~

,_

e!:f_Ef;T

-._, ......,

- - - .. . __.1:1 i:::::::;f is _.,.... ... m:- f.: -E:

- -
- - .....-- -
.,i-:;; .J; --< -- - - w: "t'. it1 _::-_f.f. -
--
~~6
-
-:-::jr.&
..
-
3ii ~
t - ......
1.lli:
*
1: -= -- .....- i.....- - .v - - =- - -- - """"'

1.

f,:::'.

,_ ,_..
,. ,,
,_ ........

~ ~~

-..

. . j:::2...,.~o'~
~
' ri.? 1 ..
,.......
'

,.;

-1

..

-
1;:m@.fil"L cm
~-

~ i--

....

++

[;~ .. 1111

~.:

~. ~.-......

fiE
=~ __. , :f
-- ...- "'-- ..,...................

---

!-++. ..... 1-+- .._

Jt::. f4+

... .

.. ~-c,.o~
"'l~
? '11
:-V ~"' -..
- ...- - .. .

,_.. - -

,.....,

..- lt'"..
-- ..
-=-=-i--:

~ -

.--.

....

Chart 8

Ho rsepow er fo r 24-inch pi tch buck ets handling 50 pound per cubic foot material 4

Chart C

Horsepow er fo r 30-in ch pitch buck ets handling 50 poun d p er cubic foot materi al

Consult Link-Belt for horsepower when hondli ng o ther thon 50 pound

per cu bic foot mote riol, or for horsepower of co rriers with 36-inch by

36-inch buckets. C onsult Link-Belt for possible horsepower reduction if

onti-friction rollers are used on center roller cha in.

L 1 N K - B E L T 381

bulk handling
P e ck carrier

18-inch pitch buckets

Cross section
through upper run

Fig . 3598

PLAN O F UPPER RUN

t" - - VARI ABLE-

""'- 3-0'
A

- - --

1
A- -- - -A- -

a'.s~

--

l!!

1or

~r<--::-A1

Cross section
lhrough vertical leg
odjocenl lo woll

.L !1

10-0

SECTIONS

...: ..

.-:

Crou section
through encosed
vertical leg
nol odjocen l lo wol l

4'- a '
MINIMUM

- ->-<ELEVATION

- -A - - - r - < - -- A- - ->i 17 r< 2-9

Fig. 3597

Cross section
through lower run

, .
~

~~~~~~

'

. e

'

. . . .

PLAN OF LOWER RUN

Fig. 3598
Fig. 3599

Size o f
buckel,
inches

Pitch

Al

D
1

1 No rmal' MinimJ Normal

MinimJ

Norma l MinimuJ

FEET ANO tNCHES

Width

18 , 15 8- 0 1 3-2 11- 4 1- 8 11- 10 13-6

18
18 7-0 3-5 1- 7 1- 9 \/2 1- 11 \/2 3-7 \/2
2- 1 3-9
18
2 1 6-0 3- 8 1- 1 1- 11

Hove dimensions certified lar instollotion purposes.

38 2 L 1 N K - B E L T

2-1
2-4
2-7

3-3
3-6
3-9

8-0
8-0
8-0

2-4
6 - 1 1 3- 11
3-11 1 6-0
6 - 1 1 4\/2 2-5 \/2 4\/2 6-0
6- 11 4- 2
2-7
6-0
4- 2

5-0 13-3 \/2

5-0 3-6 \/2
5-0 3-9 \/2

bulk handling
Peck carrier

24-inch pitch buckets

8

-e -

o -

o-J.

Cross section
t h roug h upper run

PLAN OF UPPER RUN

Fig. 3601

~ LEARA NcoR

REDUCE~'..g' Q...EARAOCE FO!L.ll.M'ING B~E{

3"16"--~
--

MIN

2~

1
1

Cross seclion
thro ugh vertical leg
odjocent to woll

l~r

,.,.,,
- -

.rv

.. . . ..

..

'

Cross seclion
lhrough encosed
verticol leg
nol odjacent to woll

..,..,,,,

. """
. .. .
SIDE ELEVA TION

Fig. 3600

.\ '.: '.'~ .:

' -.. ,--

.'

-~-----------~----------~

t-....;;....-.'i-}.-- -- - - - - -- -- - - - ------- - - - - --

--

--1

p
f _

;-i
,---@-i>t

tt-+--1-+-. -

'...

PLAN OF LOWER RUN

Size of
bucket,
inches
Pitch

24
24
24

B
A l

Fig. 3601

1 Wldth

18 6-013-61,4 1-6
24 6-0 4-0 1,4 2-0
30 5-0 4-6 1,4 2-6

Cross section
Through lower run

,..

Normal, Minimuml Normol

Fig. 3602

Minimum

Normol Minimuml

fEET ANO INCHES

2- 1
2-4
2-7

2-3
2-6
2-9

4-0 2-6 Y2 4-21,4 10-2

4-3 3-0 Y2 4-8 1,4 10-2
4-6 3-61/z 5-2 1,4 10-2

8-8 4- 5 1/z
8-8 4- 8 Y2
8-8 4-11 Y2

2-9
3-0
3-3

4- 5 Y2
4- 8 Y2
4-11 Y2

7-2
7-2
7-2

5-8 4-2 1,4

5-8 4-8 1,4
5-8 5-214

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 383

bulk handling
P eck ca r r ier

30-inch pitch buckets

Cross scct ion

through up per run
Fig. 3604

PLAN OF UPPER RUN

-<

/'

'

A-

5-2! - >+<

1 -13-0,-

- - A- > ' < - - -A-

- ->-<-VARIABLE

--->I

Cross section
t hroug h vertical l eg
odjaccn t to wal l

10-0'
SECrONS

---'!.

1oi-O'
_1:

---~...-

f
..
... .
' .

Cross section
through e ncased
vertical lcg
not odjacent to woll

Fig. 3 603

SIDE ELEVATION

- - -F- --

~~~-~~ _Ip -F- - - - - - - - - - -- -- - - -.

-

.....
: ..

Cross section
through lower run

'

'

.. . .

Fig. 360 4

PLAN OF LOWER RUN

Fig. 3605

Size o f
bucket,
inches
Pitch

30
30
30

1 Width

24
30
36

FEET AND INCHES

8-0
7-0
6-0

4-3
4-9
5- 3

2-0 2- 8 % 2-6 14- 4 3- 1 Vil 4-9Y-i l 11-8

2-6 12-11 % 2-9 4- 7 3-7 Y2 5-3 Y-1 1 11-8
3-0 2- 2 :Ya 3-0 14 - 1O 4-1 Y215-9 Y-1 11-8

Hove dimensions certi'ied fo r iosto llotion purpo ses.

384 L 1 N K - B E L T

10-3
10-3
10-3

5-0
5 -3
5-6

3-6
3-9
4-0

5-0
5-3
5-6

8-2
8-2
8-2

6-8
6-8
6-8

4-9Ys
5.3 Ya
5-9 Ya

bulk handling
Peck carrler

36-inch pitch buckets

Cross section
t hraugh upper run

Cross ection
thraugh vertical run
adjacen t to wall

L
Cross section
through cncosed
vertical run
not adjacent to woll
K- --

- - - -1&7' MINIMUM-

--SIDE ELEVATION

...

:.:'

Fig. 3606

Cross section
through lower run

'
. ... . ~ .' .
.' :: ::-""'
~... ,,,...,_-.-.-......-,"":"",-- .,..:.-.,.,-.-,..........-.-...,..~ :.~... ~-=-.:..__,.'--__,_~..
PLAN OF LOWER RUN

Size of bucket,
inche
Pitch

Width

36

36

Fig. 3607

Normal

Fig. 3608

Minimum

Normal

Minimum

Normal

Minimum

4-3

11-0

9-6

FEET ANO INCHES

13-8

12-2

5- 1o

Hove dimens1ons certifoed for instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 385

processing equipment

PROCESSING
EQUIPMENT

contents
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 386
lcing equipment ... .. . ...... .. . 389
Dryers and coolers ............. 396
Vibrating screens ........ ... ... 405
Revolving screens ............ . . 4 21
Separotors, clossif1ers
ond woshers............... . 423
Troveling water screens ........ . 429
Water, sewage, ond
industrial waste trea tment .. . 437
Cool preparation equipment ... .. 453
Cool crushers ................ . 462
Foundry equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 470

Llnk-Be:t laboratory for lesling processing equipment from bench size batches to p ilot p lonl runs.

Processing equipment plo ys o vitolly importan! part in the economics of practically oll
industries. Such equipment is often the key to the success of an entire plant. Requirements
vory widel y from industry to industry, and the moteriols used in any one industry are
often subjected to many different processing operations.
In many plants, materials must be handled repeatedly from primory to final operations, and are frequently recirculated through these operations. These processing and
handling operations are often so closely reloted that they must be considered together
for best overall plant performance. Link-Belt, with its bread line of processing and bulk
handling equip ment and its wide experience with automatic controls, can integrale proc
essing and handling equipment into one efficient, continuous operation.
Link-Belt manufactures a wide variety of processing equipment, ranging from single
purpose units to complete processing systems. Individual items, such as screens, dryers,
coolers, icing machines, etc., are used in many different industries to improve existing
systems, and when such equipment comprises the mejor part of a project, Link-Belt has
d esigned, furnished, instolled and placed in operation compl ete plonts. When such in
stallations require specif1c processing units not monufactured by Link-Belt, they are
integrated with Link-Belt equipment to produce optimum overall performance.
Link-Belt maintains extensive loboratory facilities for developing and testing processing and handling equipment and t esting materials. Testing usually begins with a small
quantity of material to be treated, often followed by full-scale operation. Laborotory
facilities include feeders, proportioning devices, continuovs and batch mixers, screens,
dryers, coolers, etc. - plus all the necessary scoles, pumps and other devices used in
processing moterials.

386 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment

The following link-Belt processing equipment and its appl ication

indicate the bread scope of Link-Belt activities in the p rocessing field:

lcing equipment (page 389) ranging from portable crusherslingers for top-icing trucks or railroad refrigerator cars with crushed
ice to giant dock-mounted icers for bunker- icing more than 60
railroad cars per hour.
Dryers and coole r s (page 396) for drying, cooling, roasting,
pelletizing or otherwise treating innumerable products of the various
chemical, faod processing, mining and metallurgical industries.

Vlbrating screens (page 405) for screening, scalping, separating

and sizing solids; screening liquids; separating materials according
to size, shape, or other characteristics. Al so for removing undesi rabl e
elements a nd recovering valuable products.

Revolving screens (page 4 21). separators, classifiers and

washers (p age 423) for cl eaning and separating sand, gravel,
stone and similar materials to provide the construction ind ustries
with clean, properly sized aggregates, and other non-metallic industries with desired basic products.

Ammonium nltrate process for manufacturlng fert ili:i:e r mokes exlensive use of Link-Belt drying, cooling
and other processing equipment. Complete plants of
this kind ore built by link-Belt.

Scre e n ing wood chip a ot the rote of 25 cords per hour

with battery of nine Link-Bel! CA vibrating screens. Screening, sizing ond scalping ore importont functions in most industries where bulk materials are handled. Photo 38697

Railroad car lcing, to protect perishable commodities,

requires handling, crushing and delivering the ice lo
railroad cor bunkers olong with sufficienl salt to mainlain
the proper te mperotures. Photo 38530

F19. 5361

Se v en grades o f san d can b e cle a ned , washed and separate d ot this sand
preparaton plan! using lhree Link-Belt Show classiflers ond o Rotoscoop seporotor. This equipment can produce not only cleon commercial sand but olso such
special g rades as foundry, asphalt, engine, Alter and industrial sand. Photo 25996

L 1 N K - B E L T 387

processing equipment

Traveling water screens (p age 429) for screening river,

content for most effici ent steam generating p lant operation,

lake and ocean water to be used in publ ic utility and industrial

and coal with generally better characteristics for industrial

steam generating stations, water treatment plants, chemical

heating plants and o ther uses. This equipment includes air- pul-

p lants, pulp and pap er mill s, distilleries and other industrial

sated w ashers, Aoat-sink concentrators, crushers, screens, dry ers

processes.

and various ty pes of coal han dling conveyors.

Water, sewage, and industrial waste tr e atm e nt,

plants and equipment (page 437) for water purifkation,
sewage clariflcation and industrial waste treatment to provide
safe d rinking water, eliminate pcllutior:, and recover valuable

Foundry equipment (p ag e 470) from d esign, manufacture

ond instollation of complete foundry sand preparation systems
consisting of screens, shakeouts and various conveyors for
handling sand, molds, and castings; to complete shell molding

products.

systems w hich provid e ferrous and non-ferrous foundr ies with

Coal preparation plants and equipment (page 453)

a fully integrated , a l most wholly automated method of pro-

to clean, size and d ry coal for making better and stronger metal-

ducing ca stings with flnish and dimensional accuracy surpassing

lurgical cake, coal with high BTU value and low ash and sul phur

those of castings produced in green sand molds.

Sludge from settling tanks is d ig est e d , e lutrlate d , floccu late d and d e wate r e d
in this mode rn sewoge treotment plant involving pre ~ chlorino tion, grit removoJ ond w ashing,

comminulion of fine solids, pre-oerotion ond post-chlorinotion. Gril collectors, sludge collectors, rotory skimming equipmenl, drives ond belt conveyor system for handling sludge
from the fllters were designed ond furnished by Link-Belt. Phofo 381 29.
Twelve t r a velin g wate r screen s at in ta ke o f a
large powe r pla nf remove refuse from river water

os o proleclion lo voluoble sleom generoting equipmenl. Phofo 34268.

Meta llurglcal a n d steam coals are p re pared in this plonf by

crushing, woshing with o heovy medio p rocess, mechonicol drying,
flltering ond hect drying. The woshed cool is looded info cors, !he
wosh woler is clorifled, ond the refuse is disposed of beyond o
neorby mountoin. Complete plonl wos designed, furnished ond
inslolled by Link-Bell. Photo 38 11 8.

She ll m o ldln g process Is the h e a rt of this foundry system. Cleon,

smoothly ioined shell mold s reduce flnishing costs, ossure high-volume
oulpul. The complele sond ond mold hondling syslem wos designed,
furnished ond onstolled by link-Bell. Pholo 36969.

388 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
lcing equipment

1c1ng

equ1pmen
Link-Belt icing equipment consists of dock-mounted and groundmounted car icers, ice crushers, ice crusher slingers, solting
machines, icing docks, ice conveyors in and from storage and
complete salt handling and storing facilities. This equipment is
primarily used for mechanically icing perishable commodities
in transit or in storage, to assure arrival at markets in salable
condition.
Both the car icers and ice crusher slingers flnd wide acceptance for initial and subsequent icing of railroad refrigerator
cars handling shi pments of fresh vegetables, fruits, seafoods,
meat, p oultry and dairy products, etc. The car icers are used
for bunker-icing, while the ice crusher slingers are normally
used for top-icing.
Other uses for crushed ice are for cooling chemicals and
other related items, or for provid ing snow ice for indoor or
outdoor sporting events, such as skiing or tobogganing .
Top-lclng rallroad refrlgerator cars is eosily occomplished with this
p o wer fed ice crushe r slinger, with minimum effort ond deloy. Be fore !he
d oors ore closed , the oreo o t the opening is o lso protecled with o blonket
of crushed ice, thereby seoling the perishoble commodities. Pholo 34722

Link- Belt has a broa d background of experience in the

d esig n, manufacture and installation of icing equipment. Consult Link-Belt for recommendations for ali icing requirements.

Bunke r -lclng rallroad r e frlg e rator cars in less thon o minute is occomplished by
this Link Belt dockmounte d cor icer. One man conlrols the d elivery o f ice to lhe
mochine, the o p e rotion of the p icktJP conveyor, the size of the crushe d ice, the
posilion of the dischorge chutes ond the mochine trovel. Pholo 38396

L 1 N K - B E L T 389

processing equipment
icing equlpment

Ice crusher slingers

Link-Belt ice crusher slingers are used to crush cake or chunk ice to a mixture of small to
flne ice. Th e ice is then prope ll ed through a fl exible hose in a hi gh velocity jet.
When top-icing with a crusher slinger, the crushed ice is distributed uniformly over and
b etween tiers o f containers, completely blanketing them for protection. Th e slowly melting ice maintains saf e temperatures and preserves the moisture content of the produce.
The entire procedure requires only a f e w minutes.

Trucks are quickly ice d a l icing slalians by service trucks equipped with
dependable link-Bel! ice crusher slingers. Cavered with a blanket af
crushed ice, produce and seafaad arrive fresh and in marketable canditian. Phato 27 526

Comme r cial fls h lng boats on oll coosts use link-Bel! ice crusher slingers
to focilitate icing the cotch. The boat hald is quickly laaded with crushed
ice which is easily shoveled over each successive layer o f flsh or shrimp .
Photo 27747

Gravity- f e d ice crusher slinger

The grovity-fed ice crusher slinger is built in two sizes, Series 200
ond Series 300.
The Series 200 hes o copocity of 15 to 20 tons per hour, while the
Series 300 hes o copocity of 60 tons per hour, both bosed on continuous feeding. The Series 200 con be fed with l 00-pound ice cokes
ond the Series 300 with either 300 or 400 -pound cokes.
The Series 200 ice crusher slinger is driven by either o gosoline
engine or on electric motor ond is ovoiloble in either the portoble or
the stotionory type.
The Series 300 ice crushe r slinger is driven by either o gosoline
e ngine or on electric motor ond is of the stotionory type.

Power-fed ice crusher slinge r

The power-fed ice crusher slinger is built in one
siz e, Series 500.
This mochine has o copocity of 45 tons per
hour, bosed on continuous feeding. lt con be
fed with either 300 or 400-pound ice cokes.
The Series 500 ice crusher sling er is driven
by either o gosoline engine or on electric motor ond is ovoiloble in either the portoble or
the stotionory type.

390 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
i cing equi pment

Car icers
Link-Belt ca r icers are built in two general ty p es, th e dockmounted and the ground-mounted. The dock-mounted machines o pe ra te on rails on either ex isting or new docks with
the docks about the height of railroad refrig era tor cars.
The ground-mounted machines operate on ra ils at ground
level without docks.
They are high speed, self-propelled machines designed
to mechanically crush and deliver ice to railroad refrigerator
car bunkers. These car icers supply crushed ice, and because
of the efficient method of handling, ice lass and shrinkage
are negli gible.
All movements of these machines-the starting and stopp ing of the ice supply conveyors and the feed ing of the ice
to the b unkers-are controlled b y a single operator stationed on a built-in elevated platform affording complete
visibility in all directions. Therefore, congestion and confusion are eliminated, resulting in an efficient and economical

Controlled lclng and salting are available fo r doy and night service an
this dock where three Link-Belt car icers and three Link-Belt salters operate.
Ice cakes up to 4 00 pounds are reduced to eilher chunk, coa rse o r crushed
sizes for delivery to lhe refrigerator car bunkers. Pholo 38401.

operation with minimum train dela ys at icing stations.

Floodlights, mounted on the machines, illuminate the entire
work orea and permit uninterrupted doy and night service.
Link- Belt car icers are adaptabl e to various heights of
railroad refrigerator cars and all st yles of bunker hatch
o penings.
One of the simp lest methods of artiflcially obtaining
temperatur es below those of ice, is to add salt to the ice.
Link- Belt salting machines are used for this purpose. The
amount of salt added to a g iven amount of ice determines
the temperature in the bunkers. This temperature is predetermined to suit the commod ity being shipped.

Se parate lclng and saltlng a f refrigerator cars a re easily and economically occomplished by a Link-Bell dock-mounted car icer and an independently p owered Link-Bell salting machine. Refrigera tor cars an eithe r
side o f the dock a re serviced by these machines. Pholo 38394.

Combln e d bunker- lclng and s altlng of ro ilrood re frig e rotor cors is

p e rformed efficiently and quickly by a Link-Belt ground-mounted ca r icer,
which travels an roils at ground level. Complete ice crushing and salt
ha ndling fa cilities are built into the machine. Pho to 39204.

Fas t car icing and saltlng with a Link-Belt dock-mounted ca r icer and
coupled salter assure sa fe shipmenl o f perishobles in roilroad refrigerator
cors. Complete a peration o f both ma chines is under the control of a
single o p eralor. Dock congeslion is avoided and enlire lrains can be iced
or re-iced ond be on lhe ir way wilhout delay. Photo 38380.

L 1 N K - B E L T 391

processing equipment
l clng e quipme nt

Dock-mounted car icer

The Link-Belt dock-mounted car icer is built for use on existing
or new docks and is arranged to service railroad refrigera tor
cars on either side of the dock.
By means of an inclined pick-up convey or, the machine
receives 300 or 4 00- pound ice cakes, lying on the fl at side,
from the ice cake conveyor . The lower end of the pick-up
convey or is hinged so that it may be raised to permit reverse
travel of the car icer orto allow ice to pass throug h to a second
machine. From the p ick-up conveyor the cakes are f ed into
the crusher for reduction to chunk, co arse or crushed ice. The
ice then fall s onto a reversible cross conveyor for delivery into
one of the hinged discharge chutes which d irects it to the
bunker hatch. Fixed chutes can also b e furnished, in place of
the reversible cross conveyor, for delivering ice to the hinged
discharge chutes. In either case, while moving from bunker to
bunker, crushe d ice is stored o n the cross conveyor or in the

flxed chutes for immediate and controlled delivery.

The car icer is operated at a speed o f 300 feet p er minute
in either direction b y a d rive which includes a fluid coupling
and d ifferentia l. Hy d r aulica lly operated track brakes assure
smooth, positive stops for accu ra te p ositioning.
The machine has a capacity of forty 300 or 4 00-pound
cakes of ice pe r m inute. lt is p owered b y electric motors with
current obtaine d from either a trolley system or from an
engine-generator set.
Salting machines of the coupled type or indep endent ty pe
can be provid ed to supp ly the necessar y salting requirements.
When conditions are such that only a limit ed amount of salt
is required, the salting eq uip ment can be ma d e an integra l
part of the car icer.
Dock-mounted car icers of other designs can b e furnished
to suit sp eciflc cond itions or requirements.

, -ic-~~-

- - - - - -APPROX 1~3'.'..._

-----~

CONVEYOR

Fig 5696

1 3~6H
TO TOP OF
RR RAIL
VARIABLE

392 L 1 N K - B E L T

LI

, ,,
- -11- 4 VARIABLE----!
- -14-3 VARIABLE
,.j

Fig 5697

processing equipment
lclng equipment

Ground-mounted car icer

The Link-Belt ground-mounted car icer operates at ground level without a dock. lt
travels on rails located parallel to and at
approximately the same elevation as the
railroad tracks and services two trains of
cars, one train on each side.
Under the car icer and parallel to the
tracks, an ice conveyor delivers 300-pound
ice cakes from storage. These cakes are removed from the ice conveyor by an inclined
pick-up conveyor and are fed to the crusher.
The crusher can be quickly adjusted by remote control to produce several sizes of
crushed ice. A second inclined conveyor
elevates the crushed ice to one of the discharge chutes which directs it into the
bunker hatch.
Th e car icer is d riven by an enclosed
drive at a speed of 300 f eet per minute in
either direction. The electric p ower is obtained from either a t rolley system or from
an engine-genera tor set.
This car icer has a capacity of forty 300pound cakes of ice per minute.
Salting equipment, when furnishe d, consists of a salt bin mounted on the machine,
from which salt is raise d by an elevator and
is delivered into the discharge chutes. The
salt is delivered in a measured quantity and
f ed into the hatches either separately or
simultaneously with the crushed ice.
Auxiliary equipment to provide top- icing
can be furnished.
Ground-mounted car icers of other desig ns can be furnished to suit speciflc conditions or requirements.

Fog. 6260

ONE MAN
CONTROL STATION

3~

APPROX

ICE CAKE
CONV EYOR

__

....

;:__~-------------33~6=- ------------c---a~7::. -~:'I

----------------48 ~4~#---------------------~-
fg. 6261

L 1 N K - B E L T 393

..

processing equipment
icing e quipment

Dock-mounted salting machines

Two types of Link-Belt solting mochines ore ovo iloble for use with the dock-mounted cor
icers: the coupled mochine, ond the independent mochine. Both ore self-propelled ond
trove! on the sorne ro ils os the icers. Eoch mochine has o storoge copocity of 9 0 00 pounds
of solt, which con be d ischorge d ot o pre-determined controlled rote.
When conditions worront, solting equipment is bu ilt os on integral port of the cor icer.
Other types of solting mochines con be built to suit individual requirements.

Coupled-type salting machine

The couple d salting ma chine is ottoche d to the car ice r ond consists
of a solt bin with suitable conveying e q uipme nt, mounte d on o structurol steel corriage. The conveyo rs o re fl xed ond feed the salt into

the discharg e chutes for d e live ry into the bunke r hatches. The salt is
eithe r co mbine d with the crushe d ice o r fe d into the hotches seporately.
One ope rator controls bo th the icer and the solting machine.

13!.a~

APPROX

s-o

,..__5!..o!.._.>-1

k--- 10~ 1

13~ To

10!.3,- - - - ->l

TOP

OF RR RAIL
VARIABLE

11!..4* VARIABLE "<----14!..3 VARI ABLE

>i

J
f;g_ 6262

l ndependent-type sa lt ing machine

The inde pe ndenl sa lting machine is inde pe nde ntly operoted and
co nsists of o salt bin with suitoble conveying e q uip ment, mounte d on
o slructuro l sleel carrioge. A reversible conveyor ca rries the solt from

1~6 "TO

the bin lo o ne of two swivel conveyors for de livery into the bunkers.
The tra vel of the mochine and opera tion of the solting e q uipment is
contro lle d by the solting machine operator.

TOP

OF RR RAIL
VARIABLE
1

>E-- - - 14!..3" VARIABL E- F1g. 6263

394 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
iclng equlpment

Typical dock and salt storage layout

Link-Belt designs, builds and installs complete docks with ice
conveyors for handling cake ice to meet any requirement. This
also includes convey ing equipment for handling cake ice from
ice manufacture to and from storage, from ra ilroad cars to
storage or from storage to the conveyors servicing the car icers.
Link-Belt also d esigns, builds and installs complete sal!
handling equipment including unload ers, conveyors, elevators
and storage facilities.
The quality and superior design of Link-Belt equipment
reflects extensive experience in the icing equipment field.

SALT BIN

ELEVATOR
39203

~ -,.---++-

DISCHARGE
GATE

ICING DOCK

POWER
UNLOADER SCOOP
RECEIVING
HOPPER AND
SCREW FEEDER

Elevation

...

=~ o

F=**=*'6====-!

D
D

1===-~=l==<

0 1-====-!~~

RR TRACK - - -

D
Plan

Fig 6259

L 1 N K - B E L T 39 5

processing equipment
dryers and cool e rs

clryers ancl coolers

Proce ssing ommonium nltrate prills durlng fe rtillze r manufacture with

these two Roto-Louvre dryers. Oryer in foreground is for cooling ond the one
in background is for flnal drying. Photo 38243

Dr y ln g coo l o t cool cleoning p lont, these two Multi-Louvre dryers produce

o superior product. Photo 38371

Tw o Mon otube dryers r eco ver so lvent formerly lost in processing al o

phormaceutical plont. Photo 33880

Link-Belt dryers ond coolers ore ovoiloble in mony designs

ond models for o wide voriety of opplicotions. They ore used
for treoting innumerable products of the vorious chemicol,
food processing, mining ond mineral industries; handling crystols, flakes, powders and granular moteriols such os chlorid es,
sulphotes, oxides, plastics; coffee, sugar, solt, opple pomoce,
cereols, soybeans, yeast, sludges, cool, coke, lignites, minerals,
foundry and glass sond and refuse products.

by conduction, as a metal rod heats when one end is held in a

fleme; by rodiotion, os wormth is felt from the sun in open air
in midwinter; ond by convection, os o house is heated by circulotion of worm oir from o hot-oir furnace or steam radiator.
Heat transfer by conduction and radiotion ore not well
suited for heat drying, since they involve undesirable temperature extremes and produce uneven, uncertoin results. But
heot tronsfer b y convection, correctly applied , is both suitabl e
and efficient_ lt permits intimote contoct with every particle of
material, is eosily controlled ond produces consistently uniform
results.
Link- Belt dryers ond coolers ore designed lo handle materials gently, improve drying operations, minimize dusting, save
floor space ond yield better end products.
Because of o thorough knowledge of principies involved in
heat drying ond wide experience with mony types of materials, Link- Belt is oble to make proper selection of the equipment to solve your drying ond cooling p roblems.

This equipment meets most drying and cooling requirements

and can be built to various speciflcotions dictated by the
chorocteristics of the material to be hondled.
The drying process is subject to exoct onolysis, but because
of the voriations in moteriols, equipment selection must be
bosed upon experience. When required, tests of moterials
ore conducted in th e Link-Belt laborotory by quolifled engineers who determine the best solution of o drying problem.
Generolly speoking, heat con be transferred in three ways:

396 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
drye rs and coole rs

Types
Roto-Louvre
The Roto-Louvre consists of o salid outer cylindricol
shell, ond on inner shell composed of full length
louvres. The inner shell of overlopping louvres, which
supports the bed of material, increoses in diometer
in the direction of Aow. The material trovels gently
toword the dischorge end os the drum slowly revolves.
In o p erotion, the heot tronsfer medium, introduced
through the louvre openings, permeotes the bed ond
intimotely contocts every porticle.
The moteriol continuously Aows over on itself, while
troveling throughout the lenglh of the drum. During
every revolution, the material is subjected to o gradual vo riotion in temp erolure from the inlet to the exhoust. Being bosicolly on efficient heot exchong er, it
is os e ffective for cooling o s it is for drying.
With the Ro to-Louvre it is possible to exp ose he otsensitive mote riols to drying oir al moximum temperotures, without donger of overheoting ond scorching of the product. lt will hondle delicote mo leriols
with minimum degrodotion of the crystol s or loss of
luster, or obrosive moteriols without undue weor on
the conlocting porls.

Multl-Louvre
The Multi-Louvre will ropidly process lorge quonlities of material becouse
of its short rete ntion lime. 11 is exlremely flexible, operoling effeclively os
o dryer or o cooler.
The moving elemenl in lhis mochine consisls of speciolly d esigned Aighls
oltoched to o nd corried by two slronds of roller choin. These choins ore
owo y from lhe oir slreom ond d o no t conlocl lhe material.
The material is corried up in the fligh ts ond then Aows downwo rd in o
shollow b e d over the oscending flight s. lt groduolly moves ocross the
dryer, o little ot e och pass, from the fe e d po int to the discho rge p oint.
The Multi -Louvre feotur e s o gentle flo wing oction of the material,
similor to thot of the Roto-Louvre, which exposes oll porticles lo incoming
oir ond results in minimum degrodotion. The intoke oir con b e mointoined
ot o temperoture best suited to the material hondle d.

Monotube
The Monotube moy be opplied for conduction drying or cooling smoll quontities
of vorious products of the chemicol ond processing industries. 11 is generolly used
for drying products al temperotures close to thot of steom, but other temperotures con b e ochieved by using other heot mediums such os hot water for temperotures b elow thot of steom, ond hot oil or other fluids for temperoture s
obove those normolly reoched by the use of sleom.
The Mono tube consisls of o poddle conveyor, on o rotor or hollow shoft,
turning in o U-shoped trough or housing. Steom, hot liquid o r coolont is circuloted
through the shoft ond tubes of the rotor. Material is churned while being conveyed
the length of the trough, resulting in efficient tronsfer of heot.
33998

L 1 N K - B E L T 397

processing equipment
dryers and coolers

Typical installations
PRILUNG
TOWER

Drying, cooling and

processing fertilizer
This complete Link-Belt instollo1ion, far the preporo tio n of ommonium nitrote fertilizer, indudes three
Roto-louvres in series, with Link-Belt o.sci11oting conveyors co rrying material b e tween them.

Fig. 5361

FROM MOIST
SANO STORAGE
TO SANO
PREPARATION
EQUIPMENT ,

Drying foundry sand

Prop er drying of faundry sond in the
Link-Belt Roto-louvre contributes to
production of better castings. This complete system includes storoge facilities
far moist ond CU-y sond., Roto-louvre
dryer, screening, e le voting ond conveying equipment.

1 ~1

t , ' '\ VIBRATING \

SCREEN
\.;

t'

;'

Drying chemicals
In this Link-Be l1 instollotion chemicols o re dried, sized
ond conveye d to storoge. Oversize material is
crushed ond returne d far rep rocessing, olong with
the fines.

f ig. 5469

398 L 1 N K - B E L T

~IRE~

GAS
'
A IR HEATER

Fig. 547 1

processing equipment
dryers and coole rs

Operation Roto- Louv re

EFFICIENT HEAT TRANSFER

Contlnuous supply of a lr When the Roto-louvre is used as a

dryer, material is continuously exposed to !he maximum drying effect
of he ated air introduced b e neath the material bed throughout !he
full length of the drum. Heated air
has a greater vapor-carrying caHEAD END SECTION
pacity and the refore provid es a
"thirsty" me dium that readily absorbs moisture from the material to
b e dried. Heate d air also increases
the vapor pressure of the moisture
present upon or within the material,
thus acceleroting transition from the
liquid lo the vapor siete.
Fig. 5466
When !he Roto-louvre is used as
a cooler, a ir al ambient, or room
tempera ture, may serve a s the cooling medium or refrigerating coils
can be used where air a l substantially lower tempe ratures is needed.

Constant agitatlon
of material Material

Fig. 5467

Fig . 5468

passe s
through the Ro to-louvre in a gently
agitated moss. Eoch porticle is exposed to the some contoct with the
hot gases, ond eoch is corried forword al !he some rote of trave l.
Constonl ogitotion of material in
the Roto-Louvre is occomplished o s
the drum re volves. Material is corried
o round until the ongle of re pose is
reoched, the n rolls gently bock upon
its own b e d in en eosy, co ntinuous
movement thot prevenls spotty drying due to slrotiflco tion or segre gotion.

through contoct with moisture ond material is exho usted immediately,

b efore it con d rop in lemperoture to !he p oint where some of the
vapor would condense.
Material is cooled quickly ond e fficiently b y contoct with o Jorge
volume of cool or cold oir possing through the constontly moving bed
of material os well os by hect loss due to evoporotion. Control of
oir temp eroture, oir exhoust ond conditions of material trovel ossures
e ffective hect tronsfer.

EFFECTIVE TREATMENT OF MATERIAL

Uniform aeration of material particles mokes possible uniform
drying or cooling results, beco use o ll of the material is treoted in
the sorne woy al the some time. There co n be no strotiflcotion or
segregotion to cause o spotty, overdried or underdrie d product.
Dry, heoted oir penetrotes the moss
through ever-chonging chonnels thot
reoch the entire surfoce of every
piece ond po rticle.

Gentle action
prevents degradatlon of friable

moteriols thot musl no! b e broken

while processing, ond moteriols consisting of, or conto ining, fin es.
Fig. 5038

Suitable for drying se mi-liquids Operolion is sto rte d with a

porliolly dry bed to which !he semi-liquid is odde d groduolly. The

portiolly dry material quickly obsorbs o por! of lhe moisture from
the semi-liquid ond this, combined with the Roto-Louvre method of
possing he oted oir through the combined moss, conve rls the subslonce into eosily hondled po rticles of solid product.

Graduated flow of air through

material bed The flow of hot gases is reguloted outomoticolly by

Gradual transfer
of th e rmal energy from input air to moisture ond material

the sloping inner she ll, which causes the material bed to be thinnest
et the feed end ond to become groduolly thicker os the material
moves forword. See d io grom ot top of pog e 400. A !hin b e d offers
le os! resistonce to the po ssog e of hot gases ond, conseq uently, the
gre-:itest gas volume posses through the bed et the feed end, where
the material is wellesl ond where more hect con be absorbed by
voporizotion.
As the material moves toword the dischorge e nd of the dryer, !he
materia l b e d beco mes pro gressively thicker ond the gas chonnels
become smoller. As o result, the vo lume of hot gases odmitted to the
moteriol is progressively reduced to e liminote he ot in e xcess of
voporizotion requirements which, if presenl, would le nd lo overheot
the mate rial.
Similorly in !he cooling process, !he greolesl volume of the coolesl
oir is present where the material is !he ho llest.

places the Roto-Louvre obo ve o ther d ryers. Mony moteriols hove o

te nd e ncy to case-horden when subjected to too ropid heot-drying
ond the resulting impervious skin, or shell, thus produced prevents the
diffusion of moisture to the surfoces where it mo y voporize.
To reduce cose-hordening with ordino ry dryers, it is necesso ry to
resort to slow, low-te mpero lure operotion, but the Roto-l ouvre principie greotly lesse ns lhe te nde ncy to cose-horden without socriflcing
thermol efficiency or normal outpul.
This is occomplished by the initiol ropid drying ond slower fu rther
d rying in re lotively moist o ir, which occurs in the moss material b e d
of oll Ro to-louvres.

Prompt exhaust of used alr He oted oir thot has been rend ered less active by hoving give n up o port of its the rmol energy

handling costs ond reduces treotmenl time required to produce !he

flnished product.

Comblned drylng
and coollng in one ope rc;.tion, where the process p ermits, soves

L 1 N K - B E L T 399

processing equipment
dryers and cool ers

Operation and features Ro to-Louvre

,.--

_,,.,,.

Section throug h Roto-Louvre dryer

A lorge vo lum e of hot, d ry a ir

ea sily p enetrates the thinner bed
o f material ne ar the fe ed end
for maximum heat transfe r where
gre atest evapo ration can take place; then as material move s for word and bed b ecomes thicker,
oir p assages b ecom e sma ller so
that red uce d volume of heated
ai r p enetro l es b ed o f materia l,
p rev enting overheating .
Fig. 5<65

Fc ed end

Di scharge en d

Economical operation
and low maintenance costs

Reliabl e constant speed

or positive, infinite ly variable speed drive

Ma x imum heat transfer for ev ery cubic foo t o f d rying or cooling a ir

introd uced into the Roto-Louvre is accompl ished throug h the preci se
co ntro l of input air temperoture and through intimate co nta ct b e tween
d rying or cooling o ir and the materia l. This e fficie nt he ct transfer
p e rmits the e xact amount o f air to b e used and saves the cosl of
he ating or cooling air in excessive amounls.
Low mainle nance cost s a re an outstanding fea t ure of lhe Ro toLouvre. Because it r ev ol ves a l much slower sp eeds tha n conventional
ro lary ma chines, and b eca use ma teri a l rolls ov er ilself instead of
sliding on met a l peris, noteworthy saving s in maintenance costs result.

Where constant-spee d ro tation is d esired for use w ith materia ls requiring the sorne treatment t ime, the Roto-Louvre is usually powered
through a Link-Bel t enclosed d riv e, d irect-connected to a motor.
Where varia b le sp ee d rota tion i s d esired , the Roto-Louvre can b e
supplied with a Link- Belt P.1.V. d riv e between motor a nd enclosed
speed red ucer for positiv e, infinitely variab le sp eed r e g ul a tion by
d irecl or remo le control, without slippa ge or creep ing.

Durable lightweight construction

Com pact d esign and d ou ble-shell d rum constructio n a ssure streng th
a nd rigidity. The effici ency o f hect l ransf er in the Ro to-Louvre p ermits
the use of a drum o ne-ha lf l o two-thir ds the l eng th of conventio nal
d rums, permitting a shorter retention perio d , and afien a ssuri ng a 50
p er cent saving in v a lua ble Aoor space. This shorter drum construct ion also reduces overa ll exp a nsion and contraclio n.

400 L 1 N K - B E L T

Long service life

The Ro to-Louvre i s b uilt for conlinuous-duty service. There a re no
moving pa rts w i thin the shell, nothing to g el out of ard er and pra ctically no w ear from the abra sive a ction o f materia l. Every detail o f
design, bo th sl ructurally and mechanically, conforms sictly with
fines! engineering p ractice. From drive to d ischarge, lhe Ro oo -Louv re
i s b uilt for long , lrouble-free o p eralion.

processing equipment
dryers and coolers

Features and d imensions Roto-Louvre

Drlvlng gear mountlng
provldes for expanslon

Turned steel tires

and hardened steel trunnlons

Ali Roto -Louvre d rums lorger !han 3 feel, 1 O inches in diometer

ore equipped with o high-lesl iro n segmento! driving geor
mounted directly lo drum by meons of shop e d pioles, which
ore bolted to the geor ond welded lo the ouler shell to provide

Built for long, lrouble-free service, the Roto-Lauvre drum revolves on one-piece sleel tires supported on hordened sleel
lrunnions, enclosed for sofety ond equipped with roller beorings

for voriotions in exponsion betw een drive gear and outer shell.

in od justo ble frames thol res! on o structurol sleel b a se for

odded slrength.

to keep maintenonce re q uir ements low. Trunnions ore mounted

On the smoller Roto-Louvre s roller choin drives ore used.

_l

Distributing
ring a ssembly

Dis charge nozzle

and seal

lnlet
connector

Fig. 5537

Con stant or
variable speed drive

Simple supports - - -- - - - "

The Roto-Louvre is mounted on o simple rigid sleel supporting slructure to mointoin p o sitive o lignmenl of o ll rololing
peris. Al !he feed end, !he support corries !he lru nnions ond
slolionory dislributing heod. Al !he dischorge end it corries
only !he trunnions. The drive is mounted on on integral
steel base.

...:--

numb er

"

207-8
207-10
3 10-12
3 10-14
-502-16
502 -20
--604 -20
604-24

11 - 10
13-10
17-3
19-3
23- 1
27-1
28-2
32-2

Roto-lo uvre

--

~-+-~-------L--------1

o- - - >-<-- -- - - - - e - - - - - -- .......

e
1

2-8
2-8
-3 .5
3.5
4 -6
4-6
5-0
5-0

B- -

- - -- ------A-------- - -- - -- --.,

8
1

Hardened
steel trunnion b earings

o
1

4 -8
6-8
7-5
9.5
11-0
15-0
13-6
17-6

---

1
fEET ANO INCHES

3.7
3-7

- -5-0 1/>
5-0 \11
5-6 \11
5-6 \11
7-5
7.5

G
1

4. 4
0-11
4. 4
0- 11
5.5
1- 4 \/2
5. 5
1- 4 \/2
--- -1- 1o\/2
7 -0
1- 10 \12
7-0
2- 3
8-2
2- 3
8-2

---

2- 6~
2- 6 3A
3. 2
3. 2
3-11
3- 11
4 . 8 \/2
4. 8 \/2

Ro10-Louvr e

number

2-1
1
-22-8
2-8
3-6
3-6
4 -2
4 -2

--

705-24
705-28
900-28
900-32
1003-32
1003-36
1106-36
1106-42

_.j F19. 026

[ ; - f " MAXIMUM
WIOTH OF STEEL

1 H

' - - - - ' - - - - ' - - -:....,,,

fE""
ET,,._,.
A.,,
N""
D"'1""
N"'C""
H"'E""
S.....;._ _...;...._ _ _:...._

33. 7 5- 8
37- 5 5. 8
39- 2 6- 2
43- 2 6- 2
- 44. 7 6-10
48 - 7 6-10
-49 . 10 7 - 4
55 -1 0 7 . 4

17- o
20-10
20- 10
24-10
--24- 10
28- 10
28- 10
34- 10

8- 3 \/2
8- 3 \/2
8-11
8-11
9- 3 \/2
9. 3 \/1
9- 8
9. 8

---

2- 7 \/2
2- 7 \/2
3- 3
3. 3
--3. 7 \/2
3- 7 \/2

-4.

4-

4. 9
9-4 5- 2
4. 9
9.4 5. 2
-- --- -11-1 6- 1 \12
11 - 1 6 - 1 \/2
12-5 6- 10 \12
12-5 6-10 \11
13-8 7 . 6
13-8 7 . 6

5-11
5- 1 1
6- 6
6- 6
-7- 3
7. 3

Hove d imensions certified far instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 401

processi ng eq uipment
dryers and coolers

Features and Operation Multi-Louvre

Ho using is d ust-ti ght, ru gg e dly built of heovy-go ug e welded

steel ond provided with doors for occess ond insp ection.

louvre pons ore formed fro m steel piole, cut to exoct length
ond then sho p ed inlo speciolly designed flights.

Choins supporting the louv re pons hove lo rge-diome ter rollers

ond horde ned steel bushings ond pins to insure long life.

Automotic toke-up s fo r drive choin o re provided lo compensote

for chonges in length coused b y lemp eroture or weor.

E Heod

sprockets o re e q uipped with renewoble steel rims to simplify re plocement ond keep mointenonce costs low.

Conveyor screws ond poddle s of speciol design ossure moximum

efficiency with o wid e vo riety of moleriols.

Multi-louvre instollo tions ollow fa r greoter outp ul in o limited

plo nt spoce tho n would otherwise be possible , ond shorter runs
for feed ond d ischo rge conveyors. Stroight-through conslruction
f urther simplifles plont layout. Material is fed inlo o ne si d e o f the
Multi -louvre ond d ischo rged from the olher ot the sorne level o r
the unit con b e orronged to feed ond discho rg e o n the sorn e side.
Speciol orrongements mo ke it possible to treot the material
with multiple input-oir temperotures; lo control d e p th of material
bed by vorying speeds o f conveyor screw ond louvre-pon op ron;
to treot material with steo m or gases of vorious kinds; or to cool
the material ofter drying.
Avoiloble in o wide ronge of sizes ond copocities, the Multilouvre opplies bo sic p rincipies of thermodynomics to ossur e
effective hect tronsfer, ropid evoporotion ond uniform treotment to ali po rticles of the product. louvre pons roise the material ond spill it out lo form o constontly moving curtoin, through
which heoted or is drown by exhousl fans. Continuous o perotion is occomplished by o screw o nd poddle conveyor whkh
moves !he material through !he mochine o t o rote determined
by the nolure of the substonce, its moisture or heot contenl ond
the treotme nt desired. This screw-podd le conveyor gently moves
the material to onother section of the moving opro n to b e corried
up ond spilled out ogoin. Constont ogitotion of shollow materia l
bed ossures thoroug h circulotion of oir ond permits opero tion ot
velocities requiring mnimum power for exhoust fon.
Gentle handling is ossured by meons of sp eciol flights corried
by two stronds of roller choin o nd suspended in such o woy os
to keep the material flowing in o sho llow bed over the o scending
materia l ond flights with mnimum degrodotion.
Accuro te control of oir flow is occomplished b y housings so
designed thot the e ntire material bed is uniformly penetroted.
Mo.>Umum heot tronsfer results from louvre-pon oction thot
sp reods the material in thin loyers ond directs the flow of o ir
through the moving curtoin of material.

402 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
dryers and coolers

Dimensions Multi-Louvre

\
/

'

>
\

'

e
'\

WARM AIR INLET

CONNECTOR

\ _1
~
!

__ __ _____ Jj

f ig. 5078

Multi-louvre

number

G
1

M
1

FEH ANO INCHFS

305
307

2- 7
2- 7

1- 4
1- 4

6- 7
8- 4

2-2
2-2

1- lO Ya
2- lO Ya

4-6
6-0

3-0
3-0

4-3
4-3

2-5 Y2
2-5 Y2

2-2
2-2

2-4
2-4

2- 4 y.
2- 4 y.

3-0
3-0

610
612
614

3- 11
l-11
3- 11

5- 3
5- 3
6- 3

11- 9
13- 6
15- 2

3-1
3-1
3-1

3-1 O Y2
4- 11
5-1 1

7-0
8-9
9-0

4-0
5-0
6-0

7-7
7-7
7-7

3-7 Vi
3-7 Y2
3-7 Y2

3-6
3-6
3-6

3-0
3-0
3-0

4- 6
4- 6
4- 6

5-0
5-0
5-0

814
816

3- 11
3-11

6- 3
7- 3

15-10 Y2
17- 7 Y2

3-1
3- 1

5-11
6-11

9-0
9-6

5-0

9-7
9-7

4-6
4-6

4-6
4-6

3-6
3-6

5- 8 Y2
5- 8 Y2

6-2
6-2

1216
1220
1224
1228

4-11
4-11
4-11
4- 11

6- 11
8-11
10-11
12- 11

18- 6 Y2
22- o
25- 5 Y2
28- 11

5-6

13-0
15-0
17-0
19-0

5-0

5-5 Yo

5-0
5-0
5-0
5-0

4-0
4-0
4-0
4-0

7-11
7-11
7-11
7-11

y.
y.
y.
y.

8-6
8-6
8-6
8-6

5-6
5-6
5-6

681O12-

6 Ya
6 Ya
6 Ya
6 Ya

6-0

6-0
7 -0
8-0

14-0
14-0
14-0
14-0

5-5 Yo
5-5 Yo
5-8

Hove dimensions ce rtilied ror instollotion purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 403

processing equipment
d ryers a nd coole r s

Monotube
o ~-.........,~~~~~~- s ~~~~~~-'>-~
-~ E

EXHAUs r i l
ST ACK 1
1

~,.=l

VA~!f1l~:A~
t

DISCHARGE

VARIES

~J

STEAM
SUPPLY

CONDEN SATE
RETURN

K: F
Fog. 4896

M o no tu b e
number

FEET ANO INCHES

24-5
24-7
24-1 0

2-0
2-0
2-0

5- 0
7-0
10 - 0

1-6
1-6
1- 6

2-0
2- 0
2- 0

30-10
30-1 3
30-18

2-6
2-6
2-6

10-0
13-0
18-0

2- 0
2-0
2-0

2-8 '12
2-8 '12
2-8 '12

2-0
2-0
2- 0

5- 9
5-11
6- 2

1-2
1-2
1-2

1-8
1-8
1-8

2- 11
2- 1 1
2-1 1

6-2
6- 5
6-1 0

1-5
1-5
1-5

1-8
1-8
1-8

2-4 'I
2-4 ~

2-4 1/4
2-10 ~
2-1 0~

2-1 0~

1-4
l-4
1-4

1-8
1-8
1-8

1-9
1-9
1-9

1- 8
1- 8
1-8

Hove d1mensions cer tified for installo tio n purpo ses.

Link-Belt
laboratory facilities
Link-Belt ma intains a well equipped, full y staffed
laboratory for drying and cooling tests, both
small scal e (bench) studies a s well a s pilot runs
w ith commercial size units af the severa! ty p es
offered b y the company . Pilot machines ma y
also be l eased by prospective purcha ser s for
conducting fleld tests in co llaboration w ith our
laborator y engineer s.
After making la b oratory or fl el d tests, Link Belt will assist in ma king recommendations far
your full- scale requirements. Th ese facilities and
services hove b een indisp ensible in develop ing
Link- Belt drying and cooling install a tions all
over the world for a w id e range o f mat erial s.

Full sco le e q uip ment w ith co mple te occessories ond

controls con be orrong ed to d emonstr o te Link- Belt' s
ability to h and le your pro duct. Pho to 33 199A

Ro to - Louvr e bench test e quip ment for smo ll sca le studies. Pho to 390 9 8

404 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
vib r ating s creens

vibra'ling screens
The Link-Belt complete line of vibroting screens is the result of sound engineering principies
opplied to toke full odvontoge of the knowledge goined by over o quorter-century of fleld
operotion. For the kinds of screening best suited to vibroting oction, these screens ore unsurpossed for efficiency, simplicity of construction, high copocity, ond troubl e-free extra-long life.
Link-Belt offers o vibroting screen to meet every individ ual need, ond will onolyze ali
screening problems ond moke recommend otions bosed on thorough engineering knowledge.
Since material chorocteristics vory, proper selection of equipment will provide the moximum
operoting efficiency .

NRM liquid v ibrating screens

NRM liq uid screens hove o high sp eed , unbolonced-weight vibrotor ond o re used
to seporole solid s from liquids. The high-energy vibrolion produced ossures mo ximum liquid possing copocity with minimum blinding of lhe fi ne mesh cloth. These
units ore ovoiloble in the open type or with liquid receiving tonk ond motor
support. S pray cleoners con b e furnished os o plionol equi pment.

Tomoto culls are separ ated from llquid in conning plont by NRM vibroling screens. Photo 35550

UP vibrating s creens
The UP screen has o simple, fuliy occessible unbolonced-weight vibrolor. Operoting with only two beorings, !he unbolonced puliey produces high frequency
vibrotions whose omplitude con b e field-odjusted. These screens ore especioliy
useful for screening fine or light moleriols.
These unils ore ovoiloble in open or totoliy dust enclosed types. The
totoliy e nclosed screen has o seoled sleel enclosure within which the screen
vibrotes. A hinge d e nclosure cover provides eosy occess to screen cloth ond
working ports.
The UP screen mo y be floor o r suspension mounte d. Electricoliy he ote d
screen cloth con be supplied for screening
sticky moteriols. Bouncing boli d ecks con b e
furnished for screening moteriol s with o high
percenloge of ne or-size porticles.

High molstu re conte nt r a w clay Is scalpe d on a UP vibro!

ing screen, electrically heote d to preven! blinding. Photo 35802

CA v ib r ating screens
These sturdy concentric oction screens hove o two-beo ring unbolonced-weight
vibrolor which imporls o smooth, uniform circular motion to ali screening surfoces. This motion con b e reodily odjuste d for highest screening efficiency. CA
screens ore designed for medium d uty sizing ond scolping, os weli o s rinsing
ond d e wotering, of medium sized mole riols. The cenlrifugoliy octuoled, outomolic counterweight mechonism reduces storting !arque ond eliminoles excessive
vibrotion through criticol speed ronges when occeleroling ond deceleroting.
These screens con be furnished with total dust enclosures.
Numerous mountings moy be provided to suit ali o peroling conditions ond
the versotil e d esign p ermits fi eld modificolion of mountings.
Electricoliy heoted screen cloth con b e supplie d for screening sticky moleriols. Bouncing boli decks con be furnished for screening moteriols with o high
perce ntoge of ne or-size porticles.
Wood chips are 1ized by circular motion of these
dou ble deck CA vibroting screens. Photo 38698

L 1 N K B E L T 405

processing equipment
v lbrating screens

Types
CB v ibrating screens
These rugged circular mation screens ha11e a twob e a ring unba lanced weight vibralor. The CB vibraling screen is used for high-tonnage sizing and
scalping of medium and la rge maleria ls.
Ali CB screens use a mechanical a rrangemenl
for slopping the screening action, thereby eliminating excessive vibration when passing through
the resonance range. The vibrator shaft ond cortridge-mounte d self-oligning roller beorings ore enclosed in o tubular steel housing, well protecte d from dust, di rt, ond obrosion
by frictionle ss flinger ond lobyrinth seols.
The CB screen moy be suspe nde d or floor mounted, ar floor ond suspension mounted.
These screens con b e furnished with total d usl enclosures.
Electricolly heoted screen cloth con b e supplied for screening sticky moterio ls. Bouncing
b oll decks con b e furnished for moteriols with o high percentoge of neor size particles.
lron ore being size d by CB vibroting screen
for delivery lo roilrood cars. Photo 37283

BA vi bratin g screens
Heovy duty two-beoring scolping ond sizing
screens hondle high-impact, high-tannoge mote riols common to the mining industry. The eccentricshoft, un bal o nced-weight vibrotor has two cortridge-mounted self-aligning roller beorings for
occurote olignment, and is complete ly e nclosed for efficient operotion under dusty cond itio ns. Automotic control feotures limit motion during occelerotion ond decelerotion,
eliminoting resonont vibrotion in the critico( speed ronge.
Although these screens ore usuolly floor-mounted , sub -b ases for suspension-mounting
con be furnished.
Primary screening of ir on ore by BA
vibroting

screen.

O versize

posses to

crusher. Pholo 37265

OS and BS foundry shake outs

Heavy duty two-be a ring shakeouts are designed for continuous
opera tion. They provide fast, economical sep a ration of castings
and sand from flasks or molds.
The vibrating mechonism is recessed into the screen box, providing access to the vibrating d eck from oll sides. The re ore no projecting ports e xp osed to possible domoge by heovy flosks or
costings. The shakeout is o full- floating unit, ond has provisions
to e ffectiv e ly limit motion d uring accelerotion ond decelerotion.
Self-discho rging sha keouts ore o lso ovoiloble .
Dislodging sand from e ngine castings
in high produclion fou ndry, by BS foundry
shokeaut. Photo 38775

CL vibrating screens
Horizontol-type stra ightline motion scree ns a re designed for dewatering, washing and sizing of ma te rials. The centrifuga( force unbalanced-shaft vi
brotor produces the high-inte nsity motion ne cessary
to efficient separatio n. These scree ns can b e installed
in locations where hea droom is limite d and can
be suspension or floa r mounted. Mo tion is limited
during a cce leratio n ond d ecelerotio n, e limina ting
critica ( vib ration in the resonant speed rang e. Bo th
eccentric shafts ore rotated through a he licol gear
drive, resulting in a straightline motion.
Washe d coal is de watered by CL vibroting screen
prior to drying operations. Screen materia l is sta inless sleel. Pholo 38993

406 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
vibrating screens

Types
Pulsating magnet
grizzly bar screens
Heovy duty grizzly ba r screens ore used for
coorse scolping or screening lorge tonnoges
of ore, cool, rock ond other b ulk moteriols.
They provide high-speed vibrotory material
flow ond seporotion, plus reguloted control
of the material flow to match the copocities
of processing equipment.
They ore generolly used to feed oversi ze
material to crushers ond ho mmermills, ond to byposs the ftnes thot would
normolly clog ond slow down crushing operotions. They ore olso used to
protect conveyor belts from domoge by depositing o loyer of fines to
cushion the foil of lorge o brosive p ieces, ond to provide on even belt load,
free from surges.
Quarry rack is scalped by pulsating
magnel grizzly b a r screen and the oversize
posse s to o crusher. The Anes bypass the
crusher ond join the crushed material on
o belt conveyor. Photo S 16033

Pulsating magnet
screening feeders
Screening feeders utilize powerful, high-speed
electromognetic drives to size, dewote r, desludge
and dedust the majarity af bulk material s proc
essed by the mining, quo rrying, chemical, foad,
foundry, and mony o ther industries.
They provid e two simultaneous bosic functionssizing ond va riabl e-control feeding. The rote of flow over the screen co n b e
regulated to correspond to chong es in mate rial characteristics, assuring
moximum efficiency al all times.
The highfrequency low-amplitude vibration provides g e ntl e particle
agitation and assures mnimum degradotio n of material.
Run -of-mine coal is screened by o pulsoting
magnet screening feeder ond is fed lo o vibraling
p icking table. Photo S1 5087

Pulsating magnet
vibrating screens
Pulsating magnet vibra ting screens combine on
unusual, high-speed screen cloth ripple with am
plitude control, to produce uniform, medium to
ftne dry scolping ond sizing of mony b ulk mole
riols in the chemico l, food, ceromic, re froctory,
metoilic ond non-me tollic mining, ond other industries.
The opplicotion of powerful vibrotion directly to the screen cloth generales highspeed tronsverse ripples thot o ssure moximum porticle strotiftcotio n in o minimum contoct time. The omplitude of vibrotion con be regulote d
to suit the material chorocteristics to obtoin best results.

Balle d mate rial is scree ned out of a doy

tale mixture used in lile manufacture.
Phota 560001 1

L 1 N K - B E L T 407

processing equipment
vlb ratlng screens

Selection
How t o sele ct an NRM vibrating screen

Consid er the following information when selecting an NRM screen:

Table 1 Curve numbers ond recommended screen cloth for

NRM vibroting screens
Usual screen dorh

Material lo be screened
Capacily in gallons per minute

Curve

Moreriol

number

Wire

Mesh

W ith this informa tion, proceed as follows:

Refer to Ta ble 1. Determine !he usual screen cloth with percentoge

of open oreos ond curve number for !he material being screened .
Enter b otto m of Cho ri 1 al !he per cent of open oreo ond proceed
vertically up to !he intersection with !he curve number. From this point
proceed horizontolly to !he intersection with !he vertical capocity line.
Select the screen size neorest to !he right of this inlersection. When
the required copocity exceeds 3,000 gallons per minute, or !he inlersection point foll s to the right of !he lo rgesl screen, divide !he copacity
b y 2 or more, in ord er to select o screen. This figure will be !he number
o f screens required of the size selected.
Example

Find !he NRM screen size required lo hondle 300 gollons per minute
of lomolo conning wosle through 20 mesh cloth having .O 18" diometer
wire.

Sol ution

20 mesh cloth with .O 18" dio meter wire has 39 per cent o p e n oreo.
Use curve numb er 3 for !amolo wosle. Using Chori 1, follow vertical
line from 39 p er cent open oreo to intersectio n with curve number 3 .
Follow horizontol line from this point to its inlersection with vertical line
from 300 gollons per minute. Use nexl lorger screen number, which is
NRM 145.

Ashes and water

Acetate slurry
Beet sugar juice
Conning plont wos te water
(no tomato woste)
Cl ay slip
Cooked f1sh
Cottonseed ol
Cotton linl in woter
Coffee grounds
Copra oil
Distillery slop
Fruit juices
Fish
Fish oil
Fish press liquor
Felt plant waste wa t er
Hide dehoiring waste wa ter
Lime slurry
Meat packing plant waste water
Paper stock, re jecl dewatering
Pumpkin conning waste
Pounch monure
Rubber reclaims
Rayon lint in water
Soybean ol
Sugar juice
Sugar beet pulp
Sugar beet flume water
Tomato canning woste
Tomato seeds
Tung oil
Wool lint in wat er
Wood bark and fiber
White water

__ ,

t ~:

l&Y

~
-~

- -41iL
~ ,

Ji

00
00

PERCENT OF
OPEN AREA

408 L 1 N K - B E L T

6
22x24
40x60

2.0
5.0
3.5
4.5
2.5
5 .0
5 .0
5.0
5.0
1.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
5.5
2.5
5.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
3.0
1.0

20x30
120
20x30
100
20x30
50x41
100
50
14
20x30
100
20x30
20x30
10
16
20
36x40
12
20
60
20x30
100
40x60
40
20
20
20x30
100
20x30
30
20x30

3.0
4.0
1.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
1.5
4.0
3.5

co Q

CAPACITY IN GALLONS PER MINUTE

Per
cent

of open

oreo

.047
.020
1 .0 10

5 1.8
29.3
30.5

.015
.0037
.015
.0045
.015
.009
.0045
.009
.023
.015
.0045
.015
.0 15
.035
.023
.017
.0 105
1
.028
.0165
.009
.015
.004 5
.009
.010
.017
.018
.015
.0045
.015
.013
.0 15

38.5
30.7
38.5
30.3
38.5
32.2
30.3
21.3
4 5.2
38.5
30.3
38.5
38.5
4 2.3
39.9
4 3.6
36. 1
43.6
44 .6
21.3
38.5
23.7
29.5
36.0
43.6
39.0
38.5
30.3
38.5
37.l
38.5

Consul t Link-Belt.
Stainless steel wire clo th usually furnished on liquid screens.

Chart 1 NRM vibrating screen selection

--+--+

1.0
5.0
3.5

dio meter,
inc hes

processing equipment
vlbrating screens

Selection
How to selecta UP, CA, CB or BA vlbratlng screen
The copocity of o vibroting screen is influenced by mony foctors,
omong which ore certoin physlcol chorocteristics of the material, the
size ond the shope of the screen opening, the omounl of oversize ond
neor mesh material ond whether the screening is done in the presence
of free water or is essenliolly dry.

The oreas of screen surfoce in these choris are approximote for

feeds contoining up to 65 per cent oversize ond hoving 50 per cent
of the undersize smoller !han one-holf the screen opening. lf this halfsize material is substantiolly more thon 50 per cent, lhe chori oreas will
be loo lorge. On the other hond, if the holf-size material is much less
!han 50 per cent of the undersize, the chori oreo will be too small.
Wet screening
Vibroting screen capocities for rinsing and dewotering operotions
require additionol considerolions. Consult Link-Bel! Company for
recommendotions.

Approximate screen size

The choris below ore designed to focilitate the determination of the
required approximate screen size for a given condition. For an
exact determinotion, consult Link-Belt Compony.
Preliminary to using the choris, determine from Tab le 2 the curve
letter applying to the pa rticular material to be screened. Then,
enter the proper chori from the bottom on o vertical line corresponding to the screen opening to be used. From the intersection of this
line with the material curve, follow a horizontal line to the left of
the chori, os illustroted by orrows on the chori, to find the required
square feet of screen surfoce for each ton per hour of feed. Multiply
this by the tons per hour of material to be screened, which will give
the required squore feet of screen surfoce. Choose a screen from
the sizes listed on the following poges, whose size has this required
oreo.

Example
Find the omount of screen surfoce ond size of UP screen to hondle
35 tons per hour of Foundry sand on 'Ya inch squore openings.
Solution
Use curve C for Foundry sond. Vertical line for 'Ya inch (.375) square
opening, Chori 2, intersects al 0.8 squore foot for each ton per hour.
The total oreo (0.8) (35) equols 28 squore feel. A screen 4 feet
by 8 feet, which is the neorest standard size, will fulfill the requiremenls. Therefore, use screen size 148, which designoles a single
deck screen 4 feet wide b y 8 feel long.
Table 2 Curve letters for UP, CA, CB or BA vibrating screens

Dry screenlng
The choris indicote the number of squore fe et of surfoce required for
eoch ton per hour of vorious moteriols fed to the screen. Obtoin total
oreo required by multiplying the actual feed, in tons per hour, by
the proper figure from the curve.
for double deck screens, the oreo of the second deck should be 1O
per cent greoter thon the chori fig ure, if the first deck has openings
less thon one inch. lf the top d e ck openings ore one inch or lorg er use
the chori orea. In either case, the actual tons p er hour fed to the
second deck should be used to find its required orea.

lette r '
Curve

Moter iol

Limestone, sizing

Phospho te rock
Sond, bonk
Sond, foundry

c
c
c

Cake, sizing
Cake, breeze

Sond, slice
Slog

B
A

rem ovol

B
A

Grovel
Gypsum
lron Ore

Limestone , scolping

Stone, crushed

,_

f-r\

-~ l - -

"" 2ol
..."'
w

::>

"'z
..,

""
a:
u._

...o

Vl

"'"'o::
u

>-

1.0

...ti
~

u._

0.5

~~~A~

O __
OPENINGS 0 .01 " 1

.1 ... ,

.02
26
40

.04 .06 .08 0.10

18
14 10
7
6 5

.2

'i-...

1\

f---;:::y ~

__
;

~~

B
A

.4"

1. 5"

..

1
j

--+-'j

._

!'.....

--

'.~f i'l .__~l

"' t--..klli
; ~ ~rr
. B.__ 1

0 .5

'

-~

__ ___

"\

---K~

Q:

"'"'
Si

1.0

l-- ~

'

...

\ \

1-

1\

~ o: \ --

"'ua:

1.5

- -

El

~-W\

"-

1 l_j_
1

u 1.5

-~

o::

1T

""w

>-

1\

>-

:i:
c._

'--'-

it 2.0

~ 2.S f-- --

""

rl
~

::i

"'u..u..

w
a:

Chart 3 CA, CB and BA vibrating screen selection

ow

>-

..,o

..."'o

Cu rve
lett er

Dolomile
Feldspor
Fertilizer
Fluorspor

2 .5

::i

Material

B
E
B

3.5~--';>---.\~-'1'--'-----IE,,_-,--'r---.---..,---,----,-.------,

"'z

letter

Corborundum
Cinders
Cement clinker
Cool

Copper o re

Chart 2 UP vibrating screen selection

Curve '

Materia l

:--- 1--...

'

~L

-j

L-

...._..._
i--:_
t

F
l--f- l-1
f

~
1

o
e
B
~

SI ZE OF SOUARE OPENINGS IN INCHES

f1g . l22J

4 51ZE OF MESH

Fig. 4947

L 1 N K - B E L T 409

process machines
v ib ra tin g screens

Selection
How t o select a pulsating magnet scre e ning f eeder
or a pul sat ing magn e t vibrating screen

How to select a pulsating magnet grizzly bar screen

Chort B gives trough width required for tons per hour scolping with
effective seporotion of vorious material sizes. Copocities ore bosed o n
rock weighing 100 pounds per cubic foot . Table 2 specifles the length
of the grizzly seclion bosed on the seporotion required.

Refer to Table 1 for proper material curve letter for use on Chori A.
Chort A gives the number of squore feet of screen surfoce required
for eoch Ion per hour of material fed to the screen. Obtoin total
oreo required by multiplying feed in tons per hour by proper figure
from the chori.

Ex ample

Example

Find the screen size required to effectively seporote over 4 " porticles
from 100 tons per hour of 8" to O" crushed limestone.

Find the oreo of screen surfoce ond size of screen required to hondle
18 tons per hour of silico sond on %" squore openings.

Solutio n
Refer to Table 1 for silico sond, use curve B on Chort A. Note thot the
vertical line for %" squore openings intersects curve B al .8 squore
feet for eoch Ion per hour; therefore,
required total oreo = .8 x 18 TPH = 14.4 squore feet
Refer to dimension poge ond note that o screen 3x5 feet, which is the
screen neorest in oreo to thot required, is sotisfoctory.

Solution
Determine required trough wid th by entering Chort B ot 100 tons per
hour ond p roceed verticolly to 30" trough width intersection in the
8" to O" rock section. Refer to Table 2 which recommends o 36" long
grizzly section for effective seporotion. Refer to d imension poge ond
note thot Model F-55DT has o 30" wide trough with o 36" long
grizzly section, ond is therefore sotisfoctory.
lf the problem were os obove, b ut required scolping 1 2" to O" rock,
proceed on Chort B to the next trough width within the 1O" x 12" to O"
rock brocket, which indicotes o 36" wide trough. Model F-66 DT meets
the requirements.

Table 1
Curve

1 letter
Curveon 1

Mete riel

Chori
B
E
B

Corborundum
Cinders
Cement clinker
Coo l
Cake, sizing
Cake, breeze removol
Copper ore
Dolomite
Feldspor
Fertilizer
Fluorspor

Material

F
B
A

c
o
c

Grave!
Gypsum
Limestone, scolping
Limestone, sizing
Phosphote rock
Sond, bonk
Sond, foundry
Sond, silico
Slog
Stone

letter on
Chori A
B

Table 2

Length cf

Process

c
c
c

Podd ing ond rude

sco lping
Effective seporotion
More d ifficult seporotion

B
A
A

Ch a rt A

60

~-,....,..--,-..,..,--,...,-,,..,-,.--,-..,..-,,...-,,,77-,--;r-7777--,..-,,

-~~{1~ "!_A~~!}"~(_( __ //,y~/

UJ
UJ
lL

15
36
54

Chart B

o . 5,-----rr---T---rr--'Tr--...---r-----r~---~---,------,-,----,

g rizzly section,
1 inches

48 +----'--'--------------~

3 .0+-- - -+---1- -++---+-+--+f---+---\--+---'-----'f---+--+-+----l

"'::>o

10" ANO 12' TO O"

:X:

5
a..

2 . 5+-----+----T+--+--+--+-+---fr---~---t-'.--t------,r-r--~

z
~

"':X:

:X:

UJ

u
<

UJ

"'~

~
<Jl

UJ

:X:
....
o

u
<
lL
~

36

2.0+----+----+--T-t---\-t----Jt---T-+---"rl--+-~'<-+----i

30

1.5 + - - -- +----+---+--!'.--+-.,__ _,,__+-_,,-__,f--_.....,..---1-+----1

:X:
l'.J

<Jl

::>

UJ
UJ

0" ro o"
24

....
"'

"'u
<Jl

1.0+----+----+---+--+--+-- --'.,_+-.,__

t;;

UJ
lL

__,,,.____,~-+-+----l

UJ

"'6<

G"ro o"

18

- +----- - - - - --

o
o. 5+------+----+---+--+--+----+----'---1-"'c--+-"'-d~+-~

<Jl

10

8
A

.01

.02
40

26

.04
18

.06 .08 0.10

.2
.4
SIZE OF SOUARE OPENINGSI NCHES

14 10
7
SIZE OF MESH

410 L I NK- B E L T

6 5

.6

.8 1.0

1.5

4
Fig. 61 54

25
so 100 150 200 300 400
TONS PER HOUR SCALPING WITH EFFECTIVE SEPARATION
FOR BELT PADDING ONLY. FEEDING CRUSHED ROCK. MULTIPLY TPH BY 2.5
FOR SCALPING COAL WITH EFFECTIVE SEPARATION. MU LTIPLY TPH BY .5
FOR BELT PADDING ONLY, FEEDING COAL. MULTIPLY TPH BY 1.25
Fig. 6155

processing equipment
vlbratlng screens

NRM liquid vibrating screens

NRM liquld vibrating screens
Ser e en
Horse~ 1 W e ight, I A 1 e 1 D
size

p o wer

NRM- 124
N RM-1 34
NRM-145
NRM- 128
N RM-1 38
N RM- 148
NRM - 141 0

2
2
2
2
2
2
3

21 %
27%
33 %
21 :Y1
27%
33 %
33 %

28
28
34
52
52
52
64

12 \o'.i
12 \o'.i
12 \o'.i
12 \o'.i
12\o'.,
12 \o'.i
13

19:Y.
25:Y.
31 :y.
19:Y.
25:Y.
31 :y.
31 :y.

10
10
10
10
10
10
14

NRM liquid vibrating screens with

feed flume, collecting tank and
motor support
Screen IWeight A 1 8 1 e 1 D 1 E F G 1 s

1 V

Screen

64 0

750
890
830
9 70
1100
1520
J

-----

NRM-124
NRM-134
NRM-145
N RM-128
NRM- 138
NRM- 148
NRM-1410

size

A+ll- - - - J

3%
3%
3%
3%
3%
3:Y.
3:Y.

9
9
12
12
12
12
12

34
46

50

58

26
38

34
46
58
58

50

1 K

26
38

50

size

NRM liquid vibrating screen

1 E 1 F

INCHES

pounds

1 N J
INCHES

13
13
13
16
16
16
16

1
1
1
1
1
1
2

p ounds

24
24
30
48
48
48
60

I W

INCHES

N RM- 12 4, 1290 126113 :Y.137 Y, 12 1'/ol2812 4129Y.il53 Y.il 19:Y,

N RM- 145 2130 5 016 Y, 42 45>/1343033 65 31 :Y.

NRM liquid vibrating screen with feed flume,

coll e cting tank and motor sup port

Hove dimensions certi fi ed for instollo tion purposes.

N umber o f springs per brocke t.

UP vibrating screens
UP one deck vib rating screens
Screen 1Horse- 1 W eight, I A 1 e 1 D 1

.O

' 1.i''-3: ' ;. ~ ....'--......

22
WHEN
~ .. ~

N 1

.t..

'

1'"

) 4! *!,:

"r"

WHEN

size

pow er

p ounds

UP- 124
UP- 13 4
UP- 145
UP- 128
UP-1 38
UP-1 48
UP- 1410

2
2
2
2
2
2
3

640
7 50
890
830
970
1 100
1520

Ser e en
siz. e

UP- 12 4
UP- 134
UP- 145
UP-1 28
UP- 138
UP-1 4 8
UP- 14 10

N 21 2

ALLOW
VERTICAL ANO { HORIZONTAL
CLEARANCE UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN

UP one d e ck v ibrating screen

. -,. ---~,L,tt-'-. _,,1

VIBRATOR
SHEAVE

ORIVE~

5.6.PD

ASSEMBL Y 1

G 1

3%
3%
3 :Y.
3%
3%
3%
3 :Y.

.
-,.,

' 3

Screen

DRIV~

1
ASS EMBLY 2

z:

UP two deck vibrating screen

----e----~

. ....

21 :y.
27:Y,,
3 3:Y.
21 :y.
27%
33 %
33 >/1

34
46
58
34
46
58
58

50
26
38
50
50

1 W

28
28
34
52
52
52
64
AA

24
24
30
48
48
48
60
1 AB

INCHES

1
1
1
1
1
1
2

15 \o'.i
15 \o'.i
15 \o'.i
15\o'.i
15 \o'.i
15\o'.i
16

1Horse- 1 W eight, ,

si ze

po w er

p ounds

UP- 224
UP-234
UP-245
UP- 228
UP- 238
UP- 248
UP-2 4 1O

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

1150
1350
1610
15 2 5
1790
2 0 40
2400

UP- 224
UP- 234
UP- 245
UP- 228
UP- 238
UP- 248
UP-2 410

1, - ...

19 :Y.
2 5:Y
3 1 :y.
19 :Y.
2 5:Y.
31 :Y.
31 :y.

10
10
10
10
10
10
14

l l :Y.
l l :Y.
14:Y.
14:Y.
14:Y.
14 :Y.
14 :Y.

l OV.
lOV.
10 V.
13\4
13 y,
13 y,
13 V.

UP two deck vibrating screens

..

. ,

/..__AB '

26
38

1 N

z.

26
38

50
26
38
50

50

24
24
30
48
48
48
60

1
1
2
2
2
2
2

19 :Y.
2 5 :Y.
3 1:Y.
19:Y.
25 :Y.
3 1:Y.
31 :Y.

i D
IN CHES

34
46
58
34
46

58
58

V
INCHES

Ser e.en
size

ALLO\\ zvfRTICAL A;o 1'. tOH1zo.-..TAL

CLEARANCE UNLESS OTt-tER.,.
;;, .h\ N

INCHES

2 1:y.
27%
33%
21 'Yo
27%
33 :Y.
33 %

30\o'.i
30Y,
36 Y,
5 4 Y,
5 4 \o'.i
5 4 Y,
66 Y,

AA

AB

24 \o'.i
2 4 1"!
27 %
27%
27:Y.
27%
27%

1ov.
l OV.
13:Y.
13:Y.
13 %
13 Yo
13 %

H ove dimensio ns certifi ed fo r insl ollotion purposes.

N umber o f springs per b rocket.

LINK-BELT 411

processing equipment
vlb r a ting screen s

UP totally enclosed vibrating screens

G
VIBRATOR
SHEAVE

5.6"PD

,e

---::=._ -

....L-

.
SPACES

VI EW AA

FEED ENO

UP totally enclosed one d eck vibrating screen

~---.

~---.

ORIVE m

ASSEMBL Y

ASSEMBLY

PLAN VIEWS

4 cLEAR

VIBRATOR
SHEAVE

5 6'PO

_ _ _ _ .l___- t

21;

--j

I
/

<'
MOTOR
SHEAVE

56"PO

VIEW 88

5-

--25---'-------

- 7r

~-----------

UP totally e nclosed two de ck vibrating screen

UP totally enclosed one deck vibrating screens

Scree n
site

UP
UP- 2'E
l 34E
UP-14SE
UP- 128E
UP- l 38E
UP-148E
UP- 141 0

We;ght, I
IHorsepowe r pounds

2
2
2
2
2
2
3

1800
2100
2600
24SO
2900
33SO
4100

88
88
98 '1a
130 '1a
130'1a
130%
1S2

G 1

1K

R 1

Screen
sit:e

INCHES
S2
S2
S 7i,<,
74 y,
7 4 y,
7 4 y.

10
10
13'1a
23\.'J
23'h
23 \,<J

IH
ors-1We;ght, I
power pounds

nv. 2Si,<, 30 18' 42 29Y. 21 y, UP- 224E

22 v. 31 \.'> 42 30 S4 29:Y. 2 l Ya UP- 234E

29
29
34 y, 2S
33 Y.

37 \.'J S4 42 66 38'1a

22 ~.

UP-24SE

soy,
2S 'h 30 18 42 6S'h 28Y1 UP-228E
sov. 33y. 31 \.'> 42 30 S4 6S \.'J 28 Ya UP- 238E

SOY. 33V. 37\.'J S4 42 66 6S!f.i 28 Ya UP-248E

38 \.'J 37Y, S4 42 66 83Y,31% UP-2 4 lOE

8SY. 30y. 61

H ove dimensions cer tified for instollotion purposes.

412 LINK - BELT

H1J

UP totally enclosed two deck vibrating screenu

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

23SO
2800
3SOO
3300
3900

4SOO
S2SO

98:Y1
98 :Ya
109 Y.
141 y,
141 y,
141 y.
162 \,<J

INCHES
67V. 7

2S i,<, 20

67 ~.

2S \.'J 20
30>;. 22 :Y.
46 >;. 31 'llt
46:Y. 31 Ya
46:Y. 31 Ya
S7:Ya b 6%

7
73 '1a 103/a
90 20\.'J
90 20\.'J
90 20'h
101Y1 27V

2Si,<, 30 18 42 293/a l6:Y1

31 \.'> 42 30 S 4 29:Y. 16:Ya
37 'h S4 42 66 38Y. l 8 :Y1
23'1a
2S\.'J 30 18 42 6S
31 !f.. 42 30 S 4 6S 23 '1a
37\.'J S4 142 66 6S 23%
3 7V. S 4 42 66 82Y. 27Ya

Screen moy be foctory mounted o t 25 , 27'/2 or 30 within the enclosure.

processing equipment
v lbrating screens

CA vibrating screens
CA one deck vlbratlng screens
- s~

.,
1

..J

Ser e en 1 HP I WI.,

Ser e e n
siie 0

CA- 148 1 3 11400

CA- 141 O 3 1750
CA- 141 2 5 2050
CA- 15l01J -1950

CA- 148S
CA-14 lOS
CA-1 412S

lbs.

size 0

CA- 151 2 5 2 150

CA-1514
- - - 1 5 2750
CA-1612 5 2250
CA-1614 71'1 ,3050

--

Ser e en
size 0

1 ElD
l tOPP ER
OPTIONAL

Ser e en

HP 1 Wt.,
lbs.
1

-- --

CA-151 OS 5 2600 1040 59

CA-15125 5 3000 1040 59
CA-1514S 71'1 3600 1040 59
CA-16 l 2S 71'1 3300 1040 7 1
CA-16 14S 71'1 4200 1040 7 1

DISCHARGE END
TOP DECK

1 HP 1 Wt.,
lbs.

Screen
size 0

1 F 1 G 1 H 1 J

11
11
11

1 31 Y. 32 !.4144 1'15 2!.4 11 :y. 50

1 31 v.32 !.4155 1'1 163!.4 161'2 59 !.4
1 31 !.4 32 !.4 66 '14 74 21 68 v.

11
11
13

1 37!.4 38!.4 55Y, 63 !.4 161'1 59V

1 37!.4 38 l4~6:Y7 4 21 68 Y.
2 37!.4 38 !.4 7 85'14 24!.4 771'1

11
13

1 143 y, 44 V:l66 '!4t7 4 21 68V.

2 43 !.4 44 !.4 77 l85 :Y. 24!.4 71'1

IScreenl

5
2900 1040
5
3350 1040
71'142501040
71'1 3750 1040
71'14750 1040
10 5350 1040
1O 5250 1040
10 59501040

si ze 0
CLEAR
AL
z" VERTICAL
AN O
..
1
;" LOW
HORIZONTAL
CLEARANCE
UNLESS OTHE RWISE SHOWN

12'-f,~T

-s'l

CLEAR
F-EAED

v3:1

CH TE-.. -

Kf:::J
J"

10, ...._

HOLES
WH EN
N I

ORIVE

~~
PLA N VIEWS

CA three d eck v ibrating screen

34
34
34
40
40
40
46
46

551'1
671'2
791'1
671'1
791'2
91 Y,

- -

79Y,
91'h

1 37!.4 8 !.455Y, 63 V.40:Y 83 1'2

2 7 !.4 38 Y.66
4 '14 45 :Y 94 V
37 !.4 38 !.4 77!.4 85 '14 50!.4 103Y,
2 43 ; . 44!.466 74 :Y. 5 :y. 94 !.4
2 43 Y,44 !.477!.4 85 :Y. 50 Y. 1031'i

- 2.

.J1; "CLEA~]
h -C

1 HP

RPM

lbs.

1040
1040
1040

3100
3500
7Y, 4500

CA-3510
CA-3512
CA-3514

7 V2 3900
7 Y, 4900
10
5600

1040
1040
1040

CA-3612
CA-3614

10
10

5400
6200

1040
1040

1 l

CA-348
27'14 1 y,
CA-3410 38'14 1 y,
1 y,
CA-3412 49
CA-3510 38'14 1 y,
1 y,
CA-3512 4 9
CA-351 4 6o v. 1 y,
CA-3612
CA-3614

2
49
60!.4 2

47
47
47

57
57

59
59
71
71

69
69
81
81

34
34
34
40
40
-4046
46

57
---59 69

1 N6 f P
1
1
2
1
2
2

GI

T f V
INCHES

6o v. 44
72Y
84 !.4
72Y,
84 Y,
961'1
84 y,
96Y,

1 AA

29 Y, 2 1
56 291'2 21 y,
67'14 31 '14 22Y,
56 29 Y, 21 y,
67'14 31 '14 22v.
79'14 31 :y. 22!.4
67'14 31 '14 22!.4
79'14 31 :Y. 22 Y,

AB

1 AC 1

AD

20Y,31!.4 32V 44 y, 52 36!.4 86 !.4

20Y,31!.4 32 !.4 55 Y, 63 !.4 40'14 95 '14
21 !.4 31 V, 32 !.4 66 74'14 45'14 107!.4

- -- --- -201'2- 37!.4

38 !.4 55 Y, 63 !.4 40'14

-2

INCHES

CA-34 8
CA-3410
CA-3412

Ser e en
s.i:r.eO

..f;:::;;_ ( .:

47 57
47 57
47 57
59 69
59 69
59 69
71 81
71 81

1 AA I AB 1 AC 1 AD

CA three deck vlbratlng screens

e o
Ser e en
wr.. Screon A

AA

A 1 e 1 o
E
RPM '11-~-..,,.~=--1
INCHES

1 l IN 6 1 T I V
IN CH ES

CA-251
CA-2512

....

791'1
91 l'i

CA-248
8 :Y. 18 v. 2 1 27:Y. 1 y, 1 31 v. 32 v.144 y, 52 36 !.4 7 4 v.
CA-241060:Y.18Y21Y,38:Y. 1 Yi 1 3 1 Y.32Y.55Y, 63 !.4 O:Y 83 1'2
CA-2412 2 :Y. 19'14 22 Yi 49 1y, 2p 1 v.32 v.66
4~ 4 5:y.l 94y.

CA two d eck vibrating screen

''-.

46
81 46

T I V 1 AA 1 AB 1 AC I AD
INCHES

1 HP 1 Wt.,
lbs.

Screen
size 0

CA-248 5 2500 CA-248S

CA-241 O 5 2800 CA-241 OS
CA-241271'i3600CA-2412S
CA-251 O 5
3100 CA-251 OS
CA-2512 7Y, 3900 CA-2512S
CA-2514 7Y, 4500 CA-2514S
CA-2612 7Y, 4200 CA-2612S
CA-26147Y,4800CA-26 145

AD

N2

-- --

iN 61

1 l

Hea" y duty A

Standard

WHEN

69 391'1 671'1
69 40 791'1
69 40 91 l'i

- - - - - - -81

F 1 G 1 H 1 J

o 1

INCHES

CA two deck vibrating screens

Scr een
size 0

s:~
--'-'a1.. /

A 1 C 1

RPM

1800 1040 47 57 331'1 551'1

2300 1040 47 57 331'1 6T'h
2800 1040 47 57 34 791'1

3
5
5

CA- 148 l48:YJ 8 !.4 14 27:Y.

CA- 141C k>O:Y 18 !.4 13:Y. 38:y,
CA- 1412l72 :Y. 18 !.4 13 1'i 49'14
CA-151( 160'!4 18 v.
CA-1512172 '14 18!.4 13:Yfr,,,.
14!.4 9 '14
CA- 151 4 84 '14 19'14 15'14 60V
CA-1612 172 '14 18 !.4 14 49'14
CA-1614 84 '14 19'14 15 Y, 60 !.4

CA one d e ck vibrating screen

A.

Heovy duty

Standard

CLEAR
V

2 1 !.4
21 !.4
21 !.4
21v.

95'14

37V. 38 !.4 66 74 '14 45:Y. 107 V.

37 !.4 38 !.4 77 Y 85 '14 5ov. 116 Y,
43 !.4 44 !.4 66 74'14 45 '14 107 Y.
4 3V. 44 !.4 77 !.4 85'14 50 !.4 116!.4

Ho ve d imensions certifi ed fo r instollotion purposes.

A Furnished with beom d eck fo r mo unting perfo roled piole or grizzly
bar deck s.
t:. N umber of springs per brocket. See three deck dro wing.
0 CA screens o re l urnished wi th provisions fo r ceiling o r loor
mounting, os require d.

LINK-BELT 413

processing equipment
vibratlng screens

CA totally enclosed vibrating screens

- G~s, --

-5 -

a CLEAR
AD'

FEED END

oSPLS [c~--------tt
.

ORIVE

ASSEMBl Y

MOTOR
MOUNT

PLAN VIE W

AD!

ASSEMBLY

lM~LL_-_

M--

,.. t

CA totally enclosed one deck vibrating screens6

1

Standard scr e en
Screen

size

pounds

CA-14BE 1
CA-14 lOE
CA-1412E
CA-lSlOE
CA- 1Sl 2E
CA-1Sl4E
CA- 16 l 2EI
CA- 1614E

Weight,

4 2SO
SlOO

4700

CA- l 4BSE
CA-14 lOSE
CA-14 l 2SE
CA- 1Sl OSE
CA- l Sl 2SE
CA-l S14SE
CA- 1612SE
CA-1614SE

SBOO
S600
6300
7600
6BOO

BSOO

2S Y.
30
34 y,
69
sBv. 30
69
34 'h
ao:v. 37:y,
69
34 V2
BO:Y. 37'!.

6600
6300
7200

v.

BSOO
7900
9700

B3
73:Y.
B3
92
B3
92

39'h

SOY. SOY.
sov. S l :Y.

66
66
66
7B
7B
7B
90
90

391'2
39'h
Sl 'h
S l 'h
S 1'h
73Y, 6 3 'h
73Y, 63Y,

Sl:Y.

e;

Sl :Y.

S6V. s7:y,
S7:Y. S7:Y.
S7:Y. 6 1 y.
67V.
67V.

63:Y.
67 V.

"' CA-1514SE, CA-1 612SE

Hove dimensions certifi ed for i nstallation purpo ses.

Heavy duty screen.

o C A-1612SE = 5

49 'h
49'h
49 'h
61 'h
61 'h
61 'h

36
36
36
42
42
42
4B
4B

9S Y. 64'h 47 Y.
73:Y. SBV.

l 17V.
139V.
117Y.
l 39V.
161
l 39V.
161 v.

S700

3 :y.
3
3:Y.
3
3 :Y.

17
17
17
17
17
17
17
20

...

3 :Y. o

By,
Bv,
BY.
sv.
sv.
SY,

72

54
69
l 16 V. B4
94 v. 69
116 V. B4
14 1 'h 99
l 16V. B4
141 y, 99

9 4 V.

6Y,
6Y,

20 .

Three deck screens can also be furn ished.

1 ..

A- - - --

-F~t
I "t-

a "C LEAR ~ - lf - - - - - -- - - l t

FEED END

ORIVE

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

2
PLAN VIEW

CA totally enclosed two deck vibrating screens6

Standard screen

Ser een
size

CA-24BE
CA-24 lOE
CA-2412E
CA-2S l OE
CA-2S12E
CA-2S l 4E
CA-2612E
CA-2614E

Heo vy d uty screen

Weight,
1

1 Weight,

pounds

Scree n
size

6400
7300
B700
BOOO
9600
10900
10400
11BOO

CA-24BSE
CA-241 OSE
CA-24 l 2SE
CA-2S 1OSE
CA-2S12SE
CA-2S 14SE
CA-2612SE
CA-2614SE

6".

414 LINK - BELT

D
1

G
1

69SO
7900
9400
B700
lOSOO
1 lBOO
1 lSOO
13000

K
1

pounds

M I M I

N
1

1 AD

AE

INCHES

97'h 56
120 V. S6
142V S7 'h
l 2o v. S6
142Y. S7'h
164Y, S7'h
142 V. 57'h
164Y, S7'h

Hove dimensio ns ce rlified for inslallol ion purposes.

Heavy d uty screen.

o CA-25 10SE

B6'h
96
106:Y.
96
106:Y.
116
106:Y.
116

43'h
43 'h

49

47 'h

60 V,

S2

4S

71 :Y

43Y,

4S
4S
4S
4S

36
36
36
42
42
42
4B
4B

S7
60 Y S2
71 :y. S7
B2 :Y. 61 'h
71 :Y. S7
B2 :Y. 61

v.

49'h

39'h
49'h 39'h
49 'h 39 'h
61 'h Sl y,
61 'h S 1 y,
61 y, S 1'h
73'h 63'h
73Y, 63'h

"' C A-2510SE
6

66
66
66
7B
7B
7B
90
90

51 :y.
Sl :y.

5l :Y.
Sl :y.

3 y.
4 'h

S5 v.
S7:Y.
61 v.
61 v.
67V
67V,

5S v.

3V.
4 'h o
3V.

61 y.
61 v.
62:Y.
6B :Y.
6B:Y.

. ..

3V.

. ..

20".

Three deck screens con o lso be furnished.

17
17
20
17
20
20
20
20

72

94V.
l l 9V.
94V.
l l 9V.
141 'h

46

BY.
S9'h BYo
72'h BY.
S9'h SYo
72'h SY,
BS Y, SY,

119V. 7.2'h
141 'h B5V.

6 Yo
6'/a

6S'h
6S'h
67

6S 'h
67
67
67
67

processing equipment
vlbratlng screens

CB vibrating screens
FEED
HOPPER
OPTIONAL
~ ,,.... ,s'" .... 9
/,,, 7" ......._
I ~
~1 f
.-

ALLOW 2 " v[RTI CAL ANO 1 HOR12UNT AL

CLEARANtf uN1rss OTHERw1sr SHOWN

CB one deck vlbrating screens

A 1 e 1 D 1
Ser e en 1Horse-1W eig ht,

_c~EB~R-

size

CB-1412
CB-1414
CB- 1SlO
CB- 1Sl 2
CB-1S14
CB-1Sl6
CB-16 12
CB-1614
CB-1616
Sc reen
size

CB-14 12
CB-1414
CB-1 SlO
CB-1S12
CB-1S14
CB-1 Sl6
CB-1612
CB-1614
CB-1616

fl"'"*
CB one d eck vibrating screen

po wer

po unds

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
lS

4400
4800
4300
4700
SlOO
ssoo
S200
S700
6300

1NLI 1

1 G

INCHES

48
48
60
60
60
60
72
72
72

41 y, 81
41 y, 89
47 Y, 6S
47V. 81
47 Y, 89
47Y, lOS
S3Y2 81
S3Y, 89
S3Y, lOS

66
66
78
78
78
78
90
90
90

AA

AB

29 Y,
29 Y,
29Y,
29 Y,
29 Y,
29 Y,
29 V.
29 V.
29Y,

7S
91
67
7S
91
99
7S
91
99

j AD

AC

INCHES

1 SV.
1SV.
1SY,
l SY2
lS Y2
1SY,
1SY,
1 SY,
1 SV.

1
2
1
1
2
2
1
2
2

34V.
34 v.
40V.
40Y,
40V.
40 Y2
46Y,
46\1,
46Y,

66
80 V.
73V. 9SV.
Sl
73
66
80V.
73 V. 9S Y2
8S Y, 103
SOY,
66
73V. 9SV.
88 y, 103

3SV.
3SV.
41 v.
41 Y2
41 y,
41 y,
47 Y,
47Y,
47 Y,

6SV.
7 4 V.
S8
6S Y.
74V.
S2V.
6S Y
74Y,
82\1,

10 %
16V.
8
IO:Y.
16 V.
19
10%
16V.
19

CB two deck vibrating screens

CLEAR
IB' >-< - -T-

Screen

CLEAR
V----10'>-j

size

CB-241 O
CB-2412
CB-241 4
CB-2S 1O
CB-2S l 2
CB-25 14
CB-2S16
CB-2612
CB-2614
CB-2616

.J - FEE~ CHUTE_,., 1..

l
1

Ser e en
size

6"r:;;;
_

CB-241 0
CB-2412
CB-24 14
CB-2S 1O
CB-2512
CB-2S14
CB-2S 16
CB-2612
CB-2614
CB-2616

l--AA

1'

--.

- :

"-11;,.,

T WO SPRI NGS
FOR EACH BRAC KET

CB two deck vibrating scree n

IHors1Weighl, 1 A
pow er po unds
10
10
1S
10
15
15
15
15
15
20

1 e 1

48
4S
4S
60
60
60
60

S200
S800
6400
S800
6600
7400
82 00
7300
82 00
9100

72
V

23 Y,
23 Y2
23 y,
23 Y2
23 Y2
23 y,
24 y,
23 y,
23 y,
24V.

1 AA
INCHES

34 Y, 3S Y,
34Y, 3S Y,
34 Y2 3S Y,
40 Y2 4 1 y,
40Y, 41 v.
40 \l:i 41 y,
41
42
46Y, 47 \l:i
46\l:i 47Y,
47
4S

41 v. 6S
41 y, Sl
4 1 y, S9
47Y, 6S
47 Y, Sl
47 Y, 89
47 Y, 105
53 Y, 81
53 y, S9
53 Y, 105

66
66
66
7S
7S
7S
7S
90
90
90

72
72

D 1 E
INCHES

67 29 V.
7S 29 Y,
91 29 Y,
67 29Y,
75 29 Y,
91 29 Y,
99 30 Y,
7 5 29 Y,
9 1 29 Y,
99 30 Y,

AB

AC

Sl
73
SOY,
66
7 3 \l:i 9S Y2
51
73
66
SO Y2
7 3Y, 9S Y2
88 V. 103 Y,
SO Y,
66
73 Y, 9SY,
s0 v. 103Y,

AD

42
4S
sov.
42
45
so v.
S4 V.
4S
sov.
S4 V.

92
1oov.
108 \l:i
92
1oov.
1OS Y,
119
1oov.
108 \l:i
119

CB three deck vibrating screens

Ser e en
siz e

AD

CB-348
CB-341 O
CB-3412
CB-3414
CB-3S 1O
CB-3Sl2
CB-3 S l 4
CB-3Sl 6
CB-3612
CB-3614
CB-3616

l
1

J
MOTOR
SHEAVE

ll ' PD
i __

+------'~,L---1-------'---'-.....~~

~2
1

7 -

- -AB -

DRIVE

rnrn
PLAN VIEWS

CB three d eck vibrating screen

Ser e en

!),.

C j

10
lS
lS
20
lS
20
20
20
20
20
20

ssoo
6600
S200
9000
7400
S600
9600
10600
9300
10400
l ISOO

INCHES

48
48
48
48
60
60
60
60

66
66
66
66
78
78
78
78
72 90
72 90
72 90

1NLI

23 Y,
23 !i
24 v.
24 y,
23 y,
24 Y2
24 Y,
24 Y,
24 Y,
24 !i
24Y,

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
3

34 !i
34 Y,
3S
3S
40 Y,
41
41
41
47
47
47

size

CB-34S
CB-34 1O
CB-3412
CB-3414
CB-351 O
CB-3S l 2
CB-3S14
CB-3S16
CB-3612
CB-3614
CB-3616

Hors e - W oig ht,

po unds

pow er

j AA
INCHES

3S~

41 y, 64V. 43 %
41 y, 72 V. S9V.
41 y, ss v. 67:V.
41 y, 96V. 83 :V.
47 Y:i 72 V. S9 :V.
47 \l:i ss v. 67'!.
47 \l:i 96V. 83%
47Y, 112 v. 91%
S3 Y, ss v. 67:Y.
S3!h 96 V. 83 :Y.
S3Y:i 112 Y, 91 :y.

3S !i
36
36
41 y,
42
42
42
48
48
48

43 Y,
Sl
6SY,
73 y,
Sl
6SY,

73 \/,
0s v.
6S Y,
73 V.
0sv.

AB

S8
73
81
96
73
Sl
96
103 \12
81
96
103 Y,

AC

36Y:i
42
46
Sl !Xi
42
46
SI y,
S 4 Y.
46
S 1 y,
s4 y,

49 Y,
49 Y,
SOY,
SOY,
49 Y,
SO Y,
SO Y,
SO Y,
SO Y,
SO Y,
SO !i

AD

l OS
113 v.
123 '!.
132
113 Y
123:Y.
132
140
123'!.
132
140

Hove dimensions cerlif1ed fer lnsto llo lion p urposes.

N umber o f springs per brocket.

LIN K - BELT 415

processing equipment
vlbratlng screens

BA vibrating screens
FEED ENO

~ 22

CLEAR

.-

0 INSIDE LINERS

-12

CLEAR

>-

.-------,

-----~

ASSEMBLY

ASSEMBLY

ORIVE

PLAN VIE WS

AD

---~~~;-'~~: -

~)

1
1
1

3' ~

_J

-Y ~

~-- J

AA

-,

15'
)

_,...,_

AB

WHEN
N=3

2_

MOTOR
SHEAVE

t:=:=j: CJ
- -

~ ... 6~

11 PO
ALLOW 2 VERTICAL ANO

1;" HORIZONTAL

CLEARANCE
UNLESS OTHERWI SE SHOWN

WHEN

7 ..,.7 ~"" 7"

C L VIBRATR
SHEAVE
20 PO

7" 7" N = 2

BA vibrating screens
Screen
si1e

W ei ght,
p0und s

BA- 1S10
BA-1S12
BA-1612
BA-1614

Vibrotor 1 A 1 C 1

1Horse-1

V-belts
power No. !
Size

7400
7900
9400
10200

4
1 C-144
4
C-144
C-144
C-144

20
20
2S
30

1 F 1 G

l
IN & I
INCHES

RPM

960
960
960
960

s
s

60
60
72
72

l 74
147 Y, 163Y,
74 47 Y, 79Y,
86
86

S4 y,
S4 y,

6S 130Y,
73 30Y,
73 33
97 33

79Y,
79 Y,

Hove dimensions certi fied fo r instollo tion purposes.

o Two deck screens ol so ovoiloble.

31
46 Y,
46
46

46
S3 :Y.
S4 y,
77'12

1 Q

l7 Y,
17Y,
19l'o
19 l'o

14 Y, 1 2
14Y,
2
17
3
17
3

S9Y.
S9 Y.
71 y.
71 y.

41
41
47
47

42
42
48
48

AA

AB

AC

AD

49%
S6
S6
62 \/.

S3 Y. 70%
68% 78 y,
68 Y. 79
68Y. 102 \/.

..6. Number of springs per brocket.

CL vibrating screens
+

FEED END

21

MA X.

-
WHEN rr--r--n--> - - T I WHEN
N= 1
N= 2

k----c----

a ..-

i'

,-

-16-rt_ ' ~-

CLEAR

'

T- , - .

3
FEED CHUTE- ' -

r ,

ASSEMBL Y

]1!1

PLAN VIEWS

~ 121 CLEAR

1 ASSEMBL Y

-,
1

1 _,

ORIVE

_I

I_

-';__,_12
H

18
ALLOW 2' VERTICAL ANO
t)" HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN

,,.
,. HOLES"\
W~EN

N -2

r.:--n
' !- .....
. -<l\r--;i. WHEN
!,_____iJ 6A ~ N= l
1

20

14~-

CL two deck vibrating screens

Ser e en

sir.e

CL-248
CL-241 O
CL-2412
CL-2414
CL-2416

Weight,
pounds

HoneV-belts
pow e r No. 1 Size

CL-2S8
CL-2S10
CL-2S 12
CL-2S1 4
CL-2S16

SOOO
S800
7100
8000
8900
- S800
-7600
8SOO
9400
11300

10
1O
lS
lS
lS
-1O
lS
1S
lS
20

Cl-268
CL-2610
CL-2612
CL-2614
CL-2616

8SOO
10300
11600
12700

lS
20
20
2S

I C I

C-128
C- 128
C-128
C- 128
C- 128
C-128
C-128
C-128
C-128
C-128

48
48
48
48
48
60
60
60
60
60

4
4
4
4

C-128
C-128
C- 128
C-128

72
72
72
72
72

66
66
66
66
66
78
78
78
78
78

34 \/
34 Y
34%
34%
34 %
40 Y.
40%
40%
40%
40%

90
90
90
90

40%
40:Y.
40%
40%

- --- --- - -

1 F I

73y,
86 y,
99Y,
112Y,
12SY,
73 y,
86Y,
99Y,
112Y,
12SY,

23
34
4S

s6

67
23
34
4S
S6
67
73'12 23
86 '12 34
99\li 4S
112 Y,
12SY, 67

--- -90 40%

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

.t. Number of springs per brocket.

41 6 LI NK-BELT

1 J

1 M

I N& I

1 U

1 V

INCHES

3
3
4
4
4
3
4
4
4
4

----1----lS- -4 -C--1287SOO

S6

19
19
20%
2ov.
2o:y.
19
19
20%
20%
20:Y.
19
19
20:Y.
2o:y.
2ov.

63
63
64%
64:Y.
64:Y.
-63
63
64 %
64 :Y
64 :Y.
~
63
64:Y.
64:Y.
64:Y.

64
88
112
136
160
-64
88
112
136
160
~
88
112
136
160

13
1
13
1
13%
2
13:Y. 2
13:y.
2
13
1
13
2
13:Y
2
13%
2
13:Y. 2
1 3 - 213
2
13:Y.
2
13:Y.
2
13:y,
2

--

31 %
31 %
31 %
31 :Y.
31
37%
37%
37%
37:Y
37:Y.
43 %
43:Y.
43:y,
43:y,
43 %

v.

23
49 Y,
23
49 Y,
22Y.
22 v.
22v.
- --23
49 Y,
23
49 Y,
22 Y SO Y.
22 Y. SOY.
22 y, SOY.
23
49y,
23
49 Y,
22 \/. SO Y.
22
22 v.

so y.
so y.
so y.

y, soy.
soy.

Single deck screens o lso ovoiloble. Dimensions ore sorne os

fo r two deck screen.

processing equipment
vlbrating screens

DS foundry shakeouts
r

,.,\J D

----- --

----~

FEED El\O

1
'
I j
1
5
-

V
L_
-

X -

:; HOLES

T. .

FOUNOATION
PLAN

18

ALLOW 2 VERTIC AL ANO

HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN

1r

PLAN VIEWS

u
p

-6-

VIBR ATOR
SHEAVE
12 4po

r~~=~~

r
1

MOTO~

SHEA VE

6 .8 PO

- - 3
k

H,OPtNING

OPE~ING

17,. - - - E

'''"'

DS foundry shake outs 6

Ser e en

size

1 W ei ght. Hone

p o wer

pounds

05-36
05-38 13000
3400
05-46 3400
05-48 39 00
6

Rcting,
pounds

5
5
5

5000
5000
5000

5000

G I H

p 1

INCHES

36
36
48
48

21 y, 22
72 201
20
42 23 23 4 2 44
321
21
961 26
27 \4 22
28 1 54 35 17 30 32 72
27 '!. 28 54 35 23 4 2 44 96 26

4~1 2~1 171 31

y,I

70
94
70
94

7 Vi

13 Vi
7 Vi

13 Vi

Hove dimensions cerlified fer instollol ion purposes.

DSD self-dischorging shokeoul s ovoiloble.

BS foundry shakeouts
~-rf~['J f~N_o_

ORIVE

ASSEMBLY
1

HOLES

ASS EMBLY

PLAN VIEWS

ALLOW z" VERTICAL ANO

1!' HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE
UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN

FOUNOATION PLAN
L-- .

e
u--

8 - ->-<- - 0 -

CLEAR - 1s'-

t21CL EAR

A~---

RIOING BARS 1 x 2
AT 6.SPACING

GUARO
OPTIO\AL\

ABPD
VIBRATOR
SHEAVE

t
1

J ACP~fl.
;J
MOTO;>~i
SHEAVE

h-

h.-

N-

F=OPENING-,.,

-. - -- E

',

11111

BS f o undry sha keouts 6

w oghl, I
1 po unds
3700
85-35
4450
85-46
5150
85-48
85-410 6000
6000
85-58
85-510 7800
85-68
7900
85-610 9500
Ser e en

si:z.e

Hors I

Rolng,

po w er

po und s

6000
10,000
12,000
14,000
15,000
20,000
20,000
30,000

7Vi
7Vi

10
10
15
15
20

- -'-'_E--'-1

1-A
- -'l_ B--'-l_ C
_.._I

36 22
48 28
48 28
4 8 28
60 34
60 37
72 43
72 43Vi

23 %
29%
29 %
29 3/<
35 y,
38>;.
44%
46

_ F -'l' -G-'1_H
--'-l_ J-'1 _K__;l_ M-'1_N_l;...-P-'-1_

22\4
28 v.
28\4
28 \4
34 '!.
35>;.
41 y,
41 Y

42 23
54 35
54 35
54 35
66 47
67 48
79 60
79 60

R_'1 _s_ 1'--r-'-1_u--'_v--'-1_ w-'-1_x-'1 _Y--'-l_A_A-'1 _A...;cB_:_

I _A_;C;...

INCHES

14
17
23
32
23
32
23
32

24
30
42
48
42
48
42
48

26
32
44
56
44

19 Vi
19 Vi
28
28
28

56136
44 24
56 36

12
12
12
14
12
13
13
13

18\.',
21
21
23
23
31
31
32%

60
72
96
120
96
120
96
120

30%
3oy,
3oy,
32 Y,
30%
34 >;.
34 y,
34 y,

20
. 1 58
18
16 70
18
16 94
18
16 118
22
20 94
19 V, 26 118
22\4 32 94
25 Vi 26 118

5 Vi 11

6 Vi
6 Vi
6 Vi
6 1-'z
9
9
1OVi

13
13
15
15
18 \4
18 \4
18 '!.

4
8 \4
11 v.
24
11
10
1OVi
8 Vi

18
20
20
20
20
26
26
29

12
12
12
12
12
15
15
15

12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
12.4
20
20
20

6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8
11
11
11

Hove dimensions cerlified fer instollotion purposes.

BSD self-dischorging shokeouts ovoilable.

LINK-BELT 417

processing equipment
vibrating s cr eens

Pulsating magnet grizzly bar screens

Pulsoting mognet grizzly bor screens consist of o p owerful, he ovy
duty electromognetic drive ond o speciolly-b uilt grizzly bor trough.
The trough is constructed with o solid steel plote o reo ot the feed e nd
to ob sorb the impoct ond shock of Jorge, heovy chunks of material
ond to distribute the material so the grizzly bar discharge is fully
utilized for coarse scolping. The g rizzly bo rs ore mode af o wearresistant materi a l-topered for non-blinding-and ore individuolly
reploceable.
High speed vibration flows the material for ward, over and through
the grizzly bors. By means of o dial in the sepa rate control box fu rnished with e och screen, the flow of material over the g rizzly ba rs
can be regulated-increasing to maximum or decre asing to minimum - to o utomatically or manually match the capacities af p rocessing
equipment.
G rizzly bar screens ore availoble with singl e, dual, twin or d uo ltwin electromo g ne tic drives. The multiple d rives p rovide increosed
conveying distance, lorg er copacities ond higher effici ency than the
single d rives. Single and d ual e lectromagnetic drives cdn b e maunte d
either b e low or abave the g rizzly bor trough. Twin ond d uol-twin
drives musl be mounted b e low the grizzly bar trough.
lt is generolly recommended that grizzly ba r screens b e suspension-mounted. Units with below-d e ck driving magnets con be floo rmounted, but the grizzly section must be suspension-mounted. Units
with obove deck driving mognets can only be suspension-mounte d.
All models con b e furnished for either 230 or 460 volt AC o p erotion; however, Model F-33DT can also b e furnished for 115 volt,
60 cycle AC operation.

Pul soting mogne t grizzly bor screen

with single e lect romogne tic drive.

r---.. . .
.'f i'
'

~1_

['

Fig. 6144

Pul soting mognet grizzly bor screen

w ith dual e lectro mognetic d rive.
DUAL
MAGNETS

SINGLE
MAGNET

Fig. 6 145

Pu ls oting mognet grizzly bor scree n

with duo l-twin electromognetic drive.

Size,

Model

pi ate
and grizzly

DUAL TWIN MAGNETS

Size,

Size,

grizzly only

piole only
1

TWIN MAGNETS

Bar spacing

Screen
weight,
paunds

Controller
weighl,
paunds

Y. to 1 v.
Y. to 1 %
Y. to 1 V2
~. to 1 V2
1 V2 to 4
1 V2 and up
1 V2 ond up
1 V2 to 8
1 V2 to 8

1075
2275
3350
7300
7300
8500
10,300
17,500
22,0 00

100
100
150
150
150
190
190
300
300

INCHES

Single F-33DT
Single F-44 DT
Single F-45DT
Single F-55 DT
Singl e F-55 DT
Singl e F-66DT
Single F-86DT
Twin F-66DT
Twin F-86 DT

418 L I NK-BELT

18
24
30
42
30
36
42
60
60

X
X

ll
X
X

ll
X
X

36
42
60
60
72
72
72
72
84

18
24
30
42
30
36
42
60
60

ll
X
X
X
X
ll
X
X
X

15
15
15
15
36
36
36
36
54

18
24
30
42
30
36
27
60
60

ll
ll
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

21
27
45
45
36
36
42
36
30

processing equipment
vibratlng screens

Pulsating magnet screening feeders

Pulsoling mognet scree ning fee ders consist of o powerful
electromognetic drive, a heovy frome enclosing !he screen
surfoce, ond o seporote eleclric controller.
They con be furnished with vorious types of screening
surfoce s: wedge slot, flonge lip, or woven wire cloth, depending upon the screening opplicolion. Screening feeders
with woven wire cloth ore furnished with solid impoct pioles
on !he feed end. The heovy, rigid frome is designed so the
screening surfoce con be reodily reploced.
The driving mognets con be mounted either below or
obove !he screen deck; however, the overheod mognet
type is recommended for dewatering.
Each screening fe e der is furnished with o seporote electric controller arranged for woll mounting. This controller
contoins the operoting switches, o dial for reguloting the
flow of ma terial over the screen, ond o selenium rectifler
thot converts olternating curren! to shorp, pulsoting curren!
for energizing !he electromognetic drive.
All models con be furnished for either 230 or 460 volt
AC operotion; however, Models SF-22DT ond SF-33DT can
also be furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC o perotion.

Single deck pulsating magnet screening feed er with overhead

electromagnetic drive

- -

s- 1 --.....

11

Fig. 614 1

Pul sating magne t screening fee d er- be low d eck magne t type

r -F-~

Fig . 6 142

Pulsating magne t screening feeder-overhead magnet type

Model
SF-22DT
SF-3 3DT
SF-44DT
SF-45 DT
SF-55DT
SF-6601
SF-86DT

Input Feeder Controller

Sere en Input, amps
weight,
size,
watts ot230 weight, pounds
inches
volts pounds
12
18
24
30
36
48
54

)(
)(
)(
)(
)(
)(
)(

42
42
54
60
72
72
72

350

750

9
18
30
40
42
45

1000
1500
2600
2800
3000

450
1075
2250
3300
7200
9200
10,600

23 Yl
100
100
150
150
190
190

Below deck magnet types

Al

1o 1 E 1 F

GI

Overhead magnet types

H

1A 1

B 1

1o 1 E 1 F 1

G1

1 J

INCHES

12 40 Yl 11 Yl
18 40 Yl 24 Yl
24 52 131 Yl
30158 28 Y2
36 6 9% 50
48 69 Yl 50
54 69 Yl 52 Yl

5 26 19 35 1 6 Yl
631
25 43Yl10
7 38 35 49
13
13
8 39 Y2 35 52
12\50 Yl 68 Y2 80 17
18
12 51 Y2 68 Y2 80
12 52 Yl 68 y, 81
19

7Y 12 140Y2ll4Yl 5 25 Y2 19

13
18
17 Y2
22

22
22

18 40 Yl 25
24 52 36
30 58 38
36169 Y2 58 Y2
48169 y, 57
54 69 Yl 72 Yl

38 Yl 17
630
25
43 Yl 18 Yl
8 38 35
54 Yl 24
1o 41
35
63 128
12\57 Yl 68 y, 88 y, 33 Yl
12 58 y, 68 y, 86 y, 33 y,
12 64 168 Yl 100 33 Yl

lO Y2
16
21 V4
21
27 V4
28
30 V4

Hove dimensions ce rtified for installation purposes.

LIN K - BELT 4 19

processing equipment
v ibratlng scree ns

Pulsating magnet vibrating screens

Pulsoting mognet vibroting screens consist of o rigid steel
frome, o reploceoble screening surfoce, o d ust-seoled electromognetic d rive ond o sepo rote electric controller.
They con be furnished in sing le ond doub le deck models
ond moy be totolly enclosed for dust-tight protection.
Screen cloth tension con be mointoine d al drumheod tightness b y o fixed fu ll-w idth tension p iole a l the dischorge
e nd o nd on od justoble hook ba r ot the fee d e nd of the
screen cloth, leoving the cloth fr ee for its full length.
Pulsoting mogne t vibroting screens o re ovoiloble fo r
susp e nsion-mounting, or with o triang ula r supporting frome.
This frome p ermits od justing th e screen surfoce ong le 33
to 38 from horizontal.
Eoch screen is furnished with o se porote e lectric controller
orrong e d for wo ll mounting. This controller contoins the operoting switches, o dial to re gul ote the Aow of ma te rial over
the screen ond o selenium rectifier tho t converts olternoting
curren! to shorp, pulsoting curren! for energizing the electromo gnetic drive.
Bolonce d gote feed hopp ers, to effect even distribution
of material over the full width o f the screen, o nd fines collecting underpons to di rect the fines to o d ischorge opening, con be fu rnished.
Pulsoting mognet vibro ting sc reens co n b e suppl ied for
115, 230, or 460 volt, 60 cycle AC o p e rotion.

Pu1sating magne t vi brati ng sc reen

-<

K >'-<e---- - - - -G- -- - -- - > i

k- - -A---J
f 19 6 14 3

-<-- - -- - -- -H- - - - - -- -

Screen
Model

size,
inches

VS F-22
VSF-22
VSF-33

18
24
36

X
X
X

36
48
60

Input,
watts

Input amps
a l 230 volts

Screen
weighl,
pounds

Controller
weight,
pounds

350
750
750

5
9

6 50
11 90
1270

23 Y2
23 y,
100

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

420 L 1 N K - B E L T

A
1

E
1

INC HES

33 Y2
42
49

32

4 1 314
5 1 Y2

J
1

43
54
64

K
1

processing equipment
revolvlng screens

revolving screens
Revolving sc ree ns hove been used for many years for sizing stone,
gravel and other similar materials. hey are simple, rugged machines
and frequently the most efficient screening medium available. Because
they rotate, they can b e made to provide a scrubbing action which
scours the material partides to obtain a deaner product and a better
separation where individual pieces are covered with or held together
by doy, vegetable matter or other foreign substances. Screens must
hove a reasonably uniform feed and must be of sufficient length
for efficient screening.
Two types of construction a r e generally used. Both types may be
furnished with jackets to produce additional smaller size products.

Shaft-supporte d screens
Shaft-supported screens are the lighter of the two types and are
suitable for dry screening where the size of material is relatively small
or will not be restricted by the spiders. Consult Link-Belt for dimensions
and weights.

Discharge end of typical 60" diameler shaft-supported screen

with six-arm spiders. Usual lengths are from 6 lo 1 2 feel. Pholo

12868

Roller-supported screens
Roller-supported screens hove a main frame which is open at the
feed end and supports the screen plates. The discharge end of the
frame is supported by a stub shaft through which the screen is driven.
Exceptionally heavy screens handling very large pieces hove both
ends open.
The heavier roller-supported screens are for heavy, coarse materials
where dry or wet scouring and scru bbing is necessary. The open end
construction permits the handling of larg e pieces and the introduction
of water sprays for wet scrubbing, washing and sizing. A bl ank plate
et the feed end, with proper baffles, provides an efficient scrubbing
section for the reduction of doy balls and similar foreign material,
p roducing on oction which cannot be obtoined with shoker or vibroting screens.

Receiving end af typical

roller-supported screen with la rge
diameter rollers, rolled sl eel tire and
accessible bolted conneclions.
Pholo 14188

Selection
The following tables show opproximations of the capacities of
revolving screens aver the usual range of sizes, assuming the
material to be screened is stone or grave! contoining the usual

Example of screen selection

Select o screen to handle 75 TPH of stone to be seporated os
follows:

moisture, and is reosonably free from vegetoble motter and

1" ond under

over 1" thru 1 '12"
over 1 1/2" thru 2"
over 2 "

30 tons
19 tons
15 tons
11 tons

other foreign material.

Table 1 lists diometer, peripheral speed and revolutions per
minute of screens together with rote of f eed ond horsepower

Solution

required. The length of a sing le jacket screen is governed by the

Refer to Tabl e l. N ote thot o 48" diameter screen will handle

this fe ed.

number of screened products required ond the tonnage of each

which must pass through the perforations. Table 2 shows, for the
some diometers, tons per hour which will pa ss throug h a foot of
screen l e ngth of vorious maximum sizes of screened p roduc t for
certain moximum sizes in the feed.

Enter Table 2 al the 48" diometer screen on the fine of the 2 "
moximum feed size, as 853 will b e smaller than that size. For a
1" product, read 4.2 TPH per foot; for a 1 'h" pro duct, 5 .4 TPH
per foot; for o 2 " product, 6.3 TPH per foot. The opproximote
length of screen required for each size is determined by dividing
each of the first three required tonnages by the corresponding
capacity per foot. These are 7 feet for 1" and under, 3 'h feet
for over 1" thru 1 1/2", 2 'h feel for over 1 'h " thru 2"; totaling
13 fe et. For practica! pur poses make these lengths 8 feet
4
feet
4 feet = 16 feet overall.

Table 1 Capacltie s and spe eds

Screen diameler, inches . .
Average f eed, l ons per hour of slone or gravel ... .
Peripheral speed, fe et per minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revolutions per minute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horsepower per foot of length . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36

40
17 5
19
.65

48
85
190
15
.8

60
125
190
12
1.0

72
150
190
10
1.4

L 1 N K - B EL T 421

processing equipment
revolvlng screens

Table 2 Capacities and lump siz:es

dio meter,

Sere en

Maximum ring
size of leed,

inches

inches

To ns per hour per foot of le n gt h for stone or grovel

Ring size of product, inches
'12

1
2
3
4

36

3.2
1.9
l.3
l.1

2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
5
6

60

1 \4

4.1
2.5
l.9
1.5

4.7
3.2
2.3
l.9

3.6
2.8
2.2

--- - - 5 .4
3.4
2.5
2.0
l.6

6.3
4.2
3.1
2.5
2.1

5.2
3.1
2.2
l.7
l.4
l.2

6.7
4.2
3.1
2.5
2.0
1.7

8. 1
5. 1
3.7
3.0
2.4
2.1

1:Y.

4.1
3.2
2.5

4.4
3.4
2.9

4.8
3.8
3.2

2'12

3'12

4.8
4.1

4.2
3.6

4.4

--- - -- --- --- - - -

4.8

--

- --

4.8
3.7
3.0
2.5

5. 4
4.2
3.4
2.9

5.9
4.6
3.8
3.2

6.3
5.0
4.2
3.6

5.7
4.8
4.2

6.3
5.4
4.7

5.9
5.2

6.3
5.6

6.3

7.8
5.2
3.8
3.1
2.6
2.2

6.0
4.6
3.7
3.1
2.7

6.7
5.2
4.2
3.6
3.1

7.3
5.7
4.7
4.0
3.5

7.8
6.2
5.2
4.5
3.9

7.1
6.0
5.2
4.6

7.8
6.7
5 .9
5.2

7.3
6.5
5.8

7.8
7 .0
6.3

7.8
7.1

9.4
6.3
4.6
3.7
3.1
2.7

7.2
5 .5
4.5
3.7
3.3

8.1
6.3
5. 1
4.3
3.7

8.8
6.9
5.7
4.8
4.3

9.4
7.5
6.3
5.4
4.7

8.5
7.2
6.3
5.5

9.4
8.1
7.0
6.3

8.8
7.8
7.0

9.4
8 .4
7.5

9.4
8.6

- --

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -

- - - - - - - --

6.3
3.7
2.7
2.1
1.6
1.4

1'12

- -- - - -

--- --- ---

2
3
4
5
6

72

4.2
2.5
1.8
l.4
l.1

48

'A

- - - - - - - - - - --

7.8

--- --- --- --- ---

9.4

Roller supported screens

RECEIVING END
OF SCREEN

Dio me ter

Thickn eu:

o f Kteen,

o f screen

inches

piar es,
inch es

36

~"
'A.

-'A.

-y.

-48

v.
- --

v.
Dio met er

pin:~~~fts. 1----.,.,.,. ,. . -C,,_--=-.,,...,.--1 pounds

8-0

---5,300

-5,325
-5,700
5,725
8,200
8, 225_
8,825
8,850
9,500
9,525

12-0Y,

O- 8
1- o
O- 8
1- o
O- 8
1- o
0 - 10
1- 6
0 - 10
1- 6
0 - 10
1- 6

10-1 1 ~

11 -3';1,
14- 11 11.-i.
15- 31\,

--- -16-0Y,
12-0 Y.
16-0Y,

20-0 Y,

18- 1 l'A.
19- 3';1.
15- 1'116
15- 9~.
19- 1 ~
19- 9".oi.
23- 1n/l.6
23- 9"1<

----

---

Th ickness

'lo

- 3

60

'lo

-:y.

-2
--

-'lo

---

y,

72

---

'la

1-7'!.

1-8 'h
1-8:Y.
1-8 Y.
1 2-0 Ya

2-5
3-5
4-4'h
5-0

0-2".oi.
0-2 1';1.
0 -2".oi.
0 -4

Hove dJmensions certified for instollotion purposes.

422 L 1 N K - B E L T

O- 9Ya
0- lO:Ya
0 - lOYa
1- y,

1-4 y,
1-7:Y.
1-7'11
1-6 Y,

1-6
2-0
2-0
2-6

p ounds

9,800
12-0 Y,
9,825
----10,750
16-0Y,
10,800
--11,700
20-0Y,
11,750
--24 ,000
16-0Y.
24, 100
27,000
2 4-0Y,
27, 100
--33,000
32 -0 Y.
33, 150

1- 1 l'a
1-6 '/.
1-9Ya
2-4 Y,

1- 17y.
2'Ya
3- 11h.
4- lYa

1- 10
2- 6
3- o
3- 9

1 3.5y,
3-0
3-5Y,
5-8'.oi.

1-0
1-6
1-0
1-6

15- 3".oi

1-6
1-0
1-6

RPM
ser e en

0- 11
1- 2
1- 2
2- o

15- 9 ~
-- -19- 3".oi
3
1 199~
- 23 - 3".oi.
1-0
3
23 1-6
- - - - -9".oi.
-- - 1-0
19-1 OY.
2
1-6
20- 4 :Y.
-1-0
27-1 1

of

ftET ANO INCHES

1- l'Ya
1-2
1-2

Weight
withour
p inion sho fts,

of screen
piafes,
inches

inches
A

36
48
60
72

Dio meter
of screen,
inches
A

FHT ANO IN CHES

4,900
4,9 10

of screen,

fig. 3551

15
12
10
8.5

28- 5
35- 11 y.
36- 5Y.

RPM

of

pinion

shoft

52
42
35
43.5

processing equipment
separators, classiflers, washers

separal'ors,
classifiers,
washers

12-foot diameter Rotoscoop de wate rlng s and. Coking o t dischorge plow demonstrotes
efficiency o f scoop squeezing oction to produce o product d ry enough far handling on belt
conveyor ar r egular truck.

The link-Belt fine of sand, grave! and stone preparatian and handling equipm ent illustrated and
d escribed incarporates the results of years of
experience in this fleld. The design of each it em
has been carefull y considered to assure production of a high grade product at a minimum
ma intenance expense.
This complete fine of wa shing, classifying and
screen ing equipment permits the selection and
recommendation of the most suitable unit for each
operation . Such latitud e in choice afford s the
o p portunity of providing equipment flexible in
operation to meet changing spec ification
demands.

Fllght separators dewatering sand Aumed fro m conicol revolving screens in b ackg r ound. Photo 1 68 11

lhree Show classlfter-separators and a Rotoscoop prepare sand ot this sond ond grovel preporotion p lont. Photo 25996

L 1 N K - B E L T 423

processing equipment
separators, class ifiers, was h e rs

Flight separators

Discharge end af fllght

separator, dewotering sond. Pholo 17381

by the flights , ou t of the wa ter, up an incline at a speed

to give the drainage requ ired. The dirt and water fl ow
out of the end of the tank opposite the product discharge
end. The tan k can be made of either steel or wood.
By arrangin g two f light separators i n series, a coarse
and fine prod uct can be obtained.
Many uses hove been found for this separa tor where
dewatering of fine moteria ls is requ i red.

The Lin k- Belt flight separator consists of a large settling

tank wi thin which an inclin ed flight co nveyor operates to
re move and dewater the ma teri al. Two stran ds of rug ged ,
reinforced casi malleable iron chain with renewable hardened or manganese stee l bushings, alloy stee l pins and
closely spaced fl ights a re used as the co nveying medium.
The stream of wa tered material is flumed into the tank
nea r the center. The settled material is slowly dragged

1
I
J

Fig. 3533 ~

~2~
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~c~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

k~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~f~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Width of
conveyor,

Copocity,
l ons per hour

inches

...

36
36
48

50
50
75

2-3 V2
2-3 V2
3-3 V2

27-0
32-0
27-0

26-6>;n6
3 1- l v.
26-6':n6

3 ~

48
60
60

75
90
90

3-3 V2
4-3V2
4-3 V2

32-0
27-0
32-0

3 1- l Ya
26-6 ':n6
3 1-1 Ya

4>:n.
4':n6

37- l v.
32-6 i:n.

32-6 ~.

l 0- l l Va
13-5 5/a
l O- l l 5la

5-8
5-8
6-9

37- l y,
32-6 ':n6
37- l v.

13-55/a
10-11 %
13-5%

6-9
7-10
7- 10

FE:T ANO INCHES

3i:n.
3>:n.
3~

Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes.

Consult Link- Belr fer motor horsepower .
.t. Bosed en conveyC>r operoina ot 40 FPM hondlino concrete sond. When handling finer qrodes, capacities are reduced.

424 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
separators, classifiers, washers

Rotoscoop separators

Photo 20630

Fig. 3 82 4
The illus l ro l ion shows the oclion
of lhe Rotoscoop seporotor.

The Li nk-Belt Rotoscoop separator is a dewatering and

to the top of the disc. A curved renewable stainless steel

cla ssifying machine which can be regulated to deliver

material conforming to exacting specifications, retaining

discharges the dewatered product. The motor and driv-

or removing fi nes in the proport ions desired , with remarkable accuracy and efficiency. Originally developed for
sand clossificatio n and dewatering, it is ideally suited
for treating other products requiring si milar processing.

plow, mounted in a stationary position, plows off and

ing machinery are located obove the tank, and therefore,
bearings, etc., are not subject to abrasive wear. Uniquely,
the entire orea of the tank is utilized for settling purposes.
The slow motion of the scoop, and the long adjustable
overflow weir, in excess of 150 degrees of tank circum-

Rotoscoop separators provide a simple means of saving special grain sizes which are lost with overflow water

ference, reduce velocities and assist effective settling

and washing.

on other separating devices. They are used in foundries

for removal of solids from the accumulation in wet dust

For most service this separator provides flexibility and

collector systems, where castings are cleaned hydrauli-

accu racy of separation . Due to the squeezing action and

cally, in the recovery of usable core sand, or to treo!

drainage time, the product delivered is dry enough to

water for disposal through a regular sewage system and

permit transportation by trucks or belt conveyors to

processing or storoge.

accumulate the solids for easy handling . This unit also

fills the need for dewatering ore, so as to catch the fine
ore grains.

Control of the fineness of the product can be maintained by raising or lowering the overflow weir, reducing

The Rotoscoop separator is a self-contained machine,

the number of scoops from the standard of three, adding

consisting of a large circular steel tank, together with a

fresh water through bottom of tank to w a sh out excess of

rota ting disc carrying inclined underslung scoops. These

fines or dirt present in feed and changing the speed of

scoops move the material within the tan k and at the

rotation.

sorne time squeeze and lift the portien to be discharged,

desired, to obtain a change in grading.

A variable speed drive can be furnished, if

L 1 N K - B E L T 42 5

processing equipment
s e parators, classifiers, washers

Rotoscoop separators

Fig . 3823

Oiameter
in feet

6
9
12
15

Oiameter
in f eet

Ca p acity
in tons
p er haur

Mo tor
har sepo wer

...

5
7 V2

20 to 30
30 to 55
55 to 90
90 to 150

G
6

10
15 to 25

Total weight
w ith mater ial

5,000
9,000
13,000
19,000

9,000
18,200
27,000
44,000

Weight
i ncluding
motor,
po und s

p ounds

l
1

N
6

4-0
5-6
7-2
8- 10

p
1

8-0
11 -0
14-4
17-8

Q
1

s
1

5- 1 Vi
6 - 1 \4
6-7 V2
7-7

3-4'A
4-0*
4-7 \4
5-4

R
1

FEET ANO INCHES

4- 1o
6-3
7-2
8- 1o

M
1

and w a te r,

T
6

3-4
4- 10
6-5
8-0

w
1

X
6

FEET ANO JNCHES

6
9
12
15

9
lO V2
12
13 V2 1

1-5 V2
1-9
2- 1
2-4

1-lO 'llo
2-2 7,.i6
2-3 7A6
2-3 'llo

2%
3%
39Jl6
3 9116

1- 1 V2
1-4 V2
1-5 V2
1-5 V2

2-7
3-0
3-1
3-1

Hove domensoons certofted for instollation purposes.

.._ Capacities ore bosed on handling sand ond similor material weighing
100 p o unds per cubic l oo r, bul con be only opproximote, os the seltling
rote of co orse ond fine maJeriol varies ihrough o w ide range. A machine
handling fone sand wilh a slo w seltling role would hove a very much

426 L 1 N K - B E L T

1-3
1-6
1-9
2-0

2 V2
4
4
4

45
45
40
38

1-1 *
1-7 Vi
1-7 V2
l - l O V2

3-7
1-6
5-3
1 1-9
6- 10
2-0
8-5
2-6

1-9
2-6
3-6
4-0

1-3
1-9
2-6
3-0

lo wer capoco ty l hon l he sorne machine handling a coarse co ncrete sand .

The grading o f material fed to a machine must be carefully considered
in delermining the capacily of any size mochine.
These dimensions increose slightly when o 25 HP molor is used on the
JS.foot machine.
6 lnside dimensions.

processing equipment
separators, classlflers, washers

Shaw classifier-separators

The Show clossifier-seporotor cleons ond clossifies sond

to meet exocting specificotions. lt will not only produce
clean commerciol sond, but will olso yield such special
grades as osphalt, filler, engine, ond industrial sond.
The mochine embodies a combinotion of surfoce current
ond rising current to obtain final clossification. By using
o series of these classifier-seporotors, two or more grades
of sond con be mode ot the sorne time, or mixed into any
combination d esi red . Not only can the sand be graded,
but leaves, dirt, small sticks, lignite and other foreign particles can be removed. The used water is replaced by
clean water, so that the small quantity of water which
discharges with the sand, carries no dirt or silt.
The sand to be saved folls through the rectangular
opening in the bottom of the flume, into the body of the
classifier. Above the flume is a float tank which receives
the supply of fresh water. A large pipe leads directly down
from the tank, through the flume, and into the settling
chamber, where the lower end of the pipe is flared like an
inverted funnel.
In si de the fresh water tan k is a float to which is attached a vertical rod extending down through the pipe to
the dischorge opening at the bottom of the classifier. A
rubber tipped valve on the end of the rod regulates the
discharge, by reason of the raised or lowered float position. The pressure of the fresh water as it spreads out
oround the flared edges of the central pipe in the settling
chamber, is sufficient to produce a gentle upward current,
lifting out dirt, silt, leaves, sticks and other foreign porticles, as well as finer grades of sond. When the accumulated sand clogs this pipe, the fresh water back s up in
the tank, lifting the float with its rubber tipped rod, thus
automatically allowing cleaned sand to discharge at the
bottom of the classifier.

Photo 17344 A .. The illustrot ion shows the operotion of the Show
clossifier-seporator.

ll"

~ e-

The quantity of fresh water delivered to the classifier

controls the rising current and permits variations in the
grading when it is desire d to use two or more classifiers
in series.
This classifier-separator is simple in construction, and
has only one moving par!, namely, the float with the valve
rod.
By using a series of Show classifiers and a Rotoscoop
separator to save the extreme fines in the classifier overflow, the most exacting specifications can be obtained
and complete con trol of fines maintained.

Fig. 3382

Dio meter

in inches

18
24
30
36

Shipping
weight,
pounds

Totol weight
with material
and water;
pounds

1100
1900
2100
2900

3,600
6,000
9,000
13,100

H
1

FEET ANO INCHES

9-9%
117%
13-6 Ya
15-6 Ya

4-0 Y2
4-0Y2
4-0 Y2
4-0 Yi

2-0
2-8
3-1 %
3.9

2-1
2-8
3-3
3-1 o

0-11
1-0
1-2
1-3

4 - 11 l4
5-9 l4
7- 1 l4
8-7 l4

1-1 l4
1-6 l4
1-1 o l4
2-2l4

4-1 o~.
5-1 o 'Va
6-4 Va
6-1 o Va

1-6
2-0
2-0
2-0

Hove dimensions ce rtified for installation purposes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 427

processing equipment
separators, classlfiers, washers

Screw washer-separators
The link-Belt screw wosher-seporotor is o unit for
woshing, d ewotering ond dossifying sond, grovel
ond similor moteriols. Single or double-screw mochines o re ovoiloble in vorious sizes for processing
from 25 to 160 tons per hour.
The screws of the son d woshers p erform o scrubb ing oction on th e sond which frees loom ond other
foreign motter ond keeps it in suspension until it con
be corried owoy in th e overflow. Pressu re exerted
by the screws in e levoting the sond forces out th e
water, thus p roducing o deon, low-moisture so nd.
Wosher-seporotors for grovel ore of the sorne construction os th e sond woshers, but the screws operote
ot o higher speed to produce o scouring oction between the p roduct portid es. Clo y, dirt ond other
foreign motter o dh ering to the grovel is broken up
ond forced into susp e nsion. Fresh water sprays ot the
dischor ge en d of the trough p rovide odditiono l
woshin g.
Poddle or log woshers ore similor to screw woshers
except for the poddle shofts. Renewoble mongonese
Dou b le scr ew washer-se parator with spray no zzles for
additional washing of product with fre sh water. Pholo 19741

steel poddles ore mounted on o hollow, squore shoft.

Po ddle woshers ore used for woshing grovel ond
coorse og gregotes requiring violent oction to break
up doy bo lls, os the scouring oction liberotes the doy
ond other impurities from the product. Fresh water
sprays ore locoted ot the dischorge end of the
trough. Add itionol wosh water con be provided in
trough bottom, if better woshing of the product is
required.
The screw wosher-seporotor consists of heovy steel
screws, either single or double, operoting in on indine d
steel trough, with o suitoble receiving tonk ot its lower
end. The upper end of the trough has o dischorge
opening ond supports the countershoft drive. The
lower end has on odjustoble overflow weir ond
beorings for the screws.
Screws con be ord inory commerciol steel, speciol
heot-treoted steel, or with hordened steel weoring

ISCHARGE
OPENING

shoes. For severe opplicotions ond prolong ed life

heot-treoted flights or hordened steel weoring shoes

" /SPECIAL WATER

LUBRICATEO ANO
SEALED BEARING

Fig 3532

ore used.
Sturdy roller beorings ore used ot the upper end of
the screws to obsorb radial ond thrust loods ond
mointoin the screws in tension. Speciol design, eosily
renewoble lower end beorings utilize wate r pressure
to prevent fine sond ond grit from entering.
428 L 1 N K - B E L T

Double screw washer-separator with flared trough and ad justable weir for maximum recovery o f fine material and production af low-moisture washe d sand.

processing equipment
travellng water screens

l'raveling wal'er screens

Twelve Mod e l 45 Thru-flow traveling wate r screens

a re insta lled in lhis municipal power plant. Photo 34268

Since 1895, when Link-Belt installed its fst traveling water screen,
it ha s pioneered in developing and improving screens for removing
trash and r efuse from water. The wealth of experience gained
through building and installing such equipment for many years has
produced a design with many reflnements. The models presented
h ere meet the exacting conditions of service which are demand ad
of such equipment.
Clean intake water, free of objectionable solids and refuse, is
essent ial to publ ic utility and industrial steam g enerating stations,
continuous wate r treatment plants, chemical plants and other operations requiring Jor ge volumes of water for cooling, processing, etc.
Such installations, where interruptions or shutdowns are extremely
costly, demand dependable performance of water screens.
Traveling water screens p rovide the most effective ond economical
means yet devised for removing twigs, leaves, seaweed, kelp,
grass, needle ice, flsh and similar refuse from lake, river or sea w ater.
Traveling water screens are normally installed in a vertical chamber forming a part of the intake well through which raw water Aows
to the pumps or point of usage. As the water passes through the
screening medium, refuse is retained on the screen tra ys and elevated
for removal when the screen is operated. Conditions which may vary
greatly on o single screening installation generally govern the frequency or cy cle of operation. Under e x treme cond itions, th e screen
may run continuousl y.
As the trays rise into the head enclosure, the re fuse is d islodged
b y jets of water from the Non-Clogging spra y nozzles. The re fuse
and spray water are discharged into a trough and sluiced awa y
for disposal. Being self-cleaning, Link-Belt traveling water screens
require a minimum amount of attention. Their power requirement is
nominal, since und er all but the most severe condition s, the screens
function virtually as balanced machines.
Refuse-free water, plus high efficiency and d ep end ability of
screen performance, is assured b y the proper selection and application of Link-Belt traveling water screens.

60" wide Model 57 Dual-flow travellng wate r screen ha ndles

50,000 GPM o f water used in an oil reflnery. Photo 39442

Head shaft
a ssembly

Water spray

Scree n fray
with seal
pi ates

Screen tray
lip

WATER FLOW

Foot shaft
assembly --,.-+-.i~

Boot plate
This seclional view shows !he a mple refuse carrying ca pocity of !he
troys a nd the e ffective cleaning of these lrays by !he water sprays.
The design o f !he foot assembly and sealing action of the troy lip
in the bool of the Thru-flow Models 45A and 46A are shown.
On the Dual-flow Model 57, the foot shaft assembly and curved
boot plote ore reploce d by run-around chain guides. Figure 6388.

L 1 N K - B E L T 429

processing equipment
t r ave ll ng wat er scree ns

Types
link-Belt b uilds two ty pes of traveling wa ter screens:
the Mod els 45A a nd 46A Thru-flow screens a nd th e
Model 5 7 Dual-flow screen.
Thru-flow- ln the Models 45A ond 46A Thruflow troveling
water screens, row water flows through the oscending ond
descending runs of the screen from front to b ock. The refuse
is co rried up on the a sce nding troys ond dischorged into o
traugh for disposol.
The first traveling wa ter screens were this type and they
hove proved their dep endability and effectiveness on thousands of installotions over the post 60 years.
The Mod els 45A and 46A
screens a re similar except
for the p itch of chains a nd
, ~
tro ys. The two sizes permit
well-bolanced and economi
cal selections for a wide
ronge of intake chombers,
varia tions of water levels
ond screening requiremenls.

t
t

Fig. 6390

Dependable , economical operation

The screen trays are designed to resist b e nding from o ccasionol head differentiol on opposite sides of the screen. Galvanized steel screen cloth wire is
normally provided, but cloth made from electro-zinc plated copper, bronze,
stainless steel or other wire material can be supplied to meel special conditions.
The choins o nd the structurol from e ore designed to carry heovy loods with
an ample factor of safety. The chains ore designed to exclude m.Jisture ond
prevent corrosion in the p itch holes of the sidebars.

Features Thru-flow, Models 45A and 46A

Screen frame
A structural steel screen frame supparts the head and foot assemblies and
includes seoling guards over the chain and renewable tracks on the oscending
run. Continuous fla nges o n the frame fil into p it wall g uideways, which may b e
of gray iron for imbedding in the concrete wolls, or of steel for placement
on wall faces.

HEAD
TERM INAL"--.
SPRAY PIPES
ANO NO ZZLES

Dual-flow-ln the Model 57 Duo l-flow traveling wa ter

screen, row water flows through the oscending a nd descend
ing runs and the curved bottom of the screen simultaneously.
The cleon water portion of the well is b etween the two runs of
the screen. Refuse disposal
is the sorne os with the Thruflow screen.
Duol-flow screens are
capoble of handling higher
capocities thon single flow
screens of equal width ond
screen cloth opening, porticula rly where screening
load is relatively light ond
high capacity is required.

Features ali models

Maximum capacity a nd low hea d loss
The conslruction of the screen trays offers the mnimum practicol obstruction to the free passage of water within the width
of the intoke chamber. G reater screening orea results in
lower water velocities and lower head losses.
SCREEN
FRAME

Effe ctive se a ls between m ovin g parts

Posilive sealing against possage of solids between oscending
lrays and guides and the guides al the bottom of the well
is effected by the accurotely sha ped seo! pioles bolted to the
ends of the trays. Cleoronce between oll submerged parts is
held within the limits of the openings in the screen cloth.

CHAIN
ANO TRAYS
FOOT
SPROCKET

Thorough refuse r emoval

Refuse clings to the inclined screen cloth of the trays and Jorge
quantities are also elevoted on the lower troy members.
These inclined shelves overcome the tendency of refuse to
wash off prema turely os the trays emerge from the water.
Cleoning sprays are directed across the entire carrying surface of these shelves and there o re no projections or pockets
to obstruct the effective removal of occumulated refuse. The
possibility of refuse fall ing into the clean water is eliminated
as the water sprays flush all refuse from the trays into the
lrough on the stream side.

430 L 1 N K - B E L T

FOOT
SHAFT

Typical Thru-flow traveling water screen installation cut

away to show the principa l working parts. Model 45A
has a torque tube head shaft as shown while Model
46A has sali d head shoft. Photo 29689A

processing equipment
traveling w a ter screens

Features Thru-flow, Models 45A and 46A

Cha in a nd trays
The troys ore mounted between two stronds of heovy bushed roller
choin with off set sideb ors: 24 " pitch on Model 45A screens ond 18"
pitch on Model 46A screens.
The choins hove hordened and ground steel bushings ond pins os
sembled with watertight, corrosion resisting press flts into occurately
pitched steel sidebars. The wearing surfoces of the choins ore lubricoted
through pressure grease flttings in the pins.
Large hardened steel rollers with flnished treads ond bores, reduce
sp rocket weor ond friction o n the g uides. Bolts for attaching trays pass
throug h steel b ushings which are pressed ond locked into both sidebors
of the chain, providing stability under lo ads imposed by the trays.
The tra ys a re constructed of heavy angles and bo rs, jig-welded to
ossure true and square surfaces. Screen troys overlap and closely adjoin, forming en e ff ective seol ogoinst the passage of solids. Due to
their inclined position they readily retain refuse on the ascending run.
The lower lip of the troy is flot over its e ntire projectio n ond p rovid es
maximum refuse carrying capacity. Seal plates bolted between tro y
e nds ond chains preve n! the possoge of refuse between oscending troys
and g uid es, as well a s be twee n trays ond curved plate of the boo t in
the bottom of the well.

Bushed roller choins of rigid unit link conslruction,

ossembled with troys ond seol pioles. Photo 30345

Head shaft assembly

' ;,
1

Model 45A screens ore furnished with o to rque tube heod shoft ossembly.
This assembly will withstand the heaviest pulls imposed upon the ascending
run of tro ys ond choins, ovoiding torsio nol d eflection and bending which
would skew or twist the trays.
The segmento! drive choin sprocket is bolted to the rim of one of the
screen chain sprockets thus reducing the stresses in this sprocket as well
a s reducing the size of the head shoft.
The he od shaft rotales in grease lubricate d, bronze bushed adjustable
bearing blocks. The e ntire assembly is supporte d in the head section by
bronze takeup screws and steel adjusting nuts fltted with roller thrust
bearings. Head sprockets hove 6 tee th with renewable hardened stainless steel inserts.
Model 46A screens use the he ad shaft assembly without the torque
tub e since this screen is normally used on installations with lighter load s.

Foot shaft assembly

The foot sha ft assembly co nsists of two Flint-Rim sprockets mounted on a
sha ft which rotales in bronze b earing s. The b earing s are held in position
b y U-bolts which engoge with supporting brackets on the foot termina l
frame.

Sprockets
The 6 -tooth head and foot sprockets used o n all Model 45 A and 46A
screens result in less chain joint motion a nd accompanying chain joint wear
!han with 5-tooth sprockets. Chains e ngage and disengage sprockels uniform ly, and the entire screen operation is much smoother.

Model 45A heod shoft ossembly wilh

torque tube, shoft, split d rive choin
sprocket, and renewable tooth inserts

on screen choin sprocket. Pholo 38772

Spray pipes and nozzles

Spray pipes, with hardened stainless steel oriflces and Non-Clogging
bronze spray nozzles direct fon shaped overlopping sp ra ys across !he
width of the screen tray s for washing the trays near the top of !he
ascending run. The sproywater feed pipe extends outside the housing
ond includes a gate valve and companion flonge .

creen choin sprocket tooth

howing renewoble hordened
to inless steel insert used in

Foot sprocke t ossembly for Models 45A and

46A. Photo 3877 3

oth heod shoft ossemblies.

Photo 38775

Mode l 46A hea d shaft a ssemb ly has

ali the same fe otures as the 45A shoft
except the torque tube. Photo 38787

L 1 N K - B E L T 431

processi ng equipment
traveling water screens

Features Thru -flow, Models 45A and 46A

Screen head terminal

The he od fr ome is slurdy, compoct o nd trim in o pp earonce.
Th e unique torque tube design reduces the required heodshoft spoce there by reducing the size of the heod terminal.
The he od mochinery is completely housed except far o portian of the descending troys. Full e nclosure with inspection
doors con be furnished. Lugs ore pro vided o n th e heod
frome far lifting the screen from the well.
The Link-Belt Electrofluid Motogeor drive is mounted o n
the screen heod frome, where it is reodily occessible.

Orive
Single speed
The Electrofluid Motogeor combines o helicol geor speed
re::lucer, o fluid cou pling ond o general purpose induction
motor mounted on the Motogeor brocket, to farm o sturdy
self- conto in ed unit. This drive is connected to the screen
heod shaft b y o he o vy SS Clo ss drive choin hovin g slo inless
steel pins ond bushings of full round sections ossemble d into
offset steel sidebors with press fits lo ossure water-light,
corrosion-resistonl construction. The drive n steel sprocket
ring is mounted on one of the heod sprockets ond is mode
in segments far e osy removol.
The fl uid coupling permits smooth storting under conditions most favorab le to the motor. Should the screen b ecome
tempororily overlooded, the coupling utilizes the full pullout lorque of the motor to overcome this short peak load
which might otherwise stop the motor completely.
Should the screen becom e completely stolled, the fluid
coupling slips, ond the motor continues to operote ond deliver its moximum torque.
lf the stolled condition continues ond the screen does
not cleor itself within the sofe time limit ollowed far the
motor, the thermol overlood device stops the motor to preven! domoge to it thereby eliminoting the need far sheor
pins or o ther mechonicol overlood protection.

Scree n heod terminal w ith e nclosure, showin g single sp eed Ele ctrofluid Motogear.

38671

Two speed

The Electrofluid Motogeor drive con be furnished with

built-in chonge geors to provide o screen trove) speed of
1 O feet per minute far normal intermillent operotion, ond
2 '12 feet p er minute when conditions require continuous
operotion. Speed chonges, either from low to high or vice
verso, ore occomplished outomoticolly without stopping
the screen or monuolly shifting geors. Monuolly operoted
electricol controls ore normolly furnished. Relioble ond
outomotic overlood protection far the motor ond th e screen
ot both speeds is provided through the unique combinotion
of fluid coupling, georing, ond electricol equipment.

Sin gle sp eed El e ctrofluid Motog e ar.

38670

Two speed Ele ctrofluid Motogear.

432 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
travellng water screens

Dimensions Thru -flow, Models 45A and 46A

HALF OF
TRA Y WIDTH

HALF OF
TRA Y WIDTH

1:2~!:...>!+-PLUS 1:2~~

11

TRA Y WIDTH PLUS

~l

K---0--

2~1 l~'"MJNIMUM

-F

r-------

Gj' MIN.G

PLU~ 1~2 '

- CIL

11

y
1

~IDTH

TRAY
MAX.

FLOW

GUIDES - -

lz

~~u

H
MIN.

(/)

'

PLAN
Casi iran guideways sel in side walls

f~=t__J
MIN.

CENTERS
WELL
DEPTH

flt. u11

AlTERNATE DISCHARGE ARRANGEMENT

Discharge lraugh abave Aaar

cA

HEAD
SHAFT

r------------------------

1
1
1
1

1
1

1
TRAY _WIDTH
PLUS 1~8 1 #

1
1

'

i
CIL- GUIDES..

lz

...Jw

0~
u

(/)

FRONT ELEVATION

Model

SECTJONAL S1DE ELEVATION

ALTERNATE PLAN

"'

f if . 6 JIJ

Sleel guideways an face of side walls

1 T

screen

45A
46A

4-4

v. 2-9 :114 4-1 1 v2 I 3-5 v2

1 3-8 Va 2-2 :y.

4-1 'h

3-0

FHT ANO INCHES

v. 3-7 v2

1-8 :y.. I 0-11

y. 0-6 %

1 1-6

2-7 y.

2-2 :y..
2-0

v.

3-9
3-6 l/2

5 -o
3- 1 1

v.

0 - 1 'h
0 - 1 y.

2-5 'h
2-0

3-3

2-9

Hove dimensions cerlified for i nslallalion pu rposes.

Available w ith carbon steel frame o r low al loy steel frame .
.A T ray widths from 3'-0' to 10'-0' in increments of 6' .

L 1 N K - B E L T 433

processing equipment
traveling water screens

Features Dual-flow, M odel 57

Model 57 Dual- Aow screens are normally installed
in a vertica l chamber forming part of the intake

HEAD
TERMINAL""

well. They are installed with the screening surfoces in line with the d irection of Aow of raw
water into the intake well, as compared with the
right angle p osition of the Th ru-Aow screen. The
raw water Aows through the ascending and de-

TORQUE
TU 8 E --.,---iii::'.'11
HEAD
SHAFT

SPRAY P IPES
ANO NOZZLES

scending runs and the curved bottom of the screen

simultaneously, therefore full advantage is token
of all screening orea. The clean water portien
of th e well is between the two runs of the screen.
Refuse is carried on the screen trays of both
runs, the descending run carrying it down and
around the foot terminal and the ascending run
carrying it up to the head terminal for discharge
into refuse trough.

Chain and trays

The lroys ore mounted between two stro nds of 18"
pitch heovy b ushed roller choin with offset sidebors.
Hordened ond g round sleel bushings ond pins ore
ossembled wilh woterlight, corrosion resisting press fits
in occurotely pilched steel sidebors. Weoring surfoces
of the choins ore lubricoted through pressure greose
fitting s in the pins. Lorge hord e ned steel rollers hoving
f1nished treods ond bores reduce friction on the vertical
g uides ond in the roll-oround foot terminal. Soddle
brockets between the choin sidebors ossure proper
sidebor spocing ond choin stobility under oll loods
imposed by the troys.
Troys ore constructed of heovy ongles ond bors,
jig-we lded to ossure true ond squore surfoces. Screen
troys overlop ond closely od join, forming on e ffe ctive
seol ogoinst the possoge of solids. Due to their inclined position they reodily retoin refuse on th e oscending run. The lower lip of the troy is flot over its
enlire projection ond p rovides moximum refuse corrying copocity. Seol pioles b olted between troy e nds
ond choins preven! lhe possoge of solids between
troys ond guides. Choin guides ore provided on both
the oscending ond descending runs.

Roll-around foot terminal

Typicol Duol-flow Model 57 lroveling wa ter screen

inslollotion cut owoy lo show lhe principal working
peris. Pholo 39444

Duol-flow troveling water screens hove o rol l-o round

foot terminal thot reploces the conventionol foot shoft
ond sprockets. The screen choins roll oround the fool
terminal through steel guid e roils formed in on 1 80
ore. Seoling ogoinst the possog e of oversize solids is
effectivel y mointoined throughout the foot terminal.

Bypass gate
A monuolly operoted byposs gote in the upstreom end
~f the screen permits dive rsion of the water directly
into the dischorge chonnel without possing through the
screening surfoces. The byposs gote is used only in
emergencies or under fl ood conditions where excessive
differentiol heods might domoge the screening surfoces.
All head machinery, screen frames, drives,
s ~r ay pipes and nozzles are essentially the sorne

as those used on the Thru- Aow Model 45A screen.

See pages 4 30 to 4 32 for details.

434 L 1 N K - 8 E L T

Roll-o round foo l terminal with sleel guide roils lo guide

choin. Photo 39482

processing equipment
trave llng wate r screens

Dimensions Dual-flow, Model 57

~/

~--t---ttt--

I"'\

(_ ~ ~

,.

. -H

FLOOR
UNE

~~'E~

l)

'

MIN.

ALTERNATE OISCHARGE ARRANGEMENT

- --

;"""

3-52

1
'

\1

i -~'~ ;.;

4'....11(
MAX.

C/L
SCREEN

--r

VALVE7

This d ischorge tro ugh obove floor

l
I

t 3-3

*===:!=!
.~

1 [ l(MINr
1

~ ..-

'

"

~16: ~ 2-s~
~ 3~2~

L..f-~1-~

rf-

it

1 ~

"'' " WID ' M~

1}.:,.

CEN TERS

~ !;'

.)

'

11

....

>-FLowj

GATE

i-l

!~'!

'

- ~ e:

1
1

FLOW )

-17 '\ - ~,...

I~
~

:,

~ ! ~l i

BYP~ , ,,

::..

i
i

TRAVEL

l+tt----41---t+ffl

1
1

,,

,'...

1
1

WELL
DEPTH

~~
l!V---f,--''-1,~

HEAD
SHAFT

,.

rt

C/L

.1

' .... ' ......

.,.. "",,,.'/

3- 0

GROUT

FLOW

FRONT ELEVATION

SECTIONAL SIDE ELEVATION

Troy
width

3-0
3-6
4-0
4-6
5-0
5-6
6-0
6-6
7-0
7-6
8-0

9-0
9-6
10-0
10-6
11-0
11-6
12-0
13-0
13-6
14-0
14-6

2-0
2-3
2-6
2-9
3-0
3-3
3-6
3-9
4-0
4-3
4-6

2- 1
2- 4
2- 7
2-10
3- 1

PLAN

6-0
6-6
7-6
8-0
9-0
9-6
10-6
11-0
12-0
12-6
13-6

2- 8 v.
2-11 s;.
3- 2 v.
3- 5 v.
3- 8 5/ 1
3-11 v.
4- 2 v.
4- 5 5/a
4- 8 5/a
4-11 v.
5- 2 v.

4- 1 'la
4- 4 'la
4- 7 'la
4-10 'la
5- 1 'la
5- 4 'la
5- 7 Ya
5-10 'la
6- 1 'la
6- 4 'la
6- 7 Ya

".,.,

FEET ANO INCHES

3- 4
3- 7
3-10
4- 1
4- 4
4- 7

4-0
4-3
4-6
4-9
5-0
5-3
5-6
6-0
6-3
6-6
6-9

H ove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

These d imensions moy vory depend ing on copocity requirements.

L 1 N K - B E L T 435

processing equ ipment

travellng water screens

Optional features

In many t ravelin g water screen installations sp ecial conditions such as remete location
of site, excessive refuse in the water or extremely corrosive conditions may necessitate
sp ecia l, or non-standard screen components or a ttachments. To meet these con ditions
Link-Belt can suppl y the following optional features to adapt n ew or existing scre ens
to the job requirements.

Automatic differential head control

Controls can be furnished to automa tically operate screen and
cleaning spra ys whenever the d ifferential head exceeds a
predetermined selective amount. An automatic ti ming device
continues operation of the screen for a selected period of t ime
after the differential head ha s returne d to normal.

Full head enclosure

Additional enclosure can be furnished for th e back o f th e
screen to completely house th e head t erminal machinery and
tra ys. lnspection doors in the enclosure extension permit ob-

abrasives, special abrasion-resistant spray nozzles can be

supplied.

Brass spray p ipes

Spray pipes of red bross with b ronze gate valve can be
furnished when required.

Rubber seals
Rubb er sea ling strips con be p rovided to further red uce clearances between screen trays and the cha in and guides when the
p assage of fine refuse, small flsh or eels is to b e prevented .

servation of the screen trays.

Multipl e sprays

Corrosion-resistant parts

Two lines of sprays with one or two valves can be provided

for screens handling lorge quantities of stringy or tenocious

Screen fra mes, head terminal enclosures and screen troy fromes

debris requiring additional spray wa ter.

made of low a lloy corrosion-resist ant steel con be furnished.

St ainless steel foot sh afts can also be suppli ed. Screen chains
can be furnished with low a lloy corrosion-resistant steel sidebars, stainless steel pins ond bushings and hardened steel
rollers. When required, stainless steel rollers can be furnished
in place of hardened steel.

Down run guides for 45A screens

Guides for conflning and guiding the chains on the return or
down run can be fu rnished. This construction is somet imes referred to os the four-post design.

Leaf rakes
Corrosion -resistant screen cloth
Leaf rakes or auxiliary l ips can b e furni shed on the screen
A wide variety of screen cloth con be furnished. Cloth made of

trays to assist in removal of debris from the boot and pit.

stoinless steel or other non-corrosive materials are often necessary wh en screens will b e sub jected to sa lt water or other

Solenoid spray water valves

corrosive cond itions.

Where it is desirable to hove th e refuse spray water start

Abraslon-resi stant spray nozzles

automatically with the operation of the screen, solenoid spray

water valves are used. The electrical impulse that storts the

On water screen insta llations where spray wat er contains un-

screen also octuotes the solenoid valve ond ollows th e spray

usuolly large omounts of suspended sand, grit or o ther harmful

water to flow.

436 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
water, s ewage and
industria l waste treatment

wa'ler, sewage and

indus'lrial was'le 'lrea'lmen'I

A Link-Belt equipped sewa ge treatment plant for the removol of screenings, g rit ond sludge from sewoge. Photo 381 29

Link-Belt sanitary engineering equipment for water, sewage

and industrial woste treatment plonts has been proven in the
field for over 35 yeors. Designed primorily for standard
processes ond common installation sizes, this equipment con be
reodily odapted to many speciol designs. Wherever there is o
problem of removing solids from water, sewage or industrial
wostes Link-Belt con supply the proper equipment. Solids con
be large, small or even colloidol in size. No motter whot the
volume of water or quantity of solids, Link-Belt equipment con

be designed to fit the specific opplicotion requirements. Plonts

hove been constructed for flows os smoll os 70,000 gallons
per doy, to os large os 200,000,000 gollons per doy.
The following poges give o b rief description of the various
items of sonitory engineering equipment manufoctured by
Link-Belt. Consult your nearest District Soles Office for detailed
cotologs ond descriptions of equipment to suit your requirements. Link-Belt mointains o stoff of engineers specializing in
water, sewage and industrial woste treatment equipment.

contents
lntroduction ...................... ... ....... . 437
lnstollotions ond typicol flow diogrom . ....... . ... 438

Stroightline grit collectors .......... . ... .. ...... 442

Stroightline grit woshers ... .. .. .. . .. .. ... . ..... 445
Stroightline mixers ....... . ....... .. . . ....... . 446

Screens .. ....... ...... .. . .... ....... ... 439-44 1

Flash mixer ............................... 446

Thru-Cleon bar screen . .. ................. .. 439

Horizontal slow mixer . .. ...... . .. . .. .... . ... 446

Straightline bar screen .. .. ........... ...... 439

Vertical slow mixer . . . . .... ........... ..... 446

Tro sh screens . . .. ......... ........ . .... ... . 440

Vibro - Flow feeder mochines ................... 447

Tritor screen .............................. 441

Straightline sludg e collectors

Drum screen . . ......... . . . . .. .. .. . . . . ... . . 44 1

Circuline sludge collectors . ............. . .. .. .. 450

Disc screen ... .. . .. . .. .. . ... . .......... . . .. 44 1

Additionol Link-Belt equipment ... .. ..... . .. .. .. 452

......... .. ...... 448

L 1 N K - B E L T 437

processing equipment
water, sewage and
Industrial waste treatment

lnstallations

"'

Grit colle ction ond scre ening e quipme nt removes solids from

Stroightline sludge collectors are installed in large numbers a l

log flume water al a large paper mili. Water is recirculated, thus

saving water and reducing pallution. Photo 35991

lhis activated sewage lrealmenl plan!. This modern p lan! was

erected la purify municipal sewage. Pholo 38674
1

V!..

Slow mi x e rs and Circulin e sludge colle ctors far !he coagulation and removal of solids
from river water befare flltralian al a municipal water lrealmenl p lan!. Pholo 38125

link-Belt manufactures a broad line of equipmenl far water,

sewage and industrial wasle lrealmenl planls. Bar screens, gril
coll ector s, sludge collecto r s, fla sh mixers, StroightJine mixers, ore

par! of this co mple te line. Figure 6050 above and 6372 below.

SLUOGE
DIGESTER

...Q!.<!~STEf>_~ SLUDGE DRYING SEOS

SLUDGE

SOLIO STE1R- f
ORIVE SHA~

FLASH MIXER TANK

438 L 1 N K - B E L T

FLOCCULATIO N TANK

t-_:E_l!!t~~~
.

processing equipment
water, sewa ge a nd
Ind ustria l waste treatment

Screens
Link-Belt manufactures a complete line of screens for the automatic removal of
large or fine Aoating and suspended solids from water, sewage or industrial
wastes. For large soli ds removal, vertical or inclined bars are used to catch the
sol ids which are then removed from the bars b y traveling rakes. Fine solids are
removed b y revolving disc or drum screens which are usually cleaned b y water
spra ys. Consult Link-Bel! for expert recommendations on your screening requirements. Selection of the best screen for any application can be easily made from
Link- Belt's complete line.

Thru-Clean
bar screen
Link-Belt Thru-Cleon bar screens hove
two or more rokes thot cleon the screen
bors. The rokes ente r the spoces between the vertical bors ot the bo ttom
from the downstreom side ond trovel
upword. The screenings ore roked off
the foce of the screen ond ore conveyed
out of the liquid ond deposite d in o
troug h from which they con be dischorged into o disposol receptocle or
delivered to o shredder.
The screen bo rs ore usuolly spoced
with Y." to 1" cleor openings for the r emovol of lorge solids. The bors ore
fo ste ne d al the bottom ond spocepositioned al the top, to preven! th e
troveling rokes from rubbing. This de sig n fe oture reduces weor ond power
consumptio n to o minimum. A specio l
pivoted bar spocer with stub teeth hold s
the bors in ve rtical olignment.

SCREENINGS

TROUGH

SIDE
PLATE

CH AIN GUIDE

SLACK CHAIN
SUPPORT

Thru-Clean bar screen with shredder used to

grind screenings ond return them to sewage flow

in front o f screen. Photo 3 1 35 1

Vertical seclion of Thru-Clean bar screen. Rake enters thru

screen bars al bottom and remaves retained solid s an
upward travel. Figure 61 OO.

Straightline bar screen

The Link -Be lt Stroightline bar screen is on olternote screen to the Thru-Cleon
bar screen ond is used for the removol of lorge porticles of Aooting ond
suspended solids from the Aow inlo sewoge ond industrial woste treotment plonts.
Stroightline ba r screens consist of o roke, ottoched to two or four cables,
operoting over motor propelled grooved drums. The roking element is su pporte d by gra y iron blocks sliding in steel chonnels recessed in the concrete
wolls. Control of the roke is manual or outomotic. Bar screens usuolly hove
cl eo r o pe nings of :y. " to 1" between the bors.

Vertical section of inclined bar screen. Reciprocoting roke, sup

ported by two cables, remaves salids from frant of bars on uoward

lra vel. Figure 61 O l.

lncllned Stralghtlln e bar

screen w lt h shredder.
Time dock conlrols operotion
of rake. Photo 22827.

L 1 N K - B E L T 439

processing equipment
water, sewage and
industrial waste treatment

Trash screens
Tra sh screens are installed et the river intake of power or
water t reatment plants for remov ing larg e Ao ating o r suspended debris w hich would damage tra veling water intake

screens. Th ey are usually built w ith incl in ed or vertical bars

sp aced w ith 3" to 4 " cl ear opening s.

Type 3C

TRAVERSING
CRANK

The LinkBelt Ty p e 3 C t ra sh screen may hove either vertical or incline d bors.

The ra ke ha s ca si iron b locks which slide in steel channe ls in the sid e wall s and
is power o p erate d b y p ressing ond ho lding a control b utton. One rake cl e ans
the full cha nne l width up to a maximum o f 16 ' -0". The cleo ning mecho nism ca n
b e moved fr om cha nnel to cha nnel so that numerous channels mo y b e cle one d .

RAKE CARRIAGE
(UP TRAVEL)

r--'~~.... ~ ~.

.,
'

..
'
.:

~
'

,. ',

.,,.

~'~[''.WATE~LEVEL
'.:-'~t~ 1
>
'1

. ,
'

:.'
.'

_J

- ..

' :S-

--

:~ ''.r-~~;:~~ Ci - ~=~-_oc_ 0=-1SC.:tH=A~R-G=E=-

ft ' .

~
I

_-=::--__

..

r ,

- - - - ' - -

..

.- - . . . .1

.,

' "1

' "" '

~--'-~-,, , ...._ '

._
",

;1 . ,.

Vertical sectian of vertical Type 3C lrosh screen wilh 3

cables lo operole !he roke. Figure 391 4

Type 3C trash screen lroverses ond cleons 3 screen bays al o power plont water
intake. Photo 36578

Type 2C

TRAVERSING
CRANK
RAKE CARRIAGE
(UP TRAVEL)
CLE ANING POSITION

The Link-Bel t Typ e 2 C trosh screen is on olternate design to the Type 3 C a nd

has a ro ke conveyed by 2 cables. Wheels on the roke trove! directly o n the
inclined bars. Th e rake is of a standard width and is t raversed manually or b y
motor to clean a screen bay of any width.

TRAVERSING
TRASH CART

WATER LEVEL
FLOW--+

~-r.~t~i }~;)&._1} 1_

-...!~ :.:::<:~~~~t:~',~

SIDE VIEW

Vertical section of Type 2C trosh screen When roke

reaches cleaning position, debris is discharged inlo trosh
car!. Figure 6102

440 L 1 N K - B E L T

Type ::ZC trash screen with 7 ' -8'' wide roke corriage used to cleon o screen boy
100 feel wide . Pholo 3881 2

processing equipment
water, sewage and
Industrial wast e treatment

Tritor scre en

The Link-Bel! Tritor screen is designed for smoll instollotions with

o moximum chonne l width of 4 ' -0"
ond o mo ximum design flow of
2.75 M G D. lt is on economicol
mechonicolly cleoned grit chomber
ond bar screen dual purpose unit.
Tritor screens ore b uilt with either
vertical or inclined bors with Y. "
to 1" openings. Two or more perforoted buckets with roke f1ng e rs
cleon the bors ond remove the
debris thot settles in the sump in
front of the screen bors.

A fully enclosed Tritor screen with shredder to grind screenings ond return them to
sewage flow during dry weather flow. Grit
ond debris from stor111 flows a re b uried o r
burned. Photo 36899

Vertical section of Tritor screen. Distribution vanes and

adjustable baffle control flow velocities through the
screen. Level control vanes maintain water at proper
depth through the screen bars. Figure 3917

Drum screen
SCREENINGS
DISCHARGE
TROUGH

The Link- Bel! revolving drum screen

effectively removes lorge quontities of very fine solid s from water
used in monufocturing processes
ond from industrial wo stes. These
screens ore ideal for instollotions
where the volume of water is lorge,
the voriotions in water level ore
slight, ond where the loss of heod
through the screen mus! be kept to
o minimum. Screens up to 1O' -O"
diometer con be furnished.

Front view of drum screen. Screenings ore

removed by sprays and flushed to the screening d ischarg e trough. Figure 3 198

Drum screen equipped with stoinless steel cloth of 2 to 60

mesh or flner. A weir maintains water level. Photo 38918

Disc screen
The Link-Be l! disc screen is on olternote to the drum screen ond con
usuolly be used for the some se rvice. Copocity ond layout usuolly
determine the selection. Disc screens
hove been built up to 14' -0" diometer, the copocity depe nding
on the mesh of cloth used.

....

4,"

4
~

. . . ()

..... o

' ,

~~Al WALL

}{.:

Link-Belt disc scree n at poper mili for screening

portion of waste water so it can be re-circulated as
spray woter. Photo 371 72

;-~;

.-"' ~.(>.~;{.-..:.; .~.. ~ . :i.

"}

f'

,..

.;t

.. -. Y'

--...

FRONT VIEW

Front view of disc scr een with splash plote removed.

Screenings retained on cloth and those elevated by
lifting trough s are Au shed into a trough for dewatering
or return to streom flow. Figure 6103

L 1 N K - B E L T 441

processing equipment
water, sewage and
in d ustrial waste treatment

Straightline grit collectors

Link-Belt Straightline grit collectors are installed at sewage

and industrial waste trea t ment plants to provide an easy
method of collecting settled grit and inert solids without
drainin g the grit chamber. These solids are dewatered and
removed from the chamber b y Aight conveyors, screw con-

veyors, or buckets attached directly to the collectors.

Depend ing on the sol ids to be remov ed, chambers may be
designed with controlled velocities, as a retention tank, or air
may be used to a id the differential separation of grit from
organic matter.

Type S
The Link-Bel! Type S grit colleclor consists of a conveyor with pitched Aights, which turn the settled
grit ond other materials over and aver, then discharge them into a washing ond dewotering screw
at the inAuent e nd of the chomber where grit is ogitoted ond woshed to free it of putrescible
maller. Flights ore of welded steel construction. Combinotion chain is used to assure long service
under the most obrosive cond itions. Replaceable obrosion resistan! shoes and !rocks, located
slightly above the chamber Aoor, support the Aights. The woshing and dewotering screw has
thick steel Aights mounted on heavy steel pipe.

WATER LEVEL
CONTROL PLATE7

~~~...

,. . . . ...,..,~.;r?,~:i11r.i..+-~~r-4lrrr.~N_#~ ~--=----o--~--~~~!l.ill1qr=

-......_-.!i!_

FLOW---+
+-TRAVEL

EFFLUENT

. ..1- , _

-,.~.,,

STOP
PLATE

Ty pe S grlt colle ctor with pitched

Aights which turn the gril over ond

convey it to the dewolering and
woshing screw. Pholo 24869

Longitudinol section of Type S grit collector with dewotering ond woshing screw
which elevotes grit ond reduces putrescible motter to 1 v,3. Fi~ure 6114

Type B
The Link -Be l! Type B grit collector consists of a conveyor fltted with buckets to collect the grit from
the Aoor of the chamber and elevate it to the dischorge point above the ground level. 11 is used
when the chambers ore deep and an inclined screw would not b e practica! due to excessive
costs. Class C combinotion choin and knock-out wear shoes ore provided fer long life. The
collector buckets discharge by gravity into a separate Type SW screw washer. Sprays assist
in cleaning the buckets ond provide wosh water to produce a grit with a low putrescible contenl.

GRIT WASHING ANO

DEWATERING SCREW
Type B grlt collect or with buckets
on d o s e combinotion cho in e levoting grit ond d ischorg ing it lo wohing
ond dewatering screw. Photo 34618

WATERLEVEL
CONTROL PLATE

~TRAVEL

Longitudinal section of Type 8 grit collector. Grit is collected, elevated vertico lly, discharged
into screw, ond washed. Orgonics ore returned to lhe inAuenl end of chonnel. Figure 6104

442 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
water, sew a g e and
Indust rial w ast e t r e atment

Straightline grit collectors

Type IH
The Link-Be lt Type IH grit collector is designed to remove heovy inorgonic solid s from
industrial wostes ond has no provisions for woshing the material o s it is withdrown from the
chombers. Flights ore used to convey ond dewoter the grit ond /or other solids o s they ore
elevoted up on incline to o point obove the water level.
Th e Ty pe IH heovy duty grit collector has been instolled in steel milis, coke plonts,
corbon plonts, mochine ry monufocturing plonts ond power plonts. lt con be odopted
to ony industrial liquid woste where it is desiroble to settle, dewoter ond remove o heovy
inorgonic solid.
The Ty pe IH grit collector is of o rugged design consisting o f a double strand conveyor with
flights. The choins are combinotion ty pe or Rive tless drop forged sleel. The size o nd spocing
of the flights depends on the volume and ty pe of material lo b e re moved. Abro sion resisting renewobl e weor slrips ore instolled on the flights and on the return run lrocks.
The settling rote of the solids to be removed is usuolly dctermine d by loboratory tests.
After the settling rote is known the detention period ond chomber dimensions are determined for the degree of clorifkation desired.
Three Ty p e IH Stralghtlln e grit collectors recover
ing mili scole o t lorge steel mili. Value of recloimed
sca le ha s paid far instollotion. Phota 34299.

~TE BOTTOM

IN FLUENT~

. ~~

' """

GRIT CAN.
"BELT CONVEYOR OR ... (' -.....__
SCREW CONVEYOR TO

SUIT LOCAL CONDITION

-.....__

. ('......__

.,

'.

-"F
l .>\ ~
-~,
,

"J

BAF LE

-.....__

FLo w -

SCUM
PIPE

scuMi

''-.,. ..,.-FLIGHTS
}

-- -pn=

----

.........

EFFnr;;I

BAFFL:_/

---]

1
l

---1~- -1~
~ c.- -r- -c..=.:,-:-t.---L- -L--t-:- -l-- - r-"::::__1

('._( :-'\ -+--TRAVEL

Longitudinol section o f Type IH Stroightline g ril collector. Settled inorganic materia l is co llected,
d ewotered ond d ischo rg ed into cons or conveyo r. Figure 61 05.

Type IM
The Link-Belt Type IM grit collector is for medium duty ond is usuolly instolled ot smoll
sewage tre olm e nt plonts' where o more economicol design is d esired, with no provisio n for
woshing of the g rit o s it is withd rawn from the chamber. Grit with o high putrescible content moy be returned to the sewage ot high flo ws for resettling and removol later.
This g rit collector consists of o single strand of cho in with 4" chonnel flights spoce d on
1 O' centers. Renewoble single weor shoes ore ottoched to the flights ond ride on T-roils
in the botto m of the chomber and on the return run tracks. The grit which settles to the
bottom of the chomber is conveyed by the flight conveyor along the floor o f the tonk ond
up an incline to the discho rge point, where it is dischorged into cons or o llowed lo foil
bock into the chomber for re-circulotion whe n the con is removed.
Ty pe IM g rit chombers ore sized so thot their cross sectionol o reo ond length ore equa l
to thot of Types S ond B chombers of equol copocity. Surfoce oreo ond velocity through
the chomber determine the size of the chomber. To control the water depth through the
chamber ond thus mointain velocities of .75 FPS to 1.25 FPM, use Pa rsholl flume, p roportionol weir or odjustoble goles.

Tw o Type IM Stralghtllne g r it collect ors instolled ot

a municipal sewage trealmenl p ion!. Phala 38662.

WATER LEVEL

Longitudinal seclion o f Type IM Straightline grit callector. Grit is not washed bul ma y be returne d
to chonnel a l high flows far resettling ond reduction in o rganic conlenl. Figure 6 1 06.

L 1 N K - B E L T 443

processing equipment
water, sewage and
industrial waste treatment

Straightline aerated grit collectors

Link-Belt Stroightline oeroted grit collectors consist of grit chombers in
which compressed or is in troduced to creote ond mointoin velocit ies of
opproximotely l .O to 2.0 FPS ond thus induce optimum conditions, for
se porotion of grit on d orgonic motter ot oll flo ws. The compressed or is
odmitted into the chomber through porous cero mic d iffuser tubes. The
tub es moy b e ossembled os units or individuolly suspen ded in the ch omber.
They ore reodily removoble for cleoning .
A mechonicol meons for removing the sepo roted grit from the sewoge is
provided, the method used depends on the size of the chomber.

Type A B Straightli ne a erated gril co lleclor. In od dil ion to grit removol the chornber has on extended oerotion
period for preoerotion. Photo 38684

GRIT WASHER
ORIVE

Type AS
The Link-Belt Type A S o eroted grit collector is used in smoll chombers
with flows up lo 6.0 MGD. lt consists of o hopper with on inclined
screw grit wosher for removing o nd washing lhe grit. Air is provided to
mointoin uniform velociti es for all flows. The size of the chomber is
selected to give a detention pe riod of one minute o r lo ng er.
longitudinal section of Type AS Stroightline oeroted grit colleclor. Adjustoble effluent weirs remove orgonic motter from the chomber. Figure 6107.
GRIT ELEVATOR ANO
SCREW CONVEYOR
ORIVE
WATER SPRAY FOR
CLEANING BUCKETS

Type ASB

GRIT WASHING ANO

OEWATERING SCREW

The Link-Bel! Type ASB a erate d gril collector 1s used for chambers with
Aows o f 1.5 MGD or more. The collector is constructed with o lo ngitudinal
screw in the b o ttom to convey !h e grit to o bucket elevato r which elevoles
it to the discho rge point obove !he water lev e!. A Ty pe SW screw washer
is used to wash and d ewater the g rit to a ssure mnimum p utrescible ond
water content of !he discha rged g ri t. Th e chombe rs a re usuo lly d esigned
for a d etention period of approximote ly one minute, for efficient grit

l ongitudinal section of Type ASB Stroightline oeruted grit collector.

Figure 6 l 08.

separation.

ORGANIC
RETURN PIPE
GRIT WASHING ANO
OEWATERING SCREW

The Link-Bel! Type AB a eroted g rit collector i s for large installotions or al

planls where it is desirable lo combine pre-a era tion and g rit rernoval in
the some tank. 11 may be designed o n !he bo sis of an ext ended d etention
p eriod, !he length of time depending on !he d esired results from !he preoerotion. The Type AB consists of o Type B grit collecto r for the collection
and removol of the g ri t, ond porous tub es for the introd uctio n of th e
compressed air.
l ongitudinal section of Type AB Stroightline oeroted grit collector. A
Type SW grit wosher removes putrescible matter fram collected grit.
Fi gure 6109

444 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
wate r , se wage and
Ind ustr ia l wast e t reatme nt

Straightline grit collectors

Type

se

The Link-Be lt Type SC grit collector is on inclined dewatering and

woshin g screw installed in a grit hopper. The hopper is designed
so thot o surfoce creo rote of Aow of 40,000 GPD per squore
foot is provided to remove 65 mesh grit or larger. The effluent
trough is d esigned so the Aow over the screw can be regulated
and the putrescible matter washed from the grit as it is conveyed
to the discharge point. Thi s chamber is economical to build, simple
to operate ond especially adopted to small Aows.
lf a packaged unit is desired the entire grit hopper con be
fobricated of steel and shipped as a unit.

Longitudinal section o f Type SC Stroightline grit colleclor. The screw woshes

ond dewaters the grit before dischorging it into grit con. Figure 611 O

Straightline grit washers

Efflu ent tro ugh of Typ e SC grit collect or has odiutoble weirs to remove organic motter from grit os it is elevoted by the screw. Photo 39017

Grit moy be removed from chombers by vorious methods:

lf the grit is removed in dry state b y hond shoveling, grob
bucket or other mechanical means, it must be washed to
remove the putrescible motter.
lf the grit is removed b y air lift, water e ductor or pump,
it must be dewotered ond woshed to produce o product
which is inoffensiv e ond con be easily hon dl ed .
lf the g rit is removed b y conveyor or bucket e levo tor
such as Link-Bel t Types ASB, AB or B gri t collector systems,
it must be dewotered ond woshed to prod uce on occeptoble product.

Type SW
The Link-Belt Ty pe SW grit washer will dewoter and wash grit to
a low putrescible content. When grit is removed in a dry siete,
water is added in the S W grit wa sher to Aoat out the putrescible
matter ond the grit is removed by the screw. When grit is removed
with water, the SW grit washer dewaters the grit and removes
the putrescible matter. When grit is removed by conveyor or
b ucket elevator, it is desirable to Aush the grit from the buckets
with spra y wa ter to ossure complete cleaning of the buckets. The
spray water not only cle ans the buckets but olso scours the grit
pa rticles ond oids in the reduction of putrescible content. This
washer is on ideol unit to separote the grit, water and putrescible
matter.

Alr lift fr om g r it wosher hopper elevotes grit into Type SW gril

woher fo r dewotering ond removing putrescible motter. Photo 28569

Longitudinal section of Type SW grit wosher for woshing

and dewotering grit. Fig. 6111

L 1 N K - B E L T 445

processing equipment
water, sewage and
Industrial waste tre atment

Straightline m1xers

ORIVE
ORIVE

STRAIGHTLINE MIXER
WITH REOWOOO PAOOLES

___..
BAFFLE
ORIVE SHAFT

----+
Longitudinol section of Aosh ond horizontal slow mixers. A complete
system for thorough chemicol mixing ond Aocculotion. f igure 61 13

In an efficient chemical flocculation system

the rapid, thorough mixing of chemicals
with raw water, sewa ge, or industrial
liquids is followed by a gentle, slow
mixing to produce ma ximum size floc.
link- Belt manufactures a complete line of
flash an d slow mixers carefully designed
for each of these two chemical mixing
operations. The size and shape can be
adapted to suit local requirements.

Flash m ixer
The Link- Belt flash mixer consists of o consto nlspeed motor direct connected to o Link-Belt
worm geor reducer. This drive, mounted o n o pedestal, is connected to o vertical propeller
shoft mounted so thot underwoter beoring s ore not required. Loa d ond thrust of the propeller
shoft ore token up by beorings in the p edestal so these forces do nol oct o n the reducer beorings. This efficient desig n o ssures long life o nd trouble-free operotion. lf underwoter beorings
o re desired, ped estal o nd b e o rings obove the water level mo y be omitted ond on underwoter
beoring on the tonk Aoor substituted.
The propeller is on iron casting designed for high mixing efficiency with low horsepower
re q uiremenls, o ssurin g economico l operotion. The propeller provid es ropid, thorough mixing by
d ischorging the liquid o goinst the to nk Aoor. The liquid then tokes o poth ocross the Aoor, up
the side wolls o nd down the center of the tonk.
Flash mixers moy be instolled in concrete, sleel or wood tanks by mounting on a steel or
concrete platform spanning the tonk wolls.
Fla h m ixer provides ropid ond thorough mix
ing of che mica Is. Photo 37679

Horizontal slow mixer

For recta ngular tonks where horizontal Aow is desired, the Link-Belt Straightline slow mixer provides the most efficient mixing et minimum cost. The omount of mixing con be reduced os the liquid
flows through the to nk by decreasing the number ond changing the pitch of the podd les. The ro te
of mixing co n o lso be varied by o P.l.V. variable speed drive, so the p eripheral speed of the
paddles will be between 0.6 ond 1.2 feel per second. A fluid drive is used ta permit the motor
lo develop the full speed to overcome the heavy starting load and it permits use of o smaller
motor. When horizontal slow mixers ore installed et sewage and industrial wasle treatment
plants, the bottoms of the tonks may be rounded to preven! the settling of solids which moy
become septic. Septicity is usually not a problem ot water trealment planls and therefore
squore bottom corners with fillets can be used al these installotions.
Horizontal slow mixers are constructed with solid steel or pipe shafts, steel angle arms and
re dwood poddles.
H ori z o ntal slo w

mixer ossures efficient chem

ical Aocculotion. Photo 24976

Vertical slow mixer

The Link- Belt vertical Stroightline slow mixer is usuolly instoll ed et small water p lants ond
industria l waste continuous flow or batch treotment plonts. Construction details of poddle sections
ore the sorne os for horizontal mixers except that the shoft is vertical ond the drive is located
on top of the tonk. A P.1.V. variable speed drive is normally used to produce the optimum speed
for most efficient mixing.

Vertical low mixer provides economical Aoc

culation for small plants. Photo 34 907

4 46 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
wate r, sewage and
Industrial waste treatment

Syntron Vibra-Flow dry feeder machines

Syntron Vibro-Flow dry feeder mochines ore designed to control t he
dry feeding of olum, soda osh, lime octivoted corbon ond other
chemicols used in water, sewoge ond industrial woste treotment
p rocesses.
They consist of the following components: o supply hopper, hopper
vibrotor ond vibrotory feeder mounted in on open box frome or in
o dust-tight cobinet. Eoch mochine is furnished with o seporote controller contoining the operoting ond control elements. The standard
open models FM-11-30 ond FM-21-30 ore furnished with 3-cubic
foot supply hop p ers or lorger hoppers if desired. The open models
con b e dust -seoled with o covered trough Aexib ly sealed to the
hopper. The top of the hopper can be Aexibly sealed to a supply
chut e or fitted with a removable cover. Earthenware, vortex-type
solution pots can also be supplied. They ore mounted in a holder
when used with the o p en models and in an ouxiliary cabinet for
the cobinet models.
The rote of feed con be monually regulated by odjusting the
rheostot in the controller. The dept h of the mat erial stream in the
t rough con b e regulated from o full t rough down to a thin loyer by
o colibroted odjusting lever which changes the size of the o p ening
between the supply hop p er o nd the vibrotory feeder trough. When
smo ll feeds of less thon 8 pounds per hour are required, an outoma tic, adjustoble intermittent feed device con be incorporoted in the
controller. This is ovailable in two sizes: one con be set to o p erate
the feeder any froct ion of every 20 second intervol, the other con
be set to operote for any length of time between 2 ond 120 seconds.
Models FM-0-1 O ond CFM-0- 30 will operate on 115 or 230 volts,
60 cycle AC. The Models FM- 11 -30, CFM- 11-30 and FM-21-30 will
operote on 115, 230 or 460 volts, 60 cycle AC.

Syntron open model Vibro-Flow dry feeder mochine. Photo 520036

Models FM are open type feed er machines, while Models CFM

ore cobinet type feeder machines.

Syntr on cabinet model Vibro-flow dry feeder mochines with ouxil

iory solution poi cobinets in o water flltrotion plont. Photo 520040.

Syntron open model Vibro-Flow dry feeder mochine feeding a

chemicol odditive to two poddle mixers. Photo 520014A.

Speclfications and capacities

Maxim um copocity, pounds per hour A

Controller

Feeder
si10

Approx.
power

Approx.

Hopper

input current

Weight,

consumption @ 115 volts,

pounds

115 volts,

Oimensions,
inches

Weight,
pounds

omps.

Oimensions,
inches

capacity,
cubic
fe et

watts

Sond
weighing

Alum

Soda
osh

2,000
8,000
20,000

600
1000
6000

800
6000

2,000
8,000

6 00
1000

100 lbs.
per

Hydroted
lime

lump
lime

Activoted

200
250

4,000

60
100

4000

10,000

500

200
250

1,0'00

4,000

60
100

corbon

cubic foot

Open model s
FM0-10
FM-11-30
FM-21 -30

60
150
350

1.5
3.75
10.0

125
210
370

22x27x36
31 x36x48 !h
31 x44 !hx48 %

20
25
30

10x4><14!h
12><6x21
l6Y1x8x23

165
350

20x23x48
31 x35!hx48!h

20
25

10x4x14Y2
12x6x21

Cabinet model s
CFM -030
CFM-11 -30

60
150

1.5
3.75

1 v.
3
3
3
3

400

400
800

1,000

A for feed rotes lower thon 8 pounds per hour, use the intermittent feed device.

LINK - BE L T 447

processing equipment
water , sewage and
Industrial waste t reatme n t

Many years before th e mech anica l remova l of sludg e a nd

scum was considered, eng ineers determined tha t the ideal
form of settling tank was rectangular and was the most
e fficient in removing susp end ed solids.
Link- Belt Straightline sludge collectors were designed around
this ideal tank form and is an a dvantage of p rime importance.
Straightline operation also means the shortest possible trove!
for the collected m a terial. lt permits a stead y slow sp ee d of

Straightline sludge collectors

the collecting flights, that is uniform over the entire floor
surface of th e tank which means maxim um efficiency with
minimum o f disturbance to the flow.
Straightline collection, with its straig ht working pulls, means
thot the mejor stresses ore !ensile stresses. Tension members can
be made rugged an d strong without being unwield y, insuring
uninterrupte d ope rotion th rough a wide range of conditions.

SLUDGE
PIPE

l on9itudinol section of o primo ry recton9ulor tonk with Stroi9htline sludge collector. Upper run of Aighls pushes scum to
scum lrough. Skimmin9 is no! provided in fino ! tonks. Multi p le effluenl weirs provide o low overflow rote. Figure 39 l 9.

Typ e H
The Link-Bel! Type H Stroightline sludg e collector is standard for oll
sizes of rectangula r to nks. lt consisls of two strond s of he ovy Promol
choin on which ore mounted 2 " X 6 " ar 3 " X 8 " redwood flights ol 1 0foot inte rvols for collecting ond removing sludge from the floor of the
tonk. In primory ond olhe r lonks where scum floots on the surfoce il
moy be removed by the return run of lhe collector. A moto r, operoling
through o Link-Bel! worm o r ln-line helicol geor reducer ond Promol
cho in drive, lurns the heod shoft so thot the flight s trovel al the slow
speed of l or 2 fee l per minute.
For lorge inslollotions multiple colleclors with o cross collec1or a l
the influent e nd of tonk moy be used.
Stralghtlin e slu dg e callector insto llotion in o primory settling lonk. Lower
run conveys settled solids to slud9e ho pper. Upper run concentrotes surfoce
scum. Photo 1 91 2 1.

Type L
The link-Belt Type L Stroightline sludge collector is specioll y designed
for smoll rectangula r settling to nks which ore l O feet or less wid e ond
up to 50 feet long. 11 operotes with the sorne e ffici e ncy os the
Type H ond the only difference b e lween them is thot the collector
choins ore lighter ond 2" X 4 " redwood flights ore used. This colleclor is o rugg ed, economico l unit for instollotio n in smoll tonks.

St rolghtline slu dge collect or in seltling tonk ot water treolmenl plont.

Colleclor removes cooguloted precipiloled solids from floor of lonk.
Photo 24977.

448 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
w a ter , sewage and
Industria l waste t reatment

Straightline sludge collectors

INFLUENT

UniAow settling tank

longitudinal section of Uniflow settling tonk.

Sloping bottom and multiple effluent weirs
assure highest efficiency. Figure 611 6.

The link-Bel! Uniflow settling tank is a rectangula r settling

tank with multiple effluent weirs and a rapidly sloping
bottom. lt can be used for removing solids from water,
sewage or industrial liquids and is equipped with Straightline
sludge collectors for removing scum from the surface of the
liquid and sludge from the floor of the tank.
As the neme Uniflow implies, the velocity of the liquid
through the tank is maintained as nearly uniform as practical
tank construction permits. This tank was developed by
Link-Bel! to provide higher settling efficiencies and, through
decreased volume requirements, lower construction costs.
The principal feature s of the tank are:
Uniformly distributed influent.
Multiple effluent weirs to provide low overflow rote and
uniform dischar g e from a large orea of tank surface.
A rapidly sloping bottom, with decreasing cross sectional
orea of the tank as the liquid is discharged over the
effluent weirs to provide a uniform velocity throughout
the entire tank length. This uniform velocity reduces
short circuiting and eddy currents.

Operator tilting scum trough to collect scum from surfoce of Uniflow tonk. Note effluent
weirs and reflections on water surfoce which indicate a clear effluent. Photo 34625.

Pre-aeration and settling tank

Pre-aeration of sewage is practiced for odor control, grease separation, remova l
of suspended solids and reduction of oxygen demand.
When pre-aera tion tanks are constructed as separate units, grit and heavy
organics settle to the bottom of the tank and provision must be made to remove
them. The scum formed on the surface of the ae ration tank mus! be removed by hand
if a mechanical method is not provided. The Link-Bel! p re-aeration system is
designed to eliminate these costly and undesirable f ea tures.
The Link-Belt pre-aeration settling system consists of a single tank for both
pre-aeration and settling. The sludge hopper is located al the effluent end of the
tank with a quiescent zone between the pre-aeration and settling zones. In this
quiescent zone the entrained a ir is r eleased and ~he turbulent action subsides so
that the flow into the settling compartment is evenly distribu ted and enters the tank
with a mnimum velocity.
Experience indicates that the volume of air required can be kept to the mnimum
necessary to provide circulation in the pre-aeration compartment. A recommended
design, which p rovides flexibility, would consist of two blowers having a total
ma ximum output equal to 3 cu. ft. p er lineal foot of the pre-aeration compartment.
The blowers should be operated by V-belt drives from the motors with additional
sheaves to permit adjustment of the blower output to the volume actually required
Surface of aeration comportment of link-Belt pre-oerotion and for speciflc conditions.
The detention period in the aeration compartment may be varied to suit specifk
settling tank. Photo 35496.
requirements. Results al existing municipal sewage treatment installations indicate
OUIESCENT
that with a pre-aeration per,.,zoNE,...~--------- S ETI UNG - ZONE
iod of thirty minutes, a quie-

TR55g~

~cne;tap::;~~go;:~~;~~u::~

~,~N~F~LU~E=N~T~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~EFFLUENT hour~ ~e

pre-aeration

se~

"\i.E.:;;:::~ie::.::.__J M"_,...~--~"' tling tank effluent will not

--+

contain more !han 45 PPM

of suspended solids. This is
irrespective of the solids in
the raw sewage entering
the tank.
longitudinal section of l ink-Bel! pre-oeration ond settling ta nk. Tank is
equipped with sludge collector to convey settled solids to sludge hopper
al effluent end. Tank con also be designed wi th sludge hopper al influent
end. Fig. 6115.

L 1 N K - B E L T 449

processing equipment
w ate r , sewage and
i ndustrial waste tre atment

Circuline sludge collectors

Circuline revolving sludge collectors hove been monufoctured
by Link- Belt since 1937. There ore four different t ypes, eoch
to serve o distinct purpose. Circuline collectors con be instolled
in eith er squo re or round tonks. Tonks ore usuolly mode of
concrete, but steel tonks con be furnished if d esired. All
Circuline sludge collectors ore furnished with o rugged, de-

p endoble drive consisting of o motor, overlood cut-out device,

totolly enclosed worm geor reducer, ond o speciol olloy steel
turntoble with nickel steel bolls. An integral externo) or interno)
geor rotales the Ty pes R, S ond T while troction wheels on
tank wall rotote the Ty pe C.

longitudinal section o f Circuline sludge collector, Type RB. Pitched b lodes on revolving lruss p low sludge inlo center sludge hopper. Figure 611 2.

Type R
Link-Bel! Ty pe R Ci rculine sludge colleclors ore usuolly instolled in
circular tonks, ond ore used in water, sewoge or industrial woste treotment plonts to remove the settl e d slud g e from the fl oor of the tonk.
Where scum colle cting is desired, o surfoce blod e is instolled on the
revolving truss to skim off the scum ond deposit it in o scum box on the
periphery of the tonk. In the Type RB collector the influent enters the
tonk through o pipe under the floor, then flows up through the vertical
hollo w center column ond is dischorged into the tonk. In the Ty pe RS
collector the influent posses through o hori zontal pipe jusi beneoth the
wa ter surfoce ond enters the tonk through o distributio n baffle. The
Type RC collector is insto lled in o sq uore tonk with the fl ow ocross
the tonk. The colleclor mechonism is the sorne in oll types.
A Type RB sludge collector wilh scum skimmer instolled in o
sewoge primo ry settling lonk. The influenl baffle insures o
uniform d islribution of the incoming sewoge. Photo 3791.4.

Type S
Link-Bel! Type S Circuline slud1e collectors ore instolled in squore
to nks, ar rectangular tonks where the sludge is collected only from
the influent e nd of the tonk. Squore o r rectangular tonks provide
construction economy when tonks ore nested. The Type S colleclor is
o modifkotion of the Type R ond has pivoted orms al the e nd of the
revolving trusses to remove the sludge from the corners of !he to nk.
When the flow enters the center of the tonk through o hollow vertical

pipe the colleclor is o Type SB. When the flow e nlers the distri bution
well al the center of th e tonk through o horizontal influent pip e, the
collector is o Typ e SS. When o collector is instolled in o tonk with
cross flow ond o flocculotion tonk with slow mixers is conslructed integral with the settling tonk, it is o Type SC. This is o very economicol
orrongement ond results in mnimum b reoking up of the fice os it
enlers the settling tonk.

Type SC Circuline sludge collectors instolled o to water treatment plont. Tonks

ore 1 50 fee l wide ond 300 feet long, with lhe collectors inslolled al lhe
influent end to remove the bulk al lhe sellled sludge. Photo 37678.

Type SS Circuline slud ge collector installed in o square lank. The influenl

lrough is supported by the walkway from the periphery to lhe center of the
tank. Pholo 36960.

450 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
water, sewage and
Industrial waste treatment

Circuline sludge collectors

Type T ( Thick eners)
Link-Belt Type T Circuline sludge collectors ore colled Thickener s ond ore similor
to the Type R, except they ore built to withstond torques enco.intered in removing heovy settled solids. The torque rotings necessory ore usually much higher
than those required for sewage or water treatment plant sludge, th~s requiring a heavier ond more rugged design. Type T Circuline sludge collectors
are made in three styles: Type TF with fixed truss arms, Type TM with truss
arms that can be raised manuolly, ond Type TA with truss arms which roise
automoticolly when overloods occur, until the overlood has been removed.
lf the overlood increoses to the design torque of the collector, the motor

Type TA Circuline sludge collector (thickener) instolled in o

steel tonk to remove settled solids. Truss orms outomoticolly
roise and lower to relieve overloods. Photo 37945.

overlood device will stop the revolving orms. When the overlood decreoses,
the truss orms automoticolly lower to the floor of the tank. Thickeners ore
instolled in steel or concrete circular tonks. They are used in processes where
it is desirable to thicken or concentrote pulps or in woste treo tment for the
removol of heavy inert solids. The pitched blodes on the revolving truss
reduce the moisture contenl of the setlled solids os they ore conveyed to
the center of the tonk.

Type TA Circuline sludge collector (thickener) insto lled ot o cool preporotion pion!. By removing
the solids, the clorifted water con be recirculoted,
thus conserving water ond reducing streom pollution. The removed solids ore ftltered, heot dried,
ond recloimed. Photo 38468.

Type C
Link-Bel! Type C Circuline sludge collectors hove both the economicol feoture of
circular tank construction o nd !he positive sludge and scum collection of o

50
50 feet in diameler.

Straightline sludge collector. There ore two designs, Ty pe CH for tonks

feet or more in diometer ond Type C L for t onks less thon

Type C Circuline collectors consist of o Stroightline collector mounted on

o rototing bridge. Radial plows collect !he sludge on the floor of the tonk
and the scum on the water surface. Th e Stroightline collector, with its positive
action, conveys the sludge to the sludge hopper ot the center of the tonk
o nd the scum to the scum box at the tonk periphery. Rubber tired troction
w heels trovel on the tonk woll ond support ond turn the rotating wolkway
ond collector truss. Type C collectors ore always instolled in a circular tank
wilh the influenl entering the distributian well al the center of the tank through

A Type CL Circuline sludge collector instolled in o 40-foot

diometer primory settling tonk. A single strond Straightline
sludge collector ond omission of wolkwoy mokes construction
economicol for smoll tonks. Phota 2684 1.

a pipe under the tank floar, and a vertical center pipe.

Construction economy, slow peripheral speed, uniform influent distribution,
and positive sludge a nd scum collection are a few of the features of Type C
sludge collectors.

A Type CH Circuline sludge collector of speciol design for installotion in en industrial waste treatment

pion! where the tonk hos a 10-foot freeboord.

Photo 371 4 1.

L 1 N K - B E L T 45 1.

processing equipment
water, sewage and
Industrial waste treatment

Additional Link-Belt equipment

Link-Belt, as the la rgest manufacturer of materials handling and

processing equipment, has the facilities to build any equipment re q uired to handle the solids from water, sewage ar industrial waste
tre atme nt p lants. In addition to the sanitary e ngineering equipment
illustrated on the preceding pages, l ink-B e lt's complete line of power
transmission and conveying equipment can be adapted to !he requirements of water, sewa ge ar ind ustrial waste plonts. Bel! conveyors,
flight conveyors ond screw conveyors handle d ried slud ge and sludge
fil ler cake. Bulk-Flos, belt conveyors, screw conveyors, bucke t elevators, troy elevators, car spotters ond power hoes handle chemicals
used in the trealment of water, sewoge and ind ustria l wostes. The
Roto-l ouvre dryer is used to dry sewage sludge filler cake ond
process it far fertilizer.
The photos o n this poge illustrote a few special Link-Belt designs
which a re now in common use. lf you hove a special proble m in the
handling of wa ste solids call your nearest Link-Belt District Sales
Office. O ur sanita ry e ng ineers will b e glad to work with your e nginee rs, consultants, ar chemists to cid in the selection of equipment far
your requirements.

A Link-Bel! motor d riven skimmer instolled in o cotch bosin al o meat

pocking pion!. A Stroightline sludge colleclor collecls sludge from the
floor af the tank and concentrates the surface greose al the effluent
e nd of the tank. The skimmer deposits the concenlrated surface greose
in a scum trough. Photo 37 522.

A Link-Bel! Roto-line skimmer pipe used to remove surface scum from

o sewoge p ion! primory tonk. By lurning the Roto-line skimmer pipe
lhe scum concentroted by !he Stroightline collector flows through slot inlo
!he pipe ond then to the scum box or pump. Photo 3751 O.

A special design of Link-Belt Straightline sludge collector installed in

an API oil separotor for removing settled solids and flooting oil a l en
oil reflnery. Photo 37183.

link-Be lt Meider sludge collector consisting of o troveling bridge supporting sludge ond scum plows. This collector removes sludge from
the floor ond scum from the surface of o settling tonk ot o sewoge
plonl. Bridge con be lronsferred to severo! tonks. Pho to 20256.

A moto r drive n tronsversing bridge supporling a bel! conveyor. Bridge

travels aver sludge d rying beds, sludge is shoveled anlo belt conveyor which d eposits it into a truck al the side of the bed. Economical
and fast sludge removol is occomplished. Photo 37908.

452 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
coal preparatlon

coal
To meet t he demonds for more exocting cool speciflcotions ond

of one source and one responsibility for this service are offered

competition from other fuels, the cool industry is constontly

in a single contract. This complete single-controct service assures customer satisfaction, starting with a study of the coal

seeking new woys to improve cool preporotion methods while

reducing operoting costs.

sample analyses and product requirements, and continuing

To help meet these needs, Link-Belt offers cool producers a

through design, manufacture, erection and initial operation,

vast background of experience, acquired in all phases of

coal handling and processing. Link-Belt as:;umes the entire

until plant operating personnel is trained.

responsibility for furnishing materials handling and preparation

machine or a complete cool preparation plant -Link-Belt is

equipment, plont design, erection and start-up. The advantages

eriger to serve you.

For all coal preparation requirements-whether a single

A com plete line of integrated coal preparation e qu ipme nt

is built by Link-Be l!. Equipme nt for unloading, handl ing, cleaning, cla ss ifying, conve ying, crushing, blending , thermal drying,
water clarifying and loading is s hown in thi s catalog. Th is
e quipment will fil economically and compactly into an e ntire ly
new plan! design, or adapt readily to e x isting in stallation s.

Metallurgical caal pre paratlon p lant contains !he mast madern

equipmenl far preparatian of 7 50 tons per hour of run-of-mine
bituminous coa!. lmpurilies are removed by air-pulsated wash
boxes, and coa! is automalically mixed far direcl delivery lo railroad cars. Pho to 33032

Heavy-me d ia coa! prepar ation p lant furnished

complete, incorporales lhe most modern coal handling
and processing equipment and produces a consistenlly
high grade product. Pholo 38464

He avy-med ia coa! p re paratlon p lant where autput has steadily

increased through economicol, non-stop operotion. Pro duction has
been conlinuous since it was built, without loss of output far
mointenance. Photo 33456

Me tallurglcal coal preparatlon p lant built ond

equipped complete, processes 350 tons per hour.
Operotion of the entire pion! is controlled by one man
from o central control panel. Photo 38432

L 1 N K - B E L T 453

processing equiprnent
coa l p reparatlon

Heavy-media coal cleaning

The heavy-media separation process is an efficient method of treating anthracite and bituminous coals, particularly those which are not amenable to other cleaning processes. lt is particularly applicab le to separation a t a
high or low sp ecifk gravity or when a la r ge percentage of the raw coa! is near the separating gravity. Heavymedia separation is also advantageo us when the amount of impurities in the feed Auctuates widel y, or when
adjustment o f th e separating gravity is d e sired to meet changing characteristics of the coa! or changing ma rket
requirement s.
Th is method utilizes a mixture of water and finely ground magnetite whose specific gravit y can b e accurately
co ntro lled. Coa ! is f ed into a vessel containing this mixture, and the lower specific gravity p o rtian Aoats and d ischarges o ver the outlet weir. Refuse, being of higher specific gravity, sinks to the bottom a nd is removed . The
med ia is reclaimed and re-used.
Flow Sheet of o Compl ete Coo l Prepor ati on Plan t
Using the Heovy-M ed ia Coal Clea nin g System

.\

MINE

- - --

~
1

Rl.'.\

B\

""

Al

1
1

SECONDAR Y

ttf l\\ Y ~'t.OIA

CO\ l ~TRA TOR

JxO

,-

_ _

BPA~

,.----

~"\ V

<""'
'

<.( \'.(11

{\\\\l.

~
RW.

_.,.,..;r

fLIGH1

"')

' f()RS
: . ::::-- ~~,;~'ooR
\JARA fl~u SCREl ~s
--

\\\ \1

RUSHER

C"-\.EYOR

~L

1,

~ x O REfUSE

i
i

SCRE~.

El---
T
l

TO PLANT
[rLUENT

- -- ""iiJH;;-L-"' -

- - - -

Fg. 6079

f l11,,l<T

BYPA.55,.

ti;:,( fl

IGufZ- ---.
O\vr 'rUJ? --- - - -

ASH 10\Vr'fr

~.~~~~~!:.:.:'--....!:::====~==:i:::.,'"'

LV~VfYOR

l'!AT DRIED

1 ., '

4., 1

1 ...

1 )(

~H

'f"iti"''

..

.o.

'fo

1,,.. J

' ..\

\~ IDOLl'\lJS

... .. ..
H

lAACl\S

Drum-type float-sink concentrator

The Link-Belt drum-ty p e Aoat-sink concentrotor consisl s of a tonk contoining a
revolving perforated drvm immersed in a se parating medivm. The medivm enters
in two locations ; al the bottom of the p erforated drvm (vp-cvrrent), and throvgh
the inlet Avme. The vp -cvrrent medivm is introdvced to maintain o vniform svsp ension of lhe mognetite, b vt is not strong enovgh lo red uce the efficiency of
seporotion. The inlet Avme medivm is vsed to convey f eed material into the both.
Float pa rticl es connot b e entropped in the revolving d rvm by sink material since
the feed is delivered l o the bo th by Avme.
The Aoal prodvct is discho rg ed over the weir of the concentrotor. The sink
materia l drops to the bo ttom of the perforated drvm wher e it is lifted by perforo ted vo nes ottoched to the inside of the revolving drvm l o o d ischarg e laund er
a l the top of the concentrotor.
30825

454 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
coal preparation

Heavy-media coal cleaning

Double strand of
rugged abrasive
resisting chain

material
d ischarge

Sturdy perforated
flights

Up-current
con e

Tank-type
float-sink concentrator
The low initial cost, simplicity of maintenance and compact design of
the tank-type float- sink concentrator make it the ideal unit for many
coal cleaning operations.
This concentrator uses the basic principie of float-sink separation in a
magnetite and water mixture. The pre-wetted feed, from whlch the
fines hove been removed, enters the vessel together with medium of the
desired speciflc gravity. The coal floats across the bath and discharges
with its carrying medium aver a weir onto screens for draining the free
medium back into the system and rinsing magnetite particles off the coal.
The heavy material sinks to the bottom and is re moved by a double
stra nd flight conveyar. Draining or rinsing of sink material is accomplished by the sorne procedure used for the floot material.
Free medium drained off the clean coal ond refuse is collected in the
media sump. The greoter port of the medium is pumped back to the
feed inlet sluice with the balance going to o funnel-like a rrongement ot
the vessel bottom. This peri of the medium returning to the vessel
creates on up-current which prevents the magnetite from settling.
The rinse water, contoining mogne tite and non-mogne tic particles,
which hove possed through the fine screen openings, is collected in a
sump fer mognetic recovery of mognetite, which is then returned to the
medium circuit.
lf a middlings product is desired in addition to clean cool and refuse
two-stage separotion can the n be o rronged, using two tank-type
concentrotors, operoting ot different specifl c grovities.
The tonk-type vessel con be equipped with o motor-driven lifting
device fer handling large sizes without increasing the normal Aow of
medium over the weir.

Low original cost.

e
e

Simplicity of maintenance.
Readily adaptable where mnimum
space is a vailable.

e No refuse push medium is required.

Makes sump pumps and th eir maintenance less costly.

e Minimum amount of circulating medium .

Two tank-type float- sink concentrators for th ree sloge seporation

in a mod ern cool prepo ralion plonl. Photo 38839

L 1 N K - B E L T 455

processi ng eq ui pment
coal pre p a ratio n

Heavy- media coal cleaning

~-F~-'>i<----4'"--~

r-o
~- --

-----.

<lo

kJl:IGH"i_J
~
WIDTH

1
1
1

OUTLET
SLUICE

~RAIN

INLET
SLUICE

Fig. 6208

OUTLET

s-J.:-2~6"

20!!

Tank-type float-sink conc e ntrator

4 2"' Aight width

JO Aight w idrh
A

Model

F
1

FEET ANO INCHES

60
72
84
96

5-0
6-0
7-0
8-0

2-6
3-0
3-6
4 -0

18-8
19-8
20-8
21 -8

Hove dimensions cerrilied for instollorion purposes.

456 L 1 N K - B E L T

3-3'.4
3-3'.4

...

.. ... ..

3-6
3-6

. ..

3-0
3-0

1-9'A
1-9 3A

..
..

..
4-3'.4
4-3'.4
4-3 '.4

..
3-6
3 -6
3-6

3-6
3-6
3-6

. ... . .
2-3'.4
2-3'.4
2-3'A

processing equipment
coal preparation

Wash box coal cleaning

The wash box coal cleaning system is used in installations where the handling of large
volumes of sized or unsized feed is required. This system is particularly adoptable where
woshng requirements permit more economicol seporotion equipment and where fully
outomatic controls ore desiroble to accommodote wide voriotions of feed.
This is o general purpose mochine with o wide ronge of opplicotions and will efficiently
handle lorge volumes of cool and refuse.

FROM MINE HOIST

Flow Sheet of a Complete Coal Preparation Plant Using the Air-Pulsated

Wash Box Coal Cleaning System.

MAGNET

RAW COAL
BINS

\.

'o

5'

SYNTRON
VIBRATING
fEEDERS

r----~ --.,- -----m"/t~~y'

1

TR:iCK

'

LOADING,-----+-------_2-~~FUSE_~ ;~~E~---!

--,-~O~--~''

'-..

! BY PASS

'-' ------- ~ -MIDDLl-NGS':

.J
,
CRUSHER .()'.-O

Fig. 6078

DEWATERING
SCREENS
5 <

........_ ______. ~----- --+--

! CLEAN COAL

-~
~
-~

ORIWCOAL
OIN
y

TO WASTE

'

-rFABLE

f LJ~~~~SING

TABLE
DRESSING
SUMP

~ro

CIRCULA TING
PUMP

WET DUST
_ ; ; ; : - - - - ->[!JCOLLECTORS

...._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ .!

ME TALLURGICAL COAL

.....

TRUCK
LOAOING

SO

s~o

s~o

s ~ o

5 ' 2.

STEAM COAL
2 ~ I~
2 \ O

; O

51~

2~!

5 '!

1~1~

1! . o

A ir-pul sated wash box

The oir-pulsated wosh box consists of o vessel divided into
comporlmenls into which water flows continuously. As the
cool to be cleoned is fed inlo this vessel, the water is
forced through submerged screens by pulsating air p ressure, cousing o slrotification of the cool and refuse. The
coal moves progressively from compa rtment lo compartment ond is finolly Aumed off as clean coa l. The refuse is
drawn off the submerged screens ond is dischorged into a
refuse e levator far dewatering and disposal.

Parallel bed a lr-pulsated wash box in lorge

meta llurgico l cool preparotion pion!. Photo 3844 1

L 1 N K - B E L T 457

processing equipment
coal prepara t lon

Wash box coal cleaning

Model E single bed
a ir - pulsated wash box
The link-Belt Model E wosh box is smaller in
size ond copocity thon the dual bed wash box,
b ut it is well suited to perfarm difficult cleoning
jobs, including opplicotions where exlremely
heavy sink materials ond lroublesome silt cond itions o re encountered. The primary refuse
drow, located jusi below the raw coal feed
inlet, removes extremely heovy sink material
immediotely ond e liminates the necessity of
tronsporling sulphur bolls or heovy rock across
severol cells befare disposol. Where the raw
feed contains large percentoges of medium
size refuse, on o plionol refuse drow con be
furnished al !he outlet end of the primory
washing section.
Huich screws are somelimes used lo preven!
the b uildup of silt in cells thot are not adjocent to lhe refuse elevalors. They permit an
increase in the number of cells ovoiloble far
proper strotificotion.
The Mod e l E air-pulsated wash box is ovoiloble in two widths, either of which can be
furnished with 4, 5, or 6 cells. This rugged wosh
box has proved its reliability through yeors of
continuous, sotisfactory service on seores of
installotions.

M odel E si ngle bed o ir-pu lso ted w o s h box

Dual bed
air-pulsated wash box
The link-Belt dual bcd air- pulsate d wash box
incorporales many new design fealures. These
include individuolly controlled dual woshing
beds, dual oir chombers, refuse and middlings
elevotors, individuolly controlled refuse draws,
ond individuolly cantrolled electro-pneumatic
drive motors. The sequence, odvonce and relroct of the individual sliding valves con be
chang e d conveniently in o motler of seconds.
This odvoncement incorporales flexibility heretofare unknown in cool woshing. The odvonloges of lhis wosh box are its higher copacity
roting becouse of increosed washing bed
width and closer control, also sharper seporation over the entire woshing oreo os o result
of the lwo individual beds.

Ae ropolse refuse contr o l

Dual bed air-p11lsoted wash box

458 L 1 N K - B E L T

The most oulstonding feoture of both lhe

single ond dual bed oir-pulsoted wosh boxes
is the oddition of lhe Aeropoise refuse control. This control mokes possible extreme occuracy ond complete automation of the refuse
dischorge control. Thoroughly proven, this design provides sensing choracterislics far in advance of o lher controls.
This outomotic device re guloles the rote of
discharge of high grovity materia l in response
lo minute pressure chonges in !he wosh box
or chombers. This control e liminales all necessity far floats or other mechonisms operoling
in the flow of material through the wosh box.
The Aeropoise refuse control inslonlly compensotes for mojar ond minar voriotions in
the nolure of the feed to the wosh box, without
monuol ossistonce .

processing equipment
coal preparaflon

Wash box coal cleaning

C/l WASHER

-1

3!.6"
--OUTLET
SLUICE

WATER
HEADER

[-1
1

1
1

1
1

-ri (J
1,1 1r1

REFUSE 1

8~1i1

AIR
MOTC'RS

111

111

1 1 11
1
111 111

6!.6~~Fi__9!.10:!"
C;/L
COLUMNS

i+---c---'>-++---C

)l<F

C;L
COLUMNS

E-C/l ELEVATOR

z!.11~ '

l1i
JtJ

I 1016
""
9-

E-C/l

L 'J
F

ELEVATOR~

Dua l be d a ir -pulsafed wash box

Num

~~=h
c~:I:
:~i~~

6
sq. feet
1

160

5214

5
5
5

230

5212

195

838

210

8310

260

8312

310

8314

380

1
1
1

1
1

~---o---------~

f l e 6211

5210

8ucket leng th, inches

27

-.....,D-..,...--

Elevotor centers, lee!

G-l,__~-5----G-..,.l-H2-6"""1-----G-..,.l-~ 7---_ ___:._..;.__

39

-, - F-l--o-,..--- -l- F
- l -....

---'----'---'-----'---.;._--'--'---'--~F~
EE
~
T~A
~N
~D,-:;,IN~
C~
H~
ES,-----'---'--'-..;;.....-'-----'--.;_-'-____:;__.:_

10-0 17- 5 1 8-3 Y, 24-91% 12 -7',1. 2. 0 y, 26-9 1% 13-7; .. 3 - 8 Y, 29-2 y, 8-7''A6 13-9"!16 30- 1% 9-6'!. 14- 2"116 31- y, 10- 5"!16 17- 7:Y.
12-0 20- 10 \/2 1024-91',1. 12 -7 'A6 2-8\/2 26-9~. 1 3 -7'A6 3 - 8 Y, 29-2~ 8-7 1',1. 15-6'\, 30- 1% 9-6'!. 15-1 1% 31- y, 10-5 1 '11. 16- 4Y,
14-0 24- 4Y, 11-9 \/. 24 9 1',1. 12-7',1. 2 - 8 Y, 26-9 1% 13-7 ',1. 3. 9y, 29-2Y, 8-7''A6 17-3 1'11. 30-1 % 9-6'1. 17- 8'116 31 - y, 10-5''11. 18 - 1 1-S

v.

8-0 13-11

6 - 6Y, 37-5

10-0 17- 5
8 - 3Y, 37- 5
12-0 20- lOY, 10- y, 37- 5
14-0 24 - 4 .s/11.914 37-5

12-7'!16 2.9y, 40- 5

12-7'!16 2 - 8Y, 40-5
12-7'!16 2-8 Y, 40-5
12-7'!16 2-8Y, 40-5

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

Six-cell boxes with three elevotors con olso be furnished.

13-7'A6 3-8Y, 29-2 Y, 8-71',1. 12- "ti. 30-1 % 9-6 3/.o

13-7',1. 3 - 8Y, 29-2 Y, 8-7 1'A6 139"!16 30- 1% 9-6'/.o
13 7'116 3 - 8Y, 29- 2 Y, 8-7''!16 15-6 1'tl. 30- 1% 9-6 '/.o
13-7'!16 3-81-S 29- 2 Y, 8 - 7 ',1. 17-3''tl. 30- 1% 9-6 '/.o
6

1 2-5 1'A6

31 - y, 10-5 1'11. 12- IO:Y.

14- 2 1'!1. 31- "" 10-5 1'11. 14- 7 :Y.

15- 11 % 31 - y, 10- 5 1'tl. 16- 41-S
17- 8% 31- 1-S 10- 5 1'tl. 18- 11-S

Two- buckel elevotors for five-cell boxes.

Three-bucket elevotors for six-cell boxes.
Three-bucket elevalors for eight-cell boxes.

L 1 N K - B E L T 459

processing equipment
coal pre paratlon

Trough separators

- '-WATER
INLET

f ig. 3851

Th e Link - Belt trough sepa rator is used in com bination

with the air-pulsated wash box for handling large tonnages req uirin g more th an one wash box. Without sacrificing cleaning efficiency, it effects substantial savings
in initial cost. For the larg e tonnages handled, it occupies
less space, uses less power, and requires less ma intenance
than multiple machinery of other types. lt requ ires no
more labor than a single machine.
Using this combination, raw coal is first fed into the
trough separator. As the material moves down the trough
or launder in a stream of water, it is stratified according

to its specific gravity, the l ighter gravity fraction, or

clean coat, remaining on top and the heavier grovity
froction, or refu se, sinking to the bottom. Suitable barrages in th e launder assist in their segregation, and
clean coo l is carried off with the water.
Openings in t he trough bottom permit the d i scharge o f
the primary ond secondary rejects to dewatering elevators. The secondary rejects are usually delivered to a
Link -Belt air-pulsated wash box for further treatment. The
primary purpose of the trough separator is to produce a
preconditioned feed for an air- pulsated wash box .

Stratlfylng and washlng large tonnages of coal, this co mbinotion

lrough seporolor ond oir-pulsote d wosh bo x increose s yield wilh mnimum
labor and mainlenonce . Photo 2177 9

460 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
coal preparatlon

Shaker screens
Shaker screens are an efficient, economical means for sizing and dewatering coal. They
consist of a trough with p erforated plate decks supported on flexible hangers.
Link- Belt shaker screens are ruggedly constructed for dependable operation and are
available in a wide range of si zes and designs to meet practicall y any requirements.
The proper combination of screen crea, inclination, stroke and speed are matters to be
referred to engineering specialists. Consult Link-Belt for recommendations on all your
screening requirements.

Si:r:ing run-of-mine coal a l lorge strip mine, these shoker screens ore
ruggedly built to provide efficient separotion ond long, trouble-free
service. Photo 1921 2

Combinlng two ope ratlons, this shoker screen olso serves os o picking
table, utilizing o single drive, resulting in marked sovings in equipmenl ond
spoce. Photo 28889

Dewaterlng coal and sblng lt lnto th e d esired grades, these high

speed honger-type shoker screens ore dependoble ond sturdily built.
Photo 25063

L 1 N K - B E L T 461

processing equiprnent
coal crushers

coal crushers
Link- Belt coal crushers are well known throughout industry, wherever coal is processed. They are used for reducing and sizing lump or run-of-mine coal for stoke rs,
pulverizers, gas producing plants, etc. These crush ers
are made in three different types and in various sizes
to mee t the particular requirements of practicall y any
coal crushing problem, but can also be used for crushing
simila r materials such as lignite, coke, glass cullet and
many chemical products.
Link-Belt coal crushers ore rugged, simple and comp act in design. The single-roll and two- roll machines are
a rranged for easy adjustment for product sizes within
their range. Smooth and efficient operation assures long
life with mnimum maintenance.
Each coal crushing prob lem requires careful consideration of the coa l chora cteristics, capacity to be handled
and product size desired, to assure the selection of a
crush er ample and suitable for the intended purpose.
Link-Belt, with many yeors of experience and specialization in this fleld , is w ell qualifled to build crushers to
meet individual requirements.
Two-roll gear driven coal crush e r under car dumper
crushes 250 tons o f coal p er haur. Photo 32768

Tworoll cha in d rlve n coal cru sher comb ines e ose of odjustment for
uniformly sized coal with high cap acity a nd limited d egradation of mate rial. Photo 226 57

462 L 1 N K - B E L T

Single- roll coat cru sh e r in industrial power pion! reduces

lump cool with minimum mointenance. Photo 15224

processing equipment
coal crushers

Types
Single-roll coal crusher
The single-rol! coal crusher is built with a single crushing
roll arranged to operate in conjunction with a stationary
breaker plate to obtain its crushing action. Slugger
teeth , spaced across and around the periphery of the
crusher roll, assist in breaking up the larger lumps and
in feeding coal down to the crushing orea .
The Link-Belt single-roll coal crusher is used extensively for crushing run-of- mine coal to a mnimum of
approximate ly 1 lj4 i nch ring size. Maximum size of
product produced, within the range of the various
crusher sizes, is determ ined by the roll diameter, size
of teeth and breaker plate combination and by the
setting of the adjustable breaker plate.
Where the amount of fines in the final product is not
a factor, this crusher will do an excel lent job .
Photo 12606

Single-roll coal crusher

Two-roll gear driven coal crusher

Photo 14957A

Two-roll gear d rive n coal crusher

T he Lin k-Belt two-roll gear driven coal crusher performs its crushing action by break ing t he coal between
opposing crushing rol l s fitted with teeth held i n
synchronism by the driving spur gears. Depending
upon the app l ication , sl ugger teeth are utilized to
as>ist in break i ng up the larger l umps preliminary to
further crushing by the normal teeth and to assist in
drawing the larger lumps into the crushing orea.
Two-roll gear driven coal crushers are widely used
for crushing run-of-mine as wel l as sized coal to final
products ranging from a maximum of 8 in ches lo l -inch
and under ring size. Product size is de termined by the
roll and tooth combina tions selected.
These crushers, available in a wide range of sizes
and with numerous roll tooth co mbinations, are
capable of handli ng large capacities. Because of the
actio n obtained between the teeth of the opposing
crusher rolls, coal is broken rather than crushed, providing a more accurately sized uniform product w i th
a minimum of fin es .

Type C two-roll chain driven coal crusher

Photo 31307

Type C tw o-ro ll chain driven coal crusher

Th e Li nk-Belt Type C two-roll chain driven coal crusher

is simi lar to the gear driven machine in that two opposing crus her rolls are used to obtain the breaking
actio n . An adjustable chain drive connecting bo th
roll shaf ts provides this machine wi th the combined
features and advantages of both the sing le- rol l and
two-roll gear driven machines.
Combining the inherent design qualities of both
the single and two -roll gear driven machines, this
crusher affords a single unit readily adaptable to
almost any crushing application with definite assurance that economica l and efficient crushing will be
obtained. Product size, determined by the roll and
tooth comb ination and roll spacing, can be easi ly
and quickly modifi ed within the roll adjustability
range, thus providing a machine suitable for appli cations where a conti nually varying product size is
required.
.
Capable of producing large capacities of a very
uniformly sized product with a minimum of degradation,
these machines are ideally suited for crushing and
sizing operations such as encountered in coal preparation plants.

L 1 N K - B E L T 463

processing equipment
coal crushers

Features
Link-Belt coal crus hers are the embod iment of years of
experience in the manufacture and a pp lication of coal
crushers to a wide variety of co nditions. Among t heir
important desirable feotures a re :
Simple and compoct design.
Sturdy frames.
Eose of adjustmen t for ony size o f prod uct
within their range.
Smooth ond quiet operation.
Low maintenance cost.
Flywheel pulleys ore regular equipment and a re designed for flywheel effect sufficient to carry th rough
peak loads.

Single-rol! coal crusher

This crusher is built with side fromes of rigid box construction, joined by spocers of heovy channel section,
finished at the joints.
Mounted on the two heavy side frames are the roll
shoft, the countershoft, the crushing ro ll, the cut steel
geors ond the spring-re lief breaker pl o te; the lotter
suspended on o pivot shoft.
The shaft bearings a re cost integral with the side
frames, and are fitted with ren ewable b ro nze b ushings.
The crusher roll is ma de up of ma nga nese steel segments
bolted to heavy spiders, which ore keyed to t he Jorge
diameter steel roll shoft. The segments ca n be reodily
removed when replacement is necessary. Removol of
the side housings permits eosy access to bol ts wh ich
fasten roll segmen ts to spiders.
The heavily ribbed casi breaker plote is provided
with a renewable mangonese steel shoe to resist wear
where most of the crushing takes place. As a protection
to the crusher, the adjustob le breaker plate rods are
provided with relief springs. The pull and shock on
the se springs are token directly on the end of the heavy
side frames.

Photo 25603 . . Ho nd opero ted worm g eor mecho nism for od juslme nt
of rolls for varying product s ize of two-ro ll ch o in driven coa l cru she r.

Two-roll g e ar driven coal crusher

The Link-Belt two-roll gear driven cool crusher is sturdily
built. The frame is a rigid weldment made up of plates
and structural shapes combining lightness and strength.
Roll shafts are carried in heavy rigid bearings, these
beorings being either babbitted or fitted with renewable
bronze bushings. Babbitted bearings are furnished unless
otherwise specified.
Long tooth , wide face spur gears form the driving connection between the two rolls. These gears are made w ith
special teet h to compensate for the adjustments of the
movable roll.
The rol Is ore made in various types, such as solid
ca si ste el, solid Flint-Rim, or segmenta) rolls mode of
mangane se ste el mounted on heavy gray iron spiders.

Type C two-roll chain driven coal crusher

The Lin k- Belt Type C two-roll choin driven coal crusher
frome is a rigid welded unit made up of plates ond structurol shapes combining lightness with strength. Roll shafts
o re carrie d in he avy rigid bearings, with one shaft odjustoble to vory the size of productor to compe nsote for wear.
Be hi nd th e adju stabl e shaft bearings, relief springs ore
mounted on sleeves, p roviding the necessary re sistance
464 L 1 N K - B E L T

Pho to 2447 1 A .. Motor d riven ro ll od jus ting mecha nism p ro vi d es ro p id

o djuslments o n two -ro ll cho in d riven co al crushe r.

for normal crushing ond olso permitting odjustable roll to

move back to ovoid e xcessive shock, should ony foreign
material find its woy into the crusher.
Crusher rolls are set during man ufa cture to g ive the
desired product. lf it is desired later to obtain o different
sized product, the roll centers can be chonged to suit.
This odjustment may be done by hand , o ratchet ope rated
worm gear mechanism, or b y o motor d riven cha in mecho ni sm.
Rolls ore of the segmen to ! type, hoving heovy gray
iron spiders to which are bo lt e d manganese stee l seg ments.

processing equipment
coal crushers

Selection
How to select a coal crusher

Screen opening

In determining the size of a crusher and motor, consider the

kind of coal to be crushed and the resulting wear on the
crusher teeth . Select a crusher of generous size since the wear
on the teeth will reduce the capacity and increase the power
requirements. Also consider the following:
Coal classification
Screen opening
Capacity
Motor horsepower

Coal size is ordinarily expressed in terms of ring size or round

screen opening. The equivalen! screen opening for round ond
square openings ore listed in Table l .

Table 1

Equivolent screen openings

Equivolent screen opening, inches

Coal cla ssification

Bituminous coals are usually classed a s hard, medium ha rd and
soft. C lassifications of sorne of the more common coal s follow:
Hard bituminous coal, such as: West Virginia Splint, Indiana
Block, lllinois, lowa, Colorado, Wyoming, Penn Freeport,
Kittanning and Cannel.

Motor horsepowe r
The a verage horsepower required to crush sized ond run-ofmine coal of the various classes is shown in Table 2. This app lies lo both the single and two-roll crushers. Select motors of
ample size to provide for surge or overload conditions.

Medium hard bituminous coal, such as: Tha cker, Panther,

Banner, Coalburg, Harlan, Haza rd No. 4 , No. 7 Block and Ohio
Hoc king.
Soft bituminous coal, such as: Pocahonlas, N ew River, Connellsville, Pittsburgh Nos. 7 and 8, and Youghiogheny.

Table 2 Ho r se power for single ond two-roll crushers

Horsepo wer per ton per hour, crushed cool

Ctossiflcotion
of
cool

R.ing or round screen size of product, inches

Sized cool
1
1

3A
.87
.75
.63

Hard
Medium
Soft

1 'A

.75
.63
.50

1
1

.63
.50
.38

1 y,

.44
.33
.25

.38
.28
.22

Run-of-mine cool
4
1
1

.31
.25
.19

.25
.19
.12

.19
.13
.09

.13
.09
.06

.09
.06
.02

Table 3 Copocity of single-roll crusher, run-of-mine co o l

Ring
size of

24

crushed
product,
inches

l 'A

1 \/2
l Ya

2
3
4

5
6
8

H
14

24

M
1

16

24

18

H
14

30

M
1

16

18

Capacity, ton s per hour

Diomeler ond length of roll, inches
24 X 36
30 X 30
30 X 36
30 X 24
1
1
1
Clossiflcolion of cool ond moximum size of lumps in leed, inches 0
H

14

16

118 1 t6 I 18 1 20 l 2Ho 1 22 1 24 2~
s

10 20 25 10 25 30 15 30 40 25 35 45 30 45 50 35
25 40 50 30 50 60 40 60 75 45 75 105 50 95 135 70
- - - - -- - - - - -- -- - - -- -- - - - - -- - - - 15 25 30 15 30 35 20 35 45 30 45 55 35 50 60 40
30 50 60 35 60 75 45 75 90 55 90 125 60 110 155 80
- - - - -- -- - - -- - - -- - - - - - - -- -- - - - 20 30 40 25 35 50 30 45 60 35 50 60 40 60 75 50
40 60 75 50 75 95 60 90 110 60 100 140 75 125 175 90
- - - - -- -- -- -- 25 35 50 30 45 65 40 50 75 40 60 70 50 75 100 60
50 75 100 65 95 125 75 110 150 70 130 160 100 160 200 120
-- -- -- - - - 30 50 60 35 65 75 45 75 90 45 75 105 60 90 130 70
60 95 130 75 120 160 90 145 195 105 150 215 130 195 265 155
-- - - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - 35 55 65 45 70 85 50 85 100 55 85 115 65 110 150 80
65 105 145 85 130 180 100 160 215 115 175 235 150 220 295 180
40 60 70 50 75 90 60 90 105 60 95 130 70 120 165 85
70 120 165 90 150 205 105 180 250 130 190 265 165 240 330 200
45 65 75 55 80 95 65 95 1 15 65 105 140 75 130 175 90
75 130 175 95 165 220 115 195 265 140 205 285 175 255 355 210
50 70 95 60 85 120 7o 105 145 75 135 155 90 165 190 110
95 150 190 120 190 240 145 225 285 155 230 345 190 295 430 235

--

--

--

RPM of 1 Normal ' Max., Normal ' Ma x., Normal 1 Max. , Normal
roll
60
100
60
100
60
100
50

Upper row a l copocities opplies whe re % of the cool to be crushed

11
is over 3 ring size.
Lower row of copocities opplies when 2 3 o l the cool to be crushed
is 3" ond under ring si ze.

Copocities ore bosed o n the no rmal roll speeds but moy be increosed

1 Mox.

75

1 22 1 24

55

70

-115
- -16565 80
130 185
75 90
150 210
90 120
195 240
110 155
225 ,_
-- 300
130 180
265 350
145 200
290 395
155 210
305 425
200 235
350 515

30

2HO

45
85
50
95
55
105
70
140
85
180
-95
205
100
235
110
245
135
275

42

30 X 54

1 ~ 1 24s 1~o 1 ~ 1 24s

65
135
75
155
85
175
110
230
130
270
-15531 0
170
335
180
355
230
405

85
190
95
215
105
245
140
280
180
360
-205
410
235
465
245
500
275
600

55
95
65
115
75
135
90
170
105
-235
120
265
130
295
140
315
165
345

80
170
95
200
110
225
135
290
165
-345
195
395
2 15
430
235
460
300
525

95
240

115
280
135
315
170
360
235
480
-265
530
295
595
3 15
640
345
775

, Normal ' Max., Normal 1 Max., Normol I Max. , Normal 1 Max.

50

75

50

75

50

75

50

75

or d ecreosed by chonging the roll speed .

Do not exceed the moximum listed speed.
Round screen or ring opening through which 853 lo 903 o l the cool
would pass.
0 Clossificotions H, M ond S indico te hord, medium ond so ft.

L 1 N K - B E L T 465

processing equiprnent
coal cru; hers

Selection
classes of both sized ond run-of-mine cool. Ali copocities are
ba sed on the normal roll speeds listed.

Capacity
The copocity of o crusher is the omount of coo l which con be
crushed lo o given size, in tons per hour. Capocities will vary
depending on lump size ond whether the cool is hord, medium
hord or soft ond whether the feed is sized or run-of-mine.
Size o f product means the average results obto inable with
85% to 90% of the final product possing through the listed
ring or screen size.
Fo r cool from which !he smaller sizes hove b een screened,
determine the capocity of the c rusher by using os o total the
omount of coal removed plus the amount remoin ing, since !he
crusher copocities ore bosed on the total tonnoge ordino rily
hondled including both smoll ond lorge lumps .
The capocity of the single-rol! crushers handling voriou s
closses of run-of-mine cool is li sted in Tabl e 3. The two-roll
c rusher copo cities are shown in Tables 4 ond 5 for vorious

Example of crush e r selection

Select a single-rol! crusher to hondle 60 TPH of hard bituminous
ru n-of-mine cool with lumps no! exceeding 20" ond with 2/ 3
of the coal olreody under 3" ring size, crushed down to a
product that will be 1 V2 " ring size or less.
Solution
Refer to Table 3 . A 30" diameter roll is requi red for the 20"
lump. Since 2/ 3 of the cool is under 3" ring size, select cru she r
from the lower row of copocity figures. By using 1 Vi" coal size
and 60 TPH, a crusher with o 30" diometer b y 30" long roll
will be adequote.
Refer to Table 2. The power required to c rush 60 TPH of
hard, run-of-mine cool to o 1 Vi" product equols 60 X .44 =
26.4 HP . A 30 HP motor is recom me nded.

Table 4 Capa city of two-roll crusher, sized cool

Capacity, to ns per hour

Ring size,
inches

.A.

Diameter ond length of roll, inches

Crushed
product

20x18

Mox.
leed

1
1 v.

3-4
5-6
8 - 10

1 M

15
20
30

Roll speed, RPM

Crushed
product 1

Mox.
feed

>;.

3 -4

M
20 1 2 5
30
35
35
45

1 H

20
25
35

251
30
40

130

130

36x36

30x48

5-6
8-10

M
95
75 1 120
95
130 160

M
90
1151 70 1
145
90 11 5
190 125 155

Roll sp eed, RPM

115

110

1
1 v.

26x24

26x30

30x30

30x36

Clossificotion of coolS>

'14

20x2 4

M
35
45
65

1 H
30
301
40
35
55
50

1 H

120

36x48

1101 95
140 120
185 165

M
120
150
205

110

1 H

401
55
BO

35
50
65

120

36x60

1 H 1 M
50
60
551 6 0
75
70
95
80 100

1 H

1451
180
245 205

255

110

M
45
60
80

115

36x72

1 H

M
70
90
125

1 H

55

70 1 70
90
120 100

115

48x48

1 H

s
1

85
110
150

s
300

305 122 5

280

335 1200

250

100

100

30x30

30x36

Table 5 Capacity of two-roll c rush er, run -of-mine coal

Capacity, ton s per hour .A.
Diometer ond length of roll, inches

Ring size of
crushed product,

20x18

inches

26x24

26x30

Classificotion o f cool o nd mox.imu;n si ze of lump s, inches ::>

6
40
50
60
70

1 ;,
2
3
4

...
.. .
. . .

5
6
8
Roll speed, RPM
Ring size of
crushed product,

20x24

H
M
s
10 1 6 1 8
70
60
55 1
70
70
85
90
80 100
110
95 120

M
8
50
60
75
90

.. .
...
...

...
...
...

...
. ..
...

.. . . ..
...

30x48

1 \/2
2
3
4

14
150
180
215
260

M
s
H
16 1 18 1 16
190 230 130
225 270 160
270 325 190
325 390 230

5
6
8

310
375
450

390
470
560

470
565
670

M
18
165
200
240
285

466 L 1 N K - B E L T

20 1
200
240
290
340

'' I" ..
330
390

410
490
110

Copoci1ies ore bosed on roll speeds listed.

0 Clossifocotions H, M ond S indicare hord, medium ond soh.

.A.

1 . . .

490
590

16
175
21 0
25 0
305
365
435
525

220
1

. . .

H
M
s
H
M
s
s
14 1 14 1 16 1 18 1 14 1 16 1 18
95 120 145 11 o 1 1 40 1 170
1 125
150 11 o 140 170 135 170 205
180 135 170 205 165 205 245
215 165 205 245 195 245 295

265

195
235
285

...
..
120

36x48

105
125
150
180

175

120

36x36

M
12

..

130

inches

11 5

..

14 1 10
95
95
120 100
145 120
175 145

170 1 205

135

. ..
...

...

130

Roll speed , RPM 1

H
s
M
10 1 10 1 12
85
65 1 80
100
80 100
120
95 120
145 125 , l 45

295
355
420

230
280
335

36x72

455
545
655

570
685
820

11 0

11 o

685
820
985

500
600
72 0

625 750
750 900
900 1080

355
420
505

48x4a

H
M
S
M
s
H
18
20 1 16 1 18 1 20 1 18
275 , 330 240 1 300 1 360 225
330 395 290 360 430 260
395 475 350 435 520 310
475 570 415 520 625 37 0

455
550
655

295
350
420
115

M
H
s
18 1 20 1 16
220 265 220
265 320 265
315 380 315
380 455 380
545
655
785

115

36x60

245
295
355

450
535
645

10 0

Round screeo or rinq ope ino through whi. h 85"o

to 9070 ol lhe cool would pass.

M
20

280

24

325
390
465

335
390
470
5 50

560
67 0
80 5

670
805
965

100

processing equipment
coal crushers

Single-roll coal crushers

.-:: - - - - - - -

..,e >-< -

o- ->-<

FLYWHEEL
PULLEY

Fig. 39 55

Nominol siie
of roll, inches
Lenglh

Weight
complete,
pounds

Normol
speed
of roll,
RPM

Normol
flywh e el
speed,
RPM

24
24
24
30

24
30
36
24

7 ,550
8,200
8,850
9,500

60
60
60
50

231
231
231
210

68 \/2
68 \/2
68 \/2
77 '.4

63
63
63
72

\/2
\/2
\/2

30
30
30
30

30
36
42
54

10,000
10,700
11,200
12,350

50
50
50
50

210
210
210
210

77 '.4
77 '.4
77 '.4
77 '.4

72
72
72
72

Diomeler

N ominal size

of roll, inches

...

38 '.4
38 '.4
38 '.4
48

28 o/a
3 1 o/a
34%
30%

48
48
48
48

33 %.
37 'l'1
40 %

INCHES

'.4

7
7
7
7

\/2
\/2
\/2
\/2

21
21
21
23 '.4

35
35
35
4 1 \/2

30 3/e
33 3/e
36 3/e
32 Ya

3 1 Ya
34 y,
37 \/a
32 Va

38 '.4

43 '.4
43 '.4
43 '.4
49 \/2

'.4
'.4
'.4
'.4

7
7
7
7

\/2
\/2
\/2
\/2

23
23
23
23

4 1 \/2
4 1 \/2
4 1 \/2
4 1 \/2

35 y,
38 \/a
4 1 \/a
47 y,

35 y,
38 y,
41 %
47 %

44
50
56
68

49 \/2
49 \/2
49 \/2
49 \/2

'.4
'.4
'.4
'.4

Diomeler 1 length

47 ~

Al
1

'.4
'.4
'.4
'.4

35 3.4
41 ~

1 47 %

Cl

81

INCHES

24
24
24
30

24
30
36
24

35 o/a
38 o/a
4 1 o/a
38 y,

30
30
30
30

30
36
42
54

4 1 \/a
44 \/1
47 \/a
53 y,

8 \/2
8 \/2
8 \/2
10 \/2

42 3.4
42 1.4
42 ~

12
12
12

48

12 ~

10 \/2

48
48
48
48

12 3.4
12 3.4

12 \/2
12 \/2
14 \/2

12 ~

12 ~

22 \/2
22 \/2
22 \/2
26

v.

33
33
33
37

11
11
11
12

2 \/2
2 \/2
2 \/2
3 \/2

31 \/2
37 \/2
43 \/2
3 PA6

3
3
3
4

\/2
\/2
\/2
\/2

1 1.4
l '.4
l '.4
1 \/2

24 \/2
30 \/2
36 \/2
24 '.4

27 y,
27 \/2
27 y,
33 '.4

26 Va
26 %
26 %
26 %

37
37
37
37

12
12
12
12

3
3
3
3

\/2
\/2
\/2
\/2

37%
43 %
49 3116
61 %

4
4
4
4

\/2
\/2
\/2
\/2

1 \/2
1 \/2
1 \/2
1 \/2

30
36
42
54

33
33
33
33

'.4
'.4
'.4
'.4

'.4
'.4
'.4
'.4

Hove di mensions c ertifi e d fo r instollotion purposes.

4 Ro ll sho lr moy be e xtended fe r feed er drive.

L 1 N K - B E L T 467

processing equipment
coal crushers

Two-roll gear driven coal crushers

A1

SPAC ES

AT
y

Fig. 3954

Nominal size
of r oll, inches
Diomeler

Length

Weight of
Rywheel,
pounds

Weight
comple te,
pounds

Norm o l
speed
of rolls,

Oiometer 1 Width

RPM

INOiES

20
20
26

18
24
24

900
1000
1300

5000
5400
7500

130
130
120

42
42
52

10
10
10

18
24
24

29 \12 27',4
35 \12 30 ',4
37 \12 32 ',4

29%
32%
34 3.4

6 \12
6 \12
8

25
28
31 ',4

l 24\12
24 \12
29 ',4

20 \12
20 \12
26 3A

6
6
4

26
30
30

30
30
36

1300
1400
1600

7900
9500
10550

12 0
115
115

52
58
58

10
10
14

30
30
36

43 \12 35 ',4
44 y, 36 ',4
50 \12 39 ',4

37 3.4
38 3.4
45 3,4

8
8
8

34',4
35',4
38'.4

29 ',4
35
35

26 3.4
32 3.4
32 3.4

4
4
4

Nominal size
o f roll, inches
Diometer

Length

20
20
26

18
24
24

1 Ya
1 Ya
5 \11

26
30
30

30
30
36

5 \la
5
5

Flywheel
size, inches

33
39
42

l l 'l'a
l 1 'l'a
13 3.4

2 \12
13
1 2 \12
13
15%
2

48
49
55

13 3,4
lH
13 'l'a

15 5...
l9lJi.
l9lJi.

l Ya
l Ya
l \11

l \la
l \la
l '.4

21
21
25

1 19 \12
25 \12
24 3.4

l ',4
l \11
l ',4
l \11
l \11 1 l ',4

25
27
27

303.4
303.4
363.4

1 Al

v.
v.

2
2
3

8 3.4
8 3.4
6

1
4
3 Ya

6
6
6

2
3 Ya
2
3 Y1
3 3/a 1 2

Bl

1 Cl

01

IN CHES
1

Hove dimensions certifi ed lo r insto llo1ion pu rposes.

Roll shoft moy be ext ended for feede r drive.

468 L 1 N K - B E L T

2
2
2

4
1

1 \12
l \12
2

. . ....
4 \12

9
9
6

4 \12
5 \12
5 \11

6
6
6

. ..

..

processing equipment
coal crushs

Type C two-roll chain driven coal crushers

A
J

~ CENr

- -

81

BEARING

RS

F1

16

SPACES
AT
Gl

1
)*

C/ L
HOPPER

~~~~n::=~~~~::;::::;~!!~::;::::;~~_Js---1

---------C~ -~H~N

HOPPER

GUARO

K ---

Kl H1
r Y
-

Fig. 39 53

Nomino l
size of rolls,
inches

Oio meter

j leng th

We ight
Weig ht o f
comple te
flywheel,
less flywh eel,
pounds
pounds

Normo l
speed
o f rolls,
RPM

Normo l
flywhee l
sp eed ,
RPM

280
280
270
270

24 40
30 46
30 47 1;..
36 53 'A

F
1

G 1 H
K
l
1
1

M
1

INCHES

v.

670
765
1130
1215

10,500

120
120
115
115

30
36
36
36

48
36
48
60

1375
1610
1610
1625

11,500
13,500
16,500
18,500

115
110
110
110

270
260
260
260

48
36
48
60

36
48

72
48

1815
1625

29,000
29,000

100
100

260
260

72 92 Ya 90
48 66
64

65 'A 62\12 49
54
52
65 3A
66
64
65 3A
77 Y2 76
65 3A

v.

v.

31
39 'A
3 9 'A
39 'A

8
39 Ya
8
39 Ya
9 >J. 42 Y2
9 % 42 Y2

5 % 11 Ya 9 % 42
4
4
12 1A. 49
12 1,i, 49
4
4
4
4
11
49

Y2
Y2
Y2
Y2

13
13
15
15

13 %
13
13 %
13 Va

15 5A. 28 Y2
15 5A. 28 Y2
19% 29 :y.
19 % 29 3/a

15
19
19
19

13 %
16 %
16 %
16 %

19 3ti4 29 Va
21 Y2 35 15116
21 Y2 35 15A6
21 Y2 37

v.

8 Y2 11 % 60 Ve 18
20% 23 7,i, 45 3A6
8 Y2 11 % 64 Va 26 Y2 2 0 % 28 'A 45 3A6

65
43
9
68 Y2 51 Y2 9

T
1

u
1

Al

81

01

Cl

El

Fl

Kl

Hl

Gl

INCHES

Oiometer 1 l ength

55

8
8
8
8

1 'A
1 'A
1 'A
1 'A

34 >;..
37 3A
38 >;..
4 PA

44
44
44
44

10
10
10
10

32 'A
35 'A
36
39

37
32 'A
38 'A
44 'A

67
56 Y2
68 Y2
80 Y2

8
8 Ya
8 y,
8 Ya

1 'A
1 :y.
1 :y.
1 :y.

47 >;..
47
53

59

44
58
58
58

10
14
14
14

52 'A
39 !A

95 Y2 10
69 Y2 10

1%
1 y,

69 Y2
54

58
58

26
26
30
30

24
30
30
36

24
27
28
31

30
36
36
36

48
36
48
60

36
48

72
48

E
1

25 y, 5 >;.. 9 %
37 Y2 48
5 >;.. 9 %
43 Y2 48 Va 25
5 >;.. 11 y,
44 Y2 49
31
5 >;.. 11 Ya
50 Y2 49
31

24
30
30
36

7,500
9,500

o
1

26
26
30
30

No mino l
size of rolls,
inches

6,600

42
48
49

Hove dimensions certifi ed for instollolion purposes.

11 Yi
11 Yi
11 :y.

2
2
1 'A
1 'A

4 Y2
4 Y2
6
6

6
6
6
6

3
4
4

11 :y.

25
24 3A
25
30 >;..
26 Y2 30 %
26 Y2 36 3A

45
41
47
53

11 :y.
12
12
12

26 Y2
34 Va
34
34 Va

48 3A
36 3A
48 >;..
60 >;..

1 'A
2 7A4
2 7A.
2 'll6

6
7 Y2
7 Y2
7 y,

6
7 Y2
7 Y2
7 Y2

l6 Y2 63
14 1 50

19 3A
19 >;..

36
7 2 3A
48 Y2 49

2 'A
3 'A

7%
7

7 Va
7

10
6

v.

5
5
7
9

6
6
6
6

2
2
2
2

1 Ya
1
1 Ya
1 Ya

6
6
6
6

2
2
2
2

1 Ya
1 y,
1 y,
1 Ya

6 ''A4 2 Y2
2 y,
7

v.

1 :y.
1 Va

Ro ll sholt moy be exte nd ed for fee d er drive.

L 1 N K - B E L T 469

processing equipment
foundry equlpment

foundry
For mony y eors, Link-Be lt has suppl ied mechoni zed e q ui p me nt
for foundry mode rnizotion ond has kept pace with oll the od vonces in this fleld . Tod oy, Link-Belt is prepo red to meet th e
problems resulting from the g reotl y increosed d e monds fo r
mor e efficient ope rotion, lower costs ond bette r working
cond itions .
No two found ries o re re quire d to meet e xoctly the sorne
op eroting cond itions or f1t into the so rne physicol limitot ions.
Link-Belt, mo nufocturing procticoll y e very typ e o f mo terio ls
handl ing e quip ment, is in o uni que position to fu rnish o nd in; toll
the correct ty p e fo r ony situo tion. Link-Be lt wi ll build compl e te
instollotions, lo rg e or smo ll. Eng ineering speciolists ore ovo il-

oble fe:..~
Li nk
c~rsu 1tot1on ond recommendotions.
tory a ra -c::le l;.~~ost e.nginee~i~~ experie nce, bocked by loboro in its <::::> 'N" '
test1ng f?c1l1t1es, operoting e xperience goined
compl e n rnolleoble ron, gra y iron ond stee l foundries
e nti re - :
m cn~foc!uring facilities ond the obility to erect th:
p roduc ~ ta ll~ t1on, is your ossuronce of o foundry designed to
s'lngs o t o p roflt
Fo r ~ Ca
b

fou nd ry
r<:d outlook on link-Be lt's position in the fleld of
tion, m e:> ~ 1u ~,:nt whether it b e son~ ha ndling, sond preporoindu st ry
ai ng, shokeout o r cost1ngs handling r efer to the
.Secton, pog es 18 ond 19 of th is coto log.

Molds ore o utomotico lly d ischo rged

fro m Tru-Trae mo ld conveyor to
...:::-=~:=~:3,'-.J shokeout. This o nd o t he r types o f
mo ld conve yo rs con b e faund o n
p oge 494. Photo 3 2078

Sond dis tributing belt conveyor far prepored sond showing dischorge plows over
molders hoppers. Complete design informo tion en belt conveyors far every purpose
is covered in o seporote section, poge 127.
Photo 32077

''

''..

OISTRIBUTING BELT CONVEYOR

ANO MOLOING SANO HOPPERS

TRUTRAC

Typical foundry installation including two separate mechanized production lines. Both have complete sand, mold and castings handling equip ment.

F19 5322

Torqmount oscilloting conveyor

collecting sond ond costings
from pollet line shokeout stotions.
Oetoiled selection far oscillot
ing conveyors con be faund en
poge 236. Photo 32089

Cosfin g tronsfer from shokeout screen to

~pron conveyo r. Shokeout ond other vibrot1~9 equipment suitoble far foundry opplico-

t1ons on poge 405. Photo 32090

470 L 1 N K - B E L T

processing equipment
foundry equlpment

Combining long experience in the design la yout and installation

of conventional foundry systems with the compact, performanceproved, shell molding machine and com panion shell closing
machine, Link-Belt Company is in a position to offer industry a
foundry system adapted to high volume production.
Pace setter for the system, the Link-Belt four-station shell
molding machine consists of four pattern frames with built-in
individual heating e lements carried by turntable, a sand- resin
investme nt station, sa nd- resin handling equipment, d rives and
controls. Compact design, requiring minimum floor space for
both shell molding and shell closing machine, allows extreme
fle x ibility to fit existing as well as new installations. Dependa-

bility is assured by proven doy-in, doy-out service.

Where thin sectioned, or intricately designed top-qua lity
castings having greater dimensional accuracy and smoothness
ore desired, the completely automatic shell molding mochine
synchronized with the shell closing machine provides the most
compact and efficient system ovoiloble when integroted with
sond, mold ond casting handling equipment.
Further reference to other foundry equipment such os mold
conveyors of the cor, polle t or trolley type, belt conveyors,
elevotors, shokeouts, oscilloting conveyors, apron conveyors
ond sond dryers con be found in the index of this book.

Oscilloting conveyor serves os

shokeout, cooling conveyor ond
p icking table. For more informotion on this type o f conveyor refe r
to poge 236. Photo 38619

Pouring man stands on o moving plotform synchronized w ith on overheod

trolley mold conveyor. Poured molds
ore cooled on the conveyor while
traveling to shokeout stotions. See
poge 508 for trolley conveyor in
formotion. Photo 38615

Typ ica l she ll mo ld ing foundry system consisting o f she ll mold ing
and she ll closing mach ines integ rated with comple te sand, mold
and casting handl ing e quipme nt.

Resin cooted molding sond is prepo red to

precise speciflcotions o s required. Fee ding,
meosuring ond mixing equipment for most
moteriols con be found in lhe index of this
book. Pho to 38602

In she ll molding mochine obove, potterns with odhering

loyer of resin sond ore locked in exoct locotions in elec
tricolly heoled curing stotions where plostic shell is cured
to desired hordness. She ll closing mochine, le ft reor, joins
two hot holves of mold. Photo 39502

L 1 N K - B E L T 471

processing equipment
foundry equipment

Shell molding machine operation

Sand-resln automatically applled

to constant temperature pattern

Potterns ore heoted ond held al o constan! pre-delermined lempero ture

through ali cycles by for-infrored heolers in eoch pottern-holding frome.
As cycle begins, heoted pottern leoves ejeclor stotion, is sp royed with releosing ogenl ond slop s al investment sto lion where Aosk is lowered over
poltern. Flosk-woler-cooled to preven! buildup of mix oround lower edges
-is fllled with meosured omount of sond-resin. After pre-determined interval,
during which sond-resin is bonded lo desired shell th ickness, !he conneclion
from lhe hop per is wilhdrown ond pollern ond Aosk ore rolled over lo dischorge excess mix. This inlervol is !he delermining factor in conlrolling shell
thickne ss ... ond moy be v aried to suit ind ividual r equirements.

36943

Sand-resin baked at curing stations

to insure shell of desired hardness
Po llern, with odhering loyer o f sond-resin, moves lo lhe lwo eleclricolly heoted curing slolions whe re !he plo stic shell is cured by bo king under eleclric heolers lo form o shell of desired ho rdness. Potterns
arrive ot oll stations under power ond ore locked in exoct loco tions,

conlribuling greally lo ropid operolion ond uniform shells.

Shell mold e jected

l eoving curing stc tions, pattern re-

tur ns lo ejeclor slolion where shell is

outomotico lly slripped from !he p o i
tern. After shell is removed p ottern
returns to investment sto tion for start

of o new cycle.

36932

Cycle of sand resin

Excess sond-resin, dumped from flo sk at investment station ond new mix from

!he Aoor-level mokeup ho pper ore fed lo o buckel elevator. The sond is elevoted, lhen screened, to remove oll shell porlicles, ond relurned lo
storoge hopper far recycling. Even, o ccurale distribulion of sondresin on pottern is ossured by vibrating screen ond measuring

chomber which meters corree! omount of mix.

The Link- Belt shell molding machine offers these extra benefits
Compact d esign; requires minimum Aoor
spoce.
lncreoses production of sound, topquality castings-even those of intricate, thin-sectioned design.

472 L 1 N K - B E L T

screen, p roducing a uniform shell.

Individual electric controls pe rmit variation of pattern temperature and investment and curing times.
Patterns can be changed in minutes.

Positive and accurote pattern indexing,

essential to production molding.

Pre-hea ting af patterns permits immediote production-minimizes downtime.

Measured amount of sand drops vertically on pattern through vibrating

Sand can b e loaded al ground leve l;

requires less ha ndling.

processing equipment
f oundry e qulpment

Shell molding machine specifications

Tur ntable The lurntoble corries four pollerns up lo 20" x 30" for producing
lop-quolity precision shells. 11 consisls of four radial orms wilh fromes for supporting the pollerns ond is operoted by o positive indexing drive. These orms
pivol al lhe investmenl stotion to dump off excess sond-resin. To ossure positive
indexing, pollerns orrive al indexing posilions under power ond ore locked
in place. The holding fromes conloin individuolly conlrolled electricol heoting
elemenls for moinloining relotively conslonl pollern lemperolure throughoul
the entire cycle of operotion.
Sand -resln handling The sond-resin handling syslem consists of o feed
ond recloim hopper for receiving the sond-resin; o screw feeder for feeding
the sond-resin to the bucket elevotor; o continuous bucket elevotor ond distributing screw conveyor, for delivering lhe sond-resin lo lhe sloroge hopper;
o sloroge hopper orronged with o meosuring
chomber ond gafe to meter the flow of lhe mix
lhrough o vibroling screen, hood ond wolercooled flosk to the pollern; ond on oir-octuoled
hydroulic mechonism for rololing pollern ond
flo sk.
1
~11

Heatlng equlpment The pollerns ore he oted

by tubular element electric heoters. An extra
pollern frome, complete with heoting equipment,
is furnished to focilitote ropid potlern chonges.
The shells ore cured under eleclric rodionl farinfrored heoters locoted under two bonks of reflectors al the curing stotions.
Con trols The controls provide for complelely outomotic operolion os well os
possible manual operotion of eoch porl of
the process. A master progrom timer, ond
individua l limers control the investment time
ond the temperaturc of cach pattcrn heater
ond curing heoter.

Shell closing machine

The Link-Belt closing mochine is o compocl ond efficienl unil
for joining hol holves of the mold, ond operotes in conjunction
with the outomolic shell molding mochine. 11 consists of four
oir-operoted closing slotions mounted on o sturdy, slructurol
steel turntoble ond orronged with individual, odjustoble resin
conloiners for opplying resin to holf the mold.
To synchronize the two mochines for most efficient operotion, the turntoble of the shell closing mochine is driven
through o Link-Bel! variable speed drive . . . with motor
storler ond conlrols conveniently orronged for the operotor.
High-volume oulput of uniform, high quolity costings is ossured when both mochines ore used.

L 1 N K - B E L T 473

processing equipment
foundry equlpment

Sand revivifiers

Sand i1 a e rated and 1hot m e tal a n d othe r impurities re moved by

this high-copocily Sep-Aerotor instolled o s peri of o conlinuous system in
lo rge foundry . Pholo 22237

Pre pared sa n d is t hor oughly aerated by this revivif1er befare en

tering molders hoppers. Pholo 38860

Sand revivifiers effectively disintegrate and thoroughly

to cross each other in reaching the discharge opening,

mix, blend, and cool foundry molding sand to produce

thus providing thorough mixing and blending as well as

a uniform, fluffy sand that will ram to a uniform density

additional disintegration.

in molds. Fl owabil ity is thereby assured and ram-offs

ciab ly reduced by the action of the revivifier.

Sand temperature is appre-

e liminated. These l ink-Belt machines, embodying many

Housing construction is of simple and accessible de-

years of experience in this field, are rugged and depend-

sign, having a hinge door al the back of the machine

able and are designed to give long and satisfactory

and access doors on the sides for easy renewal of the

rotor blades. A ven! stock connection is provided, al the

service.
The link -Bel! revivifier consis ts of a single moving

top of the housing, through which heat is removed.

par!, the rotor shaft, turning in roller bearings which

The link - Belt Sep-Aerator is a revivifier with a modi-

are mounted outside the housing for added protection

fied rotor design and an adjustable plate for shot re-

from dust and grit.

moval with the necessary chutes on either side of the

Sand is introduced over an adjustable flow directing

plate at a point directly above th e rapidly revolving
blades on the rotor shaft.

Proper contact with these

housing.
lt performs th e sorne function as th e regular revivifier
in mixing and aerating sand, but in addition incorporales

blades, through adjustment of the flow directing plate,

a separation feature for r emoving shot metal, pebbles

results in maximum aeration and the throwing of the

and refuse which are not caught by the screen or

material toward a discharge opening in the bottom of

magnetic pulley. This latter feature is of particular value

lmpa ct of the sand

in brass foundries where the removal of metallic shot by

with the blades bre aks up lumps and pellets, and the

magneti c attraction is not possible. lt is a high capacity

angular mounting of the blades causes streams of sand

unit, ideally suited for continuous systems.

the housing at the opposite end.

474 l 1 N K - B E l T

processing equi pment

foundry equlpment

Fee d opening equipped with

adjustable dire cting piafe

Heavy welded
steel housing - -----.

~'i!Gicr:;S:~;;:;~~~;;;;~rt
High speed rotor
with re newable paddles

Rotor shaft equipped with

self-aligning roller bearing
pillow blocks

~--Frame,

motor support and

housing welded into one piece

SANO REVIVIFIER

5[]
: 2
1

''

VENT STACK

DIRECTING
PLATE ADJUSTMENT

4~10:"------~
1-0-

Revivif ier size

1
2
3

Copocity,
tons
per hour

20
40
60
80
100

Horsepowe r
of

Weight,
pounds

E
1

motor

5
7 \/2
10
15

Fig. 3770

K
1

R
1

FEET ANO INCHES

1650
1875
2225
2500
272 5

1-6 \/2
1-11
2 -3 \/2
2-8
3-4,4

1-7
1-11 \/2
2 -4
2-8 \/2
3-4 3.4

2-9 'A
1-5Ya
3-1 ~
1-7 o/1
1- l l 7A6
3-6 'A
3-10 3.4 2-1 11116
4-7
2-3 'A

1-9 'A
1-11 \/2
2-3 \/2
2 -6 1/.&
2 -91/.&

0 - l lSM
O-l 15A6
0-2 'll6
0-2 'll6
0-2 15116

0-2 %
0-2
0 -2 %
0-2 %
0 -4 Ya

v.

2-4
2-5 'A
2-6\/2
2-6 \/2
2-7 \/2

0-1
0- 11 'A
l-0 \12
1-0 \/2
1-1 \/2

3 -7
3-8 'A
3-9\/2
3-9 y,
3- 10\/2

Hove dome nsoons certofoed for onstallat1on purposes.

L 1 N K - BEL T 475

parts and package handling

PARTS AND PACKA.G E

HANDLING

A Link-Belt trolley conveyo r used in conjunclion wilh

o Aot belt inspeclion ond storoge conveyor for handling
o rmotures. After inspection, the ormotures ore placed
on corriers suspended from the trolley conveyor for
delivery to the motor ossembly lines. Such syslems
conserve Aoor spoce, ore exceptionolly relioble ond
o ssure uninlerrupted production. Photo 30175

contents
lntroduction ..... .... ..... .. ... .. .. 47 6
Engineering .......... ..... ..... ... 483
PI o in choin conveyors .... .. ..... .... 484
Pusher cho in conveyors .. . ........... 487
~orrier

Cost reductions resulting from meterais handling systems contribute substantially to the successful and economica l operation of modern industry. Conveyors
for parts and packages ore used in every step of production-from receipt of
row materials through ali stages of manufacturing, packaging, warehousing
and shippin g. They provide the means for the high degree of mechanization
in these industries.
Sorne of the beneflts derived from conveyors and convey or systems inclu d e automatic transportation between operations, timing and scheduling,
reauction of inventory, more effective use of Aoor space, and safety . These
and other cost reducing beneflts ore realized by huge automotive and appliance plonts that ore often built oround their handlin g systems, and to small
manufacturing plants where one or more conveyors can provide important
economies.

cho in conveyors ............. 489

Crossbor choin conveyors ............ 491

Slot conveyors ...........

. ..... 492

Pallet-ty pe ond cor-type conveyors .... 494

Flot belt conveyors . . . . . . . .

. ...... 497

Arm and tro y elevators .............. 500

Syntron parts feeders ......... . ..... 506
Trolley conveyors ... ..... . ..... .... . 508
Power and free conveyors ........... 539
Trukvey ors . . .. . ............. . .... 546

476 L 1 N K - B E L T

Conveyors of vorious ty pes are available for handling peris and packages
of proctically any si ze or shape, weighing from ounces to tons. When peris
are handled individuolly, they may be carried directly on top of the conveyor
or suspended from it by hooks, cross rods, slings or in rocks or trays. When
the type of operation requires hand ling of parts in containers such as pons,
tole boxes, cartons or tra ys, they too can be carried on or suspended from
conveyors. The type of conveyor is determined b y the parts, packages or
containers to be handled, the purpose of the conveyor and the conditions of
service.
Conveyors used primarily for transportation provide the meons for ca rrying parts between mochines, operotions, departments or bu il dings in a Aow

parts and package handling

Plain chaln and pushe r chain canveyo rs provide an orderly ond continuous
Row of lumber between sowmill, stocker and drying kiln. These conveyars ore
built for continuous service ond require very little moinlenonce. Photo 17176

Crassbar chaln conveyor being loaded with steel

locker doors for possoge through a two-stoge wosher,
paint dip tonk ond boking oven. Closely spoced hooks,
suspended from the cross rods, pe rmil high produclion
in o relotively smoll spoce. Pholo 37204

Push e r ch o ln conveyar, mode of multiple slronds, is used for feeding pulpwood

logs through slosher sows in o poper mili. The choins ond pushers are ruggedly
conslrucled to provide dependoble doy in ond doy out operation. Phota 20000

Carrler cha ln conveyar, consisling of o universal

crescenl Rol top chain, smoothly carries jors of baby
cream from fllling machine through cooling oreo, then
to capping, lobeling and packing operotions. The jors
maintoin their original spocing throughout their trovel.
Photo 32626

that is orderly, continuous, ond often autamatic. They are adoptable both to
new and existing plants. Often they are the means for converting obsolete
plan! layouts to straight line production methods by linking together operations in multi-story buildings ar widely separated oreas. Many conveyors
operate overhead, thereby making more floor space available for production
machines and reducing floor congestion.
While en route on the conveyors, the parts may proceed through such
operations as molding, spraying, painting, drying, sorting, assembling, packaging, etc. The timing of severa! of these operations in sequence can be
maintained by the conveyors.
Inventaries are reduced by conveyors which provide for immediate use of
material token from stock, eliminating storage at individual production machines and saving floor space. Damage is reduced by gentle handling, often
resulting in elimination of transfers and intermediate inspection sta tions.
Safety conditions are improved by using conveyors which eliminate the
need to manually handle heavy loads, and the necessity of working in haz
ardous oreas.
Sorne of the more important types of conveyors and elevators for handling
parts and packages are illustrated in this section. Descriptions of their application are given and in sorne cases engineering data is included for guidance
in their selection. Link-Belt engineers are available to assist in the selection
and design of conveying equipment for specific conditions-either individual
units or completely integrated systems.

Flat b elt conveyo r is used to handle packoges on

both horizontal and inclined runs, through tunnel from
factory to worehouse ond shipping building. The belt
is a raugh top type ond operotes over Rol rollers wilh
boll beorings. Photo 33657

link-Belt designs, furnishes and installs complete parts and package

handling systems-ossuring the owner of a single responsibility for performance. Laboratory facilities are available for solving complex handling
problems.

L 1 N K - B E L T 477

parts and package handling

Arm elevator automatically p icks up b oles of wool

al the se cond floor receiving stotion for delivery to the
sixth floor monufocturing d e portment. Such elevotors reduce manual ha nd ling o nd free freigh t elevo tors for other
se rvices. Photo 34 161

Power and free conve yo r outo mo ticolly d elivers

hogs from cooler rooms to p o rk cutting ta b le in o
modern p ocking house. The cutting table consists o f o
heovy d uty sial conveyor. Ali conveyors o re designed
to meet sonitotion regulotions. Photo 31 4 12

Trukveyor of the in-the-floor typ e is ideal for tronsporting looded p lotform trucks between receiving ond
shipping depo rlmenls in this truck freight terminal. Trucks
ore eosily engoged or disengoged while the conveyo r is
in operotion. Photo 33253

Car- type conveyo r is o highly efficient ond proctico l

meons of conveying foundry molds throug h molding, closing, pouring, cooling ond shokeout operotions. The cho in
ond rollers ore designe d far continuous perfo rmance under
severe operoting cond itions. Pho lo 3659 8

478 L 1 N K - B E L T

Carrier chain conveyor hondles steel coils from rolling mili to sto roge.
The two sturdiiy built stronds of choin hove iorge, heovy duty rollers ond
speciol flot top corrying ottochmenls. Photo 37102

parts and package handling

Steel sial con v eyors are used os en economice! ond

versotile meons of elevoting and lowering bales of sheet
pulp. The boles ore canveyed fro m railrood cors to beoters
o r storoge, o r relurned fro m storoge to beoters. Photo 31324

Flat b e lt con vey or ca rries saftwaad lags ta a daublea rm stacker far stock piling. The canveyor is reversible
and also hondles reclaimed logs from sto rag e and
delivers them ta anather belt conveyor far tronsp o rti ng
lo !he g rinding room. Pho to 37 621

Pus her con veyo rs ore porticulorly useful far moving

looded dollies between oll slages a f hausehold oppliance
manufacture. Moximum praduction is possi ble beca use all
peris are under the control of the conveying syslem and are
delivered to the proper place on schedule. Pholo 30017

A parts feed er, which does !he work o f mony honds, outomoticolly
feeds eroser d iscs in on oriented ond single line position to on ossembly
mochine. Such feeders occelerote the output of mochines where duplico te
operotions ore required. Photo 530806

Trolley conveyor outomalicolly picks up cortons of percolators far delivery lo worehouse. The lrolley conveyor in
lhe background provides overheod sto rage far percolotor
bodies between o perotions. This method of gentle handling
protects the product. Photo 35476

L 1 N K - B E L T 479

parts and package handling

Plaln chain conveyors (p age 484) carry the load d irectly on the chain links without any attached au xiliary members.
The chains operate on tracks, with the top surfaces of the chain projecting sufficiently above the
tracks, to enable various Aat objects to be carried on them. Chains designed especially for this
purpose hove additional wearing surfaces on the bottom and may b e provided with peake d or
Aat tops. Swivel chains are another form of plain cha in where single or multiple strands will operate
in both horizontal and vertical planes. Plain cha in conveyors are widely used for handling such
products as boxes, cases, lumber or steel sheets, plates or bars.

Fig. 3893

Pusher chaln conveyors (page 487) hove chains with attachments or lugs fastened to the chain at intervals, so they may
push various objects which slide or roll on their own surfaces. This type is used to handle billets,
plates, pipes, logs or packages. Pusher chain conveyors are also used for towing objects carried
on rollers or wheels, such as dollies or industria l trucks, as in assembly and freight handling
operations.

Carrler chaln conve yors (page 489) hove chains with attachments

Crossbar chaln conv eyo rs (page 491) hove

fastened to or cast integrall y with the chain links. The attachments include
Aat-top or crescent-top pallets or carriers which present a practically
continuous moving surface on which objects can be carried directly. Many
other attachments are also available, designed for fastening a dd itional
members, such as cradles, flxtures or tra ys, which carry the loads. Applications of these conveyors are numerous for conveying objects in a wide
range of sizes, shapes and weights and in operations such as assembling,
processing and cool ing.

two strands of cha in separated by cross rods at specifled intervals. Parts or packages may be sus:pended from the cross rods or they may be pushed
along a trough by the cross rods. Many arrangements hove been d eveloped to handle a wide
va riety of parts and packages. When the parts are
suspended from the cross rods the conveyors are
used for dipping, cleaning, painting and drying
applications.

480 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

Slat conveyors (page 492) consist of closely spaced slats

fastened to one or more strands of chain. The slats are the
load carrying members and may be made of wood or metal
to suit a wide variety of objects. The chains are usually
equipped with rollers. These conveyors operate over horizontal or inclined paths, or a combination of these paths.
They are extensively used throughout industry to provide an
orderly Aow of products for processing, assembling or distribution.

Pallet-type and car- type conve yors (page 494 ) are

for carrying large, heavy and otherwise d ifficult-to-handle
loads and are used in foundries, steel mills and similar p l ants.
Cars or pallets are attached to and moved by an endless
chain over a path which may include curves. The cars hove
wheels which run on tracks, and the pallets slide on rails or
move over a series of rollers; the chain in either case
supplies the motion without sustaining the weight of the load.
Such heavy loads as poured molds or hot coils of steel, can
thus be conveyed with ease and safety.

Arm and tray elevators (page 500) are used to elevate

Flat belt conveyors (page 497) are

used in transporting, distributing, assembling and processing various objects of
moderate weight. They may be operated up or down slopes as well as horizontally. The carrying run may slide on a
Aat deck or trough, or operate over
closely spaced idlers. Flat belt conveyors
provide a smooth path of travel and
gentle handling.

and lower many types of packages and objects such as

barreis, boxes and rolls.
Arm elevators can be inclined or vertical and hove ::~~~!~
projecting arms attached
et intervals to two strands
of chain. They pick up the
load on the ascending run
and discharge over the head end.
Troy elevators are of two vertical
types:
The multiple troy elevator shown has
trays freely suspended et intervals between two strands of chain. lt picks up
the load on the ascending run from one
Fig. 3899
or more points and discharges from the
descending run et various stations.
The single troy elevator has a t roy
A rm elevator
mounted between two strands of chain
operating in a single vertical path for raising or lowering a load from one elevation
to another. This type can also be built with a cable hoist.

Syntron parts feeders (page 506)

Parts feeders consist of bowls with spiral tracks, operated
by electro-magnetic drives, which provide automatic, oriented, single line feeding of small parts to automatic assembling machines or other automatic processing equipment. These feeders may include supply hoppers and
gravity feed tracks with integral escapement devices to
increase their operational scope.
Transfer and storage parts feeders consist of spiral or
helix tracks operated by electro-magnetic drives for automatically feeding small parts. They receive parts at one
level from one machine and discharge them automatically
and in an oriented position at another level to a second
Transf er and storage
Spiral feeder
6189
Fig.
Parts feeder
parts feeder
machine. When acting as a transfer feeder, the helical
track and bowl provide adequate space to store parts
which is advantageous when feeding from a slow primary to a fast secondary operation.
Spiral feeders elevate or lower small parts or bulk materials at a controlled rote. They consist of spiral ramps operated through
a vibratory motion obtained by a high speed electro-magnetic drive. Spiral feeders are advantag eously used for cooling the
product or material being handled.

L 1 N K - B E ( T 481

parts and package handling

Tr olley conve yors (poge 508) consist of on endless

power d riven strond of choin suspended from on overheo d
trock by boll beoring trolleys hoving loa d corrying ottochments. A greot voriety of po rts, components ond ossem b lies
con be hondled b y the use of many types ond kinds of hooks,
rocks, tro ys, boskets or buckets suspended from the trolley
ottochments. As a tronsportation med ium these conveyors
hove olmost unlimited possibilities of handling copocity ond
flexib ility of path. They can operate over greot d istonces,
up and out of the woy, ond the poth of trovel con wind and
bend in the horizontal plone o nd d ip ond rise in the vertical
plone to suit simple or complex layout require ments.

Power and free conveyors {poge 539) ore o com binotion of a

powered trolley conveyor ond a seporate free tra ck system su pporting
load-carrying trolleys. Trolleys on the powered conveyor ore equipped
with pushers thot engoge ond propel the load corrying trolleys. When
required, the load carrying troll eys ore monuolly or outomoticolly
switched from the power o nd free trock system to od jacent free tracks
where they moy be propelle d manua lly or by grovity. In like monner,
they can be re-entered into the power and free track system. Switching is accomplished without stopping the powered conveyor. Lifts ore
provi ded when required on a portian of the free trock to roise or
lower it together with loa d-corrying trolleys to other free trock or
work station elevotions. Power ond free conveyors ore used extensively
in production operotions whe re work must be stopped, stored, recirculated or dispotched.

---------

~~

~-.'=!-l~ j ~
ln-the-floor Trukveyor

Overhead Trukveyor

Trukveyo rs {poge 546) ore of the in-the-floor ond overheod types. ln-the-floor Trukveyors consist
of on endless power driven strand of cho in with ball beoring id le rs ond specio l pushers spoced ot
intervols to e ngoge ond tow four wheel plotform type lood-corrying trucks over o given poth.
The conveying medium is locoted directly below o slot in the floor. Trucks ore fltted with towing
pins thot ore lowered through the slot to engoge the pushers. Trucks ore easily engoged o r disengoge d while Trukveyor is operating.
Overheod Trukveyors ore trolley conveyors with troll ey ottochments spoced ot intervols to
engoge truck mounted mosts or far connecting chain slings ottached to trucks.
On both types, trucks moy remoin engog ed whil e objects ore p laced on or removed from
trucks ot vorious points or moy be d isengo ged os desired.
Trukveyors hove o wide ronge of o pplicotions far fre ight handling, worehousing, ond in monufocturing operations, where loods vory widely in size, shope ond weight.

482 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

Engineering
Selection of conveyors best suited to the needs of o given
opplicotion requires coreful considerotion of mony factors, so rne of which follow:
Size, weig ht ond shope of objects
Copocity
Meth od of looding and unlooding
Poth
Monn er of handl ing
Size, weight and shape of objects
Light objects ore reodily hondled on flot belt conveyors
ond on light choin conveyors. Trolley conveyors con be
used for heovy and light objects. Heovy objects require
heavy choin conveyors, slat ond pallet-type conveyors ond
orm ond troy elevotors.
Sorne ports, such os smoll nuts or woshers, moy be
hondled in bulk. For such ports, conveyors for bulk
moterials can be used, or parts moy be pul in contoiners
or polletized and handled as objects.
The size of the conveyor must obviously be adequate
to accommodate the size of t he object being handled.
In addition, such items as will not stand on a conveyor
in stoble equilibrium must hove orms or fixtures on which
they con be placed, or hooks from which they con be
suspended.
Capacity
In the case of objects which are handled in bulk, the
capacity requirements are figured in cubic feet per hour
or tons per hour.
Otherwise, the capaci ty requirement is determined by
the number of pieces to be handled and the spoce required for each piece. Thus, the speed of the conveyor
in feet per minute is the number of pieces per hour
divided by 60, times the space in feet required for each
piece. This must include adequate cleoronce between
pieces to allow for worki ng spo ce, surges in flow of parts
or ordinary clearances required for the placing of the
objects, swinging, or foreshortening at bends and curves.
In general, the following formulo will opply:
+ CI
s NIL60
wh e re S = speed of co nveyor in feet per minute
number of pieces per hour whe n placed
N
in a single longitudinal row. This factor
requires consideration when more than

one piece is placed across width of conveyor.

dimension of object measured long itud in ally along conveyor, in feet
e = minimum permissible clearance between objects on conveyor, in feet

= maximum

Should this speed be beyond thot recommend e d for

the conveyor selected, or be greater than will allow
satisfoctory handling on and off the conveyor, more
conveyo rs or other equipment must be used.
Method of loading and unloading
Whi le loading and unloading may not alwoys directly
influence the selection of a conveyor, it is still an important consideration. lf the object must be loaded ond
unloaded by ho nd , heavy lifting can often be avoided
by hoving the conveyor pass at the most convenient
height or working level.
On the other hand, conveyors lend themselves read ily
to methods of automatic load ing and unloading. Mechan ical means can usually be devise d for plocing
objects on and removing them from a conveyor, eliminating the human effort altogether. These things may affect
the path, speed, economy or other factors and thus,
indirectly influence the choi ce of a conveyor.
Path
The conveyor path, whether simple, irregular, monoplane or multiplane, has a definite bearing on the selection of the proper type of conveyor. Many conveyo rs
will operate in a single plane, while others ore well
ada pted to multiplane service. The angle of inclination
to the horizontal frequently determines whether the conveyor requires flights or will properly transport its load
without them. Careful consideration should be devoted
to the physical restrictions and the locations of the stations to be served when deciding upon the typ e of conveyor to employ.
Mann er of handling
The manner in which objects are handled is a very importan! considerotion, and very lorge ly determines the
choice of conveyor. Table 1 lists general considerations
given to handling objects and will be found valuable in a
preliminary anal ysis. For detailed ond accurate considerotion of oll problems involved, it is best to consult
experienced engineers . For dependable recommendation s, consult Lin k- Belt.

Table 1 Conveyors for parts and packages

Manner af handl ing

Obiects

Po rls or objects which are besl handled in bulk

Bolts, nuls, rough objects such os small

castings

Parts or objects which must be handled gently

Bottles, cases, finished parts, small

packages

Heavy objects which must be set or

placed on conveyo r

Bales, barreis, b oxes, erales, drums,

molds, rolls of paper, sacks, steel
coils, steel tubes, lumber

Parl s, objects, or pans, rocks or trays

of parls which are best handled by
suspending
Objects which are best handled by
towing

La rge castings, forgings ,

parts, stampings

machined

Cars, dollies, pallets, trucks, wagons,

ral road ca rs

Types of canveyors which con be used

Apron conveyors, belt conveyors, interna! discharge bucket elevators, drag conveyors, oscilloting conveyors, parts feeders . See conveyors
for bulk materials
Flat belt conveyors, flat top chain conveyors,
carrier cha in conveyors, cross-bar chain conveyors, swivel cha in conveyors, trolley conveyors, parts fe eders
Arm and troy elevators, plain chain conveyors,
carrier cha in conveyors, sla t conveyors, cartype cha in conveyo rs, pallet-type cha in conveyors, trolley conveyors
Trolley conveyors, cross-bar chain conveyors
Haula ge machines, pusher cha in conveyors,
Trukveyors, trolley conveyors

L 1 N K - B E L T 483

parts and package handling

plaln chaln conveyors

plain chain conveyors

Mony objects ore odopted to tronsportotion on o

system of ploin choins without requiring ony corry ing
medium other thon the choin itself. lt is possible to
present only typicol exomples of such opplicotions,
illustroting o few of the uses of ploin choin conveyors, to show the possible economy of spoce ond
Aexibility of poths.
Link- Belt, with its complete lines of choins ond
drives ond its yeors of experience in monufocturing
ond instolling such equipment, is well quolified to
moke relioble recommend otions on choin conveyor
problems.

Transferring bas kets of cans from two cooling tonk s to floor level, these two conveyors
in lcrge ccnnery use rugged combinction chcin. Pho to 3154 0

feedlng truck bodles to three -strcnd cutcmctic trcnsfer conveyor, these storage conveyors use b ushed r oller ch c in. Photo 374 21

484 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

plaln chaln conveyors

Feeding exp ort boxes to hydraulic lift tables in autamotive plant, this faur-strand canveyar uses bushed roller
chain. Six-strand delivery conveyor, using bushed roller choin, receives baxes from hydroulic lift. Photo 37425

Dellver lng can of salmon from mechanlzed packlng Une lnto trayf
by feeder-conveyor using bushed roller choin, Photo 3 4 3 8 1

Movlng pulpwood 10111 to barklng drum, this sixstrond conveyor uses Log Lugge r cha in. Photo 35292

L. 1 N K - B E L T 485

parts and package handling

plaln chaln conveyors

Handling 2 80 mm. shells from drow furnoce , lhis cooling conveyor

use s double-slrand Rivelless cha in. Photo 37 4 62

Corrying sheets of stalnless steel ta ann eallng furnace , this

four-strand bushed roller choin conveyor feeds sheeh to special
fou r-strand co mbination chain conveyor within furnace . Photo 3 4306

Movlng cants from unsultable logs from sawmlll to kroft

mlll, this inclined drag conveyor use s four slrands of durable
p inlle chain. Pholo 36927

486 L 1 N K - B E L T

Tronsferrlng mllk coses from processing llne, this conveyor use s single slrand swivel chain. Photo 35770

parts and package handling

pusher chaln conveyors

pusher chain conveyors

When an article or part can slide or roll,

or be moved on rollers or wheels, the most
economical method of conveying it in a
deflnite path is frequently a pusher chain
conveyor. These conveyors consist of one
or more endless strands of chain with suitable attachments to push the loads. The
choin itself does not carry the load.
Whatever type of pusher chain conveyor is indicated, Link-Belt can give expert guidance in its selection.
Transfe rrlng hot sla bs on lronsfer to ble equipped with 12" pltch chains
with casi sleel tilting dogs every 1 O feet, operating al 60 feel per minute.
Photo 32485

Caollng h o t p ip e on rack conveyor in large pipe mili. Conveying modium

consish of twelve endless strands of malleable iron pintle chain with H2
pusher allachmenl every second link. Pholo 31 084

Car rylng g r oundw ood l a gs fro m Aume to revolving table feeder, this jack ladder conveyor consists
o f twa strands of cha in wilh K17 casi sleel pushers
with rollers every twelfth pitch. Pholo 37166

L 1 N K - B E L T 487

parts and package handling

pusher chain conveyors

Fe e d ing Ice into Llnk-Belt dockmounted refrigerator car ice r

p ickup trough , this conveyor uses
o single strand of bar link choin with
8 5 pusher oltachments. Photo 38381

~1~~~ ~
~._

Delive ring hardwood to barker

and chipp er, this inclined conveyoruses
combination cha in with S 1 attachments
at intervols. Photo 37953

488 L 1 N K - B E L T

Transferrlng pipe fro m lnsp ectlon d epartment to cut-off in p ipe mili,

this conveyor uses bushed ro ller cha in with M ottachments. Phota 35943

parts and package handling

ca rrler cha ln co nveyora

carrier chain conveyors

Carrier chain conveyors of numerous types handle many

kinds of objects, parts and packages of various sizes,
shapes and weights. They are used on virtually unlimited
applications for efficient and economical handling of
materials and are frequently the solution to the ever
increasing demands for more continuous automated production.
These conveyors are built with attachments either connected to or integrally a part of conveyor cha in, forming
a carrying medium for an individual part, or a continuous
surface, as may be required.
They are built in a wide range of types and sizes
incorporatin9 special designs for handling various objects from medicinal pills to 70,000-pound coils of strip
steel.

Movln9 b eer cans thr augh processln9 lin e of lorge

brewery, this flot top choin conveyor o ssures uninterrupted
production through capping machines. Photo 38502

Carrier chain conveyors are particularly adapted to

such automat ed continuous processing operations as
assembly, bottling, dry ing, cooling and food handling.

Hot str ip co ll Is hondle d on e nd on this double

strand chain conveyor to side-d ischarge downtilter
equipped with grovity rollers. Photo 35647

Transferrln9 strip coll to sheor line entry point, this

choin conveyor with saddle top attachments handles
coils weighing up to 40,000 pounds. Photo 34715

L 1 N K - B E L T 489

parts and package handling

carrler chaln conveyors

H e avy pap er rolla are conveyed to skip type lowerer by

this chain conveyor equipp e d with o continuous line o f soddle
top carrier ottochments. Photo 36008

Carryl ng huak ed corn from husk er ta cutter . Corn

is insp ected , trimmed ond d oub le-washed en ro ute.
Conveyor consists of two strand s of roller choin with
bronze-bushed, water-light rollers. Photo 36674

Pauenger cars are dellvered to this fl nol ossembly line flot top conveyor by two-strand choin

conveyar. Photo 37417

490 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

cro ssbar chaln conveyo rs

crossbar chain conveyors

Crossbor choin conveyors ore used in mony monufocturing plonts for moving ports ond pockoges through processing operotions, through shops ond between deportments. Crossbor choin
conveyors consist of two stronds of choin sepo roted by cross rods, from which the object to
be conveyed is suspende d or held by crodles or fl xtures. They ore reod ily adoptable to inclined poths ond hove been successfull y opplied to p rocess operotions in industries such os
outomotive, furniture, opplionce monufocturing, meot pocking, foundry, steel, pulp ond poper
ond mony others. When used on crossbor choin conveyors standard choins ore generolly
furnished in motched ond togged stronds with speciol ottochments ossembled to meet mony
requirements.

Painte d m e tal parts are passe d thraugh Industria l

palnt dtylng a ven by this conveyor, which uses two
stro nd s of bushed choin. Pho to 37207

Wlr e 1helv e1a re conveyed th r ough d ipplng operatlon by

crossbor choin conveyor. Shelves ore suspended from cross
bors otloched to lwo stro nds of pintle choin. Photo 21 561

Paulng p alnt 1pray ed panela u n d er lnfra -red lampa for drying, this conveyor uses double-strond pre ,ision sleel roller choin with steel crossbors al intervals. Photo 25 113

L 1 N K - BEL T 491

parts and package handling

sla t conveyors

sla'I conveyors

Handling pack a g e d m e ats, this mople slo t

conveyor o peroles in cold sloroge room of lorge

meol po cking plont. Photo 34365

Slot conveyors ore built with corrying memb e rs of wood or

metal slots ottoched to o single or doub le strond of choin.
In odd ition to conveying operotions they moy be used os o
troveling work table, or o combinotion of the two. Mony kin ds
of p orts ond pockoges con be corried, light, heovy or bulky, on
inclines os well os on the horizontal. Slots con be designed ond
shoped to suit the orticles to be hond led .
Slot conveyors con be opplied o dvontogeousl y to obtoin o
steody, orderly Aow of moterio ls thru o plont, eliminoting confusion, p romoting efficiency ond effecting importont so vings in
handling expense.
Short pitch steel or mo ll eoble iron choins ore used for corrying smoll orticles; longer pitch steel cho ins ore use d on long
conveyors ond for conveyors corry ing lorge or heovy orticles.
For ossembly conveyors ond other opplicotions where exceptionolly smooth operotion is essentiol, cho ins with flnished rollers
ond cut tooth sprockets ore recommended.
Loadin g or unloading ma il and b aggage, this siot conveyor oper-

otes on o 36-degree incline. Eight conveyors of this type service one

of the world's lorgest possenger ships. Photo 38043

Unlaading pin e apples into bulk stora g e a t

ca n nery, this slol conveyor is 128 feel long

ond con store up to 42 tons of fru il, Photo 32814

492 L 1 N K - B E L T

Front sea t cush ions a re a ssemb led on this long

slot conveyor, octing os o tro veling work table in
new outomotive ossembly plant, Photo 37 418

parts and package handling

slat conveyors

Types
"",

i
!
i
1
1

p- - - - - - - -- - - ------ - - - -

_j

Slat canveyor with waaden slats operating on

angle track, for handling packaged materials and
similar articles. Light weight is combined with
Figure 3507
sturdy construction.

Sial canveyor, built of a single slrand of chain with

cla se fitting sleel slots, forming o continuous moving
work table suitoble for various light objects.
Figure 3508

Sial conveyor with chain on edge for recirculating

opplications. This carousel design, suitable only for
light loads, can take any number of horizontal
paths.
Figure 3 509

Slat conveyor with chain an edge and a slationary

working shelf an both sides for light loads for

Sial conveyor with wooden slots sliding on ong le

!rock ond cross ongles, for corrying light p ockoges
up on inclined palh.
Figure 3511

Sial conveyor wilh waoden slats, cenler supporting

roller and single slrand of chain for carrying bags,
boxes, etc.
Figure 3512

which o narrow carrying element is suitoble.

Fig ure 351 O

Sial conveyor wilh sleel slats having lo ngitud inal

depressions for carrying heavy ro lls of paper, oil
Figure 3513
d rums, e le.

Sial conveyor of channel construction with T-rail

track and wilh cenler roller ru nning on 1-bea m for
wide, heavy packages. Cross angles preven! backFigure 3514
sliding on inclines.

...,
,'

Sial conveyor of channel conslruction wilh lengthwise ridges for carrying coils of sleel, ail drums and
other heavy cylindrica l objecls.
Figure 351 5

. ..

Slat conveyor using dauble line o f w id e chain wilh

heavy sleel slats flush with floor for assembling
automobiles, lrucks, tractors, etc.
Figure 35 16

Sial conveyor for mea! packing line. Slats a re

lurned up a l e nds lo form continuous pan. G uard
rails along !he sid es prolecl workmen. Figure 3517

L 1 N K - B E L T 493

parts and package handling

pallet-type and car-type co n v eyo rs

palle-ype and
car-ype conveyors

Tru-Tra c ca r-t y pe mol d co nveyor with moving operotor's plotform for conlinuous pouring opero tions. Photo 36392

Link-Belt poliet- type ond cor-typ e conveyors provid e on excelient medium for tronsporting salid or pockoged
orticles, contoined bulk mo teriols, ond loase ob jects w hich con be eosily placed on or removed from the
conveyor. Designs ore ovoiloble for light, medium or heovy loods ond for monoplone or multiplone operotion over o wide voriety of poths. Conveyors con be built in o voriety of designs ond types to suit most
oppl icotions.
These Link-Bel! conveyors ore extensively used in foundries, steel milis, poper milis ond similor industries
for corrying molds, coils of strip steel, rolis of poper ond o voriety of simil or orticles. In mony instonces they
con be orronged for o utomotic looding and unlooding to synchronize with other conveyors or processing
equipment. N umerous designs of cors ond poliets can be furnished to accommodote porticulor requirements.
The two ty pes ovoiloble to meet the needs of most industries are: roliing poliet-type conveyors ond
Tru-T roe cor-type conveyors.

Rolling pallet-type conveyors

,.

===='1'1L

.Jr=1
Rolling pollellype conveyor for corrying molds in o lorge
foundry, with one o f the grey iron p ollets removed to show
!he sleel cho ssis with inverted T-roils, rollers ond conveyor
cho in. Photo 2 1 0 4 3

494 L 1 N K - B E L T

Cross section of o rolling pollellype

conveyor, showing !he olloy iron
pollet, the Rivetless choin with ex
tended p in ottoched to the steel
chossis mounted on T-roils, ond the
fixed suppo rting roller. f ig. 4223

The Link- Belt rolling po ll et-type conveyor consists of o series of pollets

or troys rollin g over boll or roller
beoring rollers mounted in the supporting frome. The po ll ets ore ottoched to ond p ropelled by on endless strond of r ivet less or steel roller
choin operoting in guides ot one
side of the roller frome. The convey or
is driven b y meons of conventiono l
enclosed geor drives through a
lorge diometer cerner sprocket to
ossure smooth operotion. Since olf
mochinery is obove Aoor level, pits
ore not required.

parts and package handling

pallet-type and ca r-type conveyors

Tru-Trac car-type conveyors

The Link-Belt Tru-Trac car-type conveyor is monufactured
in severo! sizes for handling light, medium or heovy loods.
lt consists of o series of roller-supported cars propelled
over o sup porting trock by means of o long pitch stee l
roller choin.

,--,
1
1
1

1
1

The car design is of rugged constructi011 consisting of a

top plate supported by a chassis which in turn incorporates
the oxtes and ball or roller bearing rollers of substontial
diameter and capacity. Chassis axles are rigidly attached
to individual pitches of the conveying chain, which acts os o
wagon tongue to hold the axles in a radial position on curves
and return them to a position normal to the tracks on straight
runs. Top plotes can be hinged and cam-operated for
automatic dumping to either or both sides of the conveyor.
Supporting tracks and guides for the propelling chai ns
extend the full length of the conveyor and assure true
al ignment and operntion of the ca r chassis through the
guiding action imposed upon the conveyor chain. Since
all axles are maintained in occurate alignment with the
track on both the straight ond curved portions, sidew ise
sliding is elimi noted and roller wear reduced to a minimum.

Pholo 22552 .. Tru Trae eor-type eonveyor

with fourwheel ehossis. Top piole removed
to show eho ssis ond ehoin.

Photo 28521 . . Genero! view in o molleoble iron foundry , showing lhe Tru
Trae ear.type eonveyor which eorries vorious lypes of molds over o mulli
plone poth. Such eonveyors ore odapted lo a wide voriety of poth s.

Fig. 4222
Cross section of o heovy design Tru-Trae eor-type eonveyor with top
piole supported by rollers on the oxle sholt. Cor wheels ore positioned
on the roil by the eonveyor ehoin operoling in ong le guides.

Photo 29944 .. TruTroe cor-lype conveyor

with two-wheel ehossis ond h inged top
piole for outomolie unlooding.

Pholo 28523 . . One of the top pioles ol o Tru-Troe eor lype eonveyor in
!he process of being outomotieolly tilted lo dischorge molds onlo o
shokeout screen. Operotion of this meehanism requires no ollendanl.

L 1 N K - B E L T 495

parts and package handling

palt e t - type and car- type co nveyors

Tru-Trac car-type conveyors

/l
/'

/ ..............

!/

/
I

./

/ /!
!/

//
//_/

,, ....
<' ' \
~

~
\\

\\

\ \
\

\\

\,.

Fig. 4221
Tru-Trae ear-lype conveyor with divided top plate, showing how both
halves may be tilted, far use where d iseharge is req uired on both sides
simultaneously.
Fig. 4224
Cross seetion of a Tru Trae ear-type conveyor, designed so that the top
plate may be tilled by a eam to diseharge !he load.

Conve yor fo r coils

The Tru-Trac car-type conveyor for hand ling coils is made

in various sizes to suit coil diameters and loads. lt can
operate overa path that includes many curves or slopes
without transferring coils from the initial position on the
car until they reach the fina l unloading point. This type
of conveyor is particularly suitable for carrying hot strip
coils from coile r to storage over irregular paths and where
it is desirable to utilize the greater portian of the conveyor
length for storage and cooling purposes.
The top plate is constructed of heavy steel plates and
beams with broad bearing surfaces for supporting the
coils, and is carried on a chassis that is fitted with axle
shafts and large diameter ball or roll er bearing wheels.
Axle shafts and chassis are rigidly connected to the con veyor chain. The chai n rollers guide the axles around
the path, assuring true rolling of the wheels, without sliding, as the axles are constantly held on the true radius of
every curve and normal to the straight track sections.
long pitch steel ro l ler chain is employed and can be
arranged with swivel joints for multiple plane service.
Carrying attachment conveyors may also be used for
handling coils.
Orives

The Tru -Trac car-type conveyor is driven by means of a

booster type drive. This drive is made up of a short
pitch, precision finished steel roller chain, which , because
of its short pitch , operates over relatively small diameter
sprocket wheels to conserve space but with sufficient
teeth to give smooth conveyor operation without pulsation. The chain is fitted with roller equipped dogs operating on tracks so designed as to engage and disengage the
main conveyor c hain without shock and with at least one
dog always definitely pushing on the main conveyor
chain .
496 L 1 N K - B E L T

Photo 31086A .. A Tru-Trae ea r-ty pe eanveyor al a mode rn slee l mili,

1,000 lee! long , handling 11 ,000-paund eails of hol stri p steel.

With this type of drive, the main conveyor chain is

not required to articulate where the ma ximum chain load
is applied; thus reducing wear on the main conveyor
chain while allowing higher safe operating loads.
For long conveyors or where loads are excessive,
additional booster drives may be used to keep within
safe operating loads.
The link - Belt Electrofluid d rive proves most satisfoctory for multiple booster drives , as each drive is automatically synchronized to pick up its proportionate share
of the load. The driving equipment is protected by the
cushioning effect of the flu id coupling incorporated in
this drive. Alternating current moto rs may be used, as
the Electrofluid drive assu re s a fixed high starting torque
with overload protection and gradual pick-up of the load.

parts and package handling

flat belt conveyors

fla bel conveyors

Flat belt conveyors are used to conveniently and economically convey
parts, packages, bags or boxes in a wide range of sizes and weights.
These conveyors are easily adapted to the continuous movement of materials during manufacturing or for conveying to storage or shipping departments.
Flat belt conveyors increase production, coordinate allied departments,
eliminate damage to material, reduce handling and lower manufacturing costs.
Link-Belt, with its comp lete line of light and heavy duty conveyors, will
recommend the equipment best suited for the job.

Cores are transferred to operator by Aa t belt conveyor.

Operotor places cores on boking oven looding pollets. Photo 38531

Llve roll tronsfer conveyor d ellvers logs to sortlng flat b elt

conveyor ot lorge poper plant. Photo 37443

Deliverlng pulpwood logs to stockplles, this 2300-foot long Aot belt conveyor is
equipped with heavy duty Aat roll idlers. Photo 35726

L 1 N K - B E L T 497

parts and package handling

flat belt conveyors

Handling packaged furnitur e fram factory floor to warehouse , this flat-roll

rough-top belt conveyor o p era les through underground tunnel. Photos 33656 ond 33655

Flat- roll Inclinad b e lt conve yor handling baslc

materials use d In che w lng gum manufacture,
from cold storoge to hommermill crushers. Phota 35109

498 L 1 N K B E L T

Handling hogged fuel, chips , refuse, a nd cants from sawmill

to plont, these flat belt conveyors form a simple, efficienl, and
time-saving conveying system far this veneer plont. Photo 374 7 6

parts and package handling

fla t b elt co nveyors

Types
/[ l
'

1
1

1
1

!~

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1

1
c!:::::=:1!=i

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1
1

c::d.,,

Jllf

1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Fig. 3946
Flot belt conveyor with b el! slid ing on sleel
bed for handling light ports ond pockoged
ma te rial. Side guords retoin the material
on the bel!.

,,
1

1
1
1

=tb=o

Fig. 3947
Flot belt conveyor with bel! sliding o n
wo od b ed combined with o work opron
used for handling ports during manufacture or ossembly.

Fig. 3948
Flo t b e lt conveyor with combinotion ste e l
bed ond occosiono l idle rs for hand ling
heovie r ports ond pockoges where comporoti ve ly smooth o ction is desiroble .

Fig . 3950
Flot b elt co nveyor constructed the som e os
Fig. 3949 except thot the side supports
form guords which help to retoin the
material on the belt.

Fig. 3951
Flot bel t conveyor with belt sl id ing on stee l
bed with cross cleots to prevent bocksl id ing
of peris being corried up inclines. Side
g uords olso help to retoin porh on the bel!.

l ll\
1
1
1

1
1
1

1!1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1

1
e:~ ~

Fig. 3949
Flot bell conveyor with belt operoting over
idlers far corrying heovy ports or pockoges.
The size o f idler ond be oring con b e mode
to suit o wide ronge o f loods.

Engineering
Link-Belt flat belt conveyors are built in two general types; those
with belts sliding on wood or steel slider beds, and those with
belts opera ting over straight ball or roller bearing idlers. The
(alter is the preferred type, although sliding belt conveyors are
most frequently used where the loads are light, where the belt
must be continuously supported, and where the co nveyor
lengths and speeds are not excessive.
For the selection of a flat belt conveyor for parts and packages, it is necessary to g ive careful consideration to the
following factors:
Path of conveyor
Speed of bel t
Width of belt
Load on conveyor

The mnimum width of belt musl be as great as, or greater than

the ma ximum dimension of the largesl objecl lo be handled.
By ma ximu m is meant the dimension a cross the corners, if the
object is likely not to be p laced squarel y on the belt. Two or
three-ply bells may be used on narrow, shorl cenler conveyors carrying very light objects. Otherwise four-ply bells should
be considered mnimum.

Path of conveyor

Load on conveyor

A flot belt conveyor for handling parts and packages may

be operated over varied paths, simila r to those of bulk
material co nveyors . Limitations to the angle of incline, however, are determined by the angle a l which backsliding occurs.
Should the required incline be greater than the angle al which
backsliding occurs, cross cleats of wood or steel can be
mounted on the belt.

For purposes of making a recommendation it is necessary to

know the maximum load to be carried on the belt al a ny one
time.

Speed of belt
The speed of the bel t is determined b y the si ze of the parts
to be carried and the number to be handled per unit of ti me .

Con sideration must be given to the speed with which these

parts can be handled a l points of loading and discharge.
Obviously, the capacity cannot be greate r than the least of
these. Speed should not exceed 100 feet per minute for sliding
belts or 250 feet per minute for belts operating on idlers.

Width of belt

Recommendations
Given adequate descriptions of the conditions a nd requiremenls,
and the facto rs mentioned above, complete and carefully
engineered recommenda tions a re a vailable. Link-Belt's un
equaled backg round and experience in the ha ndling of mole
rials is applicable to flat belt conveyors for peris and packages.
For your requiremenls, consult Link-Belt.

L 1 N K - B E L T 499

parts and package handling

arm and tray elevators

Arm and troy elevators and lowerers are used to transport

packaged materials and objects of various shapes between
floors of warehouses and other multistoried buildings, and
can be furnished in a variety of sizes and designs.
Arm elevators hove arms shaped to hold the o b jects to
be carried and are particularly adaptabl e to cylind rical
shapes such as barreis, kegs or d rums. These arms are
mounted on two strands of chain which elevate the load .
The carry ing arms pick up the load by passing between
stationary arms or similar supports at the receiving floor
where load has been deposited . Unloading is accomplished
automatically b y the arms rolling or pushing the load over
the head wheels which are located near the leve! of the
discharge platform or skid . The path should not be inclined
more than 15 d egrees from the vertical.
Tre y elevators hove single or multipl e tra y s which are
suspended from the cha ins to carry rolls, packages or cartons.
The multiple tro y elevator is loaded on the ascend ing run
and unloaded when descending on the other side, and is
adapted to selective elevating and lowering with multiple
loading and unload ing stations. The single troy elevator
requires a reversible drive. After d ischarge, the unloaded
troy returns to the loading posit ion over the sorne p ath
token when loaded, but the opera tion may be completely
automatic.
Automatic feeders and unloaders are sometimes incorporated in both types of troy elevators. These elevators can
also be furnished for handling objects weighing more than
listed. Consult link- Belt for recommendations.
Lihing cartons of salt to floor above, this multiple t r o y elevata r w ill
hon dle ma.y sizes of packages a nd baxes. Photo 2 197 9

Liftlng barreis from fl oor t o s hipping platform, lhis arm elevata r la ads
and unlaa d s auto matically. Phalo 26959

Lowering pape r rolls fr o m pape r mo chlne floor to m ain floor a t lorge

ip e per p b nt, this flnger-tr a y la werer mave s heavy lo ads efficiently.

P h ola 36007

500 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

arm and tray elevators

lnstallations

Arm ele vator hondles boles of wool from receiving floor to sixth Aoor
ot woolen milis. Photo 341 62

Style B tray e le vator obout to discharge 990-pound linoleum roll to

unloading table. Elevalor hondles heovy roll between bosement, first,
1econd and third floc;>rs. Photo 30354

Tray lowere r hond les 2000-pound rolls of newsprint stock from unlooding
dock to storoge orea in basement of large newspoper pio n!. Photo 37657

He ad t erminal o f Sty le 8 t ray e levator roising a package which will

be deposited on the stationary arms in !he foreground. Photo 21980

L 1 N K - B E L T 501

parts and package handling

arm and tray elevator5

Arm elevators inclined

UNLOADING
SKIDS

23;"po SPROCKET WHEEL

SERIES 1000
PILLOW BLOCK

CHAIN GUIDES-<]

~ .. ~~-,~ ~ .-;. ~

'--

~~4

,,.

'

SECTION AA

,.

LOADING SKIDS

'.

SECTION BB
Fi g . 3616

Borre! or keg

Molleoble iron
crms cnd breces .A

size, inches

A
Pcttern
numb er

Chime 1 Bilg e
1 Height or
diomeler
dic meter
lenglh

1 Weight
per set
in pounds

INCHES

12

14

18

e
e

16868
16869

14

11

9 y.

10

15 3/.o 23 3/.o 32 y. 38 y. 17 Y2

24

29 Y.

28

13

16

21

e
e

16648
16649

17

1 2 ~,

12

17 3/.o 25>;.. 343/.o 40 3/.o 20

24

31 3/.o

30

16

20

25

p 853
p 854

21

9>;..

9 3/.o 18'l\

15

20l/.o 283/.o 35Y. 41 y. 20 Y2

28

32 y.

33

19

24

30

e
e

28

12

12

18:;.1,

16

21 3/.o 293/.o 40 Y1 46 Ya 25Yo

28

37 Ya

34

19

24

30

p 767
p 766

31

13

13

15:Y1

16

2l3A 29 3/.o 40 3/.o 46 3/.o 26

28

37>;..

34

18429
18430

Hove dimensions certified fer instollotion purposes.

The design shown hes o total elevoting capocity of 375 pounds
.A Ro lled steel crms con be furnished,

502 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

arm and t ray elevators

Arm elevators vertical

LINK-BEL T GEARMOTOR WITH

CLASS RC ROLLER CHAIN
REDUCTION TO HEAD SHAFT

...... '

,, r .

LOAD
e__ :'

STATIONARY
LOADING
ARMS

60

FPM

SECTION AA

i ' 1
i 1 .
lm&~'"j
.

C/ L

...,..

1,-4 '

.- L--~~"""""~---....J
....

~~... ~., '.... : . 4'. . . ,..C>:1:. :

.: .---

.J

Fig. 3617

The drawing illu strates an elevator for rai si ng articles,

such a s bags of flour , coffee, lime or ceme nt, from a
lower level to an upper floor where they are automaticall y unloaded into the chute. Th is d esig n is adaptable
to elevating many different kinds of articles between
sing le loading a nd discharge stations, si nce special
arms may be provided to suit the parti cular loa d.

L 1 N K - B E L T 503

parts and package handling

arm and troy elevators

Tray elevators style A

c~~~-o---

REVERSIBLE
MOTOR

EAR
DRIVE'.j]

J
1

UNLOADING SKID

'L.

-' -

....

.. ..... .

LJ--~-

=:;}
..
'

OFFSET IN GUIDES
TIPS TRAY AT
UNLOADING POINT
TO DISCHARGE LOAD

'

1:
1!

' 1

CENTERS

,,
3 - >-

(-- y~--,\
AUTOMATIC
FEEDING ARMS

1 +1:

~ ./

L<iAD

TRAY

: _: ;

1:
1:

GUIDE
ROLLERS
f-{ .

G
1

i:

TAKEUP

' -<- - FT1t--;---:-..-,'>,-<:;J

Fig. 3618

The elevator shown is designed to handle paper rolls ar

cylindrical containers, but, by use of the proper troy, loading and unloading arms ar skids, it is adaptable far
barreis, bags, boxes ar other articles . The troy may be
fitted with rollers far transporting flat bottomed loads
which must be handled gently. Rais ing and lowering
are perfarmed over the sorne path by mean s of a
chain hoist.
These elevators may be insta lled with manual, semiautomatic ar fully automatic controls. With semiautomatic
controls, the elevator will co mplete one cycle each time
it is started, returning the troy to loading position. With
fully automatic control , it will continue to operate, un-

5 04 L 1 N K - B E L T

less shut off, as long as loads are fed to it, otherwise

the troy will complete the cycle and then come to rest
al the loading position.
A

FEET AN O INCHES

6-0

8-5

4-7

5-0

i 8-9

5-6

3-3

2-9

6-6

1-2

Hove d imensio ns certified for instollotion purposes.

These d 1"1enS1ons ore fer o typ ocol e levotor to hondle po per ro lls 30 to AS
in ches in d io me ter, up to 72 inches long, we1g hing 5000 pounds ond will
se rve os o g uide fer layout purposes.
Th11 elevotor con be furnished tn vorious sizes o nd modified to hondle
o ther orticles.

parts and package handling

arm and tra y eleva tors

Tray elevators sty le B

: ,Y--~ :
'

1 1

HINGED
UNLOAOING ARMS

LOWER POSITION FOR

ORUM OR BARRELS

TRAY

i
C/L
OF

ELEVATOR
CENTERS

:1

HINGED
LOAOING
ARMS

SECTION AA

&

,. .. '"1
!j.f

...."

UNLOAOING

, ,,\
'.

,:'"'

'~'

-~'

"

--+1 ,~

ORIVE MACHINERY MAY

BE LOCA TED A T HEAO
ENO FOR HEAVY ANO
LONG C ENTER ELEVATORS

'

Fig. 3619

The installation illustrated is a suspended troy elevator

or lowerer on which the ascending run may be loaded
and the descending run unloaded at any floor by setting
the hinged arms on both loading and unloading sides
in the appropriate positions. Hangers, freely suspended from the two strands of chain, carry the trays
so that they are always in the carrying position .

quently located at the foot terminal, os shown, but head

end drives are usually employed for heavy and long
center elevator designs.

When handling boxes, crates or cartons, un loading

arms may be fitted with rollers and installed at the
proper slope for gentle discharge. When conditions are
favorable automatic feed ing devices may be incorporated with the loading arms. Orive machinery is fre-

Hove dimensions certified lor instollotion purposes.

Thes dimnsions ore lor o typicol elevotor to hondle bags ar barreis up
to 24 inch diometer by 30 inches long, weighing up to 500 pounds each
ond will serve os o guide lor layout purposes.
This elevator can be iurnished in various sizes and modiied to handle
other articles.

B I C / D I E I F I G I H I J I K/ LI M
FEET ANO INCHES

3-11 Y2 / 4-1 O 3-9 Y2l 2-8 13-1 O 3-4 / 3-0 I 3-0 / 5-6 6-6 6-0 2-3

L 1 N K - B E L T 505

parts and package handling

parts f eed ers

Synl'ron parl's feeders

Syntron parts feeders vertical vibratory
Syntron vertical vibrotory ports feeders provide outomotic, oriented p osition, single line
feeding of smoll ports to vorious types of processing mochinery, mochine tools ond ossembly ond pockoging equipment. They will hondle olmost ony shope port of every
kind of moteriol-metol, wood, gloss, plostics, etc.
Gentle, pulsoting electromognetic vibrotions move the ports up ond oround o spirol
t rock in the bowl. During this t rove!, selector devices orient the port so it is in o specifled
position ot the bowl dischorge point. Grovity feed trocks ore used to oid in distributing
the ports oft er dischorge from the bowl. These con be fltted with escopement devices
to control dischorge of o required number of ports in sequence to conform to processing
r equirements. Offset su pply hoppers con be furnished to increose bulk storoge copocity
ond to contoin the p orts so they do not interfere with positioning operotions in the bowl.
Syntron vertical vi b rotory ports feeders ore ovoiloble in six models, with fobricoted
steel or cost oluminum bowls, from 7 " to 3 6 " in diometer, copoble of handling po r ts
from the size of o rhinestone to on 8 " long cy linder heod bolt.
Mod els ore normolly furnished for 115 volt, 60 cycle AC OJ:'erotion but units for 23 0
or 46 0 volt operotion con be mode to order.

Feeding hollow he ad s et screws

to o cen terl ess thread grinder with
p orts feede r . Photo 530826

Bank of parts feeders in on outomotive engine pion! handling o voriety of ports,

eoch being fed into o seporote compo rtment of a ports kit troy. Photo 5 4004 1

Nin e parts feeders supplying adding mochine pips in o vert ical positian

Fee ding be aring s he lls and roce rlngs

to o g roup assembly jig . Photo 53062 1

to outomotic hinge beoring machine with

t wo po rts feeders. Photo 53061 8

506 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

parts f e e d e rs

Syntron parts feeders transfer and storage

Syntron tronsfer ond storoge peris feeders move peris al o
controlled rote from one operotion to onother, orient, or
position the ports being tronsferred, ond provid e po rts
storoge prior to su bsequent usoge.
They eliminote manual handl in g of ports between operotions ond their vertical construction requires very little floor
oreo, permitting more compoct production lines. Ports storoge
con olso be increosed b y incorporoting offset type supply
hoppers.
Syntron tronsfer ond storoge ports feeders consist of on
electromognetic drive on which is mounted the spirol or helix.
Bowls, with or without spiro l trocks ond similor to those used

on standard ports feeders, con be used in oddition to the

spirol or helix. The rote of ports flow in the feeder is controlled
by o rheostot ond the dischorge rote from the escopement is
controlled by the o peroting sequence of the mochine receiving
the ports.
Ports movement con be either up or down. The electromognetic drive con be floor or suspension mounted. When
suspension mounted, the helix is below th e drive.
These feede rs ore ovo iloble in six models copab le of
handling moximum ports lengths from \4 " to 5". Operotion is
from 1 15, 230 or 460 volt, 60-cycle AC.

Model ST-2 transfer

and storage peris feeder
A tra n sf e r a nd starage parts fee der a nd a v e rtical v lbrat ory porta f eed er

handling gear blanks lo and between four boring and facing operations. Photo S40402

Syntron spiral feeders vertical vibratory

Syntron vertical vibrotory spirol feeders ore for elevoting or lowering
moterio ls in bulk, whether granular
or smoll ports such os nuts, bolts,
studs, etc. In oddition, they ore wid ely
used os material cooling units since
the lorge surfoce oreo of the spirol
romp permits economicol ond efficient convection or forced oir cooling
os the material moves up or down .
These feeders ore ovoilo ble with o
7-foot high spirol trock. They hove
o moximum copocity of 4000 pounds
per hour of material similor to dry
sond weighing 100 pounds per cubic
foot.
Operation is from 230 or 460 volt,
60-cycle AC.

Model ES-44 vertical vibrotary spiral

feeders with base mounted and suspension mounted electromagnetic drives.

ssooos
Two vertica l vlbratory 1p lral fee ders handling a p lastic
compound In o coaling and bagging system. Photo S50007

L 1 N K - B E L T 507

parts and package handling

trolley conve yors

rolley conveyors
Link-Belt trolley conveyors are universally used to reduce
manufacturing and handling costs by efficiently mechanizing
many kinds of industrial operations. They are a versatile conveying medium for handling parts, components and assemblies.
Trolley conveyors consist of an e ndless power driven chain
suspended b y ball bearing trolleys from an overhead track.
Trolley conveyors offer unlimited possibilities of flexib ility,
capacity and length. The path of trove! can wind and bend
in the horizontal plane and dip and rise in the vertica l plane
to suit simple or complex layout requirements. An extremely
wide range of material sizes, shapes and weights can be
handled. Coupled with modern control systems, trolley conveyors automatically p erform a wide variety of functions.
Application of trolley conveyors by Link-Belt, from the
creative sales engineering in the initial stages through the
final engineering, manufacturing and installation, assures the
most appropriate and economice! conveyor to suit individual
requirements.

What a trolley conveyor will do

Reduce handling require d With moderate speeds and appropriate carriers, including fixtures when required, assembly operatians
can be perfermed directly on material in transit on the conveyor.
This is pa rticularly advantageous fer pieces that are difficult to
handle b ecause of shape or weight. Trolley conveyors frequently
are designed to provide storage between receiving and manufacturing operations with no intermediate handling.

6 " troll e y conveyor with hooks handling 600-pound coils af hot steel wire
from mili to storage yard. Coils cool in tronsit. Photo 39 1 61.

Re d e em valuable floor space Material in transit on trolley conveyors is suspended from ceilings ar overhead building members,
utilizing otherwise unused space. Floor storage oreas are released
fer productive use.
Cont rol p r o cess timing Material on a trolley conveyor travels
continuously ata uniferm rote. Variable speed drives pe rmit controlled
exposure tim es fer washing, painting ond drying.
Schedule m a teria l A tralley conveyor will d eliver material to
work slolions al o uniferm role paced lo !he required operolions ond
al ony desir ed elevolion. Period s of wailing ond rush octivily ore
eliminoled which increases p roduction ond decreoses worker fatigue.
Complex assembly lines con b e occurotely supplied with praper
colors, types ond quonlilies of variaus ports.
lntegrate allied d e partments Related d eporlments are effectively inlegraled, r ego rdless of separating distonce. Starage between d e portmenls is provided on the conveyor. The operoting
efficiency of connected deportments is thereby increosed.

4 " trolley conveyor with open side carriers used os final ossembly line for
wa ll type refrigerator-freezers. Photo 38732

4 " trolley conveyor wilh multi-purpose corriers handli ng metal bothtubs through vorious flnishing opera tions. Photo 38944

508 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

contents
lntroduction ........................ ........ ...... 508

Layout procedure ... . ........ . .. ... ........... 522

Sizes .................. ........................ 51 O

Size selection ...... .......................... 523

Chain p ull calculations .. . .......... 523 and 527

Components

Multiplane service limitations ...... . ...... . .. 523

Chains........ . ....... . ............... .. .... 51 0

Component selection ...... .. ........ .. ..... . ... 527

Trolleys ..... . .. . ... .. ... .......... . . . ....... 511

Supports and superstructure ... .. ... .. . .......... 529

Guards ........................ ... .......... 53 l

Roller turns ................... ...... ......... 51

Traction wheel turns . . . ... .. ..... . .... .. ....... 515

Takeups..................................... 516

Oimensions

Straight track, vertical curves and safety devices .... 517

Chains ....... ... ... ......................... 532

Orives .. .... .... ....... . .... ........ .. .. .... 518

Trolleys . . .......... ....................... . . 533

Roller and traction wheel turns ... .. . ....... ..... 535

Hooks and carriers ...... . ...... . .......... . ... 520

Takeups .... . ... .. .... .............. . ..... . .. 536

Orives . .... .. . .. .. .... .. . ........... ...... .. 537

Selection
Ty pical trolley conveyor layout .. .......... ... ... 52 l

Straight track and safety devices ............. . .. 538

The unique capabilities o f trolley conveyors for moving parts, components

or assemblies continuously through various processing operations are
graphically shown by !he following system . This Link-Bel! trolley conveyor
carries folding chairs through cleaning, painting and d rying operations
and delivers them to final assembly, storage or shipping.

Choirs in fo reground o re descending lo enter prime coo t dip tonk.

Po th bends ond dips o s required
by building ond process equipment. Photo 36488

Choirs ond hooks o re outomo ticolly tronsferred to ond from o spray booth conveyor
far electrostotic pointing. Choirs emerge a l
right fro m spray booth ond are transferred
to moin conveyor. Photo 3 6491

Choirs move from looding p oint through

o hot couslic cleoning bo th, ond o hot
water spray rinse. Photo 36490

Chairs on the tro lley conveyor dip inlo lonk of prime coot
and then pass through a drip ore a ta d rying oven.
Photo 36489

L 1 N K - B E L T 509

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Sizes
Link- Bel! trolley conveyors o re buill in three standard ond several
speciol sizes to meel o wide range of load, poth ond length requirements.

3" trolley conveyors ore designed far relotively light loods ond
low chain pulls. They ore used to hondle smoll components, subassemblies ond light producls such os smoll electricol opplionces,
electronic equipmenl, ond smoll fobricoted metal p roducts. 3u 1-beom
trock and X348 Rivetless chain are used.
4 " trolley conveyors ore designed far moderole loods ond choin
pulls. This size is the most popular ond is very widely used throughout
industry. lt has sufficienl copocity far most opplicolions in the mojar
opplionce, oulomotive, o ircroft, implemenl, rubber ond ceromic industries ond most other metal fob ricoting ond monufoct uring operotions. 4u 1- beam !rack and X458 Rivetless choin ore used.

6 " trolley conveyors ore designed far heovy duty service and
high choin pulls. This size is used in faundries far cooling coslings, in
!he sleel induslry far handling fargi ngs or coils of rod ond strip, in the
construction mochinery o nd outomotive industries, ond for othe r
monufacturing ond processing operotions involving heavy material.
6 11 1- beo m trock ond X678 Rive tless choin ore used .
3 " trolle y convey or
3" 1-beam track
3 ' trolleys
X348 Rivetless chain

4 " trolley conveyor

4 1-beom track
4 " trolleys
X458 Rivetless choin

6 " trolley conveyor

6" 1-beam track
6" trolleys
X678 Rivetless chain

Load bars, which join two od jocenl lrolleys into o faur-wheel a ssemb ly ond combine their load corrying copocity, ore o voiloble
for oll th ree sizes of Link-Bel t lrolley conveyors. This orrangement
permils the copocily of exisling conveyors to be increosed ond plont
standardization of o trolley conveyor size suito ble for the mojority
of loods involved.

Chains
Drop farged stecl Rivetless chaim hove been used on trolley conveyors far many years because of their high strength with minimum
weight, ond fl exibility in two piones. They hove the odded odvontoge
of easy ossembly ond disossembly without tools.
Type X drop farged steel Rivetless chains ore used on oll LinkBelt trolley conveyors. These chains hove greoler lronsverse strenglh,
will operote oround o shorter rodius in o vertical plone, ond reduce

the peening aclion of centerlinks on trolley brackets by providing

shoulders lo limit lhe sliding oction of trolley brockets.
All ports of Link-Belt Type X Rivetless chains ore heot treote d lo
provide greater slrength ond moximum weor resistonce. Mony
standa rd ond speciol choin pins ond ollachments ore available lo
meet o wide voriety of requirements.

X678, X458 ond X348 drop forged steel Rivetless

chains for trolley conveyors. Photo 393 85

Rivetless chains are easily assembled and disassembled without tools. (X458
chain shawn) Phota 39234

Many types of chain pins and intermediate chain allachments are available for Rivetless chains. Photo 39218

510 LINK-BELT

parts and package handling

trolley co nveyors

Series 500 trolleys

Wheels machined from steel tubing
-carburized and heat treated for
maxlmu m life of rolling surface.

Labyrinth seals
are effectlve
and frictianless .

Bracket projecls into inner

bearing ring lo preven! canti lever effect on wheel bolt or
rivet, assuring light assembly.

Hardened and concentricall y

g round inner and outer raceways minimize rolling friction .

racket projects over

lubricatian fitting on
riveted lype for max-

Bol! or rivel is accurately machined

and lightly fltted in
brackel to assure o
rigid assembly.

Large lubrican! storoge.

imum protection.

Cages accurately space

precision steel balls,
assuring smooth rolling.

Press ure type

grease fitting
with ball check.

BOLTED

36396

Series 500 trolleys consist of two wheel ond brocket ossemblies with on
ottochment between the brockets to serve os o spocer ond to suspend
loods. Eoch wheel ond b rocket ossembly consists of o boll beoring wheel
rigidly joined to o heovy drop forged steel brocket by o bolt or rivet.
The choin is supported in occurotel y formed choin pockets in the brockets
ond the entire ossembly is secured by two bolts, one obove ond one
below the choin on the vertical centerline of the brockets.
These trolleys ore monufactured with the sorne precision os LinkBelt boll beorings. Sound design ond the most modern facilities for
manufacture, inspection ond ossembl y combine to ossure o quolity
product capoble of long, dependoble service unde r severe conditions.

Forged steel bracket

provid es m aximum

strength.

Extra wide lug s fil shouldered

chain center links closely and
provide large bearing area for
long life.

3" trolleys
Attachme nts
B
Stud
forged
steel

Pendant
formed
sleel

Lo ad bar
pendant
Formed
steel
36400

36399

39025

H
Clevis
Form ed
steel

J
Swivel
forged
steel

ldler
formed
sleel

3" trolleys operate on 3" 1-beam track wilh X348 or 348 Rivetless chain and
have a 5 Y2" drop (distance from top of !rack lo chain centerline.) The twowheel trolley has o copacity of 250 pounds for monoplone service. All ottochments
shown al left except J ore ovoiloble ond speciol ottochments con be furnished.

4" trolle ys
4" trolleys operote on 4 11 1-beom !rock with X458 or 458 Rivetless cho in and
ore ovoiloble wilh 73/J/ and 8 " drops (distance from the top of the !rack lo
choin centerline). The two-wheel trolley has o copocity of 500 pounds for monoplone service. All ottochmenls shown ot left ore ovoiloble ond speciol ottachments con be furnish e d.

6" t rolleys
6 11 troll eys operote on 6 11 1-beam !rack wilh X678 or 678 Rivetless cha in and
have a 1O" drop (distonce from the top of the trock to the chain cenlerline).
The twowheel trolley has o capacity of 1000 pounds for monoplane service. All
oltochmenls shown al lefl excepl J ore ovoiloble ond speciol ottochmenls can
be furnished.

36402

36403

36401

Series 500 four-wheel load bar t r o lley s

""'"--=~===;;...--.-i

Style LE

36398

Four-wheel load bar trolleys consisl of o poir of lwo-wheel lrolleys connected

by a load bar suspended from lrolley attochments. Four-wheel load bar
lrolleys ore gene rolly used where onticipoted lood s exceed the copocity of
two wheel trolleys ond whe re condilions do not justify th e use of the next heavier
choin ond lrolley. The use of four-wheel load bar trolleys often permits the
stondardizotion on one trolley size. The load copacily of the four-wheel trolley
is twice thot of the two-wheel trolley. Two styles of load bars are ovoiloble:
Style LE divides the load equolly between the two trolleys al oll angles of
incline up to 60 degrees; Style LB has greoler tronsverse stobility ond less
pendulum action and is recommended when corriers are aulomoticolly lood ed
or unlooded. Standard load bors ore two chain pitches in length; however,
longer bors con be furnished.

Slyle LB

39037

LJNK-6ELT 5 11

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Series 600 trolleys

W heel1 m ac hined from 1t eel tubing
-carburized ond he at lrea ted fo r
maxlmum lile of rollng s u rface.

Bra cket pro jects into i nner

b e a ri ng rin g to p revent cantilever e ffe ct on w h eel bolt o r
rivet, a ssu ri ng l ig ht a ssem bly.

Hard e n ed and conce nlrica lly

g r o und i nner a n d outer r ace-

Bro cket p ro jects o ver

lub ricalion fitting on " '
riveted t y p e fo r maxi mum p rote ctio n.

w a ys mini m ize ro lli ng fri ctio n.

Bolt o r rivet is accurate ly mac h in ed and
lightl y fl tte d in bracke t
to assu re a rig id
a ssem b ly.

Large lubrica n! s torage .

Coges a ccuralely s pace

precisi o n st eel balls,
a ssuri n g 1 mooth ro lling.

P ress u re t y p e
gre a se fitti ng
wit h ball c hec k.

RIVETED

Forg ed steel b racket

provides m a ximum
s tre ngth.

A llac h m e nl lu g s a nd b otto m
of bra ckel flt sh ouldered cha in
ce nter link cl osely to p ro vide a
mo re rigid jo int with large
bea ri ng a rea fo r long lil e.

<..,~
/

39230

3923 1

BOLTED

Series 600 trolleys consist of two wheel ond brocket ossemblies with
on attochment between th e brackets to serve os o spocer ond to
suspen d loo ds. Each w heel ond brocket ossembly consists of o bo ll
beo ring wheel rig i dly joined to o heovy drop forged steel brocket
by o b o lt o r o rivet. Th e b rockets end ot the top of the chain w hich
is supported in pockets formed by the bottom of the brockets ond
projecting lugs on the ottochments. The complete ossembly is secured
by two bolts locoted horizontolly on the brockets obove the cho in.
Attochments ore ovoiloble in 4 moteriols; Promol, casi steel, forge d
ond formed steel os shown below. The table on poge 534 lists ty p es
ovoiloble for specifk trolleys ond speciol ottochments con be furnished. Promol ond forged steel ottochments ore suitoble for opplico tions requiring o rigid joint or reduced joint cleoronce between corrier
stem ond ottochments.
These trolleys ore monufoctured with the sorne precision os linkBelt boll beorings. Sound design ond the most modern facilities for
manufacture, inspection, ond ossembly combine to ossure o quolity
product copoble of long, dependo ble service under severe cond itions.

4" trolleys
4" trolleys operote on 4" 1-beom track with X458, 458 or 468 (with odapters) Rivetless choin. Avoilable drops (distonce from top of trock to choin
centerline) with X458 ond 458 choin ore 7 3/i,", 8 11, 8 V. " and with 468 cho in
ore 7 Y2", 8 5/i,", 8'/i,". 468 choin is recommended for applicotions hoving
individual loads within the roting of o 4" trolley, but where excessive choin
pulls due to long or complex poths would require en obnormol number of
drives with X458 choin. The two-wheel trolley has o copocity of 500 pounds
for monoplone service.

Attac hments

6" t r olleys

Pendant

Pendant

Promol

Formed steel

39029

39464

39023

E
Load ba r
pendant
Casi sleel

39027

H
Clevis

Clevis

Clevis

Promol

Formed sleel

Forged sleel

39465

51 2 L 1 N K- BEL T

39466

6" trolleys operote on 6 11 1-beom !rock with X678 or 678 ond X458 or 458
choin. Avoiloble drop (distonce from top of trock to choin centerline) with
X678 or 678 cho in is 1 O%" ; with X458 or 458 cho in is 1O". The trolley designed for use with X458 or 458 choin is recommended for opplrcotions
hoving heovy loods ond short simple poths where the individual trolley load
exceeds the copocity of o 4" trolley, but where the choin pull is within the
copocity of X458 choin. The two-wheel trolley has o copocity of 1000
pounds for monoplone service.

3903 1

ld ler

l dler

ld ler

Pro mol

Formed steel

Forged sleel

39021

39026

parts and package handling

trolley conveyor s

Bearing seals, lubrication and operating temperatures

Series 500 and 600 trolleys hove close tol e ronce triple lobyrinth metal seols, which provide odequote protection for oll
general uses including foundry opplicotions. For conveyors
opero ting in excessively dirty otmospheres or exposed to corrosive vopors, consult Link-Belt.
In general, greo se lubrico tion is used for te mpe rotures up
to 270 F. however speciol high temperoture greoses are required obove 200 F. For temperotures from 270 F. to 450 F.
fluid lubriconts ore recommended. For most high temperoture
opplicotions, the lubricont is introduced (usuolly outomoticolly)
through en enlorged hole in the wheel bolt or rivet; however,

for sorne applications beoring seols ond greose flttings ore

omitted ond the lubricont is sproyed directly o nto the ball poth.
Mony variable conditions such os exposure to hect, steam
or water, fr eezing ond thowing cycles, dirt, chemicols, etc.,
will offect proper lubricotion. Consult Link-Belt for lubricotion
recommendotions in oll coses except where troll eys operote
in cleon dry oir and ore exposed to temperotures not lower
thon 32 F. or obove 200 F.
Complete lubricotion ond service instructions ore furnished
with eoch Link-Beft engineered conveyor.

Special trolleys
Ele ctrified trolleys

Where it is necessory to opply en electric

curren! to material being corried on a
trolley conveyor, Series 500 ond 600 trolleys can be furnished with current collector
orms ottoched to the brackets. A wide
ronge in voltoge ond omperoge of either
director olternoting curren! con be supplied
to work in process. Electricol ond electronic
opporotus of many kinds can be testoperoted while in transit on the conveyor.

Heavy d uty t r olleys

Speciol heavy duty trolley conveyors

ore used to accommodote very
heovy loods. Trolleys hove heovy
steel brockets ond flonged wheels
with boll or roller beorings. Wheels
ore designed to run on two ASCE
rails or structurol ongles ond con be
furnished without greose fittings or
seols for high temperature opplicotions. When loads require, two trolleys joined by suitoble load bors
ore used.
39388

LINK - B ELT 513

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Roller turns

19235

Rolle r turns ore used to g uide the conveyor choin oround horizontal
turns to keep the centerline of the choin under the centerline of the
1-beom trock a l oll times.
Link-Belt roller turns consist of o series of double row boll beoring
rollers mounted on speciol bolts between two curved steel re toiner
bors supported by welded steel brockets from o substontiol structurol ste el frome. Curved !rock sections ore occurote ly form ed without
distortion of 1-beom flonge s.
Roller lurns ore ovoiloble in mony standard rod ii for a wide
va riety of a res; however, special lurns can be furnished . Turn radii
selected must be lorge enough lo provid e cl e arance be tween adjacenl
loads on the conveyor. W ith proper lubrication, roller turns will operale
sotisfoctorily al te mperatures up lo 270 F; howe ver, traction wheel

turns are commonly used in ovens and in proce ssing e quipment, since
they hove only one bearing that requires lubrication.
Ball b e a ring rollers for Link-Belt roller lurns are d e signed specifically for this purpose a nd are built with the sorne precision a s Link-Be lt
boll be orings.
The o uter shell with integral roceways is accurately machine d from
steel tubing; the inner ring with integral raceways is made from ba r
stock. Both componenls ore carburized ond hect lreoted lo ossure
ma ximum life of rolling surfaces. A full complement of balls a ssures
ample bearing capocity. Formed sleel e nd shie lds o re press fitted
lo the inne r ring to preven! the e ntry of forei gn ma terial and to seal in
the b e aring lub rican!. Rollers with four differenl lubrication p rovi sions ore ovailoble. Roller turns are furnished with Style OL rollers
unless otherwise specified.

Ball bearing rollers

29034

Style OL Ol lub ricote d thro ugh a ho le

in the top beo ring shield . Used fo r lo w spee d
applica tio ns ond where toller lurns o re reod ily occessible.

c9033

Style GL Greose lubricate d through a

fl ush pressure lubricotion fitting in the top
be o ring shield. Recomme nde d for ali applicotions ond is pa rticulorl y advontage ous for
high speed opplico tions.

Unit brackets
Unit brocke ts ore used for slight changes in d irection in th e
horizo ntal plone. The ossembly consists of o he ovy weld e d
steel brocke t with o ne lurn roller ond is welde d lo the top o f
the !rock. The numbe r of unil brockets requi red for ony turn
is gove rne d by !he rod ius ond ore of the lurn. Unil brock e ts
ore ov oilobl e fo r 3 ", 4 " ond 6 " trolley conveyors.

514 LINK- BELT

19032

Style GLP Grease lubricote d thro ugh a

flush pressure lubrication fitting in o drille d
ce nte r mounting bolt. This style provid es the
optimum distribution of lubrican! lo !he
be o ring surfoc es. Re commend e d fo r a li applications ond is porticulo rly odvonlog eou s
for high spe ed opplicatio ns. 11 p rovid es the
b es! lubrican! dislribution ond convenient
occess to th e gre o se fittin g.

Style FS Pre -lubricote d ond seole d. This

style has o clase cl e oronce seo l to compl e tely
e ndose the bearing. This b e o ring is lubri cote d al the factory and need neve r b e
re lubricate d . Used for turns in inaccessibl e
lacotions and lo suit othe r sp e cia l conditions.
Consult Link-Bel! fo r pro p er application.

parts and package handling

trolle y conve yors

Traction wheel turns

3895 1

Troction wheel lurns ore used lo guide the conveyor choin oround horizo ntal turns to
keep !he cenlerline of !he choin under !he centerline of !he 1-beom !rock al oll times.
link-Be l! lroctio n wheel turns co nsisl of o welded steel wheel with o wide rolled sleel
rim concenlricolly ottoche d b y spokes to o sleel hub fitted with e ither o b ronze b eoring, topered roller beoring, or copper Gropholloy b earing. The wheel is supported by
ond turns on a cold ralled steel shaft which is rigidly alloched to welded sleel mounling
brocket. The brocket ond curved !rack section o re supporte d by o welded slruclural slee l
frome. The curved 1-beam !rock seclion is occurotely formed withoul dislorting the b eom
flong es.

,,.,.,, ,

Bronze b e a ring wheels (Style BH) a re recommended for mod erole speeds ond cl e an,
dry operoting conditions ot lemp eratures up lo 270 F. Topered roller bearing wheels
(Styl e RH) ore recommended for moderote or high sp eeds and with speciol lubricanls,
for exposure lo moisture or chemica l vopors ot tem p erolures up to 270 F. Lo rge lubric an! sto roge spoce exle nd s lub ricolion intervo ls. Copper Gropholloy b eoring wheels
(Style GH) ore recommended for use in ovens ond will withstand lemperatures up to
700 F.

11

--

1
1

Bronze be aring whee l, Styl e BH

Wheel diomelers mus! be selected lorge e nough lo provid e cleoronce between odjocenl lo ad s o n !he trolley conveyor. Troctio n wheel turns ore ovailable in mony standard
pilch diamelers ond o res, ond special turns con be furnished. Traction wheel turns ore
furnishe d with Style RH wheels unless otherwise specifted.
Ta p ered roller be aring whee l, Style RH

Fe atur e s
1. One cenlrolly loco ted b eoring to service and maintain. This is odvanlogeous for
turns loca ted in process e nclosures where occess is limited and where beorings
may be exposed to hect, moisture or corrosive vapor. The single beoring is also
desirabl e for turns exposed to excess dirl or abrasive dust, in high storage bays
or over extremely congested oreas.
2. Continuous riding surface for the choin lrovel oround corners, minimizing chordol
aclion and choin weor.
3. Can be furnished with provision for remole lubricotio n.

:
~
I i1 6111

Copper Graphalloy b earing wheel , Style GH

LINK - BELT 515

parts and package handling

t rolle y conveyors

Takeups
Takeup s control choin slock and permit ex
cess chain to be removed from the conveyor
when necessory. They are located neor
drives o n the slock choin sid e.
Link-Bel! trolley conveyor takeup s consist
of o roller o r troction wheel turn made
moveobl e by adding rollers, trock exponsion
joints, ond o structurol sleel stotio nory from e
which surrounds ond supports the turn from e.
Movement of !he rolling frome is controlled
by springs, counterwe ights or screws. Ex ponsion joints com pensote for tokeup movement
ond provide o continuous trock surfoce.
Standard roller turn ond troction whee l
turn tokeups ore o voiloble for oll trolley
conveyor sizes in ores of either 90 or l 8 0
ond in mony standard pitch diometers ond
rodii. Speciol sizes con be furnished. Takeup s
ore furnished with Style O L rollers or Style RH
troction wheels unless otherwise specif1ed .

39312

9 0 ro ller turn to keup

90 tokeups require o hinged stroight

!rock section o n the exit side to occommodote
the movement of the tokeup. This stroight
!rock section is included with 90 tokeups.
180 spreod center tokeups, e ither roller
or troction wheel type, ore ovoiloble for oll
standard rodii or piten diome ters ond for
!rock centers up to 20 fe e t. Spre od cenler
tokeups consist of two 9 0 turns with o section
of stroight trock betwee n, all mounte d on o
structurol steel rolling fra me which is sup
ported by o surraunding structurol steel
stotio nary frome. Movement of the ro lling
frome is contro lled by springs, counterweights
or screws. The le ngth of !he stroig ht !rock
between turns is voried to suit required
spreod between e ntry ond exit !rocks.
For general trolley conveyor op plicotions,
spring odjusted takeups ore normolly used
ond ore furnished unless otherwise specified . Counterweight odjusted tokeups ore
used o n some high temperoture ap plications,
for tokeups re quiring more th0J1 normal trove!
ond for reversing conveyors when choin pulls
ore relotively low. Counterweights can be
furnished. For speciol opplications, oir or
hydroulic o peroted tokeups, or units with
locking feotures, con be furnished.

38706

l 80 troction wheel turn tokeup

Takeup type track expansion ioints

Trock eltpansion joints are used on trolley conveyor tokeups. Rugged construction ond occurote
feothering ossure quie t possoge of trolleys with
no binding. Tokeup type !rock exponsion joints
ore ovoiloble for 3 ", 4 " ond 6 11 1-b eom trock.
10219

Tokeup type track ex ponsion joint

516 LINK - BELT

parts and package handling

trolley coriv e yors

Traclc: and traclc: ioints

In o trolley conveyor, the trock is the moin load corrying member. 11 is
the sofe load co rrying copocity of the flonges of the trock beom, without floking or deformotion, that d etermines lrolley load rotings. Trock
is American Sta ndard 1-beom in cross section; however, specifkotions
for composition ond dimensional occurocy ore more rigid thon for
standard slructurol sleel. Speciol corbon steel is used for 1-beom trock
for trolley conveyors to increa se wearing q uolities ond slrength of
trock flong es.

1-beam track
Trolley conveyor 1-b eom
size
size

3"
4"
6"

3"
4
6"

W eight per foot,

pounds

5.7
7.7
12.5

fi g. 627:;

Link-Belt stroight trock is ovoiloble for oll three conveyor sizes in

20'-0 " le ngths pointed or unpointed and with ends sow cut ond
sq uared . Track joinls normolly ore welded a nd ground os shown;
however, malleable iron splice clomps for bolted joints o re availabl e
for ali lhree track sizes.
Track expansion joints with wheel guide plate ore available for
conveyor runs crossing building exponsion joints, or when necessa ry
for runs in ovens.
39221

39221

Welded track joint

Bolted track joinl

Vertical curves
To ne go tiote o change in elevation, on accurotely formed double
vertical lrack curve is used. Vertical curve radii must be carefully
selected b eco use the radius will affecl the magnitude of the resultan!
force exerted by lhe chain p ull on trolleys and track flang es. Link-Be lt
vertical track curves are accurately formed to specifled radii, with no
lrack deformation. Vertical curves narmally are made as single curves,
ond are fleld assembled into double curves. Vertical curves are availoble for all three !rock sizes in standard ares o f 30 and 45 and
various radii lo meet a wide varie ty of conditions. Special curves
con be furni she d.

Dou ble v ertica l curve

37558

Ba ckst o p (uphill ru ns)

39222

Baclc:stops (uphill runs)

Bockslops are used on uphill runs to preven! reverse trave l of the
chain for more than one trolley spocing. They are recomme nded for
trolley conveyor runs rising more than 1 O feet on one floor and for all
runs rising from one ficar to another. This pro lection is porticularly
importan! d uring mainte nance ond for conveyars with sheor pin
protected drives. Track flang es need nol be cut lo install Link-Be lt
backstops. They ore available for 3", 4" ond 6 " track.

Anti-runaways (downhill runs)

Anti-runo woys are used on downhill runs to stop the choin and the
drive if on obnormol increo se in speed occurs in the direction of lrovel.
They ore recommended for lrolley conveyor runs descending more thon
1 O feel on one floor ond for all runs descending from one floor to
another. Anti-runowo ys con be odjusled to serve as bockstops and
ore so used o n reversing conveyors. For downhill use, anti -runoways
ore octuoted by a chong e in the inerlio of the lever arm, which is
offecte d by the speed of pa ssing trolleys. A sudden incre ase in speed
will cause the lever to release a heavy track block which engoges the
next po ssing trolley to stop the chain ond also actuales a li mit switch
to stop the conveyor drive. Anti-runowoys ore ovailobl e for 3 ", 4"
ond 6 " trock.

39224

Run posilion

Tripped posilion

Anti- ru naway (downhill runs)

LIN K- B E L T 517

pacts and package handling

t'tolley conveyors

Drives
Link-Belt trolley conveyor drives ore built in two ge neral types: coterp illo r ond corner sprocket. Orive speeds, either constan! or variable,
up to o normal moximum of 150 feel per minute, ore ovoiloble. Orives
for speciol opplicotions requiring higher speeds or other speciol
conditions con be furnished.
All drives hove Link-Belt helicol-wo rm geor speed re d ucers with o n

exte nd ed dry well type b e oring housing on the output side to provide
built-in shoft olignment ond mo ximum copocity for overhung loods.
Sp eed red ucers ore connected to d rive motors by V-belts, silenl
or roller choin ar variabl e speed p ulley units. Link-Belt drives hove no
o pe n o r exposed georing . Orive ossemblies ore integro lly mounted on
structurol steel fro mes.

Stationary caterpillar drives

The sto tionory caterpillar drive is widely used, ond con be locoted on
ony stroight run of !rock. This drive, in oddition to the obo ve components has o caterpillar ottochment, which engoges with ond drives
the conveyor choin. The driving or caterpillar choin is on e ndl ess
precision steel roller choin fitted with casi steel driving dogs which
mesh with the Rive tless conveyor choin to drive the conveyor. The
caterpillar ond conveyor choins ore held in proper engogement
through the drive by o bock-up bar ond o series of g uide rollers.
The hordened sleel bock-up bar contocts the caterpillar choin
rolle rs to hold the caterpillar choin in position ogoinst the conveyor
choin. The bock-up ba r is occurote ly shoped to provide contro lled
engogement ond smooth disengogement of the choins without binding
between conveyor choin ond d riving dogs.
Th e boll be o ring guide rollers mount behind ond contoct the conveyor choin to p reven! it from moving owoy from the caterpillar choin.
The coterpillo r drive sprocket is mounted on the reducer output
shoft ond has on integral sheor pin hub for overlood protection. The
idler sprocket has on infernal onti-friction beoring . lt operotes on o
toil shoft mounted in o move oble brocket to permit odjustment of
cate rpilla r choin te nsion. Cate rpillar ottochme nt components o re
mounted on o weld ed steel frome thot bolts to the moin d rive frome .
Cate rpillar drives with mony differe nt choin pull copociti es ore ovoiloble for oll three trolley conveyor sizes.

Stotiono ry ca terp illar dri vc

Floating caterpillar drive s

Flooting caterpillar drives hove oll the odvontoges of the stotionory
caterpilla r drive plus limit switch overloo d protection thot eliminotes
the necessity of chonging o sheo r pin whe n the unit is overlooded.
Flooting caterpillar d rive from es ore mounted on rollers which ore
supported ond gui ded b y on enclosing steel stotionory from e. Movement of the flooting frome is controlled by compoct, constan! modulus
rectangular section helicol sp rings. A limit switch is mounted on the
fl ooting frome o nd on odjustobl e tripping com is provided on the
sto tio nory from e. As th e drive is progressively looded, the fl ooting
fro me moves ogoinst the control springs ond will trip the limit switch to
stop the conv eyor when the p re-set choin pull is exceeded. To pre p are
the conveyor for restorting ofte r the cause of overlooding has been
removed , simply push the reset b utton in the drive motor controll er.
Th is type of drive is very popular, porticulorly o n production conveyors, os it minimizes down-ti me coused b y drive overlooding.
Flooting cater pillar drives ore ovo iloble in the sorne sizes ond choin
p ul 1 ro tings os stotionory caterpillar drives.

Floating caterpillar d rive

Corner sprocket drives

Corner sprocket drives hove o sprocket with on integral she or pin hub
which mounts on the reducer output shoft o nd engoges with ond drive s
the Rivetless conveyor choin. All mochinery is mounte d o n o n inte gral
w e lded steel drive from e. Standard drives ore ovoiloble for choin
wrops of 90 ond 180. A 90 choin wrop is the minimum recommend ed. Vo rious !rock orrong ements ore ovoiloble to mee t ony
layout requirement.
Cern er sprocket drives ore ovoiloble for oll three sizes of con11
veyors. Two standa rd sprocket diometers ore ovoiloble for 3 " ond 4
11
trolley conveyors ond one standard diometer for 6 trolley conveyors.

518 LINK - BELT

3922)

Comer sprocket drive

parts and package handling

t rolley conv eyo rs

Drives
Co nstant spe e d d rives
On opplicolions where lhe desired conveyor speed is flxed, constan!
speed drives ore recommended for their simplicity ond economy. A
simple V-belt drive is used to connect the motor ond worm geor reducer. Constant speed drives ore pre flxed with the letter C in the
Orive Selection table, pog e 528.

3 t o 1 variable spee d d rives

For most opplicotions, some voriotion in the conveyor speed within the
ratio of 3 to 1 is desiroble. A full line of Link-Bel! trolley conveyor
drives with this speed voriotion ra tio is ovoiloble. Speed chonges ore
mode by using o variable pitch motor pulley ond base. The speed
chonging hondwheel is usuolly locoted on the motor base; however, it
con be remotely locoted for greoler convenience. 3 to 1 ratio variable
speed drives ore p reflxed with the symbol R in the Orive Selection
table, poge 528.

Constan! s peed d rive

6 to 1 variable speed drives

For opplicotions requiring o greoler speed vo riotion ratio thon 3 to 1,
o full line of Link-Bel! trolle y conveyor drives is ovoiloble, hoving o
nominal 6 to 1 speed voriotion ratio. The Link-Bel! P.1.V. inflnitely
variable speed drive is used to obtoin these rotios. In oddition to their
high voriotion ratio, these drives provide the mosl occurote speed control ovoiloble. They ore ideal for conveyors operoting through ovens,
or other process enclosures where deflnite exposure times ore required. The speed chonging hondwheel is usuolly locoted on the drive,
however it con be remotely locoted for greoter convenience. 6 to 1
ratio P.1.V. drives o re preflxed P in the Orive Selection table, poge
528.

3 to 1 variable speed drive

J45J

Multiple drives
On some conveyors, the length, the load, or o combinotion of these
two will result in o choin p ull greoter thon the copocity of the choin
ond of drives usuolly furni shed for the conveyor size. To meet this
condition, two or more identicol, occurotely synchronized drives o re
used. Flooting caterpillar drives ore recommended for multiple drive
instollotions to eliminote multiple progressive sheor pin breokoge in
evenl of on overlood on one drive.
For constan! speed conveyors, odequote synchronizotion con b e
obtoined by using high slip motors ond selected V-belt or choin drives.
For variable speed opplicolions requiring multiple drives, the best
orrongement is on electricol system thot will occurote ly control either
the outpul speed of the drive molors, or lhe effective input speed
d elivered to the worm geor sp eed reducers. Three methods of
occomplishing this ore:

6 to 1 v a ria ble sp eed drive

An AC-OC drive system with the OC g e nerotor controlling the

speeds of the individual drive motors. Speed voriotion of ali
drive motors is occomplished by vorying the excitotion of the
OC generotor. Individual motor rheostots o re provided to balance the lood s on e och drive. For low horsepower drive systems,
control systems using electronic rectifiers ore ovoiloble thot
eliminote the AC-OC motor-generotor.
2 A controlled synchronized eddy curren! clutch system in which
the individual drive motors o re connected to speed reducers
through eddy curren! clutches wired to o common control panel.
Output speeds of ali drives ore voried from the control panel.
3 A motor driven AC generotor syslem which drives motched AC
squirrel coge motors on conveyor drives. Speed is controlled by
vorying the frequenc y ond voltoge of the curren! supplied lo
conveyor drive motors. No direct curren! mochinery is used.
Consult Link-Belt for recommendotions on variable speed multiple
d rive syslems.

Va riab le speed drive for multi p le d rive application

3871

LINK- B EL T 5 19

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Hooks and carriers

Simple benl ro d carrie r for handling small metal

parts. Photo 39227

Plo slic covered co rrier handling smoll mo tor sto tors

o nd ro lors without scra tching them. Photo 38717R

W ire basket for ha nd ling small p eris lhrough washing or d ipping o p e ro tions. Photo 3 87 1 8L

-.~ ,-!~
,
_,, /"'"

Coil hook carrying sleel wire. Pho to 39228

Benl ro d co rrie r for compocl stora ge o f refrigerolo r

lro y s. Pholo 387 35 R

O p en C-sho p e d engine carrier. Engine can be ro ta ted in 90 increments on co rrier. Photo 37 4 0 5

'

_....,./
,~-

Oump bo ttom
Photo 39 229

corrier for o utomotic unlood ing.

Ca rrier with flxture for ossembly of refrigero tion

compressor. Photo 3 8 717L

..

'

ill

,/['

...

' .

.. '

'

..

' ' ' ' "

' t
' ' ' ' .........l ,
,~

Troy carrier for cooling castings. Troy is p ivoted off

cen ter for outomo tic unlood ing, open construction is

for uv tomotic looding. Photo 38928

520 L 1 N K - B E L T

'

parts and package handling

trolley conveyon

Selection Typical

layout

This multiplane canveyor moves ma terial between various rooms and

effectively ties scattered processes
into an integrated production pattern. A layout of this installat ion is
shown below. This conveyor is used
os the example problem on the following pages and is shown in italics.

39365

~---------------------200!.n'--------------------~

~~F"b-~-E:=U=P=3-~~~~-~~~~~~~~~~
LO~ArD;_;_;A~N~D~U~N~L~O~A~D~~~~) -~---iE::=U=P==~~~~~-xf"-;l
o

<(

20!.o...

LOAD

DOWN

A
1

' 10!.o"

-'----+-'~_j

t I"

Mz

UN LOAD
ALL PARTS

!=

TAKEUP

3!()1-

40!.~o

PLAN VIEW

/ R UP

OU

'

' ---------~-sJ~,
' ______LOA130.!..o~
AN"--~NL_o_A_~---~ p
f<-----------150!.o~
-

3~,...0-=":----/
--.,.---+> ----7~

.J.
1

s!.V _ _..-.:;_____ ""'('-------- - - - - - 5--1!.*o"

7~77777777777777777,,

- 5-!.l+-"
- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

7771,;,7//////////////777777/~/l

,,,,
ELEVATION

=i

,e?" ,,~.

-~ 4!.o"

'/ 'lr 777777777

77/

" 62 1 4

L 1 N K - BEL T 521

parts and package handling

troll e y conveyors

Selection
A t rolley conveyor can be eosily selected by following the ste ps
below. Each step is full y discussed a nd a typical exampl e is then
p resented .

Make material flow diagram ind icating quantity of material t o be handled per minute or hour
1. On a plant layout locate pick-up and delivery points in creas
to be served by co nveyor system. Locate these points so
material i s loaded or unloaded at points most convenient to
operation involved.
2. Co nnect points by a line indic ating normal direction of material
flow from o ne point to another in proper sequence. This flow
fine establishes a t entative conveyor path.
3 . Since the best system ma y require more !han one conveyor,
consider the following factors:
Need for storage between operations.
Diverging flow of material from o ne poinl to severa!
remole points.
C onverging flow of material from sev ero! remole points
to o ne assembly conveyor or orea.

D eterm ine the most convenient weight and/ or number of

pieces to be h a ndled per carrier and establish tentativa
carrier size and sha pe
The size, shape and w eight o f material lo be hondled, the method
of loading ond unloading, and any process operalions to b e performed
on material on the conveyor affect the size and design of the carriers.
Clearance ovo iloble in !he building along conveyor poth ond the
cleoronce ot t he horizontal lurns and vertical curves mus! b e considered when eslo blishing corrier si ze. Typical carriers for several
differenl applicotions ore shown o n poge 520. Design o lenlotive
corrier to suit the ma terial ond operotions involved . Carrier should
p rovide eosy occess for convenient loading ond unloading, ond be
orronged to p reven! damage to odjocent pieces. Determine plan
view outline dimensions ond o vera ll height for cleoronce purposes.

Select t e ntative track elevations

The best path for mosl applications will be multiplone (!ro ck el evat ion
will vary to suit poth requirements). Select !ro ck e levotions al load
and unlood po ints so co rrier shelves or hooks will b e al a conveni ent
working height. The rest of the conveyor con most conveni ently ond
economically be supported al an elevation slightly und er t he bottom
of building trusses o r beoms. Trock on fl oor supported conveyors
should be kepl as clase to the floor a s requi red cleorances w ill allow.
Track eleva tions o n layouts are olways m easure d from top of !rack
lo floor. Establish d esired track elevations for the path o nd show
them on la yout al points of elevation chang e. The d ifference between upper a nd fower elevations al p oints of change is d rop of double vertical curve req uired. Record thi s al points of elevation chong e.

Trach elevations for the examp le problem were selected as shown

to suit the system .
D etermine maximum incline angle for vertical curves
based o n mni mum carrier spacing
Select incline ang le for v ertical curves to p rovide cle arance between
adjacent ca rriers on inclined runs as shown in Fig. 6278. Dim ension A
shown in the figure is t abufoted in Table 1 " Load cl earance o n
inclined track" for a v a riety of load spacings and angles of incline.
N ote that length of ca r rier mus! b e less than dimension A to p rovide
cleora nce. 2 " cleo rance will be adequate for many applications,
however, 4 " clearance should be provided when handling fro gil e o r
painte d material. lncre ase clearance for high sp eed oper ation. Also
provide clearance betw een to p of ca rrier and conveyor chain.
lnclining to p corrier member s ot some angl e as v ertical curves will
usually provide sufficient clearonce.

Carriers on examp/e conveyor are 32" long and are spaced on

48" centers. From T able 1 select an incline angle of 45 which has
an A dimension of 34" for loads on 48" centers. T his will prouidc
2" clearance between 32" long carriers.

Determine number of carriers p e r hour or minute

Copacity of the system is determined by the weight or number of
pi eces hondled p er corrier, corrier spocing and chain speed. Dete rmine the numb er of corri ers required p er hour or minute by dividing
the tota l weight or numb er of pieces to be handled p er hour o r
minute by the tento tive corrier capacity.

P roduction rate and material characteristics for example system

are:
Production rate = 180 pieces per hour
A verage weight per ptece = 150 pounds
P ieces are o( such size and shape that each piece will fil
on a rectangular single shelf carrier 20" wide x 32" ion{!
weighing 50 lbs.
. per /our
.
. = -180
- = 18o carriers
R equ tred
conveyor capaci/y
1

= l60
BO = :J carriers per minute.
Make horizontal turn cle arance diagram to e stablish t entativa mnimum carrier spacing and horizontal turn radii
With carrier size known, moke a cl eoronce diagram to determine
corrier spacing ond hori zontal turn rodii to p rovide cleoronce between
carriers al turns. To do this make o pion view layout to scole, o s
shown in Fig. 3793.

Usi ng the 20" wide x 32" long examp/e carrier dimensions, a

layout will show that adjacent carriers will clear on 18" radius
horizontal turns when spaced on 48" cenlers.

Table 1 Load cleo ronce o n incline d tr ack

lood
spocing ,
inche s

12
16
18
24
30
32
36
40
42
48
54

56
60
64
72
80

Hotizontol centetS A, inch es

Incline ongle, d eg r ees

1 1 o 1 15 1 20 1 2 5 1 30 1 35 1 40 1 45 1 50 1 55 1 60

12
15 v1
18
24
29 V1
31 V1
35 V1
39 V1
41 V1
47 V1
53 V1
55V1
59 %
63 3/4
71 %
79 %

1 1'11 11 y. 1ov1
15 !h 15 Y, 14 Y2
17311 17
16 311
23 Y. 22 '/o 21 %
28
y.
29
27Y.
31
30Yo 29
34 3.4 33 V1 32 '11
38 '11 37'11 36Y.
40'/o 39 Y2 38 1/o
47Y. 463/1 4 5Y1 43 Y,
5 3 '.4 52 Y. 50 3/4 4 9
55Y, 54 Y1 52% 50 3.4
59 Y1 58
56 3/o 54 3/a
63 161 V1 6 0Y, 58
70 V1 69 V. 67314 65Y.
78 V1 177y, 75y, 7 2Y,
11 V1
153.4
173.4
23 '/o
29 '11
31 y,
35 Y2
3931o
4 131,

10'11
l 3 V1
15'11
2ov1
26
2731.
3 1 y.
34 '11
36 3/1
4 1 3/1
46 %
48 Y2
52
55 Y2
62 3/o
69 3/o

8 y.
l l3/1
1231.
17
2 1 y.
22 '/o
25Y,
28 Y
29 %
34
38 Y.
39 '1o
42Y,

73.4 6 V1
103/a 9 Y.
1 l 'lo 103/o
15 y, 133.4
193/a 17 V.
20 '11 183/a
23 Y1 20Yo
25% 23
24 y,
27
30V1 27'11
343/4 3 1
36
3 2Y,
38'/1 34 y,
4 5 y. 41 Y1 36%
55 y. 5 1 46 y, 4 13/1
65Y, 61 3/1 56V. 51 y, 4 5V1
9 V1
13 y,
143.4
193.4
24 '11
26 '.4
29 Y,
32 %
34 3/a
3931o
44 y.
4 5V1
4 9Y1
52 Y2
59

9 Y.

12 \4
l 3 V1
1831o
23
24 Y2
27 '11
30%
32 V.
36 31.
41 3/a
4 2V1
46
49

6
8
9
12
15
16
18
20
21
24
27
28
30
32
36
40

Complete tentativa conveyor path layout

lnsert hori zontal turns o f p rope r r adius in flo w diag ra m. lndicate
tr ack e levations on the path al p oints of e levo ti on change. Select
and indicate directio n o f tr avel. Compute p lan view path l ength. Use
squa re corners and hori zo nta l lengths of v ertical curv es.
PLAN

522 L 1 N K - B E L T

Fl,. ,,.. .

P ath length o( example conveyor is 700 feel. Direction o( trav<'l

is clockwise in plan view.

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Selection
Compute t e ntative chain pull
To calcula te tentative cha in pull, add 1 O lbs. per ft. (tentative design
weight of chain ond trolleys) to weight of live load and carriers in
lbs. per ft., and multiply by conveyor le ngth in feet, and by 3%
coefficient of friction.
lf load is removed ot a high point, or if condition can exist where
loads are moving up a vertical curve when no compensating loads
are moving down a comparable vertical curve, add the product of
lift in feet and live load weight in pounds per faot to the faregoing.
Always make an addition for each uphill vertical curve which ha s no
compensating downhill vertical curve.

For example conveyor:

Chain and lrofleys
JO pounds per (t.
Carriers
12.5 pounds p er ft.
Live load
37.5 pounds per (t.
Total movi11g weight
60 pounds per (t.
Conveyor length calculated = 700 (eet
60 X 700 X .03
1260 pounds
37.5 X 8 (t. li(t
300 pounds
Tentative chain pull = 1560 pounds
Select tentative conveyor size based on monoplane chain
pull and trolley loads
Pull ratings of Rivetless chains, trolley load capacities far monopla ne
service and trolley spacing multiples far mejor trolley conveyor sizes
are shown in Table 2.
Frequently, chain pull will exceed !he capacity of the chain used
with the trolley suitable for the loads involved. This condition can often
be accommodoted with the conveyor size suitable far the trolley
loads by dividing the chain pull between two or more identical drives.
For extreme cases, Series 600 4 " trolleys adapted to fit 468 Rivetless
chain are available.
For applications invo lving heavy loads and relatively low chain
pulls (usually conveyors with short simple paths), the use of 4 wheel
load bar trolleys may allow use of a conveyor size smaller than
required with two wheel trolleys. For extreme cases, a Series 600
6 " trolley designed to fit X458 Rivetless chain is available.
In cases where the conveyor may be extended after installation,
!he conveyor size should be initially selected to accommodate the
Anal length and loads.
Select a tentative conveyor size from Table 2 based on chain pull
and trolley loads. Also select a revised carrier spacing based on
trolley spacing multiples.
For all multiplane troll ey conveyors, limitations impose d by the
vertical curves as shown be low mus! be carefully considered .

For the example, a 3" conveyor is tentatively selected based on

a trolley load of 200 pounds and a tentative chain pull o( 1560
pounds. Carriers can be spaced on 48", (based on trolley spacing
multiples o( 6".)
Table 2 Trolley conveyor size capacities
Conveyor

size,
in ches

3
4
4
6
6

Cho in
number

Working pull roting ITrolley load copocityl Trolley spocing

of heot treot ed cho in, {monoplane service),
in multiples
pounds
pounds
of inches
1

X348
X458
468
X678
X458

6
8
8
12
8

250

1800
4000
5800
7000
4000

500
500

1000
1000

Se le ct vertical curve radii (multi plane conve yors only)

Vertical curve radii should be as large as practicable consistent with
layout requirements. Recommended and usual mnimum vertical curve
radii far the majar trolley conveyor sizes are shown in Table 3.
The lorger the radius and !he Aatter !he angle of incline, the longer
will be the horizontal le ngth of a vertical curve. This is importan! when
conveyor runs mus! rise sharply to clear aisles or machinery.
Clearances are bes! checked by an elevation layout of the orea,
however, indicating the horizontal length of the curve on the plan
Table 3 Vertical curve radii
Cha in

Conveyor size,
inches

number

3
4
4
6
6

X348
X458
468
X678
X458

Usual mnimum

view will suffice in many cases. Always allow one trolley spacing
between the tangent lines of horizontal turns and vertical curves.
lf no clearance problems exist, select the recommended radius far
the tentative conveyor size and pass on to Mod ify siz e sele ction.
Use Nom ographs to d e t e rmine lengths of vertical curves
To assist in selecting vertical curves, use Nomographs A and B,
pages 524 and 525 which show the relationship between horizontal
length, radius and angle of incline far vertical curves. Any one tem
can be determined when the other two ar known. Results will not be
exact but will be sufficiently accurate far layout ond estimoting
purposes. Nomograph A shows relationships far continuous double
curves (upper and lower curves joined at their tangen! lines). In many
cases, an inclined section of straight !rack will be required between
upper and lower curves to give the required drop. Nomog ro ph B
shows relationships far inte rmediate inclined straight sections in
vertical curves. Standard ra dii and angles are shown in heavy type.
For the example conveyor (3" conveyor tentatively selected),

8'-0" radius is selected from Table 3. A 45 maximum angle of

incline has been determined (rom Table 1. Consider curve BC on
the layout, page 521, which has a drop of 8' -O'. To determine
horizontal lenglh proceed as (ollows:
From Nomograph A, page 524
1. Line 1 (from 45 on f!H scale to 8'-0" on R scale) intersects H (drop ) scale at 4'-8".
2. Line 2 (from 8'-0" on R scale lo 45 on flA scafe intersects A (horizontal length) scale at 11'-4".
3. Remaining drop reguired: 8'-0" - 4'-8" = 3'-4".
From Nomograph B, page 525
4. Line 3 (from 3'-4" on K (drop ) scale to 45 on OL scale)
intersects L (horizontal length ) scale al 3'-4"
5. Total drop = 4'-8" + 3'-4" = 8'-0"
6. Total horizontal length = 11 '-4" + 3'-4" = 14'-8"
A s a second example consider curve GH 011 the layout page 521
which has a drop of 3'-0". Use 8'-0" radius and a maximum
incline angle o( 45 as previously determined. Proceed as follows
to determine horizontal length:
From Nomograph A , page 524
1. Lin.e 1 ((rom 45 on tlH scale to 8 '-0" on R scale) inlersects H (drop) scafe at 4'-8" which is more drop than is
required.
2. L ine 4 (from 8'-0" on R scale through 3'-0" on H scale )
intersecls !he OH scale al 35.5 which is the angle of incline
of the conlinuous doublc cu1te lo give !he required drop.
3. Line 5 ((rom 35.5 011 the OA scale to R'-0" on the R scale)
inlersecls the A (lenglh ) scale at 9'-3" which is the horizontal length o( the curue.
Select vertical curve radii, determine horizontal length ond indicate
curves on layout. Vertical curves can be shortened b y increasing angle
of incline (check Vertical Cl eorance Table 1) or decreasing ra dius.
The effect of reducing the radius o n allowabl e chain pull and trolley
loods must be carefully considered a s shown below.
Modify size sele ction if required for multiplan e s ervice
At vertical curves, the chain exerts an additional force on trolleys
and track Aanges. This resultan! force acts toward the center of
curvature and its magnitude is determined by chain pull al curve,
trolley centers and vertical curve rodius, as shown by Figure 6277.
This resultant adds to the force exerted by troll ey loods (live load
plus carrier) on trolley wheels and track Aanges.
continued on page 526

Recommend ed

FEET ANO INCHES

6-0
8-0
12-0
12-0
8 -0

8-0
10-0
16-0
16-0
12-0

RESULTANT = CHAIN PULL (POUNOS) X TROLLEY CENTERS llNCHES)

(POUNDS)
VERTICAL CURVE RADIUS {INCHES)
,,. .,,,

L 1 N K - B E L T 523

parts and package handling

trolle y conv eyors

Selection
Nomograph B Horizontal lengths ond
d rops of inclined stroight sections for double
vertical curves of vorious drops ond ongles.
Refer to poge 581 for octuol lengths of
inclined stroight trock sections.

HORIZONTAL LENGTH
L

K col

60-0
55-0
50-0
45-0
40-0

15
16
17

35 -0
18
30-0
19
25-0

20
21

20-0

22
23

15-0
14-0
13-0
12-0
11-0
tJ)

9-0
8-0

7-0

<
1-

w
w

tJ)

...

1-

...ww

1
:..::
a.

oa::
o

29

"I
1-

6-0

w
w

zw

2-3

1-

"'w

1-9

<

oN
;;:
oJ:

a>

...

2-6

37.5

z
<

2-0

40
42.5

1-9
1-6

35

2-0

34

...
...

11')

...z

J:

2-6

o"'

30
31
32
33

1-

27
28

LL.

J:
V

z
<

25
26

10~0

J:
V

24

1-6

45
1-3

1-3

47.5
1-0
0-11
0-10
0-9

1-0
0-11

50

0-8

0-10

52.5

0-7

...w

0-9

0-8

....w

<(

"'

<
u

..."'

0-6

...<

0-5

"'s

55
57.5

0-7

0-4
0-6

0 -3V2

Fig . 6276

60
L 1 N K B E L T 52 5

parts and package handling

trolley conveyo rs

Selection
(continued from poge 523)

When selecting multiplone trolle y conveyors, consider these three

foctors ond moke selections thot balance these foctors to keep trock
flo ng e lood s within recommend e d limils. Table 4 shows the relotionship b e tween these foctors with volues shown for the va riables
bolonced to keep trock flonge loods within ollowoble limits.

Far example p roblem re(er lo T able 4. M aximum trolley spacing allowed is 30". Th e 48" carrier spacing required is !frealer
than this max imum; there(ore, use an intermedio/e idler trolley
between each load carrying lrolley, which will reduce lrolley
spacing to 24".
From T able 4 , maximum ollowable chain pull (or 3" comeyor
wilh 200-pound loads, 24" trolley spacing and 8-(oot radius vertical curves, is 800 pound$. Calculated chain pull of 1560 p ounds
greatly exceeds this figure, there(ore the selection mude m u st be
c:lwnged lo suit conditions , by one or more of lhe following {i!'e
methods.
1. Reduce lrolley spacing.
2. llsP (our-wheel load bar /rolleys.
( For existing conditions neitlwr o( these would be !he bes/
solution becau se 12" tmlley spacinp l'f'Qu ires twice as many
trolleys and allowable chai11 p ull o( 1800 pounds is borely
odequate (or 1560 pounds cha in pull. )
3. 1 ncrease vertical cu1'l'e radii. Far existing conditions this is
not practica! becau e radiw ca1111ot be mude large enough lo
meet requirements.
4. 1 ncrease number o( drfrcs. By using lwo driues cha in pull
would be reduced lo opproximately 780 pounds wh ich is
barely within maximum allowable cha in pull.
5. Use next larger size conl'eyor. Table 4 i ndica/es thal allowable chain pull is 2400 pounds (or 4" conveyor with X458
chain, 8 '-0" radius vertical cunes, lrolleys on 24" centers,
and 200-pound loads, which is ample (or the example con -

ieyor. Use this procedure and modi(y example comeyor

selection.
In mony coses Method 5 will be the best proce dure to follow when
initiol selection will not provide req uired copocity. Follow proce dure
shown obove to check tentotive conveyor selection. Add intermediole
idler trolleys if necessory ond modify lenlotive conveyor seleclion os
indicoted .
Comple te p a th layou t
lncorporote ony chong es mod e in the conveyor poth layout ond recheck cleoronces os required. To gel a ctual poth length, corree! initiol
length for ony poth chonges mode ond use develope d leng ths of
vertical curves o nd ore lengths of horizontal turns. See tabl e poge 581.
Determine design operating speed
Multiply corrier spocing by numbe r of corriers required per minute,
to obtoin design operoting speed.
Trolley conveyors co n ope rote al speeds ronging from o froction
of o foot to over 150 fe e t per minute, however 50 lo 65 feet per
minute is the usual moximum for general service. The required speed
is usuolly d etermined by o combino tion of corrier co pocity ond
spocing . When processing operotions such os woshing, pointing,
drying, etc., o re involved, these unils ore usuolly d e signed to suit
required conveyor copocity ond speed. The conveyor speed must b e
mod erote e nough to ollow eosy lood ing ond unlooding ond to
permit required work on material in lronsit. In general, it is odvisoble
to o p erole o lrolley conveyor al the mnimum speed thot will g ive
the required copocity. When variable sp eed drives ore used, the
speed ronge is usuolly selecte d with the design operoting sp eed os
o medien.

Carrier spacing on example conueyor is 4 (eet, and 3 carriers

per minute are required which giues a design operating speed o(
12 (eet per minute. Select [lariable speed operation from 6 to 18
f eef per m inute.

Table 4 Allowoble trolley loods ond choin pulls for multi p lone trolley conveyors, bosed o n !rock flonge strength

Trolle y 1 Rod ius, 1

Allowoble choin p ull, p ound s
1 Trolly 1 Rod ius,
k>od, feet ond --------'--~---- load , feet o nd pounds inches
Trolley 1p ocing inches
pounds
inches

3 -0
4 -0
6 -0
8 -0
3-0
4-0
100
6-0
8-0
-3 -0
4 -0
150
6 -0
8-0
- - -3 -0
4-0
200
6 -0
8 -0
250

50

--

--

1800 1050
1800 1400
1800 1800
1800 1800
-1800
900
1800 1200
1800 1800
1800 1800
-1500
7 50
1800 1000
1800 150 0
1800 1800
-- - - - -1200
600
400 . . . . . ...
400 . ..
1600
8 00
533
1 800 1 200
8 00
6 00
480
640
1800 16 00 1066
800
Mo no plone o nly 18 00

Allowo ble ch oin p ull, p ounds

1 Trolley 1 Rad iui.,
Allowable cho in p ull, p ounds
- - - - - - " - - - - - ' - - ' - - - - - lo ad, feet ond - -- - -- -'-..._...:...i;..;;..;......;;.;,._ _
Troll ey spo cing inches
pounds inches
Trolley spo ci ng inche s

7000
7000
7000
7000
7000
7 000
7000
-7000
-7 0 00
7000
7000
7000
7000
7000
7000
7000
7 0 00
7 0 00

--

4800
7000
7000
7000
4400
7 000
7000
7000
4000
6 000
7 000
7 000
5400
7000
7000
4800
6400
7000

Table 5 Weight per foot, choin ond trolleys

3 " trolteys X348 chain

100

Tro lley spo cing, in. 1 6 11 2 118 12 4 130

Weig ht per foo t, lbs. ---s:J-s:2-0 :U JA
4 'f trolleys X458 chai n

200

Tro lley spocing, in. 1 8 116 124 1 32 140

W eight per foot, lbs. lJ:9 ---S. ~ -:5.'9 5:4
4 trolteys 468 chain

'

Trolley spocing, in.

18-1~1~1~1~
Weight pe r foot, lbs. 18.9 13. 2 12.6 10.4 9.78.
6 " trolteys X678 chain

300

500

Monoplone only 4 000

526 L 1 N K - B E L T

500

Mo noplone only 5800

Tro lley spocing, in. 1 12 1 24 136 148 16 0

W e ight pe r foo t, lbs. 26.516.513.2 11.5 ~
.
6 " trolteys X458 chain
Trolley spocing, in.
8 ~~~ ~
Weight per foot lbs. 22. 2 17.5 12.7 10.3 8.9

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Selection
Compute final chain pull

Follow the sorne procedure o s shown on poge 523 for tentotive choin
pull except use final poth length ond octuol weight of choin ond
trolleys, selected from Table 5.

For example conueyor:

Clwin and trolleys
(UI pounds
Carriers
12.5 pounds
37.5 pounds
Liue load
Total moving weight = 56.8 pounds
R evised path length = 720 (eet
56.8 x 720 x 0.03 = 1225 pounds
37.5 x 8 (l. li(t
=
300 pounds
Filwl chain pu/l = 1525 pounds

per (oot
per (oot
per (oot
per f oot

Conveyor poth ond size hove been estoblished; corriers designed;

proper rodii for horizontal turns ond vertical curves d e termined; ond
choin pull computed using on overol! coefficient of friction. Far the
mojority of opplicotions this informotion is oll thot is required to select
proper size components. Howeve r, to determine drive locotions for
multiple drive opplicotions to equolly divide the load, it is necesso ry
to compute choin p ull from point-to-point throughout the path. Pointto-point pull calculations ore olso desirable for long trolley conveyors
hoving complex poths involving mony horizontal turns ond vertical
curves. Formulas ond procedure for computing point-to-point chain
pull ore shown below ond colculations for exomple conveyor ore
in Toble 6.
Point-to-point chain pull

The following three formu las ore used to comp ute the point-to-point
choin pull:
1. Pull for eoch stroight horizontal run.
PH = XWL
.02 for standard ball bearing trolleys.
Where X
w
total moving w e ight in pounds pe r foot
(Empty or looded, os the cose moy be)
L = length of stroight run in feet.
2. Pull for each troction wheel or roller turn.
Pr = YP
Whe re Y = .02 for troction wheel or roller turn.
P = pull ot turn in pounds
3. Pull for eoch vertical curve.
Pv = XWS + ZP + HW ( 1 + Z)
Where X ond W ore os obove
S = horizontal spon of vertical curve in feet
H = total chong e of level of conveyor in feet
(plus, whe n conveyor is trove ling up the curve;
minus, when conveyor is trove ling down the curve).
Z = .03 for 30 incline; .045 for 45 incline
.06 for 60 incline; .09 for 90 incline
P = pull ot stort of curve in pounds.
4. Add 5% to total figure to gel choin pull ot drive sprocket.
Mo ximum choin pull olong poth of conveyor should be within
working stre ngth of choin selected. lf it is not, consider the five
methods shown on poge 526 ond revise selectio n.
Stort ot slock (d ownstrond ) side of drive ond follow poth in direction of trovel. lf desired locotion of drive is unknown select o tentotive
locotion, see "select ond locote drive" be low. Compute point-top oint choin pull comple tely oround poth.

Table 6 shows point-to-point pull calculations for the example

conueyor. Point designations in table re(er to lay out on page 521.
Loads have been previously established as shown below.
W eight of cha in and trolleys = 6.8 pounds per (oot
50
= 12.5 pounds per foot
W eighl o( carrier =
Total moving weight, empty conuey;/, = 19.3 pounds per foot
W eight o( cha in and trolleys = 6.8 pounds p er (oot
W eighl o( live load and carrier = 50.0 pounds per foot
Total moving weighl, loaded conveyor = 56.8 pounds per foot
a .~

Colculolion

forPull
this

section,

1 pounds

Selection summary

Calculations are

Table 6 Point-to-p oint cho in pull colculotions for exomple conveyor

(refer to layout, poge 521)

shown in Table 6 al right.

A to B
B lo C

1
3

PH = .02x 19.3x 12
5
Pv= (.02x 19.3x 18l+(.045x5) (8x 19.3x 1.045)
- 168
e to o 1
PH = .02x56.8x90
102
Turn O
2
Pr = .02x102
2
PH = .02x56.8x 11.5
O to E
1
13
Turn E
2
Pr =.02xl 17
2
E to F
1
PH= .02x56.8x3 1.5
36
Turn F
2
Pr =.02x 155
3
F to G
1
PH = .02x56.8x4
5
G to H
Pv = (.02x56.8x 12i+(.03J<163) +
3
(3x56.8x 1.03)
194
PH= .02x56.8x2 19
H to J
1
249
Pv= (.02x56.8x 15J+(.037x606) 1J lo K
3
(5x56.8x 1.037)
333
K to L
1
PH= .02x56.8x30
34
Turn L
2
Pr =.02x973
20
l lo M
1
PH= .02x56.8x20
23
Pv = (.02x56.8x 18)+(.045x1016) M lo N
3
(8x56.8x 1.045)
- 408
PH= .02x56.8x22
N lo P
1
25
Turn P
2
Pr =.02x633
13
P to Q
1
PH =.02x56.8x113
128
Q to R
3
Pv= (.02x56.8x 13)+(.033x774l+
(4x56.8x 1.033)
276
R to S
1
PH = .02x56.8x4
5
Turn S
2
Pr =.02x1055
21
S to T
1
PH= .02x56.8x4
5
T to U
3
Pv=(.02x56.8x l 3l+(.033x 1081 l+
(4x56.8x 1.033)
286
U to V
1
PH = .02x56.8x23
26
Turn V
2
Pr = .02x 1393
28
V to A
1
PH =.02x56.8x30
34
Actual chain pull al drive spracket = 1455x 1.05

At

po int

e
o
o
E
E

F
F
G
H

K
L
L
M

N
p
p
Q

s
s

u
V
V
A

Pull,

pounds

102
104
117
119
155
158
163
357
606
939
973
993
1016

608
63 3
646
774
1050
1055
1076
1081
1367
1393
1421
1455
1528

Select and locate drive

Choin pull ond conveyor speed hove b een determined. Ty pes ond
construction fe otures of drives ore o n pog es 518 ond 519, ond
d rive dime nsions ore on poge 537. Caterp illar drives ore widely
used since they con be conve niently locoted on stroight runs ond
b ecouse they hove much smoller drive sprockets thon cerner sprocke t
drives with resulting torque odvontoge. The lorgest standard cerner
sprocket drives hove 36" P.D. sprockets ond connot be used when
more thon 18" rodius turns ore required for corrier cleoronce, unless
loads do not trovel oround drive sprocket. Cerner sprocket drives
must hove 90 minimum choin wro p ond ore locote d ot either 90
or 180 corners. 3 to 1 ratio variable speed drives ore widely used
ond will meet re quirements of most opplico tions. Variable speed
drives ore usuolly selected with required conveyor speed os the
median speed in the ronge.
Generolly, for b est o perotio n, use ene drive for eoch 2000 feet
of conveyor length regordless of choin pull. Conveyor le ngth per
drive can occosionolly be greater on simple poth mono plone opplicotions, on storoge bonk conveyors or on multiplone conveyors hoving
few horizontal turns ond vertical curves. Consult Link-Be lt.
For multiple drive constont speed opplicotions, flooting caterpillar
d rives with high slip motors ore recommended.
For multiple drive variable speed opplicotions, individual recommendotions ore mode. Consult Link-Belt.
Orive horsepower moy be colculoted from following formu lo:
drive copacity, lbs. x moximum speed, FPM
d .
h
nve orsepower =
,
x _
33 000 0 8
Motors ore usuolly included w ith drives. Motor storters ore fur nished on request. For conveyor speeds up to 60 f PM, o cross the
line storters ore use d. For speeds from 60 to 150 f PM outomotic
two ste p resistonce storters ore used. However, for speeds over
1 20 FPM ond horsepowers over 1 O, outomotic stepless storters ore
recommended. Stort-stop push button stotio ns ore usuo lly locoted ot
load ond unlood points ond ot other control points, os required by
layout. Consult Link-Belt for control equipment recommendotions.
Locote drives on multi-plone conveyors to kee p choin pull on vertical
curves os low os possible. lt is desirable to hove o downhill vertical

L 1 N K - B E L T 527

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Selection
curve ofter the drive. Locote drives on multiple drive instollotions
to divide the total load equolly. Tokeups ore usuolly locoted ot the
flrst 180 corner, downstrond from drives.
Table 7 shows choin pull rotings ond operoting speeds for the
vorious sizes ond types of trolley conveyor drives. Select o drive
bosed on conveyor size, choin pull, o nd moximum conveyor speed.

ottochments for connecling lo corriers ond 1 (idler) ottochments for

intermediote trolleys ore most widely used ond will occommodote
most opplicotions. Specify series, size, drop, type (bolted or riveted )
ottochment ond if seols ond /or greose f1ttings ore to be included .

For example problem, a conueyor size of 4", a speed o( 12 FP M

and a chain pul! of 1525 pounds have been established. T o allow
(or an increase in p roduction, .~elect 3 to 1 variable speed dr iue
(or speeds o( 6 to 18 FP M . From T able 7 select R 60S stationary
coterpillar driue (or 4 "- 7 3 r;" drop conueyor with X 458 chain
which has a cap acity o( 2300 pounds, ample (or this application.
2300 X }8
.
H orsepower required =
1.56. U se a 2 HP motor.
3.'J,000 X 0.8

Mnimum rodius for horizontal lurns has been estoblished. Roller

or troction wheel turns, or both, moy be used for horizonlol lurns.
Roller lurn conslruction feolures ore on pog e 514 ond dimensions on
poge 535. Troction wheel lurn co nstruclion feotures ore o n poge 515
ond dimensions on poge 535. Note thot roller turns o re listed by
pitch rodius ond troction wheel lurns by pitch diometer.
Roller turns ore generolly used for ores of 90 or less, porticulorly
for smoller rodii. Troction wheel lurns ore used where lurns are
exposed lo heol ond for turns in inoccessible locolions. Both roller
ond lroclion wheel type turns moy b e used in the sorne conveyor;
however, plonls hoving severol conveyors a fien stondordize on one
size o nd type of turn.

Specify drive number, type, pull copocity, operoting speed or

rong e; conveyor size, drop ond choin; horsepower; ond curren!
chorocteristics. Give control circuit curren! chorocteristics if different
!han motor curren!.
Table 7 Orive copocities ond speeds
Conve yor sp eed , fee t p er minute.6.

Orive numb er
C ha in
numb er

Co n 1

s~:~~

~~~. 1~~~.

1
s0pbe1e0d s0pb
e e0d

up to 301

AO

1 60

80

1 100 l

120 1 150

1---------------"'--Pull co p ocity, poun d s

Cate rpillar d rives

X348

cho in

X458
468
X678

cho in

C35S R3 5 S PJ 5 S
C35F R35F P35F
C40S R4 0S P4 0S
C40F R40F P40F
---c5os R505 P5 os
C50F R50F P50F
C3 5 S R355 PJ 5 S
C35F R35F P35F
C40S R40S P40S
C40F R40F P40F
C50S R50S P50S
C50F R50F P50F
C6 0S R6 0S P6 0S
!=60F R60F P60F
c 7 os R7 0S P7 os
C70F R70F P70F
caos R80S PSOS
CSOF RSOF PSOF

----

~~~:

468

cho in

550

500

500

500 450 400

1000

750

700

600

550 550 500

- -

--- --- -- -- - -

1800

1450

550

450

1000

750

700

600

500 500 400

1450

1150

1050

1000

850 800 700

2300

1800

1600

1500

130012001050

3400

2600

2400

2 200

1800 1650 1500

1300

1250

1050 1000 900

-400
------1
---4 00
400 350

350

- -- -- - -5100 .& 4000 3600 3300 2700 250 2250

300
250
200
200
4 50 - 350
300
250
800
650
550
550
1350 1050 ~ BSO
2000 . 155() 1400 1300
3i 0 0 . 2400 . 2200 . 2000 .
300
200
200 :..:....:...:..
500
400
350
350

C60C ROC P60C a so

650
C70C R70C P70 C 1300 10 00
CSOC RSOC PSOC 1950 150 0

38112 " P.D C60C R60C P60C

For example problem , 18" radius has been established (or turn
size. Select 18" rad ius style GL roller turns (or all 90 corners.
/.,ocate takeup (see nexl section) at the 180 corner.
Give !he following information when specifying: type of lurn, pitch
rodius (roller lurns) or pitch diomeler (troction wheel turns), ore, roller
or wheel hub style, conveyor size ond drop. lnclude moximum tem
peroture for turns exposed to heol.
Select and locate takeup

700

Corne r sprocket drlves

C35C R35C P35 C

~:,::k~; C40C R40C ~40C
X348 C50C R50C P50C
X458 C60C R60C P60C
468 C70C R70C IP70C
~ ca oc RSOC PSOC
36" P.O. C40C 1R40C P40C
sprocket C50C R50C P50C

Select hori:z:ontal turns

800

600
900
1350

=
=-=
.-.-.

200~.
.. ..

250
~
450 .. . .. . . .
750 -.-. .- . -. -. .- .
1050
1650 -.-. .-.
.:....:....:... _._. ._. _:__:_
300 ... ... .

550

==

500
E~ 700 .:....:....:. . .:....:...:..
1200 1000 . . . ... .

65055()~

4 50 .... . . . .

sprocket C70C R70C P70C 1200

900
850 750 6o -. -. .-.... ~
X678
- - - - -- - - - - - - - - - choin CSOC RSOC PSOC 1850 1450 1300 1200 10 00 . .... .
.& For 468 ond X678 choins only.

For X458 ond 468 choins only.

6, For variable speed drives, us~ mo,imum speed o conveyor.

Both roller ond troction wheel lurn tokeups ore ovoiloble. Their conslruction feo tures o re on poge 516 ond dimensions ore on poge
536. Note thot roller lurn tokeups ore listed by pitch rodius ond
lroction wheel turn tokeups by pitch diomeler. Tokeups should hove
the sorne rodius or diomeler os determined for horizontal turns.
All single drive conveyors should hove o tokeup. O n multiple d rive
conveyors, provide o ne lokeup for eoch drive. Very short simple
loop poth conveyors will work without o tokeup; however, o tokeup
will imp rove operotion ond reduce mointenonce.
Tokeups ore locoted os clase os possible to d rives on the downslrond (slock) side. On multiplone conveyors, !he bes! orrongement
is to locole drive ohe od of o downhill vertical curve ond !he tokeup
ofter !he vertical curve. 180 tokeups ore recommended wherever
co nve yor po1hs permit becouse they occommodote more choin slock.
Spring od justed tokeups ore widely used ond recomme nded for
general trolley conveyor use. Counlerweight odjusted tokeups o re
furnished complete with weight slem and wire rope. Counterweights
con be furnished on reque sl.

For example problem, select 36" P .D. 180 tractwn wheel spring
adjusted takeup, located as shown on layout, p age 52 1.
Give the following informotion when specifying: type, pitch rod ius
(roller turn type) or pitch diometer (lroction wheel type). ore, roller
o r wheel style, type of odjustmenl, hond (90 only), conve yor size
ond drop. lnclude moximum lemperoture for tokeu p s e xposed to heol.
Select vertical curves
Rodii of vertical curves hove bee n determined. Vertical curves o re
usuolly furnished os single bends with 1 ' -0" of slroight !rock beyond
tangen! lines ond ore field ossembled inlo double curves during
ereclion. Double vertical curves hoving different rodii on uppe r ond
lower curve con be mode for use when cleoronce problems ore
encountered ond where smoller rodius upper curves connot be used
becouse of lrolley loods and choin pull. For ongles o ther thon standard, the next lorger standard ongle is usuolly selected ond curves
ore field cut during e rection.
Sp e cify rodius, ore ond !rock size ond if curve is single or double.
Select stralght track

Select chain
Choin size has been determined. Type X Rive tless choins designed
for trolley conveyors ore ovoiloble for three mojar conveyor sizes
ond ore recommended. Choin dimensions shown on poge 532.
Se lect trolle ys
Trolle y size ond spocing hove bee n d e termined. Construction feoture s
of trolleys ore on poges 5 11 , 5 12 ond 513. Trolle y dimensions ore
o n poges 533 ond 534. Se ries 5 00 rivete d lrolleys with H (clevis)

528 L 1 N K - B E L T

The trock size has been determine d by the conveyor size. Trock ond
trock occessory conslruclion feolures ore shown on poge 517 ond
dimensions ore shown on poge 538. Stroight tr ock is normally furnished in 20-fool lenglhs with sow cut e nd s ond pointed. Trock joints
usuolly ore welded; however, trock clomps ore ovoiloble for bo lte d
joints. Trock seclions for drives ond horizontal turns ore furnished
with these items. Specify !rock size ond o mount required to ne xt
gre ole r 20-foot incremenl.

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Selection
Select backstops (uphlll) and antl- runaways (downhlll)
The construction features of these devices are shown on page 517
cnd dimensions ere shown on page 538. Select quantities for the
layout es desired or es required by safety regulations. The track
size determines the backstop or anti-runaway size.
Specify type, trcck size cnd for anti-runaways, whether or not the
limit switch is to be includ ed.

Design of s upports and superstructure

Trolley conveyors are usuclly supported from building trusses, beams
or ceilings by vertical or inclined members. These members ere cclled
supports cnd ere usually structurcl angles.
Frequently, building truss or becm spacing will necessitate additioncl horizontal members to suspend supports at required locations.
These cdditioncl horizontal members are called superstructure cnd
ere usuclly structurcl chcnnel, wide flange or 1-beam sections, sized
to suit loads and spans.
Connections between conveyor components and supports, or bet ween supports, superstructure and b uilding members may be welded
o r clamped. In mcny ce ses all connections are welded except !hose
to building members, which ere generally clcmped. This a rrcngement is recommended; however, connections can be furnished welded
or clcmped es desired. lag or through bolts ere usually used for
connections to wooden building members.

Support member sizes ore selected to suit trolley loads and load
spacings; however, usually the following angle sizes will be ample:
1 '12" x 1 %" x 31611 angle for 3 " trolley conveyors; 2" x 2 " x lJi/'
11
angle for 4" trolley conveyors; and 2 %" x 2 Y2 x ~" angle for
11
6 trolley conveyors.
The spacing of supports for straight track runs is d etermined by
the trolley loads. Charts A, B, and C, pages 530 and 531 show maximum unsupported span lengths for 3", 4 v and 6 11 1-beam for various
trolley loads and load spacings. Diagonal sway broces are usually
provided on alternate supports on straight runs. A typical arrangement of supports and superstructure for straight runs is shown in
Figures 6316, 6317 ond 6318 below. Vertical curves are supported
similarly; however, al least two supports are usually provided for
each curve.
In addition to the component weight and trolley loa ds, horizontal
turns, takeups a nd drives hove a reaction force on them caused by
chain pull which must be considered when supporting these components.
Occasionally it is desirable to support trolley conveyors from
building floors. This is advantageous for low elevation runs in buildings having very high trusses or beams. Floor supports will also allow
trolley conveyors to be installed in buildings not structurally adequate
to permit suspending the conveyor from trusses or ceilings. Columns
are usually 1-be a m or wide fl ang e sections selected for individual
loads and heights. O ther components are similarly supported. Two,
three or four columns are used as required, to amply support turns,
tokeups ond drives.

Typical arran gements

St rcigh t trc ck s up p ort fro m superstructure with swc y b rece .

Fig. 6316

Fig. 6317

Strci g ht t r ack s up p o rt
fro m tru ss ch o rd .

S up por ts
and
superstructu re fo r
90 r oll e r t u rn
(t ract ion w hee l
turn simi larly supported ).

Supports and s uperstructu re for 1 80 rolle r turn

(tractio n wheef tu rn similarly supp o rt ed).

Fig. 6320

L 1 N K - B E L T 529

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Selection
Design of supports and superstructure ( contin ued}

Supports and supe rstructure for l 80

roller turn toke up (troction whee l
turn take up simila rly supported ).

floo r suppo rt for stroig ht trock.

Supports and superstructu re fo r stationory caterp il lar d rive (floa ting

ca terpill a r and comer sp ro cket d rives
similarly supported ).

Chart A M a ximum span b etw een su ppo rts on 3 " 1-beom tro ck for vorious trolley loads and load spacings
o
"'
z
::>

...o
~

<(

o~

100

o
LOAD SPACING IN INCHES

Chart B Maximum span between supports on 4 " 1- beam track for various trolley loads and load spacings
800

LBS.

600>----+- -

z
::>
o

...

500

"'
~

400>------

300

\1AX. LOAD 500 LBS .- -

- - + - - - - t - ----1

1
MAX. LOAD390 LBS.
MAX. LOAD 310 LBS. -----.,

200

100

104
LOAD SPACING IN INCHES

530 L 1 N K - B E L T

112

120

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Selection
Design of supports and superstructur e (continued)

Chart

Maximum span between supports on 6 " 1-beam !rack for various trolley loads and load spacings

15001---- ---+-1400
1300
1200
1100

1000

:>

...o

900

"'<(o
g

800

700

o
~

600
500
400
300
200
100

48

, ._ 6JOS

LOAD SPACING IN INCHES

Design of guards
Guards are recammended, and are required by many state and industrial plan! safety codes under high elevation trolley canveyor
runs, particularly over aisles and work oreas. Guards are d esigned
to suit individual installation requiremenls a nd are usually fleld fabri cated during erection.
Guard panels are usually made from woven or welded wire mesh,
ar expended or continuous steel sheets. Support headers and fr a mes
are usually slructura l angles or channels. The guard width, opening
size and wire or metal gauge used far panels, and the depth size
and spacing of support frames, are selected to suit the size and
weight of material handled and path requiremenls. Support frames
are usually bolted to headers which are welded to the !rack; however, construction may be all-welded or all-bolted as desired. Panels
can be welded, bolted or clipped to support frames as desired . In
the design shown on f ig. 6326 page 532, framed panels are joined
by wire helixes and longitudinal stringers are not usually required.
The panels can be reodily disassembled and reused.

Typical cross sections of the fallowing faur widely used types of

guards are shown on p age 532.
Type SP guard (side panel type) is shown with expended metal
panels and welded conslruction on fig. 6324. This type can be
furnished with framed wire mesh panels, b olted, clipped or welded
to support frames.
Type SR guard (side rail type) is shown with framed wire mesh
botlom panels a nd welded construction on Fig. 6325. This type can
be fur nished with mesh panels b olted or cli p ped or with welded
e xpended metal panels.
Type D guard (demountable type) is shown on Fig. 6326. Panels
are joined by wire helixes and longitudinal stringers are not usually
required.
Type SB guard (salid bottom type) is shown on fig. 6327. This
type is used when wet or oily peris are handled. Rod sup porls a re
used and guard runs are sloped far dra ina ge. Panels are usually
welded.

L 1 N K - B E L T 531

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Selection
De sign of guards ( continued)

f ig . 632 4

.... 6325

Type SP guard sid e panel type

welded con struction shown with
expanded metal panels.

Type SR guard side rail type

welded construction shown with
framed wire mesh bottom panel s
and 4 side rails.

f lg . '326

Type D gua rd d e mountable type

shown without longitudinal
stringers. Panels joined with
wire helixes.

Type SB guard solid bottom type

shown with rod sup ports.

Type SP guard for multiple runs shown w ith channel headers

and transverse su pports.
_1""-- - - - - - - - a'-o" TYPICAL ---------;~

Type SP guard sid e e levation shown with expanded metal panels, channel
transverse supports.

Component dimensions
Cha in

Cha in
number

X348
X458
468
X678

Average
p itch,
inches

3.000
4.031
4.031
6.031

Average
ultima te
slrength,
pounds

24,000
48,000
70,000
85,000

links in Weight
E
G
approxiper
Al C 1
1 F 1
mately
foot,
1 O feet pounds
INCHES

40
30
30
20

2.1
3.2
7.5
6.5

Y2 113m
o/a 2 3;1 l ~'1'"
/a v. lm
""j
:v. 3 3;1, 11, l r. l Ya m
3

13

ra3 1m 1% 2

Hove d1mens1ens cert1fi ed fer instollotien purposes.

A Shope el 468 1inks slightly different thon shewn.

532 L 1 N K - B E L T

Ir

13;1, 3/4

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Series 500 trolleys 2 and 4 wheel

Trolley

A,

ond

drop

cha in

B 1C

INCHES

size

3 "-X348
4"-X458
6 "-X678

'

1 ~ 2 V13~ 51t '

~ ,..-- 3 /, 4 'l'16:Y. 1

'l'1

1 ~ 1~. 1 Va ~ 2 o/a2:Y1 ~1~ ~~

84Va

12 5;, 1'11 1 Ya l :Y.1\/. 4

1.

~=J

Style LE, for 3", 4" and 6" lralleys

Hene
LE 1 LB

H~r~
l~' ~'f ~ " " r~ "11'~
1 Ya 2Ya 2~

-7 - - - -

Hove dimensions certified fo r instollotion purposes.

x 1 r

LE 1 LB ' LE 1 LB ' LE 1 LB 1 LE 1 LB

O 1 F GH I J I K IL

l:Ya 1 ~

. ..

Style LB
for 3" ond 4 " lrolleys

~ ~:J

4 wheel trolleys
Sty le LB
fo r 6" lrolleys

Attachments for Series 500 trolleys

Attachments

Trolley ond' Att h

1G 1 K
oc ment
chain size

H
1

l4
l4
l4
l4
Y4

3/a

e
3"-X348

e
4"-X458

3/a
Ya
3/a
3/a
3/a

E
H

1
J

Stud

Pendan!

Forged sleel

Fo rme d sleel

6 "-X678

Yz
Yz
Yz
Yz
Vz

E
H
1

--,.

1M

! INCHES
P 1 Q

1
Va 1'A 1 ''A. y.,
1
Va 2 \4 o/a y.
y.,
1
Va 1'A 3/a
1
% 2 l4 o/a
'14
1
%
3/a
'l4
- - -- ..
- JS,1, " 2 2 Ya 1
JS,1, 13 21;1, y., 1
JSA, "A 1 l4 Yz 1
JSA. " A. 2 1A y. 1
JSA, " . . . Yz 1
JSA, " . . . 17hzl
- -1 o/a 1 v. 2 3
1 Y2
1 o/a 1 Ya 2 Yz 1 v. 1 Yz
1 o/a 1 Ya 1 o/a 'l4 1 Y2
1 o/a 1 Ya 2 Y2 1 v. 1 Y2
1 o/a 1 Ya . . . o/a 1 Y2

S 1 T

U 1W

Yz 5 y. 1 l4 v. l4
Yz 5 Ya ... .. . . . . .
' 3/a 4 3A, - . . .. . . . . 'A Yz 5 Ya 1 'A. .. .
.. . 2 o/a . .. -. . ..- . . .
-A - 'A.
'A.

3/a o/a
'la y,
3/a ~.
3/a y,
3/a
3/a
- Yz Va
Yz 'l4
Yz o/a

6 Va 1 3/a 1 v.

...
4 Ya . ..

'A

. . .. . . .
.. . . . . .
116 .. .
5 7,1, 1
3 Ya .. . . . .. . . .
6 \4 . . . .. . . 4A.
-- 8 y. 2
1 Ya 3/a
7
.. . .. . . . . .
5'!4 .. . .. . . . . .
Vz :v.. 7 1 v. "A . ..
. .. .. . . . . .
Yz .. . 4
5 7A

Hove dimensions certified for instollation pu rposes.

o/a" hole.

4 Attachmenl J has V2 " hole, JA has

+- u.
BOLTS-om
.

C/L

CHAIN

SHACKLE-R

'"'"'

r',

lM

BOLTSOe-~1

J
S

[P P :i kG

E
Load bar pe ndan!
Formed sleel

C/L

CHAIN

,,. ....

~ p,_.p j

+ .J.l..-G
J or JA

Cl evis

1
ldler

Forme d sleel

Formed sleel

Forged steel

Swivel
L 1 N K - B E L T 533

parts and package handling

t r olley conveyors

Series 600 trolleys

,.,_--F- - --..

Se rie s 600 troll e y s

--;:::

Trolley ond,A, drop l

cho in size

O
F
INCHES

DROP

v.

- -

v.

v.

Hove dimensiens ce rtifi ed fer instollotien purpeses .

... 6 110

Rivete d

4 ra
5% % 2
5%
-4%
5 % % 2 :Ya
5%
6 % % 2 Y2
-6%
- - % - 1 111i.

73/J
8
2 Ya 3 y.
8
- - -- 7 Y1
4 " - 468 81i. 2 Ya 3
8%
6 " - X678 10 Y1 3 y. 4%
-- - 6" - X458 10
2
4 ra
4 " - X458

Bo lted

Attachments

Pe nda nt

Penda nt

E
l oa d b ar p end ant

E
load bar p enda nt

Pro mol

Formed sleel

Pro mol

Ca.si steel

Pro mol

Clevis

Clevis

Clevis

Promol

Forged sleel

Formed sleel

Attachments fo r Se r ies 600 trolle ys

Trolley_ IAlloch-1
ond . cho in menl

Moterio l

~NCHE~

j y

srze

e
Drop forged sleel

4"
X458
- -4-,,468
- --

E
H

1
H

6"

X678
---

6"
X458

e
E
H

1
1

ldler
Formed sleel

534 L 1 N K - B E L T

Promol
Premol
Promo l
Promol
forg ed steel
forged steel
Formed steel
Forged steel
Formed steel
Casi steel
Formed steel
Formed steel

%
%
%
%
%
%
ra
%
- %
%
%
'la

'I v.
"I
"I

v.
v.

v.
v.
v.

v.
v.

y, 2
.. . . 2 1
1%
.. .. 1
% l6 'h2 1
l/a 2
13JI is1i.
Y1 1%
:Ya 'JI 5 3m .. .. . . . . 1
1 Ya 2
. . . . 2%
2'm . . . .
Y1 6 %2 1
l3ii
... . 2
.- . .- . .-. .-. - - . .. . 3 11m.. .. .. . . 1 y.
1 316
- -- -- - - -1 Ya 2% .. . . 3 Ya 23h2 1 1m :Ya Y1 6 111i. 1 Ya "hz 1 %
1
. . . 2% . .. . .. . . -2%
.
.
.
.
3
%
.
..
.
h 2 :Ya
.. .. 1%
- - - --- - - - -1-l 1l %
1 % 2 Y2 ... . 3 % 1
Y1
% 7% 1 %
. ...
. . . . 2 Y2 . . . . . . . . 15/ 1 %
Y1 . . . . 4 '/ . ... . .. . 1 %
- - -- - -- ---. . . . 1 11/i ... . 2 %
1
Y1 % 6 y, .... . . . . 1
3.4 1 " / z9m 11 1i.
% 5' 9m .. . . . . . . 1
Y1
% 11 Ya
r1 1 Ya
Y1
6 Y1 1 "li
.. ..
1 'JI 1 " JI ... . 2
y, . . . . 4 3/a .. . .. . .. 1 y.
. . . . 1 11/ . . . . .. . . 1 V1 1 Ya

Hove dime nsiens certified fer insto llo tie n purp eses.

r.

r. v.

r.

v.

"I

v.
v.

1 :Ya
1%
1 :Ya
1%
1%
1 :Ya
2
2
1 o/a
1 o/a
l :Ya
1 :Ya

parts and package handling

tro lley conveyors

Roller turns

Traction wheel turns

45 TURN SHOWN
30 ANO 60 SIMILAR

45 TURN SHOWN
30 ANO 60 SIMILAR

DROP=

L
CLEARANCEnJC ~~--~~~~~~....,.
DROP=r

/,,_
_ _ _ __ _ __,

<;/l CHAIN
TYPICAL SECTION

Are of
turn,

...

degrees

3 ... and 4 "' co nveyon

X348 or X458 choin 6

Pitch
rodius,
inche s

18
24
30
36

Al

60 6~
6012;,.
6018'1'1,
60 24V.

42
48
60

6029 V,
6635 Ve

72

18
24
30
36

72 60 'A.
142 6 ~
148 1211.
48 17 1'1'1.
48 23'h

711.
5:Y.
6:Y.
7'1'16 3:Y.

42
48
60
72
18
24
30
36

54 29'1'1.
54 34\l:i
60 46Ji.
66 57l.
36 6 Y,
42 11'/ ,
42 16 Ve
48 22 %

180
42
48
60
72

7V. 66 4
5'!. 72 9:Y.
6'!. 72 15'1o
3:Y. 72 21 :y.

of turn,

1E
3'!.
5

6Y,
5Y,

or

--

--

5'h

611. 7:Y. 78 4 511.

7857
-- - 7\l:i e7\l:i
3:Y. 3:Y. 48 4
7'h 7V. 54 9s,
5'h 5V. 54 l 5V.
7'A. 3V. 3V. 5421 11.

6026Ve
5
5 6032 Y,
6
6 6643 Vo
8 v. 8V. 72 55V.
- - -- -- - 33 142 4 6'!. 6:Y. 4 8 0 v,
3Y, 3:Y. 4 8 14 Y,
7'1'16 6
6 54 20111
5

5Y,

or

2'1o
6Y,
- - 3:Y.

6'!.
5
3 'h

or

10

3\l:i 3\l:i 72 27\l:i

7'h 7'h 723311.

42
48
60
72
18
24
30
36

5Y,

90

6647~

45

24
30
36

1e1

10
7
4
6:Y.
-- 9
4 :Y.
6 :Y.
4
7 '!.

10

54 27'1'1.
8 8 'h 8'h 54 25
3'!.
54 33 y,
5 'h 5'h 60 30:Y.
7 11.
60 43 1%
5 V. 5V. 66 4 1 y,
7
66 54 V~
7
- - - - - - -- 5 4:Y. 72 52V.
36 5'!o
5
5 36 3 y.
l Y.
42 1011.
5'h 5'h 42 8
2'/a
48 14 1'Ji
6
5'!. 148 12v,
2:Y.
54 19 \lo
7'Ao 6 'h 6'h 54 17\.1.
3
4
5 5V. or
7 10
60 23 %
8 6 'h 6\l:i 60 21 'h
3 v.
66 28 'A.
7V. 7V. 66 26
3 y,
78 36111
6
7 78 34V.
3
90 46
8'h 8Y, 90 ~
-- -- 5V.
30 ....
lOV. 10 30
lOY, 10 36 . ...
36 . .. .
42 . ...
1OV. 10 42 . .. .
48 ... .
7'1'16 1OY, 10 48 . ..
4
5 5Y, or
7 10 9Vo
54 . . ..
8 10111 10 54 . .. .
60 ....
1OY, 10 60 . ..
~2 ....
1OY, 10 72 . ..
84 . . . .
lOY, 10 84 . ...

180 TURN
Fig . 6298

Are

INCHES

42
48
60
1_8 _
- - - _ 72

Al B

TYPICAL SECTION

...,.,

6 "' conveyor
X678 choin 6

~I
O
E
8 X348IX458 X348IX458

30

60

1800 TURN

...

degrees

...

inches

1e1

18
18
24
21 4
36
24
- -- - -- -- 18
18
45
24
21 4
36
24
- - - - - f--- 18
18
60
24
21 4
36
24
--- - - -- 24
36
36
48
48
90
60 4
60
72
- - -84- - -- -72
24
42
36
60
135
48
78 4
60
96
112
- - - 72 -24
24
30
27
30
36
180
42
33 4
48
36
54
39
60
42
72
48
30

41r conveyor

3 w conveyor
X348 choin /J.

Pitch
dio m.,

6" conveyor
X678 choin6

X458 cho in 6

1e 1

INCHES

5'h

4
4 'h
2'h

-- -5 'h

5 'h

4 :Y.
5

3V.
4:Y.
5

- - -3

6 V.

6
5'h 6 11.
6 'h

6 Y:i
- - 3\l:i
3:Y.

5 Y,

5'h
6 '!.
8 V.

--

--

5 'h

7 Vo

18
21
24
18
21
24
-18
21
24
- 36

7'!'1. 4
5

4'h

8 2Y,
-7'1'16 4:Y.

or

- - 8 - -3V.
7'1'16 4:Y.

or

- -8- -3

6V.

7'1'\, 6

48

60
72
84
42
60
78
96
112
-24
27
30
33
36
39
42
48

or

or

- --

6 V.
6'h
6'h

-3 Y,

7'1'16 3 :Y.
5

or

5'h

6 :Y.
8 v.

-- -

7'1'16
5

or

7'!.

1A

1e1

18
21 7
24
18
21 7
24
18
21 7
24
36
48
60 7
72
84
42
60
78 7
96
112
-- 24
27
30
33 7
36
39
42
48

10

3 'h
4
2

-4 V.

10 4Y,
2:Y.

- -4 V.
-

10 4 Y,
2'h
-5:Y.
5Y,

10 5 '!.
6
- -63 3 v.
10 5
6 V.

7 '!.
--

10 7'1

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

Roller turns ore lurnished with Style OL ro llers unless othe rwise specified .
T raction w heel turns ore furnished w ith Style RH wheels unless otherwise
specined.
Other ores, pitch rodii and pitch diameters con be lurnished.
t; Corresponding sizes of unmodified Rivetless choin con be used.
Other drops: with X458 chain, BY.
with 468 chain, 7y2 ; Bo/i."; 8~.".
Other d rops: with X458 cho in, 1
with X678 choin, 10'/z".

L 1 N K - B E L T 535

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Roller turn takeups

Ek--

H +--'-

6"
6"

90 TAKEUP
RIGHT HAND SHOWN

180 TAKEUP
180 TAKEUP

CLEARANCE

C/l CHAIN

TYPICAL SECHON

90 t ractlon whe e l takeups right o r left hond

90 roller turn t ake ups right or left hond

Piteh

turn,

...

rodius

<l

o :;e
>>e ..e..,
e
.., ....

90

Q)

18
24
30
36
42
48
60

;
,..

..
>
e

...

<l
e

:;

..,

..e

90

e ,,.,
....
Q)

18
24
30
36
42
48
60
72

o>

..
>
e

<l.
e

:;

..,

..e

....e ..,"

90

Q)

18
24
30
36
42
48
60
72

...

72

1 A

inches

d egrees

Are of

turn,

e
; :;

INCHES

36
42
48
54
60
66
78
90
-36
42
48
54
60
66
78
90
-36
42
48
54
60
66
78
90

59
65
71

48
54
60
66
72

78
90
-102
48
54
60
66
72

78
90
102
- 48
54
60
66
72
78
90
102

5Y:z

7 Y:z

15

77

83
89
101
113
- - - - - -- 59
65
71
7~
77
5
or
7 Y:z 15
83
8
89
101
113
- - - - - - - 65
71

77

10

7\.'J

21

83
89
95
107
119

43 Y.
4 8'14
54'14
60
66
72

82
-94
43 Y.
48 :Y.
54 :Y.
60
66
72

82
-94
43 Y.
48 '14
54 Y.
60
66
72
82
94

Are of
turn,

.!:
o

..,

..e

e ....

<l

..o,..
>
e

de grees

Q)

180

- - -

<l

o :;e
>>e ..e..,

... ....
e ,,.,
Q)

180

.
o
>
>
e

72

18
24
30
36
42
48
60
72

- ~

18
24
30
36
42
48
60

<l
e

:;

..,

..e

e ..,
~ "
Q)

180

18
24
30
36
42
48
60
72

42
48
54
60
66
72
84
96
42
48
54
60
66

5Y:z

53
59
65
71
77

83
95
- - - - - - 107
53
59
65
7~
71
5
or
4
77
8
83
72
84
95
96
107
--- -- - - -- - -42
59
65
48
54
71
60
77
10
7
4
83
66
0
72
89
101
84
96
113

536 L 1 N K - B E L T

50Y:z
62 Y:z
74 Y:z
86 Y:z
98 Y:z
110 .<,
134 Y:z
158 Y:z
50Y:z
62 Y:z
74 Y.i
86Y.i
98111
11 0 \.'J
134 111
158 \.'J

24
36
48
60

4 2 48
4 2 48
Q)
4 2 48 4
90
42 54
48 60
72
X
- e- - - -24- --- 42 48
:;
..e
36
4 2 48
48
42 48 5
~ <l 90
,,.,
60
42 54
....
72
48 60
X
- e- - - - - -- - - 24
42 48
;
..e
42 48
36
~ <l 90
48
42 48 7
60
42 54
o()
72
48 60
X

,.. ..e
"e> .., <l
e ....
M

.
M

-o
,..o
>

...
e

-~

..,..
e>

56
56
sv. 4 Y:z 12 56
62
66
-- -56
7~
56
or
4 Y:z 12
56
8
62
66
- - -62
62
10
62
4 Y:z 18
68
0

e
... "

72

43
43
43
45
51
43
43
43
45
51
43
43
43
45
51

1 80 tractlo n wheel take ups

Are of

turn,

1 dio.,
Piteh 1

d e ~ees

inche s

...

INCHES

47
38Y:z
36
50
39
44 Y:z
53
42
50Y:z
..e
..,
45
56
56Y:z
>
e Q) <l
180
4
4
5Y:z
48
59
62 Y2
e ....M
51
62
6 8Y:z
.., X
54
65
74 Y:z
72
60
71
86 Y:z
- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - --24
36
47
38 Y2
30
39
50
44 Y:z
e
; :;
50.<,
36
42
53
... ..e..,
7:..
42
45
56
56 Y2
>
e Q) <l
180
5
or
4
o ,,.,
48
48
59
62 Y2
8
" ....
51
62
54
68 Y2
X
54
65
60
74Y2
71
72
60
86 Y2
- - - ---- - - - - - -- - 24
36
53
38 Y2
30
39
56
44\.'J
e
;
o
50.<,
36
42
59
... -5
42
45
62
56 Y2
10
4
180
7
e> Q) <l
48
48
65
62 Y:z
e o()
0
51
68
54
68 Y2
X
54
71
60
74Y:z
72
60
77
86 Y:z

.
.
o>

:;

....

24
30
36
42
48
54
60

..

.... "

SO Y..

62 Y.i
7 4 Y:z
86 111
98 Y.i
11 0111
134 .<,
158 Y:z

d e~ees

1 8 0 roller turn ta keups

Fig . 6JO O

f ig . 6299

TYPICAL SECTION

Are of

IQ!..Q" /'
MIN , HINGES

;f_

__t

::-::~;;:i~~-~-~~DROP
e
c:::'-=-=--=-=--=-??
---

D.

Hove dimensions certiled for instollotion purposes.

Tokeups ore ovoiloble with spring, screw or coun te rweight type odustment.
C ounterweights con be furnished. Sp ri ng odusted tokeups o re lurnished
unless otherwise specified.
Roller turn tokeups ore furnis hed with Style OL rollers ond troction wheel
turn tokeups ore furnished with Style RH w heels unless otherwise specified.
Other ares, pitch radii ond pitch diometers con be furnished.
Corresponding sizes of unmodified Rivetless choin can be used.
Other drops: w i th X458 cho in, 8 V. "; with 468 chain, 7 Y1 ", BY,.", ay,,".
Other drops: with X458 chain, 10"; with X678 chain, l OY2".

parts and package handling

trolley conveyors

Drives

ASSEMBLY 1

CLEARANCE

..,_..,._.....,,......,.--uJDROP
C/l
PLAN VIEW

CHAIN

ASSEMBLY :2

VIEW AA

Stationary cate rpillar d rive

~:!====~!::::-~-A _J
PLAN VIEW

VIEW AA

Floating caterpillar drive

Orive numbe r
Conslonl
spee d

Vorio ble speed

3 lo 1

3 conveyor

4 co n vey or

6 ' conveyor

X348 choint.

X4 5 8 choin ll.

X678 choin.C.

1 E 1

1 G

o.

1 E 1

6 lo 1

' '

INCH ES

E 1

Statlonary cate rpilla r drlves

C35S
C40S

R35S
R40S
R50S
R60S
R70S
RSOS

esos

C60S
C70S

caos

P35S
P40S
P50S
P60S
P70S
PSOS

22
22
25
....

54

24
24
54 24
. . . . . ... . . . .
5 'h
5 'h
5 'h

12
12
12
. ...

54

. ...

. . . . . . . . . ... . . . .
. . . . .... . . . . . . . .

. ...

20
21
26
29
29
33

54

7 3A,
8

54
54
60
60
60

73.M

66
66
66

or

. . . . .... . ... . . . .
. . . . . . . . .... . ...

24
24
24
24
24
24

12
12
12
12
12
12

29 y,
29 '/:i
29 y,
29 y,
29 Y2
29 y,

17 y, . . . .
17 y, . . . .
17 y, 26
17 \12 29
17 \12 29
17'/:i 33

26
29
29
33

10
10
10
10

60
60
60
60

24
24
24
24

. . ..
. .. .
15
15
15
15

Floatlng caterpillar drlves

P35F
P40F
P50F
P60F
P70F
PSO F

R35F
R40F
R50F
R60F
R70F
RS OF

C35F
C40F
C50F
C60F
C70F
CSOF

22
22
25

5 '/:i
5 '/:i
5 '/:i

66
66
66
. . . . .... . . . .
. . . . .... . . . .
. . . . .... . . . .

Orive number
Consla nl
speed

Vorioble speed
1

3 la 1

17 y,
17 y,
17 y,
. ...

29 'h
29 y,
29 Y2
. . ..
. ...
. ...

. ...
. ...

20
21
26
29
29
33

or

72
72
72

3 r conve yor

4 " conveyor

X348 choin ll.

X4 5 8 choin t.

1 8

6 lo 1

1 O

... . . ... . . . .
.... . . . . . ...
10
10
10
10

29 y,
29 '/:i
29 y,
29 '/:i

72
72

72
72

. ...
. .. .
20 y,
20Y,
20Y,

20 y,

6" con veyor

X678 cho in t.
1

1 8

INCHES

Corne r sprocket drlv es

C35C
C40C
C40C
C50C
C50C

R35C
R40C
R40C
R50C
R50C

P35C
P40C
P40C
P50C
P50C

3 y, 23
3 y, 23
2~ 36 %
3 \12 23
2 ~. 36 %

C60C
C60C
C70C
C70C

R60C
R60C
R70C
R70C
RSOC
RSOC

P60C
P60C
P70C
P70C
PSOC
PSOC

3 y,
2 ~.
. . ..
2 v.
. . ..

ca oc
ca oc

.. . .

23
36 %
... .
36 %
....
. .. .

22
22
23
23
25

5 y,
5 y,
5 Y2
5 y,
5 '/:i

30 5 y,
31
5 \12
. . . . . ...
32 5 y,
. . . . . . ..
. ... . ...

Hove dimensions cerlified for inslallation purposes.

t::. Corresponding sizes of unmod ified RiveHess choin can be used.

54
54

60
54

60
54
60

.. . .
60

. . ..
. ...

. . .. . ...
3 % 23 '.4
. . .. . .. .
3 Ya 23 '.4
3
36
3 Ya
3
3 3/1
3
3 Ya
3

23 '.4
36
23 '.4
36
23 \f4
36

. . ..

....

54

22

. . ..

....
23
25
28
28
30
29
34
32

7%
or

54
60

54
60
54
60
54
60
X458 choin, ay.
8

. . . . . ... . . . .
.... . . . . . . . .
. . . . . ... . . . .
. . . . .... . . . .
. . . . ... . . . . .
. . ..
1%
. ...
1%
. ...
1%

....
38 y,
.. ..
38 '/:i
....
38 '/:i

. ...
... .
....
. . ..
. . ..

. ...
. . ..
. ...
. ...

. . . . ... .
28
10
. . .. . ...
10
29
. . . . . ...
32
10

. ...
60
. .. .
60
. ...
60

. . ..

Olher drops: wilh

wilh 468 choin, 7Y/; 8>A."; 8~'.
Other drops: with X458 chain, 10'
with X678 chain, 10y2.

L 1 N K - B E L T 537

parts and package handling

trolley conve yon

Track and expansion ioints

Track

Track e x pansion jo int s

Trovel

Trock
si1e,

Tro ck

si z.e,

w eig hl,

inches

pounds

3
4
6

5.7
7 .7
12.5

rl TRAVEL

3
4
6

H a ve dimensions certified

16
16

8
8
12

=~
=:;

INCHES

1
1

INCHES

3
4

... >0
Trock

inches

Take up type

20

Hove dimensions certified for instollotion purposes.

JF=I

1 2.33 1 . 17 , . 17
2.66 . 19 . 19
3.33 .23 . 2 3

cf===iO:O:::-::--::.. -

- - -10'

_$;

~. H07

Building type short trovel

fo r instollotion pur-

poses.

Track splices
e'""t<---6 J

Double vertical curves

'1;-=====1(5

/ MALLEABLE
IRON CLAMP

WELDED

Fig. 501 1

Fig. 50 12

W elded splice angl e

Bolte d spl ice clamp

ANGLE 9 /

For dimensions see poges 524, 525 ond 581.

Anti-runaway

downhill runs

Backstop

uphill runs

7
I==----Trock

ii1e,

in ches

INCHES

9
8 1/a
51'2
5'1.
1'I
11
8%
51'2
2 Ya
6'1
81/a
1 11 y,
1 8 1'2 1 51'2 1 3
Hove dimensions certified for instoll:>tion purposes.
3
4
6

538

LINK - B ELT

Trock
size,

inches

3
4
6

INCHES

51/a
6Y,
1 8

4 y.
1

5
6'1.

3'/a
4 Ya
51'1

Hove dimensions certified for in

stollotion purposes.

parts and package handling

powe r and free conveyors

Power ond free conveyors provide the wide operoting

Aexibility necesso ry to hondle ports, components ond
ossemblies through fobricoting ond processing operotions, thereby reducing monufocturing ond handling
costs. Coupl ed with suitoble control systems, power ond
free conveyors outomoticolly perform mony comprehensive handling operotions.
Power ond free conveyors ore o combinotion of
powered trolley conveyors ond unpowered monoroil
type free conveyors which provide in one integroted
conveying system oll the odvontoges of both ty pes
coupled with ony desired omount of outomotic cont rol.
Two sets of trock ore used, usuolly suspended one
obove the other. The upper trock is structurol 1-beom
ond corries the powered trolley conveyor. The lower, or
free trock, usuoll y consists of two structurol chonnels or
ongles ond corries four wheel load trolleys from which
carriers are suspend ed. Load trolleys h ove two integral
pivoted dogs which engoge pushers attached to the
power conveyor trolleys or chain. Load trolleys are
switched to ond from adjacent unpowered free !rocks
on either or b o th sides o f the main power and free conveyor while the power conveyor is moving. Loa d trolleys
are hand or gravity propelled on free track runs. Manuolly or automatically controlled powered lifts ore
frequently used on free tracks to move load trolleys
ond corriers vertically to and from work stations and
process enclosures such os point dip or ploting tonks or
between trock runs of different eleva tions.
Appl icotion of power ond free conveyors b y LinkBelt from creotive engineering in the initiol sto ges,
through monufocturing, instollotion ond testing ossures
the most opproprio te ond economico l system to suit
individual requirements.

Automobile body subossemblies in tronsit from storoge to ossembly. Photo 39522

Operating features
Routing of materi al Dispo tch mechonism o n corriers
permits material to b e tronsported to selected points in the
system ond stopped.
Storage Corriers moy be collected on free or powered
trocks between operotio ns or deportme nts ond he ld os long
o s desired.
Recirculation Co rriers dispotched to o stotio n tempororily unoble to occept them con circulote in the system until
needed. Material con be returned to vorious work stotions
for rework, or re test of rejected work.
Varlations in load spacing and load spee d By
using sup plementory power conveyors with variable speed
drives ond with pushers spoced os required, load trolley
spocing o nd speeds con be voried os required in the system to
suit vorious processing operotio ns. Material flow moy be
divided when necessory to mointoin desired production.
V ert i cal move m e nt of load troll e y s Powered lifts
ore used o n free !rock runs to move load trolleys ond corriers
verticolly to ond from work stotions, between trock runs of
different e levotions ond for dipping operotions.

Load trolleys ond corriers bonked on free trock storoge lines ofter switching.
Photo 39533

L 1 N K - B E L T 53 9

parts and package handling

power and free conveyors

Components
;To<kyok

~Power

~conveyor

- - - - Free
!rock
39503

~load

h o lly

Power conveyors 4" lrolley conveyors with 4 " 1-beom !rock,

Link-Bel! Series 500 trolleys, and X458 Rivetless choin o re usuolly used
for power conveyors. For systems hoving moderote loods ond inclines,
pusher ottochments on two wheel trolleys o re used to engoge ond
propel load trolleys on free !rock. For systems handling heovy lood s
or hoving steep inclines, pushers ore mounted on the choin between
two trol1eys.
Free track Two structurol chonnels with Aong es focing ore usuolly
used for free !rack on both powered ond unpowered runs. The fre e
!rock on powered runs Is locoted b elow the power conveyor ond is
supported by steel yokes. 4 " structurol chonnel !rock is used for
systems hoving moderote loo ds ond 6 " structurol channel !rock is used
for systems hoving heovy loods. Trock systems for relatively light
loods can be furnished with !rock mode from two structurol ongles,
Load trolle ys load trolleys consist of four boll b e oring wheels,
two vertical boll b eoring guide rollers, ond two pivoted pusher dogs
ali ossembled to o rugged steel bracket hoving o pendont to suspend
corriers.
The wheels ore fully mochined from steel tubing ond are corburized
ond hect treoted to give moximum life to rolling surfaces. f ully
ground rocewoys and precision steel bolls, fully coged for occuro te
spocing, minimize friction ond ossure smooth rolling. Wheels ore
provid e d with frictionless triple lobyrinth metal seols ond formed steel
end pioles hoving o pressure type lubricotion fitting.
Steel dogs e ngoge pusher attachments on power conveyor to
propel load trolleys.
Vertical boll b eoring guide rollers run on !rock flonges to effectively
guide load trolleys on straight runs ond around horizontal turns, assuring free movement.
Bumpers, load bars and carriers Bump ers ore generolly provided on corriers for power ond free conveyor systems. They preve n!
odjocent corriers from contacting one another when corriers ore
banked on unpowered free !rock oheod of switches, lifts or in storoge
lines. Bumpers usuolly support carrier dispatch mechonism. When two

540 L 1 N K - B E L T

Single and d auble suspension bumpers with rectangular box carriers.

Photo 39534

trolleys ore required to suspend loods, bumpers olso serve as

load bars.
Carriers o re designed to suit individual requirements. Assem bly
Axtures of mony types os required for vo rious operotions may b e
incorporoted . Many carriers con be orronged for outomatic loading
and unlooding when required.
Dlspatch mechanlsm Corrier dispotch ond control systems o re
usuolly mechanical (for simple routing) or electronic (for comprehensive systems) and are designed to provide ony or oll of the operoting
feotures shown on pag es 543 ond 544.

parts and package handling

power and free conveyors

Components
Horizontal turns Turns used for combined power and free
runs consist of occurately curved sections of both power and
free tracks, o series of ball bearing rollers to guide power
conveyor chain, steel yokes to support free track and a structural steel frame to rig idly support the entire assembly.
M nimum radius is 36". Standard trolley conveyor roller lurns
are used on independent power conveyor runs (power conveyor runs not having free track) . Turns for indep endent free
track runs require only accurately formed curved track sections
with support yokes.

Po we r a nd free ho rizontol turn with vertical curve in backg round.

Pholo 39536

Vertical curves One method of varying track elevations

on power ond free conveyors is with vertical curves. They consist of accurately formed sections of 1-beam and channel track.
Mnimum radius is 10' -0" measured to centerline of power
conveyor track.
Powered lifts Sections of free track on unpowered runs
along with load trolleys and carriers are moved vertically
with powered lifts. They are used to deliver work to and from
work stations, for dipping operations of all ty pes and to tronsfer carriers from one Aoor to onother. Lifts are pneumaticolly,
electricall y or hydraulically operated and automatically or
manually controlled. Multiple elevations may be accommodated
when required.

Track switches (power and free) 2 or 3- wa y tongue

and 2-way plate ty pe track switches are used to switch load
troll eys to and from power and free runs. Switches a re usually
pneumatically powered and are manually or automatica lly
controlled. Tongue switches hove a pivoted section of free
trock and ore used for moderote ond heovy loods when omple
cleoronce is ovoiloble for switching. Plote switches use o moveoble switch plote to tronsfer load trolleys ond require less
trock length thon tongue switches. They are used for moderate
loods where required by poth cleoronces.

Powe re d lift on fre e lrock. Photo 39593

Track switches (unpowered free track) 2 or 3-woy

stub switches ore used to tronsfer load trolleys between unpowered runs of free trock. They ore monuolly or pneumotico lly p owered. The pneumotic type ma y be monuolly or
outomoticolly controlled. Stub switches hove sections of stroight
ond curved trock mounted on o moveoble frome.

2-way to ngue type !ra ck switch. Pho lo 39537

2-way plate type !rack switch with 2 -way stub type !rack switch in
b ackground. Photo 3 9 53 8

l oad lrolley being switche d on 2 -woy plate ty pe !rack switch.

Photo 39535

L 1 N K - BE L T 541

parts and package handling

power and free conveyors

Typical layout
UP
DOWN

o------

z
3:
o
o

: 1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

i:

1
1
1

1
1

+1
1
1
1

LEGEND
POWER ANO FREE
~--FREE TRACK

t - --- POWER CONVEYOR ONLY

C8J

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1
J

'

STOP ANO FEEDER '

POWERED LIFT

>

o
AREA C

(.!)

>-

0::

1[8]--JREWORKI

z
o

3:

"'-C8:1-"

ITJ
W ORK STATIONS

..J

8u

AREA B

z
o

3:

--------~---+---~-------~ - -----
~---------0---------0----+---o-------
-0 -- -- ----~---+---~-- - - - --~-- - ---STORAGE
~- - ------0- --------0-----+---o--------0--------~---+-- -~- -- ---- ~------
~--------0--------0----+---o------ - -

fl9 . 62 JS

SHI PPING

Schematic layout of a power and free conve yor system.

542 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

p o w er a n d free con v eyor s

Operating features
Power ond free conveyors hove greot inherent operoting flexib il ity. Load trolleys with corriers can be switched to and from
one or severo l power ond free conveyors or connecting free
trock systems. Material can be transported at vorious speeds,
stopped, moved vertically, pivoted, indexed, dumped or
dipped as desired to suit operoting requirements. This Aexi-

,,,..------..o
~ 7

z
3:
o

r
1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1
1

1
1

(
1

1
1
1
1
1

>

(( (
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1
1

1
1
l sTORAGE
1
1 .
1
1
1
1
1 1
1
1
1 AREA A
1
1

1
1

1
1
1

1 1 1
1 1 1
1

1 1 1
1 1 1
1

1
1
1 1
1
1 1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1
1

t 9 t 9 t ~ t ~ t ~
'

'

+1

1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1

>

> (

t9t9t9t9t 9

1
1
1

(
1

........ -

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1

"'-1:8:1_,
t
ITJ

1
1
1

9? 9? 99

mt

,.-1:8J-..

o:J

[TI

,.-C8:]-..

,.-C8:]-..

"'~--

"--C>f--

OJ

WORK STATIONS
Fog . 621 5 Ar eo A

bility coupled with proper control systems gives power and

free conveyors mony desirable unique operoting features required for modern industrial operations.
Sections of the typical la yout on poge 542 ore used os
exomples in the following description of operoting feotures.
The oreas used for reference ore indicated on the layout.

Automatic routing of material (dispat ching) Used in

conjunction with suitable dispotch systems on corriers ond
motching controls on the conveyor, power ond free conveyors
provide outomotic selective routing of material th roughout
systems involving one o r more conveyors. Loa d trolleys with
carriers ore dispotched from looding points or succeeding
work stotions ond ore stopped for storoge ond et work
stotions os required. After being dispatched, load trolleys ond
carriers proceed without further ottention to the next scheduled
stopping point wherever locoted in the system. Co rriers ore
dispotched singly o r in groups ond when required , ore selectively recolled from remote storage oreas. Work stotions
ore continuously ond outomoticolly supplied with proper
omounts of material. In Figure 6215 Area A, the dispotch
system ollows corriers to be moved outomaticolly from looding
to storoge ond to ony of the work stotions.
Dispotch systems ore designed to meet the requirements of
individua l instoll o tions, which may vory widely. Mecho nical
dispotch systems ore often used for smoll instollotions. They
usuo lly consist of o metal flag ond o positioning brocket
mounted on the corrier bumper. Electronic dispotch systems
ore used for more comprehensive instollotions. One system of
this t ype utilizes punched cord s which ore placed in o holder
mounted on the corrier bumpers. Cords ore outomoticolly reod
et vorious switching points.
Dispa tch systems moke possible the full utilizotion of the
inherent fle xi bility of power and free conveyors. Consult LinkBelt for the proper system to meet individual requirements.

Stora ge Load trolleys with carriers ore outomoticolly

stopped ond moy be stored indef1nitely on power ond free
conveyor systems. Material in process is bonked for storoge
wherever required on free track storage lines or on powered
loops ho ving spring powl pushers on the power choin which
override d ogs on load trolleys when corriers are bonked on
the line. Load trolleys with carriers ore outomoticolly reclo imed
from storage on selective co ll from succeeding work stotions.
Material emerges from eoch storage line in the sorne order in
which it enters, mointoining f1rst in-f1rst out flow.
Storage lines occommodate differences, either continuous or
temporary for machine set ups, in rotes of production b e tween
vorious deportments or between operotions ond provide o
continuo usly ovoiloble supply of material stored in otherwise
unused overheod spoce. Figure 6215 Areo A, shows o series
of storage lines ohead of work stotions.

L 1 N K - B E L T 543

parts and package handling

powe r and free conve yors

Operating features
Recirculatlon Power and free conveyors ore frequently

of various load stations.

In Figure 6215, Area B, recirculation is provided in the
fabrication- inspection crea. Th is allows carriers dispatched to
various work stations to automatically b y-pass if necessary and
retu rn. lt also allows carriers to be returned from inspection
to the rework station.
The poth in the inspection oreo is orronged to ollow seporote
g roups o r different types of corriers to be used for pointing
ond drying and in final inspection, pocking ond storage oreas
if d esired.

orronged to ollow load trolleys with carriers to recirculote

over selected paths or through all of the system. This feature
allows material that has been dispatched to a station temporarily unable to accept it to by- pass the station and automotically return. lt also provides temporary storage and allows
material to be supplied to work stations with minimum time
delay.
Recirculation ollows rejected work to be automatically returned from inspection stations to rework st ations in the system.
lt also permits easy return of empty carriers to storage ahea d
1
1

1 1

1 1 1 1

99 99 99 99 9
1

c..

QJ

=>

~-IREWORK I

/--~

' --cr~
0
WORK STATIONS
AREA 8

i'o5

Fig. 62 15

V e rtical move ment of load trolle ys and carrl e rs Powered lifts ore
used on free track runs to move load troll eys with carriers verticolly. Lifts
ore pneumatically, electrically or hydraulically o perated and are manually or
outomoticolly controlled. Vertical movement is odvontogeous for delivery of
material to ond from work stations with minimum obstruction at the station.
Lifts ore olso advantogeously used for dipping operotions to keep length of
dip tonks ot o minimum. Lifts ore olso used to move corriers verticolly from
one floor to onother.
In Figure 6215 Areo B, lifts ore used to deliver corriers to ond from work
stotions. A vertical curve is used to lower corriers to working level prior to
entering the inspection stotion.

power conveyors, integroted power ond free systems ore orronged

DOWN

o - ----1

to

provide different load spocing ond speeds through areos where these factors
affect the operations to be performed, such os pointing ond drying. The
pusher spocing ond operoting speeds of the supplementory power con-

c..

=>

1 :1
1

1
1
1
1

t',I

'I
11
:1

+1 I+.
1

'1

Variations In load spaci ng and load sp eed By using two or more

Areo B

i ~

' I'
1
~

'

zw
i!;
AREA C

<.!>

,I

veyors ore selected to suit the operotions involved ond, if possible, to mointoin
desired production of the overoll system. lf the production connot be mointained, the flow con be divided into odditionol lines to occommodate slow
operotions ond subsequently be recombined with main path.
In Figure 6215 Areo C, supplemento ry power conveyors ore provided ot the

point booth ond the drying oven. Load spacing is increased through pointing

and decreased to a minimum through the drying oven. Operoting speeds in

this crea are set to maintain o production balance with the fobrication section

_J

of the system.

Other f e atures In oddition to the obove feotures, provision con be

made for horizontal tronsverse movement of load trolleys ond corriers,

-+----

indexing, automotic loading and unloading, and other speciol features.

Fog. 6215 Areo C

544 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

power a n d free conveyors

Other types
Meat packing industry type
~

F;g. 6223

Mea! packing industry type power and free canveyar system on

the beef dressing floor al a modern packing house. Phota 31402A
The power conveyor usually consists of 658 or 678 Rivetless chain, or SS 4126 cha in having drop finger pushers
and slid e pioles, and supported by a double channe l o r angle !rack. fre e !rack is usually 'h" x 2 'h" bar and
is located b elow !he power conveyor !rack o n monoplone systems os shown on fig ure 6223. The free !rack on
multiplone systems is located alongsid e the power conveyor !rock on either side ond side finger pushers ore
use d. Brockets ore used to support ond olign both !rocks. Load trolleys hoving one double flanged wheel ore
used e ither singly or in poirs. Complete syslems including switches, powered lifts, inclined sections, d rives and
controls ca n be fu rnished.

1
1

:
J

Occosionolly poth lengths and loo ds moke it desiro ble to use trolleys insteod of
slide pioles on !he powe r conveyor. The power conveyor on this type is orronged
o s shown ond has boll beoring trolleys. f igure 6221 shows o spring type pusher
which will override load trolleys when work is bonked on the line. Rigid drop
finger p ushers ore olso used. Complete syslems including switches, powered lifts,
inclined sections, drives and controls con b e furnished.
Modifled meat packing industry type power and fr ee having
ball beoring wheel trolleys on powered conveyor in a modern
bakery. Pholo 39594

Side-by-side type
In this ty pe, the two sets of !rock ore orronged alongside eoch other as
shown. 1-beam sections ore used far the !rock system ond bo th lracks ore
suspend ed from common supports. Load trolleys o nd corriers ore switche d
to ond from the line on the side opposite the power conveyor; however, the
power conveyor con be placed on either sid e of the free trock ond con cross
over it when desired. Figure 6222 shows the general orrongement of tracks
ond o spring looded side fing e r p ushe r with o manual releose. Complete
systems including switches, powered lifts, carrier dispotch mechonism ond
controls con be furnished.

L 1 N K - B E L T 545

parts and package handling

Trukveyors

Trukveyors

1 I l

Trukveyors ore widely used to mechonize freight handling,

worehousing, ond industrial operotions. H andling costs ore
reduced ond operot ing efficiencies ore increosed.
They ore
towing four
material to
d isengoged

o continuous ond versotile conveying medium for

wheel plotform t rucks or dollies which carry the
b e hond led. Trucks ore eosily engoged to ond
from the Trukveyor ot ony point.

Tr ukveyors o ffer unlimited possibilities of flexibility, copocity

ond length. They ore extremely versoti le ofter instollotion since
the voriotion in size ond shope of material tho t con be hondled
is limite d only b y the tr ucks used on the system. Trukveyors
m oy operote in multiple piones to meet layout req uirements.
Trucks ore outomotico ll y tronsferred from one Trukveyor
to onother when necessory to meet complex material flow ond
truck dispotching requirements.
The creotive opp licotion of Trukveyors b y link-Belt, from
initiol recommendotions th rough enginee ring, manufacture ond
instollo t ion ossures the most suito bl e d esign ond equipment to
meet individual req uiremenl s.

ln-the-floor Trukveyor in a grocery warehouse continuousl y moves cases of

faad from receiving to storage and from storage to shipping. Photo 3949 1

LinkBelt manufactures two types of Trukv e yors:

ln-the - floor Trukveyor
Built Aush with the surfoce of the Aoor, this ty pe of Trukveyor consists
of on endless power driven strond of Rivetless choin operoting in o
metal t rough. The chain i s suspended by ball b earing pushers and
idlers running in o double structuro l chonnel !rock. The trock has
heovy cover plotes, o rronged t o p rovide o continuous norrow slot to
occept truck tow p ins ond designed to ca rr y normal cross Aoor troffic.
Trucks ore eosily engoged o t ony point by dropping the tow p in into
the slot ond ore reodily disengoged by r oising the tow pin ond pulling the trucks owoy from the Trukveyor poth. Q uiet in operotion with
no overheod o b struction, the in-the-Aoor Trukveyor i s the most convenient method of tronsporting p lotform trucks over any p reselected poth.

Overhead Trukveyor
This t ype of Trukveyor is on odoptotion of the widely used Link-Bel t
4 " t rolley conveyor. l t consists of on endless power driven strond of
Rivetless choin suspended b y boll beoring troll eys from on overheod
!rock. Towing ottochments, mounted an the trolleys ar choin, engage
mosts or choin slings attached to trucks. The overheod Trukveyor has
inherent Aexibility for poth changes after installotian ond is recammended for installotion in b uild ings where the Aaor connat be cut
for structurol r eosans.
ln-the-Aoor Trukveyor handles grader peris and dozer blades weighing up to
3,000 pounds through cleaning, painting and drying to storage. Photo 37796

Advantages
Quiet, orderly, continuous movement lood ed ond empt y
t rucks trovel al speeds up to 150 feet per minut e. Cong estion is e liminoted ond surg es in materia l Aow ore reodily occommodoted.
Gentle handling Material in tronsit o n Trukveyors moves gently
ond smoothly.

Less handling Trukveyors reduce the total number of physicol

hondlings of material. Hand ling costs ore reduced. Material t empororily held pending shipment i s conveniently ovoiloble on trucks for
eosy movement o nd proper looding sequence.

Convenient routing of mate rial Trucks engoged on o Trukveyor trovel o pre -determined poth. They ore eosily ceded for
vorious storog e oreas, looding doors or material destinotions. Material
is conveniently ovoiloble for ropid occurote checking.

546 L 1 N K - B E L T

Overhead Trukveyor in a motor freight terminal reduces congestion for neat,

orderly and efficient operatian. Photo 39490

parts and package handling

Trukveyors

contents
lntrodvction .. .. ....... .. ..... ...... . ......... .... 5 4 6

Selection and dimensions

Components, in-the-Aoor Trukveyors

Typical layouts . .... . ............ . ......... .. . 554

Chain, pushers and idlers.............. . ..... .. . 548

ln-the-Aoor Trukveyors
Design procedure ..... . . .... . . .. ...... . .... . 555

Straight track, clean-out box, and

expansion joint track sections . .. .. . .. . . .. ... . .. 549
Chain conflning track section, chain removal

Component selection ... .... .. . ...... ... .. . .. 556

Pusher and idler dimensions .. .. . , .... , , .. .. .. 557

and lubrication box and roller turns ..... .. ..... 55 0

Straight track, rolle r turn and t rench dimensio ns . . 557

Orives, controls and electrical accessories ... .. . .. . 551

Pit dimensions . .. ....... ... . ...... . . ... . .. . . 558

lnstallation methods . . . . . .. ... . ..... . ... .. .. . 559

Components, overhead Trukveyors

Chain, trolleys, towing attachments, roller

Overhead Trukveyors

turns, t akeups, track, and drives . .. .. .. . . . .. .. . 552

Design procedure . .. .. . . .. . ... .. ........ . ... 555

Trucks and truck accessories .. ..... .. ..... . ....... . . . 553

Component selection . . ........ .. ........ .. . .. 560

Componen! dimensions . . . . .. .. . .. . . .... , .. . .. 560

Shipments o re e fficiently trons p orte d throughout

lhe syste m without conge slion. Photo 3 9506

-~

.___

-.._......

Trucks o re eosily e ngoged or d isengoged al o ny

point. Pho to 3 7 360

Trukveyors ho ve versotility to reo d ily occommodo te w ide voria tion in material size, shope and

weight. Photo 37365

--lt-.

These two link- Belt in-the-floor Trukveyors totolling 5651 fee t continuously move LCL roil freight shipments quickly ond efficiently throughout this lorge roil rood freight house.
Photo 37730

Trukve yo r cro sse s fou r sets of !rocks a l ral le ve l.

Trukveyor is sto ppe d , roil cors o re move d o cross p o th w ithout
disossembly o f Trukveyor. Photo 37366

Po th includ e s inclined ramps to cha nge elevation to permit

ra l level !rock crossing. Pho to 37362

L 1 N K - B E L T 547

parts and package handling

Trukveyors

Components in-the-floor Trukveyors

3928 1

Chain
ln-the-floor Trukveyors use Link-Belt 658R drop forged steel l\ivetless choin. Rive tless cha ins, widely
used for many years on Link-Be lt trolley conveyors, hove high strength with minimum weig ht and
can be e osily assem bled a nd disassembled without tools. All peris ore hect treated for greate r
strength and maximum wear resistance. Threod ed exte nd ed choin pins o re used to ottoch pushers
and idlers.

Style TA pushers through axle ty pe

Style TA pushers a re used to capture and hold truck tow pins on
monoplone installations. Tow pins normolly are engog ed by the
powl sid e of the pusher. The counterweighted powl is depressed by
the tow pin a s it enters the pusher. Upon e ngagement the pawl returns to normal position to capture the tow p in. The rear of the pusher
is inclined to allow eng ag ement of tow pins from the rear. The frame
and pawl a re rugged malleab le iro n ca stings. W heels a re similar to
and hove the sorne bearing s a s Link-Be lt Series 500 - 3 11 trolleys.
Fully coged p recision balls run on ha rd e ne d and concentrically
ground roceways to assure smooth rolling and long life. The wheels
hove recessed fo rmed steel e nd pioles, fitt ed for pressure lubrication, and triple la byrinth typ e metal seals.

36017

Style TA pushe r

Style TA idler through axle type

Style TA idlers are used on monoplane installations to support the
chain between Style TA p ushers. They hove a rugged malleable iron
frame with two wheels identica l to those on the Style TA pusher.

Style SA pusher stub axle ty pe

360 18

Style SA pushers e ngage a greater leng th on tow pins than Sty le

TA pushers o nd o re used for applications requiring romps or trock
level rail crossing s. Style SA pushers hove two spring o p e rated pawls
and can engage tow pins from either e nd. The frame and pawl are
rugged malleable castings. Wheels ore similar to ond hove the sorne
11
bearings as Link-Belt Series 500 - 3 trolleys. Fully coged precision
bolls run o n hardened and concentrically ground raceways to assure
smooth rolling and long life. The wheels hove recessed formed steel
e nd pio les, fitted for pressure lubrication, and triple labyrinth type
metal seals.

Style SA idler stub axle t ype

Style SA id ler

548 L 1 N K - B E L T

Style SA idlers are used to support the chain b etween Style SA

p ushers and provide g reater tow pin clearance than Style TA idlers.
Simila r in construction to Style TA id lers, Style SA id lers hove o
rugged molleable iron frame a nd two wheels identicol to those on
the Style SA pusher.

parts and package handling

Truk veyors

Components in-the-floor Trukveyors

Straight track sections

Straight track sections consist of two !rack chonnels, o formed steel
trough, two steel cover plotes, ond onchors and yoke plotes which
hold and align componenls during shipment ond instollation. Bolted
construction is used for standard slroight !rack so thot cover plates
ond !rack chonnels are individually removable ofter instollotion.
Stroight track is availoble with either 3 " or 4 11 !rack channels and
can be furnished with cover plotes welded to !rock chonnels on
request.
Trock sections are completely shop ossembled which provides
greater accuracy for proper motching ond alignment.
Standard cover pioles ore designed to withstond cross traffic
individual wheel loads up to 5,000 pounds. When required, provision can be made to accommodote heavier wheel loods.

39279

Clean-out box track sections

Clean-out boxes provide o convenient me ons of
collecting and removing dirt and foreign material
that enters the system through the tow pin slot. The y
ore osse mbled integral with a standard seclion of
slroight !rock; however, o deeper trough is provided
in the box lo allow dirt to collect. A readily removoble cover pi ate offset from !he !rack cover piafe is
provided. For installations where water or other
liquids may enter !he trench, droins can be attached
to the bottom of the box. Cover piafes ore designed
for cross traffic wheel loods up lo 5000 pounds.
This !rack section is available with 3 " and 4"
channel trock.

Expansion ioint track sections

Expansion joinl !rack sections consisl of a section
of standard track cut through on an ongle ond
fitted with guide rods to assure track alignment.
Expansion joint !rock sections are used where Trukveyor paths cross building expansion joinls; however, they ore no! usuolly required where !he floor
is made with only construction joints, or shollow saw
cuis to control cracking.
Cover pioles for trock exponsion joints hove the
sorne load rating as stroight track cover pioles.
Expansion joint track sections are avoilable with
3" ond 4" chonnel track.

:.____)

39280

L 1 N K - B E L T 549

parts and package handling

Trukveyors

Components in-the-floor-T ru kveyors

Chain confining track section (takeup)

ln-the-floor Trukveyors hove a special slraight !rack seclion ad jacent to !he drive
on the downstrand (exit) side, to collect !he chain slack. The o utside dimensions and
shape of this section are identical lo standard straight !rack and it will fit the sorne
trench opening as standard slraight !rack. The cover pioles hove !he sorne load
b e aring capacity a s straight !rack cover p ioles. Chain confining !rack sections are
available with 3 11 and 4" channel !rack.

39588

Chain removal
and lubrication box
This special !rack section provides convenienl access to !he
chain for removal of slack and to the wheels of pushers and
idl ers for periodic lubrication. lt is located ad jacenl to !he
chain confining !rack section on !he downstrand (exit) side.
Track channels are cut so the upper flange and part of !he
web are attached to and removable with the cover p ioles.
The cover pioles hove the sorne load bearing capacity as on
slraight !rack. Chain removal and lubrication boxes are
available with 3 11 and 4 " channel !rack.

I
Roller turns
Roller turns are used lo g uide the Trukveyor chain around horizontal
lurns to keep the cenlerline of the chain under the centerline of the
tow pin slot.
ln-the-floor Trukveyor roller turns consist of a series of d oubl e -row ba ll
bearing rollers mounted on bolts between curved steel retainer bars
supported by welded steel brackets fro m a heavy curved slructural sleel
channel. Accurately formed curved !rack channels and cover pioles are
provided which are individually removable to p rovide convenienl
access to all peris. Cover plates are designed lo withstand cross traffic
individual wheel loads up to 5000 pounds. The bottom and sides of !he
entire assembly are enclosed with a sleel ca sing to p rotect componenls during insta ll a tion. Roller turns hove no projeclion beyond !he tangen! line of the turn. They are
avoilable in three standard radii and four standard ares with either 3 11 or 4 11 channel
!rack. Special turns can be furnished.
36025

Roller turn rollers

The outer shell with integral raceways is accurately machined from steel tubing ; the
inner ring with integral raceways is machined from bar stock. Both components are
carburized and hect treated to a ssure maximum life of ralling surfaces. A full complement of precision steel balls assures ample bearing capacity. Formed steel end shields
are press fitted to the inner ring to preven! entry of foreign material and lo seal in
bearing lubrican!. Top end shields of standa rd rollers hove grease fitti ng s which are
accessible for maintenance through !he tow pin slot.
Factory lubricated and seale d rollers are available having special dose dearance
seals lo completely endose the bearing s. These rollers are lubricated at the factory
during assembly and do nol require relubrica tion.

550 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

Trukveyors

Components in-the-floor Trukveyors

Drives
Caterpillar type drives ore used on in-the-floor Trukveyors. Stotionory
caterpillar drives ore usuolly used ond ore recommended; however,
flooting caterpillar drives ore ovoiloble. Orives, either constont or
variable, ore ovoiloble far speeds up to o normal moximum of 150
feet per minute ond far o wide ronge of chain pull copacities.
Speciol drives far opplicotions requiring higher speeds, or other
speciol feotures con be furnished .
Ali drives hove Link-Bel! helicol-worm geor speed reducers with
extended dry well type beoring housings on the output end to provide
built-in shoft olignment ond moximum copocity far overhung loods.
The speed reducers ore connecte d to electric motors of omple size,
usuolly by V-belts ond sheoves or variable speed pulley ossemblies;
however, silent choin drives ore ovoiloble. ln-the-floor Trukveyor
drives hove no open or exposed georing.
Orives hove primory ond secondory overlood protection. Primory
overlood protection is provided electricolly al the control panel.
Secondory overlood protection is provided mechonicolly on stotionory
drives ond electricolly on flooting drives.
The caterpillar ottochment engoges ond drives the conveyor choin.
The driving or caterpillar choin is on endless precision steel roller
choin fltted with hordened ond mochined drive dogs. These dogs
mesh with the conveyor choin to drive the conveyor. The drive choin
ond conveyor choin ore held in proper e ngogement through the
drive by o bock-up bar ond o series of guide rollers.
The hordened steel bock-up bar contocts the drive choin rollers to
hold the drive choin in position ogoinst the conveyor chain. The bockup bar is occurotely shoped to provide controlled engogement and
smooth disengogement of the choins without binding between conveyor
choins ond drive dogs. The boll beoring guide rollers mount behind
ond contoct the conveyor choin to prevent it from moving awoy from
the drive choin. The drive sprocket is mounted on the speed reducer
oJtput shoft ond the idler sprocket, which has on interno! onti-friction
beoring, operotes on o toil shoft mounted ta permit odjustment of
caterpillar chain tension.
Orives ore mounted on structuro l steel from es supported by heovy
steel beo ms set in the drive pit wolls. Curb ongles and cover piafes
ore furnished far drive pits. Cover piafes ore removoble ond ore
designed to occommodote cross troffic individual wheel loods up to
5,000 pounds. An access hatch ond lodder ore provjded. The occess
hotch is sized to permit removol of oll drive components ond is offset to allow the Trukveyor to operote with the hotch open.

Stationary ca terpillar drive. Photo 39314

Flooting caterpillar drive. Photo 3931 S

Controls and electrical accessories

Trukveyor control pone ls provide convenient operotionol control ond
o re designed far eosy instollotion. They contoin the motor storter, o
fused disconnect switch interlocked to the panel door, on omply
sized 440/220-11 O volt control circuit tronsfarmer, primory overlood reloys with externo! reset button, integra l START-STOP push
bullen stotion ond they hove spoce far odditionol control reloys. A
warning horn time-deloy reloy is provided when re q uired. Ponels
hove terminal stri ps fer eosy fleld instollotion.
To ossure smooth starting, outomotic resistonce type storters ore
used on Trukveyors operoting over 60 feet per minute.
Primory overlood protection far drive mochinery is provided by
instontoneous trip reloys mounted in the control panel. The reset
button is locoted in the control panel door.
Push bullen stotions ore usuolly furnished with Trukveyors ond
mony different types ore ovoilobl e. Fer best operotion, START-STOP
stotions ore recommended far moin operotion control points only,
with STOP or STOP-RUN stotions strotegicolly located oround the
Trukveyor poth. STOP or STOP-RUN stotions should hove lotches or
mointoined contoct type STOP buttons so thot the Trukveyor connot
be restorted until the stotion from which it wos stopped has been
restored to the run position.
An audible warning device is recommended far oll Trukveyors
operoting over 60 feet per minute or hoving runs not visible from
stort stotions. A megophone type industrial horn is usuolly used with o
time-deloy reloy connected so thot when the stort bullan is pushed,
the horn sounds far severo! seconds befare the Trukveyor storts. The
horn reloy is mounted in the control panel when ordered with the
Trukveyor.
Field wiring con be furnishtd.

Floating caterpillar drive installed in pit. Photo 36892

L 1 N K - B E L T 551

parts and package handling

Trukveyors

Components overhead Trukveyors

Overheod Trukveyors ore 4" trolley conveyors odopted to tow trucks.
4" 1-beom, X458 Rivetless choin ond Series 500 trolleys ore used o s
the towing medium. Roller type horizontal turns ond tokeups hoving
greose lubricoted rollers ore used. Stotionory caterpillar drives ore
usuolly used ; however, Aooting caterpillar drives con be furnished .
Trukveyor control pone ls os described on poge 551 ore used with
overheod Trukveyors.
The construction feotures of the vorious components for overheod
Trukveyors ore shown in the Trolley Conveyor section.
The proper Trukveyor towing ottochment for ony opplicotion
depends upon the type of most or sling provided on trucks to b e

used with the system. For most operotions, towing shoes ore recommended. They o re used with trucks hoving vertical, rigid telescoping
mosts. With this orrongement trucks need not be pulled oheod of the
Trukveyor to engoge or disengoge.
For b es! operation it is desi rable to keep the d istance from the
towing attachments to the Aoor al o mnimum. 7 ' -O" clearance under
the Trukveyor towing attachments will ele a r cross traffic for most
operations and is recommended. Greater clearance can be provided
when required; however, for clearances over 8 ' -O", towing arrang ements require special consideration. Consult Link-Bel!.

39311

Towing hook

Towing eye

Towi ng shoe

Towing

slrop

o
9 0 Roller turn

39312

Spring a d justed 90 takeu p

Stationary caterpillar type constan! speed drive

552 L 1 N K - B E L T

floatin g caterpillar type variable speed drive

30485A

parts and package handling

Tr u k vey ors

Trucks and truck accessories

Plotform trucks obout 30" to 32" wide ond 40" to 48 " long o re
commonly used for motor freight terminols. They ore usuolly fltted
with o rigid front end rock obout 40" high hoving o woybill or arder
cup, o dispotch blockboord ond o push hondle projecting forword
from the rock. Roil terminols ond worehouses usuolly use trucks
somewhot lorg er ond heovier; ond trucks for monufocturing opplicotions ore often speciolly designed to suit individual requirements. To
occommodote unusuolly long material, two wheel plotform troilers

con be ottoched to standard trucks. Troilers hove two swivel costers

ond ottoch to truck fromes ot two points.
Trucks should hove onti-friction beoring wheels not less thon 6"
in diometer with soft, 60 to 80 durometer, rubber tires. Ho rd rubber
or ploslic tires or ploin steel wheels will chonnel standard concrete
floors oround the poth of the Trukveyor.
Trucks, troilers, tow pins, mosts ond other truck flttings con be
furni shed on request.

ln-the-floor Trukveyors
For proper operotion on Trukveyor, tow pins should meet
following speciflcotions:
o. Pin to be round ond not over %" diometer. :V.." diometer
is the most common size.
b. Pin to be free to rotote in its guide tube.
c. In the engoged position, pin to project 1 112" moximum,
1 Ye" minimum, below surfoce of floor for monoplone
instollotions with 3 " chonnel trock (Style TA pusher); 2 Y2"

moximum, 2 Ya" minimum, below top of floor for multiplone

instollotions with 3 11 chonnel !rock (Style SA pusher); ond
3 Y2" moximum, 3 3/a 11 minimum, below surfoce of floor for
multiplone instollotions with 4 11 chonnel trock (Style SA
pusher). Projection should be od justoble.
d. Pin to be mounted on centerline of truck os clase os
possible to front wheels. For some multiplone opplicotions,
it moy be necessory to hove tow pins on the centerline of
the front wheels.

Truck engaged to Style TA pusher

Truck with trailer engaged to Style SA pusher

Overhead Trukveyors
Three towing arrongements are commonly used on overhead
Trukveyors; however, voriotions can be made for individual requirements.
Rigid telescoplng mast and towlng shoe is the most convenient
operoting orrongement and is recommended. The towing shoe is designed to work with pipe masts up to 1.9" outside diometer. Ample
engagement is provided between the shoe and the mast to accommodote some floor unevenness. Trucks do not need to be pulled ahead
of the Trukveyor to be disengoged.

Wagon ton gue mast wlth towlng hook orrongement is recommended for opplicotions involving ramps or when it is necessary
to change the elevotion of the !rack, with trucks engaged, in order to
cleor overhead obstructions or to pass through flre doors.
Chaln sllng and towlng eye arrangement is simple in design,
however wide aisles are required along the Trukveyor polh for
proper operotion with choin slings. The sling should be ottoched neor
the top of the end rack and should make an angle of obout 45
to the floor when trucks ore engaged to the Trukveyor.

7'- o* usuAL
CLEARANCE

l lg . 6391

Rigid telesco ping

mast engaged to
towing shoe

Rigid telesco pi ng
mast hooked to
towing eye

W a g o n tang u e
ma st engaged to
to wing h ook

Chain hooked to
towing eye pin

Cha in sling h ooked

to to wing strap

L 1 N K - B E L T 553

parts and package handling

Trukveyors

-r-f

Typical layouts
---------38 9~0----

START STOP
PUSH BUTTON STAT ION

11~-------------~-----44:0
1

[>

e
35~0

AJ-L. TURNS
6-0 RAOIUS

QJ WARNING
HORN

L_l'----- -....- ---4><..

l
L..----'----~....q_----'Cl..-----'"----""-----""'------""---'"----=---------""----+---'
J

~ 70-0--~.~-------------------- 54 9 :0,_

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _ __ _

.......

-+i-+-SO~O

Layout 1 ln-the-floor Tru kveyor for a m oto r freig ht terminal

/CLEAN OU T BOX

ti

ORIVE

--

.+--...,

--+ -

<-

ORIVE

RAM P

RA MP

_._

'

..
"

--

JI

RAM P

~---

t CLEANOU T BOX

- -
r

CHAIN REMOVAL AN O
LUBRICATI ON BOX ~

ORIVE

7 't

TAKEUP

CLEANOUT
BOX
1

'----'

"Jt

---

'

,..

,.

RAMP

- - - --------+
RAMP

..

--+~

ORIVE

CLEAN OUT

RA MP

eoxl
T
1

Layout 2 ln-the-f loor Trukvey o r fo r a large rail freight t ermi nal

veyors. With p owe red deod-end

spurs, trucks ore se
lect ively switched
from Trukveyo rs, collected logether ond
s t o pped with o ut
manual o ssistance.

CHAIN REMOVAL ANO

LUBRICATI ON BOX

o
zw
o

""ow
TRANSFER S WITCHES

i
\.!)

ORIVE
Oe. 6HS

Layout 3 ln-the-floor Trukveyor with automatic switches and transfers for a typical ware house

554 L 1 N K - B E L T

parts and package handling

Trukv eyors

Design procedure in-the-fl o or ond overh eod Tru kveyors

Layouts 1 and 2, page 554, show in-the-floor Trukveyors in freight terminals. Overhead
Trukveyor paths for these installations would be similar. La yout 3 shows a schematic
layout for a warehouse with four in-the-floor Trukveyors interconnected with automatic
switches and transfers.
A Trukveyor ca n readily be selected by following the steps listed below. Each step is
described and an example is presented . Layout 1 shows a Trukveyor in a motor freight
terminal and is used as the example problem on the following pages and is shown in
italics.
De termine layout
In freight terminals, Trukveyor poths ore usually rectangular in shape.
Runs along the length of the dock should be locoted obout 1 4 feet in
from the outside edge to permit limited storoge of looded and empty
trucks between the Trukveyor ond the doors. This distance may be
voried to suit individual conditions, but is seldom less !han 12 feet.
Freight owoiting shipment is usually stored on trucks in the middle
oreo of the plotform between the runs.
The tronsverse run al !he open end of the dock, awoy from !he
office, is commonly locoted obout 1 4 feet in from !he end, if freight
is hondl ed through !he end doors.
The transverse run al !he office end of !he dock is frequently set
bock one or more full bays from the office wall. This space can be used
to store trucks with freighl that must be held beyond normal storage
time and far moving freight such as long sections of pipe, sleel bors
or structural shapes in long lengths, large pieces of machinery, etc.,
thot becouse of size, shape or weight, require speciol hand ling.
This provision may be mode al the open end of the platform if
desired. Since sorne side doors would be d e prive d of access to the
Trukveyor, it may be prefe rred to hove the Trukveyor poth run the
full length. The bes! o rrongement con result only from on evaluation
of !he individual operotion involved.
Trukveyors are uni-directionol in travel after instollotion, but con
be designed far either clockwise or counter-clockwise trovel. The
direction of trove! far the majority of installotions mode has been
counter-clockwise. There is usually no particular reason far this other
than individual preference, os the performance of the system is not
affected. The direction of lrovel must be e stablished, however, os it
does affect the locotion of the drive.
Trucks ore frequently looded with ma terial overhonging the sides in
vorying omounts. In negotioting turns, trucks trovel towo rd the inside of
the ore during the exit holf of the turn. The omount of inswing will
depend on the radius of the turn ond on the type of truck. Provide
ample cleoronce oround building columns neor the Trukveyor poth.
In worehouse opplicotions, Trukveyor runs ore usuolly located in
main aisles, but when desirable, they are locoted in side aisles
through storoge oreas.
For manufacturing opplicotions, Trukveyor runs ore locoted to
deliver material to work stations ond through process enclosures os
required. Relocotion of sorne production mochinery moy be desiroble
to achieve the bes! layout far mechanized operotion.

/11a ke a plan uiew layout showing the bu ilding outline with tlze
Trulweyor path. S ee L ayout l.
Determine capacity
Capocity is the weight of material that can be handled per hour by
the system. This will be determined by the speed of the chain, spocing
of the trucks, weight corried per truck, and the percent utilizotion of
the towing ottachments. In ony operotion there will be peak hours
in o doy and peak days in each week; the ca pa city of the system
sh o uld be ba sed on these pea k operating co n d iti o ns. To determine Trukveyor design copocity far freight handling operotions,
proceed as follow:
(a) Bosed on o country wide average motor freight shipment
weight of obout 400 pounds, o design figure of 500 pounds
is used which will provide a morgin far unusuol conditions.
Terminal managers usuolly know the average shipment weight
for their aperation. lf known, use the actual average shipment
weight plus a design factor of 253.
(b) The recommended truck spacing far high capocity monoplone systems is 12' -O" far in-the-Aoor systems ond 1 O' -O"
ar 13'-4" far overheod systems.

(e) The normal moximum operating speed is 120 FPM. Try

this speed flrst. Speeds up to 150 FPM con be used.
(d) Utilize pushe rs or towing attochments as follows:
703 with looded trucks engoged (utilization factor)
203 with empty trucks engoged
103 empty
The total quantity ond volume Aow of material to be handled in
warehouse and manufacturing operotions are generolly well estoblished ond not subject to extreme voriotion. The speed far warehouse
Trukveyors is usua lly not over 100 FPM. The speed of Trukveyors far
monufacturing operations is afien less than 20 FPM. Truck spocing
far worehouse and monufacturing operotions is usuolly greoter thon
for freight handling ond moy be 20 feet or more. Make provision
far transporting or re turning empty trucks when figuring the copocity
of ony system.

Compute the design capacity for tlze example system from the
informa/ion above:
120 F P M (max. speed)
.
-.-) = 10 pushers per minute
12 ft . ( puslzer spacmg
JO x . 7 (utilization facto r) = 7 loaded lrucks per minute
7 x 60 = 420 /oaded trucks per hour, or shipmenls per hour
420 x 500 poimds (design ship menl weight + 25 %>
= 2 10,000 p ounds per hour design capacity
In motor freight operotions, opproximotely 103 of the total
shipments require more thon one truck. This is ollowed far out of the
303 cushion provided on the utilizotion of pushers. The above capocity will be more thon omple far the mo jority of instollations;
however, the ca pacity is the key factor in designing the system and
should be thoroughly checked. lf o greate r capacity is req uired, the
speed moy be increosed up to 150 FPM ond if necessory, reduce
the pusher or towing ottochment spocing in 1 ' -O" increments (in-theAoor) or B" increments (ove rheod ) down to the mnimum required for
truck cleoronce. In most coses il is preferoble to increose the speed.
In sorne instances, o higher figure may be used far average
shipment weight, with the resulting higher roted copocity.

Compute path length and chain pull

Compute path length fro m Layout. Refer to poge 581 for ore
lengths of turns.
Far choin pull calculations, the empty weight of o 32" x 40" plotform
truck with an in-the-Aoor tow pin and 6 " diameter wheels is about
170 pounds. Adjust this figu re for trucks of different size ar construction.
Use 6.0 pounds per foot design weight of 65BR chain with pushers
and idlers assembled (in-the-Aoor) or X458 chain with trolleys and
towing attachments assembled (overh e ad).
In figuring chain p ull far Trukveyors (both in-the-Aoor and ove rheod)
hoving o loaded truck weight up to 1200 pounds, use a coefficient
of friction of .O 19. Far installations having o loaded truck weight
of from 1200 to 2400 pounds, use a coefficient of friction of .020.
These coefficients are based on trucks having anti-friction bearing
wheels not less thon 6 " in diameter operating on smooth level Aoors
hard enough to preven! channeling by truck wheels. Apply this to the
total moving weight; full and empty trucks; chain, pushers ond idlers
(in-the-Aoor); or trolleys and attachments (overhead).
lf future extension of the Trukveyor is planned, compute cha in p ull
for the ultimate length and loading. The drive furnished with the
initial installation will then be adequate for the final extended length
of the Trukveyor.

L 1 N K - B E L T 555

parts and package handling

Trukveyors

Design procedure in-the-floor ond overheod Trukveyo rs

When the path includes ramps as shown in La yout 2, include in the
additional chain p ull the total chain pull due to lhe rise. A rise factor
consisling of the pra d uct of the change in Aoor eleva tia n in fe e t a nd
lhe loaded truck weight in pound s divided b y the pusher spacing in
feet musl be add e d to chain pull calculations to abtain total chain
pull. No deduclion is made for down ramps. Cansul t Link-Belt for
applications having romps.

Path lenglh of lay out 1 is 1200 feel.

Pusher spacing is 12'-0 " which gil-es a line capacity of ~~0
= 100 pushers.
Design capacity is 70 pushers with loaded lrucl1s. 20 wilh
emp/y lrucks and 10 emply . Emply lruc/1 weigh/ is 170 pounds.
Cha in pull calculalion:
1200 feet chain assembly x 6.0 pounds per fool . . 7.200 pounds
70 loaded lrucks x 670 pounds per /ruck . . . 16,900 pounds
20 emply lrucks x 170 pounds per truc/1. . . . .. :J.400 pounds
T ola/ moving weight . . 57,500 pounds
chain pull = 57,.500 pounds x .019 = 1092.5 pounds
1

Sele ct d rive
Table 1 shows pull capacities of both in-the-Aoor and ove rhead
Trukveyor drives for various aperating speeds. Selecl a drive based
on maximum aperating speed and chain pull. Far variable speed
applications, select speed range with d esign aperating speed as
maximum. Specify drive number, pull capacity, speed, Trukveyar ty pe
and chain (overhead-X458; in-the-Aoor-658R). Statianary caterpillar drives hove suffix S in the table ; and Aoating caterpillar drives
hove suffix F.
lf the calculated chain pull is greater than the ca pacity of the
largesl drive listed for the speed required, use twa or more drives.
Ali drives used on a multiple drive Trukveyor shauld be id e ntical and
the sum of lheir capacities must e qual ar exceed the calculated pull.
Constan! speed drives are recammended for multiple drive applica-

tions for economy and simplicity. Cansult Link-Bel! for applications

requiring va riable sp eed multiple drives.
Far best operatian, one d rive should be provided for each 2000
fe et of Trukveyor length, regardless of cha in pull.

For /h e example Trukveyor wilh chain pull of 1093 pounds

and conslant operating speed of 120 F PM, select drit-e C60S
from Table 1.
Ta ble 1 Orive capacities and sp eeds
Trukveyor speed-feet p er minure.

Orive numb er

Constant~

3 to 1
spee d variable

Up to 1
30

40

1 60

1peed

80

1 100

120 1 150

Pull copac ity, pou nds

C35S R35S
450 400
400
550
400
350
350
C35F R35F
-- ------ -- -- -C40S R40S 1000 750
700 600
500
500
400
C40F R40F
-- -- ---- -C50S R50S
800 700
X458 C50F R50F 1450 1150 1050 1000 850
- - -----or
R60S
658R C60S
C60F R60F 2300 1800 1600 1500 1300 1200 1050
cho in
- - -- -- - - ----C70S R70S
C70F R70F 3400 2600 2400 2200 1800 1650 1500
- - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - esos RSOS 4000 4000 3600 3300 2700 2500 2250
CSOF RSOF
-- ------ ---C90S R90S
....
3700 3400 1 3000
C90F R90F

Pull capaci ty x max. speed FPM

x .B
33000
X458 Ri vetless chain used fa r ove rhead Trukveyors.
658 R Rivetless ch a in use d fa r in-the -loo r Trukveyors.
S denotes stationory caterpillar d rives.
F denotes lo a ting ca terpillar drive s.
C orne r sprocket drives ore no t used on T rukveyors.
6 Fa r variable speed drives, use moximum speed.
Dnve horsepowe r=

Component selection in -th e-floor Trukveyors

Chain
658R Rivetless chain has o warking pull roting of 4000 pounds
base d an an average ultimate strength of 48,000 pounds. For Trukveyor speeds over 1 00 FPM a worki ng p ull rating of 3000 pounds
is recommended to increase service life of chain and other components.
Thread e d extended chain pins for attaching p ushers ond idlers a re
mounted in pairs on 6" centers at inte rvals to suit p usher and idler
spacing. Pushers and idlers must be spaced in multipl es of o ne foot.
Give spacing when specifying.

Pushers and idlers

The Style TA pusher pravid es a 'l'1" ma ximum engagement to tow
pins and is used for manoplane installations, usua lly with 3" traclc.
The Style SA push er provides a l %" maximum e ngag e me nt to tow
pins and is used for multiplane applications and those involving roil
leve) track crossings. Both Style TA and SA pushers will operate in
either 3" or 4 " channe l track. Use Style TA idlers with Style TA
pushers ond Style SA idlers with Style SA pushers.
Ma ximum allawable spoce be tween pushers and idlers or between
ad jace nt idlers is 4 ' -0". Normally, p usher and idler wheels o re
pravided complete with mela) seals and pressure typ e lubrication
fitting s.

For the example Trukveyor, select Style TA pushers spaced

on 12' -O" centers with Sty le TA idlers on 4'-0" centers between
pushers .
Straight track
3" channel !rack is used on all applications except lhose requ1rmg
provision for special cle a rance between top of Aoor and p ushers and
idlers, such o s rail level track crossings. Balte d track construction is
usually used; however, welded construction can b e furnished when
d esired. The footage of standard straight tra ck required for each run
will be the dislance be tween tange n! lines of turns less the to tal length
of sp e cial sections (cleanouts, expansion joint, e tc.) required for that
run. Specify the total length af track required far each run to the next
greoter multiple af l O fee t. The sum af individual run lota Is will
determine the total le ngth af standard straight !rack required for the
Trukveyor. Specify !rack channel size, typ e of construction and total

556 L 1 N K - B E L T

footag e required. See Figure 6402, page 557, for recommended

lrench dimensions. Select tre nch width for prepared trench installations so truck wheels da not run on joint between trench flll concrete
and Aaor slab.

For the example Trulweyor, select 3" bolted trach.

Cle a n out bo x tra ck sections
A cleanoul box track section shauld be provided far each 250 to
300 feel of path length. For best ope ratian they should be placed
within 50 feet ahead (u pstrand) of turns and drives and as required
on slraight runs. Where the distance between adja cent turns or turns
and drives is less than 50 feet, lhe cleanout bax may be omitted
ahead of downstrand unit. Cle anout baxes ore 2 '-3 " long and are
integrally a ssembled ta a standard straight !rock section. When
droins ore required, the cle anout box trough is attached to the
drain line during installation. Give quantity and track channel size
whe n specifying.

For lhe example Tndweyor ( 1200 feet long) a min imum of 4

cleanout box trach sections are required. To insure adequate protection, select 6 cleanout boxes, located as shown on the layout.
Expansion joint track section
Provide on exponsion joint track sectio n at each intersection between
building expansian joints and Trukveyor path. Show tie-in dimensions
b etween slab expansion jaints and building me mb ers or Trukveyor
path. lnclude track size with speciflcations.

No trach expansion joints are prouided for lhe example Trukveyor because the terminal shown is not fitted with building
expansion joints.
Chai n confining track section (takeup)
This !rack sectian is 10' -0" long. Pravide two sections for e a ch d rive.
Locate chain conflning !rack sections immediately ad ja cent to drives
on downstrand (exit) side. Give track size when specifying.

For the example Trukvey or, se/ect 2 chain confining trae!;:,

section located as shown on lhe layout.
Chain removal and lubrication track section
The le ngth af this track section is 3 ' -O". Provid e one for e a ch d rive.

parts and package handling

Trukveyors

Component selection in-th e-floo r Trukveyo rs

Chain removal ond lubricotion trock sections ore placed immediately
adjacent to the la st chain confining track section on the downstrand
side. La rger sections con be furn ishe d for extremely long Trukveyors.

For the example Trukueyor, select one chain remoual and lubrication track section, located as shown on the lay out.

Roller turns
Rolle r turns are available in standard ares of 45, 90, 135 and
180 with standard radii of 48", 72", and 9 6 ". 48" radius turns con
be used for speeds up to 1 20 FPM and 72" radius for sp eeds up
to 150 FPM. 96" radius turns are recomm ended fo r sp eeds over 150
FPM. Roller turn trench dimensions for pre pa red trench installations
are shown on page 558. The largest trench shown will allow truck
sizes noted in table to negotiate !he turn without crossing !he joint
b etween trench fill concrete and floor slab. Specify a re, radius and
!rack size.

For the example T rukueyor, select 72' radius for the 120 FP M
operating speed. Select six 90 and two 45 turns located as
shown on layout.

Drlves
Orives are available for a wide variety of speeds ond capacities as
shown on the drive selection table on page 556. Mo tors and sta rters
are normally furnished with drives. Orives can usually b e locote d fo r

convenient occess to po wer supply and in low traffic c reas. Provide

a mnimum distonce of 33 fee t from exit sid e of drive pi! to tonge nt
line of nea rest downstra nd turn.
Specify drive number, type (sta tionary o r float ing), p ull capacity,
spee d, and curren! cha ra cteristics.

For !he example Trukveyor, select stationary caterpillar driue

C60S for 120 FP M conslant speed and 1200 pound p ull capacity.
L ocale dr iue as shown on layout f or conuenience to p ower source.

Controls and accessorles

Control pane ls and electrical accessories a re d escribed on page 551.
Orive control panels a re recommended to a ssure proper Trukveyor
operation. Control panels, wa rning horns and pushbutton stations as
req uire d a re usually fu rnished with Trukveyor. Schema tic wiring
diagrams are furnished sho wing a ll electrical compone nts furn ished
with the Trukveyor. Control panel size is determined by horsepowe r
of d rive motor. Specify the quantity ond ty pe of push b ullen stations
and warning horn, if desired. Give curren! cho racteristics of moin
powe r supply.

For /he example Trukueyor, select 2 START-STOP push

bu/Ion stations, located as shown and 16 latch /ype S TOP push
button s/ations located on 60-foot centers along the Trulweyor
p alh . P rotide a warning horn as shown.

Pusher and idler dimensions in-the-floo r Trukveyo rs

....,..

-----~-~

STYLE TA PUSHER

STYLE SA PUSHER

,,, .,.,

~-r-------;--~

STYLE SA IDLER

STYLE TA IDLER

Hove ali dime nsions certified for instollo tion purposes.

Straight track and trench dimensions in-the-floor Trukveyo rs

Floor surface under truck wheels s hould
be s mooth and leve! to within 1/s".

Select width of tre nch such that truck whee ls do not run
on joint b e tween trench fill conc rete and floor slab.

t-<-----4~0' U SUAL MAXIMUM- --

-+<

Fini she d surface not required

on trench walls.

During installotion, an initial pour of

concrete is made, ei ther continuous
or as unforme d grouts on 5' -0" centers, to firmly encase track yokes.
Fixtures are removed prio r to final
pour. See page 559.

Mnimum excavation o r
approximate fill line
for track clearance.
Outl ine of cleanout box.

Hove oll dimensions ce rlified far instollotion purposes. Concrete dimensions ore port of building design ond should be delermined by conditions ot the site.

L 1 N K - B E L T 557

parts and package handling

Trukveyo rs

Roller turn and trench dimensions in -th e- floor Trukveyors

ALT ERNATE OUTLINE j
FOR SAW CU T TRENCH

_ ___ _

~45
1

'

f g. 6441

Type A mnimum roller turn trench

Type B roller turn trench

with str oight sides

Estob lish dimensions A and B so truck wheels do not run on joint between
tre nch f111 concrete and floor slob when trucks ore on stroight runs.
See section AA below.
See no tes p oge 557 for inform olion on lrench walls, excavation and lrench flll concrete.

Type C roller turn trench

Truck wheels for standard pla tfor m tru ck sizes shown
below remoi n or. trench flll concre te oround turn.

Truck
plolform size

32 "x48"
Max.
36"x72"
Ma x.

48"

1' -3"

1 1 -6 11

96"

3 ' -0 " 2 '-2 " 1' -2 y, "

2 ' -3" 4 '-0 " 3' -6"

9 '-0"

4 ' -6" 5 '-9"

72" 1':J" - -- --

---

8 '-0" l ' -8"

8 '-0" 3' -4 V. "
-

5' -0"

5' -1 "

Hove oll dimensions certified fo r inS1allation purposes

Section AA through rolle r turn showing mnimum trench

Concrete dimensions ore parl af building design and shoul d be delermi ned by condi tons al the site.

Drive pit dimensions in-the-floor Tru kveyors

'"""'"" "''""' "" ~

H o ve a li dimensi o ns cerlified for i nstollat io n purposes.

Concrete d imensions ore rorl o f b uilding d esign a nd
should be delermined by condil ions al the site.

CONOUIT TO PIT FOR ORIVE MOTOR.

TO BE FURNISHED AN O INSTALLED
BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR BEFORE
PIT IS POURED""11

"1
;.
10

-- --

c.t

TRUK VEYOR -

- --

TRAVEL ~

IT

L
B

ORAIN OR SUMP ANO PUMP

HEN REQUIRED FURNISHED
NO INSTALLED B Y PURCHASER

+-PIT CURB ANG LES

FURNISHED BY LINK-BELT
INSTALLED BY
CONCRETE CONTRACTOR

SLOPE FLOOR TO ORAIN

SECTION BB

ORIVE PIT PLAN

r
.
...
..
' .'

ANCHOR BOL TS
FURNISHED BY LINKBELT
INSTALLED BY
CONCRETE CONTRACTOR

........-.:i-1 --:

1
l

~----- ------- ------ - ~1

1
1
1

1
t
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

L------- ----------~ ----- ~

SECTION AA

558 L 1 N K - B E L T

ENO VIEW

F19 60:

parts and package handling

Trukvey ors

lnstallation methods

in-the-floor Trukveyors

ln-the-Aoor Trukveyors are installed during !he conslruction of new

Aoors by either !he prepared trench or finish grade methods as described below. They can also be installed in existing Aoors using !he
prepared trench method by saw cutting the Aoor and excavating
the trench ond pits as described below. Link-Bel! furnishes the mechanical installation for Trukveyors and test operates units after
installatian. Necessary concrete, labor to pour and material and labor
for electrical wiring are usually furnished by purchasers.
The following description of installation melhods is presented to
assist Trukveyor users in planning construction and in obtaining bids
for concrete and e lectrical work. Construction drawings are provided
for each installation.

Prepared trench installation

This installation method is illustrated by Photo 36038. The Aoor slab
is poured leaving the trench and pits ta receive Trukveyor components.
Link-Bel! sets componenls in place on erection fixtures after which
concrete is poured in the trench to about two-thirds its depth, either
continuaus or as unformed grouts on 5 '-0" cenlers. When thi s initial
pour has set, fixtures ore removed and the trench is then filled and
finished off lo adjoining Aoor leve!. Sorne users prefer special surfoce
fini shing compounds on trench fill concrete. Only compounds approved
by the Portland Cernen! Association should be used and installation
instructions mus! be carefully followed to insure satisfactory results.
The choin is then installed and drive machinery set after which tbe
unit is wired, usually by the purchaser's electrical controclor. The
Trukveyor is then test operoted. Link-Belt will furnish concrete work
and e lectrical wiring on request.
This is the most widely used installation me thod, particularly in
buildings hoving large Aoor oreas.

Prepored trench installatian method. Photo 36038

Finish grade intsallation method. Photo 38268

Finish grade installation

This installotion method is illustrated by Pholo 38268. The drive pit
is excava ted and walls poured by !he concrete contractor al the time
site is prepared. The Trukveyor com ponents are set in place on
erection fi xtures supported by stakes driven in the finish grade. The
concrete contractor then places unformed concrete pads al about
5-foot intervols along the path of the Trukveyor, of sufficient height
to engage anchors on !rack and turns. When pads hove set up,
erection fixtures and stakes are removed, chain is installed and drive
mochinery is set. The Aoor slab is the n poured. Trock cover pioles can
be used as a working surface for finbhing operations on Aoor slab.
Since the !rack cover pioles establish the e levation of the top of the
finished Aoor, this elevation is set by the purchoser's architect or
contractor ond is checked after Trukveyor components ore positioned
and rechecked after placing pads but befare they set up. The unit
is then wired, usually by the purchoser's e lectrical contractor after
which Link-Bel! test operates the Trukveyor. Link-Bel! will furnish
electrical wiring on request.
This insto llation method is popular for Trukveyors for new motor
freight te rminals.

Sow cutting exisling ficar forTrukveyor installotion. Photo 37821

lnstallation in an existing floor

Trukveyors ore reodily installed in existing concrete Aoors, which hove
been poured over fill or grade, by the prepared trench metllod as
shown in Photos 37821 and 37822. The Aoor slab is sow cut to a
depth of about 2 inches to outline the Trukveyor trench and pits. The
trench slab is broken out with an air hamme r or a small concrete
breaker and the trench and pit are excavoted to the proper depth.
The Trukveyor is then installed as by the prepared trench melhod.
Trench excavation and Trukveyor erection can be scheduled so
that the terminal or warehouse can continue to operate through the
conslruction p eriod. Link-Be l! will furnish on requesl: labor to sa w cut
Aoors ond excavate trenches and pils, concrete work and electrical
wiring.

Excovating trench in existing floor far Tru kveyor installatio n.

Photo 37822

L 1 N K - B E L T 559

-.

parts and package handling

Trukveyors

Component selection ove rh eod Trukveyors

Chaln

Stralght track

X458 Rivetless choin has a working pull rating af 4000 pounds

bosed on en average ultimate strength of 48000 paunds. For Trukveyor speeds over l 00 FPM a working p ull rating of 3000 pounds
is recommended to increase service life of choin and other compo nents. Trolleys and attachments ore spaced in multiples of 8 " o n
this choin. X458 Rivetless chain weighs 3 . 1 pounds p er foot.

4" 1-beom !rock is used for overhead Trukveyors ond is furnishe d ia

Trolleys
Series 500, 4", riveted, 73;16 11 drop trolleys ore used (Trolley Co nveyor
Section, poge 508). One or two trolleys will be required al towing
ottochments os shown on poge 552 depe nd ing on the type of ottochment to be used. Provide intermediote trolleys with 1-ottochments o n
40" moximum cente rs between towing ottochments.

20' -0" lengths. Compute leng th of trock require d ond specify to ne:>t. t
greoter multiple of 20' -0".

Drive s
Both constan! ond variable speed caterpillar d rives ore ovai l obl ~
Use choin pull ond moximum Trukveyor speed to select o d rive fro rn
Orive Seleclion Table 1, poge 555. Motors ond control ponels o re
usuolly include d with d rives. Use stotionory cat e rpill ar drives fo r
sing le drive overheod Trukveyo rs ond flooting caterpilla r d rives fo.multiple d rive opplicotions. Consult l ink-Belt fo r multiple d rive varia bl e
sp eed opplicotions.
locote drive within 1 00 feet ohe od of toke up if possible. Orive
dimensions ore shown below. Specify drive ty pe, pull copocity, op e r oting speed ond curren! chorocteristics.

Controls and electrical accessorie s

Towlng attachment s
Vorious o ttochment designs ore shown on poge 552 o nd dimensio ns
ore shown on poge 557. For most o perations the towing shoe used
with o vertical, rigid, telescoping mo st will be suitoble ond is recommended.

Roller turns
Recommended rodii of roller turns ore 48" for sp eed s up to 120
FPM; 60" or 72 " rodius for speeds from 120 to 150 FPM; ond 96"
rodius for speeds over 150 FPM. For higher speeds, consult link-Belt.
Ares ovoiloble ore 30, 45, 60, 90 ond 180. Other ores con
be furnished . Ro lle r turns ore furnished with Style GLP rollers, pag e
5 14, unless otherwise specified. Specify rodius ond ore.

Takeups
Use the sorne rodius selected for roller turns. 180 tokeups ore used
when the poth has one or more 180 turns. Use 90 tokeups for
opplicotions which hove no 180 turns. 90 tokeups ore furnishe d
complete with 1 O' -O" long hinged stroight !rock section. Spring odjusted tokeups with Style GLP rollers ore furnished unless otherwise
specified. Screw ond counterweight type tokeups ond other style
rollers co n be furni shed. Specify rodius, ore, type of odjustme nt, ond
for 9 0 whether right or left hond.

Control ponels ond electricol accessories o re d escribed o n pog e 55 1 .

Orive control ponels ore recommended to o ssure proper Trukveyo r
o perotion. Control ponels, warning horns ond pushbutton stotions a s
required ore usuolly furni shed with Trukveyo rs. Schemo tic wiring
diogroms ore furnished showing oll electrico l compone nls fu rnishe d
with the Trukveyor. Contro l panel si ze is dete rmine d by ho rsepo we r
of drive motor. Sp ecify the quontity ond ty pe of push b utton stotions
ond warning horn, if desi red. G ive curre n! cho roclerislics of moin
power supply.

Supports and superstructure

Ove rheod Trukveyors o re usuolly sup ported from overh e od b uilding
members; however, fl oor supports con be used when re quired. Sho w
loco tion of building memb ers on p ion view la yout of the T rukv eyo r~
lnclude typicol cross section e levotions showing bo ttom chord o f
trusse s or bottom of beo ms. Trock su pporls o re re q uired on 16 ' -O''
moximum centers. The gene ral o rro ngement of supporls for roll e r
turns, tokeups ond drives is shown in the Trolley Conve yor Seclio n ,
poges 5 29 ond 53 0. lt moy be necesso ry to provid e superstructure
members to suspend suppo rts fo r Trukveyor comp o nents. Support ond
superstructure me mbers o re usuolly weld e d to sleel building me mb e r s
or lrock ; ond log-screwed to woo d e n b uilding members. Sorne users
prefer to bolt superstructure to ste el building members. Cl o mps d esig ned for this p urpose o re ovoilo ble. Suppo rts ond superstructure
o re usuolly furni she d with ove rhe od Trukve yors.

Component dimensions overheo d Trukveyo rs

St atlonary cate rpillar drlves
Orive
numb er

CLEARANCE

.,._..,....,....,......,..~..,~DROP
c;/L

CHAIN

C35S
e 40S
esos
e60S

to 1 vor.
sp e ed

20
21
26
29

7~
7~

R3 5S
R40S
RSOS
R60S

G
lNCHES

54
54
54
60

7A.
7~

12
12
12
12

24
24
24
24

29
24
e70S
R70S
60
7~
24
e sos
33
60
R80S
7 ~.
24
35
e90S
R90S
7~.
60
Hove dimensions certifted far instollo rion purposes.

VIEW AA

PLAN VIEW

j3

Coni to nt
speed

Stationa ry caterpillar drive

12
12
12

Floating caterpillar drives

Orive
number

speed

13stopeed
1 vor. ,

e35F
e40F
eSO F
e60F

R3 5F
R40F
RSOF
R60F

Con itant

PLAN VIEW

Floating caterpillar d rive

560 L 1 N K - B E L T

VIEW AA

U Ol

20
21
26
29

7'A.
7'A.

G
INCHES

7~
7~

66
66
66
72

29 !h
29 Y,
29 Y,
29 1'>

29 Y,
29
e70 F
R70F
7~.
72
29 !h
RSOF
7~
72
33
eSOF
7,.
29 !h
e 90F
R90 F
72
35
Hove d1mensions cerrofted for 1nstollotion purposes.

17Y,
17Y,

171-',
171-',
17 Y,
171-',
171-'.

parts and package handling

Trukveyars

Component dimensions overhead Trukveyors

Towlng attachments

t
1sr To

TOPOF
TRACK

11:: TO

TOP OF
TR CK

-C/L
CHAIN

TOP OF
TRACK

o
o

Cll

CHAIN

flt4CI

Towing eye pin

Towing eye

1~ TO
TOP OF
TRACK

f
1sfro

Towing hook

- + :f---,
2%":

MAX.

$ . MAX. OIA.

n,.

.ot

Towing shoe

Roller turns

Roller turns
Are of
turn,

Pitch

d egr ees

rodius,
inches

30

48
60

72

-45 TURN SHOWN

30" ANO 60 SIMILAR

45

48
60
72

60

48
60
72

90

180

INCHES

66
66
72

351,
47,.
601Ao

5
5
5

7'Ao
7'Ao

7 Y.

7!-1.

7Y,

54
60
66

34 1'..
46',-1.

5
5
5

7 1,..

7 Y,.
7 Y,.

5
5
5

7'1o.
71,..
71,..

51'..
5V.

5
5
5

7Y,.

7V.

71,..

7 Y..

8~

54
60
66

72

66
78
90

48
60

72

72

84

48
60

60

57~
33~

43 1%
54~

28'A.
36~

46

...
...
...

71,..

5
5
5

7y,

Towing
strap

ay.

4 Y.

7%
7Y..

10
10
10

Roller turn takeups

Are of

degrees

Pitch
radius,
inches

90

48
60

turn,

r --------...,.

CLEARANCEl!;
C
OROP
/...
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _,.

Cll CHAIN

72

TYPICAl SECTION

Roller turn takeups

180

48
60
72

IN CHES

66
78
90

78
90
102

5
5
5

7'1o.
7'1o.
7'1o.

7y,
7y,
71'..

15
15
15

89
101
11 3

72
82
94

72
84
96

.. .

...

5
5
5

7Y,.
7Y,.
7%

4
4
4

. ..
...

83

...

107

1 lOY,
1341'..
158 Y,

95

Hove dimensions ce rtified for inslollollon purposes.

Roller turns ond roller turn fokeups ore furnished wilh Style GLP rollers
(poge 514) unless ofherwise speciled. Tokeups ore ovoiloble wifh spring,
screw or counterweight fype od justmenf. Counterweighfs con be furnished.
Spring odjusfed lokeups ore furnished unless o fherwise spe cified.
For 90 foke up specify righf or leff hond.
Other ores con be furnished.
Other pifch rodii con be furnished.

Track expanslon lolnts

90" TAKEUP
RIGHT HAND SHOWN

HINGES

CLEARA~

Clt

ff~
CHAl~~OROP

TYPICAl SECTION

,... no

Track spllce

TAKEUP TYPE

, tl====E:r===l;==
______ -=32Y====:j""'1
Ple. MU

~:t;f
)J
l
~.k--2.66~~
.., ) ~ ......l
Track

'-wELOEO

tfave all dimensions certified for insta llation purposes.

10'

'"'

,1

BUILDING TYPE Short travel

L 1 N K - B E L T 561

technical information

'lechnical informa'lion
Link-Belt has always been an eng ineering organization,

con tenis
Bulk materia Is classifications .

563

Cha in conveyor ca lculations.

566

designing and manufactu ri ng a large variety of p roducts

and erecting complete insta llations. Many diffi cult and
unusua l problems hove bee n solved, affording a broad
background of knowledge and experience. This has largely

Shaft and bearing load calculations . . . . . . . . 570

been made available to industry in our publications, which

Conventional formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 7 2

are replete with valuable engineering informal ion.

Shaft diameter calculations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573

lncluded in the follo wing pages are add itiona l calcula-

Keyseating and keys .. ... ...... ..... ... 576

tions and tables wh i ch are particula rly useful for the selec-

Equivalents (weights and measures) . . . . . . . . . 5 77

tion and application of materials hand ling, processing

equipment and pow er transmission products. Link-Belt

Pa th of belt on inclined conveyors. . . . . . . . . . 580

engineers are available for consultation and recommen-

Leng ths of turns and curves. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580

dations.

39639

62 L 1 N K - B E L T

technical information

Bulk material classifications

Classificatlon of materials
A clossifkotion of moteriols has been estoblished to focilitote
considerotion of ali the foctors which offect their handling by
conveyors. This clossiflcotion is given in Table 1. With it, ony
bulk material con be clossifled occording to its chorocteristics.
Reference is mode to these clossiflcotions in the engineering or
selection of material for mony Link-Belt conveyors, indicoting
th ereby the moteriols which con be hondled, the resulting
copocities, speciflcotions, etc.
Mony moteriols which ore commonly hondled in bulk ore
listed in Table 2 with their clossiflcotions ond weights. The
clossiflcotions listed ore given os o guide ond ore correct und er
ordinory conditions. Considerotion should be given to moteriols
thot ossume different chorocteristics under different conditions
of processing, otmosphere, oge or storoge. Moteriols not
appeoring in this list con be clossifled by compo rison with
similor moteriols or by using the clossiflcotions in Table 1.

Table 1 Material closs description

Material characteristic
Very fine-100 mesh and under
Fine - '11-inch mesh and under
Granular- Y2-inch and under
Lumpy - containing lumps over Y2 inch
lrregular- being flbrous, stringy, or the like

Class

Flowobility

Very free flowing-angle of repose up lo 30

Free flowing-angle of repose 30 to 45
51uggish-angle of repose 45 and up

1
2
3

Abrosiveness

Nonabrosive
Mild ly abrasive
Very abrasive

6
7
8

Conlamina ble, offecting use or soleobility

Hy g roscop ic
Highly corrosive
Mildly corrosive
Gives off dust or fumes harmful to life
Contains explosive dust
Oegrodable, offecting use or saleobility
Very light and fluffy
lnterlocks or mats to resist digging
Aerates and becomes fluid
Packs under p ressure

5ize

'
Other
characteristics

Exam ple
Crocked wheot is fine, Closs B; free flow ing, Closs 2; nonobrosive, Closs 6; ond contoins explosive dust, Closs S; moking
its clossiflcotion B26S.

A
B

O
H

L
N
p

R
5
T

w
X
y

Table 2 Material closses ond weights

Material

Average
weight per
cubic fool
paunds A
45
17
28-30
45-50
50-60
60
45
7 - 15
18

Adipic acid . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .. . . .. .
Alfalfo meal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ....... .
Almonds, broken or whole ....... . ....... .
Alum, flne .................. . ........ .
Alum, lum py .................. . ....... .
Alumino ............................. .
Aluminate jell ......................... .
Aluminum chips ......... ............... .
Aluminum hydrate ..................... .
Aluminum ore, see bauxite
Aluminum oxid e ....................... . 67-120
Aluminum silicate ............ .......... . .
49
Ammonium chlorid e, crystolline ........... .
52
Ammonium ni trate ....... ....... ... .. ... .
45
45-58
Ammonium sulphate .... .... . . .... . ..... .
Antimo ny powder . ............. ..... . .. .
Apple pomace, dry ......... .... . ... . .. .
15
Arsenale of leed, see leed arsenate . ...... .
Arsenic, pulverized .................... . .
30
100-120
Arsenic oxide ................ ........ .
Asbestos ore or rock ......... .. ... .. ... .
81
20-25
Asbestos shred ....................... .
Ashes, coal, dry, Y2 " and under ....... . .. .
35-40
35-40 _.
Ashes, coal, dry, 3" and under ........... .
Ashes, coal, wet, Y2" ond under ... . ...... .
45-50
45-50
Ashes, cool, wet, 3" and under .. .
Asphalt, crushed, Y2" and under ..... .
45 7 - 10
Baga sse ............................. .
30-40
Bakelite, flne .. .... .. . ................. .
41
Baking powder . .. .......... .. ........ .
180
Barite ............ . .
Ba rium carbonate ....... .............. . .
72
10-20
Bark, wood, refuse .. .. .. ... .. ........ .. .
38
Barley ...............
Baryte, see b arite
Bauxite, crushed, 3" o nd und er .. . .. .. .... . 75-85
36
Beans, castor, whole .......... . ......... .

Class

Materia l

Average
weight per
cubic foot
pounds A

Beans, castor, meal. ........ ... . . . . . . .

Beans, novy, dry . . ............ . .. ... .
48
Beans, navy, steeped ...... . . . . . .....
60
34-40
Bentonite, crude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Be ntonite, 100 mesh and under ... . ... . .. .
50-60
56
Benzine hexachloride ..... . ....... . .. . .
41
Bicarbonote of soda ........... . ... . . .
Blood, dried ...................... .. . .
35-45
Bluestone, see copper sulphate . . . .... . . .
Bones.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . .
35-50
Bon e block, 100 mesh and under ........ . .
A17Y
20-25
Bonechor, Ya " and under ................ .
27-40
B26
Bonemeal ......................... . .. .
B26
55-60
Borate of lime ........... . ... . .. . .. . .. .

Borax, flne ...... . .......... . ......... .

53

Boric acid, fin e ........ .. . ............. .

B27
55
16-20
Bren ............................... .
C37W
Bread crumbs ... .. ..... ... ............ .
Brewer's grain, spent, dry .............. .
25 -30

55-60
Brewer's grain, spent, wet ....... ....... .

C28R
30-50
Bronze chips ....... . ... .. .......... .. .
40-42
H37WZ
Buckwheat . .... ........ . .... ... .... .. .
70-8 0
Calcium carbide . . .. .. .. .. . .. . .... ... .
C37
26-29
037
Calcium lactate ...................... .
C37PZ
Colcium oxid e, see lime
20-25
037PZ
Corbon block, pelletized .............. . .
C26
Carbon block powder ................. .
4-6
100
H36WXZ Corborundum, 3" ond und er ............ .
Casein .............................. .
A36
36
32-37
A26
Cashew nuts ..... . .................. .
028
Casi iron chips .. .... ... ... .. .. ....... .
130-200
65-85
Cement, Portland ................... . . .
A37
Ceme nt clinker ..... . ................. .
H37X
75-80
B165
8 5-90
Chalk, lum py .......................... .
Cholk, 100 mesh and under .............. .
70-75
028
18-25
Chorcoal. .. .. ........................ .
22 -24
C16
Cheese, grote d . . ...... . ............... .
A26LP
B37W
C27T
B26
026
B28
B27
H36X
C26

These classes represen! observotions under general condit1ons. Specifoc

conditions may vary due to monufocturing processes ond handling. Refer
to Table 1 above far closs description.

Class

B26
C16
C26
037Z
A27Y
A36R
A26
037

A27
B27
B27
A26
B2 6
B26
B265W
B26T
C36
C36P
B38
B165
027
036TZ
B16TZ

028
B27
037
C37
A27Y
028
037Z
A37YZ
0 37T
8 26WZ

Weights of material, loase or slightly agitoted. Weights ore usuolly different when moterials are settled or pocked as in bins or containers.
Class may vary considerably due to conditions. Consult Link-Belt far information.

L 1 N K - B E L T 563

technical information

Bulk material classifications

Table 2 Materia l classes and weights (continued)
Average
weight per
Material
cubic foat
pounds 6.
Chocolate press cok e .... ............. ..
40-45
Chrome ore ................. . ... . ... . . 125-140
Cind ers, blo st furnoce ... . ........... .
57
Cinders, cool. ............. .. ... .. . . .
40

Clay, see also bentonite, diatomaceous

earth, fullers eorth, koolin and marl
Clay, calcined ...................... _
80
Clay, fine dry . . . .................... . 100-120
Clay, lumpy, loase ..................... . 60-75
Clover seed .......................... .
48
Coal, anthracite . ..... . ................ .
60
Coal, anthracite, river or culm, Y1 and under
60
Coal, bituminous, mined , 50 mesh and under .
50
Coal, bituminous, mined, run of mine ...... .
50
Caol, bituminous, mined, sized ........ .
50
Coal, bituminous, mined, slock, Y2" and under
50
Coal, bituminaus, stripping, not cleoned .... .
50
Coal cha r .......... . ............ . .... .
24
Cocoa beans ................ . . . ... . ... .
30-40
Cocoa nibs ............. . ............. .
35
Cocoa powder ......... . .......... . ... .
30-35
Cocoanut, shredded .................... .
20-22
Coffee, chaff ..... . ..... . .... . ........ .
20
Coffee, green b ean .. .. . . .. .. ..... . ... .
32
Coffee, g round . ............ . .......... .
25
Coffee, roasted bean ....... . ... .. ...... . 22-26
Coffee, soluble .. ............... .. ..... .
19
Coke, loase . ... . ............. . ........ .
23-32
Coke, p e troleum, calcined ....... . . . _ . . _.
35-45
Coke breeze, Y " and under ...... . ...... .
25-35
Compost ......... . .......... . . . ...... .
28
Copper ore ............... . ........... . 120-150
Copper sulphate ...................... .
Copperas, see ferrous sulphate
Copra, lumpy ................. . . . .. . . . .
22
Copra cake, lumpy .: ................... .
25-30
Copra cake, ground ........... . ........ .
40-45
Copra meal ............. . ........ . ... .
40-45
Cork, fine ground ...................... .
12- 15
Cork, granulated ..................... .
12-15
Corn, cracked ............ . ..... . ..... .
45-50
Corn, seed ...... . .................... .
45
Co rn, shelled ..... . ..... . ... . ...... . ... .
45
21
Corn g erms ...... . ...... . ............. .
Carn grits ... . . ........ . ....... . .. . .. .
40-45
Corn sugar . .......................... .
31
Cornmeal ........................... .
38-40
Cottonseed, dry, de-linted .............. .
35
Cottonseed, dry, not de-linted ........... .
18-25
Cottonseed cake, lumpy ........ . ........ .
40-45
Cottonseed flakes ............ . .. . ...... .
20-25
Cottonseed hulls ...................... .
12
Cottonseed meal. ...................... .
35-40
Cottonseed meats . . ................. .
40
Crackling s, crushed, 3 " and under ......... .
40-50
Cryolite ......................... .. ... .
110
Cullet .. . . . .......................... .
80-120
Detergen!, see soap detergen!
11-14
Diatomaceous earth ................... .
Dicalcium phosphate ... . ....... . ........ .
43
Disodium phosphate ............ . .. . .... .
25-31
Dolomite, lumpy . . .......... . . . .... . . . . .
90-100
65 -70
Ebonite, crushed, Y2" and under ... . .... .
16
Egg powder . ....... ............... . . .
Epsom salts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... .
4 0-50

Class

027
C28
038
028

828R

...
...

8165
C27P
837P
836P
D26P
D26PT
C36P
037P
8275Y
C27T
C27
A36Z
H36
826WY
C26T
826
C16
826KlT
D38TX
D28X
C38
H36N
028
026
026
026
826
826
836WY
C36
C26
C165T
Cl65
826
826
826
826
C26
C36
026

...

836W
826
826
036
027
028
A28YZ
A36
827PT
027
C26

...

826

These closses represenl observations unde r general conditions. Speciric

conditions moy vory due to monufocluring processes ond handling. Refer 10
Table 1, poge 563, for closs descriplion.

Material

Face powder, see talcum powder

Feldspar, ground, Ya " and und er ....... .
65-70
Feldspar, powdered ... . ............... . .
75
Ferrous sulphate . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . ..... .
50-75
Fi sh meal. ............................ .
35-40
40-50
Fi sh scrap . ............ . . . ........... .
45
Fla xseed ....... . .................... .
Fla xseed cake, expeller ................ .
48-50
25
Flaxseed meal ....................... .
Flour, wheat ......................... .
35-40
35.45
Flue dust, boiler house, dry ............. .
Fluorspar . ........................... .
82
Fly ash, dry, see flue dust
40
Fuller's earth, oil fil ter, burned ........ . .. .
35- 40
Fuller's eartn, oil filler, raw ............. .
Fuller's earth, oil filler, spe nt ............ .
60-6 5
Garbage, green .. __ ............ . . ... . .
30
32
Ge latin, granulated ... . ............... .
Gilsonite ... . ....... . ...... . ......... .
37
90-100
Glass batch ....... . ........ . .. . ...... .
40
Glue, ground, Ya" and under ............ .
40
Glue, p earl ........ . ........... . . . .... .
40
Glute n meol . . . . . ....... . ...... . ..... .
Grains, distill ery, spent, dry ..... . ........ .
30
40
Graphite, flake ........................ .
28
Graphite, flour ......... .. .... .. . .. . ... .
95-1 00
Granite, broken . ............... . ..... .
15-20
Grape pomace . . ... ........ .... . ...... .
10 -12
Gra ss seed ...................... . .. .
90-100
Grave!, screened . . . . . ........... .
55-60
Gypsum, calcined, y,'' and under ...... .
Gypsum, calcined, powdered . . . . . . . . .
60-80
90-100
Gypsum, row, l " and under . . . . . . . . .
Hominy ........................... . .
37
35
Hops, spent, dry . _.................... .
Hops, spent, wet ...................... .
50-55
35. 45
Ice, crushed .......................... .
llmenite ore .......................... .
140
12 5 - 150
lron ore .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .
lron sulphate, see ferrou s sulphate
163
Kaolin doy, 3" and under ............. .
Koolin tale, l 00 mesh and und e r ........ .. .
4 2 -56
32
lactase ............. . . ..... .... . ..... .
lamp block, see carbon block
72
leed arsenote ....................... .
45.55
lignite, air dried .. . . . .................. .
40 -45
lignite, raw ...... . . . ...... . . . ....... . .
lime, ground, Ya " and under ............ .
60
40
lime, hydrated, Ye " and under .......... .
32-40
lime, hydrated, pulverized ............ . .
53-56
lime, pebble ........................ .
68
limestone, agricultural, Ya" ond und e r .... .
limestone, crushed .................... .
85-90
75
limestone dust ..................... . ... .
linseed, see fla xseed
litharge, se e leed oxide
lithopone ............................ .
45-50
Magne sium chloride .......... . ....... .
33
Maize, see corn
22
Molt, dry ground, Ye" and under .. . .... .
27-30
Malt, dry whole ..................... . . .
Molt, wet or green .. ................... .
60-65
36 - 40
Malt meal ... . . . ..... ................. .
Manganese dioxide ............ . ....... .
80
125-140
Manganese ore ...... .

Class

827
A37
C27
836
H36
8165
026
826
A36K
A18Y
C37
828
827

...
...

C26T
C27P5
028
827
C16
826
H26W
C26
A16Y
028
C37W
82 65W
027
C27
A37
027
C26
H36
H36P
016
828

...

027
A37
A26KZ
836R
026

...

836Z
826YZ
A26YZ
036
827
027
A37Y

A26Y
C36
8265W
C265
C36
826

...
...

6. Weights of material, loase or slightly ogitoled. Weights ore usual ly dif!er-

enl when moleriols ore settled or pocked os in bins or contoiners.

.t. Closs moy vory considerobly due to condll1ons. Consult Link-Bell for in

formotion.

564 L 1 N K - B E L T

Average
weight per
cubic foot
paunds 6.

technical information

Bulk material classifications

Table 2 Material classes and wei ghts (contin ued)
Average

Material

Mongonese sulphote ..... ....... . . .. . ... .

Morble, crushed, Y2" ond under .... . . .. .. .
Mari ........ . ........ . ...
Meo!, ground . . ....................... .
Mea!, scrops ......... . ... ... .......... .
Mica, ground .. .. . ... ..... . . .. ... . .. . . . .
Mico, pulverized . . . . . ........ . .. . ... . . . .
Mica flokes ............... .. .. . . . ..... .
Milk, dried flake ....... . . ..... .. .. ... . . .
Milk, molted .. . ...... . . . . ... .. ...... .. .
Milk, whole, powdered ... ..... ......... . .
Monosodium phosphate ........... . . . ... .
Muriote of potosh ...... . . .. . . .......... .
Mustord seed . .... . . . . . . . .. .. ......... .
Naphthol ene flokes .. . ............... ... .
Niacin . ... .. ......... ...... . . ........ .
Nickel-cobalt sul phate ore .......... ..... .
Oats . ...... . .. . .... ...... .. ..... . ... .
Oats, rolled ....... . .. . ....... .. .. ... .. .
Orang e peel, dry . .. . ........ .. . . .. . ... .
O xalic ocid crystols . ........... . ....... .
Oyster shells, ground under Y2" . ... . . .... .
O yster shells, whole .. ....... ... . .. .. ... .
Paper pulp, l 03 consistency . .. . . . .. .. . . .
Paper pulp, 203 consistency ....... .. ... .
Pape r pulp, 303 consistency . . . ..... .. .. .
Pe anuts, in shells .......... . ...... . . . ... .
Pe anuts, shell e d . . ...... . ... . .......... .
Pea s, d ried ........... ....... . . . . .... . .
Phosphote rock ........ . . . . . . ...... . . . . .
Phosphote so nd ....................... . .
Plaster of Pa ris, see g y psum, colcined, powd ered
Po lystyrene b e o ds ....... . ............. .
Pota ssium carbonate .. ....... . . ... ..... . .
Po tassium chloride, p e ll e ts ... .. . . . . . ... . . .
Po ta ssium nitro te .... . ....... . ...... . ... .
Po tassium sulphote .. .. . . .. .. . . .... . . ... .
Pumice, Ya" ond under ... . ... . .. . . . . . .. . .
Pyri tes, pellets .. . . . ... .... .. . . . . . ..... . .
Rice, hulle d or polished ... . .... . . .... ... .
Rice, rough . . ... . ......... .. ........ .. .
Rice bron, see bron
Rice grits ... . . . . .. . .............. . .... .
Rouge powder ............ .. ........ .. .
Rubber, hard, ground, see e bo nite
Rubber, pelletized . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . .
Rubber, recloim . . .. . . ... ... . .. . . . .. .. . .
Rye ........ .. . . . .
Salicylic acid . . . . ... ........ . .
Salt, common, dry course ..... . . ... . ..... .
Sal!, common, dry fine ...... . ....... . ... .
Solt cake, dry coarse ........ . . .. . . . .. .. .
Salt cake, dry pulverized .... . ....... . ... .
Saltpeter ... ..... . . .. .. . ... . . ..... . .. . .
Sand, bonk, damp ...... ...... . . . ... . .. .
Sand, bank, d ry .... . .. ... ...... ... . .. . .
Sand, foundry, prepared .. .... .... . ..... .
Sand, foundry, shokeout .... ..... . . . ... . . .
Sand, silica, dry . . .. ........ ... ........ .
Sawdust ... . ....... . ....... . ... .... . ..
Seso me se ed . . . . . .. ........... . ... . ... .
Sha le, crushed .............. . . .. . . ... .. .
She lloc, powd e red or g ranul<Hed . . . . . .. .. .
Silica gel ....... .. . .... .. . .. . .. . . .. .. .
Slog , furnac e , granular ...... ............ .
Slag, furno ce, lumpy ... . ...... . . . . . . . . . .

weight per
cubic foot
pounds A

70
90-95
80
50-55
40
13-15
13-1 5
17-22
5-6
30-35
20
50
77
45
45
35
70-80
26
19
15
60
53

Closs

C28
D28
D27
4.

H37X
827
A27Y
81 7WY
82 6K
A36KZ
836KLZ
827
828
816S
4.

827
4.

Cl6S
C26SW
H36
836L
C27
D27X

45-50
25-30
10-15
15-20
35-45
45 -50
75 -85
90-100

D26T
C26T
Cl6ST
D2 7
828

40
51
120 - 130
76
42-48
42-45
120- 130
45-48
36

826
827
C27P
C17P
837Z
838
C27
816
826S

42-45

826
A38Y

50-55
25-30
44
29
45-50
70-80
85
65-85
80
110-130
90- 11 0
90
90
90- 100
l 0-13
27
85-90
31
45
60-65
160 - 180

036
0 36
81 65
826L
C27PL
827 PL
D27
827
826S
838
828
838
D28
818

4.
4.

...

...

827
C27
826K
828
C28
D38X

These classes represen! observations under general conditions. Specific

conditions may vory due to manulactu ring processes and handling. Refer to
Table l , page 563, fer closs description.

Materia l

Average
weight per
cubic foa t
pounds A

Slote, crushed, %" and under ...... . .. .

80-90
82
Slo te , ground, Ya " ond under ............ .
Soo p beods or granules . ....... . ....... .
15-25
Soop chips . . ................. . ....... .
15-50
Soa p d etergents ... . ..... . .. .. .. . ... . . . .
5-15
Soop flok es ...... .... . ...... . .. . ... ... .
20-25
Soop powd er ...... . ....... . ... . . . . . .. .
Soopstone tole, fine . . . . . ...... . ....... . .
40-50
55-65
Soda osh, heavy .. . ... . . ...... ........ .
Soda ash, light .... . .......... .. .... . . . .
20-35
Sodium bicorbonate, see bica rbonate of soda
Sodium nitrote .... . ... . . . . . ..... . ... . . .
7 0-80
Sodium phosphate, see monosodium phosphate,
disodium phosphote, trisod ium phosphate
Sodium sulphate, see soltcoke
Sorghum seed ... . .. . .. . ... .. . . . . .. . . .. .
47-52
30 -40
Soybeons, crocked . ....... . ....... . . . . . .
Soybeons, whole . ..... . .. . . . . ... . ..... . .
45-50
40 -43
Soybeo n cake, over %" ... . . . .. ....... . .
20 -26
Soybea n floke s, row .. . . . . . . . . . .. . ..... . .
18-20
Soybean flokes, spent .... . ... . . . . . . .. .. .
27
Soybean flour . ...... . . . . .. ..... . .. ... . .
40
Soybeon meal, cold .. . ... .. . ... . .. . . .. . .
40
Soyb e an meal, hot .. . . . .. ...... . ..... .. .
25-50
Sto rch .. . . . ... . . .. . .... . . .......... ..
Steel chips, crushed ...... ..... . . . .. .. .. . 100-150
75-150
Steel turnings ....................... . . .
Stone, see grave! o r lime sto ne
50-55
Sugor, gronuloted ............ . . . ..... . .
50-60
Sugor, powdered ...... . . ..... . ..... .. . .
55-65
Sugor, raw, cane ..... . ....... . ...... .. .
55-65
Sugor, wet, b eet .... ... ..... . . . .. . . .. . .
12- 15
Sugor b eet, pulp, dry .... . ... .. ... . . ... .
25-45
Sugo r b eet, pulp, wet .. . ... . . . .. ....... .
15-1 8
Sugor co ne, knifed ... . . .. . . .. .. . .. . .. . . .
Sulphur, crushed, Y2" and under .......... .
50-60
80-85
Sulphur, 3 " and under .. . ... . . .. .. ... .. . .
Sulphur, powd ered . ... ..... . . . ........ . .
50 -60
Taconite, pellets ... . . . ...... .. .. ....... . 116-130
40 -60
To lcum powd er .. . .... . .. .... . . .. ... . .. .
55
Tanbark, ground . . . . . .. ... . . . . . ...... . .
60-70
Tankage . . . ... . . .. . . ....... . ... .. . . .. .
36
Timothy seed .. . .... . ....... .. ... .... .. .
60-70
Titonium spon'g e .... ...... . .. . . . . . . . . .. .
12-1 4
Tobocco leoves, dry . . ..... . ........ .. . . .
15-25
Tobocco scro ps ... . . . . . . ..... . . . ... ... . .
30
Tobocco snuff . .... . .. . .. ....... . ...... .
15
Tobacco stems ....... . ... . . . . . . . ...... . .
Tro prock, crushe d . . .. .. .. . .. .. ... ... . . . . 105- 11 0
60
Trisodium phosphate ... . .. . ........ . .. .. .
50-55
Tripie su per phosphole ... . ... .. ... . .... .
25
Tung nut meo Is, crushed . .. ... ........ ... .
16
Ve rmiculite, exponded . . .. . . . . . . .... . .. .
80
Vermiculite ore ... . . ........... . ... . . .. .
35-40
W alnut she lls, crushed . ................ . .
45-48
Wheat ..... . ... ... . ... . . . . .. . . . ..... .
40-45
Wheot, cracked . ...... . .. . . .. .. ... .... .
28
Wheot germ . . . .. . .... . ... ... . .. . . . ... .
Wood bo rk, se e b ork
10-30
Wood chips ......... .. . ..... . .... . . . . .
16-36
Wood flour .... . ... . .. .. . .. . .... . .. . . . .
75-80
Zinc concentrate residue . . .... . ... ..... .. .
160
Zinc ore, crushe d ..... ... . . ...... .... . . . .
30-35
Zinc oxid e, heavy ....... . ..... .. . ... . .. .
10-15
Zinc oxid e , lig ht . . .. .... . ...... ....... . .
A

&

Class

C27
827
826T
C26T

...

826T
826
A37Z
827
A27W
&

827
C27S
G1 7S
D26
C26W
C26W

...

826
826P
4.

D28
H38X
B26KT

...

836Z
836Z
4.

...

H36X
C26S
D26S
826SY
D28T
A27Y

...
4.

826 SW
H38
H36TX
D36W
836TY
H3 6X
D28X
827
827 NR
D26
G 37W
D27
828
C16S
826 S
826
H36WX

...

828

...

A36Z
A36WZ

Weights el material, loose or slightly agitated. Weights ore usually difieren! wh.en materials are settled o r packed as in bins or containers.
Class may vary considerably due to conditions. Consult Link.Bel! fer information.

L 1 N K - B E L T 565

technical information

Chain conveyor calculations

Chain conveyors and cha in elevators

G = factor in Table 3, for material 6 inches and over in depth

H = horsepowe r al heod shoft

The following loyouts with horsepower ond choin pull formulas represen! o few of the more commonly used conveyor orrongements.

h = depth of moteriol sliding ogo inst trough or skirt pi ates,

in inches- need not be considered for ma terial less thon
6 inches in depth
K = 1. 15 for chain lub ricoted
1.20 for chain not lubricoted
L = length os indicoted in layouts, in feet
M = weight of material per faot of conveyor, in pounds, o r
33.33 T

Orive shaft In general, the driving power is opplied to the heod

or dischorge end of the conveyor. The odvantage of the heod end
drive is that only the corrying run of the conveyor is under maximum
tension.
Takeup sh aft Whenever

proctical, takeup s ore locoted ot the

foot or looding end of the conveyor. Screw tokeups ore ordinarily
used, but where flxed tension in the chain is required, spring or
gravity takeups are recommended.

s
N = pull for moking cha in t o ut, in pounds

Lay out and f o r mula select ion The vorious layouts opplying
to the different choin conveyors ond elevotors ore listed in Table l.
For loyouts ond formulas not shown, consult Link-Belt.

WU 2

BZ + W

P1= moximum choin pull or cho in pul l ot heod shaft in pounds

P2 = pull required by tokeups, in pounds
P>, p, etc. = cho in pull al points indicoted in loyouts, in pounds
Q = odditionol pull, in pounds, req uired to slide conveyor
und er objects which o r e stopped or objects which o re
pulled through sows, etc.
R = vertical rise of inclined portian of conveyor, in feet
S = speed, in fe et per minute
T =peak copocity, in tons per hour
U = unsu pported horizontal distonce, in feet
V = actual length of cho in, minus U
W = weight of choin, slots, pons, etc., per faot per run of conveyor, in p ounds
Y = horizontal length of inclined portion of conveyor, in feet

Layouts and calculations

The following symbols ore used in the formulas ond the layouts:
A = factor in Table 2
B = dio meter of bucket elevotor foot wheel, in inches, when
handling material with smoll lumps
= rodius of bucket elevotor foot wheel, in inches, when
handling fine or fluffy material
Ad

C=o

D = diometer of choin roller in inches

d = diometer of bushing ar pin on which choin roller revolves
or diameter of boll or roller circle, in inches
F = .20 for sliding choin on steel trock, lubricoted
.33 for sliding choin on steel !rock, no! lubricoted
f = factor in Tabl e 3

Table 1 Layout and formula

N =coteno r y tension or

or,

Z = sog of choin, in fe et, o r ,,/-:J75 U V

selection
layout
Chain sliding

Choin canveyors
and elevators

Material sliding

Chain rolling
Molerial sliding

Material corried

Horizontal l lnclined Horizonta l lnclined Hori zontal lnc/ined

Apron feeder
Apron conveyar
Bor flight feeder
Corrier choin conveyor

.. .
.. .

...

. ..

D, E
D,E

J
J

...
...

. ..

. ..

M oteriol
car ried

Material carried

Horizontal
1
1Horizontal
and
Horizontal lnclined
ond
inclined
inc/ined
1
...
...

e
e

H
H

L
L

...

. ..

.. .

...

D, E

.. .

. ..

...

A
A
A

D, E

.. .
...

. ..
. ..

D, E

D, E
. ..

..

Cross-bar choin conveyor

Drog conveyor
Flight conveyor
Ploin choin conveyor

.. .

F
F
F
. ..

Slot canveyor
Bucket elevotor

...
.. .

. ..
...

...

. ..

.. .

. ..
...

. ..
...

..

..

Vertica l

e
.

..

. .

...

Ta b le 2 Factor A
Factor A ii.
Type of bearing far chain rollers

Cored iron or steel on cold flnished steel

Bored iron ar steel on cold flnish ed steel
Bored bronze bushing on cold flnished steel
Roller beorings with smooth hordened roces
Boll b eorings with smooth hordened roces
Ji. Based on rollers with smooth faces operoting on smooth, cleo n steel tracks

ond includes reosonoble ollow once for lange and hub fricti ons.

566 L 1 N K - B E L T

Rollers
no!
lubricated
.50
.40

...
...
...

Rollers
greosed
1

.35
.25
.20
.09
.06

Enc/osed
oiling
rollers

.20

Based on smooth cored ho les mode wirh dry sand or painted cores.

technical information

Chain conveyor calculations

Tabl e 3 Factors f and G
Average weight
per cubic foot,
pounds

Factor f,

Alum, lumpy
Ashes, dry, 1/2" and under
Ashes, wet, '12" and under
Ashes, dry, 3 " and under

50-60
35-40
45-50
35-40

.35-.45
.45-.55
.55-.65
.45-.55

.03 5 -.0 40
.024-.028
.0 16-.020
.02 8-.032

Coke, breeze
Cottanseed, undelinted
Grains
Grave !, dry, screened

Ashes, wet, 3 11 and under

Bagasse
Beans, whole
Cement, Portland

45-50
7-8
45-50
75-85

.55-.65
.35-.45
.30-.40
.60-.70

.022 -.026
.004-.006
.054-.058
.082-.090

Cement clinker
Cool, onthrocite, egg
Coal, anthrocite, nut ond stove
Cool, onthrocite, run of mine

75-80
50-55
50-55
50-55

.65-.75
.25-.30
.30-.35
.35-.40

Coal,
Coal,
Coal,
Cool,

50-60
55-65
45-55
45-55
40-50
50-60
23-32
25-35

Material

onthrocite,
onthrocite,
bituminous,
bituminous,

peo
buckwheot
sized
run of mine

Cool, bituminous, slock, dry

Cool, bituminous, slock, wet
Coke, sized
Coke, mi)(ed

Average weight
per cubic foot,
pounds

Factor f,

25-35
18-2 5
38-45
90-100

.60-.70
.30-.40
.35-.45
.40-.50

.026-.030
.010-.012
.042-.046
.078-.082

Grave!, run af bank

Ice, crushed
Ice cakes
Lime, ground

100-125
35-45
57
55-65

.55-.65
.15-.20
.06-.10
.35-. 45

.086-.090
.028-.032

.078-.086
.030-.034
.036-.040
.048-.05 2

Lime, pebble
Sond, dry
Sond, domp
Sond, foundry, shokeout

55-60
90-110
110- 130
85-95

.45-.55
.55-.65
.80-.90
.65-.75

.062-.068
.130-.140
.160-.170
.068-.072

.40-.45
.50-.55
.45-.55
.55-.65

.060-.064
.070-.075
.045-.050
.047-.051

Sond, foundry, tempered

Sawdust
Stone, dust
Stone, screened lumps

90-100
10-13
75-85
85-90

.80-.90
.35-.45
.45-.55
.55-.65

.0 6 6 -.070
.004-.006
.085-.090
.110-.115

.45-.55
.65-.75
.35-.45
.55-.60

.033-.037
.03 1-.035
.0 18-.022
.022-.026

Stone, lumps and fines

Wood chips

85-90
12-20

.60-.70
.35-.45

.105-. 110
.004-.006

vertical
pre ssure

Factor G,
horizontal

Material

pre ssure

vertical
pressure

Factor G,
horizontal

pressure

.034-.038

P1SK
H = 33,000

Layout A Chain and material sliding

P1 = P- PJ = L(2.2FW +fM+hiGJ+.2 N
P2= 2.2P4
P3 = N
P4 = P3+ LFW
Ps=l. 2P4
Fig. 4981

P1SK

Layout B Chain rolling and material sliding

TAKEUP

,...""

r
IP.

~LTRAVEL

.~. ...__,._~-~-~

L.JL ' . 1 ~ FEED

Pz"'\. ~ ) W CHUTE

~ 2'. J>"'=<t :~:~:t:f::t:J;

Ps

H =33,00o

P1 = P - P3 = L(2.2CW + fM+ hiG) + .2N

l/DRIVE

~I

P2 = 2.2 P4

~-~ ...__,.-~~-

. '

lf'

P3 = N

~--~.-J:":L,~,~-->-P,

TRAVEL - - -

P = Ps+ L( FW + fM+ hiG)

See poge 566 for explonotion of symbols.

P4 = P3 + LCW
Ps= l.2P4

Fig. 4982

P = Ps + L(CW + fM + h1G)
See poge 566 for explonotion of symbols.

P1SK
H = 33,000

Layout C Chain rolling and material carried

P1 = P6 - P3 = L(2.2c w + cM + h1G) +. 2 N
P2 = 2.2 P4
P3 = N
P4= P3+LCW
Ps=l.2 P4
P = Ps+ L(CW + c M+ hiG )
Fig. 4983

See poge 566 for explonotion of symbols.

L 1 N K - B E L T 567

technical information

Chain conveyor calculations

P1SK

layout D Ch ain slid ing and mate ria l carried

H = 3 3,000

K---------- L----------~

TAKEUP

TRAVEL- +

P,
,..-L..19..
__ffi__J:L_...B__.0_

P,

/ ORIVE

P.
_Jfil__J;SJ__...fil_ __EL_EJ;._t___ p

(' \ ) \)

('

1 ')

\ ....~-- - ----- ---- ----~

P.
- - - -TRAVEL
P,

P1 = P - P3 = LF(2.2W + M) + .2N + Q
P2 = 2.2P4
P3 = N
p, = P3+ LFW
Ps= l.2P,
P6 = Ps + LF(W + M) + Q
See poge 566 fer explonotien e f symbels.

layout E Chain sliding and mat erial carr ied

P1SK

H = 33,000

AKE~~Rl

P,

_fil_ _.fil__-"'l__ Cill

, ( ~)

--- ~ - --- --- -----

\ .:;;;".L.fil_.-""l..._IB__
_ _

{RIVE

( i)

__ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ ____:::.._.-- -->-P.

TRAVEL ~

P,

""-~

P.

Fig. 4985

layout F Chain and material slidin g

P1 =
P2 =
P3 =
P, =
Ps =
P =

P - PJ = LF(2 .2 W + 1.2M) + .2 N + 1.2Q

2.2P4
N
P3+LF(W + M) + Q
l.2P,
Ps+ LFW
See poge 566 fer e xplonotien ef symbels.

P1SK

H =33,000
P1 = P6- P3
P2= 2.2 P,
P3 = N when

y is less thon F
R

P3 = N + W (R - FY) when

y is more thon F

P4 = N + W (FY - R) when

y is le ss

P4 = N whe n

y is mo re

thon F

thon F

Ps= l.2 P,
P = Ps + Y(FW + fM + h 2 G ) + R(W + Ml
Se e poge 566 fer explonotien ef symbels.

layout G Chain rolling and mat eria l sliding

P1SK

H =3 3,000
P1= P6- P3
P2 = 2.2P,
P3 = N when

- -- - -- - - -Y- - -

]-

-----;

Fog. 4987

yR is less thon C
R

P3 = N + W (R- CY) when

y is

P, = N + W (CY - R) when

y is less thon C

P4 = N whe n

y is

more tho n C

more thon C

Ps = l.2 P,
P = Ps+Y(CW +fM + h 2 G ) + R(W + M)
See poge 566 fer explonotien ef symbels.

P1SK

H = 33,000
P1 = F- PJ
P2 = 2.2P,
P3 = N whe n

yR is less tho n C

P3 = N + W (R- CY) whe n

yR is more

P, = N + W(CY - R) when

y is le ss thon

P4 = N w hen

y is

thon C
C

more thon C

Ps = l.2 P,
P = Ps+Y(CW + CM + h' G ) + R(W + M)
See poge 566 fer explonotion ef symbels.

56 8 L 1 N K - B E L T

technical information

Chain conveyor calculations

Layout J Chain sliding and material carried

P.

rDRIVE

P. t~

,..-<\--~"~~

L..--:- ~-y::v.i.----

~\.. p.-

fo--~

__.. ,. . .-

--------

>-<

P3 = N when

P,

. e-:

~
?p'
Pz

Layout K Chain rolling and material sliding

P3 = N + W (R - FY) when

~ is

more thon F

P, = N + W(FY - R) when

~is

less thon F

P,

).,!.~

~.v.cr1.~P,

V ...O.

P,

- ~;~:

~-~--- 4-.(,...~J,.-b-
~Pe 1
}l_
. O FEED
~J: , ) . .. C~UTE .
.
.; . ,:
~\..
~-~-:9:":

~-$::?! -~

TRALVEL

See page 566 far explanalian af symbals.

P6 = 1.2Ps
P7 = P6 + L(CW + fM + h1G)
Pa = P7 + Y(CW + fM + h1G)
+ R(W + M)

33,000
P1 = Pa - P3
P2 = 2.2Ps

~ is less thon C
y
R
P3 = N + W(R - CY) when - is more thon C
y

p, = N + W(CY - R) when

---;i:

'\

P6 = Ps + YFIW + M) + R(W + M) + Q

H =~

r DRIVE

-.~\..

P.

less thon F

Ps = l.2 P,
Fig. 4989

Pz '

~ is

P, = N when ~is more thon F

y

TAKE UP\

33,000
P1 = P6- P3
P2 = 2.2P,

Al

f
y
~\..
TAKEUP ~Ps~st>-- _____ _...,.....-;:::>~\'ti'/ -?(\

H =~

P3 = N when

'

p, = N when

Fig. 4990

y is more

~is

less thon C

y
thon C

Ps= P4 + LCW
See page 566 far explanatian al symbals.

H =~

P6= 1.2Ps
P1 - P + L(CW + CM + h, G)
Pa = P7 + Y(CW + CM + h1G)
+ R(W + M)

33,000
P1 = Pa - P3
P2= 2.2Ps

~ is less thon C
y
R
P3 = N + W(R - CY) when - is more thon C
y

P3 = N when

P, = N + W(CY - R) when

~is

less thon C

y
P, = N when y is less thon C
Fig. 4991

Ps= P4+ LCW

See page 566 far explanolion of symbols.

Layout M Material carried

P,

ORIVE

i-~ ----.

P. ~----1~
P,

. p

i
UP

' .p

H =~

33,000
P1 = P6- PJ
P2 = 2.2 P,
P3 = P, + RW
p, = N
Ps = 1.2P, + MB
P6 = Ps+ R(M + W)

F
~ f t ~
'

DOWN

. p
' .p
~ .
Ps {:..~P.
~

See poge 566 for explonation of symbols.

i\._..T_A-KE_U_P_..,

P,

Fig. 4992

L 1 N K - B E L T 569

technical information

Shaft and bearing load calculations

Determination of rad ial loads on heaal and foot
shaft bearings

E 1 = lo ad al bearing 1 due to p ull A, in pound s

E2 = load et b e a ring 2 du e to pull A, in pounds
F 1 = load al bea ring 1 d ue to pull B, in pounds
F2 = load et bearing 2 due to p ull B, in pounds
G 1 = load et b earing 1 due to weights C an D, in pounds
G 2 = load a t bea ring 2 dueto weights C and D, in pounds
H 1 = load et bea ring 1 due to weight D, in pounds
H2 = load et bearing 2 due to weight D, in p ounds
J = radius of driving wheel in inches
K1 = bending moment et bea ring 2 due to p ull A, in inch
pounds
K1 = b ending moment et bearing 2 due to we ight C, in inch
pounds
L1 = bending momenl et point 3 due to p ull A, in inch pounds
L2 = bending moment et point 3 due to p ull B, in inch pounds
l 3 = bending momenl et point 3 due to weight D, in inch
pounds
N 1 = bend ing mome nt al point 4 due to p ull A, in inch pounds
N 1 = bending moment at point 4 d ue to p ull B, in inch pounds
N J = bending moment al poi ni 4 due to weight D, in inch
pounds
M 1 = maximum bend ing momenl al bearing 2
M2 = maximum b ending moment et point 3
R1 = resultant radial load at b e a ring 1
R; - resulten! rcd icl !ocd ot beoring 2

The lood on each b earing is calculated for the various forces acting
on the bearings in the planes in which they accur. Using these loads,
a force diagram is plotted to d e termine the magnitude and direction
of the resultan! radial load.
The weight of the shaft has no t been included.

Determination of the bending and torsional

moments on head and foot shafts
The following method is simple and accurate. The weight of the shaft
has not been included and for the ordinary applicotion need not be
considered.
When the size of the pillow blocks indicated for the radial loads
is smaller than the diameter of the shaft requi red for the bending
and torsional moments, it may sometimes be found economical, on
the large sizes, to neck the shofts to suit the pillow blocks.

layouts and calculations

The following symbols are used in the formulas and the loyouts:
a , b, e, d and e = dimensions in inches
A = pull al d riving wheel in pounds
B = pull al conveyor wheels ar pulley in pounds
e = weight of driving wheel in pounds
D = weight of conveyor wheels or pulley including weight
of 180-degree wrop of chain, slats, pans, belt, etc., in
pounds

He ad shaft with single sprocket or singl e arm pulley betwe en b e arings

Fo rces and re act ions for p lane in which pu ll A acts:

E~

Ab
Bearing loads: E 1 = a

A(a + b)
E2 = - -a
Bending mam e nts: K1 =Ab , L1 = E1c

E,

,E,

a:t

1~

E~

Torsional momenl: T = AJ

d ,.J
- a- ,.Jb
-c

>-<

Fo rces and reactions for p lane in which pull B acts:

~
~c7dJbl-

Bd
Be
Beoring loads: F1 = ~ F2 =-;:;Bending moment: L2 = F 1e

Forces and reactions for vertical plane in which weights C and D act:

Bearing loads: G 1 =

Dd-Cb
a

Dc + C(a + b)
G1= - - -- o

Bending moments: K2 = Cb, l 3 = G1c

'' sooo
Resultan! bearing loads and bending moments

DG
,
F,

RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R,

AT BEARING 1A

RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R,

AT BEARING 2

.A Know ing the radial loods, re fe r to C otolog 1050 to ma<e the beoring block

selec tion.

570 L 1 N K - B E L T

f 19 6136

MAXI MUM BENDING MOMENT M,

A T BEARING 2

MAXIMUM BE N DING MOMENT M,

AT POINT 3

Knowing l he maximum bendinq ond torsionol moments, refer to poge 574

to moke the shalt size selection.

technical information

Shaft and bearing load calculations

Head shaft with two sprockets or double arm pulley between bearings
Forces and reactions for plane in which pull A acts:

"'0
,
,
u

E,

'

Ab
Beo ring loods: E1 = ~,

E1

Fig.5001

'\_

d~
~o-J b e

E1

cr::,,

A(o + b )
E2 = - - o

Bending momenls:

Ki = Ab,

Torsionol momenl:

T = AJ

L1 = E1c, N = Ed c + e)

Forces and re actions for p lane in which pull B acts:

F,

:;

Beo ring loods:

F1 =

Fig. 5002

B(2d + e )
,
20

B(2c + e)
F2 = - - 2o

Forces and reactions for vertical plane in which weights C ond D act:

Beo ring loods:

G1=

D(2d + e ) - 2Cb
, G2
20

2 C(o + b) + D(2c + e)
20

Fig. 5003

Bending momenls:

K2 = Cb,

L3 = G 1e,

Resultan! b e aring loads and be nding moments

~A

F,

M2 - - -

F,
RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R1
AT BEARING 1

RESULTANT RADIAL LOAD R2

AT BEARING 2

LJ[ ______

L_JG

MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M 1

AT BEARING 2

MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M2

AT POINT 3
Fig. 5008

Foot or idler shaft with single sprocket or single arm pulley between bearings
Forces and reactions fo r plane in which B acts:

~B

F,

F2

Beoring loods:

~&F 2

Be nding moment:

B
e~

f "

Bd
F 1 =-;-.

Fig. 5004

L2 = F1c

Forces and re a ctions for plane in which D acts:

H,

Fig. 5005

Dd
Beoring loo ds: H i = ~,
Bending moment:

De
H2=o

L3 = H1e

Resultan! bearing loads and be nding mome nts

H~

L,

L------

L3

~.

RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R,

A T BEARING 1

RESULT ANT RADIAL LOAD R2

AT BEARING 2

.6. Knowing the radia l loads, refer to Catalog 1050 to make the bearing

block selection.

""'

-------__..__.-

-------

_ .,

i ig. 5009

MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M2

AT POINT 3

Knowing the maximum bending moment, refer to page 574 to make th e

shaft size sel ection.

L 1 N K - B E L T 571

technical information

Shaft and bearing load calculations

Foot or idler shaft with two sprockets or double arm pulley between bearings
Forces and reactions for plane in which B acts:
F,
Fz

CE:,.

Beoring loods:

F1

Bending momenls: L2 = F1c,

N2 = F2d

Forces and reaction s for vertical plane in which w e ig ht D acts:

H,
H2

42

Beoring loads:

H1 =

Bending mome nls:

D(2d + e )
,
20

L3 = H1e,

H2

D(2c + e)
20

NJ = H2d

e l..c- e- :>-id ~
a -,.J

fl t .5007

Resultan! b e aring load s and bending mome nts

F,
F2

H,~

H,~
2:u

RESU LTANT RADIAL LOAD R,

AT BEARING 1.t.

RESUL TANT RADIAL LOAD R,

AT BEARING 2 .t.

Ji,. Knowing the radia l loads, refer to Catalog 1050 to moke the bearing

block selection.

MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M,

AT BEARING 3

MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT M2

AT POINT 4

Knowing the maximum bending and torsional momenls, refer to page 574
to make the shaft size selection.

Conventional formulas
Horsepower
H=

~ =___! N
3 3,000 63,025

Chain tension
TN
5,250

Tem p eratures

Jorque
t = 6 3,025 H
N
T = 5,250 H
N

Centrifuga! pull of chain

B = ~S~

1 15,900

whe re

E= P + B

B = ce nlrifugo l pull, in pounds, due to weig ht o nd

velocity o f choin
e = deg rees centigrode
E = total cho in tension in pounds
F = degrees Fohre nheit
H = horsep ower
N = re vo lutions per minute

572 L 1 N K - B E L T

C = 5 / 9 (F - 3 2 )
C = 1.2 5 R
F = 9/ 5 (C +32)
F = 1.8 C + 32
F = 2.25 R+ 3 2

R = .8 C
R = 4 / 9 (F - 32)
P = choin or belt pull in pounds
R = degrees Reoumur
S = feel per minute
T = lorque in pound feel
1 = torque in pound inches
W = weight p e r foot of cho in in pounds

technical information

Shaft diameter calculations approximate

method

Shaft diameters

Example of shaft selection

Tables l, 2 ond 3 moy be used far determining opproximote shoft

diometers bosed on the three types of loodings. The volues shown
ore bosed on on ollowoble sheoring stress of 6000 pounds per squore
inch far shofts with keyseots. Adjustments far other ollowoble sheor
stress volues comparable with the physicol properties of the material
used should be mode by opplying the sheor foctors listed in Table 4.
More occurote selections moy be mode by using Chori A, poge 575.
When using speciol shofting select beorings of odequote size to
carry the imposed load. The resistonce to deAection is determined by
the shoft size ond not the shoft moter:ol. See olso poge 57 4.

Problem
Determine the opproximote shoft dio meter, using 10,000 pounds
per squore inch sheor stress, to tronsmit 30 horsepower ot 200
revolutions per minute with sprocket wheels mounted neor the beorings.

Solution
Refer to Table 5 ond note thot o 2 7,1, " diometer shoft is odequote
far o sheor stress of 6000 pounds per squore inch.
Refer to Table l. Note thot the sheor factor far l 0,000 pounds per
squore inch is .8434. Therefare, the required shoff diometer = 2 7116"
X .8434 = 2.06". A 2 3116 11 diometer shoft, which is the next higher
listed size, is selected.

Table 1 Horsepower values for torsional moments only - without bending moments
Shoft
diameter,

inches

15,1,

Horsepower of s hofting.t.
Revolutions per minute

- ,2'""'5:--.,..--:5.,,..
0--...,l,.....-=7 5,,,...-....,l--,-l""
Oo
: --.,..
I .....,..,12'""'5,.......,---,1-=5""'
0 __,..1.....,..
17=-5: --:I ...,2'""'0,...,0---:l-'-:2.,,..
2..,,.
5 --,-l--:2 "5"0:--:1 -,2::-::7::-::5---:l-.,,3..,,.0""o---:1-,3 5':"'.0:--:1 -4~0'""'0:--:I ---..,.45':"'.0:--'""
I ---,.
5 -0 0-

.4
.8
l.4
2.2

.8
l.6
2.8
4.5

l.2
2.4
4.2
6.6

l.5
3.1
5.5
8.9

l.9
3.9
6.9
11.2

2.3
4.6
8.3
13.4

2.6
5.4
9.7
15.7

3.0
6.2
l l. l
17.9

3.4
7.0
12.4
20.2

3.8
7.8
13.8
22.4

4.2
8.6
15.2
24.7

4.6
9.3
16.6
26.9

5.3
10.9
19.4
31.4

6.1
12.5
22.2
35.9

6.9
14.0
24.9
40.4

7.7
15.6
27.7
44.9

211;1,

3.4
4.9
6.8
9.1

6.8
9.8
13.5
18. l

10.2
14.7
18.4
27.3

13.5
19.5
27.0
36.2

16.9
24.4
33.8
45.3

20.3
29.3
40.6
54.4

23.7
34.2
47.3
63.4

27. l
39. l
54.l
72.5

30.5
44.0
60.9
81.6

33.9
48.9
67.6
90.7

37.3
53.8
74.4
99.7

40.7
58.6
81.2
108.0

47.5
68.4
94.7
126.0

54.3
78.2
108.0
145.0

61. l
88.0
12 l.O
163.0

67.9
97.8
135.0
181 .0

2 15;1,
3 1A
3 15;1,

11.8
18.9
28.5

23.7
37.9
57.0

35.4
56.7
85.5

47.3
75.9
114.0

59.2
94.9
142.0

71 .0
113.0
171.0

82.9
132.0
199.0

94.7
15 l.O
228.0

106.0 118.0 130.0 142.0 165.0

170.0 189.0 208.0 227.0 265.0
256.0 285.0 313.0 342.0 399.0

189.0
303.0
456.0

213.0
34 l.O
513.0

236.0
379.0
570.0

13116
1'/ 16
111;1,
1 15116
2 3116
2 1;1,

Table 2 Horsepower values for combined torsional moments and moderate bending moments
Shoft 1
Horsepower o f shaftin g .t.
d iomeler. --------~---------,.--_,_Re_v_
ol_
ut_io_n,....
s "-pe_ r_m
_i..,.nu_
te_ _.,.----,------..,.- - _ , . . - - _ , . .- - _ , . .- - inchcs
25 1 50
75
1 100
125
150 1 175 [ 200 1 225 1 250 1 275 1 300 1 350 1 400 1 450 [ 500

P A,
1'116
111;1,

.5
.9
1.5

l.O
l.9
2.9

l.5
2.7
4.5

2.0
3.7
5.9

2.6
4.6
7.4

3.1
5.5
8.9

3.6
6.4
10.4

4.1
7.4
11.9

4.7
8.3
13.4

5.2
9.2
14.9

5.7
10.l
16.4

6.2
l l. l
17.9

7.3
12.9
20.9

8.3
14.8
23.9

9.4
16.6
26.9

10.4
18.5
29.9

l 111.
2 3A
2 7116
2 11A

2.3
3.3
4.5
6.1

4.5
6.5
9.0
12. l

6.9
9.9
13.5
18.3

9.0
13.0
18.0
24.2

11.3
16.3
22.5
30.2

13.6
19.5
27.0
36.3

15.8
22.8
31.6
42.3

l 8.1
26. l
36. l
48.4

20.4
29.3
40.6
54.4

22.6
32.6
45. l
60.5

24.9
35.8
49.6
66.5

27.2
39. l
54. l
72.6

31.7
45.6
63.2
84.7

36.2
52.2
72.2
96.8

40.8
58.7
81.2
108.0

45.3
65.2
90.2
12 l.O

2 15116

7.9
12.7
19.0
27.0

15.8
25.3
38. l
54.0

23.7
38. l
57.0
81.0

31.6
39.5
50.6
63.3
76. l
94.l
108.0 136.0

47.4
75.9
114.0
163.0

55.3
88.6
133.0
190.0

63.2
10 1.0
152.0
217.0

71.l
79.0
86.9
94.8 11 0.0
113.0 126.0 139.0 151.0 177.0
17 1.0 190.0 209.0 228.0 266.0
245.0 272.0 299.0 326.0 38 l.O

126.0
202.0
304.0
435.0

142.0
227.0
342.0
490.0

158.0
253.0
380.0
544.0

37.5
50.0
65.2

75.0
100.0
131.0

3~

3 15116
4 1A,
4 1'A
5 'i6
5"A

112.5 150.0 187.0 225.0 262.0 300.0 337.0 375.0 412.0 450.0 525.0 600.0 675.0 750.0
150.0 200.0 250.0 330.0 350.0 400.0 451.0 50 1.0 55 l.O 601.0 701.0 801.0 902.0 1002.0
195.6 261.0 326.0 391.0 456.0 522.0 587.0 652.0 717.0 783.0 9 13.0 1044.0 1174.0 1305.0

Table 3 Horsepower values for combined torsional moments and heavy bending moments
Shoft 1
Horsepower of sh afti ng.t.
diameter,

inches

P A,
11;1,
l 11A,

Revolutions per minute

-2-5-..,..
1-5-0-,....
\ - 7-5 ---,-

.3
.55
.9

1-0_0_ [,...--I 2- 5- . [ -150-..,..

I _ 1_7_5 __,.1_ 2_0_0___,l,...--2_ 2_5-:[ - 25
_ 0_..,..
l _ 2_7_
5 __,.[_ 3_0_0___,[_ 3_5_0_ 1,...--4_ 0_0- . [ -4-5 0-

.6
l. l
l.8

.9
l.7
2.7

l.2
2.2
3.5

l.5
2.7
4.4

l.8
3.3
5.3

2.1
3.8
6.2

2.5
4.4
7.1

2.8
4.9
8.0

3.1
5.5
8.9

3.4
6.1
9.8

3.7
6.6
10.7

4.3
7.7
12.5

5.0
8.8
14.3

5.6
9.9
16.l

J 1SA
2 3A
2 1A,
2 11A,
2 15116
3 'i6
3 15116
4 7116

l.3
l.9
2.7
3.6

2.7
3.9
5.4
7.3

3.9
5.7
8.1
10.8

5.4
7.8
10.8
14.5

6.7
9.7
13.5
18.l

8.1
11.7
16.2
21.7

9.5
13.7
18.9
25.4

10.8
15.6
21.6
29.0

12.2
17.6
24.3
32.6

13.5
19.5
27.0
36.2

14.9
21.5
29.7
39.9

16.3
23.4
32.4
43.5

19.0
27.4
37.9
50.8

21.7
31.3
43.3
58.0

24.4
35.2
48.7
65.3

4.7
7.6
11.4
16.3

9.5
15.2
22.8
32.7

14. l
22.8
34.2
48.9

18.9
30.3
45.6
65.3

23.6
37.9
57.0
81.6

28.4
45.5
68.4
98.0

33. l
53.l
79.9
114.0

37.9
60.7
91.3
130.0

42.6
68.3
102.0
147.0

47.3
75.9
114.0
163.0

52.l
83.5
125.0
179.0

56.8
91. l
136.0
196.0

66.3
106.0
159.0
228.0

75.8
121.0
182.0
26 l.O

85.3
136.0
205.0
294.0

4 15A'
5 1;1,
5"A

22.5
30.0
39.0

45.0
60.0
78.0

67.5
90.0
117.0

90.0
120.0
156.0

112.0
150.0
195.0

135.0
180.0
234.0

157.0
210.0
273.0

180.0
240.0
313.0

202.0
270.0
352.0

225.0
300.0
391.0

247.0
330.0
430.0

270.0
360.0
469.0

315.0
420.0
547.0

360.0
480.0
626.0

405.0
541.0
704.0

.t. Bosed on steody loads and 6000 pounds per square inch shear st ress fe r

than 6000 pounds per squo re inch .

shah s with keyseals. Re fe r to Table 4, page 574, for shear volue s o ther

l 1 N K - B E l T 573

technical information

Shaft diameter calculations accurate

method

Table 4 Shear factors

Shaft d iameter s
Chori A provides o meons for o ccurotely determining shoft diometers
through the use of torsiono l ond bending moments. This cho ri is b osed
on ollowoble sheoring stress of 6 000 pounds per squo re inch for
shofts w ith keyseots. Adjustment for othe r allowoble sheor stress
volues comparable with the physicol properties of the ma teria l used
should be mode by opplying the sheor foctors liste d in Tabl e 4.
In determining shaft diometers, it is odvisable to moke generous
allowance for abnormol operating co nditions. Liberal shaft diame ters
increase b e aring life.
When using speciol shafting, select b ea rings of adequate size to
carry the imposed loa d. The resista nce to deflection is determined
b y the shaft size and not by the sha ft material.

Shear

....

Example of shaft selection

Problem
Determine the shaft diameter, using 8000 pound s per square inch
shear stress, for a bending moment of 1 0,000 pound inches and o
torsionol moment o f 22,500 pound inches under a suddenly applied
load.

Solution

Shear

Shea r
factor

stress

Shear
factor

stress

....

500
1000
1500
2000

2.2894
1.8171
1.5874
1.4422

7 000
8000
9000
10000

.9 499
.9086
.8736
.8434

2500
3000
3500
4000

1.3389
1.2599
1.1968
1.1447

11 000
12000
13000
14000

.8171
.7937
.7728
.7539

4500
5000
5500
6000

1.1006
1.0626
1.0294
1.0000

15000
16000
17000
18000

.7368
.72 1 1
.7067
.6934

..t. Allowable shear stress is gene rally token as lowe r value of either 307c, of
minimum elastic limit or 183 of minimum ultimote !ensile strength . For shafts
w ith keyseots red uce ollowoble sheor stress to 75% of obove sheo r volues.

Tab le 5 Shaft tolerances for low carbon steel

11

From Chort A, a 3 " 116 shaft is od e q uate for a sheor stress of 6000
pounds per squore inch.
The shear factor for 8000 pounds per squa re inch she ar stress,
from Tab le 4, is .9086. The required shoft diameter there fo re, is
3 1111," X .9086 = 3.35". Select a 3 7,-i6" shaft which is the next higher
listed shaft.

Diometer tolerance, inches

Shoft diometer,
inches

Oversi ze

Undersize

Up to 1

.000
.000
.000
.000

.002
.003
.004
.005

1 111, to 2
2 1A6 io 4
4 1116 to 6

Table 6 Shaft speciflcations

Shoft
d iome ter,

inches

Are a
of shoft,
squo re

Weight

per inch,
pounds

Weight
per foot,
pounds

N orm a l sha ft
lengths,
fe et

Section modulus

Mamen! o f inertio

inches

:y.
A6

1
13,-i,

.4418
.6903
.7854
1.1 075

.125
.1 95
.223
.3 14

1.50
2.35
2.67
3.77

12 -16
12-16
12- 16
12-16

.0414
.0809
.0982
.1644

.0828
. 1618
. 1963
.3288

.0155
.0379
.0491
.0976

.0311
.0758
.0982
.1952

1 114
l'l6
1 Y2
1 t '116

1.2272
1.6230
1.7671
2.2365

.348
.460
.500
.634

4.1 7
5.52
6.01
7.60

12-16
20-24
20-24
20-24

.1917
.29 16
.3313
.4718

.3835
.5832
.6627
.9435

.1 198
.2096
.2485
.3981

.2397
.4192
.4970
.7961

H4
1'%
2
2%

2.4053
2.9483
3.1416
3.7583

.682
.835
.890
1.06

8.18
10.02
10.68
12.78

20-24
20-24
20-24
20-24

.5262
.7140
.7854
1.0276

1.0523
1.4281
1.5708
2.0553

.4604
.6917
.7854
1.1240

.9208
1.3835
1.5708
2.2480

2 'l,
2 V2
2"A'
2 ,-i,

4.6664
4.9087
5.6727
6.7771

1.32
1.39
1.6 1
1.92

15.86
16.69
19.29
23.04

20-24
20-24
20-24
20-24

1.4218
1.5340
l. 9057
2.4885

2.8436
3.0680
3.8113
4.9770

1.7328
1.9175
2.5607
3.6549

3.4656
3.8350
5.1215
7.3099

3
3 'A'
3 'l6
3 V2

7.0686
7.9798
9.2806
9.621

2.00
2.26
2.63
2.73

24.03
27. 13
31.56
32.7 1

20-24
20-24
20-24
20-24

2.6507
3. 1794
3.9878
4.2092

5.3014
6.3589
7.9755
8.4185

3.9761
5.0672
6.8539
7. 3662

7.9522
10.1345
13.7079
14.7324

13

Bending

To r sion

Bendin g

Torsion

3 11A6
3 1o/6
4
4%

10.680
12. 177
12.566
13.729

3.03
3.45
3.56
3.90

36.31
41.40
42.73
46.83

20-24
20-24
20-24
20-24

4.9226
5.9932
6.2832
7.2088

9.8452
11.9865
12.5664
14.4176

9.0761
11.7992
12.5664
15.0935

18.1521
23.5984
25.1327
30.1869

4 'l6
4 Y2
4 11,-i,
4 "A6

15.466
15.904
17.373
19.147

4.38
4.50
4.89
5.43

52.58
54.07
58.67
65. 10

20-24
20- 24
20-24
20-24

8.5786
8.9462
10.1 117
11.81 74

17.1571
17.8924
20.2234
23.6348

19.0337
20.1289
23.6993
29.1742

38.0674
40.2578
47.3985
58.3483

5 'l,
5 1o/6
6 Y2

23.221
27.688
33.183

6.58
7.85
9.40

78.95
94.14
112.8

20-24
20
20

15.7833
20.5499
26.9612

31.5666
4 1.0999
53.9225

42.9108
61.0077
87.6240

85.8217
122.01 53
175.248'

574 L 1 N K - B EL T

technical information

Shaft diameter calculations a ccurate

meth od

Chart A Combined to rsional and bending moments

>-l!Q<;;,_ '"

l-

,,,, 1

,__l:!QL!!;i
,~+'~5"'1-....;...++--H--+H--+.,._-H-J-H-++-l-'::....H-++-'--i--1-H-++-l--'--l-H-H-+x
-N_._~++__,_--H--+H-++-l--'-l-H-~~+'--+~H-++-17~~
70~
1""

14U -+-1-~H-++_._.-+-<H-.._._++-+-<-++l--+-4-4-+-<i--. ~~l--IH-l--l---H--l-H-;_j...+-!---lH-M--h-+-l-+-IH-!-+++-H-.+--H-++--"~_."4---H-++-H--+H--M---l--j

"

- 7'\''l!-H-+-t-H-t-H-\--t--1

,__ ~ ~-l'n"""-nl--l--i-++-!+H-+-+++-H-+l-++++H--+1--._
l-++-l-+--l__--1__-_f_'~+
- ,.++__
+--l
__-j-j__:-,__+__+._++__+-'--'-,j:.1::.tt~,..._,__-+-4+--l__-_;-_J--1--+1--+.___+___4+--'j-j-_J--.__+._+
._:t-'6~:

....

._

~ ,__LeQ
e

o ]
~

~1-'"" 12

15011\Cl

r
..,_1-

90

'

, ,,
,_,__,,,_,_.....__._._......_._.._._~6\

Q.

oZ .;e

"'

' -

... o

a:a :;

"

.s=
,_

"'

'

''
'

"

" CT""""s,~a.
. ,4--'+'--'--:++---1~-+-!-+-1w...+..'rl
, +1+-h--:..;..;_;;_;...-1--_,-+<\-1++J

'

'

~\--', --.-l-'-'-H-+--~J,----l--'-'-iH-+-t-+T+-l-+-f-'-+--'---1-,--++---H--'\-l'--+-\'-+-H

1--

'-

',

~---

z""""'-<--"--'--~~,
~,-~--1-1-",.~
'\
__.__._..._.__,_

1\

--h

r t_....._._H-_,__,_...__.--1-'-'-+-~---'--'--++++-'--'--+'--'-++--L-- -1--+!-+++-H--+H-++--H-+-1H-!-+~
!--1-1--1--!-+--1+--l-H-++++--H--+\-l-+++-1--1-H-++__,_-Hl4-!-+.;....-H1--1--H-++--H--+1--!1-++--l--+-1

Fig. 4375

"' H 1>

io

~ .~ ~ ~

b.

f! ~ ... F-. f- ~ - 1~ ~ ~

!<!:

~ !:;- ~ ~ 1:.
!

=
Q

TORSIONAL MOMENT

Thousonds of pound inches A

Directions: Project a line ha rizonto lly from the bending momenl scole ond a nother line ver tico ll y from the
torsionol moment scale . The spoce within which the intersection folls designotes the shaft size
A Bosed on 6000 pounds per squore inch stress far shafting with keyseols. Re ler to Table 4, poge 574, for foclors
lar other stress volues.

L 1 N K - B E L T 575

technical information

Keyseating and keys

Keys in keywa ys are usuall y used to transfer torque between sprockets, gears, pulle ys,
couplings and similar items and the shafts or hubs on which they a re mounted.
Link-Belt has adopted square and fla t parallel keys and square and flat toper keys,
e ither with or without gib-head, for all applications except those transmitting extremely
heavy shock loads or those for which anothe r method of fostening may be sp ecifle d or
more desirable.
The sizes of keyways and keys for various shaft diameters given in the table b e low
comply with former ASA Standard B17. l- 1943 and are used unless otherwise ind icated.
Type and length should be specifled.

PLAIN END
KEYSEAT
1
1
1
I

ry
1

ROU ND END
KEYSEAT
(

~LENGTH

1-

WIOTH

PLAIN MIDDLE
KEYSEAT

1-<LENGTH+

f+LENGTH-

"'----------- _,,

r-------------

NECKED
END

....

1
ENGTH1

--- 1

:L__
W
L(,--

LDIAMETER

Fig. 3735

Sho f t
dio meter,
inches

...

O ver

.----- B

H [....___ __ ____,

------.)
PARALLEL KEY
ROUND ENDS

PARALLEL KEY
SQUARE ENDS

A ~JH

{ TAPER !' IN 12

GIB HEAD TAPER KEY

TAPER KEY

Gib he o d

w
Squore

To

H/ 2
Flot

Squore

Square

Flo t

Toleronce
Flo t

1 (including)

Fig. 3736

m~x.

Por ollel
W ond H

minus

Toper ond gib heo d

w
plus

H -mox.
plus

INCHES

o/a
~a

l
l Ya

l y.
l y,

1 y.
l 'h

Hove d imensions cer tified far instollation purposes.

In ordering, specify w hether parallel key square or lat, taper key or g ib
heod toper key is re quired.
Flat keys ore used only when hub diameter is too smal l fo permit the
use o f o squore key.
Round end keys furnished only w hen specified.
Jt. Refer fo Table 5, poge 574, far shaff diomefer tolerances.

576 L 1 N K - B E L T

l
l Ya
PA.
l ~

l y.
l 'h

.0020
.0020
.0020
.0020

.001
.001
.00 1
.001

.005
.005
.005
.005

.0020
.0025
.0025
.0025

.001
.001
.001
.001

.005
.005
.005
.005

.0030
.0030
.0030
.0030

.001
.001
.001
.001

.005
.005
.005
.005

Size of
set screw
far
p o r ollel
key,
inches

technical information

Equivalents weights ond meosures

1 acre
43,560 squore feet
160 squore rods
4,046.87 square meters
0.40469 hectore

centimeter
0.3937 inch
0.0328 foot
1O millimeters

1 chain
1 atmosphere, 760 mm.
29.9212 inches of mercury
33.9006 feet of water
14.6969 pounds per square inch
2, 116.35 pounds per squore foot
1.03329 kilogroms per squore centimeter

1 Brltish thermal unit

778. 104 foot-pounds
0.000393 horsepower-hour, U.S.
0.0003984 horsepower-hour, metric
1,054.9 joules
1,052 watt-seconds
0.000293 kilowatt-hour
107.577 kilogram-meters
0.252 kilogram-calorie

1 British thermal unit per second

778. 104 foot-pounds per second
1.4 147 4 horsepower, U.S.
1.43436 horsepower, metric
1,054.9 watts
1.0549 kilowatts
107.577 kilogram-meters per second
0.252 kilogram -co lorie per second

1 bushel, U.S.
2, 150.42 cubic inches
1.2 4446 cubic feet
32 dry quorts, U.S.
8 dry gallons, U.S.
35.2393 cubic decimeters

792 inches
66 feet
O.O 125 mile, U. S. stotute
20.1 168 meters
0 .02012 kilometer

1 decimeter, cubic
61.0234
0.03531
1.05668
0.02838

cubic inches
cubic foot
liquid quarts, U.S.
bushel, U.S.

1 foot
12 inches
0.33333 yard
0.06061 rod
O.O 1515 cho in
0.0001894 mile, U.S. statute
304.8 millimeters
30.48 centimeters
0.3048 meter

foot, square
144 square inches
929.03 square centimeters
0.0929 squore meter

foot, cubic
1,728 cubic inches
29.9221 liquid quarts, U.S.
7.48055 liquid gollons, U.S.
0.80356 bushels

1 foot- pound per second

0.001285 British thermol unit per second
0.0018 18 horsepower, U.S.
0.001843 horsepower, metric
0.13826 kilogrom-meter per second
0.0003237 kilogram-calorie per second
1.35573 watts
0.001356 kilowatt

gallon, liquid, U.S.

2 31 cubic inches
0.13368 cubic foot
4 liquid quarts, U.S.
0.8327 British Imperial gallan
3.78543 cubic decimeters

gallon, dry, U.S.

268.803 cubic inches
0.15556 cubic foot
4 dry quarts, U.S.
0.96897 British Imperial gallon
0.125 bushel, U.S.
4.40492 cubic decimeters

grain
0.002083 ounce, troy
0.002286 ounce, avoirdupois
0.0001736 pound, troy
0.0001429 pound, avoirdupois
0.0000648 kilogram

gram per centimeter

39.1983 grains per inch
0 .0056 pound per inch
0.0672 pound per foot
O. 1O ton, metric, per kilometer
0.1 O kilogram per meter

1 gram per cubic centimeter

0.036 13 pound per cubic inch
62.4283 pounds per cubic foot
1,000 kilograms per cubic meter
100 kilograms per hectoliter

1 foot per second

1 kilogram- calorie
3,087.77 foot-pounds
3.96832 British thermol units
0.001559 horsepower-hour, U.S.
0.001581 horsepower-hour, metric
4, 186.17 joules
426. 9 kilogram-meters
0.001163 kilowatt-hour

1 kilogram-calorie per second

3,087.77 foot-pounds per second
5.61412 horsepower, U.S.
5.692 horsepower, metric
3.96832 British thermal units per second
4, 186.17 watts
4.18617 kilowatts
426.9 kilog ram-meters per second

0.68182 mile per hour

0.3048 meter per second
1.09728 kilometers per hour

gravity
32. 171 7 feet per second per second

he eta re
1 foot per second per second
0.68 182 mile per hour per second
0.304 8 meter per second per second
1.09728 kilometers per hour per second

1 foot-pound
0.00 1285 British thermal unit
0.000000505 1 horsepower-hour, U.S.
0.00000051 21 horsepower-hour, metric
1.35573 joules
0. 13826 kilogram-meter
0.0003239 kilogram-calorie
0.0000003766 kilowatt-hour

107,639 square feet

2.47104 acres
0.003861 squore mile
10,000 squa re meters
O.O 1 square kilometer

1 horsepower, U.S.
550 foot-pounds per second
33,000 foot-pounds per minute
0.70685 British thermal unit per second
0.178 12 kilogrom-colorie per second
76.0404 kilogrom-meters per second
1.01 387 horsepower, metric
7 45.65 watts
0.7 4565 kilowatt

L 1 N K - B E L T 577

technical information

Equivalents
1 horsepower-hour, U.S.
1,980,000 foot-pounds
2,544.65 8ritish thermal unils
641.24 Kilogram-ealories
1.O 13 8 7 horsepower-hours, metric
2,684,340 joules
273.7 45 kilogram-meters
0.7 4565 kilowatt-hour

1 horsepower, metric
542.475 foot-pounds per seeond
0 .697 18 British thermal unit per seeond
0.98632 horsepower, U.S.
0.1 7569 Kilog ra m-ea lorie per seeond
7 5 kilogram-melers per seeond
735.448 watts
0.73545 kilowalt

1 horsepower-hour, metric
1,952,910 foot-pounds
2,509.83 British thermal units
0.98632 horse power-hour
2,647,61 O joules
270,000 kilogrom-meters
632.467 ealories
0 .73545 kilowatt-hour

1 inch
0.08333 foot
25.4 milli melers
0.0254 meter

1 k ilogram
1 5,432.4 grains
32.1507 cunees, troy
35.27 4 cunees, avoirdupois
2.67923 pound s, troy
2.204 62 pounds, avoird upois
0.00 1 1 02 Ion, net or short
0.0009842 ton, gross or long
0.00 1 to n, metrie
1,000,000 milligrams
100,000 eentigrams
10,000 decigra ms

1 kilogram per meter

0.056 pound per ineh
0.671 97 pound per foot
1.77 4 tons net or short per mile
1.58393 tons, gross or long
1 ton, metrie, per kilometer
1O grams per eenlimeler

1 kilogram per square centimete r

14.2234 pounds per squore ineh
2,048.17 pounds per square foot
1.0240 8 tons net or short per square foot
0.96778 a lmosphere, standard (760 mm.)

1 kllogram per hectoliter

0.0003613 pound per eubie ineh
0.62433 pound per eubie foot
0.08345 pound per liquid galle n, U.S.
O.O 1 gram per eubie eenlimeter
1O kilograms per eub ic meter

1 kilogram per cubic m e t e r

1 inch of mer cury
0.49119 pound per square ineh
13.59 inehes of water

1 inch o f water
0.0361 pound p er squore ineh
0.0735 ineh of mereury

1 inch, square
0.006944 square foot
6.4516 square eenlimelers
0.0006452 squore meter

1 inch, cubic
0.0005787 eubic foot
O.O 1732 liquid quart, U.S.
0.004329 liquid gallen, U.S.
0.000465 bushel, U.S.
16.39 eubie eentimeters

1 joule
0.73761 foot-pou nd
0.000948 British th ermal unit
0.0000003725 horsepower-hour, U.S.
0.0000003777 horsepower-hour, metrie
0.0002389 kilogram-ealorie
0.1O 198 kilogram-meler
0.0000002778 kilowatt-hour

578 L 1 N K - B E L T

0.000036 13 pound per eubic ineh

0.06243 pound per eubie foot
0.001 gram p e r eubie eenlimeler
O. 1 kilogram per heetoliter

1 k ilogram-me t er
7.233 foot-pounds
0.009296 Brilish therma l unit
0.000003653 horsepower-hour, U.S.
0.000003704 horsepower-hour, metric
9.80597 joules

0.002342 kilogram-ealorie
0.000002724 kilowatt-hour

1 k ilog r am- me t er p e r second

7.233 foot-pounds per seeond
O.O 1 315 horsepower, U.S.
O.O 1333 horsepawer, metric
0.009296 British thermal unit per seeond
0.002342 kilog ram ealorie p er seeand
9.80597 watts
0.009806 kilowalt

1 k ilome t er
39,370 inehes
3,280.83 feet
1,000 meters
0.62137 miles, U.S. slatule

1 ki lome t e r per hour

O. 911 3 4 foot per seeond
0.62137 mile per hour
0.27778 meter per seeond

weights and measures

1 kilometer p e r hour per second

O.91134 foot per seeond per seeond
0 .62137 mile per hour per seeond
0.27778 meter p er seeond per seeond

1 kilowatt
737.612 foot-pound s per seeond
1.341 11 horsepower, U.S.
1.35972 horsepower, metrie
0.94796 British therma l unit p er seeond
0.23888 kilogram-ealorie per seeond
1,000 watts
101.979 kilogram-melers per seeond
1 kilowatt-hour
2,655,40 3 fo ot-pounds
1.34111 horsepower-hours, U.S.
1.35972 horsepower-hours, metrie
3412.66 British therma l units
859.975 kilogram-ealories
3,600,000 joules
1,000 watt-hours
367, 123 kilog ram-melers
1 liter
61.023 eubie inehes
1.0567 q uarts
1,000 eubie eentimeters
1 meter
39.37 inehes
3.28083 f eet
0.001 kilometer
1,000 millimelers
100 eenlimelers
1O decimelers
1 meter p e r second
3.28083 f eet per seeond
2.23693 miles per hour
3.6 kilometers
1 mete r per second pe r second
3.28083 feet per seeond per seeond
2.23693 miles per hour per seeond
3.6 kilometers per hour per seeond
m et e r , square
1,550 square inehes
10.763 9 squa re feel
10,000 square eentimeters
100 square decimelers
mete r , cubic
61,023.4 eubie inehes
35.3 1 eubic f eet
1056.68 liquid U.S. quarls
28.38 U.S. bushels
1,000,000 cubie centimelers
1,000 eubie deeimeters

mile, U .S. statute

63,360 inehes
5,280 feet
1,760 yards
320 rods
80 ehains
1,609.35 melers
1.60935 kilometers
0.86839 mile, U.S. nautical

technical information

Equivalents weights and measures

1 mile, U.S. statut e square
27,878,400 square feet
640 acres
2,589,999 square meters
2.59 square kilometers

1 pound per cubic inch

1,728 pounds per cubic foot
27.6797 grams per cubic centimeter
2,767.97 kilograms per hectoliter
27,679.7 kilograms per cubic meter

1 pound p er foot
1 mile, U.S. statute, p er hour
1.46667 feet per second
0.44704 meter per second
1.60935 kilometers per hour

1 mile per hour per second

1.46667 feet per second
0.44704 meter per second per second
1.60935 kilometers per hour per second

1 ounce, troy
480 grains
1.09714 ounces, avoirdupois
0.08333 pound, troy
0.06857 pound, avoirdupois
0.0311 kilogram

0.08333 pound per inch

2.64 tons, nel or short, per mile
1.48816 tons, melric, per kilometer
14.8816 grams per centimeter
1.48816 kilograms per meter
2.35714 tons, gross or long

1 pound per square foot

0.006944 pound per square inch
0.0004882 kilogram per squarecentimeter
0.0004725 atmosphere, 760 mm.

1 pound per cubic foot

0.0005787 pound per cubic inch
1.24446 pounds per bushel, U.S.
O.O 1602 gra m per cubic centimeter
1.60 184 kilograms per hectoliter
16.0 184 kilograms per cubic meter

1 pound per yard

1 ounce, avoirdupois
437.5 grains
O. 91146 ounce, troy
0.07595 pound, troy
0.0625 pound, avoirdupois
0.02835 kilogram

1 pound, troy
12 ounces, troy
13.1657 ounces, avoirdupois
0.82286 pound, avoirdupois
0.0004 114 ton, net or short
0.000367 4 ton, gross or long
0.0003732 ton, metric
0.37324 kilogram

1 pound, avoirdupois
14.5833 ounces, troy
16 ounces, avoirdupois
1.21528 pounds, troy
0.0005 ton, nel or short
0.0004464 ton, gross or long
0.0004536 ton, metric
0.45359 kilogram

1 pound per inch

12 pounds per foot
3 1.68 tons, net or short, per mile
17.8579 tons, melric, per kilometer
178.579 grams per centimeter
17.8579 kilograms pe r meter
28.2857 tons, gross or long

1 pound per square lnch

144 pound s per square foot
0.072 ton, net or short, per square foot
0.07031 kilogram per square centimeter
0.06804 atmosphere, 760 mm.

0.02778
0 .33333
0.88 ton,
0.49605
4.96054
0.49605
0.78571

pound per inch

pound per foot
net or short, per mile
ton, melric, per kilometer
grams per cenlimeter
kilogram per meter
Ion, gross or short

1 pound per cubic yard

0.00002143 pound per cubic inch
0.03704 pound p e r cubic foot
0.04609 pound per bushel, U.S.
0.0005933 gram per cubic centimeter
0.05933 kilogram per hectoliter
0.59327 kilogram per cubic meter

1 quart, liquid, U. S.
57.75 cubic inches
0 .03342 cubic foot
O. 94636 cubic d ecimeter

1 quart, dry, U.S.

67.2006
0.03889
0.25 dry
0.03125
1 . 1O1 2 3

cubic inches
cubic foot
gallan, U.S.
bushel, U.S.
cubic d ecimeters

1 radian
57.29578 degrees

1 radian per second

0. 159155 revolution p er second

1 rod
198 inches
16.5 feet
5.5 yards
0.25 chain
0.003125 mile, U.S. statute
5.02921 melers
0.005029 kilometer

1 rod, squa r e
39,204 square inches
272.25 square feet
0.00625 acre
0.000009766 square mile, U.S. statute
25.293 square meters

1 ton, net o r short

2,000 pounds, avoirdupois
2,430.56 pounds, troy
0.89286 tons, gross or long
O. 90719 Ion, metric

1 ton, net or short, per mile,

U. S. statute
0.03157 pound per inch
0.37879 pound per foot

1 ton, gross or long

2240 pounds, avoirdupois
2722.22 pounds, troy
1. 12 tons, net or shorl
1.01605 tons, metric

1 ton, gross or long, per mile

0.03535 pound, per inch
0.42424 pound per foot

1 t on, metr ic
2,204.62 pounds, avoirdupois
2,679.23 pounds, troy
1.10231 tons, net or shorl
O. 98421 ton, gross or long
1,000 kilograms

1 ton, m e tric, per kilometer

0 .056 pound per inch
0.67 1 97 pound per foot
1.77 4 tons, net ar short, per mile
1.58393 tons, gross or long, per mile
1O grams per cenlimeter
1 kilogram p er meter

1 watt
0.73761 foot -pound per second
0.001341 horsepower, U.S.
0.00136 horsepower, metric
0.000948 British lhermal unit per second
0.0002389 kilogram-calorie per second
0.00 1 kilowalt
0 .10198 kilogram-meter per second

1 yard
36 inches
3 feel
O. 91 44 me ter

1 yard, square
1,296 square inches
9 square feel
0.83613 square meter

1 yard, cubic
46,656 cubic inches
27 cubic feel
764.559 cubic decimelers

L 1 N K - B E l.:. T 579

technical information

Descending run of inclined bucket elevators

Ex ample
The line drawing (Fig. 6242) represents an inclined b ucket
elevator with ascending run supported by idlers ond descending run hanging free and forming a catenary curve. Data pertaining to this curve can be obtained from the following:
Length of descending run = F1H
Tension in descending run = F2W H
Distonce S on drowing = F3 H
Distance D on drawing = F4 H
Angle Bon drawing-see Table
Contact angle-see Table l
F1, F2, Fa, f 4 = factors from Table
H = vertical distonce between shaft centers, feet
W = weight of em pty buckets and cha in or belt, per foot,
pounds

For a bucket elevator inclined 65 from horizontal, with 60-foot

vertical centers, and with l foot of empty buckets ond belt
weighing 62 pounds;
Length of descending run
Tension in d escending run

1.17 X 60 = 70.2 feet

1.18 X 62 X 6 0 = 4390
pounds
Distance S = .25 X 60 = 15 feet
Distance D = .14 X 60 = 8.4 feet
Angle B = 81 7 '
Contact angle = 163 53'
In practice, tension is usuolly put in the descend ing run by use of
tokeups or adjustable bearings, to decrease or prevent its
swoying and to increase the driving effect of the upper wheel
when a belt is used for corrying the buckets. This normally
decreoses distonce D to about 4 0% ond chonges factor F3
for distance S to vory from .37 to .40.

Ta ble 1 Dota for inclined bucket elevators

degrees

run leoves

F,

F,

f3
1

Hang of return belt on inclined elevator without take-up tension .

Ang le B al
which oscending

Factors

Angle
A,

upper wheel

Contoct
ongle of choin
or belt o n
u pper wheel

DEGREES AND MIN UTES

45
50
55
60
65

1.50
1.39
1.30
1.23
1.17

1.62
1.46
1.34
1.25
1.18

.26
.26
.26
.25
.25

.20
.19
.18
.16
.14

67- 34
71-36
75- 9
78-23
81 - 7

157-26
158-24
159-51
161-37
163-53

70
75
80
85
90

1.12
1.08
1.05
1.02
1.00

1.13
1.08
1.05
1.02
1.00

.24
.23
.22
.20

.12
.10
.07
.04

.. .

83 -32
85-39
87-28
88-57
90- o

166-29
170-29
172-33
176-0 3
180- o

..

Moy be used to locote lip of dischorge chu te

Length of turns and curves trol ley conveyors and Trukveyors

Lengths of vertical curves and lengths of inclined straight track sections for double vertical curves.
Develo p e d length of double curves = 2E+ J where
E= 0.0175RA (se e Table 1)
K
J =sin

(see Table 2)
0
K= H-2C
C = R- R cos O (see Table 3)
Horizontal length of double curves= 2D + L where
D=R sin O
l = K col O
Not e: l. Rodi of uppcr ond low er cur'W'"':S ore usuolly equo l. When th"y
ore nof, E"Ot:'h
cnd D dim,..nsion will d iArr in IPngth.
2. J will = O for conrinuous double curves.

Length between tangents

E= 0.01 75 R O (see Table 1)

580 L 1 N K - B E L T

Double vertical curve

technical information

Length of turns and curves tro lley co nveyo rs and Trukveyo rs

Table 1 Centerline are length (E) for vertical curves and horizontal turns

R~:!~'

Ang le O. d egrees

;~~~.
o. J
0-6
0-9
1-0
1-J
1-6
1-9
2 -0
2- J
2 -6
2 -9
J-0
J -J
J-6
J -9
4 -0
s -o

6 -o
7 -0
B-0
9-0
10-0
11-0
12-0
lJ-0
14-0
1S-0

16-0
17-0
lB-0
19-0
20.0

10

v.
y,

~~-3-_ _ _3_5 _1--_4_

15

y,

l i.
1%
2 \lt
2 'fo
J l4

1"
2 14
2 1a
2'/t

4 11
SY,

6 1
7 'A.

7 V1
B'/1

2r,

9~

J Y,
J :y,
J11
JlS
4%

6"
7%

10 %
11
7 r.
ll :Y.
B'fo 1- O%
s v.
10\12 1- J11
61 1- O% 1. 6 r.
7% 1- 211!1. l-10
B'fo l - 4 :Y. 12 - l l4
9 '11. 1- 6 % 2- 4 \1
lO Y, 1- B"Jl. 2 - 7 '11.
ll Y, l - l l 'A. 2 - 10%
1- 0 % 2- l Yo J . J11
1- 1% 2- J y. J - 4"
1- 2 1\.i. 2- Sll J - B
1- J 1\,io 2- 7 '11. J - 11 14
1- 4 :Y. 2- 9 Y, 4 - 2 \4
1- S 1% 2- 1 l Yo 4 - S'!.
1- 6 r1 J . ll'A. 4 - BY..
1- 7 r , J . J 1J4. 11 11
1- "116 J - s r . Is- 2"

l i.
2 14
J l4

l ti.
2 'fo
J"
S\I

1%
J l4
4 11
6%

SV.

4 ~,

6%

7 r,

6~.

7 r.

9%
B/,
lO Y,
9~
1 l :Y.
lO Y, 1- l 'A.
11 y, 1- 2 '11
1- 0 % 1- J 11
1- 1 'fo 1- S
1- 2 11 11- J 1\.i. l 1- 4 :Y. 1- B"
i . B ~ 2 - 2%
2 - i Yo 2- 7 '11.
2 - S ~ J- 0 %
2 - 9 Y, J - S r1
J. 1'1!1. J-11 14
J . s r . 4 - 4 'fo
J-101!1. 4 - 9 '/1
4- 2 \4 S- 2"
4- 6 '11. S- B'llo
4 - 10 % 6- 1%
S- 2" 6- 6%
S- 7
6-ll :Y.
S- 11 % 7- s
6 - J !a 7 -10 \4
6 - 7 % 8 - J Y,
6 - 1 l :Y. B- B11
7 11,

9~

11
1- 0%
1- 2 \1,
1- J 11
1- SV.
1- 6 r .
1- B ~
1-10
1-11 %
2. 114
2- 7 '11.
J- 111
J. B
44S- 2"
S- 9 \11
6- J 'fo
6 - 9 1\.io
7 - J SJI
7-10\4
B- 4 Y,
B-10'%
9 - Sl4
9 - 11 '11
10- s 11

111
J Y,
S'A.
o v.

_ __
4_5 _ _ _5_0 _

2 14
4%
6%
B'fo
lO Y,
1- 0 %
1- 21111
1- 4 :Y.
1- 6 %
1- B"
1- 11 \.i.
2 - 1 Yo
2 - J V.
2 - S'A.
2 - 7 '11.
2 - 9 y,
J. s r .
4 - 2 v.
4-10%
S-7

6- J 'fo
6-ll :Y.
7- B\11
8 - 4 Y,
9 - 0 "11
9 - 91
s11
9 - 9'11 11 - 21!1.
10- 4 % 11 - 10'!1.
10- ll "ti. 12- 6"
11 - 7 \4 lJ- J 11,
12- 2v. l J - 11 %

__
5_5 -1
1

60

:- 6-5 -

1---7- -

'-

J 'fo
J 11
SV.
61%
7%
7 r,
B'fo
9~
10%
11
9~
lO Y,
l l Y, 1- 0 % 1- l 'fo 1- 2 1\.i
1 l :Y. 1- l i. 1- 2'/, 1- J 1l. 1- S
1- 6 %
1- 2 14 1- J 1l. 1- s v. 1- 6 r . 1- B ~ 1- 10
1- 4 Y, 1- 6 % 1- B% 1-10
1-11 "
1- 6 r , 1- B"
1-ll 'A. 2- 1 14
1- 9% 1- 1 1% 2- 1'1 2- 4 \4
1-11 % 2 - 2 % 2- 4 u1 2- 7 ~
2- l'JI. 2 - 4"
2 - 7''A 2-10%
2- 4 \4 2 - 7 ~ 2 - 10% J - 111
2 - 6 % 2 - 1O'A. J - 1 ~ J. 4 1%
2- 9
J. 0 % J . 4 1 J. B
2- 1 1'\ J - J \I. J - 7 % J-11 Yo
J . 1'\.i. J- s r . J - 101!1. 4- 2 v.
J.11 v. 4. 4 'fo 4. 9 % s. 21..
4- B% s s - 9 Yo 6- J 'fo
S- 6
6 - l JI. 6- B'fo 76 - J 'fo 6 - ll :Y. 7 - BYo 8 7- 01% 7 - lO V. 8 - 7 11 9 7-10 \4 B- 8 11 9- 7 % 108 - 711!1. 9 - 7 % 10119 - S \lt 10- S"A. 111210- 2\12 11 - 4 Yo 1210-11' 12 - 2 % lJ11 - 9 'fo lJ- 11,.i, 14By, 17- 0 % lB- J"
12- 6 " lJ-11 % lS- 4s1 16- 9 \.i. lB -1" 19- 6~,
lJ - 4 \1. 14- 10 16- JUti. 17- 9 fa 19- J ~ 20- 9 \1,
14 - 1'/t lS- By, 17- J1t 118-10'11 20- S 11 21 - ll r,
14 - 1 l 'Ao 16- 6 "ti. lB- 2 r, 19-lO:Y. 21 - 61'A. 2J- 2 %
is - a y, 17 - s ;. 19- 2 y, 20. 11 1-i. 22. Bv. 24- s1
2 :y,
4111
7 \.16

2 :y,

J 14
6 1

2r.
S:Y.

7- 5_

1_ _
80_ , _ _8_5_

.,__9_0 _

J 1i.i.

4 '116
4~
4 ' \.16
7 r,
B'fo
B%
9~
ll :Y. 1- 0 % 1- l 'fo 1- 214
1- J 1l. 1- 4 :y, 1- s 1~ 1- 6 r,
1- 7 % 1- B1% 1- 10\4 1- 11 %
1- 11 % 2 - 1 Yo 2- 2 11-1. 2- 4 \4
2 - J y, 2- SJI. 2- 7 Yo 2 - 9
2 - 7 ~ 2- 9 \12 2- 11'/a J. l''A.
2 - 1 ]>JI J. 111\ J- 4 \.i. J. 6 ~
J - J V. J. SV. J- BY, J-11 Yo
J. 7 % J - 10\.i. 4- 0 "JI. 4- J 1%
J - 11 Yo 4 - 2 \4 4- s ~ 4- B%
4 - J \.i. 4 - 6 '11. 4- 9 V1 S- 1 \I
4- 7
4 - 10% S- 2 % S- 6
S- 21% S- 6 :Y. S- 101\.i.
s- 7
S-1 1% 6 - J 'fo
6 - 1 l :Y. 7 - s
7.1o v.
B- 4 y, B-1 0 "
9- s v.
9- 9 s1 10 - 4 % 10- 11'%
ll-21!1. ll -1 0 '11. 12-6' %
12- 6 " IJ- 4 \1 14- 1%
lJ-11 % 14-10
l S- BY,
1S- 41 16- J U 17- J 'fo
By, 16- 9 \.i. 17- 9 % lB-10%
0 % lB - l " 19- J '!. 20- S'A.
J u 19 -6% 20- 9 \4 2 1-ll Vt
19- 7 % 20- 11 % 22- J 'Ao 2J- 6 :Y.
20-11 1-i. 22- 41,.i, 2J- 8 1% 2S- 1%
2 2- J \.i. 2J- B" 2S- 2'/t 2 6- B'!.
2J- 6 '1 2 S- 1% 26- B'!. 28- J ll6
24-10~ 26- 6 '11 2B- 2 \4 29-l OYo
26- 21 27-11 v. 29- B'A. Jl- s

Table 2 lnclined length ( J) of straight track sections for double vertical curves
K,

Angle

f cet

o nd

inc.hes

,_

10

20

25

40

O. degrees

45

--1%
l '!.

11 y,
J r.
2 'fo
S:Y.
2'1-i.
1- 1Q1Sfi.
11 y,
7 :y.
s r.
4 :Y.
11 %
7 14
B:Y.
2- 10'!1. 1- s v.
J . 9 r . 1- 1 1'Ao 1- J '!.
11 1',i,
9 '11.
0-S
4- 9 'fo 2- 4 "11. 1- 71-i. 1- 2 %
11 "A.
0-6
S- B"A. 2 - 10% 1- 11 % 1- S% 1- 2%
0-7
6- Bi.i. J . 4 5116 2 - J l. 1- B'!. 1- 4 %
0-8
7- 71.. J - 1011 2 - 6 "11. 1-1 l 'fo 1- 6 1%
B- 7 \4 4 - J 1% 2 - lO:Y. 2 - 21-i. 1- 91-i.
0 -9
0-10 9 - 6 :Y. 4 - 9 % J - 2 % 2 - s v. 1-11'',i,
0 -11 10- 6 Y, S- J 'fo J - 6 Y, 2 - 8 % 2- 2
1- o 11 - s1111. S- 9 Yo J - 10'fo 2 - 1 l'A. 2- 4 '11
2- o 22 - 11 'fo 11 - 6 111. 7- B;. S - 10 ~. 4 - B1%
J - o J4- S'A. 17- J JI 11 - 7 1ti. B- 9\4 7- 1%
4 - o 4S-1 o v. 2J- o;. lS- s ;. 11- BJI 9- S%
S- o S7- 4 '11. 2B- 9 Y, 19- J1% 14- 7 '11. 11-10
6 - o 6B-1 OYo J4- 6 'fo 2J- 211 17- 6Y, 14- 2:Yt
7 - o BO- J l'Ji. 40- J :Y. 27- '116 20- S% 16- 6 :Y.
B- o 91- 9 '11. 46- 0 1% J0- 10'% 2J- 4111 18-11 Yo
9- o lOJ- J I\ S1 - 9 "\ J4- 9 \4 26- J :Y. 21 - J %
10- o 1 14- B% S7- 7 1JI. JB- 7 % 29- 2 % 2J- 7 1511.
0- 1
0 -2
0-J
0 -4

35

30

1 y.
2
4
J Y,
J l4
41',i,
6
s v.
B
7
6 \4
1o
Bll-1.
7 Y.
9s1
1- o
10'!1.
1- 2 1- 0 %
10 r .
1- 4 1- 1"A. 1- o ;.
1- 6 1- JllJI. 1- 2
1- 8 1- s ;. 1- J %
1- 10 1- 7 % 1- SYo
2- o 1- 81% 1- 6i,.
4- o J . SJ.i. J - 11
6- o S- 2 :Y. 4 - B
B- o 6 - 1 ll ';i. 6- 2 1111,
10- o 8 - B'fo 7- 9ti.
12 - O 1Q. SY, 9 - 4
14- o 12- 2 '11. 10-101111.
16- o lJ- 1 l 'fo 12- S :Yt
1 B- o 1S- BI 14- o
20- 017- SJI. 1S- 6 1'11<

21%
4 \4
s1111.
7 \.i.
a y,

50

55

70

75

85

80

90

J '!.
4%

1 14
2%
J i.i.
4 '11.

l \,io
2 Yo
J ll6
4 v.

l \,io
211
J Y,
4 Yo

1
2
J 1ti.
4 111o

6 14

S:Y.

SY,

SJI.

SA.

Sll6

7 A.

6"11.
B1JI.
9 \4
lO 'fo

6%

6 'fo

6%

6 \.16

7 Y.

7~

7 V.

7 Yo

l't i.
2%
J 1%

1 v.
2 '11.
J llfi<

s v.

4 r.

6 \12
7 "11.
9 Yo

81
9:y,
107,io
l H'.
11
1- llti. 1- 0 %
l 2 '!t 1- 1 '11.
1- Jllll 1- 2 %
2- 7 ti. 2- SJI
J-11
J . 7 1%
s- 7 r . S- 2 1\.16 4-10'/e
7- o r . 6- 6 11. 6- 1 v.
7 - J r,
B- S 1% 7-10
9 - 101% 9- 1 'lt B- 6%
11 - J :Y. 10- S\ 9- 9 1\
12- B:Y. 11- 9
10-11 "A.
14- 11111. lJ- O'/t 12- 2 Y,
9%
11 1-i.
1- O:Y.
1- 2 \lt
1- J JI
1- s
2- 9"11.
4- 2"11.

65

60

1 Yo
2~

11 ~.

112J.
4-

Q11Ji.
1
J 11A.

v.

S%
7~

S- 9 5116
6 - 11 v.

B9101 1-

1
2r,

41 i,.
6%

1
2
J
4

1
2
J
4

B1%
9 "11.
11'\

B\11
8
B\12
BA.
9%
9 A.
9 Yo
9 \.io
1 O'Ao
10 '/o
lO'fo
1OYo
111111.
11 %
11 'Ao
1- o v.
1 l 'fo
1- 1 v. 1. o :y, 1- 0 '11. 1- OA. 1- Ol.
2- 2 Y, 2- 1% 2. o r . 2 - O'fo 2- 0 \.16
J. J :y. J. 2 11. J. l v. J - 0 % J - OYa
4 - 4"JI. 4- J ',.i, 4- ll';i. 4- O:Y. 4- 0 %
S- 6 % S- J r. S- 2 Yo S- QISJI. S- o v.
6 - 7 '11. 6 - 4 '/t 6- 2% 6 - l Yo 6- o v.
7 - B1\.i. 7 - S'la 7- 2"JI. 7- 1116 7- 0 %
B- 9 "116 B- 6 % B- J 'fo 8- 1 y, B- 0 '/1
9-11 % 9 - 6 ' % 9 - J 1% 9 - 1'\,lo 9 - 0 '11.
11- 0 % 10- 7 1i,. 10- 4 \4 10- i r . 10- o ;.

8
9
10
11
1-0
2 -0
J-0
4-0
S-0

6 -0
7-0
8-0
9-0
10-0

Table 3 Drop (C) for single vertical curves,.

Angle

20

J-0 1 14
4-0 %

S-0

"A.

6 -0
7 -0
B-0
9 -0
10-0
11 -0
12-0
14 -0
16-0
lB-0
20 -0

v.
v.

'fo

1 14
'JI. 1 v.
% 1'11.
'ti. 1%
'ti. 11%
y,
2
% 2 \
'/1 211.
:y. 2"JI.
' '1-16 J A.
' 'A. J Y,

1v.
l 'fo
2 \.io
2 '11.
2 r.
J V.
J 1\,io
411
4 y,
4 u1
s v.

6%
7 'fo

BJI.

25

2%

J '/a

2 r.

4Y,
S'fo

J 'fo
4 1-i.
S'Ao
S%

6 Y,
7 \4
71%
B111
10 \lt
11 %
1- 1
1- 2Y,

6 :Y.
7 r.

9
10 Yo
11 v.
1- O'fo
1- 1 y,
1- J :y.
1- 6
1- a v.
1- 1Oy,

30

4 1'11.
6 '11.
B'Ao
9%
11 v.
1- 0 %
1- 2 Y,
1- 4 \.io
1- s 111
1- 7 '11
1- lO Y,
2- 1 y,
2- 4 "116
2 - BYo

35

40

6 Y,
Bl\,io

B'!.
11 v.
1o r . 1- 2 \.io
1- 1
1- 4 r.
1- J JI 1- 7 %
1- S'fo 1-10'!1.
1- 7 % 2 - 1 v.
1- 9 1\.io 2- 4 \,io
1- 11 r. 2 - 6 r.
2- 21\ 2- 9 1111,
2- 6 \11 J. J ll
2- lO:Y. J.
J . J 11 4 - 2 %
J . 73/1 4 - B\la

"A.

O. degrees

45

10%
1- 2\,io
1- S%
1- 9 14
2- 0 %
2 - 4 Ya
2- 7 %
2 - 11 Yo
J . 2 1\.i,
J . 6 111,
4- 1'11
4- BV.
S- J v.
S -101

50

1- o v.
1- Sl4
1- 9 '11.
2- 1 y.
2- 6
2 - 101
J - 2 '116
J - 6 Vt
J - 11 Ya
4SS-

67-

65

55

1-1- B'!.
J 'fo

1-6
2-0
2 -6
J-0
J-6

2- 1%
2- 6 1111.
2-11'%
J. 4 "116 4-0
4-6
J-10 111
4- J 'A.
S-0
4 - BJI.
S-6
6-0
J ~. S- l :Y,
S-1 1'/1
7-0
o
BI 6 - 9 r .
B-0
S\ 7 - BYa
9-0
1 :y. B- 6 1 10-0

70

1- 8 "11. 1- 11'1!1.
2 - JllJI. 2- 7 %
J - J Y,
2-10 %
J- S%
J - 11 'fo
4 - OY,
4 - 7 V.
4- 7 '11.
S- J A.
S- 2 'fo
S- 1 llA.
S- 9 5\
6- 6 1SJI.
6- 2 15ti. 7 - 2 v.
6-11 \11
7-1 o v.
9 - 21
B- 1
9- 2 r. 10- 6 1
10- 4'\.i. 11 - 1 OYa
11 - 6 % lJ- l "JI.

75

2 - 2 1\.io
2-11 %
J. BY,
4- S%
s - 2 v.
S-11 Ya
6 - 8 \.io
7 - 4"\
B- 1'%
B- lO :Y.
1 O- 4 Y,
11-10%
lJ- 4 Ya
14- 9 r .

80

2 - SY.
J - J 11A.
4- 1%
4-11 y,
S- 9 '11.
6- 7 511.
7- s v.
8 - J I\
9 - ]'JI
9 - 11
11 - 6"116
1 J- 2 \.i.
14- lOY,
16- 6 5116

85

1 90

2- B%
J. 71'11.
4- 6 :Y.
S- B%
6- 4111
7- J 'fo
B- 2 ~.
9- 1%
1O- OY,
10- 11 '!1.
12- 9 3/t
14- 7 \4
16- S%
1 B- J \.i,

J -0
4-0
S-0

6 -0
7-0
B-0
9 -0
10-0
11 -0
12-0
14- 0

16-0
lB-0
20-0

Tobuloted to neo resl !A."

L 1 N K - B E L T 581

subsidiary com pani es

U .n kll!!Belt Speeder
:

~. -~

.; .

Corpora'lion
Modern monufocturing facilities ot Ceder Ropids, lowo
produce the odvonced-design line of Link-Belt Speeder
shovel-crones ovoiloble os crowler, truck, or rubber-tired
models in the 1/2 to 3-yord, 8 to 75-ton copocity ronges.
All these mochines ore full y convertible ond con be used
os shovels, hoes, cron es, droglines, clomshells, or os piledrivers. link-Belt Speeder olso offers o complete line of
diese l pile driv ing ho mmers.
Link-Belt Speeder shovel-crones offer o true powe r
hydroulic control system, torque converters for oll models,
ond greoter usoble horsepower. Link-Belt Speeder products set high p roduction stondords in mony fle ld s-

building roods, setting steel, pouring ce ment, snoking

logs, mining, quorrying, digg in g pipeline tre nches, excovoting for foundotions, driving p iles, ond industria l
plont looding, unlooding, ond stockpiling. As pedestolmounted versions of stondord models, Link-Belt Speeder
Seo-Crones ore serving off-shore drilling rigs ond supply croft.
Over 150 distri butors loc oted throughout the world
stock replocement ports ond offer soles ond service
facilities. Cotologs ond speciflcotions on oll models ore
ovoiloble from these distributors or from the moin office
in Cedo r Ropids, lowo.

58

68

se rie !!.

.se ries

models

models

...

...

1
series series series
I models
"
1models
"
'" I
models

...

...

...

K-300
ser ies
models

K-608
se ries

models
1

Sh ove l ratings, cubic y ard s

Dragline and clam sh e ll

\/2

:y.

:y.

1
--

...

1 \/2- l 3..

Standard boom length, feel

Capacity, cubic yards

30
\/2

30
Y,-%

30
% -1

40
1-1 y.

40

50

60
3-4

30
10

30
10

30
10

40
10

40
10

Lifting cran e
Standard boom length, feel
Minimum rod ius, feet

... 1 \/2-2
---- -50
12

60
12 0

Capocity rotings in tons al

minimum radius

8.2-12.5 11.2-1 7.5 16-30 22-35 35-40 26.6-36.6 68.4-74.5 0

.A Series includes crowle r, truck ond wheel-mounted

models.

Bu lk mate rlals handllng - Because a link-Bel! Speeder

clomshell is cont ro lled with minimum effort, the operotor is less
prone to fa tigue ond con mointoin o high output throughout
the day.

582 L 1 N K - B E L T

o Series includes crawler -mounted models only.

O Fer comparotive roling purposes.

General lndustrial -link Belt Speeder lruck-crones travel anywhere, provide

p o sitive control over lift and swing of load a l ali times to increose speed o nd
accuracy, promote sofety.

subsidiary companies

)(ARCONA MINlNG Co.

RROll:CVRD

IUll ~H

J
SllP'lt

Cons truction -With power hydroulic controls, Link-Bel! Speeder truck-cranes quickly ond safely position
heavy, unwieldy loads during plan! conslruction-offer odded utility for plan! maintenance.

Yord storage - Rubber-tired, one-man operated yard cranes

roll quickly, easily through narrow aisles. lndependenl swing
and trove! eliminates shifting, increoses mobility ond moneuverobility.

Quarrylng- Designed o nd built for extra strength ond stamino, Link-Bel! Speeder
shovels loke full odvontoge of ovoiloble engine power to deliver greoter usoble
horsepower.

L 1 N K - B E L T 583

subsidiary companies

Synl'ron Company
The Syntron Company manufactures widely diversified fines of products. The Syntron electromagnetic
d rive is used to produce the vibratory action in bin vibrators, feeders, jolters, packers, p icking
tables, screens, paper joggers and sieve shakers, with re lated automatic electronic control equipment-all engineered and produced b y Syntron. Other equipment in the wide range of Syntron
products is listed ot the bottom of the next page. These products contribute greatly to the vita l o re o
of automotic operation in modern industries- in handling, processing, ond pockog ing ports and
bulk moteriols efficiently ond economically.
District soles offices, locoted in principal cities, handle the sa le of Syntron products in the United
States. Cotalogs illustrating and descri bing Syntron equipment ore ovoilable from these offices
or from the ma in office in Homer City, Pennsylvonio.

Vibr a- Flow
vibratory fee ders

Vibra- Flow
d ry feed er machines

Weigh-Flow
gravimetric feed ers

Vibralory feeders provide inslanlaneous regulatian of !he role of bulk material Aow-hot or
cald, dry or damp, fine powders to large lumpsfrom pounds ta hundreds of tons per hour. A
single dial control increases or decreases the
flow eilher manualiy or automaticaliy lo crushers,
bali milis, mixers, and other processing equipment. Refer to page 100 of this catalog.

Dry feeder machines ore used extensively far

!he controlied low rote feeding of dry chemical
reogenls in water and sewage treatment
processes, and controliing !he feed af additives
and other bulk materials to processing equipment such os pulverizers, dryers, separators,
cookers and mixers. Refer to page 447 of this
catalog.

ous weigh feeding of bulk material al a constan!

weig ht. Setting of the scale automaticaliy maintains desired flow per unit of ti me. Models ore
available with maximum capacities from pounds
to 100 tons per hour. Refer to page 106 af this
catalog.

Grovimetric feeders provide occurote, continu-

Vibra ting screens

The complete line of Syntron vibroting screens includes types and models far caerse scalping, medium and
fine dry separation, and wet screening. The grizzly bar and scree ning feeder types provide both controlled
feeding and screening. Ali types use the Syntron electromagnetic drive. Refer to page 418 of t his cata log.

584 L 1 N K - B E L T

subsidiary companies

Transfer and storage

parts feeders

Vertical vibratory
parts feeders
Ports feeders provide far the oriented position,
controlled rote, single line feed ing o f portsfrom o tiny balance wheel to on
cylinder
heod ba h - to vorious outomotic mochines.
Feeders con be furni shed with grovity feed
trocks far dischorging ports to plocing de vices,
indexing tables, dies ond covities. Refer to
p oge 506 of thls cotolog.

Ve r tical vibratory
splral feede r s

Designed to elimino le the manual handling o f

ports between processing operations ond to increose production, these p orts feeders receive
ports ot one level from one o peration, orient a r
p osition the p orts, ond dischorge a t another
level above o r below, to o sub sequent o peration. The helix ond the bowl provide live storage
far ports being transferre d . Refer to poge 507
o f this cotolog.

This opplicot1on of vibratory motion provides

fa r the elevating or lowering of bulk materio ls
ond p o rts in bulk. The rote of flow con be inflnitely reguloted from minimum to moximum.
Because of the large surface oreo of the spiral
ramp, efficient conveclion or forced oir cooling

of bulk moteriols con be accomplished. Refer

to poge 507 of this catalog.

Iris flow control valves

These volves provide far the p ositive flow control ond shut-off o f free -flowing bulk moteriols
from bins, hoppers, ond chutes-ar controlling
eddy-free oir far heoting, ventiloting, ond
drying. The flexible diophrogm farms concentric
opertures when opening a r closing, without
jomming ar clogging. Refer to poges 75 ond 81
of this coto log.

Pulsating magnet
electric bin vibrators

Re ctifier powe r
conve rsion units

Electric bin vibrotors promote a free flow of bulk

moterials from the smallest hopper, large storoge
bunkers, inclined chutes, or hopper bottom roilroad cors. The controlled, e lectromag ne tic vibrotions break down orching ond plugging. A
variety of sizes is avoilable.

Rectifler power conversion units con be furnished

with mognetic amplifler controlled voltoge ond
current output. Stepless voltoge voriotion ond
close curren! control ore extremely vo luoble
fo r mony industrial applicotions requiring direct
current power.

Other Syntron products

packers and jol ters

selenium rectiflers

portable electric saws

test sieve shakers

selenium rectifler battery chargers

gasoline hammer paving breakers

vi~rating

electric heating elements

lapping machines

hopper level switches

infra-red heating panels

vibrating paper joggers

sinuated electric heating element wire

mechanical shaft sea ls

electric hammers and hammer drills

gasoline hammer rock drills

gasoline hammer spike drivers
co ncrete vibrators, el ectroma gnetic form type
concrete vib rators, flexibl e shaft ma ss typ e
vibrating floats and compactors

L 1 N K - B E L T 585

subsidiary companies

Power Screwdriver
Company

The Detroit Power Screwdriver Compony designs

Company in conjunction with conveyors facilitates

and manufactures highly specia l ized automated

the automatic assembl y of small parts. In the fleld

equipment used in a ssembly operations. The com-

of mechanical parts o ssembly , hand opera tions ore

pony's customers include the automotive industry,

reduced a nd substantial savings in a ssembl y costs

monufacturers of aircraft, pharmoceuticals, toys,

ore realize d.

hardware, photographic and electrical equi pment,

Sales ond serv ice representatives for !he Detroit

and many other producls. A line of st and ard screw

Power Screwd river Company are located in the

and nut driving machines and p e ris feeding de-

majar industrial oreas of !he United States a nd

vices are built into special machines that outo-

Cenada. Catalogs are available from these rep -

matically assemble a great vori ety of parts. Th e

equipment made by Detroit Power Screwd river

resent atives or from !he main o ffice in De troit,

Supe r-size scr e wdrive r Ooub le -spindle se tup outomotico lly feeds ond drives wing nuts in
cellulose mop heod ossemblies.

Triple -spindle Three screwdriving heod s o p erote simultoneously to inserl odjusling screws
into outomobile heodlight ossembly.

586 L 1 N K - B E L T

Michigan.

Automotive osse mbly Three hop p ers, each

with o feeding mechonism lo insert leed b o lls to
seol corbureto r peris prior to final ossembly.

Hopper feeding d evice Assembly mochine

places split lock woshers on outomo tive body
bolts ond preloods ossemblies into mogozines.

Automatic rotary feed e r s in action Feeders outomoticolly sor! ond fee d

nuts to outo mo tic to p ping mochines. O p erotors move from mochine to mochine,
checking equipment ond supplying nut blonks when required.

index

index
Subject

Po ge

A
Aeroted grit collectors, Stroightline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... .... . . . 444
Aeropoise refuse control. . .
. . .. ....... . .. . .. . .. ........ 4 58
Air-pulsoted wosh box . . . . . . .
. . . ... . . . .. .... . . .. 457-459
Angle Aonged troughs, screw conveyor .. . ........ , . . . . . . . .
. . 272
Anti-runowoys, tro lley conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517-538
Apron conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .... . . . .. . . . .. 248-258
Apron feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . . . .... . .. .. . .. . .. 87-95
Apron pons, casi . . . . .
. . .. . . .. . .. .. . . .. 251
Archimedes-type conveyors . . .. . . . . .
. . . . . . . . ... .. . . 292
Are lengths ond inclined lengths of trock for trolley conveyors
ond Trukveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 580-58 1
Arm ond troy elevotors . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . 500-505
Automotic power shovels, power unlooding scoops .
. . .. . .. 60-6 1
Automotic vertical grovity tokeups, belt conveyor .. . . . . . .... 198, 235

B
Bockstops, belt conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . .
... ..... .
200, 225
Bockstops, bucket elevotors . . . . . . . . .
351
Bockstops, trolley conveyors. .. . . . . . .
517, 538
Boll beoring rollers for roller turns, trolley conveyors .
. . 514
Bar !light feeders . . . . . . . . .
1 10- 1 11
Borrel elevotors, orm ond tro y .. . . . . . . . . .
500-505
Bar screen, Stroightline . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Bar screen, Thru-Cleon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
439
BA vibroting screens . . . . . . . . . . .
..... .. .. . .
406, 4 1 6
Beoring ond shoft load colculotions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570-572
Belt conveyors . . ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127-235
Contents .
. . . . . . ...... 1 27
lntroduction ond instollotions .. . . . .. . ... . .. . .... . . .... . 127-136
Typicol orrongements . . . .... . . . . . .. . ...... . . .. .. ... 137-138
Typicol cross sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Eng ineering . . . .. . .. . .. . ... ..... .. ....... ... .. . .. . . .. 140- 174
Components .
. .. ... . . . .. . . .. . . ... . .. .. . .. . . .. .. 175-200
Auxiliory e quipment . .. . . . . . .. . ... . .... .. . ... .... ... 201-212
Pre-sele:ted termino Is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213-22 1
Pre-Bilt sectionol be lt conveyors .. .... . .. . . .... . . .. . ... .. 222-235
Belt conveyor idlers, see belt idlers
Belt conveyors, Aot . . . .... . . .. .. . ... . .... . .. . . . . . . . .. . 497-499
Belt conveyor stockers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209-21 O
Belt conveyo r brid ges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Belt conveyor plows . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .. ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . 209
Belt conveyor vesse l looders ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 211
Belt conveyor vesse l unlooders . . . ....... . . . .. . . ........ . ... 211
Belt elevators, see bucket e levotors, types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309-3 1 2
Belt feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. . . . 96-97
Belt idlers ..... . . . . .. . .... . . . .. .. . .. . ....... 148-149, 175- 195
Selection ...... ..... ... .... ..... . . ... . .. ... . .. ... 146-150
Types .. .... . . . , ...... .. .... . . . .. . . .. ... . . . ...... 175- 180
Dimensions . . .. . . .. . . . .... . .... .. . . .......... . . . .... 181 - 195
Belts, conveyor . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ... 155-158
Belt slingers . . .. . . .. .. .. . ........... . . . .. . .. . ... .. ... . . .. 21 2
Be lt tripper chutes .... ..... . . . . . .. .. .. .... . . ... .. .... . 207-208
Belt trippers ... . .... .. .. . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . .. . ....... . .... 201-208
Bin goles . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . .. . . . ... .. . .. . ... .. . .... 7 4, 77
Booms, belt conveyor looding . .. ....... . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . ...... 2 1 1
Boxear unlooders, Kor-Flo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-65
Boxear unlooders, tilting type . ... .. . . ... . . . . . .. .... . ... .. 62, 66-67
Box ends, screw conveyor, see screw conveyor,

troug h ends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . .. . . . . . 261, 269-271

Brid ges, belt conveyor .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 211
BS foundry shokeoul vibroting screens. . . . . .
. 406, 4 1 7
Bucket conveyors, see g rovit y- dischorge conveyor-elevators,

olso Peck corriers

Subject

Po ge

Buckel elevolors .... . ... ... . .. . ... . . .. . .. ... ... .. .. . . ... 307-351
Conlenls
.. .. . .... ... ... .. . , . . . . . . .
. 307
lntroduction ond instollotions . .... .. . .. . .. .. . ... .. ... .. 307 -308
Types .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ......... .. ... .. .. . 309-312
Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. . .. .. . . . .. . . . .... 3 1 3-3 17
Types 1 ond 2 cenlrifugol dischorge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318-323
Types 3 ond 4 centrifugo! dischorge
.. . . .... . . . .. . .. 324-326
Type 5 centrifugo ! dischorge . . .
. .. . . . . . ... . .. . ... 327 -331
Type 6 positive dischorge .. . ..... . . .... . .. .. . .. , .. . . .. 332-334
Types 7 ond 8 continuous buckets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
335-338
Type 9 continuous buckets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339-342
Types 1 O ond 1 1 continuous buckets .... .. . . ... . .. . . .. . .. 343-347
Typ es 1 2 ond 13 interno! dischorge .. ... ... . . .. .. .. ..... 348-350
Service plotforms
.. ........ . .... . . . . . ... . ... 351
Orive orrongements ......
. . . . . ..... . . .. . . . . .. . .. 351
Bockstops.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Bulk-Flo conveyor-elevotors ... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 357-370
Buckets, grovity-dischorge conveyor-elevotor .. . .... . , . . . . . . . . . . 374
Buckets, Peck corrier . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Buckets, skip hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 356
Bulk handling . .. .. . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ...... 34-385
Contenls . . .. . . .. . .. . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
lntroduction ... .. .. . . . . ........ . ...... . . .. .. . . . ...... . . 34-37
Selection guide . . . . . . . .
. . . . .. . . . ... . . .. .. . . ... . . . .... 37
Unlooding equipmenl, introduction . ..... . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. .. . 38-40
Feeding equip ment, introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84-86
Conveying ond elevoting equipment, introduction ....... . . . 123-126
Bulk material closses ond weights .. . . . . . ........ . . . . . . . . . . 563-565
Bunker icers, ice crushers ond slingers ..... . ...... .. ...... . ...... 390

e
Copslon type cor sp otters . . .... . . . . . . . .... .. . . .. . ........ 43-49
Cor dumpers . . . . . . . .
.. . ... . ... . .... ... . . ... .. ... . .. 52-59
Cor houls, for cor dumpers . . ... . .. . .. . .. . .. . .... . ......... . . 57
Cor icers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. ... .. . . . . .... . .. . . . ... 391 -393
Cor pullers . . . . ......... . .. .. . ..... . . .... . . ....... ... ... . 41-49
Cor shokers, roilrood .. . . .. . .. . . .. ... . .. . .. . .... ........ .. 50-51
Corriers, circular ... . ... . . . . .... . . . .. . . . . . ... . ... . . . .. 304-305
Corrier, Peck .. ... . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . ... . . . ...... . ... 376-385
Cor spotlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41-49
Cor-type conveyors, polleltype conveyors ... .. . . . ..... . . ... 494-496
Cor unlooders, boxear. . . . . . . . .
. . ... . ..... . . . .... . .. 62-67
Corriers ond hooks, lrolley conveyor . . . . .. .. . . . ... . . . .. . . ... .. 520
Corrier choin conveyors . . . . . . .
. .. . ..... . .. . . . .... 489-490
Corriers, Peck . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .... . . . . . .... . . .... 376-385
Casi troughs, screw conveyor . . . . . ... . . . .. . . .. . . . .... .. . ... 273
Caterpillar d rives, trolley conveyors ..... . .. . . . . . . , .. . . , . . ...... 5 18
CA vibroting screens . . .. .. ...... .... . ... . ... .. ... . . .. . 405, 4 1 3
CA vibroting screens, totolly enclosed . . . .... . .. ..... . ... . .. . . 414
CB vibroting screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406, 4 1 5
Centrifugo ! dischorge bucket elevotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 318-331
Choin conveyor colculotions . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . .. . . ... . 566-569
Choin conveyors, see peris ond package handling . .. . . ... . .. .484-491
Choin driven cool crusher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 -469
Chonnel si de troughs, screw conveyor . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Chonnel top opron conveyors . . . . . ... . . . .. . .. . .. . . . ... .. . 251, 257
Chemico l industries, instollotion photos . . . . .. . . .... .... . . ..... 2223
Chutes, belt conveyor lripper . . .. ... . . . . . .. . ... . . . .. . . .. . 207-208
Circular corriers .. .. . .. .. . .. . . . . .. . .. . . .. .. . . . . .... . . ... 304-305
Circuline slud ge collectors . . . . . .. .... ... . .. . . . .. .. . . . . 450-451
Clossiflers, seporotors, woshers ... .. . . . .. . .. .. . . . . ... . . .. . 4 23-428
Clomps, cover, for screw conveyor troughs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Closses o nd weights, bulk material .... . . . . . .. . .. ..... . .... 563-565
Clossifler-seporotors, Show .......... . .. ..... ..... .... .. . .. . 427
CL vibroting screens ................ . . . ............. . .. 406, 4 1 6
Coo l cleoners ... . ......... . . . ............. . .... . ...... . 4 54 -460
Cool cleoners, oir-pulsoled wosh box . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 5 7 -459
Cool cleoners, Heovy-medio . .. ......... .
. . .. 454-456

L 1 N K - B E L T 587

index

index
Subjecl

Page

Coal crushers
...... ... .. .
462-469
Coal p reparation equipment .
..... ... . .. .
4 53-469
Coal p reparation industry, installation photos . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16
Coal sep arotors ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454 -460
Coa l weig h larries.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 306
Coilmaunt oscillating canveyors ...................... 237, 241-243
Collectors, grit, Straightline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 42-444
Collectars. sludge, Circuline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
450-451
Colleclars. sludge, Straightline . . . .
448-449
Cambina tion trough separators and air-pulsated washers,
coal cleaning . . . . . . . . . .
. . 457-460
Concentrators, tank-type Aoat-sink .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 455-456
Concentrators, drum-type Aoot-sink
.. .. .. ... .. ...
454
Construction materia Is industry, installation photos . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 34.35
Continuous bucket eleva tors . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335-347
Conventional formulas . . . . . . .
.. .. ..... ..
572
Conveyor belts. . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155- 1 58
Conveyor-elevators, gravity-dischorge .. . .. . ............. 373-375
Conveyor belt trippers ond tripper chutes ... .. .. .. . .. . . .... 20 1-208
Canveyor-eleva tors
Bul k-Flo .... ........... .
. ..... ............... 357-370
G rovity-dischorge ... ..... .
. ..... .... . .. . ....... 373-375
Peck carrier
........... .
.. . . . . ...... 376-385
Conveyors for bulk materials
Apon conveyor:io. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2 4 8-258

Belt conveyors . .... .... . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

127-235
Flight conveyors . .
. .. .. .. ..... .
294 -300
Oscillating conveyors... ..... . . .. ..... .
236-2 4 7
Screw conveyors . .. ....... . .... . ........... . .... ... 259-293
Sidekar-K,;rrier . . . . . . . . . . .
. ................. .. ... 302-303
Weigh lo rries . .. .. ...... .
.. ... .........
. 306
Wide cha in drag conveyors .
. .. . . ..... ..... , . ....... 301
Conveyors for parts and p ockages
Contents
476
lntroduction and installations
.. ..... ....
476-479
Types . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480-482
Arm ond troy elevotors ....... , ......... . . . . . . ....... 500-505
Carrier chain conveyors .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 489-490
Crossbar cho in conveyors . .
.. .. .. .. .. . .... .. ... ...
491
Fiel belt conveyors . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497-499
Pollet-typ e and car-type conveyors .
. .. .... , . . . . . . .
494-496
Plain cho in conveyors .
484-486
Power ond free conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
539-545
Pusher cha in conveyors. . .
.......... .. .... .
487-488
Sial conveyors . .
... ... .. .. .
492-493
Syntron peris feeders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
506-507
Trolley conveyors . .. .... ......
.. ........ .. ... ...
508 -538
Trukveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .. . . . .. .
546-561
Cover clamps, screw conveyor trough . . . . . . . . . . .
27 4
.... ......
27 4
Covers for screw conveyor troughs .
396-404
Coolers ond dryers, see dryers ond coolers .... . . . . . . . .
Couplings, screw conveyor . . . . . .
. . .... .... . .. .
267
Countershaft trough ends, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . .
271
Crushers, coal. . . . . . . . . .
.. .. ..... ... . .... .
462-469
Crusher slingers, ice.

.... .. ...... .

Cut and folded Aight conveyor screws. . . . . . . . . . . .

Cut Aight screws. . . . . . . . . . . . .
.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .
Cutoff vol ves, rotory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. .. 390

263
263
7 6, 8 1

D
Descending run of inclined bucket elevotors .
Detroit Power Screwdriver Comp o ny
Dewotering conveyors, sond ..

. . .. .. . . .
. . . . . . .. .

. .... ... ......... .

580
586
424

Discharge goles for bins, see gales

261, 275
441
Dock-mounted cor icer . . . . . .... ... ......................... . 392
394
Dock-mounted salting machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
264
Double Aight conveyor scre ws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...
264
Double flight short pitch conveyor screws ....... .. . . ... .
301
Drag conveyors, wid e cha in . . .
... ..... .... .... ...
Orive shaft lrough e nds, screw conveyor ... ................... 270
Orives, indexed under sp ecific product
Drop bottom trough, screw conve yor ............ .. .......... .. 2 7 3
. ... ..... . . . . . . ..... . ...... 44 1
Drum screens . . . . . . . .
Dischorge spouts and gates, screw conveyor . .... .

Disc screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .

588 L 1 N K - B E L T

Subject

Page

Drum-lype Aoat-sink concentrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4 54
Drum-lype pullers .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4-4 9
4 47
Dry feede r machines. Syntron Vibro-Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dryers and coolers . . . . . . . . . . ........ .. .. .. . . .. .. . .... 396-404
Types .
. ....... .. . .. .. . ... .. .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . ... 397
Typical installotions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
398
Roto-louvre . . . ....... .... . .. ...... . . .. . . . . . .. .... . 399-4 01
Multi-louvre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402-403
Monotube .... . .... .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
OS foundry shakeout vibroting screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406, 4 17
Dua l bed air- p ulsoted wosh box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
458-459
Duol-flow troveling water screens ... .. . . . . . . . . . . .
434-435
Dumpers, car . . . .
.. ......... .. .. ... .. ... .. .
52-59
Dumpers, hydraulic tr uck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68-69
Oump.rs, mine car rotory

. .. .. . . . .. .. . . .. . . . .. . . .. . .

Dumpers, railroad car ro tary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Duplex goles ..
.... .... .. .. ... ... ..
D us t seol trough, screw conv~yor

.. .. . .. . . . . . .

55-56

52-54
74, 78-79
272

E
ElevoTors, orm ond Troy . . . . .

500505

Elevators, bucket, see bucket e levalors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

307-351
Elevotors, Bulk-Flo . . . .
.... ...... ... . .... . .
357-370
Elevato r-conveyors, Bulk-Flo
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357-370
Elevator-conveyors, gravity-discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 373. 375
Elevalor-conveyors, Peck carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 6 -385
Elevalors, Rotor-lift
......... . .... . ... . ..... . 37 1-372
Elevotors, skip hoist
... . .... . ..... 352 -356
Enclosed countershoft trough ends, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . .
27 1
Enclosed rack and pinion gotes

. . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 79

End fl anges, screw conveyor . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 4
End thrust bearings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
269
Equivalents . . . .
. 577 -579
Expansion joints, track, takeup type, trolley conveyor .
516
Expansion joint track seclions, in-the-Aoor Trukveyor.
549

F
Feeding equipment . . .
. ............... .
84-122
Feeder machines, Synlron Vibra-Flow ............ . ..
447
Feeders for peris, Syntron . .. .. . ........ . .. . ... . .. . . .. . . 506-507
Feeders
lntroduction ond instollations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 84
Types . . . . . . . . . .
. .. .. . . . .. .. . . . .. . . .. .
85-86
Apron ... . . . . . . . . . .
... ... .. .. ...... . .. .. ... .. .
87-95
Belt............. .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96-97
Reciprocoting
... . . . . . . . . . . . .
98-99
Vibrotory, Syntron Vibra-Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1QQ. 105
Vibratory, special engineered, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
105
Grovimetric, Syntron Weigh-Flow .. . . . . . .
106- 107
Gravimetric feede r mochines, Syntron Weigh-Flo w ......... 106-107
Mechonicol vibro ting .
108- 1 09
Bar flight . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 1 1Q. 1 1 1
Screw .
112-115
Rotary table . . . .
. . ... .. .. ..... .
1 16- 11 8
Ro tory plow . . . . . .
.... .. ... ..... ... .
1 19 1 21
.... ....... .. ... .. ..
1 22
Rotory vane . . .
Spirol peris, Syntron .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506-5 07
Flanged troug h, screw conveyo r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
27 4
272
Flore d trough, screw conveyo r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flash mixer . . . . .
.. .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . .. .. . .. .
446
Flat belt conveyors . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497- 499
Flexmounl o scilloting conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236-240
Flight conveyors
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294-3 0 0
Flighting, helicoid, screw conv1>yor . ...................... 262 264
Flighting, seclionol, screw co nveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262-264
Flight separolors, sond d e watering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2 4
454
Float-sink concenlrator, d rum-type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Floot-sink concentrato r, ta nk-type .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 5 5-456
Flocculo tio n e quip menl . . . . .
. .. .. . .... .... . . .... .. .. .
446
Flow contro l va lve, iris, Synlron .. . ....... . . ...... ....... .. 7 5, 81

index

index
Subject

Po ge

Food industries, instollotion photos . .. , ..................... . 28 29

Formulas, conventionol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
572
Foundry equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470-47 5
18-19
Foundry industry, instollotion photos . . . . . . . . .
Foundry sond Reviviflers ond Sep-Aerotors ... ... ....
474-475
Foundry shokeouts . . . . .
405, 4 1 3, 406, 4 17
Four whee l load bar trolleys, trolley conveyors .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 511

G
Goles . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73-83
lntroduction ond instollotions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73
Types . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4-76
Bin. . . ..... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 77
Duplex . . . . . . . .
. ........... ... ........... . 7 4, 78-79
Enclosed rock ond pin ion .... . ............ . ... ..... ... 7 4, 79
Heovy duty undcrcut . . . . .
. ... ........ .. ....... .. 75, 80
Motor operoted heovy duty undercut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5, 81
One-woy swing . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 82
Rock ond pinion . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4, 79
Segmento) sond ond grovel. ....... . .. . . .. ........ .. ... 76, 83
Tunnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 80
Und ercut ......................... . . . . .... . ... 7 4, 77, 78
Universal swing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 6, 8 2
Vertica l slide .
. .. . .... .
... ... .. . .
75, 80
Goles ond spouts, screw conveyor dischorge .......
261, 275
Geor driven cool crusher . . .
462 -465, 466, 468
Geor guords, screw conveyor .
271
General monufacturing industries, instollotion photos .. . ...... ,
32 -33
Gro in cor unlooders . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 -67
Grotings, hoppers . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72
Grave! ond sond goles, see goles
Grovimetric feeders, Syntron Weigh-Flow ...... . ..... .... . 106-107
Grovimetric feeder mochines, Syntron Weigh-Flow ........... 106-107
Grovity-discharge conveyor-elevators . .
. . . . . . . . . 3 7 3-37 5
Grovity takeups, outomotic, vertical belt conveyor . . . . . . . . . . .
235
Grit collectors, Stroightline . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442-444
Ground-mounted cor icers . . .
. . . . . . . . 391, 393
Guords far countershoft trough ends, screw conveyor .. . . . . . . . .
271
Guords, trolle y conveyor ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531 -532

Po ge

Subject

389-393
lcers, cor . .. .. . ... .... , . . . . . . . . .
. ............ . .
lcing equipment . .
389-395
ldlers ond pushers, Trukveyor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
ldlers, belt conveyor, see belt idlers
lnlhe-floor Trukveyors .. ..
. .... ... ... ...... . 546-561
lnclined lengths ond ore lengths of trock far
trolley conveyors ond Trukveyors
. . .. . .. ..... . . ........ 585
lnclined screw conveyors
.. .. ... .. ... .. ...
292
lntoke water screens, troveling water screens . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429-436
Interno! d ischarge bucket elevotors . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348-350
Interno! ribbon lype conveyors
. ... .. .. .. .. ... ..
292
Iris flow control valve, Syntron ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 81

J
Jocketed lrough, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . 293

K
Kor- Flo boxear unlooders . . . ... ... .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . .
62-65
Keg elevotors, orm ond troy . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . 500-505
Keyseoting ond keys . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 576

L
loborotory ond reseorch facilities . . . . . ... ....... . . . . . . .... 8 -9
lorries, weigh .. . . .
. . . . ....... . ...... . .. . 306
link-Belt history. . . . . .
. ......... . ................. 3
link-Bel!, industries served ..
. .... .. .. ........... . .. 10-33
link-Bel! monufacturing facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-7
l ink-Bel! reseorch ond loborotory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-9
link-Bel! soles facil itie s
.. .. .. ..... ... ....
4-5
l ink-Be lt Speeder Corporotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
582-583
liquid vibroting screens, NRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
405, 4 11
loaders, skip hoisl .
.. ..............
352-356
looders, vessel, belt conveyor . . .
. ..................... 21 1
looding booms, roilrood cor, b e lt conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 211
looding hoppers, troveling, belt conve yor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 2
long pitch conveyor screws . . . . . . .
. .. .. , ............... 264

H
Hongers, screw conveyor . . ... , ....... . ... . . .. ... . . . 261, 268
Houloge mochines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1
Typ icol loyouts .. ... . ....... . ... . ....... . ... .. ........ 45-46
Selection ............... . ......... .. . .. ............ 47-48
lnsto llotions ...... ............... . ... . . . ....... . .... 41 -4 2
Cor spotte rs. . . ............ ... . ....... . . . ..... ... 43, 49
Drum type pullers . . . ................. .... ..... . .. .... 44, 49
Houls, mine cor . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Heat d ryers . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 396-404
Heovy duty undercut goles . . . . . .
75, 80
Heovy duty undercut goles, motor operoted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5, 81
Heovy-medio cool cleoning . . . .
. . . .. . . . .
454-456
Helicoid flight conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
262-264
Hoists, skip . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352-356
Hooks ond corriers, trolley conveyors ...... . . . . ........ ... . ... 520
Hopper goles, see goles
Hoppers, trock receiving .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72
Hoppers, troveling looding, belt conveyor .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
212
Hoppers, truck receiving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 70-72
Ho rizontal slow mixers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Hydroulic truck dumper .... . .. . . ..... .... ............. 68-69

M
Mongonese sleel opron feeders
. . . . . .. . . . . . 87-88, 93-95
Moteriols, bulk, closses ond weights
...... . ... ...... . 563-565
Moteriols hondled by bucket elevotors . . . .... . ... .... ..... 315-316
Mecho ncol vib roting feeders
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108-1 09
Metal mining industries, instollotion photos
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12- 13
Metal producing industries, instollotion pholos . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-1 5
, . ..
55-56
Mine cor dumpers, rotory . . . . . . . . .
Mine cor houls . . . . . . ... .................... , . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Mixers, flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 446
Mixers, horizontal slow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Mixers, poddle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Mixers, Stroightline ......... . . . . .................. .... 446
Mixers, vertical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ................. 446
Monotube dryer . . . . . .
.. ....... .. .....
404
Motor operoted heovy duty unde rcul goles ........ . .......... 75, 81
Multi-louvre dryer ... . . .
. .......... .... ..... 402-403
Multiple rihbon flight conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265

1
Ice crusher slingers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
390
lcers, bunker .. . .. . . .. .. ..... ... .... . .. . . . .. . . . . ....... 391 -393

No-l eok opron conveyors.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249, 256

NRM liquid vibroting screens . . ... . .................... 405, 411
NRM liquid vibroting screens, with feed flume, collecting tonk
ond motor support ............. ..... .... . ........ .... 405, 411

L 1 N K - B E L T 589

index

index
Subject

Po ge

Subject

405-420
421 -422
s.. porotors, clossiflers ond wo shers .................. . 423-428
Traveling water screens . ....
429-436
Water, sewage, ond industrial waste equipment
437-452
Cool preporolion equipment ....... .
453-461
462-469
Cool crushers . . . . . . . ....... . .. .
470-475
Foundry equipmenl ..
Pull.,rs, car. . . . . . . .
. .......
41-49
Pulp and paper industrie s, instollotion photos ........... .
17
Pulsating magnet grizzly bar screens
407,418
Pulsoting magnet scr eening feeders
407, 419
Pulsating mognet vibrating screens . .
. . , .......
407, 420
Pulverizers, ice . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . ........... .
389-395
Pusher cho in conveyors ..
. ............ .
480, 487-488
. 548
Pushers and idlers, Trukveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
Vibrating screens ....... . . . . . .................. .

Revolving screens . . . . .

Oneway swing gotes

Open countershoft trough ends, screw conveyor

. . . . . . . . 76, 82
..... . .. . 271

Open top corriers, see o pron conveyors, Peck carriers,

grovity-dischorge conveyor-elevolors
. ........ . 248-258
O scillo ting conveyors . . .
. ........ _ ..... .
236-247
f l.,xmounl .. . ................... _ ............. .
237-240
Coilmount ... . ........... .
237, 241-243
. ........... .
237, 244-246
Torqmount........... .
Outsid e dischorge lrough ends, screw conveyor ... . .. .
296
Overheod lrolley conveyors .
508-538
Overheod Trukveyors ..
546-561
Overlopping pivoted bucket corrier, Peck co rrier ..
. 376-385

Ore and rock corriers, opron conveyors ..... . . . .

Quiklink con veyor screw s

Package handling, see peris ond package handling

Poddle conveyor screws, screw conveyor . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 263
Poddle mixers . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Pon conveyors, opron . . .
. ... . . . ..... .. , , .... 248-258
.. .... .. ..... .. .. .. ..

251

Pollet-type ond cor-lype conveyors

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494-496
Peris feeders, Synlron vertical vi b rolory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506-507
Porollel keys
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 6
Peris ond package handling . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . ..... 476-56 1
Conlenls
. . . . . . . . ......... . .. _. . . . . . . . . . .
476
lnlroduction ..................... . ....... . ........ 476-482
ln5tollotions . .................... ................. 476-479
Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Ploin choin conveyors
.... . ..... . . . .. . ... . , . 480, 484 -486
Pusher choin conveyors .. . ..... . .... . . . ... . ... 480, 487-488
Corrier choin conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480, 489-490
Cros bor choin conveyors ................. . , . .
480, 491
Slot conveyors. ...
. . .. .. . .. .
481, 492 -493
Pollet-type ond cor-lype conveyors . . . . . . . . . .
481, 494-496
fl ol belt conveyor.
. . . . . . . . . . 48 1, 497-499
Arm ond troy elevolors
... .. .. .. .
48 1, 500-505
Synlron peris fee d ers
. .. .. .. .. .
481, 506-507
Trolley conveyors .
482, 508-538
Power ond free conveyors
482, 539-545
Trukveyors
482, 546-561
Porls feeders, lronsfer ond storoge, Syntron .
. . . . . . . . . . . . 506-507
Peck corriers . . . .
. .. ................. 37 6-38 5
Peck corrier buckets . . . .
. . .. .. .. ............... 378
Picking lo bles, see opron conveyors
.. . .. .. ... .. .. .
376-385
Pivoted bucket corrier, Peck
Ploin choin conveyors
.. _ . . . . . .
480, 484-486
Plotform, service, bucket ell!votors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 351
Plow, belt conveyor
. .. . . .. . . . . . .. .. .. . .
209
Porlobl" cor spotters . . . .
. .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . .
43, 49
Positive dischorge bucket l!levotors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
332-334
Power ond free conveyors .
. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... .
539-545
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540-54 1
Typicol loyouts
.... .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. ..
. ... 542
Operoling fe o tures
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
543-544
Other lypes
...... .. .. .. .. . ....
5 45
Powl!r plonls, instollotion photos
24-25
Pow.,rshovels . ..
.. . .. . . . . . . .
60-61
Power unlooding scoops ond occessoril!s
60-61
Pre-Bilt sectionol belt convl!yors
222-235
Contenls
222
lntroduction ond instollotions
... . . ..
222-224
Components .
.. .... ......
225-227
Selection
228-229
Prl!-selected terminols, belt conveyor
. .. .. . .. .. . .
213-221
Procl!ssing equipment
. ... . .. .... ..
386-475
Contenls
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
386
lntroduction ond inslollotions
. .. . .. . . .. .. .. . .
386-388
lcing equipmenl
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389-395
Dry.,rs ond coolers ......... _ .... .... . . '. . . . . . . . . . . . . 396-404

590 l 1 N K - B E l T

.....

........ .. .. .

. ..

Pons, cost, opron conveyors . .

Po ge

260, 262

R
Rock ond pinion dischorge goles, screw conveyor .......... . . .
. 275
Rack and pinion gales . . .
.. .. ... .. ... ....
7 4 , 79
Rock and pinion gales. enclosl!d
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 4 , 79
Rock and pinion gafe, flight conveyor ........................ 300
Ro ilroad car dumpers, rolory .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52-54
Railrood car load ing booms, belt conveyor .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Railroad car shokers . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50-51
Ro il-type car icers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ........... 391-393
Rec.,iving hoppers . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 70-72
Reciprocating feede rs . .
. .... 98-99
Rl!ctangulor tank sludge collectors, see grit collectars and
sludge collectors
Rectangular trough, screw conveyor
. 273
Refrigerotor cor icing equipment . .
389-395
Rl!fuse car dumpers. . . . . . . . .
.. 58
Revivifiers, sond . . ....... .
474 -475
Revolving screens . ..
421 -422
Ribbon flight conveyor screws
263, 265
265
Ribbon flight conveyor screw with poddles
Rock ond ore conveyors, opron conveyors .
. . . ....... .
248-258
Roller turns, trolley conveyors . . . .
. ..........
514,535
Roller turns, Trukveyor ......... . _ ...................
550, 552
Rolling pallet-type conveyors . . ......... .........
. 494
Rotary cutoff volves . . . . ...........................
76, 81
Ratary mini! car dumpers . . . . . ........................
55-56
Rotary plow feeders
........ _ ............... . 119-121
52-54
Rotary railrood cor dumpl!rs . . . . . ..................... .
Rotory tabl" feeders. ... . . . ........................ 116-118
122
Ratary van" feeders . . . . . . . . . . . ........... . ..........
452
Roto-line skimmers . . . . . . . . . .
.....................
371-372
Rotor-lifl vertical screw conveyor ..
Roto-Louvre dryer .
399-401
Rotoscoop seporotors . . . . . . . . .
425-426

5
Sales facilities . . . . .
......................... 4-5
Solting machines, dock-mounted
........................ 394
Sand and grave! goles, sl!e goles
Sond preparolion equipment, separa tors, clossiflers, washers
42 3-428
Sand Reviviflers . . . . . . . . .
474-475
Sond Sep-Aerators . .
. ....... _ .
47 4
Scalping screens, vibraling, CB and BA .... . . . . . . . . . .
406, 415-416
Scrapl!r or Aight conv.,yors ... . ................... .. ..... 294-300

index

index
Subject

Po ge

Screening feeder, pulsoting mognet . .

. ....... . .... . .. 407, 4 19
Screens, cable operoted bor . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439-440
Screens, chain and rake bar screens ....... ............. ... 4 39-441
Screens, disc ... .
. ... . . .............. .... 441
Screens, drum . . . . . .
.. .. .. .....
4 41
Screens, pulsating magnel grizzly bar, vibrating ... , .... . ... 407, 418
Screens, revalving . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ........... . 421-422
Screens, sewage, bar screens .... ... . .... .. ... . .. ... .. .. 439-441
Screens, shaker .
. ........... ... .................. 4 61
Screens, Straightline bar ............. . ............ ... . ....... 4 39
Screens, Thru-Clean bar .... . . .... .. ... ............ . ..... . 4 39
Screens, lrash . . . .
. .. . .......... .... ..... ......... 440
Screens, lraveling water _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. 4 29-4 36
Screens, Trilor . . .
. .. ... .... . .... .. ..... ........ 44 1
Screens, vibraling, BA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 06, 4 1 6
Screens, vibroting, CA ....... ........ . ... ... . . . . . . 4 05, 4 13-4 14
Screens, vibroting, CB ... . ..... ................ . ..... . __ . 406, 4 1 5
Screens, vibrating, Cl . . .
___ .... . . . ...... .. .... . . 406, 41 6
Screens, vibrating, foundry shakeoul, BS ... . .......... . . ... 4 06, 4 17
Screens, vibroting, foundry shakeout, OS .... . . .... . ... . .... 4 06, 4 17
Screens, vibrating, liquid, NRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 4 05, 411
Screens, vibraling, pulsaling magnet ......... ... . . . . .
4 0 7 , 4 20
Screens, vibroling, UP .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 05, 4 13-4 14
Screw conveyors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
259-293
Contents .. .... . . ........ . . . . ... ..... ... . .............. 259
lntroduction and installations . .. . _. _ ........ .. .... ..... . 259
Canveyar screws
... ...... .... .... . .. 262
Orive shafts, end shafts and couplings. .
. . ... .. . ........ .. 267
Hangers .
. .. ..... .
. .... ... ..... .. ..... ..... 268
Traugh ends ........... . ............ . ........ . .. ...... 269
Trough end sea Is . . . . . ............ ... . ........ .... .. ... .. 270
Traughs . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ....... ...... .... ... .... 272
Trough d ischarge spauls and gales .. .. . . ............... . .... 275
Typical drive arrangemenls
.. .... . . . . ... .. .... .. .. ... 276
Typical inlet arrangements .
. . ... . .... . . . . . .. .. .... _. _ . 278
Typical discharge arrangemenls .... .. . .... . .. .. ...... ... . 279
Selection . . .
. . . . ... . .... . ..... . .. ... 280
General layout data .......... . ..................... . .... 290
Other lypes . . . . . . . . .
. .... ................ ... 292
Screw conveyors without interno! bearings .... . , . . . . . . . . . . .

. .. 293

Screw feeders .
. ... . .. ......... . ... .. .. .. . 112 -1 1 5
Screw washer-sep aralors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
428
Seclional bel! conveyors, Pre-Bill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
222-235
Sectional !light conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262-264
Segmenta( sand and grave! ga les .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 6 , 83
Self-conlained apron feeders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87-95
Sep-Aeralar . . .
.. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. .. .
. 47 4
Separolors, classiflers, washers ...... ... . . .. .. .. . . .... ... 4 23-428
Separalors, coal .. . . ... _....... .. ...... .. . .. ... . . . .. 454-460
Separators, fligh l ................ .. .. . ... .. . .. . . . .... ..... 424
Separalors, Rotascoop . . .
. .......... .............. . ... 4 25-4 26
Service p latforms, buckel elevalors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 351
Settling equipmenl, gril and sludge colleclors .. .. .... 442-445, 4 4 8-452
Settling lanks ... .. .... ......
. .. ........... ..... 449
Sewage bar screens . . . .
. ... . . ........ ... .. 4 39-4 41
Sewage, water, industrial wasle equipmenl . .... ... ... . ... . . 437 -452
Shakeauts, foundry, BS .. _
. . . .. .. .. ... .... 4 06, 417
Shakeauts, foundry, OS ....
. ... . ... .... . .... .. . . 406, 417
Shaft and bearing load calculations ... ........... ... .. .. . .. 570-572
Shafl diameter calculotions . . . .. .... ........ . .. ....... . ... 573-575
Shakers, railraad car .. ........ . . ...... . ......... .. ...... 50-5 1
Sha ker screens . . .
. . . ............ .... .... .... ..... . ... 4 6 l
Show classifler-separators .... .. ............ . . .. ..... . . ..... .. 427
Shell clasing machine . . . . .. . .. . ........... .. .. .. . . . .... . ... . 473
Shell molding mochine .. . . ... ....... ........ ....... . ... 471 -473
Shorl pitch conveyor screws . .
... .. .. .. .....
263
Shovels, power unlooding scoops and accessories .... . . ... .... .. 60-6 1
Shuttle bel! conveyors . . . . . . . . ........ ......... .. . . .... ... 209
Side dischorge cor dumpers . .... . ........ ........ . ......... .. 59
Sidekar-Karrier . . . . . . . . . ...... . ... .... ...... .. .... 302-303
Single bed air-pulsated wash box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
458
Single-rol! coal crusher ........ .. .. .... . . . ............. . 462-467
Skimmers, Ro to-line. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
452
Skip hoisls ... . . . ...... ..... .. .... . . .... .. ............ . 352-356
Slat conveyors. .. . . ....
. ... .. ...... 481, 492-493
Slide ,gales, rack ond pinion, flighl conveyar .. . ........ .... .. .... 300
Slide gales, screw conveyor ...... .... .. .... . ...... . ... ... .. . 275
Slide goles, vertical. .... ... .......... .. .............. . ... 75, 80

Po ge

Subject

Slingers, belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slingers, ice crusher . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slow mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sludge collectors, Circuline. . . . . . . .
Sludge colleclors, link-Bel! Meider ..
Sludge collectors, Stroightline . . . .
Speciol flight conveyor screws

..
..
..
..
..

.. .
. ..
..
.. .
...
.. .

....
....
.. ..
....
....
... .

. .. .. .. . . ... . 21 2
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
.. .. .... .
450-451
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 448-449
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266

Spiro l conveyors, see screw conveyors

Spira l porls feeders . .

Sp lil flight couplings, screw conveyor

. ..... . ... . . . . . ... . . 506-507

.. ....... .. ...
267

Spotters ond p ullers, cor, see hauloge mochines

Sp outs, bel! conveyor lripper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207-208

Spouls, see gales
Stackers, bel! conveyor ..
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209-21 O
Stainless steel conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263, 266
Stationary car spotters .
. . .......... . . .. 4 3, 45, 4 9
Steel piole lrough ends, screw canveyor .. . ... ... . ... . . ........ 269
Stepped dio meter conveyor screws . .
. 264
Stepped pitch conveyor screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Stoker spoul goles, see gales
Stroightline bor screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Stroightline flosh mixers. . .
... .. .. ..
... .. .. ...
446
Stroig htline g ril washers .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 5
Straighlline g rit collectars .
. .. . . . . .. ... . .. . .. . ..... . . . 442 -4 44
Straightline horizontal slaw mixers . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 6
Straighlline sludge collectors . . .. . ........... . .. . . .... ... 448-44 9
Straightline slow mixers .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 6
Stroightline vertical slow mixer . . . . .
.... .... ... .. ..
446
Supports ond superslruclure, lrolley conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529-53 1
. 76, 82
Swing goles, one woy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swing goles, universal. ............ ..... .. . ...... . . . ..... 76, 82
Syntron Compony . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584-585

T
Table feeders, rolory .. ... ......... .. ... . .... . ... ... .. 116- l 18
Takeups, bel! co.n veyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198, 235
Tokeups, overheod Trukveyor ..... . .... .. ......... . . . . . . 552
Takeups, lrolley conveyor .... . . . .. .. ... .... . .. . . . . .... . 516, 536
Tanks, setlling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4 9
Tank-typ e floot-sink concentralor . . ....... . .. _. _... . . .. . .. 455-4 56
Tapering flig hl conveyor screws. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
264
Technicol informatian. .. ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562-58 1
Terminals, pre-selected, bel! conveyor . . . . . . . . . .
2 13-221
Thickeners, Circuline sludge colleclor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Thru-Cleon bar screen. .
... .. .. . ... ... ..
4 39
Thru-flow traveling water screens .............. . ... .. . ... . 429-4 33
Thrust beorings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .. .... ..... 269
Tilting type boxea r unloader .
. . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 66-67
Top icers, see ice crusher slinger s, bunker icers

Torqmounl oscillating conveyors ..

. . . . . .. . 237, 244-24 6
Trock expansion joints, trolley conveyor. . . . . . . ... . .. . . ... 516, 538
Track happers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72
Trock, lrolley conveyor . ... ... _. . . . . .
. ..... . .. ..... 517, 538
Track, Trukveyor ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ..... ..... . . 549, 552
Troclion wheel turns, lrolley conveyors . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . 51 5, 535
Transfer and storoge peris feeders, Synlr:>n . .... . . . ...... . 481, 507
Tronsfer car dumpers. . . .
. .. .. ......... .. .
. .. . 58
Tronsporlolion industry, instollotion p hotos .. . ..... .... . .. . . . 30-3 1
Trosh screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. ....... .... . .. .. . . 440
Tro veling looding hoppers, belt conveyor . .. . . ... ............ .. . 212
Troveling slockers, bel! conveyor.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1O
Troveling water screens .... . _ ... ... . . . . .. ....... .... .. 4 29-436
Troy ond orm elevotors .
. .. . . ........ . . . . . . . .. 481, 500-505
Trip per chutes, bel! conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207-208
Trippers, bel! conveyor ... . .. . ..... ...... . . . ..... . ... . . . 201 -208
Trilor screen . . .. .... . . ... . ....... . ... ... .. . . ....... ... 441
Trolley conveyars ...... . ........ . ....... . ..... ......... 508-538
Conlenls . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
509
lntroductian and instollotions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508-509
Sizes................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 51 O
Choins . . . . . . . .. ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. . 510, 532
Trolleys ....... . ... ......... . .... . ... .. ... . . S 11 -513, 533-534
Roller turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... 514, 535

L 1 N K - B E L T 591

index

index
Subjed

Page

Traclian wheel turns .. . ... . ....... . .. . .... ... ... . .... 515, 535
Takeup track type expansion jainls ........... ... . . ...... 516, 536
Straight track, vertical curves and safety devices .. . ... ..... 517, 538
Orives. . . . ...... .. .. .......................... 518-519, 537
Hoaks and carriers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Sefection . . . . . . .
...... .. ... .. .... ... ...... .. .. . 521-532
Supparls and superslructure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529-53 l
Guards .. . ..... . . . .............. . ............... . 531-532
Tralfeys, Trukveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Trough connections, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 4
Trough covers, screw conveyor .
. ... .. . .. .. .......
27 4
Trough discharge spouts ond goles, screw conveyor . . . . .
261, 275
Trough ends, screw conve yor
. . . . ............. 261, 269-271
Trough end se a fs, screw conveyor . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Trough end thrusl beorings, screw conveyor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Troughs far oscilfaling conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Trough separators
. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . .. . . . . . .
460
Troughs, screw conveyor .......... ....................... 272-273
Truck dumper, hydraufic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68-69
Truck hoppers . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70-72
Trucks and lruck accessories, Trukveyar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Trukveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546-561
Contenls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
fntroductian .. .... ... . . . . . . . . .. .......... . ........ .... 546-547
fnlheAoor Trukve yo rs
Camponenls . . . . . . . . . .. ................ . ..... .. . 548-551
Sefection and dimensions .... ............ . .. . . . . .. 554-559
Overhead Trukveyors
Componenls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . 552
Selection and dimensions . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. 555-556, 560-56 1
Trucks and truck accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
553
Trunnion lype revofving screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
421-422
Tru-Trac car-type canveyors ... ... . ... . .... .... . . . . ..... 494-496
Tunnel gales . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5 , 80
Twa-rolf caal crushers .. . . ... . .. . . . .. . ... .. . . . ......... 462-469

Subjecl

Page

Vertical slow mixers ... . . . . . . . . . .

... .. .. .. .
446
Vertical vibratory parts feeders, Syntron ............... . .. 506-507
Vessef foaders, beh conveyar . ...................... ... . .. . . 211
Vessef unloaders, belt conveyor .
. ............. . . . ... . . 211
Vibra-Flow dry feeder machines, Syntron . . . .
.. ... ..... 447
Vibra-Flow vibratary feeders, extra heavy duty, Syntron . ... . ..... . 1 03
Vibra-Flow vibratory feeders, heavy duty, Syntron ....... . . . ..... . 102
Vibra-Flow vibratory fee ders, special engineered, Synlron .. . .. . . . . 1 05
Vibra-Flow vibra tory feeders, Syntron .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100-1 05
Vibrating screens ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405-420
Types .............. . . ... ............... . ... ..... 4 05-407
Sefection . ..... ...... .. . ............... . ...... . .. .. 408-41 O
lnsta lfations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 05-407
NRM fiquid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ..... ... ..... .... 4 05, 4 1 1
NRM fiquid wilh leed flume, collecting
lank and motor supporl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 05, 4 11
UP
...................... ... . .. .... 4 05, 411
UP totalfy enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. .. 41 2
CA .... ...
. ................. ... . .. . ...... 405, 413
CA lotalfy enclosed . . ............. ... . . . . .... .. .. .. . . .. 4 14
ca scafping ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406, 4 15
BA .....
. ..... . ....... . . ... . .. .... . . ... 406, 416
OS faundry shakeouls . .... ......... .... . ... . .. ... . . . 406, 4 17
BS faundry shakeouts .............. . .. . . .. . ... ... .. 406, 4 17
Cl .. .
. . .. ...... ... . . . . . . . . ... . . . . .. . . . .. 406, 416
Pulsating magnet .... .. . ... .. ................ . .. 407, 420
Pufsating magnet grizzly bar ........... ............ . .. . 407, 4 18
Pulsating magnet screening feede rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ... 407, 419
Vibratory feeders, extra heavy duty, Syntron Vibra-Ffow . .... . .. . . 1 03
Vibratory feeders, heavy d uty, Syntron Vibra-Ffow .............. 102
Vibratory feeders, speciaf engineered, Syntron . . . . . . . ..... . .. . . 1 05

Wash boxes, coaf washers, coaf cleaners ... . . ... ......... 453-460
Washers, classifiers, separalars . . . . . . .......... . ..... .. . 423-428
Washer-separatars, screw . . .
. ........... ........ .. . . . . . 428
Washers, Straighlline gril
. ... . . ........ .. . 445

Undercul gales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... . .... . 74, 77, 78

Undercul gales, heavy duty motor operated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 5, 8 1
Uniflaw settling lank . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Unit brackets, lrolfey canveyar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51 4
Universal swing gales . . ................... .......... ..... 7 6, 8 2
UP vibrating screens . .. . . . . . ......... . .. . .. . .... . .... 405, 411
UP vibrating screens, tolally enclosed . . ... . . . . .. . . . ... . . ...... 4 1 2
Unloaders, boxear, Kar-Flo
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62-65
Unfoaders, boxear, fitting type .... . ............ . ... ... 62, 66-67
Unloaders, grain ca r . . . . . . ....... ... ... . . .. .. ..... .... . .. 62-67
Unloaders, vessef, belt conveyor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 l
Unfoading shovels, power unfoading scaaps and accessorie s ....... 60-61

Water, sew oge, ond industrial wa ste equipment,

V
Vafves
Iris flaw control, Syntron .... . ....... .. ............. ... . 75, 81
Rotary cutaff . . . . . ....... . ............ . . ......... .. 7 6, 81
Va ne feeders, rotary ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 22
Vertical automatic gravity takeups, bell conveyor . . .... . . .. 198, 235
Vertical curves, trolfey conveyor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
Vertical screw conveyors, Rotor-Lift ........... . ......... . . 371 372
Vertical slide gales ............ ......... . . ...... ... ... ... . 75, 80

592 L 1 N K - B E L T

instalfation pholos . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-27
Water screens, travefing ..
. .. . ........ 429-436
Water, sewage and industrial wasle equipment ....... . . . .... 437-452
Contenls . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437
lntroduclion and inslalfations .... . . ......... . .. ........ 437 -438
Thru-Cfean bar scree n. . .. . ....... .... . .. . ........... 439
Straightline bar screen ........ .... .................. . .. 439
Trash screens ....... .... , ......................... .. .... 440
Trilor screen . ... ......... .. . ..... .. . , . . ... . . .... . .... 44 1
Orum screen . .. . . . . .... . . . .. . . . .... . ..... ... . .. ....... . 44 1
Oisc screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 1
Slraighlfine grit colfectors ........................... 442-444
Straighlfine grit washers .. . . . . ....... . ....... .. .......... 445
Straightfine mixers .................... , ....... .. .......... 446
Flash mixer . . . . . . . . ............. ................... 446
Horizontal sfow mixer . . ............ . ................... 446
Vertical sfaw mixer . . .
. . .... ... ..... .... . ....... 446
Vibra-Ffow dry feeder machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
447
Straighlfine sfudge collectors ... . . . . ................. 448-449
Circufine sfudge colfecto rs . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 450-451
WeighFfow gravimetric feeder machines, Syntron ............ 106 1 07
Weigh-Flow gravimetric feeders, Syntron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106-107
Weigh larries .. .. ... .. .... ....... ... .. ..... . . ... ,...
. 306
Weighls and cfasses, bufk mate rial .. . . . ........ ...... ... 563-565
Wide cha in drag canveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Winding machines far skip hoisls . . . ..... . .... . . . . . ... .. ...... 354

First edition March 1958

Printed in U. S. A.

LINK-BELT

catalog

1000

MATERIAL& HAND LING AND

is one of two boks covering the
Below is a summary of the

LINK-BELT

catalo g

1050

FOR MATERIALS

Catalog 10 5 0 ..

lntroductlon

contains detailed information on the entire

Chains

link-Belt line of power transmission prod-

ge nera l c hains

ucts . lt also contains a complete presenta-

casi sprockets

tion of many components of the materials

silent cha in o nd sprockets

handling and processing equipment shown

chain a cc essories

in Catalog 1000. In many instances components ore shown p ictorially in Catalog

1000, while Catolog 1050 contains detailed information for these components .

R C rolle r chain and sprockets

chain cosings
chain tightene rs
chain lubricolion
wing ond swivel a ttachme nls